Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 2© Commonwealth of Australia and the States and
Territories of Australia 2022, published by the Australian Building Codes
Board
The material in this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licenc e, with the
exception of:
any third party material•
any trade marks, and•
any images or photographs.•
More information on this CC BY 4.0 licence is set out at the Creative Commons Website.
Enquiries about this publication can be sent to:
Australian Building Codes Board
GPO Box 2013, Canberra ACT 2601
Phone: 1300 134 631
Email: ncc@abcb.gov.au
Web: abcb.go v.au
Attribution
Use of all or part of this publication must include the following attribution: The National Construction Code 2022 was
provided by the Australian Building Codes Board under the CC BY 4.0 licence.
Disclaimer
By accessing or using this publication, you agree to the following:
While care has been taken in the preparation of this publication, it may not be complete or up-to-date. You can ensure
that you are using a complete and up-to-date version by checking the Australian Building Codes Board website
(abcb.gov.au).
The Australian Building Codes Board, the Commonwealth of Australia and States and Territories of Australia do not
accept any liability, including liability for negligence, for any loss (howsoever caused), damage, injury, expense or cost
incurred by any person as a result of accessing, using or relying upon this publication, to the maximum extent permitted
by law. No representation or warranty is made or given as to the currency, ac curacy, reliability, merchantability, fitness for
any purpose or completeness of this publication or any information which may appear on any linked websites, or in
other linked information sources, and all such representations and warranties are excluded to the extent permitted by
law.
This publication is not legal or professional advice. Persons rely upon this publication entirely at their own risk and
must take responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of the information in relation to their par ticular
circumstances.Copyright and Licence Notice
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 3Pr
eface
Copyright and Licence Notice ...................................................................................... 2
Introduction to the National Construction Code (NCC) .............................................. 9
Introduction to NCC Volume One ................................................................................ 11
List of NCC Specifications .......................................................................................... 12
History of adoption of NCC Volume One ................................................................... 14
List of amendments - NCC 2022 Volume One .......................................................... 23
Section A Governing requirements
Part A1 Interpreting the NCC ................................................................................................... 41
Part A2 Compliance with the NCC .......................................................................................... 44
Part A3 Application of the NCC in States and Territories ...................................................... 48
Part A4 Referenced documents .............................................................................................. 49
Part A5 Documentation of design and construction .............................................................. 51
Part A6 Building classification ................................................................................................ 58
Part A7 United buildings .......................................................................................................... 70
Specification 1 Fire-resistance of building elements ......................................................................... 72
Specification 2 Descriptions of element
s referred to in Specification 1 ............................................ 78
Specification 3 Fire hazard properties ................................................................................................ 84
Section B Structure
Part B1 Structural provisions .................................................................................................. 86
Specification 4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas ........................................................................ 96
Section C Fire resistance
Part C1 Fire resistance ........................................................................................................... 101
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability ..................................................................................... 108
Part C3 Compartmentation and separation .......................................................................... 116
Part C4 Protection of openings ............................................................................................. 124
Specification 5 Fire-resisting construction ....................................................................................... 131
Specification 6 Structur
al tests for lightweight construction .......................................................... 149
Specification 7 Fire hazard properties .............................................................................................. 153
Specification 8 Performance of external walls in fire ....................................................................... 158
Specification 9 Cavity barriers for fire -prot ected timber ................................................................. 160
Specification 10 Fire-protected timber ............................................................................................... 162
Specification 11 Smok
e-pr oof walls in health - care and residential care buildings .......................... 164
Specification 12 Fire doors, smoke doors, fire windows and shutters .............................................. 166
Specification 13 Penetration of walls, floors and ceilings by services .............................................. 168 General table of contents
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 4Section D Access and egress
Part D1 Access and egress .................................................................................................... 174
Part D2 Provision for escape ................................................................................................. 183
Part D3 Construction of exits ................................................................................................ 196
Part D4 Access for people with a disability .......................................................................... 212
Specification 14 Non -required stairways, ramps and escalators ...................................................... 221
Specification 15 Br
aille and tactile signs ............................................................................................ 223
Specification 16 Accessible water entry/exit from swimming pools ................................................. 225
Section E Services and equipment
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment ............................................................................................ 233
Part E2 Smoke hazard management .................................................................................... 242
Part E3 Lift installations ........................................................................................................ 253
Part E4 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems .................................. 261
Specification 17 Fire sprinkler systems .............................................................................................. 266
Specification 18 Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective height ............................ 269
Specification 19 Fire control centres .................................................................................................. 272
Specification 20 Smoke detection and alarm systems ...................................................................... 275
Specification 21 Smoke exhaust systems .......................................................................................... 280
Specification 22 Smoke-and-heat v ent s............................................................................................ 284
Specification 23 Residential fire safety systems ................................................................................ 285
Specification 24 Lift installations ........................................................................................................ 289
Specification 25 Photoluminescent exit signs .................................................................................... 291
Section F Health and amenity
Part F1 Surface water management, rising damp and external waterproofing ................. 297
Part F2 Wet areas and overflow protection ......................................................................... 303
Part F3 Roof and wall cladding ............................................................................................. 306
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities .................................................................................... 312
Part F5 Room heights ............................................................................................................ 329
Part F6 Light and ventilation ................................................................................................. 332
Part F7 Sound transmission and insulation ......................................................................... 339
Part F8 Condensation management .................................................................................... 345
Specification 26 Waterproofing and water -resistance r equirements for building elements in wet
areas ......................................................................................................................... 349
Specification 27 Accessible adult change facilities ........................................................................... 352
Specification 28 Sound insulation for building elements ................................................................... 359
Specification 29 Impact sound – test of equivalence ......................................................................... 374
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components .......................................................................... 379
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 5Part G2 Boilers, pressure vessels, heating appliances, fireplaces, chimneys and flues ... 384
Part G3 Atrium construction ................................................................................................. 387
Part G4 Construction in alpine areas .................................................................................... 389
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas ...................................................................... 393
Part G6 Occupiable outdoor areas ....................................................................................... 399
Part G7 Livable housing design ............................................................................................. 401
Specification 30 Installation of boilers and pressure vessels ........................................................... 403
Specification 31 Fire and smoke control systems in buildings containing atriums .......................... 405
Specification 43 Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings .................................................... 412
Section I Special use buildings
Part I1 Class 9b buildings .................................................................................................... 418
Part I2 Public transport buildings ....................................................................................... 420
Part I3 Farm buildings and farm sheds ............................................................................... 423
Specification 32 Construction of proscenium walls ........................................................................... 427
Section J Energy efficiency
Part J1 Energy efficiency performance requirements ........................................................ 433
Part J2 Energy efficiency ..................................................................................................... 439
Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building ....................................................................................................... 441
Part J4 Building fabric ........................................................................................................... 471
Part J5 Building sealing ........................................................................................................ 476
Part J6 Air-conditioning and v entilation ............................................................................. 479
Part J7 Artificial lighting and power .................................................................................... 493
Part J8 Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant ............................... 501
Part J9 Energy monitoring and on -sit e distributed energy resources ............................... 504
Specification 33 Additional requirements .......................................................................................... 508
Specification 34 Modelling parameters for J1V3 ................................................................................ 510
Specification 35 Modelling profiles for J1V3 ...................................................................................... 514
Specification 36 Material properties ................................................................................................... 526
Specification 37 Calculation of U-Value and solar admittance .......................................................... 531
Specification 38 Spandrel panel thermal performance ...................................................................... 535
Specification 39 Sub -floor and soil t hermal performance ................................................................. 537
Specification 40 Lighting and power control devices ........................................................................ 539
Specification 44 Calculation of heating load limit, cooling load limit and thermal energy load limit 542
Specification 45 Modelling profiles for J1V5 ...................................................................................... 545
Schedule 1 Definitions
Abbreviations ........................................................................................................... 559
Symbols ..................................................................................................................... 561
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 6Glossary .................................................................................................................... 563
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 599
Schedule 3 Commonwealth of Australia
Footnote: Other legislation and policies affecting buildings .................................. 617
Schedule 4 Australian Capital Territory
ACT Introduction .............................................................................................................. 623
ACT Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ...................................................... 624
Schedule 5 New South Wales
NSW Introduction .............................................................................................................. 632
Section A Governing requirements .......................................................................................... 633
Section C Fire resistance .......................................................................................................... 634
Section D Access and egress ................................................................................................... 639
Section E Services and equipment .......................................................................................... 646
Section F Health and amenity .................................................................................................. 650
Section G Ancillary provisions .................................................................................................. 652
Section I Special use buildings ............................................................................................... 656
NSW Part I4 Entertainment venues other than temporary structures and drive -in t heatres .... 657
NSW Part I5 Temporary structures .............................................................................................. 669
NSW Part I6 Drive -in t heatres ...................................................................................................... 673
Section J Energy efficiency ...................................................................................................... 674
NSW Part J1 Energy efficiency ..................................................................................................... 686
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................ 692
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 694
NSW Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ...................................................... 696
Schedule 6 Northern Territory
NT Introduction .............................................................................................................. 704
Section B Structure ................................................................................................................... 705
Section E Services and equipment .......................................................................................... 708
Section F Health and amenity .................................................................................................. 709
NT Part F7 Sound transmission and insulation .......................................................................... 712
Section G Ancillary provisions .................................................................................................. 716
Section J Energy efficiency ...................................................................................................... 717
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 718
NT Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ....................................................... 719
Schedule 7 Queensland
QLD Introduction .............................................................................................................. 723
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 7Section B Structure ................................................................................................................... 724
Section G Ancillary provisions .................................................................................................. 727
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................. 729
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 730
QLD Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ....................................................... 731
Schedule 8 South Australia
SA Introduction .............................................................................................................. 735
Section A Governing requirements .......................................................................................... 736
Section B Structure ................................................................................................................... 737
Section C Fire resistance .......................................................................................................... 738
Section D Access and egress ................................................................................................... 740
Section E Services and equipment .......................................................................................... 744
Section F Health and amenity .................................................................................................. 749
Section G Ancillary provisions .................................................................................................. 753
SA Part G8 Access for maintenance ........................................................................................... 755
SA Part G9 Miscellaneous provisions ......................................................................................... 757
Section I Special use buildings ............................................................................................... 758
SA Part I3 Farm buildings .......................................................................................................... 759
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................. 760
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 762
SA Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ...................................................... 763
Schedule 9 Tasmania
TAS Introduction .............................................................................................................. 774
Section A Governing requirements ........................................................................................... 775
Section D Access and egress ................................................................................................... 777
Section E Services and equipment .......................................................................................... 778
Section F Health and amenity .................................................................................................. 779
Section G Ancillary provisions .................................................................................................. 780
Section I Special use buildings ............................................................................................... 784
TAS Part I4 Food premises .......................................................................................................... 785
TAS Part I5 Dining rooms and bar rooms .................................................................................... 795
TAS Part I6 Meat premises .......................................................................................................... 796
TAS Part I7 Farm dairy premises ................................................................................................. 797
TAS Part I8 Pharmacies ............................................................................................................... 799
TAS Part I9 Health service establishments ................................................................................ 801
TAS Part I10 Mortuaries ................................................................................................................ 802
TAS Part I11 Foundries .................................................................................................................. 804
TAS Part I12 Premises for manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics .................. 806
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 8TAS Part I13 Premises for production of processing of isocyanates .......................................... 808
TAS Part I14 Premises for electro -plating, electro -polishing, anodising or etching .................. 810
TAS Part I15 Premises for lead processing ................................................................................... 811
TAS Part I16 Early childhood centres and school age care facilities ........................................... 813
TAS Part I18 Temporary structures ............................................................................................... 815
TAS Part I17 Premises where work is undertaken on gas -fuelled v ehicles ............................... 820
Section J Energy efficiency ...................................................................................................... 821
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................. 822
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 823
TAS Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ...................................................... 827
Schedule 10 Victoria
VIC Introduction .............................................................................................................. 830
Section A Governing requirements ........................................................................................... 831
Section B Structure ................................................................................................................... 832
Section C Fire resistance .......................................................................................................... 833
Section D Access and egress ................................................................................................... 834
Section E Services and equipment .......................................................................................... 835
Section F Health and amenity .................................................................................................. 838
Section G Ancillary provisions .................................................................................................. 841
Section I Special use buildings ............................................................................................... 845
VIC Part I4 Class 3 and 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c buildings ................ 846
VIC Part I5 Places of public entertainment ............................................................................... 848
VIC Part I6 Class 9b children’s services ..................................................................................... 851
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................. 852
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 854
VIC Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ...................................................... 860
Schedule 11 Western Australia
WA Introduction .............................................................................................................. 867
Section B Structure ................................................................................................................... 868
WA Part B2 Changes to AS/NZS 1170.2 :2021 ............................................................................. 873
Section I Special use buildings ............................................................................................... 876
WA Part I4 Public buildings ........................................................................................................ 877
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................. 879
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 880
WA Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings ....................................................... 881
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 9
About the NCC
The NCC is Australia’s primary set of technical design and construction provisions for buildings. As a performance-based
code, it sets the minimum required level for the safety, health, amenity, accessibility and sustainability of certain buildings .
It primarily applies to the design and construction of new buildings, and plumbing and drainage systems in new and existing
buildings. In some cases it may also apply to structures associated with buildings and new building work or new plumbing
and drainage work in existing buildings.
The Australian Building Codes Board (ABCB), on behalf of the Australian Government and each State and Territory
government, produces and maintains the NCC. When determining the content of the NCC, the ABCB seeks to—
ensure requirements have a rigorously tested rationale; and •
effectively and proportionally address applicable issues; and •
create benefits to society that outweigh costs; and •
consider non-regulatory alternatives; and •
consider the competitive effects of regulation; and •
not be unnecessarily restrictive. •
The primary users of the NCC include architects, builders, plumbers, building surveyors, hydraulic consultants, engineers
and other building and plumbing related professions and trades.
Format of the NCC
The NCC is published in three volumes. The Building Code of Australia (BCA) is Volumes One and Two of the NCC and
the Plumbing Code of Australia (PCA) is Volume Three of the NCC.
Components of the NCC
The NCC provides the technical provisions for the design and construction of buildings and other structures, and plumbing
and drainage systems.
NCC Volume One primarily covers the design and construction of multi-residential, commercial, industrial and public
assembly buildings and some associated structures.
NCC Volume Two primarily covers the design and construction of smaller scale buildings including houses, small sheds,
carports and some associated structures.
NCC Volume Three covers the design, construction and maintenance of plumbing and drainage systems in new and
existing buildings.
Each volume contains—
Governing Requirements; and •
Performance Requirements; and •
compliance options to meet the NCC requirements; and •
State and Territory variations and additions. •
The NCC uses building classifications to identify requirements for different intended purposes of buildings or parts of
buildings. A building classification relates to the characteristics and the intended use of the building. Information on buildi ng
classifications is found in Part A6 of the Governing Requirements.
Legislative arrangements and the NCC
The NCC is given legal effect through State and Territory, or other statutory authority, building and plumbing legislation.
These Acts and Regulations set out the legal framework and administration mechanisms for the NCC to support the design
and construction of buildings. Introduction to the National Construction Code (NCC)
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 10The dates of adoption of the NCC are determined by State and Territory building and plumbing administrations.
How to use the NCC
Each volume of the NCC is split into two main sections:
Administrative requirements contained within the Governing Requirements. •
Technical requirements contained within the remaining sections of the NCC. •
The Governing Requirements provide the rules and instructions for using and complying with the NCC. They are vital in
understanding how the technical requirements of the NCC should be applied to any particular situation. The Governing
Requirements are also important in understanding how the NCC fits with the building and plumbing regulatory framework
within Australia.
NCC clause numbering system
The NCC uses a uniform clause numbering system across each of its three volumes. This system is called Section-Part-
Type-Clause (SPTC). In each clause number—
The first letter indicates which NCC Section sits within, or if the letter S is used, that the clause is part of a Specificatio n. •
The letter S is used in place of a Section indicator because the same Specification may be called up in several different
Sections of the NCC.
The first number indicates the number of each Part within a Section, or the number of a Specification. Parts are •
numbered sequentially within each Section, starting at 1. Specifications are numbered sequentially across all three
volumes, also starting at 1. The second letter indicates the clause Type. It will be G, O, F, P, V, D or C and these are explained below.
•
The second number is the clause number within each Part or Specification. •
The clause Types used in the NCC are as follows:
G = Governing requirement (mandatory) •
O = Objective (guidance) •
F = Functional Statement (guidance) •
P = Performance Requirement (mandatory) •
V = Verification Method (optional) •
D = Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision (optional) •
C = Clause in a Specification (clauses in Specifications may be mandatory or optional, depending on how the •
Specification is called up by the NCC).
Informative parts of the NCC (e.g. Introduction to the NCC) are not numbered and do not have numbered paragraphs.
This helps make it easy to see that their content is information only and does not contain any regulatory requirements.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 11
About NCC Volume One
NCC Volume One contains technical design and construction requirements for all Class 2 to 9 buildings (multi-residential,
commercial, industrial, and public assembly buildings) and their associated structures.
NCC Volume One contains the requirements for—
all Class 2 to 9 buildings; and •
access requirements for people with a disability in Class 1b and 10a buildings; and •
certain Class 10b structures including access requirements for people with a disability in Class 10b swimming pools. •
Components of NCC Volume One
NCC Volume One contains the following Sections:
Section A – Governing Requirements •
Section B – Structure •
Section C – Fire resistance •
Section D – Access and egress •
Section E – Services and equipment •
Section F – Health and amenity •
Section G – Ancillary provisions •
Section I – Special use buildings •
Section J – Energy efficiency •
Schedules— •
Abbreviations and symbols ◾
Definitions ◾
Referenced documents ◾
State and Territory variations and additions ◾
Section A contains the mandatory Governing Requirements for the NCC. Sections B to G and I to J contain the mandatory
Performance Requirements and the pathways that can be used to comply with the NCC.
There is no Section H in NCC Volume One because the letter ‘H’ is used in NCC Volume Two. This avoids number clashes
between NCC Volume One and NCC Volume Two.Introduction to NCC Volume One
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 12
Table 1 sets out the number and title of each NCC Specification, along with the clauses in each NCC Volume that refer to
the Specification.
Table 1 : List of NCC Specifications List of NCC Specifications
Spec
no.Title References
Vols. One, Two and Housing
ProvisionsVol. Three
1 Fire resistance of building elements A5G5 ; A5G6 ; C4D15 ; S2C1 ;
S9C2A5G5 ; A5G6
2 Description of materials referred to in Specification 1 A5G5 ; A5G6 ; C4D15 ; S1C2 ;
S9C2A5G5 ; A5G6
3 Fire hazard properties (determination) A5G6 A5G6
4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas B1D3 -
5 Fire-resisting construction C2D2 ; C2D10 ; C3D6 ; C3D8 ;
C3D9 ; C3D10 ; C3D11 ;
C3D13 ; C4D6 ; C4D8 ;
C4D13 ; C4D15 ; D2D13 ;
E1D5 ; G3D6 ; S17C11 ;
S18C4 ; S31C3-
6 Structural tests for lightweight construction B1D4 ; C2D9 ; S5C23 ; S14C2 ;
S32C2 ; S32C3 ; Housing
Provisions 9.3.1-
7 Fire hazard properties (requirements) C2D11 ; C2D14 ; S3C2 ;
S14C2 ; S19C7 ; S32C6-
8 Performance of external walls in fire C2D12 -
9 Cavity barriers for fire-protected timber C2D13 ; C4D16 ; S5C11 ;
S5C20-
10 Fire protected timber S1C2 -
11 Smoke-proof walls in health-care and residential care
buildingsC3D6 ; C3D15 ; C4D12 ;
E2D11-
12 Fire doors, smoke doors, fire windows and shutters C4D5 ; G3D4 ; S11C2 ; S11C3 -
13 Penetration of walls, floors and ceilings by services C4D15 -
14 Non-required stairways, ramps and escalators C2D11 ; D2D17 -
15 Braille and tactile signs D4D7 ; S27C10 -
16 Accessible water entry/exit for swimming pools D4D11 -
17 Fire sprinkler systems C1V3 ; C2D6 ; C2D13 ; C3D2 ;
C3D4 ; C3D7 ; C3D8 ; C4D6 ;
C4D7 ; C4D8 ; C4D9 ; C4D12 ;
D2D4 ; D2D17 ; E1D4 ; E2D8 ;
E2D9 ; E2D10 ; E2D11 ;
E2D13 ; E2D14 ; E2D15 ;
E2D16 ; E2D17 ; E2D19 ;
E2D20 ; G3D1 ; G3D6 ; G6D6 ;
I1D2 ; S5C10 ; S5C11 ; S5C14 ;
S5C18 ; S5C19 ; S5C20 ;
S5C21 ; S5C22 ; S5C24 ;
S7C3 ; S7C4 ; S19C11 ;
S20C3 ; S20C4 ; S20C5 ;
S31C2-
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 13Spec
no.Title References
Vols. One, Two and Housing
ProvisionsVol. Three
18 Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective
heightE1D4 ; S17C2 ; S23C1 ;
S23C3-
19 Fire control centres E1D14 -
20 Smoke detection and alarm systems E2D3 ; E2D5 ; E2D7 ; E2D8 ;
E2D9 ; E2D11 ; E2D13 ;
E2D14 ; E2D15 ; E2D16 ;
E2D17 ; E2D18 ; E2D19 ;
E2D20 ; S5C19 ; S5C22 ;
S17C8 ; S18C3 ; S21C7 ;
S21C8 ; S22C3-
21 Smoke exhaust systems C3D13 ; E2D10 ; E2D14 ;
E2D15 ; E2D16 ; E2D17 ;
E2D18 ; E2D19 ; E2D20 ;
S20C6 ; S20C8-
22 Smoke-and-heat vents E2D10 ; E2D14 ; E2D15 ;
E2D16 ; E2D17 ; E2D18 ;
E2D19 ; E2D20 ; S20C8-
23 Residential fire safety systems S18C3 ; S18C4 -
24 Lift installations E3D2 -
25 Photoluminescent exit signs E4D8 -
26 Waterproofing and water resistance requirements for
building elements in wet areasF1D6 -
27 Accessible adult change facilities F4D12 ; S15C1 -
28 Sound insulation for building elements F5D3; F5D4 -
29 Impact sound — Test of equivalence F5D4; S28C2 -
30 Installation of boilers and pressure vessels G2D2 -
31 Fire and smoke control in buildings containing atriums G3D4 ; G3D8 ; S14C2 -
32 Construction of proscenium walls C2D11 ; I1D3 -
33 Additional requirements J1V1 ; J1V2 ; J1V3 ; J1V5 -
34 Modelling parameters J1V3 ; S35C1 -
35 Modelling profiles S34C3 -
36 Material properties J4D3 -
37 Calculation of U-Value and solar admittance J3D9 ; J3D13 ; J4D3 ; J4D6 -
38 Spandrel panel thermal performance S37C3 ; S37C4 -
39 Sub-floor thermal performance J4D3 -
40 Lighting and power control devices J7D3 ; J7D4 ; J7D5 ; J7D6 ;
J7D7-
41 Cross-connection hazards - B5D2; B5D3;
B5D4
42 House energy rating software H6D2 -
43 Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings G5D4 -
44 Calculation of heating load limit, cooling load limit and
thermal energy load limitJ1P2 ; H6P1 -
45 Modelling profiles for J1V5 J1V5 -
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 14
Adoption of NCC Volume One
The adoption of each edition of NCC Volume One (also referred to as BCA Volume One) is set out in Table 1.
Table 1 : History of adoption of NCC Volume One History of adoption of NCC Volume One
Edition Commonwe
althACT NSW NT QLD SA TAS VIC WA
BCA 96 1 Jul 1997 1 Jul
19971 Jul 1997 7 Jan 1998 1 Jul 1997 1 Jan 1998 1 Jul 1997 1 Aug 1997 1 Jul 1997
BCA 96 Amdt
11 Jul 1997 1 Jul
19971 Jul 1997 7 Jan 1998 1 Jul 1997 1 Jan 1998 1 Jul 1997 1 Aug 1997 1 Jul 1997
BCA 96 Amdt
21 Jan 1998 1 Jan
199827 Feb 1998 7 Jan 1998 1 Jan 1998 1 Jan 1998 1 Jan 1998 1 Jan 1998 1 Jan 1998
BCA 96 Amdt
31 Jul 1998 1 Jul
19981 Jul 1998 1 Jul 1998 1 Jul 1998 13 Jul 1998 1 Jul 1998 1 Jul 1998 1 Jul 1998
BCA 96 Amdt
41 Jan 1999 17 May
19991 Feb 1999 1 Jan 1999 1 Jan 1999 1 Jan 1999 1 Jan 1999 1 Jan 1999 1 Jan 1999
BCA 96 Amdt
51 Jul 1999 3 Nov
19991 Aug 1999 1 Jul 1999 1 Jul 1999 1 Jul 1999 1 Jul 1999 1 Jul 1999 1 Jul 1999
BCA 96 Amdt
61 Jan 2000 10 Feb
20001 Jan 2000 1 Jan 2000 1 Jan 2000 17 Jan 2000 1 Jan 2000 1 Jan 2000 1 Jan 2000
BCA 96 Amdt
71 Jul 2000 10 Jul
20001 Jul 2000 1 Jul 2000 1 Jul 2000 1 Jul 2000 1 Jul 2000 1 Jul 2000 1 Jul 2000
BCA 96 Amdt
81 Jan 2001 11 Jan
20011 Jan 2001 1 Jan 2001 1 Jan 2001 1 Jan 2001 1 Jan 2001 1 Jan 2001 1 Jan 2001
BCA 96 Amdt
91 Jul 2001 12 Jul
20011 Jul 2001 1 Jul 2001 1 Jul 2001 2 Jul 2001 1 Jul 2001 1 Jul 2001 1 Jul 2001
BCA 96 Amdt
101 Jan 2002 1 Jan
20021 Jan 2002 1 Jan 2002 1 Jan 2002 1 Jan 2002 1 Jan 2002 1 Jan 2002 1 Jan 2002
BCA 96 Amdt
111 Jul 2002 1 Jul
20021 Jul 2002 1 Jul 2002 1 Jul 2002 1 Jul 2002 1 Jul 2002 1 Jul 2002 1 Jul 2002
BCA 96 Amdt
121 Jan 2003 1 Jan
20031 Jan 2003 1 Jan 2003 1 Jan 2003 1 Jan 2003 1 Jan 2003 1 Jan 2003 1 Jan 2003
BCA 96 Amdt
131 Jul 2003 1 Jul
20031 Jul 2003 1 Jul 2003 1 Jul 2003 1 Jul 2003 To Be advised 1 Jul 2003 1 Jul 2003
BCA 2004 1 May 2004 1 May
20041 May 2004 1 May 2004 1 May 2004 1 May 2004 1 May 2004 1 May 2004 1 May 2004
BCA 2005 1 May 2005 1 May
20051 May 2005 1 May 2005 1 May 2005 1 May 2005 1 May 2005 1 May 2005 1 May 2005
BCA 2006 1 May 2006 1 May
200601 May 2006 1 May 2006 1 May 2006 1 May 2006 1 May 2006 1 May 2006 1 May 2006
BCA 2007 1 May 2007 1 May
20071 May 2007 1 May 2007 1 May 2007 1 May 2007 1 May 2007 1 May 2007 1 May 2007
BCA 2008 1 May 2008 1 May
20081 May 2008 1 May 2008 1 May 2008 1 May 2008 1 May 2008 1 May 2008 1 May 2008
BCA 2009 1 May 2009 1 May
20091 May 2009 1 May 2009 1 May 2009 1 May 2009 1 May 2009 1 May 2009 1 May 2009
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 15
Table Notes
1 May 2006 (except that the date for mandatory compliance with Section J provisions for Class 5 to 9 buildings is (1)
1 November 2006)
1 May 2006, except for Part I2 and Section J which were adopted on 1 August 2006. (2)
1 May 2010 except for Section J, which was adopted on 1 September 2010, and the restriction on child resistant (3)
door sets in G1.1 and the additional bushfire requirements for ‘excluded areas’ prescribed in SA G5.2(d) and (e),
which were adopted on 2 December 2010.
Adoption of BCA 96 Volume One
The 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 1 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 1 is to—
correct minor typographical errors including spelling, punctuation and layout; and •
include reference to a Certificate of Conformity issued by the ABCB in A2.2; and •
change the reference to the Standards Mark Certificate to refer to JAS–ANZ in A2.2; and •
update references to Standards •
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 2
Amendment No. 2 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 2 is to— Edition Commonwe
althACT NSW NT QLD SA TAS VIC WA
BCA 2010 1 May 2010 1 May
20101 May 2010 1 May 2010 1 May 2010 1 May 2010 1 May 2010 1 May 2010 1 May 2010
NCC 2011 1 May 2011 1 May
20111 May 2011 1 May 2011 1 May 2011 1 May 2011 1 May 2011 1 May 2011 1 May 2011
NCC 2012 1 May 2012 1 May
20121 May 2012 1 May 2012 1 May 2012 1 May 2012 1 May 2012 1 May 2012 1 May 2012
NCC 2013 1 May 2013 1 May
20131 May 2013 1 May 2013 1 May 2013 1 May 2013 1 May 2013 1 May 2013 1 May 2013
NCC 2014 1 May 2014 1 May
20141 May 2014 1 May 2014 1 May 2014 1 May 2014 1 May 2014 1 May 2014 1 May 2014
NCC 2015 1 May 2015 1 May
20151 May 2015 1 May 2015 1 May 2015 1 May 2015 1 May 2015 1 May 2015 1 May 2015
NCC 2016 1 May 2016 1 May
20161 May 2016 1 May 2016 1 May 2016 1 May 2016 1 May 2016 1 May 2016 1 May 2016
NCC 2016
Amendment 112 Mar
201812 Mar
201812 Mar 2018 12 Mar 2018 12 Mar 2018 12 Mar 2018 12 Mar 2018 12 Mar 2018 12 Mar 2018
NCC 2019 1 May 2019 1 June
20191 May 2019 1 May 2019 1 May 2019 1 May 2019 1 May 2019 1 May 2019 1 May 2019
NCC 2019
Amendment 11 Jul 2020 1 Jul
20201 Jul 2020 1 Jul 2020 1 Jul 2020 1 Jul 2020 1 Jul 2020 1 Jul 2020 1 Jul 2020
NCC 2022 1 May 2023 1 May
20231 May 2023 1 May 2023 1 May 2023 1 May 2023 1 May 2023 1 May 2023 1 May 2023
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 16correct minor typographical errors; and•
update references to Standards.•
BCA 96 Amendment No. 3
Amendment No. 3 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 3 is to—
incorporate the outcomes of the 1997 ABCB Variations Conference; and•
update references to Standards; and•
include minor technical changes.•BCA 96 Amendment No. 4
Amendment No. 4 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 4 is to—
update references to Standards; and•
include minor technical changes.•
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 5
Amendment No. 5 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 5 is to—
update references to Standards; and•
include minor technical changes; and•
amend clauses to improve clarity and to reduce the possibility of differences in interpretation; and•
expand on the requirements for subfloor ventilation based on climatic conditions.•
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 6
Amendment No. 6 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 6 is to—
update references to Standards; and•
expand on the requirements for carparking for people with disabilities; and•
replace Sound Transmission Class (STC) with weighted sound reduction index (Rw) within Part F5 ; and •
include minor technical changes.•
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 7
Amendment No. 7 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 7 is to—
update references to Standards; and•
include requirements for non-required and private stairways; and•
include minor technical changes.•
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 17BCA 96 Amendment No. 8
Amendment No. 8 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 8 is to—update references to Standards; and
update references to Standards; and •
include minor technical changes; and •
achieve greater consistency between both Volumes of the BCA for stairway construction. •
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 9
Amendment No. 9 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 9 is to—
update references to Standards; and •
include minor technical changes; and •
clarify which glazed assemblies must comply with AS 2047 and which must comply with AS 1288. •
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 10
Amendment No. 10 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 10 is to—
update references to Standards; and •
clarify that windows must comply with AS 2047 for resistance to water penetration; and •
subject to certain conditions, allow a non-fire-isolated stairway to connect an additional storey; and •
update signage required for people with disabilities, including the need for signs to contain Braille and tactile •
information; and
include minor technical changes. •
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 11
Amendment No. 11 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 11 is to—
update references to Standards; and •
transfer public policy matters, with respect to structural adequacy, from the AS 1170 series to the BCA; and •
introduce Class 7a, 7b and 9c classifications; and •
update the provisions for residential buildings used for the accommodation of the aged to align with the Commonwealth •
Aged Care Act, 1997; and
include minor technical changes. •
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 12
Amendment No. 12 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 12 is to—
update references to Standards; and •
apply the swimming pool safety provisions to swimming pools associated with Class 4 parts as well as Class 2 and 3 •
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 18buildings; and
allow the use of either the 1989 editions or the 2002 editions of the 1170 series of standards; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 13
Amendment No. 13 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 13 is to—
update references to Standards; and •
reform the provisions for fire hazard properties of materials; and •
revise a requirement for the use of non-combustible materials; and •
include additional requirements for the protection of electrical switchboards which sustain electricity supply to •
emergency equipment; and
include minor changes to the requirements for aged care buildings; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
Adoption of BCA 2004 Volume One
The 2004 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2004 Volume One is to—
update references to Standards; and •
update references from BCA 96 to BCA 2004; and •
include a Performance Requirement considering human impact with glazing; and •
reform the provisions for sound insulation; and •
reform the maintenance provisions; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of BCA 2005 Volume One
The 2005 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2005 Volume One is to—
update references to Standards; and •
clarify when fire sprinklers are required to be installed in buildings; and •
update the provisions for waterproofing of wet areas; and •
include energy efficiency measures for Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts; and •
more closely align the requirements for lifts with those of Occupational Health and Safety legislation; and •
include minor technical changes. •Adoption of BCA 2006 Volume One
The 2006 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2006 Volume One is to—
update schedule of referenced documents; and •
include a national testing regime for cladding in cyclonic areas; and •
withdraw of AS 1530.3 tests on floor materials and floor coverings and wall and ceiling linings; and •
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 19include energy efficiency measures for Class 5 to 9 buildings; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of BCA 2007 Volume One
The 2007 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2007 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
update energy efficiency provisions including providing additional information; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of BCA 2008 Volume One
The 2008 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2008 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
due to changes in the types of detector now available, rather than only allowing the use of a heat detectors when •
smoke detector would be unsuitable in the atmosphere, to allow the use of any type of detector deemed suitable by
AS 1670.1; and
clarify the intent of the BCA when a service penetrates a building element required to have an FRL; and •
amend the requirements for door handle heights to be consistent with AS 1428.1; and •
align some BCA terms with current industry terminology; and •
include lists of other Commonwealth, State and Territory legislation affecting buildings; and •
include suitable provisions for swimming pool water recirculation systems; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of BCA 2009 Volume One
The 2009 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2009 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
after expiry of the agreed transition period, except for the 1993 edition of AS 1170.4, delete all references to the older •
loading standards contained in the AS 1170 series and consequently, all provisions referring to them; and
clarify the application of the vertical separation provisions; and •
clarify the intent of separation of equipment; and •
simplify the wire balustrade provisions, including the addition of a Verification Method; and •
clarify the provisions for the construction of sanitary compartments to enable an unconscious occupant to be removed; •
and
clarify the height of rooms in an attic and with a sloping ceiling; and •
further update the energy efficiency provisions; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of BCA 2010 Volume One
The 2010 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2010 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
delete reference to the 1993 edition of AS 1170.4 and consequently all provisions referring to it; and •
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 20increase the stringency of the energy efficiency provisions and, as part of reducing greenhouse gas emissions, •
introduce provisions for the greenhouse gas intensity of the energy source for services such as water and space
heaters; and
update Part G5 , as a consequence of referencing the 2009 edition of AS 3959 construction in bushfire-prone areas, •
to include provisions which apply to a Class 10a building or deck associated with a Class 2 or 3 building located in a
designated bushfire prone area; and
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of NCC 2011 Volume One
The 2011 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2011 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
align the NCC with the Access Code in the Disability (Access to Premises — Buildings) Standards; and •
restructure the fire hazard property provisions; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of NCC 2012 Volume One
The 2012 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2012 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
include revised provisions aimed at reducing slips, trips and falls in buildings; and •
include a Verification Method for emergency lighting; and •
align the NCC with changes to the National Quality Standard for early childhood education and care; and •
include exemptions for Class 8 electricity network substations; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of NCC 2013 Volume One
The 2013 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2013 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
include new provisions for openable windows to reduce falls in buildings; and •
include a Performance Requirement and reference a Standard for construction in flood hazard areas; and •
consolidate the building related components of the AS 1735 lift series into the BCA; and •
enhance the egress provisions for people with disability; and •
include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of NCC 2014 Volume One
The 2014 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2014 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
quantify slip resistance on ramps, stairways and landings; and •
include provisions for photoluminescent exit signs; and •
expand the fire-resistance concession for timber-framed construction to include Class 3 buildings; and •
remove the requirement for fire hose reels in a Class 2 or Class 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building; and •
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 21include minor technical changes. •
Adoption of NCC 2015 Volume One
The 2015 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2015 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
include a Verification Method for structural reliability; and •
improve the usability of the barrier provisions; and •
expand the requirements for sprinkler protection to aged care buildings; and •
include a Verification Method for weatherproofing of external walls; and •
improve the usability of energy efficiency provisions for air-conditioning and ventilation systems. •Adoption of NCC 2016 Volume One
The 2016 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2016 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and •
amend the “Introduction” and “General Requirements” as part of the initiative to increase the use of Performance •
Solutions; and
include new Verification Methods for structural robustness and indoor air quality; and •
include provisions for fire-protected timber; and •
include requirements for farm-type buildings; and •
include minor technical changes. •
NCC 2016 Volume One Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 1 to the 2016 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of Amendment No. 1 is to—
introduce a new Verification method, CV3, for limiting fire spread via external wall assemblies; and •
include reference to the revised edition of AS 2118.1; and •
clarify provisions relating to the use of external wall claddings and attachments; and •
revise the evidence of suitability provisions. •Adoption of NCC 2019 Volume One
The 2019 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2019 Volume One is to—
include the Governing Requirements, that result from revision of Section A to improve readability and are common to •
all NCC volumes; and
introduce the use of schedules that are common to all NCC volumes; and •
include new Verification Methods, including the Fire Safety Verification Method; and •
clarify provisions, including provisions relating to measurement of distance between required alternative exits; and •
expand the requirements for sprinkler protection to residential buildings; and •
introduce requirements for accessible adult change facilities; and •
introduce requirements for management of water vapour and condensation; and •
introduce requirements for occupiable outdoor areas; and •
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 22increase stringency of energy efficiency requirements; and •
update references to other documents; and •
include minor technical changes. •
NCC 2019 Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 1 to the 2019 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of Amendment No. 1 is to—
require that a process be followed to improve the quality of and documentation for Performance Solutions; and •
include a new provision regarding egress from early childhood centres; and •
require labelling of Aluminium Composite Panels; and •
clarify the concession that permits timber framing for low-rise Class 2 and 3 buildings. •
NCC 2022
The 2022 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC Volume One 2022 is to—
include quantified Performance Requirements; and •
clarify and improve provisions relating to fire performance of building elements, including external walls; and •
include provisions to improve fire safety for early childhood centres and primary schools; and •
include expanded weatherproofing and waterproofing provisions; and •
include bushfire protection requirements for certain Class 9 buildings; and •
incorporate amended energy efficiency provisions; and •
update references to other documents; and •
include other minor technical changes.•
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 23
This list has been prepared by the Australian Building Codes Board to assist National Construction Code (NCC) users in
identifying changes incorporated in the 2022 edition of NCC Volume One.
The notes provide a description of major changes made from the previous edition of Volume One. If additional information
is required to assist in understanding, interpreting or applying the provisions of the 2022 edition of Volume One, reference
should be made to the Guide to Volume One.
While the Australian Building Codes Board has attempted to include all major changes made from the previous edition of
Volume One, the Board does not give any warranty nor accept any liability in relation to the contents of this list of
amendments.
Table 1 : List of amendments - NCC 2022 Volume One
Reference Changes and Commentary
General
Throughout An “Introduction to this Part” has been added to introduce
the intent and purpose of every Part of the NCC.
Throughout The Objectives and Functional Statements have been
relocated from the Guide to Volume One into NCC
Volume One.
Throughout A number of provisions have been amended, restructured,
deleted and relocated as part of the initiative to provide a
consistent NCC structure and improve NCC usability.
Section A—Governing requirements
A1G1 A new clause added to specify scope of NCC Volume
One.
A1G2 A new clause added to specify scope of NCC Volume
Two.
A1G3 A new clause added to specify scope of NCC Volume
Three.
A2G2(4)(b) Amended to remove unnecessary duplication.
A5G3 A Note has been included to outline transitional
arrangements regarding new numbering system and
documentary evidence.
A5G4 A new clause added to limit lead content in copper alloy
plumbing products in contact with drinking water.
A5G9 A new clause added to require a NatHERS certificate be
issued for the house energy rating software output where
house energy rating software is required.
A6G1 The limitation statement has been amended to include a
Class 9b early childhood centre.
Specification 1 Schedule 5 in NCC 2019 Amendment 1 has been
relocated into new Specification 1 and 2.
Specification 2 Schedule 5 in NCC 2019 Amendment 1 has been
relocated into new Specification 1 and 2.
Specification 3 Schedule 6 in NCC 2019 Amendment 1 has been
relocated into new Specification 3.
Section B—StructureList of amendments - NCC 2022 Volume One
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 24Reference Changes and Commentary
B1P1(2)(a) A new requirement for a Class 7b buildings to have the
ability to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels.
An exemption is also provided to certain Class 7b
buildings.
B1D3(a)(iv) A new requirement for a Class 7b buildings to have the
ability to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels.
An exemption is also provided to certain Class 7b
buildings.
B1D3(c) Amended to clarify all parts of AS 1170.4 are applicable.
Section C—Fire resistance
C1V4 Amended as a consequence of restructuring Schedule 7
of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 into the
referenced document, ABCB Fire Safety Verification
Method standard.
C2D10(4) Amended to provide additional concessions to C2D10(1)
and (2).
C2D10(5) A new sub-clause added to specify non-combustible
materials.
C2D10(6) Amended to provide cross-reference for fixing
requirements of externally located bonded laminated
materials.
C2D14 Amended for clarity and to provide additional ancillary
elements permitted on an external wall required to be
non-combustible.
C2D15 A new clause added to specify fixing requirements for
externally located bonded laminated cladding panels.
C3D3 Amended to make reference to new defined term
‘Volume’.
C3D4 Amended to make reference to new defined term
‘Volume’.
C3D6 A new sub-clause (2) has been inserted to provide
compartmentation and separation requirements to Class
9b early childhood centres. As a consequence, the
heading has also been amended. An exemption
statement has also been included to provide exemption to
certain Class 9b early childhood centres.
C4D10 Amended to provide concession for test drain pipes used
for fire services.
C4D16 Amended to permit use of reports where the tested
system differs from the subject system in accordance with
AS 4072.1. Also, a new sub-clause has been inserted to
clarify that tests must be reported in accordance with
Specifications 1 and 2.
S5C20(1) Sub-clause (c) has been inserted to permit the use of
timber framing for roof trusses and floor frames.
S5C23(1) Sub-clause (c) has been inserted to permit the use of
timber framing for roof trusses and floor frames.
Section D—Access and egress
D2D3 Amended to provide concession to parts of a storey of
certain buildings to require 1 exit in lieu of not less than 2
provided there is direct egress to a road or open space
and satisfies D2D5 provision for 1 exit.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 25Reference Changes and Commentary
D2D3(4)(iv) Amended to require each part of storey or fire
compartment used as a Class 9b early childhood centre
be provided with not less than 2 exits.
D2D4(2) Amended to require stairways or ramps serving Class 9b
early childhood centres as a required exit to be fire-
isolated. An exemption has been included for certain
Class 9b early childhood centres.
D2D8 Amended to provide exemption to ladders that are in
accordance with D2D21, D3D23 or I3D3.
D2D16(6) Amended and includes a new sub-clause to specify the
clear area to horizontal exits to Class 9b early childhood
centres must accommodate all occupants.
D2D16(8) A new sub-clause has been inserted to require not less
than 2 horizontal exits to fire compartments required by
C3D6(2).
D2D23 Amended to include new provisions for primary schools.
References to early childhood centres have been deleted
as a consequence to new and amended Deemed-to-
Satisfy Provisions and limitation statement located in
A6G1, C3D6, D2D3, D2D4, D2D16, D3D19, D3D22,
D3D27, E1D11, Specification 17 and E2D20.
D3D16(b) Amended to provide exemption only to resident use areas
in a Class 9c building.
D3D19(4) Amended to specify requirements of D3D19(2) and (3)
cannot be applied to fire-isolated stairways or ramps
serving Class 9b early childhood centres.
D3D19(6) and (7) New sub-clauses have been inserted to provide a
maximum opening between barrier and vertical face of a
landing, balcony, deck, stairway or the like.
D3D22(1)(c) Amended to include a new handrail requirement for Class
9b early childhood centres.
D3D27 Amended and includes provision for doors of a fire-
isolated exit to not be locked from the inside in a Class 9b
early childhood centre.
Section E—Services and equipment
E1D2 Concessions, included in previous editions, regarding
protection of booster assemblies have been removed on
account of these now being included in AS 2419.1.
E1D8 Amended to make reference to new defined term
‘Volume’.
E1D11 Amended to require sprinkler protection for buildings
containing a Class 9b early childhood centre. An
exemption has been included for certain Class 9b early
childhood centres.
E1D13 Amended to make reference to new defined term
‘Volume’.
E2D10 Amended to make reference to new defined term
‘Volume’.
E2D20 A new sub-clause has been inserted to require automatic
smoke detection and alarm system to a building
containing Class 9b early childhood centre. An exemption
has been included for certain Class 9b early childhood
centres.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 26Reference Changes and Commentary
S17C2(c) Amended to specify that a Class 2 or 3 building with a
Class 9b early childhood centre cannot adopt a sprinkler
system in accordance with Specification 18.
S17C14 A new clause has been inserted to require quick response
sprinklers to Class 9b early childhood centres required to
have an automatic fire sprinkler system. An exemption
has been provided to certain Class 9b early childhood
centres.
Section F—Health and amenity
Part F1 Part F1 has been re-named as a consequence of
restructuring, includes new external waterproofing
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions, and group provisions
relating to rainwater management and rising damp.
F1P2 Amended to reflect contemporary terminology of annual
exceedance probability in lieu of average recurrence
interval.
F1P3 Amended to reflect contemporary terminology of annual
exceedance probability in lieu of average recurrence
interval.
F1D2 A new clause added to specify application of Part F1.
F1D3 Amended to clarify design and construction of stormwater
drainage.
F1D4 A new clause has been inserted to specify requirements
for exposed joints incorporated in a roof, balcony, podium
or similar horizontal part of building.
F1D5 Amended to clarify locations at which external
waterproofing membranes are required.
Part F2 A new Part has been inserted as a consequence of
restructuring Part F1 and contains group provisions for
wet areas and overflow protection previously contained in
NCC 2019 Amdt 1 Part F1. The remaining Parts of
Section F have been renumbered accordingly.
F2O1 A new Objective has been included for wet areas.
F2F1 A new Functional Statement has been included for wet
areas.
F2D4 Amended to include new requirement for a floor to fall to
waste where a floor waste is installed.
Part F3 A new Part has been inserted containing new and
relocated Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions relating to roof
and external wall weatherproofing.
F3O1 A new Objective has been included for roof and wall
cladding
F3F1 A new Functional Statement has been included for roof
and wall cladding
F3D2 A new sub-clause has been added to include external
waterproofing membrane complying with F1D5. Cellulose
cement corrugated sheeting has been removed from the
clause.
F3D5 A new provision has been included to provide options for
masonry, autoclaved aerated concrete and metal wall
cladding complying with certain NCC referenced
documents for satisfying external wall weatherproofing
requirements.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 27Reference Changes and Commentary
F4D5(c) Amended to clarify ambulant sanitary compartment must
be provided for each sex, and for male ambulant sanitary
compartment to be separate from female ambulant
sanitary compartment.
F7P1 Amended and now contains quantified level of
performance for sound transmission through floors.
F7P2 Amended and now contains quantified level of
performance for sound transmission through walls.
FP5.3 This Performance Requirement in NCC 2019 Amdt 1 has
been deleted as a consequence of amendments to F7P1
and F7P2.
F7P3 Amended and now contains quantified level of
performance for sound transmission through floors in a
residential care building.
F7P4 Amended and now contains quantified level of
performance for sound transmission through walls in a
residential care building.
FP5.6 This Performance Requirement in NCC 2019 Amdt 1 has
been deleted as a consequence of amendments to F7P3
and F7P4.
F8V1 Amended to include new references to sections of the
standard AIRAH DA07 for input assumptions, and new
failure criteria included based on a mould index of 3.
F8D3 Amended to include vapour permeance requirements for
several materials in climate zones 4 to 8.
F8D4 Amended to include additional exhaust requirements,
including ducting of exhausts to outdoor air, exhaust run-
on timers in some rooms and provision of make-up air to
some rooms.
F8D5 Amended to require a ventilated roof space in climate
zones 6, 7 and 8, with exceptions for concrete roofs, roofs
made from structural insulated panels and roofs subject to
Bushfire Attack Level FZ.
Specification 26 A new specification has been inserted and contains the
requirements of Table F1.7 of NCC 2019 Volume One
Amendment 1.
S26C3 Amended to require walls in shower areas to be
waterproof to not less than 1800 mm above the floor
substrate.
S26C4 and S26C5 Sub-clause (1) has been amended to include fibre-cement
sheet flooring.
S26C6 A new sub-clause (3) has been inserted to specify wet
area requirements where a hand-held bidet spray is
installed in a WC. Sub-clause (2) has been amended as a
consequence of sub-clause (3).
S28C7 Amended and includes new forms of timber and steel wall
construction.
S28C10 Amended and includes new form of timber floor
construction.
Section G—Ancillary provisions
G1D4 Amended to require barriers to outdoor play spaces
located more than 2 m above the surface beneath to be
1.8 m high and non-climbable.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 28Reference Changes and Commentary
G2D3 Consequential amendments as a result of changes to the
Part 12.4 of the ABCB Housing Provisions as part of the
Acceptable Construction Practice review project.
G5O1(c) Amended to include new sub-clause to reflect protection
of building occupants who may be unable to readily
evacuate prior to a bushfire.
G5F1 Amended to include protection of building occupants who
may be unable to readily evacuate prior to a bushfire.
G5P1 Amended and now contains quantified level of
performance for bushfire resistance.
G5P2 New Performance Requirement for Class 9 buildings has
been added.
G5V1 A limitation box has been inserted to specify that G5V1
does not apply to a Class 9 building.
G5D1 Amended on account of the introduction of G5P2.
G5D2 Amended to include Class 9 buildings located in an area
subject to BAL not exceeding 12.5.
G5D3 Title amended to include reference to residential
buildings.
G5D4 A new provision has been added for the protection of
certain Class 9 buildings.
Part G7 A new Part has been inserted containing the Livable
housing design requirements. This includes a new
Objective, Functional Statement, Performance
Requirement and Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions.
Specification 43 A new Specification has been inserted as a consequence
of new bushfire protection provisions for certain Class 9
buildings.
Section I—Special use buildings
Section I Section H of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 has
been amended to Section I as a result of structural
changes to NCC Volume Two.
Section J—Energy efficiency
J1O1 Amended to expand the energy efficiency Objectives of
Section J.
J1F1 Amended to expand the energy efficiency functional
requirements of Section J.
J1P1 Amended to clarify requirements for a Class 2 building or
a Class 4 part of a building.
J1P2 A new Performance Requirement for the thermal
performance of Class 2 sole-occupancy units.
J1P3 A new Performance Requirement for the energy usage of
Class 2 sole-occupancy units.
J1P4 A new Performance Requirement for renewable energy
and electric vehicle charging equipment.
J1V1(2) Expands the NABERS pathway to Class 2 common
areas.
J1V1(3) Expands the NABERS pathway to Class 3 buildings.
J1V1(4) Expands the NABERS pathway to Class 6 buildings.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 29Reference Changes and Commentary
J1V2(1) Aligns the Green Star pathway with the most recent
Green Building Council of Australia modelling
requirements.
J1V2(2) Amended to remove reference to Specification 34 as a
required calculation method.
J1V4 Expands the existing building sealing verification method
by setting additional ventilation requirements for well-
sealed buildings.
J1V5 A new verification method for a sole-occupancy unit of
Class 2 building.
Part J2 Expanded section on the application of Section J.
Part J3 New Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions J3D1 to J3D15, for
energy efficiency in a sole-occupancy unit of Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building.
J4D6 Amended to clarify how the requirements apply to internal
envelope walls.
J4D7 Amended to set a deemed R-Value for concrete slab-on-ground construction in most circumstances.
J9D3 Amended to provide concession to individual sole-
occupancy units with a floor area of 500 m2 or less.
J9D4 Provisions to provide ease of retrofit for electric vehicle
charging equipment.
J9D5 Provisions to provide ease of retrofit for solar photovoltaic
and battery storage equipment.
S34C2(d)(ii) Amended to clarify infiltration rate applies throughout all
zones.
S34C3(4)(d) Amended to clarify building form inclusions for ground
floor and basements.
S34C3(6)(f) Amended to clarify scope of air-conditioning configuration
and zoning requirements.
Table S34C3 Amends table to use the most up to date greenhouse gas
emissions factors.
Table S35C2k Amends the artificial lighting schedule from weekly to
daily.
Specification 36 Amended to align the tables of R-Values for material,
surface air film and airspace with current calculation
methodologies.
Table S39C2b Amended to include a table note on wall thickness.
Specification 44 A new specification referenced by J1P2 has been inserted
that describes the calculation of heating, cooling and
thermal load limits.
Specification 45 A new specification has been inserted to provide
modelling profiles for J1V5.
Schedule 1—Definitions
Schedule 1 Schedule 1 has been amended as part of the initiative to
improve readability of the NCC. Schedule 1 – Definitions
includes Abbreviations, Symbols and Glossary. States &
Territory Appendices (formerly located in Schedule 1)
have been incorporated into Schedule 3 to Schedule 11.
Abbreviations Acrylic conformal coating (ACC) has been added.
Abbreviations Acrylic latex (ACL) has been added.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 30Reference Changes and Commentary
Abbreviations Australian Institute of Refrigeration, Air conditioning and
Heating (AIRAH) has been added.
Abbreviations American National Standards Institute (ANSI) has been
added.
Abbreviations American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) has been added.
Abbreviations National Standard of Canada (CAN) has been added.
Abbreviations Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineer
(CIBSE) has been added.
Abbreviations Flame zone (FZ) has been added.
Abbreviations Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards (GEMS)
has been added.
Abbreviations Hot dip galvanising (HDG) has been added.
Abbreviations Inorganic zinc silicate (IZS) has been added.
Abbreviations NATA has been amended to include reference to
Australia.
Abbreviations National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) has been added.
Abbreviations Polyurethane (PUR) has been added.
Symbols µg/N.s has been added.
Symbols f’c has been added.
Symbols f’y has been added.
Symbols G has been added.
Symbols N/m has been added.
Symbols Q has been added.
Symbols ULS has been added.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Above ground rainwater tank’, has been
added.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Annual exceedance probability’, has been
added as a consequence of amendments to Part 7.4
Gutters and downpipes of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Assumed cooling thermostat set point’
has been added as a consequence of quantification in
J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Average recurrence interval’, has been
deleted as a consequence of amendments to Part 7.4
Gutters and downpipes of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Bond breaker’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Building complexity criteria’, has been
added.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Buried rainwater tank’, has been added
as a consequence of amendments to Specification 41 of
Volume Three.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Cooling degree hours’ has been added as
a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Daily outdoor temperature range’ has
been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2
and H6P1.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 31Reference Changes and Commentary
Glossary A defined term, ‘Dehumidification gram hours’, has been
added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and
H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Design bushfire’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part G5.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Domestic services’, has been
amended to include on-site renewable energy equipment
as a result of quantification in J1P3 and H6P2.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Drainage flange’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Drainage riser’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Efficacy’, has been added as a
consequence of including quantified Performance
Requirement H3P2 for automatic warning for occupants.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Energy value’, has been added as a
consequence of quantification in J1P3 and H6P2.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Engaged pier’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to
Section 5
of the ABCBHousing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Fire actions’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part G5.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Flashing’, has been amended to clarify
perimeter and vertical flashings as a consequence of
amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing
Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Floor area’, for Volume One, has been
amended on account of new defined term ‘Volume’.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Floor waste’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Glazing’, has been amended as a
consequence of the updates to the energy efficiency
Deemed-to-Satisfy provisions for Class 2 buildings.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Heating degree hours’, has been added
as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Hob’, has been added as a consequence
of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing
Provisions.
Glossary A defined term ‘Irrigation system’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to S41C2 in Volume Three.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Lateral support’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 5.3 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Main water heater’ has been added as a
consequence of including new whole-of-home energy
efficiency requirements.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Main space conditioning’ has been added
as a consequence of including new whole-of-home
energy efficiency requirements.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 32Reference Changes and Commentary
Glossary A defined term, ‘Maximum retained water level’, has been
added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of
the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Membrane’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘NABERS Energy for Offices’ has been
amended to be ‘NABERS Energy’ to reflect its use for
multiple building classifications.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Performance-based design brief’ has
been amended for clarity.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Point of connection’, has been
amended for clarity.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Preformed shower base’, has been
added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of
the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Primary insulation layer’, has been added
as a consequence of amendments to condensation
management provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Rainwater harvesting system’, has
been amended to ‘Rainwater service’ and ‘Rainwater
storage’ as a consequence of amendments to Part B6 of
Volume Three.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Reference building’, has been
amended to remove reference to Thermal comfort levels
and as a consequence of the introduction of J1V5.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Reliability’, has been added as a
consequence of including quantified Performance
Requirements for automatic warning for occupants.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Screed’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Shower area’, has been amended to
clarify enclosed and unenclosed shower areas as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Shower screen’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Thermal energy load’, has been added as
a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary The defined term ‘Total R-Value’ in the ABCB Housing
Provisions has been amended to align with Volume One.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Total System U-Value’, in the ABCB
Housing Provisions has been amended to align with
Volume One.
Glossary A defined term ‘Unprotected water service’, has been
added as a consequence of introducing new provision for
unprotected water service – B5D5 of Volume Three.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Vapour permeance’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to the condensation
management provisions.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 33Reference Changes and Commentary
Glossary A defined term, ‘Volume’, has been added to clarify the
volume space with respect to a building, fire compartment
and atrium.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Waterproofing system’, has been added
as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the
ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Water stop’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Weighted average’, has been added as a
consequence of amendments to A5G4.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Wetted surface area’, has been added to
provide clarification to the defined term ‘Weighted
average’.
Schedule 2—Referenced documents
AS/NZS 1170.2 The 2021 edition of AS/NZS 1170 Part 2 ‘Structural design
actions — Wind actions’ has been referenced.
AS 1288 The 2021 edition of AS 1288 ‘Glass in buildings —
Selection and installation’ has been referenced.
AS 1397 The 2021 edition of AS 1397 ‘Continuous hot-dip metallic
coated steel sheet and strip — Coatings of zinc and zinc
alloyed with aluminium and magnesium’ has been
referenced. A note has been included to outline
transitional arrangements.
AS 1530 Parts 1 to 4 The notes to AS 1530 Parts 1 to 4 have been deleted.
AS 1530.8.1 The 2018 edition of AS 1530 Part 8.1 ‘Methods for fire
tests on building materials, components and structures —
Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to
simulated bushfire attack — Radiant heat and small
flaming sources’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1546.1 The 2008 edition of AS/NZS 1546 Part 1 ‘On-site
domestic wastewater treatment units — Septic tanks’ has
been referenced.
AS/NZS 1546.2 The 2008 edition of AS/NZS 1546 Part 2 ‘On-site
domestic wastewater treatment units — Waterless
composting toilets’ has been referenced.
AS 1546.3 Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS 1546 Part 3 ‘On-site
domestic wastewater treatment units — Secondary
treatment systems (incorporating amendment 1)’ has
been referenced.
AS 1546.4 The 2016 edition of AS 1546 Part 4 ‘On-site domestic
wastewater treatment units — Domestic greywater
treatment systems’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1547 The 2012 edition of AS/NZS 1547 ‘On-site domestic
wastewater management’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1562.2 The 1999 edition of AS/NZS 1562 Part 2 ‘Design and
installation of sheet roof and wall cladding — Corrugated
fibre-reinforced cement’ has been deleted.
AS 1562.3 The 2006 edition of AS 1562 Part 3 ‘Design and
installation of sheet roof and wall cladding — Plastic’ has
been referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 34Reference Changes and Commentary
AS 1670.1 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 1 ‘Fire detection,
warning, control and intercom systems — System design,
installation and commissioning — Fire (incorporating
amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes to AS 1670
have been amended to outline transitional arrangements.
AS 1670.3 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 3 ‘Fire detection,
warning, control and intercom systems — System design,
installation and commissioning — Fire alarm monitoring
(incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes
to AS 1670 have been amended to outline transitional
arrangements.
AS 1670.4 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 4 ‘Fire detection,
warning, control and intercom systems — System design,
installation and commissioning — Emergency warning
and intercom systems (incorporating amendment 1)’ has
been referenced. Notes to AS 1670 have been amended
to outline transitional arrangements.
AS 1684.2 The 2021 edition of AS 1684 Part 2 ‘Residential timber-
framed construction — Non-cyclonic areas’ has been
referenced.
AS 1684.3 The 2021 edition of AS 1684 Part 3 ‘Residential timber-framed construction —Cyclonic areas’ has been
referenced.
AS/NZS 1720.4 The 2019 edition of AS/NZS 1720 Part 4 ‘Timber
structures — Fire resistance of timber elements’ has been
referenced.
AS 1720.5 Amdt 1 of the 2015 edition of AS 1720 Part 5 ‘Timber
structures —Nailplated timber roof trusses (incorporating
amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1859.4 The note to AS/NZS 1859.4 has been deleted.
AS 2118.1 Amdt 2 of the 2017 edition of AS 2118 Part 1 ‘Automatic
fire sprinkler systems — General systems (incorporating
amendments 1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
AS 2118.4 The 2012 edition of AS 2118 Part 4 ‘Automatic fire
sprinkler systems — Sprinkler protection for
accommodation buildings not exceeding four storeys in
height’.
AS 2118.5 The 2008 edition of AS 2118 Part 5 ‘Automatic fire
sprinkler systems — Home fire sprinkler systems’ has
been referenced.
AS 2118.6 The 2012 edition of AS 2118 Part 6 ‘Automatic fire
sprinkler systems — Combined sprinkler and hydrant
systems in multistorey buildings.’
AS/NZS 2293.1 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition of AS/NZS 2293 Part 1 ‘Emergency lighting and exit signs for buildings — System
design, installation and operation (incorporating
amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS 2312.1 The 2014 edition of AS 2312 Part 1 ‘Guide to the
protection of structural steel against atmospheric
corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Paint
coatings’ has been referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 35Reference Changes and Commentary
AS/NZS 2312.2 The 2014 edition of AS/NZS 2312 Part 2 ‘Guide to the
protection of structural steel against atmospheric
corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Hot dip
galvanizing’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 2327 Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS/NZS 2327 ‘Composite
structures — composite steel-concrete construction in
buildings (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been
referenced.
AS 2419.1 The 2021 edition of AS 2419 Part 1 ‘Fire hydrant
installations — System design, installation and
commissioning’ has been referenced.
AS 2699.1 The 2020 edition of AS 2699 Part 1 ‘Built-in components
for masonry construction — Wall ties’ has been
referenced. A note has been included to outline
transitional arrangements.
AS 2699.3 The 2020 edition of AS 2699 Part 3 ‘Built-in components
for masonry construction — Lintels and shelf angles
(durability requirements)’ has been referenced. A note has
been included to outline transitional arrangements.
AS/NZS 3500.0 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 0 ‘Plumbing and
drainage — Glossary of terms’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 3500.1 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 1 ‘Plumbing and
drainage — Water services’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 3500.2 Amdt 1 of the 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 2 ‘Plumbing
and drainage — Sanitary plumbing and drainage
(incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 3500.3 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 3 ‘Plumbing and
drainage — Stormwater drainage’ has been referenced. A
note has been included to outline transitional
arrangements.
AS/NZS 3500.4 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 4 ‘Plumbing and
drainage — Heated water services’ has been referenced.
AS 3600 Amdt 2 of the 2018 edition of AS 3600 ‘Concrete
structures (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been
referenced.
AS 3740 The 2021 edition of AS 3740 ‘Waterproofing of domestic
wet areas’ has been referenced.
AS 3959 Amdts 1 and 2 of the 2018 edition of AS 3959
‘Construction of buildings in bushfire-prone areas
(incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been
referenced.
AS 4055 The 2021 edition of AS 4055 ‘Wind loads for housing’ has
been referenced.
AS 4072.1 The note to AS 4072 Part 1 has been deleted.
AS 4100 The 2020 edition of AS 4100 ‘Steel structures’ has been
referenced.
AS 4200.1 Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS 4200 Part 1 ‘Pliable
building membranes and underlays — Materials
(incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS 4200.2 Amdts 1 and 2 of the 2017 edition of AS 4200 Part 2
‘Pliable building membranes and underlays — Installation
(incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been
referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 36Reference Changes and Commentary
AS/NZS 4234 The 2021 edition of AS/NZS 4234 ‘Heated water systems
— Calculation of energy consumption’ has been
referenced.
AS 4254.1 The 2021 edition of AS 4254 Part 1 ‘Ductwork for air-
handling systems in buildings — Flexible duct’ has been
referenced.
AS/NZS 4256.1 The 1994 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 1 ‘Plastic roof and
wall cladding materials — General requirements’ has
been deleted.
AS/NZS 4256.2 The 1994 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 2 ‘Plastic roof and
wall cladding materials — Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride
(uPVC) building sheets’ has been deleted.
AS/NZS 4256.3 The 1994 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 3 ‘Plastic roof and
wall cladding materials — Glass fibre reinforced polyester
(GRP)’ has been deleted.
AS/NZS 4256.5 The 1996 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 5 ‘Plastic roof and
wall cladding materials — Polycarbonate’ has been
deleted.
AS 4773.2 Amdt 1 of the 2015 edition of AS 4773 Part 2 ‘Masonry in
small buildings — Construction’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 4858 The 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4858 ‘Wet area membranes’
has been referenced.
AS 5146.3 The 2018 edition of AS 5146 Part 3 ‘Reinforced
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete — Construction’ has been
referenced.
AS 5216 The 2021 edition of AS 5216 ‘Design of post-installed and
cast-in fastenings in concrete’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 5601.1 The 2013 edition of AS/NZS 5601 Part 1 ‘Gas installations
— General installations’ has been referenced.
AIRAH-DA07 The 2021 edition of AIRAH-DA07 ‘Criteria for moisture
control design analysis in buildings’ has been referenced.
ASTM E903 The 2012 edition of ASTM E903 ‘Standard Test Method
for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance, and Transmittance of
Materials Using Integrating Spheres’ has been deleted.
ASTM E96 The 2016 edition of ASTM E96 ‘Standard Test Methods
for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials’ has been
referenced.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Fire Safety Verification
Method’ Standard has been referenced. As a
consequence, the FSVM is deleted as a standalone
schedule.
ABCB The 2012 edition of AS 2118 Part 6 ‘Automatic fire
sprinkler systems — Combined sprinkler and hydrant
systems in multistorey buildings.’
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Livable Housing Design’
Standard has been referenced.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Standard for NatHERS
Heating and Cooling Load Limits’ has been referenced.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Standard for Whole-of-
home Efficiency Factors’ has been referenced.
FPAA101D The 2021 edition of FPAA101D ‘Automatic Fire Sprinkler
System Design and Installation — Drinking Water Supply’
has been referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Preface
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 37Reference Changes and Commentary
FPAA101H Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition of FPAA101H ‘Automatic Fire
Sprinkler System Design and Installation — Hydrant
Water Supply (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been
referenced.
NASH Standard The 2021 edition of NASH Standard ‘Steel Framed
Construction in Bushfire Areas’ has been referenced.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 372 The 2020 edition of NSF/ANS/CAN 372 ‘Drinking Water
System Components — Lead Content’ has been
referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 38
Section A Governing requirements
Part A1 Interpreting the NCC
Governing Requirements
A1G1 Scope of NCC Volume One
A1G2 Scope of NCC Volume Two
A1G3 Scope of NCC Volume Three
A1G4 Interpretation
Part A2 Compliance with the NCC
Governing Requirements
A2G1 Compliance
A2G2 Performance Solution
A2G3 Deemed -to-Satisfy Solution
A2G4 A combination of solutions
Part A3 Application of the NCC in States and Territories
Governing Requirements
A3G1 State and Territory compliance
Part A4 Referenced documents
Governing Requirements
A4G1 Referenced documents
A4G2 Differences between referenced documents and the NCC
A4G3 Adoption of referenced documents
Part A5 Documentation of design and construction
Governing Requirements
A5G1 Suitability
A5G2 Evidence of suitability ─ Volumes One, Two and Three
A5G3 Evidence of suitability ─ Volumes One and Two (BCA)
A5G4 Evidence of suitability ─ Volume Three (PCA)
A5G5 Fire-resistance of building elements
A5G6 Fire hazard properties
A5G7 Resistance to the incipient spread of fire
A5G8 Labelling of Aluminium Composite Panels
A5G9 NatHERS
Part A6 Building classification
Governing Requirements
A6G1 Determining a building classification
A6G2 Class 1 buildings
A6G3 Class 2 buildings
A6G4 Class 3 buildings
A6G5 Class 4 buildings
A6G6 Class 5 buildings
A6G7 Class 6 buildings
A6G8 Class 7 buildings
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 39A6G9 Class 8 buildings
A6G10 Class 9 buildings
A6G11 Class 10 buildings and structures
A6G12 Multiple classifications
Part A7 United buildings
Governing Requirements
A7G1 United buildings
A7G2 Alterations in a united building
Specification 1 Fire-resistance of building elements
S1C1 Scope
S1C2 Rating
S1C3 FRLs determined by calculation
S1C4 Interchangeable materials
S1C5 Columns covered with lightweight construction
S1C6 Non-loadbearing elements
Specification 2 Descriptions of elements referred to in Specification 1
S2C1 Scope
S2C2 Mortar for masonry
S2C3 Gypsum blocks
S2C4 Gypsum-sand mortar and plaster
S2C5 Gypsum-perlite and gypsum -vermiculite plaster
S2C6 Plaster of cement and sand or cement, lime and sand
S2C7 Plaster reinforcement
S2C8 Ashlar stone masonry
S2C9 Dimensions of masonry
S2C10 Solid units
S2C11 Hollow units
S2C12 Equivalent thickness
S2C13 Height -to-thickness ratio of certain walls
S2C14 Increase in thickness by plastering — walls
S2C15 Increase in thickness by plastering — columns
S2C16 Gypsum-perlite or gypsum -vermiculite plaster or metal lath —
walls
S2C17 Gypsum-perlite or gypsum -vermiculite plaster or metal lath —
columns
S2C18 Gypsum-perlite or gypsum -vermiculite plaster or metal lath —
beams
S2C19 Exposure of columns
S2C20 Exposure of beams
S2C21 Filling of column spaces
S2C22 Hollow terracotta blocks
S2C23 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — masonry
S2C24 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — gypsum blocks
and hollow terracotta blocks
S2C25 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — structural con
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 40crete and poured gypsum
S2C26 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — gypsum -perlite or
gypsum -v ermiculite plaster sprayed to contour
S2C27 Measurement of thickness of column and beam protection
Specification 3 Fire hazard properties
S3C1 Scope
S3C2 General requirement
S3C3 Form of test
S3C4 Test specimens
S3C5 Concession
S3C6 Smaller specimen permitted
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 41
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains important concepts on how the NCC must be interpreted and applied. There are certain conventions
and approaches that need to be taken into account when using the NCC. This includes interpreting specific language and
terms. This is critical to understanding the intended technical and legal meaning of the NCC. This Part also explains the
difference between the mandatory Parts of the NCC and the Parts that are only explanatory or guidance in nature.
A1G1 Scope of NCC Volume One
[New for 2022]
NCC Volume One contains the requirements for—
all Class 2 to 9 buildings; and (a)
access requirements for people with a disability in Class 1b and 10a buildings; and (b)
certain Class 10b structures including access requirements for people with a disability in Class 10b swimming (c)
pools .
A1G2 Scope of NCC Volume Two
[New for 2022]
NCC Volume Two contains the requirements for—
Class 1 and 10a buildings (other than access requirements for people with a disability in Class 1b and 10a (a)
buildings); and
certain Class 10b structures (other than access requirements for people with a disability in Class 10b swimming (b)
pools ); and
Class 10c private bushfire shelters . (c)
A1G3 Scope of NCC Volume Three
[New for 2022]
(1) NCC Volume Three contains technical requirements for the design, construction, installation, replacement, repair,
alteration and maintenance for plumbing and drainage systems in new and existing buildings.
(2) NCC Volume Three applies to these systems in all classes of buildings whenever plumbing and drainage work is
carried out.
(3) NCC Volume Three additionally applies to sites where services are designed, constructed, installed, replaced,
repaired, altered and maintained independently of buildings.
(4) NCC Volume Three applies from the point of connection to the point of discharge.
A1G4 Interpretation
[2019: A1.0]
(1) The following components of the NCC are non-mandatory and informative:
Content identified as “explanatory information”. (a)
The “Introduction” information, located at the beginning of each Volume, Section or Part. (b)Part A1 Interpreting the NCC
Governing Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 42(2) Words in italics must be interpreted in accordance with ─
definitions provided in Schedule 1, unless the contrary intention appears; and (a)
additional definitions in State or
Territory appendices, as appropriate. (b)
(3) The NCC must be interpreted and applied in accordance with the following:
A
reference to a building is a reference to an entire building or part of a building (as the case requires). (a)
A
reference to plumbing or drainage solution , or product in Volume Three is a reference to an entire installation, (b)
system or product , or part of an installation, system or product (as the case requires).
A
reference in a Performance Requirement to “the degree necessary” means ─ (c)
that consideration of all the criteria referred to in the Performance Requirement will determine the outcome (i)
appropriate to the circumstances; and
that in certain cases it may not be necessary to incorporate any specific measures to meet the relevant (ii)
Performance Requirement .
An “Application” statement is mandatory and is provided to specify where and when a requirement or provision (d)
applies.
A
“Limitation” statement is mandatory and is provided to specify where and when the application of a requirement (e)
or provision is limited to a certain circumstance.
An “Exemption” statement is mandatory and is provided to specify where or when a requirement or provision (f)
does not need to be complied with.
A
“Note” is part of a provision or requirement and provides additional mandatory instructions. (g)
Figures in the NCC ─ (h)
are used to illustrate specific issues referenced in the associated text; and (i)
are not to be construed as containing all design information that is required for that particular building (ii)
element or situation.
The definitions, symbols and abbreviations listed in Schedule 1. (i)
(4) A
reference to a building class is a reference to all the sub-classifications of that class.
(5) The following sub-classifications apply:
Classes 1a and 1b are sub-classifications of Class 1. (a)
Classes 7a and 7b are sub-classifications of Class 7. (b)
Classes 9a, 9b and 9c are sub-classifications of Class 9. (c)
Classes 10a, 10b and 10c are sub-classifications of Class 10. (d)
(6) A
reference to a sub-classification is solely to that sub-classification.
TAS A1G4(7)
Notes
For V
olume Three, if a word is not defined in Schedule 1, the meaning (if any) attributed to it under AS/NZS 3500.0
should be used unless the contrary intention appears.
Explanatory Information
Explanatory information and Introduction information contained in the NCC is non-mandatory and is provided for
guidance purposes only. This informative material should be read in conjunction with the technical provisions of the
NCC. Any statements made in the informative and guidance components of the NCC should not be taken to override
the NCC. Unlike the NCC, which is adopted by legislation, the informative and guidance components are not called up
into legislation and they do not cover State and Territory variations and additions. Because informative and guidance
components of the NCC do not have regulatory force, the ABCB accepts no responsibility for its contents when applied
to specific buildings or any liability which may result from its use.
Defined words provide the precise meaning and expressions of key words used for understanding and complying with
the NCC. Where a word is not defined in the NCC, the relevant common meaning of the word should be used.
Generally, a reference to a building is a reference to the whole building, regardless of classification. However, when a A1G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 43provision is applicable to a specific class or classes of building, that reference to a building may be a reference to the
whole building or part of the building depending on how the building is classified.
Classes 1a and 1b, 7a and 7b, 9a, 9b and 9c, and 10a, 10b and 10c are separate classifications. In the NCC, when the
designation ‘a’, ‘b’ or ‘c’ is not applied, the reference is to all buildings of the general class. For example, ‘Class 9b’
refers only to Class 9b buildings, but ‘Class 9’ refers to Classes 9a, 9b and 9c.
Whether a provision applies or not depends on the circumstances of the case and the circumstances in which the
reference is made. For example, where a building has a single classification, a reference to a building in the NCC is
understandably a reference to a whole building. However, where a building has parts of different classification, unless
the contrary intention appears (i.e. there is a specific reference to the whole building), a reference to a building in the
NCC is a reference to the relevant part of the building. This means that each part of the building must comply with the
relevant provisions for its classification.
A number of the Performance Requirements of the NCC use the expression “to the degree necessary” or “appropriate
to”. These expressions provide flexibility by allowing appropriate authorities to determine the degree of compliance
necessary in a particular case. Therefore, any part of the NCC that uses these expressions should be referenced against
the requirements of the appropriate authority . For example, an appropriate authority might judge that an item need not
be installed, or a particular level of performance be achieved.
Application, Limitation, and Exemption statements are used to identify provisions that may or may not apply in certain
situations, to varying degrees.
Figures are used to explain the requirements of a particular clause. To ensure the context of the requirement is clearly
understood, adjacent construction elements of the building that would normally be required in that particular situation
are not always shown. Accordingly, aspects of figures that are not shown should not be interpreted as meaning these
construction details are not required . Therefore a figure must not be used as an indication of the full construction
requirements in a given situation, as the only available option, or a substitute for referencing appropriate construction
requirements (in other sources) for a given clause. A1G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 44
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains the possible methods of demonstrating compliance with the NCC. It explains the various compliance
pathways within the NCC and the appropriate steps that must be taken for each of these pathways.
A2G1 Compliance
[2019: A2.0, A2.1]
(1) Compliance with the NCC is achieved by complying with—
the Governing Requirements of the NCC; and (a)
the Performance Requirements . (b)
(2) Performance Requirements are satisfied by one of the following, as shown in Figure A2G1 :
Performance Solution . (a)
Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution . (b)
A combination of (a) and (b). (c)
Figure A2G1: NCC compliance structure
A2G2 Performance Solution
[2019: A2.2]
(1) A Performance Solution is achieved by demonstrating—
compliance with all relevant Performance Requirements ; or (a)
the solution is at least equivalent to the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions . (b)
(2) A Performance Solution must be shown to comply with the relevant Performance Requirements through one or a
combination of the following Assessment Methods :
Evidence of suitability in accordance with Part A5 that shows the use of a material, product, plumbing and (a)
drainage product , form of construction or design meets the relevant Performance Requirements .
A Verification Method including the following: (b)
The Verification Methods provided in the NCC. (i)
Other Verification Methods , accepted by the appropriate authority that show compliance with the relevant (ii)
Performance Requirements . Part A2 Compliance with the NCC
Governing Requirements
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
PERFORMANCE
SOLUTIONDEEMED-TO-SATISFY
SOLUTIONand/orCompliance Level
Compliance Solutions
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 45Expert Judgement . (c)
Comparison with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions . (d)
(3) Where a Performance Requirement is satisfied entirely by a Performance Solution , in order to comply with (1) the
following method must be used to determine the Performance Requirement or Performance Requirements relevant
to the Performance Solution :
Identify the relevant Performance Requirements from the Section or Part to which the Performance Solution (a)
applies.
Identify Performance Requirements from other Sections or Parts that are relevant to any aspects of the (b)
Performance Solution proposed or that are affected by the application of the Performance Solution .
(4) Where a Performance Requirement is proposed to be satisfied by a Performance Solution , the following steps must
be undertaken:
Prepare a performance-based design brief in consultation with relevant stakeholders. (a)
Carry out analysis, as proposed by the performance-based design brief . (b)
Evaluate results from (4)(b) against the acceptance criteria in the performance-based design brief . (c)
Prepare a final report that includes— (d)
all Performance Requirements and/or Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions identified through A2G2(3) or A2G4(3) (i)
as applicable; and
identification of all Assessment Methods used; and (ii)
details of steps (4)(a) to (4)(c); and (iii)
confirmation that the Performance Requirement has been met; and (iv)
details of conditions or limitations, if any exist, regarding the Performance Solution . (v)
VIC A2G2(5)
A2G3 Deemed -to-Satisfy Solution
[2019: A2.3]
(1) A solution that complies with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions is deemed to have met the Performance
Requirements .
(2) A Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution can show compliance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions through one or more of
the following Assessment Methods :
Evidence of suitability in accordance with Part A5 that shows the use of a material, product, plumbing and (a)
drainage product , form of construction or design meets a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision .
Expert Judgement . (b)
A2G4 A combination of solutions
[2019: A2.4]
(1) Performance Requirements may be satisfied by using a combination of Performance Solutions and Deemed-to-
Satisfy Solutions .
(2) When using a combination of solutions, compliance can be shown through the following, as appropriate:
A2G2 for assessment against the relevant Performance Requirements . (a)
A2G3 for assessment against the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions . (b)
(3) Where a Performance Requirement is satisfied by a Performance Solution in combination with a Deemed-to-Satisfy
Solution , in order to comply with (1), the following method must be used to determine the Performance Requirement
or Performance Requirements relevant to the Performance Solution :
Identify the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of each Section or Part that are to be the subject of the (a)
Performance Solution .
Identify the Performance Requirements from the same Sections or Parts that are relevant to the identified (b)A2G2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 46Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Identify Performance Requirements from other Sections or Parts that are relevant to any aspects of any (c)
Performance Solution proposed or that are affected by the application of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions that
are the subject of the Performance Solution .
Explanatory Information
To comply with the NCC, a solution must achieve compliance with the Governing Requirements and the Performance
Requirements . The Governing Requirements contain requirements about how the Performance Requirements must be
met.
Performance Requirements outline the minimum necessary standards different buildings or building elements must
attain. The Performance Requirements are the only NCC technical provisions that must be satisfied.
In some instances, State and Territory variations and additions may also be applicable to certain Performance
Requirements .
A solution may be partly a Performance Solution and partly a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution . However, no matter what
method is chosen, building proponents need to always meet the Performance Requirements of the NCC.
A2G2(2)(b)(ii) provides for the use of Verification Methods that are not listed in the NCC. A Verification Method may
include—
a calculation, using analytical methods or mathematical models; or •
a test, using a technical procedure, either on-site or in a laboratory, to directly measure the extent to which the •
Performance Requirements have been met; or
an inspection (and inspection report); or •
any other acceptable form of certification. •
Any Verification Method used must be acceptable to the appropriate authority .
A Performance Solution must comply with all applicable Performance Requirements of the NCC. A Performance Solution
provides a tailored solution to meet the intended objective of the Performance Requirements . A Performance Solution
must comply with all relevant Performance Requirements and must be verified using one or a combination of the
following Assessment Methods :
Evidence of suitability. •
Verification Method . •
Expert Judgement . •
Comparison with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions . •
For example, building proponents who wish to know what has to be done to satisfy the fire safety Performance
Requirements for a particular building can either follow the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions or develop a Performance
Solution . Guidance on how to develop Performance Solutions can be found on the ABCB website at: www.abcb.gov.au.
The ABCB Resource Library contains information on the development of Performance Solutions for both building and
plumbing.
A Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is achieved by following all appropriate Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in the NCC. The
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions are prescriptive (i.e. like a recipe book, they tell you how, what and in which location
things must be done). They include materials, components, design factors, and construction methods that, if used, are
deemed to meet the Performance Requirements , hence the term “Deemed-to-Satisfy”.
A Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution may be verified using one or a combination of the following Assessment Methods :
Evidence of suitability. •
Expert Judgement . •
Some Performance Requirements are without Deemed-to-Satisfy Solutions . Compliance with these Performance
Requirements must be achieved by using a Performance Solution .
When designing a building or plumbing or drainage system, both Performance Solutions and Deemed-to-Satisfy
Solutions can be used to achieve compliance with Performance Requirements . A combination of solutions may be used
to satisfy a single Performance Requirement . This may include occasions where a specific Performance Requirement
covers a number of elements of a building or plumbing or drainage system.
No NCC provision can be considered in isolation. Any departure from the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for a A2G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 47Performance Solution needs to be assessed against the relevant Performance Requirements within the relevant NCC
Section or Part. Additionally, the proposed Performance Solution may also impact on other Performance Requirements
in other Sections or Parts. Thus, these additional Performance Requirements need to be considered in relation to the
subject Performance Solution . A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) set out the methods for determining which Performance
Requirements are relevant.
It is important that a holistic approach is used when determining the appropriate Performance Requirements .
A2G4(2)(a) references A2G2 . Therefore, when using a combination of Performance Solutions and Deemed-to-Satisfy
Solutions it is necessary to comply with A2G2(4) where a Performance Requirement is proposed to be satisfied by a
Performance Solution .
More information on NCC compliance methods is located at www.abcb.gov.au. A2G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 48
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains applying the NCC in accordance with State or Territory legislation. The NCC has legal effect through
references in relevant State or Territory building and plumbing legislation.
Although the NCC is a nationally consistent code, there are some situations where a State or Territory enforces a variation,
addition or deletion to it. This Part also explains how these variations, additions and deletions apply.
A3G1 State and Territory compliance
[2019: A3.0]
(1) For application within a particular State or Territory, the volumes of the NCC comprise inclusively of—
Sections A to G, I and J and associated schedules of Volume One; and (a)
Sections A and H and associated schedules of Volume Two; and (b)
Sections A to E and associated schedules of Volume Three. (c)
(2) State and Territory variations, additions and deletions must be complied with in conjunction with the NCC.
(3) The NCC is subject to, and may be overridden by, State or Territory legislation.
(4) State and Territory variations, additions and deletions are contained in the following Schedules:
Schedule 3: Commonwealth of Australia. (a)
Schedule 4: Australian Capital Territory. (b)
Schedule 5: New South Wales. (c)
Schedule 6: Northern Territory. (d)
Schedule 7: Queensland. (e)
Schedule 8: South Australia. (f)
Schedule 9: Tasmania. (g)
Schedule 10: Victoria. (h)
Schedule 11: Western Australia. (i)
(5) State and Territory variations and deletions are identified throughout the NCC.
Explanatory Information
The NCC is given legal effect by building regulatory legislation in each State and Territory. This legislation consists of
an Act of Parliament and subordinate legislation which empowers the regulation of certain aspects of building and
plumbing, and contains the administrative provisions necessary to give effect to the legislation.
Although the NCC is a national code, in some instances it is necessary for a State or Territory to vary or apply additional
requirements specific to their jurisdiction. A3G1(2) highlights that these variations, additions or deletions must be applied
in conjunction with the NCC provisions. Typically, these variations, additions or deletions override the requirements
contained within the NCC.
Any provision of the NCC may be overridden by, or subject to, State or Territory legislation. The NCC must therefore be
read in conjunction with that legislation. Any queries on such matters should be referred to the State or Territory authority
responsible for building and plumbing regulatory matters.
Where a requirement or provision of the NCC is subject to a State or Territory variation, addition, or deletion, a reference
to the appropriate provision in the applicable State or Territory schedule is included with that requirement or provision. Part A3 Application of the NCC in States and Territories
Governing Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 49
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains how documents referenced in the NCC are adopted and applied. The NCC itself does not contain details
of every design and construction requirement for a building or plumbing or drainage system. As such, the NCC calls upon
or “references” other documents with this information. These are called NCC referenced documents. Examples of such
documents are Australian Standards, ABCB protocols, ABCB standards and other publications.
There are multiple types of referenced documents. A primary referenced document is one referenced in Schedule 2 of the
NCC. A secondary referenced document is one referenced in a primary referenced document. Other referenced documents
are referenced by secondary and subsequently referenced documents.
A4G1 Referenced documents
[2019: A4.0]
(1) A reference in the NCC to a document refers to the edition or issues and any amendment listed in Schedule 2.
(2) A document referenced in the NCC is only applicable in the context in which the document is quoted.
TAS A4G1(3)
(3) Where a new edition, issue or amendment of a primary referenced document is not listed in Schedule 2, the new
edition, issue or amendment is not referenced for the purpose of the NCC.
(4) Any document referenced in a primary referenced document is known as a secondary referenced document.
(5) A reference in a primary referenced document to a secondary or other referenced document is a reference to the
document as it existed at the time of publication of the primary referenced document.
Applications
A4G1 applies to documents referenced in the ABCB Housing Provisions in the same way as for documents referenced
within any other part of the NCC.
Exemptions
If the secondary or other referenced document is also a primary referenced document, A4G1(5) does not apply.
A4G2 Differences between referenced documents and the NCC
[2019: A4.1]
The NCC overrules any difference between the NCC (including the ABCB Housing Provisions) and a primary referenced
document, including any secondary referenced document.
Applications
A4G2 applies to documents referenced in the ABCB Housing Provisions in the same way as for other documents
referenced by Volumes One, Two or Three of the NCC.
Part A4 Referenced documents
Governing Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 50 A4G3 Adoption of referenced documents
[2019: A4.2]
The NCC does not require compliance with requirements in relation to the following matters where they are prescribed in
a referenced document:
The rights, responsibilities or obligations between the manufacturer, supplier or purchaser. (a)
The responsibilities of any tradesperson or other building operative, architect, engineer, authority, or other person (b)
or body.
The submission for approval of any material, building component, form or method of construction, to any person, (c)
authority or body other than those empowered under State or Territory legislation to give that approval.
The submission of a material, product, form of construction or design to any person, authority or body for opinion. (d)
Any departure from the NCC, rule, specification or provision at the sole discretion of the manufacturer or (e)
purchaser, or by arrangement or agreement between the manufacturer and purchaser.
Applications
A4G3 applies to documents referenced in the ABCB Housing Provisions in the same way as for documents referenced
within Volumes One, Two or Three of the NCC.
Explanatory Information
Schedule 2 is only mandatory to Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions , Specifications and Verification Methods . However,
referenced documents are only applicable to the NCC provision that references the document.
A proponent undertaking a Performance Solution can use any element or edition of any document, if they help satisfy
the Performance Requirements . They do not need to use the documents listed in Schedule 2.
Schedule 2 lists the specific edition of the Standard or other document adopted, including any amendments considered
appropriate for Schedule 2, the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions , Specifications or Verification Methods . Other editions of
(or amendments to) the referenced document are not adopted and have no standing under the NCC.
A primary referenced document may refer to a secondary referenced document. A4G1(5) stipulates that the secondary
referenced document is the edition of the document that existed at the time of publication of the primary referenced
document. When another edition of (or amendment to) a secondary referenced document is released, subject to the
exemption to A4G1 , that edition (or amendment) is not adopted for the purposes of the primary referenced document.
A4G3 means that contractual matters or clauses defining responsibilities of various parties, and matters not appropriate
for adoption in the NCC are not included when a document is called up in the NCC. A4G3
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 51Introduction to this Part
This Part explains the evidence needed to show that the NCC requirements are met and the solution is “fit for purpose”.
It covers the use of materials, products, forms of construction and designs. It details separate requirements for the BCA
and PCA.
Examples of evidence to be prepared and retained include certificates, reports, calculations and any other documents or
information showing compliance with the NCC requirements.
A5G1 Suitability
[2019: A5.0]
(1) A building and plumbing or drainage installation must be constructed using materials, products, plumbing products ,
forms of construction and designs fit for their intended purpose to achieve the relevant requirements of the NCC.
(2) For the purposes of (1), a material, product, plumbing product , form of construction or design is fit for purpose if it
is—
supported by evidence of suitability in accordance with— (a)
A5G2 ; and (i)
A5G3 or A5G4 as appropriate; and (ii)
constructed or installed in an appropriate manner
. (b)
Explanatory Information
A5G1 relates to the quality of work and materials needed to construct a building to meet NCC requirements.
This means that—
all people involved with construction must work skillfully in accordance with good trade practice; and•
all materials must be of a quality to fulfil their function/s within the building.•
A5G1 only applies to matters normally covered by the NCC.
While
A5G1 outlines quality of work and material demands, sometimes additional conditions may be required by—
other Commonwealth, State or
Territory legislation; and •
contracts that include either specific quality requirements, or requirements for specific materials and the like.•
Explanatory Information: Example
Permit authorities would ordinarily not apply A5G1 to such matters as—
plastering — other than for fire rating, waterproofing of wet areas , and sound insulation; or •
painting — other than that required for weatherproofing an external wall . •
When determining which form of evidence will be used, it is important to consider the appropriateness of the evidence,
as some forms of evidence may be more suitable to materials and products and others to designs and forms of
construction. The requirement to consider appropriateness of the evidence is specified in A5G2(1) . Part A5 Documentation of design and construction
Governing Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 52 A5G2 Evidence of suitability ─ Volumes One, Two and Three
[2019: A5.1]
(1) The form of evidence used must be appropriate to the use of the material, product, plumbing product , form of
construction or design to which it relates.
(2) Any copy of documentary evidence submitted must be a complete copy of the original certificate, report or document.
Explanatory Information
For further guidance, refer to the ABCB Handbook for Evidence of Suitability.
All copies of documents provided as evidence must be unabridged copies of the originals. No part can be left incomplete.
A5G3 Evidence of suitability ─ Volumes One and Two (BCA)
[2019: A5.2]
(1) Subject to A5G5 , A5G6 , A5G7 and A5G9 , evidence to support that the use of a material, product, form of construction
or design meets a Performance Requirement or a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision may be in the form of any one, or
any combination of the following:
A current CodeMark Australia or CodeMark Certificate of Conformity . (a)
A current Certificate of Accreditation . (b)
A current certificate, other than a certificate described in (a) and (b), issued by a certification body stating that (c)
the properties and performance of a material, product, form of construction or design fulfil specific requirements
of the BCA.
A report issued by an Accredited Testing Laboratory that— (d)
demonstrates that a material, product or form of construction fulfils specific requirements of the BCA; and (i)
sets out the tests the material, product or form of construction has been subjected to and the results of (ii)
those tests and any other relevant information that has been relied upon to demonstrate it fulfils specific
requirements of the BCA.
A certificate or report from a professional engineer or other appropriately qualified person that— (e)
certifies that a material, product, form of construction or design fulfils specific requirements of the BCA; and (i)
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, (ii)
codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon to demonstrate it fulfils specific requirements
of the BCA.
Another form of documentary evidence, such as but not limited to a Product Technical Statement , that— (f)
demonstrates that a material, product, form of construction or design fulfils specific requirements of the (i)
BCA; and
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, (ii)
codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon to demonstrate it fulfils specific requirements
of the BCA.
(2) Evidence to support that a calculation method complies with an ABCB protocol may be in the form of any one, or any
combination of the following:
A certificate from a professional engineer or other appropriately qualified person that— (a)
certifies that the calculation method complies with a relevant ABCB protocol; and (i)
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, (ii)
codes of practice and other publications have been relied upon.
Another form of documentary evidence that correctly describes how the calculation method complies with a (b)
relevant ABCB protocol.
Applications
A5G3 is only applicable to NCC Volumes One and Two (BCA). A5G2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 53
Notes
Current documentary evidence, such as a certificate or report, containing references to NCC 2019 provisions remains
valid despite amended provision references in NCC 2022, subject to technical requirements remaining the same
between editions.
Explanatory Information
A5G3 represents the minimum level of documentary evidence needed to show that a material, product, form of
construction or design meets the relevant NCC requirements. The evidence can be required by:
an appropriate authority ; •
a party to a construction contract; or •
a person certifying compliance with the NCC. •
If a building proponent does not produce exactly what is required, the evidence may be rejected.
It should be noted that ‘design’ may refer to engineering design, architectural design as well as product and material
design.
A5G3(1)(f) allows for the use of alternative forms of documentary evidence to those included in A5G3(1)(a) to (e), as
long as they comply with certain specified conditions.
An example of this arises when an authority carries out an inspection of a building site. The inspection alone would not
be acceptable as evidence. However, if the authority compiled a written report detailing findings and conclusions from
the inspection, then it may comply with the requirements of A5G3(1)(f).
A Product Technical Statement detailing the characteristics and merits of a particular product or system is also an
example of another form of documentary evidence.
There is significant reliance by industry on the use of calculation methods, including software programs, for
demonstrating compliance with the NCC. While there is no formal recognition of specific methods, A5G3(2) allows
suitable evidence to be submitted to demonstrate that a calculation method (including a software program) complies
with a relevant ABCB protocol that establishes the characteristics of a suitable calculation method.
If under a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision a building element is required to have an FRL, then A5G3 may be used to
provide evidence to show that the FRL has been determined in accordance with Specification 1 and 2.
In the case of a test report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory , the report may be either—
the test report referred to in clause 2.16.2 of AS 1530.4 (also referred to as a full test report); or •
the regulatory information report referred to in clause 2.16.3 of AS 1530.4 (also referred to as a short-form report). •
In both cases the report must be an unabridged copy of the original report. A test certificate referred to in clause 2.16.4
of AS 1530.4 on its own is not suitable for showing compliance with the NCC.
If a proposal uses a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision that requires a building element to have fire hazard properties , then
A5G3 may be used to provide evidence to support the proposal and show that the fire hazard properties have been
determined in accordance with A5G6 .
Refer to the guidance provided in the Guide to Volume One for further information on fire hazard properties which
includes—
Flammability Index ; and •
Spread-of-Flame Index ; and •
Smoke-Developed Index ; and •
a material’s group number ; and •
smoke growth rate index . •
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the BCA contain a number of provisions requiring a ceiling to have a resistance
to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself. A5G7 sets out the method of determining the incipient spread
of fire. The method is based on the method of determining the FRL of a building element and use of the Standard Fire
Test.
A5G3
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 54 A5G4 Evidence of suitability ─ Volume Three (PCA)
[2019: A5.3]
(1) Any product that is intended for use in contact with drinking water must comply with the relevant requirements of
AS/NZS 4020, verified in the form of either—
a test report provided by an Accredited Testing Laboratory , in accordance with AS/NZS 4020; or (a)
a WaterMark Licence issued in accordance with (3), if it includes compliance with AS/NZS 4020. (b)
(2) Any product that contains copper alloy and is intended for use in contact with drinking water must have a weighted
average lead content of not more than 0.25% verified in the form of either—
a test report provided by an Accredited Testing Laboratory , in accordance with NSF/ANSI/CAN 372; or (a)
a WaterMark Licence issued in accordance with (3), if it includes compliance with NSF/ANSI/CAN 372. (b)
(3) A product of a type listed on the WaterMark Schedule of Products is deemed to be fit for its intended purpose if it has
a WaterMark Licence issued in accordance with the WaterMark Scheme Rules.
(4) A product of a type listed on the Watermark Schedule of Excluded Products requires evidence of suitability in the
form of—
a current certificate issued by a certification body stating that the properties and performance of a product can (a)
meet the requirements of the PCA; or
a report issued by an Accredited Testing Laboratory that— (b)
demonstrates that the product complies with the relevant requirements of the PCA; and (i)
sets out the tests the product has been submitted to and the results of those tests and any other relevant (ii)
information that has been relied upon to demonstrate suitability for use in a plumbing or drainage installation.
(5) Any product that is not covered by (3) or (4) must be subjected to a risk assessment in accordance with the WaterMark
Scheme Rules.
(6) Evidence to support that a design or system meets the relevant PCA
Performance Requirements must be in the form
of any one or any combination of the following:
The design or system complies with a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision . (a)
The design or system is a Performance Solution from a professional engineer or a recognised expert that— (b)
certifies that the design or system complies with the relevant requirements of the PCA; and (i)
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, (ii)
codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon.
Any other form of documentary evidence that— (c)
demonstrates that a design or system complies with the relevant requirements of the PCA; and (i)
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, (ii)
codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon.
TAS A5G4(10)
TAS A5G4(7)
TAS A5G4(8) TAS A5G4(9)
Notes
On-site wastewater management systems larger than covered by the standards are exempt and a Performance Solution
is required.
Notes
A5G4(2) does not take effect until the completion of the transition period specified by WaterMark Notice of Direction(1)
2021/4.
Note 1 does not prevent the use of products certified in accordance with A5G4(2) prior to the completion of the (2)
transition period specified by the W
aterMark Notice of Direction 2021/4.A5G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 55
Applications
Products subject to the requirements of A5G4(2) are specifically nominated in the WaterMark Schedule of Products
and the WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products .
Exemptions
Products that are used exclusively for non-drinking uses such as manufacturing, industrial processing, irrigation or (1)
any other uses where water is not anticipated to be used for human consumption are excluded from the
requirements of A5G4(2).
Explanatory Information
Some examples of products subject to A5G4(2) include the following:
Copper alloy fittings. •
Stainless-steel braided hoses. •
Valves (such as valves for isolation, backflow prevention, alteration of pressure and temperature). •
Taps and mixers. •
Water meters. •
Pumps (for use with cold and heated water services). •
Water heaters. •
Residential water filtration equipment. •
Water dispensers (such as boiling and cooling units, drinking fountains and bottle fillers). •
Fire sprinkler systems connected to the cold water service that are not isolated from fixtures and fittings intended •
to supply water for human consumption.
Some examples of products excluded from the requirements of A5G4(2) include the following:
Shower heads for bathing. •
Emergency showers, eye wash and/or face wash equipment. •
Pumps used for irrigation, fire-fighting or other non-drinking water purposes. •
Fire-fighting water services and equipment including residential fire sprinklers. •
Appliances, including washing machines and dishwashers. •
Commercial boilers associated with heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems. •
Sanitary fixtures (such as toilets, cistern inlet valves, bidets and urinals. •
Non-drinking water systems (such as recycled water systems). •
Product certification transition arrangements are outlined in Notices of Direction issued through the WaterMark
Certification Scheme .
Lead is currently permitted in small proportions in the raw materials used to manufacture some plumbing products .
Whilst the allowable lead levels permitted in products manufactured prior to 1 September 2025 ensures compliance
with the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines, the use of products compliant with the lead levels in A5G4(2) is
encouraged, to avoid the potential for adverse effects on human health.
A5G4(1) requires any product intended for use in contact with drinking water to comply with AS/NZS 4020. Compliance
is achieved by passing the relevant tests set out in the Standard.
Evidence of compliance must then be provided in accordance with A5G4(1), under which there are two options. The
first, at A5G4(1)(a), recognises test reports and certificates that cover compliance with AS/NZS 4020 only. The second,
at A5G4(1)(b), recognises WaterMark Licences where compliance with AS/NZS 4020 is a requirement of the relevant
product Standard or WaterMark Technical Specification.
For products that are of a type listed on the WaterMark Schedule of Products , A5G4(2) requires that these products
have a WaterMark Licence . A WaterMark Licence reflects that the product has been certified and authorised in
accordance with the WaterMark Scheme Rules.
For products that are not subject to WaterMark certification (i.e. excluded products ), evidence that can be used to A5G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 56support that the product is fit for its intended purpose is provided in A5G4(3). This may include demonstrating compliance
with a product specification referenced in the WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products , where one is available.
A5G4(4) provides that any product that is not listed on the WaterMark Schedule of Products or the WaterMark Schedule
of Excluded Products must be subjected to a risk assessment in accordance with the WaterMark Scheme Rules. The
risk assessment will determine whether the product in question requires certification and authorisation, or if it should
be listed as an “excluded product”. This in turn will determine the form of evidence of suitability applicable to the product .
Explanatory Information: What is WaterMark?
The WaterMark Certification Scheme is a mandatory certification scheme for plumbing and drainage products to ensure
that these products are fit for purpose and appropriately authorised for use in a plumbing or drainage system.
The PCA, through Part A5, requires certain plumbing and drainage products to be certified and authorised for use in a
plumbing or drainage system. These products are certified through the WaterMark Certification Scheme and listed on
the WaterMark Product Database.
The WaterMark Certification Scheme is governed by the WaterMark Scheme Rules, which are available for download
from the ABCB website at: www.abcb.gov.au . These rules set out the requirements for risk assessments, evaluation,
certification, and the drafting of WaterMark Technical Specifications.
When a product is listed on the WaterMark Schedule of Products then, for it to be certified and authorised, the product
must—
be tested by an Accredited Testing Laboratory ; and •
comply with an approved product specification (either a relevant existing product Standard or a WaterMark Technical •
Specification); and
be manufactured in accordance with an approved Quality Assurance Program; and •
carry a scope of use. •
Products that comply fully with the applicable requirements of the WaterMark Certification Scheme are then eligible to
be certified by a WaterMark Conformity Assessment Body and listed on the WaterMark Product Database. Certified
products are identifiable by the WaterMark certification trade mark, shown in Figure A5G4 below, that must be displayed
on the product upon granting of a WaterMark Licence .
Figure A5G4 ( e xplanatory ):WaterMark Certification Scheme Trademarks
A5G5 Fire -r esistance of building elements
[2019: A5.4]
Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision requires a building element to have an FRL, it must be determined in accordance
with Specifications 1 and 2.
A5G6 Fire hazard properties
[2019: A5.5]
Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision requires a building component or assembly to have a fire hazard property it must
be determined as follows:
For average specific extinction area , critical radiant flux and Flammability Index , as defined in Specification 1 . (a)
For Smoke-Developed Index and Spread-of-Flame Index , in accordance with Specification 3 . (b)A5G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 57For a material’s group number or smoke growth rate index (SMOGRARC), in accordance with S7C4(2) . (c)
A5G7 Resistance to the incipient spread of fire
[2019: A5.6]
A ceiling is deemed to have a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself if—
it is identical with a prototype that has been submitted to the Standard Fire Test and the resistance to the incipient (a)
spread of fire achieved by the prototype is confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory that—
describes the method and conditions of the test and form of construction of the tested prototype in full; and (i)
certifies that the application of restraint to the prototype complies with the Standard Fire Test ; or (ii)
it differs in only a minor degree from a prototype tested under (a) and the resistance to the incipient spread of (b)
fire attributed to the ceiling is confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory that—
certifies that the ceiling is capable of achieving the resistance to the incipient spread of fire despite the (i)
minor departures from the tested prototype; and
describes the materials, construction and conditions of restraint that are necessary to achieve the resistance (ii)
to the incipient spread of fire .
A5G8 Labelling of Aluminium Composite Panels
[2019: A5.7]
An Aluminium Composite Panel must be labelled in accordance with SA TS 5344.
A5G9 NatHERS
[New for 2022]
Where house energy rating software is required to be used, evidence of the house energy rating software output must be
in the form of a NatHERS certificate issued in accordance with the NatHERS scheme.A5G6
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 58
Introduction to this Part
The NCC groups buildings and structures by the purpose for which they are designed, constructed or adapted to be used,
assigning each type of building or structure with a classification. This Part explains how each building classification is
defined and used in the NCC.
The building classifications are labelled “Class 1” through to “Class 10”. Some classifications also have sub-classifications,
referred to by a letter after the number (e.g. Class 1a).
The technical building requirements for Class 2 to 9 buildings are mostly covered by Volume One of the NCC and those
for Class 1 and 10 are mostly covered by Volume Two of the NCC. Volume Three of the NCC covers plumbing and drainage
requirements for all building classifications.
A building may have parts that have been designed, constructed or adapted for different purposes. In most cases, each
of these parts is a separate classification. A building (or part of a building) may also have more than one such purpose
and may be assigned more than one classification.
A6G1 Determining a building classification
[2019: A6.0]
(1) The classification of a building or part of a building is determined by the purpose for which it is designed, constructed
or adapted to be used.
(2) Each part of a building must be classified according to its purpose and comply with all the appropriate requirements
for its classification.
(3) A room that contains a mechanical, thermal or electrical facility or the like that serves the building must have the
same classification as the major part or principal use of the building or fire compartment in which it is situated.
(4) Unless another classification is more suitable, an occupiable outdoor area must have the same classification as the
part of the building to which it is associated.
Exemptions
For A6G1(1) where a part of a building has been designed, constructed or adapted for a different purpose and is (1)
less than 10% of the floor area of the storey it is situated on, the classification of the other part of the storey may
apply to the whole storey .
A6G1(3) does not apply to an electricity network substation . (2)
Limitations
Exemption (1) does not apply where the minor use of a building is a laboratory, a Class 9b early childhood centre , or a
Class 2, 3 or 4 part of a building.
Explanatory Information
Classification is a process for understanding risks in a building or part, according to its use. It must be correctly
undertaken to achieve NCC aims as appropriate to each building in each circumstance.
It is possible for a single building to have parts with different classifications. Part of a building can also have more than
one classification. Where there is any conflict between what requirements the part should comply with, the more stringent
requirement applies.
Where it is unclear which classification should apply, appropriate authorities have the discretion to decide. They base
their decision on an assessment of the building proposal. Part A6 Building classification
Governing Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 59They will look at what classification the building most closely resembles. They will also take into account the likely fire
load, plus, the likely consequences of any risks to the safety, health and amenity of people using the building.
Appropriate authorities will also look at any relevant court decisions or determinations of the State or Territory body
responsible for considering appeals on building classification matters.
It should be noted that appeals body determinations and, in some States and Territories, certain court decisions are
usually not precedent creating. Such decisions are determined on a case-by-case basis.
It should also be noted that State and Territory authorities responsible for building regulatory matters may have issued
advice, interpretations or guidelines to assist practitioners in applying the correct classification to a building or part.
Advice on such matters should be sought from the relevant authority.
Under Exemption (1) to A6G1, if 10% or less of the floor area of a storey is used for a purpose which could be classified
differently to the remainder of that storey , that part may be classified as being the same as the remainder. Laboratories,
sole-occupancy units in Class 2, 3 or 4 parts, and Class 9b early childhood centres are excluded from this concession
(see Limitation to A6G1). The reason is that laboratories are considered to have a high fire hazard potential and
classifying them with the remainder of the building could, in a majority of cases, endanger occupants of the other parts
of the building which have a lower fire hazard potential. In relation to Class 9b early childhood centres , the intent is to
ensure that these facilities cannot be regarded as another class and that the specific fire safety requirements applicable
to Class 9b early childhood centres are implemented. Also, the intent is not to allow sole-occupancy units in Class 2, 3
or 4 parts to be regarded as another Class such as Class 6 and then not have any fire or sound insulation between the
units and any other classification which may have a high fire load and could endanger the occupants of the Class 2, 3
or 4 part.
If Exemption (1) to A6G1 is used, it should be remembered that it will still be necessary to use the occupant numbers
in Volume One Table D2D18 for the particular use of the area. Likewise, the lighting and equipment levels, people
occupancy and load profiles for the area of minor use for the purposes of Volume One Section J must be in accordance
with the use of the area.
If the storey has a very large floor area , the 10% or less concession area may also be large, even though the rest of
the building is classifiable as a building which ordinarily has a lower risk potential. An example of the application of this
area concession could be as follows:
If a single storey factory has an office that takes up 8% of the whole storey’s floor area , the entire building (including •
the office) can be classified as being Class 8.
However, if that office area takes up 12% of the storey’s floor area , that area must be classified as Class 5, and the •
remainder of the building as Class 8.
Under A6G1(3) a plant room, machinery room, lift motor room or boiler room, have the same classification as the part
of the building they are in. These kinds of rooms do not need to be ancillary or subordinate to the part of the building
they are in, that is, the 10% criterion is not applicable.
There are specific provisions for these kinds of rooms. For example, Volume One Section C requires some of them to
be fire separated from the remainder of the building (e.g. see C3D14 with regard to elements of the electricity supply
system).
A6G2 Class 1 buildings
[2019: A6.1]
(1) A Class 1 building is a dwelling.
(2) Class 1 includes the following sub-classifications:
Class 1a is one or more buildings, which together form a single dwelling including the following: (a)
A detached house. (i)
One of a group of two or more attached dwellings, each being a building, separated by a fire-resisting wall, (ii)
including a row house, terrace house, town house or villa unit.
Class 1b is one or more buildings which together constitute— (b)
a boarding house, guest house, hostel or the like that— (i)
would ordinarily accommodate not more than 12 people; and (A)
have a total area of all floors not more than 300 m2 (measured over the enclosing walls of the building (B)
or buildings); or A6G1
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 60four or more single dwellings located on one allotment and used for short-term holiday accommodation. (ii)
Figure A6G2a: Identification of Class 1 buildings
Figure A6G2b: Typical Class 1 building configurations
ElevationClass 1 Class 2 dwellingClass 2 dwellingSeparating wall
between Class 1
buildings External wall
Class 1
single dwelling
(may be one
or more
storeys)Common wall between Class 1
and Class 2 buildings
Class 2 building containing two or more separate dwellings located one above the other
Plan view(b)3 Class 1 buildings on 2 separate allotments(a) 3 Class 1 buildings on 3 separate allotmentsSeparating wallA6G2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 61 Figure A6G2c: Domestic allotment — classification of buildings and structures
Notes
Figures A6G2a , A6G2b and A6G2c illustrates requirements of this provision.
Limitations
For A6G2, a Class 1 building cannot be located above or below another dwelling or another class of building, other
than a private garage .
Explanatory Information
Class 1 buildings are primarily covered in Volumes Two and Three of the NCC. Class 1 buildings are not located above
or below another dwelling, or another class of building other than a private garage .
A sole-occupancy unit used for residential purposes located over another sole-occupancy unit used for residential
purposes will always be a Class 2 or Class 3 building (depending on the circumstances). It cannot be a Class 1 building.
A single Class 1 dwelling can be made up of more than one building. For example, it may include what is ordinarily
called a house, plus one or more habitable ‘outbuildings’ such as sleepouts. Note that a habitable building such as a
sleepout cannot be classified as a Class 10 building.
The height or number of storeys of a Class 1 building makes no difference to its classification.
Class 1b buildings used for short-term holiday accommodation include cabins in caravan parks, tourist parks, farm stay,
holiday resorts and similar tourist accommodation. This accommodation itself is typically rented out on a commercial
basis for short periods and generally does not require the signing of a lease agreement. Short-term accommodation
can also be provided in a boarding house, guest house, hostel, bed and breakfast accommodation or the like.
Unlike a Class 1b building described in A6G2(2)(a), a Class 1b building described in A6G2(2)(b) does not have any
floor area limitation. Therefore, if 4 or more single dwellings are located on the one allotment and used for short-term
holiday accommodation, each single dwelling would be classified as a Class 1b building regardless of the floor area of
each dwelling or the combined floor area of all of the dwellings.
See also Volume One D4D2(3) which contains an explanation of what is considered to be “one allotment”.
The Class 1b classification can attract concessions applicable to Class 3 buildings. These concessions allow people to
rent out rooms in a house, or run a bed and breakfast, without having to comply with the more stringent Class 3
requirements. The reasoning is that the smaller size of the building and its lower number of occupants represents
reduced fire risks. Class 1 – sleepout
Class 10a shedClass 1Class 10b
allotment fence
Class 10a carportClass 10b
swimming pool
Plan viewClass 1
(a)Class 10 attachedand Class 10b(b) Class 1 part and
Class 10 detatchedA6G2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 62Apart from their use, the primary difference between Class 1a and Class 1b buildings is that the latter is required to
have a greater number of smoke alarms and in some circumstances, access and features for people with a disability.
A6G3 Class 2 buildings
[2019: A6.2]
(1) A Class 2 building is a building containing two or more sole-occupancy units .
(2) Each sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building must be a separate dwelling.
Explanatory Information
A Class 2 building is one that includes more than one dwelling, each of which is generally solely occupied by one or
more people to the exclusion of others.
Such buildings must not be otherwise classified as a Class 1 or Class 3 building or Class 4 part. See Explanatory Figure
A6G3a for a typical configuration of Class 1 and Class 2 buildings.
Where a sole-occupancy residential unit is located above another sole-occupancy residential unit, the building containing
the units can be either a Class 2 or a Class 3 building, depending on the other circumstances of the building proposal.
Class 2 buildings can be single storey attached dwellings. Where there is any common space below such dwellings,
they are Class 2 (and cannot be Class 1) irrespective of whether the space below is a storey or not (see Explanatory
Figure A6G3b ).
Class 2 buildings can be attached to buildings of another class. The attached Class 2 buildings need not be attached
to one another, and need not be more than a single storey .
When two or more dwellings are attached to another class, they cannot be Class 4 parts, as any building can only
contain one Class 4 dwelling.
Figure A6G3a (e xplanatory ):Section showing a typical configuration of Class 1 and Class 2 buildings (wit h
non-combustible r oof coverings )
ElevationClass 2 building
containing two or moreseparate dwellingslocated one above the otherClass 2 dwelling
Class 2 dwellingClass 1 single
dwelling
(may be one or
more storeys)Common wall betweenClass 1 and Class 2 buildingsA6G2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 63 Figure A6G3b ( explanatory ):Elevation showing a single storey of Class 2 with a common area below
A6G4 Class 3 buildings
[2019: A6.3]
(1) A Class 3 building is a residential building providing long-term or transient accommodation for a number of unrelated
persons.
(2) Class 3 buildings include the following:
A boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging house or backpacker accommodation. (a)
A residential part of a hotel or motel. (b)
A residential part of a school . (c)
Accommodation for the aged, children, or people with disability. (d)
A residential part of a health-care building which accommodates members of staff. (e)
A residential part of a detention centre . (f)
A residential care building . (g)
Limitations
For A6G4, a Class 3 building is not a Class 1 or 2 building but may be a mixture of Class 3 and another class.
Explanatory Information
Class 3 buildings provide accommodation for unrelated people. The length of stay is unimportant.
Some exceptions to this classification include: certain bed and breakfast accommodation, boarding houses, guest
houses, hostels, or lodging houses and the like which fall within the concession provided for Class 1b buildings.
Also, any sized building can be classified as Class 1 or Class 2 if it is used to house any number of unrelated people
who jointly own or rent it, or share it on a non-rental basis with an owner or tenant.
It is not unusual for a manager’s, owner’s or caretaker’s dwelling attached to a Class 3 building to be thought of as a
Class 4 part of the Class 3 building. However, a Class 4 part of a building can only be part of a Class 5-9 building.
Accordingly, such dwellings are either classified as Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3, depending on the circumstances of the
building proposal. However, a building could be a mixture of Class 3 and another class.
Class 3 buildings include—
the residential parts of hotels and motels; and •
hotel or motel caretakers’, managers’ or owners’ flats, noting that under certain circumstances such dwellings could •Common areaDwelling
Finished groundDwelling DwellingA6G3
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 64be Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 buildings; and
dormitory accommodation, in schools or elsewhere, noting that a dormitory is generally (but not always) considered •
to be a sole-occupancy unit ; and
bed and breakfast accommodation, a boarding house, guest house, hostel, or lodging house; and •
backpackers’ accommodation; and •
a building which houses elderly people or other people who require special care (in some States or Territories it is •
not acceptable for a Class 1b building to be used to house elderly people or other people who require special care
- it is recommended the local building regulatory body be consulted); and
workers’ quarters, including shearers’ or fruit pickers’ accommodation, or hotel workers’ accommodation. •
A6G5 Class 4 buildings
[2019: A6.4]
Class 4 is a dwelling in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building if it is the only dwelling in the building.
Explanatory Information
Class 4 classification applies to some types of accommodation located within a Class 5-9 building. The most common
include a caretaker’s flat within a building; and accommodation over or otherwise connected to a shop.
A Class 4 part cannot be located within a Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 building. There can only be one Class 4 dwelling
in a building. If there are two or more dwellings, they are Class 1, Class 2, or possibly Class 3. These Class 1, Class 2
or Class 3 parts need not be attached to one another, nor be more than a single storey .
Where a Class 4 part of a building is rented out for accommodation purposes, it retains its Class 4 classification.
However, if any other part of the principal building is used for accommodation, for example, the attached shop is
converted into an additional flat, both flats become classifiable as Class 2 or, depending on their use, possibly Class 3.
A6G6 Class 5 buildings
[2019: A6.5]
A Class 5 building is an office building used for professional or commercial purposes.
Explanatory Information
Class 5 buildings include professional chambers or suites, lawyers’ offices, government offices, advertising agencies
and accountants’ offices.
NSW A6G7
SA A6G7
A6G7 Class 6 buildings
[2019: A6.6]
(1) A Class 6 building is a shop or other building used for the sale of goods by retail or the supply of services direct to
the public.
(2) Class 6 buildings include the following:
An eating room, cafe, restaurant, milk or soft-drink bar. (a)
A dining room, bar area that is not an assembly building , shop or kiosk part of a hotel or motel. (b)
A hairdresser’s or barber’s shop, public laundry, or undertaker’s establishment. (c)
A supermarket or sale room, showroom, or service station . (d)
A6G4
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 65Explanatory Information
A Class 6 building is a building where goods or services are directly sold or supplied to the public. Examples of a Class
6 building may include—
a place where food or drink may be purchased such as a café or restaurant; or •
a dining room, bar area that is not an assembly building , shop or kiosk part of a hotel or motel; or •
a hairdresser’s or barber’s shop, public laundry, veterinarian; or •
supermarket or sale room, florist, showroom, or service station . •
Service stations are Class 6 buildings. These are outlets used for the servicing of cars and the selling of fuel or other
goods. The expression ‘ service station ’ is not intended to cover buildings where panel beating, auto electrical, muffler
replacement, tyre replacement and the like are solely carried out. Such buildings should be classified as Class 6, Class
7 or Class 8 buildings as the appropriate authority sees fit.
A6G8 Class 7 buildings
[2019: A6.7]
(1) A Class 7 building is a storage-type building.
(2) Class 7 includes the following sub-classifications:
Class 7a — a carpark . (a)
Class 7b — a building that is used for storage, or display of goods or produce for sale by wholesale. (b)
Explanatory Information
There are three basic types of Class 7 building. The first is a carpark as defined in the NCC. The second is a building
used for storage, often referred to as a ‘warehouse’. The third is a building used for the display of goods or produce for
sale by wholesale. ‘Wholesale’ means sale to people in the trades or in the business of ‘on-selling’ goods and services
to another party (including the public).
A6G9 Class 8 buildings
[2019: A6.8]
(1) A Class 8 building is a process-type building.
(2) Class 8 buildings include the following:
A laboratory. (a)
A building in which the production, assembling, altering, repairing, packing, finishing, or cleaning of goods or (b)
produce for sale takes place.
Explanatory Information
The most common way to describe a Class 8 building is as a ‘factory’. However, this can give a simplistic impression
of the types of building which can fall within this classification.
For example—
some laboratories, despite their often small size, have been included as Class 8 buildings principally because of •
their high fire hazard ; and
buildings used for altering or repairing (except service stations , which are specifically included in A6G7 as Class 6 •
buildings); and
potteries; and •
food manufacturers (but not restaurants, which are specifically included in A6G7 as Class 6 buildings); and •
buildings used for the packing or processing of produce, such as a farm or horticultural building. •
A6G7
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 66 A6G10 Class 9 buildings
[2019: A6.9]
(1) A Class 9 building is a building of a public nature.
(2) Class 9 includes the following sub-classifications:
Class 9a — a health-care building including any parts of the building set aside as laboratories, and includes a (a)
health-care building used as a residential care building .
Class 9b — an assembly building including a trade workshop or laboratory in a primary or secondary school . (b)
Class 9c — a residential care building . (c)
Exemptions
A6G10(2)(b) excludes any parts of the building that are of another Class.
Explanatory Information
Class 9a buildings are health-care buildings , including day-care surgeries or procedure units and the like. See definition
of health-care building . Laboratories that are part of a Class 9a building are Class 9a, despite the general classification
of laboratories as Class 8 buildings.
Class 9b buildings are assembly buildings .
These buildings can include—
theatres, cinemas and halls, churches, schools, early childhood centres, kindergartens, preschools and child-•
minding centres; and
indoor cricket, tennis, basketball centres and sport stadiums; and •
nightclubs, discotheques, bar areas providing live entertainment and/or containing a dance floor, public halls, dance •
halls and other places of entertainment; and
snooker halls; and •
bus and railway stations. •
Regarding the Exemption to A6G10(2)(b), a building could be a mixture of Class 9b and another class, or a Class 9b
building could contain parts that are of another class, but be taken as a Class 9b building because of Exemption (1) to
A6G1 .
Class 9c buildings are residential care buildings that may contain residents who have various care level needs.
The Class 9c classification recognises that many residents progress through a continuum of care needs from low to
high. Many older people enter residential care with low care needs (typically Class 3 facilities) but, as they age, require
higher levels of care. In the past, such progression often necessitated the transfer of a hostel resident (Class 3) to a
nursing home (Class 9a). This frequently had negative consequences for the health and well-being of the resident, for
whom the hostel accommodation was home. It also led, at times, to the separation of couples with differing care needs.
Building designers should note that Class 3 buildings include hostels for the accommodation of the aged, and Class 9a
buildings include nursing homes. It is important to be aware, however, that construction of Class 3 or 9a buildings may
restrict the options available to the operators of a facility in relation to the profile of the residents they wish to
accommodate. Where the potential exists for residents of varying care needs to be accommodated, consideration of
the Class 9c provisions may be appropriate. The Class 9c classification allows for any mix of low and high care residents
and is intended to allow the mix to change as the residents’ care needs change over time, without the need to obtain
any further consent or approval from the appropriate authority .
Multi-care level facilities are for residents who may require the full range of care services outlined by the Aged Care
Act. Hence, it is not intended to restrict the resident type and provides maximum flexibility for service providers, residents
and the community.
The NCC provisions for Class 9c buildings are based on minimal on duty on-site staff being available at any time.
However, it is recognised that the staff numbers vary throughout the course of any one day, due to the care needs of
the residents and the functioning of the facility. It is also recognised that the specific care needs of the residents may
result in a greater minimum number of staff.
A6G10
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 67 A6G11 Class 10 buildings and structures
[2019: A6.10]
(1) A Class 10 building is a non-habitable building or structure.
(2) Class 10 includes the following sub-classifications:
Class 10a is a non-habitable building including a private garage , carport, shed or the like. (a)
Class 10b is a structure that is a fence, mast, antenna, retaining wall or free-standing wall or swimming pool or (b)
the like.
Class 10c is a private bushfire shelter . (c)
Explanatory Information
Class 10a buildings are non-habitable buildings. See Explanatory Figure A6G11 for an indication of some Class 10
building configurations.
Class 10b structures are non-habitable structures. There is no requirement for Class 10 buildings to be appurtenant to
a building of any other Class, for example, a small shed standing on its own on an allotment and a toilet block in a park.
A habitable ‘outbuilding’ which is appurtenant to another building is generally part of that building. Again, habitable
‘outbuildings’ cannot be classified as Class 10 buildings.
Typical outbuilding classifications include the following:
A sleepout on the same allotment as a Class 1 building is part of the Class 1 building. •
A detached entertainment room on the same allotment as a Class 1 building, perhaps associated with a swimming •
pool, is part of the Class 1 building.
A small toolshed, used for trade-related hobbies for non-commercial purposes or home repairs, on the same •
allotment as a Class 1 building, would be classified as a Class 10 building.
Provisions relating to Class 10c structures are only intended to address private bushfire shelters associated with a
single Class 1a dwelling. These provisions are contained in Volume Two of the NCC.
Some States or Territories may exempt some Class 10 buildings or structures (often on the basis of height or size) from
the need to have a building permit. Queries on this matter should be referred to the State or Territory body responsible
for regulatory matters.
Figure A6G11 (e xplanatory ):Examples of Class 10 buildings and structures
Class 10a shedClass 2Class 10b
allotment fence
Class 10a
carportClass 10b
swimming pool
Plan viewA6G11
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 68 A6G12 Multiple classifications
[2019: A6.11]
A building (or part of a building) may be designed, constructed or adapted for multiple purposes and have more than one
classification.
Applications
For A6G12, a building (or part of a building) must comply with all the relevant requirements that apply to each of the
classifications for that building (or part of a building).
Explanatory Information: Difficult classifications — Class 2 or Class 3?
There is a fine line between a Class 2 building containing apartments or flats and a Class 3 motel building with units
containing bathroom, laundry and cooking facilities, which may both be made available for short term holiday rental.
When does a Class 3 motel unit become a Class 2 holiday flat and vice versa?
In general, an assessment will be based on the most likely use of the building by appropriate authorities .
Class 3 buildings, where the occupants are generally unfamiliar with the building and have minimum control over the
safety of the building, represent a higher risk level and therefore require higher safety levels. In a case where the
classification is unclear, a decision should be made according to the perceived risks inherent in the use of the building.
Explanatory Information: Difficult classifications — Class 6 or Class 7?
Class 7 buildings include those used to sell goods on the wholesale market, whereas Class 6 buildings are used to sell
goods to the public.
Some establishments claim to sell goods to both the wholesale and retail markets. As a rule, however, if the general
public has access to the building, it is considered a ‘shop’, and therefore a Class 6 building.
Explanatory Information: Difficult classifications — Hot el bars: Class 6 or 9b?
As can be seen from the definition of a Class 6 building, it includes a hotel bar which is not an assembly building . The
bar includes the bar area and associated standing and seating areas. This clarifies that the bar extends beyond the
serving area to include standing and sitting areas where patrons may drink alcohol or other beverages and consume
food. The exclusion of an assembly building means that a bar providing live entertainment or containing a dance floor
is not considered to be Class 6; it must be considered as Class 9b. However, when that use is minor compared with the
remainder of the bar, such as a piano bar or the like where patrons only listen to music and there is no dance floor, the
appropriate authority should exercise judgement on the predominant use and therefore the appropriate classification of
the bar.
A Class 9b building is an assembly building which is defined to include a building where people may assemble for
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes.
A building may have more than one classification (see A6G12 ).
Explanatory Information: Buildings used for farming purposes
Buildings used for farming-type purposes are often very diverse in nature, occupancy, use and size. In some States or
Territories, appropriate authorities may classify farm buildings as Class 10a, which covers non-habitable buildings. They
would only make this decision if a classification of Class 7 or Class 8 would not be more appropriate.
When making their decision they consider the building’s size, purpose, operations and the extent to which people are
employed in the building. For example, it may be appropriate to classify a shed which is used to store a tractor as a
Class 10a building.
The NCC has definitions of farm building and farm shed which are certain Class 7 and 8 buildings used for farming
purposes. Concessions to specific Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions apply to farm buildings and farm sheds in recognition
of their often low risk features, and it is recommended that reference is made to the definitions of farm building and
farm shed for further guidance which may assist determination of an appropriate NCC classification.
For example, if people are likely to be employed to stack materials/produce in a storage building or remove
materials/produce from a storage building then a classification of Class 7b may be appropriate. Depending upon whether A6G12
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 69the criteria in the definition of farm shed or farm building have been met, the associated Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
in NCC Volume One Part I3 may apply.
Similarly if people are likely to be employed to pack or process materials/produce within a building, or employed to
feed, clean or collect produce from animals or plants within a building then a classification of Class 8 may be appropriate.
Depending upon whether the criteria in the definition of farm shed or farm building have been met, the associated
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in NCC Volume One Part I3 may apply.
However identification of low fire load , low occupant risk and low risk of fire spread should not be used as justification
for choosing a less stringent building classification for a building under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions . For example,
if the intended use of a building is to grow or store a large amount of tomatoes, such as a large greenhouse, and there
is likely to be only one to two persons in the building at any time, it is considered inappropriate to classify the building
as a Class 10a under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions and a classification of Class 7 or Class 8 would be more
appropriate.
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for a Class 7 or Class 8 farm building or farm shed do not prevent the ability to
consider or develop a Performance Solution for a particular building where the requirements may not be considered
appropriate or are viewed as too stringent. Similarly if a Class 7 or 8 building used for farming purposes does not meet
all the criteria to be considered a farm building or farm shed under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions , this would not
limit the ability to develop a Performance Solution which could contain features similar to those allowed under the
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for farm buildings or farm sheds .
For example, if a Class 8 commercial poultry building meets all the criteria to be considered a farm building under the
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions other than the maximum floor area criteria, a Performance Solution could be developed
to demonstrate that the concessions for a farm building under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions are appropriate.
In regards to a farm building or farm shed where the purpose of the building is to park farm vehicles when not in use,
as well as perhaps clean or polish the vehicle(s), it may be appropriate that this type of building is classified as a Class
7a.
However, a number of farm buildings and farm sheds are often not only used for the storage of farm vehicles, but to
store supplies such as fuel, grain or hay. A Class 7a classification may still be appropriate where the majority of the
shed’s space is intended to be designated for the parking of vehicles. However, it may be more appropriate to classify
some types of buildings as Class 7b, rather than Class 7a where a mixed use shed is intended.
Under A6G12 each part of a building (including the entire building) may have more than one classification. This means,
for example, that it is permissible to classify part of a building as a Class 6/7 building, or a Class 5/6 building, or whateve r
is appropriate.
It is expected that this approach may be taken by a builder who is uncertain of what the precise use of a building will
be after its sale, or to maximise the flexibility of the building’s use.
Under the Application to A6G12 , where a building has more than one classification the more stringent Class
requirements will apply. A6G12
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 70Introduction to this Part
This Part explains how multiple buildings can be considered as a united building. Where adjacent buildings are joined
through openings in walls, they need not meet additional requirements if they jointly comply with the NCC as a single
building.
A7G1 United buildings
[2019: A7.0]
Buildings are deemed united when two or more buildings adjoining each other are connected and used as one building.
Applications
For A7G1, two or more buildings are a united building if they are connected through openings in the walls dividing(1)
them and together comply with all the requirements of the NCC as though they are a single building.
A7G1 only applies to Class 2 to 9 buildings.(2)
A7G2 Alterations in a united building
[2019: A7.1]
If, after alterations or any other building work, two or more of the buildings in A7G1 cease to be connected through openings
in the dividing walls, each of those buildings not now connected must comply with all the requirements for a single building.
Explanatory Information
It is not unusual for authorities to receive plans proposing the connecting of two or more buildings. Connecting buildings
could be achieved by breaking openings through walls, or by joining the buildings by a tunnel, bridge or covered walkway.
When connected, if the buildings jointly comply with all the requirements of the NCC applying as if they were a single
building, they become a united building.
United buildings are not required to comply with additional NCC provisions. For example, any new openings do not
require any form of fire protection not required of a single building.
Note, however, an external wall , which as a result of an interconnection becomes an internal wall , must comply with the
requirements for an internal wall .
Interconnected buildings that do not jointly comply with all the requirements applicable to a single building, remain as
separate buildings.
This raises the possible need for fire doors, or other forms of protection to be fitted to connecting openings.
Explanatory Information: Multiple allotments or ownership
The NCC does not concern itself with actually prohibiting or permitting the uniting of buildings in separate ownership or
on separate allotments. Such matters are dealt with by the relevant local bodies.
Explanatory Information: Example of connection by bridge
In this example, Building A is connected to Building B by bridge C. There are four different options for designing such
a proposal.
The first is a united building: Part A7 United buildings
Governing Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 71A, B and C are considered as a single structure and comply with the NCC.
The second is three separate buildings:
A, B and C are a fire-source feature to each of the others, and are separated by fire walls with the openings protected
at the points of connection. In this case, C may require independent support and separate egress to a road or open
space, that is not through Buildings A or B. In this case, attention should also be paid to the length of the bridge, as
regards distance of travel to an exit.
The third option is the bridge as a portion of Building A:
In this option, A and C are one building, meeting all requirements of the NCC as a single or united building. B is a
separate building, with suitable fire separation, including fire-doors at the point of interconnection. Bridge C could be
supported off Building A, but not off Building B.
The fourth option is having the bridge as a portion of Building B:
In this option, B and C are one building, meeting all requirements of the NCC as a single or united building. A is a separate building, with suitable fire separation, including fire doors at the point of interconnection. Bridge C could be
supported off Building B, but not off Building A.
In some cases, C will link A and B across a public road, including laneways and the like. Special approvals may be
required from various
appropriate authorities . However, in such cases—
if C is supported by means other than off A and B, such support will generally only be permitted if there is no •
obstruction of the public road; and
care will need to be taken in calculating the distance of travel to an exit if travel is required to be over C and the •
road is wide; and
fire-separation may be necessary at each end of the bridge. •
If the last stipulation is the case, the following matters need consideration:
The bridge would probably need to be of fire-rated construction because combustible construction could provide a •
ready path for the transfer of fire, and non-combustible construction could, in a major fire, distort and collapse onto
the road.
The designer needs to take care that the bridge does not negate the fire separation between the storeys of the •
building. A7G2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 72
S1C1 Scope
[2019: Sch. 5: 1]
This Specification sets out the procedures for determining the FRL of building elements.
S1C2 Rating
[2019: Sch. 5: 2]
A building element meets the requirements of this Specification if—
it is listed in, and complies with Tables S1C2a , S1C2b , S1C2c , S1C2d , S1C2e , S1C2f , S1C2g , S1C2h , S1C2i , (a)
S1C2j , S1C2k , S1C2l , S1C2m or S1C2n of this Specification as applicable; or
it is identical with a prototype that has been submitted to the Standard Fire Test , or an equivalent or more severe (b)
test, and the FRL achieved by the prototype without the assistance of an active fire suppression system is
confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory which—
describes the method and conditions of the test and the form of construction of the tested prototype in full; (i)
and
certifies that the application of restraint to the prototype complied with the Standard Fire Test ; or (ii)
it differs in only a minor degree from a prototype tested under (b) and the FRL attributed to the building element (c)
is confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory which—
certifies that the building element is capable of achieving the FRL despite the minor departures from the (i)
tested prototype; and
describes the materials, construction and conditions of restraint which are necessary to achieve the FRL; (ii)
or
it is designed to achieve the FRL in accordance with— (d)
AS/NZS 2327, AS 4100 and AS/NZS 4600 if it is a steel or composite structure; or (i)
AS 3600 if it is a concrete structure; or (ii)
AS 1720.4 if it is a timber element other than fire-protected timber ; or (iii)
AS 3700 if it is a masonry structure; or (iv)
the FRL is determined by calculation based on the performance of a prototype in the Standard Fire Test and (e)
confirmed in a report in accordance with S1C3 ; or
for fire-protected timber , it complies with Specification 10 where applicable. (f)
Table S1C2a: FRLs deemed to be achieved by walls — masonry
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 . Specification 1 Fire-resistance of building elements
Masonry type Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/1
20180/180/180 240/240/240
Ashlar - - - - 300
Calcium silicate See clause S1C2(d)(iv)
Concrete
Fired clay
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 73 Table S1C2b: FRLs deemed to be achieved by walls — concrete
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2c: FRLs deemed to be achieved by walls — gypsum
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2d: FRLs deemed to be achieved by concrete columns
Table S1C2e: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel columns (including a fabricated column )
exposed on not more than 3 sides Concrete type Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
No fines - - - 150 300
Prestressed See clause S1C2(d)(iv)
Reinforced
Plain - - - 150 170
Gypsum type Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/1
20180/180/180 240/240/240
Solid gypsum blocks 75 90 100 110 125
Gypsum — perlite or gypsum vermiculite-plaster on metal
lath and channel (non- loadbearing walls only)50 50 65 - -
Column type Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/1
20180/180/180 240/240/240
Prestressed See clause S1C2(d)(ii)
Reinforced
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
Concrete cast in-situ —
loadbearing25 30 40 55 75
Concrete cast in-situ —
non-loadbearing
unplastered25 30 40 50 75
Concrete cast in-situ —
non-loadbearing
plastered 13 mm25 25 30 40 50
Gypsum cast in-situ - - - - 50
Gypsum — perlite or
gypsum-vermiculite
plaster—sprayed to
contour20 25 35 50 55S1C2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 74
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2f: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel columns (including a fabricated column )
exposed on no more than 3 sides and with column spaces filled
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2g: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel columns (including a fabricated column )
exposed on no more than 3 sides and with column spaces unfilled
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2h: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel columns (including a fabricated column )
exposed on no more than 4 sides Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
Gypsum — perlite or
gypsum-vermiculite
plaster—sprayed on
metal lath20 20 25 35 45
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/1
20180/180/180 240/240/240
Solid calcium-silicate masonry 50 50 50 50 65
Solid clay masonry 50 50 50 65 90
Solid concrete masonry 50 50 50 65 90
Solid gypsum blocks 50 50 50 50 65
Hollow terracotta blocks — plastered 13 mm 50 50 50 65 90
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/1
20180/180/180 240/240/240
Solid calcium-silicate masonry 50 50 50 - -
Solid clay masonry 50 50 65 - -
Solid concrete masonry 50 50 65 - -
Solid gypsum blocks 50 50 50 - -
Hollow terracotta blocks — plastered 13 mm 50 50 65 - -
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Concrete cast in-situ — loadbearing 25 40 45 65 90
Concrete cast in-situ — non- loadbearing unplastered 35 30 40 50 65
Concrete cast in-situ — non- loadbearing plastered 13
mm25 25 30 40 50
Gypsum cast in-situ - - - - 50S1C2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 75
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2i: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel columns (including a fabricated column )
exposed on no more than 4 sides and with column spaces filled
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2j: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel columns (including a fabricated column )
exposed on no more than 4 sides and with column spaces unfilled
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2k: FRLs deemed to be achieved by concrete beams
Table S1C2l: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel beams (including an open -web joist,
girder, truss, etc.) e xposed on no more than 3 sides
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Concrete — cast in-situ 25 30 40 50 65Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Gypsum — perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster —
sprayed to contour25 30 40 55 65
Gypsum — perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster —
sprayed on metal lath20 20 30 40 50
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Solid calcium-silicate masonry 50 50 50 65 75
Solid clay masonry 50 50 50 75 100
Solid concrete masonry 50 50 50 75 100
Solid gypsum blocks 50 50 50 65 75
Hollow terracotta blocks — plastered 13 mm 50 50 50 75 100
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Solid calcium-silicate masonry 50 50 50 - -
Solid clay masonry 50 50 65 - -
Solid concrete masonry 50 50 65 - -
Solid gypsum blocks 50 50 50 - -
Hollow terracotta blocks — plastered 13 mm 50 50 65 - -
Concrete type Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Prestressed See clause S1C2(d)(ii)
ReinforcedS1C2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 76
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2m: FRLs deemed to be achieved by hot -r olled steel beams (including an open -web joist,
girder, truss, etc.) e xposed on 4 sides
Table Notes
For the purposes of this table, each element must meet the requirements of Specification 2 .
Table S1C2n: FRLs deemed to be achieved by floor, roof or ceiling
S1C3 FRLs determined by calculation
[2019: Sch. 5: 3]
If the FRL of a building element is determined by calculation based on a tested prototype—
the building element may vary from the prototype in relation to— (a)
length and height if it is a wall; and (i)
height if it is a column; and (ii)
span if it is a floor, roof or beam; and (iii)
conditions of support; and (iv)
to a minor degree, cross-section and components; and (v)
the report must demonstrate by calculation that the building element would achieve the FRL if it is subjected to (b)
the regime of the Standard Fire Test in relation to—
structural adequacy (including deflection); and (i)
integrity ; and (ii)
insulation ; and (iii)
the calculations must take into account— (c)
the temperature reached by the components of the prototype and their effects on strength and modulus of (i)
elasticity; and Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Gypsum — perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster —
sprayed to contour20 25 35 50 55
Gypsum — perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster —
sprayed on metal lath20 20 25 35 45
Fire protection Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/–/– 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Concrete — cast in-situ 25 40 45 60 90
Gypsum — perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster —
sprayed to contour20 30 40 55 65
Gypsum — perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster —
sprayed on metal lath20 20 35 40 50
Floor, roof or ceiling type Minimum thickness (mm) of principal material for FRLs
60/60/60 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
Prestressed See clause S1C2(d)(ii)
ReinforcedS1C2
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 77appropriate features of the building element such as support, restraint, cross-sectional shape, length, height, (ii)
span, slenderness ratio, reinforcement, ratio of surface area to mass per unit length, and fire protection;
and
features of the prototype that influenced its performance in the Standard Fire Test although these features (iii)
may not have been taken into account in the design for dead and live load; and
features of the conditions of test, the manner of support and the position of the prototype during the test, (iv)
that might not be reproduced in the building element if it is exposed to fire; and
the design load of the building element in comparison with the tested prototype. (v)
S1C4 Interchangeable materials
[2019: Sch. 5: 4]
(1) Concrete and plaster — An FRL achieved with any material of Group A, B, C, D or E as an ingredient in concrete or
plaster, applies equally when any other material of the same group is used in the same proportions:
Group A: any portland cement. (a)
Group B: any lime. (b)
Group C: any dense sand. (c)
Group D: any dense calcareous aggregate, including any limestone or any calcareous gravel. (d)
Group E: any dense siliceous aggregate, including any basalt, diorite, dolerite, granite, granodiorite or trachyte. (e)
(2) Perlite and vermiculite — An FRL achieved with either gypsum-perlite plaster or gypsum-vermiculite plaster applies
equally for each plaster.
S1C5 Columns covered with lightweight construction
[2019: Sch. 5: 5]
If the fire-resisting covering of a steel column is lightweight construction , the construction must comply with Volume One
C2D9 and C4D17 .
S1C6 Non -loadbearing element s
[2019: Sch. 5: 6]
If a non- loadbearing element is able to be used for a purpose where the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions prescribe an FRL
for structural adequacy , integrity and insulation , that non- loadbearing element need not comply with the structural adequacy
criteria.S1C3
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 78
S2C1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Specification sets out the descriptions of elements referred to in Tables S1C2a , S1C2b , S1C2c , S1C2e , S1C2f ,
S1C2g , S1C2h , S1C2i , S1C2j , S1C2l and S1C2m of Specification 1 .
S2C2 Mortar for masonry
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 1.1]
Masonry units of ashlar, calcium silicate, concrete or fired clay (including terracotta blocks) must be laid in cement mortar
or composition mortar complying with the relevant provisions of AS 3700.
S2C3 Gypsum blocks
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 1.2]
Gypsum blocks must be laid in gypsum-sand mortar or lime mortar.
S2C4 Gypsum-sand mor tar and plaster
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 1.3]
Gypsum-sand mortar and gypsum-sand plaster must consist of either—
not more than 3 parts by volume of sand to 1 part by volume of gypsum; or (a)
if lime putty is added, not more than 2.5 parts by volume of sand to 1 part by volume of gypsum and not more (b)
than 5% of lime putty by volume of the mixed ingredients.
S2C5 Gypsum-perlit e and gypsum -vermiculite plaster
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 1.4]
Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster must be applied—
in either one or 2 coats each in the proportions of 1 m3 of perlite or vermiculite to 640 kg of gypsum if the required (a)
thickness of the plaster is not more than 25 mm; and
in 2 coats if the required thickness is more than 25 mm, the first in the proportions of 1 m3 of perlite or vermiculite (b)
to 800 kg of gypsum and the second in the proportions of 1 m3 of perlite or vermiculite to 530 kg of gypsum.
S2C6 Plaster of cement and sand or cement, lime and sand
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 1.5]
Plaster prescribed in Tables S1C2c , S1C2e , S1C2f , S1C2g , S1C2h , S1C2i , S1C2j , S1C2l and S1C2m —
must consist of cement and sand or cement, lime and sand; and (a)
may be finished with gypsum, gypsum-sand, gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster or with lime putty. (b)
S2C7 Plaster reinforcement
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 1.6]
If plaster used as fire protection on walls is more than 19 mm thick— Specification 2 Descriptions of elements referred to in Specification 1
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 79it must be reinforced with expanded metal lath that— (a)
has a mass per unit area of not less than 1.84 kg/m2; and (i)
has not fewer than 98 meshes per metre; and (ii)
is protected against corrosion by galvanising or other suitable method; or (iii)
it must be reinforced with 13 mm x 13 mm x 0.7 mm galvanised steel wire mesh securely fixed at a distance (b)
from the face of the wall of not less than ⅓ of the total thickness of the plaster .
S2C8 Ashlar stone masonry
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 2]
Ashlar masonry must not be used in a part of the building containing more than 2 storeys , and must not be of—
aplite, granite, granodiorite, quartz dacite, quartz diorite, quartz porphyrite or quartz porphyry; or (a)
conglomerate, quartzite or sandstone; or (b)
chert or flint; or (c)
limestone or marble. (d)
S2C9 Dimensions of masonry
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 3]
The thicknesses of masonry of calcium-silicate, concrete and fired clay are calculated as set out in S2C10 to S2C12 .
S2C10 Solid units
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 3.1]
For masonry in which the amount of perforation or coring of the units does not exceed 25% by volume (based on the
overall rectangular shape of the unit) the thickness of the wall must be calculated from the manufacturing dimensions of
the units and the specified thickness of the joints between them as appropriate.
S2C11 Hollow units
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 3.2]
For masonry in which the amount of perforation or coring of the units exceeds 25% by volume (based on the overall
rectangular shape of the unit) the thickness of the wall must be calculated from the equivalent thicknesses of the units
and the specified thickness of the joints between them as appropriate.
S2C12 Equivalent thickness
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 3.3]
The equivalent thickness of a masonry unit is calculated by dividing the net volume by the area of one vertical face.
S2C13 Height -to-t hickness ratio of certain walls
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 5]
The ratio of height between lateral supports to overall thickness of a wall of ashlar, no-fines concrete, unreinforced concrete ,
solid gypsum blocks, gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath and channel, must not exceed—
20 for a loadbearing wall; or (a)
27 for a non- loadbearing wall. (b)S2C7
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 80 S2C14 Increase in thickness by plastering — walls
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 6.1]
If a wall of ashlar, solid gypsum blocks or concrete is plastered on both sides to an equal thickness, the thickness of the
wall for the purposes of Tables S1C2b and S1C2c (but not for the purposes of S2C5 ) may be increased by the thickness
of the plaster on one side.
S2C15 Increase in thickness by plastering — columns
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 6.2]
(1) Where Tables S1C2e , S1C2f , S1C2g , S1C2h , S1C2i and S1C2j indicate that column-protection is to be plastered,
the tabulated thicknesses are those of the principal material.
(2) The thicknesses referred to in (1) do not include the thickness of plaster, which must be additional to the listed
thickness of the material to which it is applied.
S2C16 Gypsum-perlit e or gypsum -vermiculite plaster or metal lath — walls
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 7.1]
In walls fabricated of gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath and channel—
the lath must be securely wired to each side of 19 mm x 0.44 kg/m steel channels (used as studs) spaced at not (a)
more than 400 mm centres; and
the gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster must be applied symmetrically to each exposed side of the (b)
lath.
S2C17 Gypsum-perlit e or gypsum -vermiculite plaster or metal lath — columns
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 7.2]
(1) For the fire protection of steel columns with gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on metal lath—
the lath must be fixed at not more than 600 mm centres vertically to steel furring channels, and— (a)
if the plaster is to be 35 mm thick or more — at least 12 mm clear of the column; or (i)
if the plaster is to be less than 35 mm thick — at least 6 mm clear of the column; or (ii)
the plaster may be applied to self-furring lath with furring dimples to hold it not less than 10 mm clear of the (b)
column.
(2) For the purposes of (1), the thickness of the plaster must be measured from the back of the lath.
S2C18 Gypsum-perlit e or gypsum -vermiculite plaster or metal lath — beams
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 7.3]
For the fire protection of steel beams with gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on metal lath—
the lath must be fixed at not more than 600 mm centres to steel furring channels and at least 20 mm clear of the (a)
steel; and
the thickness of the plaster must be measured from the back of the lath. (b)
S2C19 Exposure of columns
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 8.1]
A column incorporated in or in contact on one or more sides with a wall of solid masonry or concrete at least 100 mm thick
may be considered to be exposed to fire on no more than 3 sides. S2C14
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 81 S2C20 Exposure of beams
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 8.2]
A beam, open-web joist, girder or truss in direct and continuous contact with a concrete slab or a hollow block floor or roof
may be considered to be exposed to fire on no more than 3 sides.
S2C21 Filling of column spaces
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 9]
(1) The spaces between the fire-protective material and the steel (and any re-entrant parts of the column itself) must be
filled solid with a fire-protective material like concrete, gypsum or grout.
(2) The insides of hollow sections, including pipes, need not be filled.
S2C22 Hollow terracotta blocks
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 10]
The proportion of cored holes or perforations in a hollow terracotta block (based on the overall rectangular volume of the
unit) must not exceed the following:
For blocks up to 75 mm thick — 35%. (a)
For blocks more than 75 mm but not more than 100 mm thick — 40%. (b)
For blocks more than 100 mm — 50%. (c)
S2C23 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — masonry
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 11.1]
Masonry of calcium-silicate, fired clay and concrete for the protection of steel columns must have steel-wire or mesh
reinforcement in every second course and lapped at the corners.
S2C24 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — gypsum blocks and hollow
terracotta blocks
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 11.2]
Gypsum blocks and hollow terracotta blocks for the protection of steel columns must have steel-wire or mesh reinforcement
in every course and lapped at corners.
S2C25 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — structural concrete and
poured gypsum
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 11.3]
If a steel column or a steel beam is to be protected with structural concrete or poured gypsum, the concrete or gypsum
must be reinforced with steel-wire mesh or steel-wire binding placed about 20 mm from its outer surface, and—
for concrete or gypsum less than 50 mm thick, the steel wire must be— (a)
at least 3.15 mm in diameter; and (i)
spaced at not more than 100 mm vertically; or (ii)
for concrete or gypsum not less than 50 mm thick, the steel wire must be either— (b)
of a diameter and spacing in accordance with (a); or (i)
at least 5 mm in diameter and spaced at not more than 150 mm vertically. (ii)S2C20
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 82 S2C26 Reinforcing for column and beam protection — gypsum -perlit e or gypsum -
vermiculite plaster sprayed to contour
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 11.4]
(1) If a steel column or steel beam is protected with either gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster sprayed to
contour and the construction falls within the limits of Table S2C26a or S2C26b , the plaster must be reinforced with—
expanded metal lath complying with S2C7 ; or (a)
galvanised steel wire mesh complying with S2C7 . (b)
(2) The reinforcement must be placed at a distance from the face of the plaster of at least 1/3 of the thickness of the
plaster and must be securely fixed to the column or beam at intervals of not more than the relevant listing in Tables
S2C26a and S2C26b .
(3) For the purposes of Tables S2C26a and S2C26b —
“vertical” includes a surface at not more than 10º to the vertical; and (a)
“horizontal” includes a surface at not more than 10º to the horizontal; and (b)
“underside” means the underside of any horizontal or non-vertical surface. (c)
Table S2C26a: Reinforcement of gypsum -perlit e or gypsum -vermiculite plaster sprayed to contour —
vertical members with H or I cross -section
Table S2C26b: Reinforcement of gypsum -perlit e or gypsum -vermiculite plaster sprayed to contour —
vertical members with other shapes
S2C27 Measurement of thickness of column and beam protection
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex) : 12.1]
The thickness of the fire protection to steel columns and steel beams (other than fire protection of gypsum-perlite or
gypsum-vermiculite plaster sprayed on metal lath or sprayed to contour) is to be measured from the face or edge of the
steel, from the face of a splice plate or from the outer part of a rivet or bolt, whichever is the closest to the outside of th e
fire-protective construction, except that—
if the thickness of the fire protection is 40 mm or more, rivet heads may be disregarded; and (a)
if the thickness of the fire protection is 50 mm or more— (b)
any part of a bolt (other than a high-tensile bolt) may be disregarded; and (i)
a column splice plate within 900 mm of the floor may encroach upon the fire protection by up to a ¼ of the (ii)
thickness of the fire protection; and
the flange of a column or beam may encroach by up to 12 mm upon the thickness of the fire protection at right (c)Surface to be protected Reinforcement required if smaller
dimension of surface exceeds (mm)Max spacing of fixings of the mesh to
surface (mm)
Vertical 450 450
Non-vertical 300 300
Underside 300 300
Upper side of a horizontal surface Not required N/A
Surface to be protected Reinforcement required if smaller
dimensions of surface exceeds (mm)Max spacing of fixings of the mesh to
surface (mm)
Vertical Any size 450
Non-vertical Any size 300
Undersize Any size 300
Upper side of a horizontal surface Not required N/AS2C26
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 83angles to the web if—
the column or beam is intended to have an FRL of 240/240/240 or 240/–/–; and (i)
the flange projects 65 mm or more from the web; and (ii)
the thickness of the edge of the flange (inclusive of any splice plate) is not more than 40 mm. (iii)S2C27
(1 May 2023)
Governing requirements
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 84 S3C1 Scope
[2019: Sch. 6: 1]
This Specification sets out the procedures for determining the fire hazard properties of assemblies tested to AS/NZS
1530.3.
S3C2 General requirement
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.1]
The fire hazard properties of assemblies and their ability to screen their core materials as required under Specification 7
must be determined by testing in accordance with S3C3 to S3C6 .
S3C3 Form of test
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.2]
Tests must be carried out in accordance with—
for the determination of the Spread-of-Flame Index and Smoke-Developed Index — AS/NZS 1530.3; and (a)
for the determination of the ability to prevent ignition and to screen its core material from free air —
AS 1530.4. (b)
S3C4 Test specimens
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.3]
Test specimens must incorporate—
all types of joints; and (a)
all types of perforations, recesses or the like for pipes, light switches or other fittings, which are proposed to be (b)
used for the member or assembly of members in the building.
S3C5 Concession
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.4]
S3C4 does not apply to joints, perforations, recesses or the like that are larger than those in the proposed application and
have already been tested in the particular form of construction concerned and found to comply with the conditions of the
test.
S3C6 Smaller specimen permitted
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.5]
A testing laboratory may carry out the test specified in S3C3(b) at pilot scale if a specimen (which must be not less than
900 mm x 900 mm) will adequately represent the proposed construction in the building, but the results of that test do not
apply to construction larger than limits defined by the laboratory conducting the pilot examination.Specification 3 Fire hazard properties
Assemblies
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 85
Section B Structure
Part B1 Structural provisions
Objectives
B1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
B1F1 Structure
B1F2 Glazing
Performance Requirements
B1P1 Structural reliability
B1P2 Structural resistance
B1P3 Glass installations at risk of human impact
B1P4 Buildings in flood areas
Verification Methods
B1V1 Structural reliability
B1V2 Structural robustness
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
B1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
B1D2 Resistance to actions
B1D3 Determination of individual actions
B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
B1D5 Structural software
B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
Specification 4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
S4C1 Scope
S4C2 Roof cladding
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 86
Introduction to this Part
This Part focuses on safeguarding people from injury caused by structural failure, loss of amenity caused by structural
behaviour (deflections, creep, vibration, settlement and the like), protection of other property from physical damage caused
by structural failure and safeguarding people from injury that may be caused by failure of, or impact with, glazing.
B1O1 Objective
[2019: BO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard people from injury caused by structural failure; and (a)
safeguard people from loss of amenity caused by structural behaviour; and (b)
protect other property from physical damage caused by structural failure; and (c)
safeguard people from injury that may be caused by failure of, or impact with, glazing. (d)
B1F1 Structure
[2019: BF1.1]
A building or structure is to withstand the combination of loads and other actions to which it may be reasonably subjected.
B1F2 Glazing
[2019: BF1.2]
(1) Glazing is to be installed in a building to avoid undue risk of injury to people.
(2) Glazing in a building should not cause injury to people due to its failure or people impacting with it because they did
not see it.
B1P1 Structural reliability
[2019: BP1.1]
(1) By resisting the actions to which it may reasonably be expected to be subjected, a building or structure, during
construction and use, with appropriate degrees of reliability, must—
perform adequately under all reasonably expected design actions; and (a)
withstand extreme or frequently repeated design actions; and (b)
be designed to sustain local damage, with the structural system as a whole remaining stable and not being (c)
damaged to an extent disproportionate to the original local damage; and
avoid causing damage to other properties . (d)Part B1 Structural provisions
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 87(2) The actions to be considered to satisfy (1) include but are not limited to—
permanent actions (dead loads) including, for a Class 7b building, an additional notional permanent roof load of (a)
not less than 0.15 kPa to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels; and
imposed actions (live loads arising from occupancy and use); and (b)
wind action; and (c)
earthquake action; and (d)
snow action; and (e)
liquid pressure action; and (f)
ground water action; and (g)
rainwater action (including ponding action); and (h)
earth pressure action; and (i)
dif
ferential movement; and (j)
time dependent ef
fects (including creep and shrinkage); and (k)
thermal ef
fects; and (l)
ground movement caused by— (m)
swelling, shrinkage or freezing of the subsoil; and (i)
landslip or subsidence; and (ii)
siteworks associated with the building or structure; and (iii)
construction activity actions ; and (n)
termite actions. (o)
Exemptions
The requirement for an additional notional permanent roof load to support photovoltaic panels in B1P1(2)(a) does not
apply to a Class 7b building—
where 100% of the roof area is shaded for more than 70% of daylight hours; or (a)
with a roof area of not more than 55 m2; or (b)
where more than 50% of the roof area is used as a terrace, carpark , roof garden, roof light or the like. (c)
Notes
The requirement in B1P1(2)(a) to consider, for a Class 7b building, an additional notional permanent roof load of not
less than 0.15 kPa to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels does not take effect until 1 October 2023.
B1P2 Structural resistance
[2019: BP1.2]
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined using five percentile characteristic
material properties with appropriate allowance for—
known construction activities; and (a)
type of material; and (b)
characteristics of the site; and (c)
the degree of accuracy inherent in the methods used to assess the structural behaviour; and (d)
action ef
fects arising from the differential settlement of foundations, and from restrained dimensional changes (e)
due to temperature, moisture, shrinkage, creep and similar ef
fects.B1P1
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 88 B1P3 Glass installations at risk of human impact
[2019: BP1.3]
Glass installations that are at risk of being subjected to human impact must have glazing that—
if broken on impact, will break in a way that is not likely to cause injury to people; and (a)
resists a reasonably foreseeable human impact without breaking; and (b)
is protected or marked in a way that will reduce the likelihood of human impact. (c)
QLD B1P4
SA B1P4
B1P4 Buildings in flood areas
[2019: BP1.4]
(1) A building in a flood hazard area , must be designed and constructed, to the degree necessary, to resist flotation,
collapse or significant permanent movement resulting from the action of hydrostatic, hydrodynamic, erosion and
scour, wind and other actions during the defined flood event .
(2) The actions and requirements to be considered to satisfy (1) include but are not limited to—
flood actions; and (a)
elevation requirements; and (b)
foundation and footing requirements; and (c)
requirements for enclosures below the flood hazard level ; and (d)
requirements for structural connections; and (e)
material requirements; and (f)
requirements for utilities; and (g)
requirements for occupant egress. (h)
Applications
B1P4 only applies to—
a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9c building. (c)
B1V1 Structural reliability
[2019: BV1]
(1) This Verification Method is applicable to components with a resistance coefficient of variation of at least 10% and not
more than 40%.
(2) Where a component has a calculated resistance coefficient of variation of less than 10%, then a minimum value of
10% must be used.
(3) Compliance with B1P1 and B1P2 is verified for the design of a structural component for strength where—
the capacity reduction factor satisfies , where are capacity reduction (a)
factors for all relevant actions and must contain at least permanent (G), imposed (Q) and wind (W) actions; and
the capacity reduction factors are calculated for target reliability indices for permanent action , (b)Verification Methods
Average GQW GQW
GQW TGB1P3
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 89for imposed action , for wind action ,… in accordance with the equation:
, where—
; and (i)
, where— (ii)
= ratio of mean resistance to nominal; and (A)
= ratio of mean action to nominal; and (B)
= correction factor for action; and (C)
= correction factor for resistance; and (D)
= coefficient of variation of the appropriate action as given in Table B1V1a ; and (E)
= coefficient of variation of the resistance; and (F)
= appropriate load factor for the action as given in AS/NZS 1170.0; and (G)
= capacity factor for the appropriate action; and (H)
the annual target reliability indices are established as follows: (c)
For situations where it is appropriate to compare an equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product, a resistance (i)
model must be established for the equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product and must be
calculated for the equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product in accordance with the equation given at (b).
The target reliability indices thus established, must be not less than those given in Table (ii)
B1V1b minus 0.5.
For situations where it is not appropriate to compare with an equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product, the (iii)
target reliability index must be as given in Table B1V1b .
(4) The resistance model for the component must be established by taking into account variability due to material
properties, fabrication and construction processes and structural modelling.
Table B1V1a: Annual action models TQ TWln
R
SCS
CRlnCRCS
R
S
S
SN
R
RN
CR1VR2
CS1VS2
R
RN
S
SN
CS
CR
VS
VR
TGTQTW
TGTQTW
TGTQTW
Design action Ratio of mean action to
nominalCoefficient of variation of
the action
Permanent action G135 GGN100 VG010
Imposed action Q150 QQN050 VQ043
Wind action (non-cyclonic)W100 WWN033 VW049
Wind action (cyclonic)W100 WWN016 VW071
Snow action S100 SSN029 VS057B1V1
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 90
Table B1V1b: Annual target reliability indices
Table Notes
Table B1V1b is applicable for components that exhibit brittle failure similar to concrete as specified in AS 3600. (1)
For components with creep characteristics similar to timber as specified in AS 1720.1, the target reliability index (2)
for permanent action must be increased to 5.0.
The above target reliability indices are based on materials or systems that exhibit creep or brittle failure similar to (3)
timber or concrete.
Table B1V1b may also be applicable to materials or systems that exhibit creep or brittle failure differently to steel, (4)
timber or concrete provided the creep or brittle nature of the material or system are properly accounted for in the
design model.
The above target reliability indices are also applicable for materials or systems that exhibit ductile failure (5)
characteristics.
B1V2 Structural robustness
[2019: BV2]
(1) Compliance with B1P1(1)(c) is verified for structural robustness if (2) and (3) are complied with.
(2) The structure is assessed such that the building remains stable and the resulting collapse does not extend further
than the immediately adjacent storeys upon the notional removal in isolation of—
any supporting column; or (a)
any beam supporting one or more columns; or (b)
any segment of a load bearing wall of length equal to the height of the wall. (c)
(3) It is demonstrated that if a supporting structural component is relied upon to carry more than 25% of the total structure,
a systematic risk assessment of the building is undertaken and critical high risk components are identified and
designed to cope with the identified hazard or protective measures chosen to minimise the risk.
B1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: B1.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements B1P1 to B1P4 are satisfied by
complying with B1D2 to B1D6 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable. Design action Ratio of mean action to
nominalCoefficient of variation of
the action
Earthquake action E100 EEN005 VE198
Type of action Target reliability index β
Permanent action 4.3
Imposed action 4.0
Wind, snow and earthquake action 3.7
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsB1V1
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 91 B1D2 Resistance to actions
[2019: B1.1]
The resistance of a building or structure must be greater than the most critical action effect resulting from different
combinations of actions, where—
the most critical action effect on a building or structure is determined in accordance with B1D3 and the general (a)
design procedures contained in AS/NZS 1170.0; and
the resistance of a building or structure is determined in accordance with B1D4 . (b)
WA B1D3
B1D3 Determination of individual actions
[2019: B1.2]
The magnitude of individual actions must be determined in accordance with the following:
Permanent actions: (a)
the design or known dimensions of the building or structure; and (i)
the unit weight of the construction; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.1; and (iii)
for a Class 7b building, a notional additional permanent roof load of not less than 0.15 kPa to support the (iv)
addition of solar photovoltaic panels.
Imposed actions: (b)
the known loads that will be imposed during the occupation or use of the building or structure; and (i)
construction activity actions ; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.1. (iii)
Wind, snow and ice and earthquake actions: (c)
the applicable annual probability of design event for safety, determined by— (i)
assigning the building or structure an Importance Level in accordance with Table B1D3a ; and (A)
determining the corresponding annual probability of exceedance in accordance with Table B1D3b ; and (B)
AS/NZS 1170.2; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.3 as appropriate; and (iii)
AS 1170.4 as appropriate; and (iv)
in cyclonic areas, metal roof cladding, its connections and immediate supporting members must comply (v)
with Specification 4 ; and
for the purposes of (v), cyclonic areas are those determined as being located in wind regions C and D in (vi)
accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2.
Actions not covered in (a), (b) and (c) above: (d)
the nature of the action; and (i)
the nature of the building or structure; and (ii)
the Importance Level of the building or structure determined in accordance with Table B1D3a ; and (iii)
AS/NZS 1170.1. (iv)
For the purposes of (d) the actions include but are not limited to— (e)
liquid pressure action; and (i)
ground water action; and (ii)
rainwater action (including ponding action); and (iii)
earth pressure action; and (iv)B1D2
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 92differential movement; and (v)
time dependent effects (including creep and shrinkage); and (vi)
thermal effects; and (vii)
ground movement caused by— (viii)
swelling, shrinkage or freezing of the subsoil; and (A)
landslip or subsidence; and (B)
siteworks associated with the building or structure; and (C)
construction activity actions . (ix)
Table B1D3a: Importance Levels of buildings and structures
Table B1D3b: Design events for safety
Notes
B1D3(a)(iv) does not take effect until 1 October 2023.
Exemptions
B1D3(a)(iv) does not apply to a Class 7b building—
where 100% of the roof area is shaded for more than 70% of daylight hours; or (a)
with a roof area of not more than 55m2; or (b)
where more than 50% of the roof area is used as a terrace, carpark , roof garden, roof light or the like. (c)
NT B1D4
QLD B1D4
WA B1D4
B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
[2019: B1.4]
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as
appropriate: Importance level Building Types
1 Buildings or structures presenting a low degree of hazard to life and other property in the
case of failure.
2 Buildings or structures not included in Importance Level 1, 3 and 4.
3 Buildings or structures that are designed to contain a large number of people.
4 Buildings or structures that are essential to post-disaster recovery or associated with
hazardous facilities.
Importance level Annual probability of
exceedance for non-
cyclonic windAnnual probability of
exceedance for
cyclonic windAnnual probability of
exceedance for snowAnnual probability of
exceedance for
earthquake
1 1:100 1:200 1:100 1:250
2 1:500 1:500 1:150 1:500
3 1:1000 1:1000 1:200 1:1000
4 1:2000 1:2000 1:250 1:1500B1D3
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 93Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700, except— (a)
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and (i)
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with
Section 7
, the member (ii)must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS
3700.
Concrete: (b)
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600. (i)
Autoclaved aerated concrete: AS 5146.1 and AS 5146.3. (ii)
Post-installed and cast-in fastenings: AS 5216. (iii)
Steel construction: (c)
Steel structures: AS 4100. (i)
Cold-formed steel structures: AS/NZS 4600. (ii)
Residential and low-rise steel framing: NASH Standard – Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing Part 1 (iii)
or Part 2.
Composite steel and concrete: AS/NZS 2327. (d)
Aluminium construction: AS/NZS 1664.1 or AS/NZS 1664.2. (e)
Timber construction: (f)
Design of timber structures: AS 1720.1. (i)
Timber structures: AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4. (ii)
Nailplated timber roof trusses: AS 1720.5. (iii)
Piling: AS 2159. (g)
Glazed assemblies: (h)
The following glazed assemblies in an external wall must comply with AS 2047: (i)
Windows excluding those listed in (ii). (A)
Sliding and swinging glazed doors with a frame, including french and bi-fold doors with a frame. (B)
Adjustable louvres. (C)
Shopfronts. (D)
Window walls with one piece framing. (E)
All glazed assemblies not covered by (i) and the following glazed assemblies must comply with AS 1288: (ii)
All glazed assemblies not in an external wall . (A)
Revolving doors. (B)
Fixed louvres. (C)
Skylights, roof lights and windows in other than the vertical plane. (D)
Sliding and swinging doors without a frame. (E)
Windows constructed on site and architectural one-off windows, which are not design tested in (F)
accordance with AS 2047.
Second-hand windows, re-used windows and recycled windows. (G)
Heritage windows. (H)
Glazing used in balustrades and sloping overhead glazing. (I)
Termite Risk Management: Where a primary building element is subject to attack by subterranean termites: AS (i)
3660.1, and—
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any (i)
of the following materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals. (A)
Concrete. (B)B1D4
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 94Masonry. (C)
Fibre-reinforced cement. (D)
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1. (E)
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1; and (F)
a durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or (ii)
the like, indicating—
the termite management system used; and (A)
the date of installation of the system; and (B)
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register (C)
label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections (D)
for termite activity.
Roof construction (except in cyclonic areas): (j)
Terracotta, fibre-cement and timber slates and shingles: AS 4597. (i)
Roof tiling: AS 2050. (ii)
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS (iii)
1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (c)(vii) for plastic sheeting.
Metal roofing: AS 1562.1. (iv)
Particleboard structural flooring: AS 1860.2. (k)
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings (l)
determined as being located in wind region C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2: AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must— (m)
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the (i)
pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft , other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and (A)
low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lifts ; and (B)
small-sized, low-speed automatic lifts ; and (C)
in atrium and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height— (ii)
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any (A)
vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not (B)
less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
be of non-brittle material; and (iii)
where glazing is used— (iv)
comply with Table B1D4 ; or (A)
not fail the deflection criteria required by S6C11(c)(iii) . (B)
Table B1D4: Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Application Lift shaft vision panels more than 65
000 mm2, door panels, and lift shaftsLift shaft vision panels less than or
equal to 65 000 mm2
Laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/ laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security
polyester film coating10 mm 6 mm
Safety wire glass Not applicable Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet 13 mm 6 mmB1D4
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 95 B1D5 Structural software
[2019: B1.5]
(1) Structural software used in computer aided design of a building or structure, that uses design criteria based on the
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the BCA, including its referenced documents, for the design of steel or timber trussed
roof and floor systems and framed building systems, must comply with the ABCB Protocol for Structural Software.
(2) Structural software referred to in (1) can only be used for buildings within the following geometric limits:
The distance from ground level to the underside of eaves must not exceed 6 m. (a)
The distance from ground level to the highest point of the roof, neglecting chimneys, must not exceed 8.5 m. (b)
The building width including roofed verandahs, excluding eaves, must not exceed 16 m. (c)
The building length must not exceed five times the building width. (d)
The roof pitch must not exceed 35 degrees. (e)
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to design software for individual frame members such as electronic tables similar
to those provided in—
AS 1684; or (a)
NASH Standard Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing Part 2. (b)
QLD B1D6
SA B1D6
VIC B1D6
B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
[2019: B1.6]
(1) A building in a flood hazard area must comply with the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings in Flood Hazard
Areas.
(2) The requirements of (1) only apply to a Class 2 or 3 building, Class 9a health-care building , Class 9c building or a
Class 4 part of a building.B1D5
(1 May 2023)
Structure
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 96 S4C1 Scope
[2019: Spec B1.2: 1]
(1) This specification contains requirements for the design of buildings in cyclonic areas in addition to the requirements
of AS/NZS
1170.2.
WA S4C1(2)
(2) For the purposes of Specification 4 , cyclonic areas are those determined as being located in wind regions C and D
in accordance with
AS/NZS 1170.2.
S4C2 Roof cladding
[2019: Spec B1.2: 2]
Test for strength: Metal roof cladding, its connections and immediate supporting members must be capable of remaining
in position notwithstanding any permanent distortion, fracture or damage that might occur in the sheet or fastenings under
the pressure sequences A to G defined in Table S4C2 .
Table S4C2: Low-high-lo w pr essure sequence
T
able Notes
Pt is the ultimate limit state wind pressure on internal and external surfaces as determined in accordance with(1)
AS/NZS 1
170.2, modified by an appropriate factor for variability, as determined in accordance with Table B1 of
AS/NZS 1
170.0.
The rate of load cycling must be less than 3 Hz.(2)
The single load cycle (sequence D) must be held for a minimum of 10 seconds.(3)
NT S4C3Specification 4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
Sequence Number of cycles Load
A 4500 0 to 0.45 Pt
B 600 0 to 0.6 Pt
C 80 0 to 0.8 Pt
D 1 0 to 1.0 Pt
E 80 0 to 0.8 Pt
F 600 0 to 0.6 Pt
G 4500 0 to 0.45 Pt
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 97
Section C Fire resistance
Part C1 Fire resistance
Objectives
C1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
C1F1 Structural stability during a fire
C1F2 Prevention of fire spread
Performance Requirements
C1P1 Structural stability during a fire
C1P2 Spread of fire
C1P3 Spread of fire and smoke in health and residential care buildings
C1P4 Safe conditions for evacuation
C1P5 Behaviour of concrete external walls in a fire
C1P6 Fire protection of service equipment
C1P7 Fire protection of emergency equipment
C1P8 Fire protection of openings and penetrations
C1P9 Fire brigade access
Verification Methods
C1V1 Fire spread between buildings on adjoining allotments
C1V2 Fire spread between buildings on the same allotment
C1V3 Fire spread via external walls
C1V4 Fire Safety Verification Method
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
C2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
C2D2 Type of construction required
C2D3 Calculation of rise in storeys
C2D4 Buildings of multiple classification
C2D5 Mixed types of construction
C2D6 Two storey Class 2, 3 or 9c buildings
C2D7 Class 4 parts of buildings
C2D8 Open spectator stands and indoor sports stadiums
C2D9 Lightweight construction
C2D10 Non-combustible building elements
C2D11 Fire hazard properties
C2D12 Performance of external walls in fire
C2D13 Fire-protected timber : Concession
C2D14 Ancillary elements
C2D15 Fixing of bonded laminated cladding panels
Part C3 Compartmentation and separation
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
C3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
C3D2 Application of Part
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 98C3D3 General floor area and volume limitations
C3D4 Large isolated buildings
C3D5 Requirements for open spaces and vehicular access
C3D6 Class 9 buildings
C3D7 Vertical separation of openings in external walls
C3D8 Separation by fire walls
C3D9 Separation of classifications in the same storey
C3D10 Separation of classifications in different storeys
C3D11 Separation of lift shafts
C3D12 Stairways and lifts in one shaft
C3D13 Separation of equipment
C3D14 Electricity supply system
C3D15 Public corridors in Class 2 and 3 buildings
Part C4 Protection of openings
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
C4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
C4D2 Application of Part
C4D3 Protection of openings in external walls
C4D4 Separation of external walls and associated openings in different
fire compartments
C4D5 Acceptable methods of protection
C4D6 Doorways in fire walls
C4D7 Sliding fire doors
C4D8 Protection of doorways in horizontal exits
C4D9 Openings in fire -isolated exits
C4D10 Service penetrations in fire -isolated exits
C4D11 Openings in fire -isolated lift shafts
C4D12 Bounding construction: Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts
C4D13 Openings in floors and ceilings for services
C4D14 Openings in shafts
C4D15 Openings for service installations
C4D16 Construction joints
C4D17 Columns protected with lightweight construction to achieve an
FRL
Specification 5 Fire-resisting construction
S5C1 Scope
S5C2 Exposure to fire-source features
S5C3 Fire protection for a support of another part
S5C4 Lintels
S5C5 Method of attachment not to reduce the fire-resistance of build-
ing elements
S5C6 General concessions
S5C7 Mezzanine floors : Concession
S5C8 Enclosure of shafts
S5C9 Carparks in Class 2 and 3 buildings
S5C10 Residential care building : Concession
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 99S5C11 Type A fire -resisting construction — fire -resistance of building el -
ements
S5C12 Type A fire -resisting construction — concessions for floors
S5C13 Type A fire -resisting construction — floor loading of Class 5 and
9b buildings: Concession
S5C14 Type A fire -resisting construction — roof superimposed on con -
crete slab : Concession
S5C15 Type A fire -resisting construction — roof: Concession
S5C16 Type A fire -resisting construction — roof lights
S5C17 Type A fire -resisting construction — internal columns and walls :
Concession
S5C18 Type A fire -resisting construction — open spectator stands and
indoor sports stadiums : Concession
S5C19 Type A fire -resisting construction — carparks
S5C20 Type A fire -resisting construction — Class 2 and 3 buildings :
Concession
S5C21 Type B fire -resisting construction — fire -resistance of building el -
ements
S5C22 Type B fire -resisting construction — carparks
S5C23 Type B fire -resisting construction — Class 2 and 3 buildings :
Concession
S5C24 Type C fire -resisting construction — fire -resistance of building el -
ements
S5C25 Type C fire -resisting construction — carparks
Specification 6 Structural tests for lightweight construction
S6C1 Scope
S6C2 Application
S6C3 Walls of certain Class 9b buildings
S6C4 Walls of shafts and fire -isolated exits generally
S6C5 Additional requirements for lift shafts
S6C6 Walls generally
S6C7 General requirements for testing
S6C8 Testing in -situ
S6C9 Testing of specimens
S6C10 Test methods
S6C11 Criteria for compliance
Specification 7 Fire hazard properties
S7C1 Scope
S7C2 Application
S7C3 Floor linings and floor coverings
S7C4 Wall and ceiling linings
S7C5 Air-handling ductwork
S7C6 Lift cars
S7C7 Other materials
Specification 8 Performance of external walls in fire
S8C1 Scope
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 100S8C2 Application
S8C3 General requirements for external wall panels
S8C4 Additional requirements for vertically spanning external wall pan -
els adjacent to columns
Specification 9 Cavity barriers for fire-protected timber
S9C1 Scope
S9C2 Requirements
Specification 10 Fire-protected timber
S10C1 Scope
S10C2 General requirements
S10C3 Massive timber
S10C4 Form of test
S10C5 Smaller specimen permitted
S10C6 Acceptance criteria
Specification 11 Smoke-proof walls in health-care and residential care buildings
S11C1 Scope
S11C2 Class 9a health-care buildings
S11C3 Class 9c buildings
S11C4 Doorways in smoke -proof walls
Specification 12 Fire doors, smoke doors, fire windows and shutters
S12C1 Scope
S12C2 Fire doors
S12C3 General requirements for smoke doors
S12C4 Construction Deemed -to-Satisfy for smoke doors
S12C5 Fire shutters
S12C6 Fire windows
Specification 13 Penetration of walls, floors and ceilings by services
S13C1 Scope
S13C2 Application
S13C3 Metal pipe systems
S13C4 Pipes penetrating sanitary compartments
S13C5 Wires and cables
S13C6 Electrical switches and outlets
S13C7 Fire-stopping
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 101
Introduction to this Part
This Part focuses on minimising risk of illness, injury or loss of life due to fire in a building including during evacuation,
reducing fire spread within and between buildings and minimising risk to the public and occupants of nearby buildings
when a fire occurs.
C1O1 Objective
[2019: CO1]
The Objective of Parts C1 , C2, C3 and C4 is to—
safeguard people from illness or injury due to a fire in a building; and (a)
safeguard occupants from illness or injury while evacuating a building during a fire; and (b)
facilitate the activities of emergency services personnel; and (c)
avoid the spread of fire between buildings; and (d)
protect other property from physical damage caused by structural failure of a building as a result of fire (e)
C1F1 Structural stability during a fire
[2019: CF1]
A building is to be constructed to maintain structural stability during fire to—
allow occupants time to evacuate safely; and (a)
allow for fire brigade intervention; and (b)
avoid damage to other property . (c)
C1F2 Prevention of fire spread
[2019: CF2]
A building is to be provided with safeguards to prevent fire spread—
so that occupants have time to evacuate safely without being overcome by the effects of fire; and (a)
to allow for fire brigade intervention; and (b)
to sole-occupancy units providing sleeping accommodation; and (c)
to adjoining fire compartments ; and (d)
between buildings. (e)
Applications
C1F2(c) only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Part C1 Fire resistance
Objectives
Functional Statements
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 102
C1P1 Structural stability during a fire
[2019: CP1]
A building must have elements which will, to the degree necessary, maintain structural stability during a fire appropriate
to—
the function or use of the building; and (a)
the fire load ; and (b)
the potential fire intensity ; and (c)
the fire hazard ; and (d)
the height of the building; and (e)
its proximity to other property ; and (f)
any active fire safety systems installed in the building; and (g)
the size of any fire compartment ; and (h)
fire brigade intervention; and (i)
other elements they support; and (j)
the evacuation time . (k)
C1P2 Spread of fire
[2019: CP2]
(1) A building must have elements which will, to the degree necessary, avoid the spread of fire—
to exits; and (a)
to sole-occupancy units and public corridors ; and (b)
between buildings; and (c)
in a building. (d)
(2) Avoidance of the spread of fire referred to in (1) must be appropriate to—
the function or use of the building; and (a)
the fire load ; and (b)
the potential fire intensity ; and (c)
the fire hazard ; and (d)
the number of storeys in the building; and (e)
its proximity to other property ; and (f)
any active fire safety systems installed in the building; and (g)
the size of any fire compartment ; and (h)
fire brigade intervention; and (i)
other elements they support; and (j)
the evacuation time . (k)
Applications
C1P2(1)(b) only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Performance RequirementsC1F2
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 103 C1P3 Spread of fire and smoke in health and residential care buildings
[2019: CP3]
A building must be protected from the spread of fire and smoke to allow sufficient time for the orderly evacuation of the
building in an emergency.
Applications
C1P3 only applies to—
a patient care area of a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9c building. (b)
C1P4 Safe conditions for evacuation
[2019: CP4]
To maintain tenable conditions during occupant evacuation, a material and an assembly must, to the degree necessary,
resist the spread of fire and limit the generation of smoke and heat, and any toxic gases likely to be produced, appropriate
to—
the evacuation time ; and (a)
the number, mobility and other characteristics of occupants; and (b)
the function or use of the building; and (c)
any active fire safety systems installed in the building. (d)
Applications
C1P4 applies to linings, materials and assemblies in a Class 2 to 9 building.
C1P5 Behaviour of concrete external walls in a fire
[2019: CP5]
A concrete external wall that could collapse as a complete panel (e.g. tilt-up and pre-cast concrete) must be designed so
that in the event of fire within the building the likelihood of outward collapse is avoided.
Limitations
C1P5 does not apply to a building having more than two storeys above ground level.
C1P6 Fire protection of service equipment
[2019: CP6]
A building must have elements, which will, to the degree necessary, avoid the spread of fire from service equipment
having—
a high fire hazard ; or (a)
a potential for explosion resulting from a high fire hazard . (b)
C1P7 Fire protection of emergency equipment
[2019: CP7]
A building must have elements, which will, to the degree necessary, avoid the spread of fire so that emergency equipment
provided in a building will continue to operate for a period of time necessary to ensure that the intended function of the C1P3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 104equipment is maintained during a fire.
C1P8 Fire protection of openings and penetrations
[2019: CP8]
Any building element provided to resist the spread of fire must be protected, to the degree necessary, so that an adequate
level of performance is maintained—
where openings, construction joints and the like occur; and (a)
where penetrations occur for building services. (b)
C1P9 Fire brigade access
[2019: CP9]
Access must be provided to and around a building, to the degree necessary, for fire brigade vehicles and personnel to
facilitate fire brigade intervention appropriate to—
the function or use of the building; and (a)
the fire load ; and (b)
the potential fire intensity ; and (c)
the fire hazard ; and (d)
any active fire safety systems installed in the building; and (e)
the size of any fire compartment . (f)
C1V1 Fire spread between buildings on adjoining allotments
[2019: CV1]
Compliance with C1P2(1)(c) to avoid the spread of fire between buildings on adjoining allotments is verified when it is
calculated that—
a building will not cause heat flux in excess of those set out in Column 2 of Table C1V1 at the location on an (a)
adjoining property set out in Column 1 of Table C1V1 ; and
when located at the distances from the allotment boundary set out in Column 1 of Table C1V1 , a building is (b)
capable of withstanding the heat flux set out in Column 2 of Table C1V1 without ignition.
Table C1V1 : Fire spread between buildings on adjoining allotments
C1V2 Fire spread between buildings on the same allotment
[2019: CV2]
Compliance with C1P2(1)(c) to avoid the spread of fire between buildings on the same allotment is verified when, for the
distances between buildings set out in Column 1 of Table C1V2 , it is calculated that a building—
is capable of withstanding the heat flux set out in Column 2 of Table C1V2 without ignition; and (a)Verification Methods
Column 1 (Location) Column 2 (Heat flux (kW/m2))
On boundary 80
1 m from boundary 40
3 m from boundary 20
6 m from boundary 10C1P7
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 105will not cause heat flux in excess of those set out in Column 2 of Table C1V2 . (b)
T
able C1V2 : Fire spread between buildings on the same allotment
C1V3 Fire spread via external walls
[2019: CV3]
Compliance with C1P2 to avoid the spread of fire via the external wall of a building is verified when—
compliance with C1P2(1)(c) to avoid the spread of fire between buildings, where applicable, is verified in (a)
accordance with C1V1 or C1V2 , as appropriate; and
the external wall system— (b)
has been tested for external wall (EW) performance in accordance with
AS 5113; and (i)
has achieved the classification EW
; and (ii)
if containing a cavity
, incorporates cavity barriers and these cavity barriers have been included in the test (iii)
performed under (i) at the perimeter of each floor; and
in a building of
Type A construction, the building is protected throughout by a sprinkler system (other than a (c)
FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and has—
sprinkler protection to balconies, patios and terraces, and where overhead sprinkler coverage is not (i)
achieved alongside the external wall , sidewall sprinkler heads are provided at the external wall for the extent
of the balcony
, patio or terrace where overhead sprinkler coverage is not achieved; and
for a building with an effective height more than 25 m— (ii)
monitored stop valves provided at each floor level arranged to allow the isolation of the floor level (A)
containing the stop valve while maintaining protection to the remainder of the building; and
the sprinkler system being capable of providing suf
ficient flow to serve the design area required by AS (B)
21
18.1 for the relevant hazard class on each floor level plus the design area required by AS 2118.1 for
the floor level above, except where the former level is either the floor level below the uppermost roof,
or any floor level that is wholly below ground; and
in a building of
Type B construction, the building is— (d)
a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building or Class 4 part of a building; or (i)
a Class 2, 3 or 9 building that— (ii)
is protected throughout by a sprinkler system (other than a FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) (A)
complying with Specification 17 ; or
has any openings in external walls separated by a slab or other horizontal construction complying with (B)
C3D7(1)(d) as if the building were of Type A construction.
C1V4 Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: CV4, Sch. 7 - cl. 1.3]
(1) Compliance with C1P1 , C1P2 , C1P3 , C1P4 , C1P5 , C1P6 , C1P7 , C1P8 and C1P9 is verified when a building is
designed in accordance with—
the requirements of (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6); and (a)
the Fire Safety V
erification Method Standard. (b)Column 1 (Distance between buildings on the same
allotment (m))Column 2 (Heat flux (kW/m2))
0 80
2 40
6 20
12 10C1V2
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 106(2) Performance-based design brief (PBDB) :
When using this Verification Method , the fire safety engineer must undertake a performance-based design brief (a)
(PBDB) that must—
involve all stakeholders relevant to the building design; and (i)
outline the fire strategy to be adopted. (ii)
While full agreement on all aspects of the PBDB is the preferred outcome, it is acknowledged that in some (b)
instances this may not be possible to obtain.
In the event that full agreement cannot be achieved through the PBDB , dissenting views must be appropriately (c)
recorded and carried throughout the process and considered as part of the due processes of the appropriate
authority when determining compliance and providing approval.
Consideration of whether a peer review (by an independent fire safety engineer) of some or all of the proposed (d)
Performance Solutions and the supporting analysis is required or not, must be undertaken at this PBDB stage.
(3) Fire strategy:
The PBDB must cover the fire safety strategy for the building, outlining the philosophy and approach that will be (a)
adopted to achieve the required level of performance.
The fire safety strategy must pay particular attention to the evacuation strategy to be used and the management (b)
regimes necessary.
(4) Stakeholder involvement:
The PBDB must be developed collaboratively by the relevant stakeholders in the particular project. (a)
The following parties must be involved: (b)
Client or client’s representative (such as project manager). (i)
Fire engineer. (ii)
Architect or designer. (iii)
Various specialist consultants. (iv)
Fire service (public or private). (v)
Appropriate authority (Authority Having Jurisdiction – subject to state/territory legislation). (vi)
Tenants or tenants representative for the proposed building (if available) (vii)
Building operations management (if available). (viii)
Conducting a simple stakeholder analysis can be used to determine who must be involved in the PBDB process. (c)
This analysis must identify stakeholders with a high level of interest in the design process, and/or likely to be (d)
affected by the consequences of a fire should it occur in the building.
(5) Required level of safety:
Given the absence of specific safety targets in the NCC and the qualitative nature of the NCC fire safety (a)
Performance Requirements , for this Verification Method to ensure the level of safety expected, the proposed
building design must be at least equivalent to the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
As the NCC Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions evolved originally from State and Territory regulations and are (b)
regularly updated to reflect technical advances and experience they are commonly accepted as providing an
acceptable benchmark.
It is accepted that the NCC Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions reflect societal expectations in terms of fire safety, (c)
which address individual risk, societal risk and the robustness in the design by adopting a defence in depth
approach.
In the majority of design scenarios the Verification Method requires a demonstration that the proposed level of (d)
safety is at least equivalent to the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
In relation to the required level of safety, the PBDB process must— (e)
identify the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions to be used in the equivalency process to determine (i)
whether the relevant Performance Requirements have been met; and
consider the specific size, complexity and use of the building with regards to the Deemed-to-Satisfy (ii)
Provisions to be used in the equivalency process; and C1V4
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 107consider the specific occupant profile of the building, paying particular attention to occupants with a disability (iii)
and the vulnerable, in regards to the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions to be used in the equivalency process.
(6) Final report: Once the analysis of all relevant design scenarios for all the required Performance Solutions has been
completed, the fire safety engineer must prepare a final report that includes the following:
The agreed PBDB . (a)
All modelling and analysis. (b)
Analysis required to demonstrate that the proposed building provides a level of safety at least equivalent to the (c)
relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Any other information required to clearly demonstrate that the building and its fire safety system satisfies the (d)
relevant Performance Requirements as set out in the Fire Safety Verification Method Standard.
Explanatory Information
When developing a Performance Solution , a PBDB is an important step in the process. It allows all relevant stakeholders
to be involved in the development of the building design and its fire safety system .
A PBDB is a documented process that defines the scope of work for the fire engineering analysis. Its purpose is to set
down the basis, as agreed by the relevant stakeholders, on which the fire safety analysis of the proposed building and
its Performance Solutions will be undertaken.
Relevant stakeholders will vary from design to design. However, some examples of relevant stakeholders are: a fire
safety engineer, architect, developer, client, appropriate authority (some state legislation prevents appropriate authorities
from being involved in the design process), fire authority and other stakeholders that fire safety design may affect such
as insurers. Further information on the relevant stakeholders is provided in the Fire Safety Verification Method Standard.
Guidance on the development of a PBDB is presented in the Australian Fire Engineering Guidelines. C1V4
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 108
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part C1 . Its sets out Types of fire-resisting construction based on
building height, size, use and other relevant factors, FRLs and fire hazard properties , which describe how certain materials
react to fire. It also contains construction requirements to facilitate fire brigade intervention.
C2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: C1.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements C1P1 to C1P9 are satisfied by
complying with—
C2D2 to C2D15 , C3D2 to C3D15 and C4D2 to C4D17 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (c)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (d)
for farm sheds , Part I3 . (e)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
C2D2 Type of construction required
[2019: C1.1]
SA C2D2(1)
(1) The minimum Type of fire-resisting construction of a building must be determined in accordance with Table C2D2 ,
except as allowed for—
certain Class 2, 3 or 9c buildings, in C2D6 ; and (a)
a Class 4 part of a building located on the top storey , in C2D4(2) ; and (b)
open spectator stands and indoor sports stadiums, in C2D8 . (c)
(2) Each building element must comply with Specification 5 as applicable.
SA C2D2(3)
SA C2D2(4)
Table C2D2: Type of construction required
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
Rise in storeys Class of building 2, 3, 9 Class of building 5, 6, 7, 8
4 or more A A
3 A B
2 B C
1 C C
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 109 C2D3 Calculation of rise in storeys
[2019: C1.2]
(1) The rise in storeys is the sum of the greatest number of storeys at any part of the external walls of the building and
any storeys within the roof space—
above the finished ground next to that part; or (a)
if part of the external wall is on the boundary of the allotment, above the natural ground level at the relevant part (b)
of the boundary.
(2) A storey is not counted if—
it is situated at the top of the building and contains only heating, ventilating or lift equipment, water tanks, or (a)
similar service units or equipment; or
it is situated partly below the finished ground and the underside of the ceiling is not more than 1 m above the (b)
average finished level of the ground at the external wall , or if the external wall is more than 12 m long, the
average for the 12 m part where the ground is lowest.
(3) In a Class 7 or 8 building, a storey that has an average internal height of more than 6 m is counted as—
one storey if it is the only storey above the ground; or (a)
2 storeys in any other case. (b)
(4) For the purposes of calculating the rise in storeys of a building—
a mezzanine is regarded as a storey in that part of the building in which it is situated if its floor area is more than (a)
200 m2 or more than ⅓ of the floor area of the room, whichever is the lesser; and
two or more mezzanines are regarded as a storey in that part of the building in which they are situated if they (b)
are at or near the same level and have an aggregate floor area more than 200 m2 or more than ⅓ of the floor
area of the room, whichever is the lesser.
C2D4 Buildings of multiple classification
[2019: C1.3]
(1) In a building of multiple classifications, the Type of construction required for the building is the most fire-resisting Type
resulting from the application of Table C2D2 on the basis that the classification applying to the top storey applies to
all storeys .
(2) In a building containing a Class 4 part on the top storey , for the purpose of (1), the classification applying to the top
storey must be—
when the Class 4 part occupies the whole of the top storey , the classification applicable to the next highest (a)
storey ; or
when the Class 4 part occupies part of the top storey , the classification applicable to the adjacent part. (b)
C2D5 Mixed types of construction
[2019: C1.4]
A building may be of mixed Types of construction where it is separated in accordance with C3D8 and the Type of
construction is determined in accordance with C2D2 or C2D4 .
C2D6 Two storey Class 2, 3 or 9c buildings
[2019: C1.5]
A building having a rise in storeys of 2 may be of Type C construction if—
it is a Class 2 or 3 building or a mixture of these classes and each sole-occupancy unit has— (a)
access to at least 2 exits; or (i)
its own direct access to a road or open space ; or (ii)C2D3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 110it is a Class 9c building protected throughout with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H (b)
system) complying with Specification 17 and complies with the maximum compartment size specified in Table
C3D3 for Type C construction.
C2D7 Class 4 parts of buildings
[2019: C1.6]
For the Type of construction required by C2D4 , a Class 4 part of a building requires the same FRL for building elements
and the same construction separating the Class 4 part from the remainder of the building as a Class 2 part in the same
Type of construction.
C2D8 Open spectator stands and indoor sports stadiums
[2019: C1.7]
(1) An open spectator stand or indoor sports stadium may be of Type C construction and need not comply with the other
provisions of this Part if it contains not more than one tier of seating, is of non-combustible construction, and has only
changing rooms, sanitary facilities or the like below the tiered seating.
(2) In (1), one tier of seating means numerous rows of tiered seating incorporating cross-overs but within one viewing
level.
C2D9 Lightweight construction
[2019: C1.8]
(1) Lightweight construction must comply with Specification 6 if it is used in a wall system—
that is required to have an FRL; or (a)
for a lift shaft , stair shaft or service shaft or an external wall bounding a public corridor including a non fire- (b)
isolated passageway or non fire-isolated ramp , in a spectator stand, sports stadium, cinema or theatre, railway
station, bus station or airport terminal.
(2) If lightweight construction is used for the fire-resisting covering of a steel column or the like, and if—
the covering is not in continuous contact with the column, then the void must be filled solid, to a height of not (a)
less than 1.2 m above the floor to prevent indenting; and
the column is liable to be damaged from the movement of vehicles, materials or equipment, then the covering (b)
must be protected by steel or other suitable material.
C2D10 Non -combustible building element s
[2019: C1.9]
(1) In a building required to be of Type A or B construction, the following building elements and their components must
be non-combustible :
External walls and common walls , including all components incorporated in them including the facade covering, (a)
framing and insulation.
The flooring and floor framing of lift pits. (b)
Non- loadbearing internal walls where they are required to be fire-resisting . (c)
(2) A shaft , being a lift, ventilating, pipe, garbage, or similar shaft that is not for the discharge of hot products of
combustion, that is non- loadbearing , must be of non-combustible construction in—
a building required to be of Type A construction; and (a)
a building required to be of Type B construction, subject to C3D11 , in— (b)
a Class 2, 3 or 9 building; and (i)
a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building if the shaft connects more than 2 storeys . (ii)C2D6
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 111(3) A loadbearing internal wall and a loadbearing fire wall , including those that are part of a loadbearing shaft , must
comply with Specification 5 .
(4) The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply to the following:
Gaskets. (a)
Caulking. (b)
Sealants. (c)
Termite management systems. (d)
Glass, including laminated glass, and associated adhesives, including tapes. (e)
Thermal breaks associated with— (f)
glazing systems; or (i)
external wall systems, where the thermal breaks— (ii)
are no larger than necessary to achieve thermal objectives; and (A)
do not extend beyond one storey ; and (B)
do not extend beyond one fire compartment . (C)
Damp-proof courses . (g)
Compressible fillers and backing materials, including those associated with articulation joints, closing gaps not (h)
wider than 50 mm.
Isolated— (i)
construction packers and shims; or (i)
blocking for fixing fixtures; or (ii)
fixings, including fixing accessories; or (iii)
acoustic mounts. (iv)
Waterproofing materials applied to the external face, used below ground level and up to 250 mm above ground (j)
level. Joint trims and joint reinforcing tape and mesh of a width not greater than 50 mm. (k)
Weather sealing materials, applied to gaps not wider than 50 mm, used within and between concrete elements. (l)
Wall ties and other masonry components complying with AS 2699 Part 1 and Part 3 as appropriate, and (m)
associated with masonry wall construction.
Reinforcing bars and associated minor elements that are wholly or predominately encased in concrete or grout. (n)
A paint, lacquer or a similar finish or coating. (o)
Adhesives, including tapes, associated with stiffeners for cladding systems. (p)
Fire-protective materials and components
required for the protection of penetrations. (q)
(5) The following materials, when entirely composed of itself, are non-combustible and may be used wherever a non-
combustible material is required :
Concrete. (a)
Steel, including metallic coated steel. (b)
Masonry, including mortar. (c)
Aluminium, including aluminium alloy. (d)
Autoclaved aerated concrete, including mortar. (e)
Iron. (f)
Terracotta. (g)
Porcelain. (h)
Ceramic. (i)
Natural stone. (j)
Copper. (k)C2D10
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 112Zinc. (l)
Lead. (m)
Bronze. (n)
Brass. (o)
(6) The following materials may be used wherever a non-combustible material is required :
Plasterboard. (a)
Perforated gypsum lath with a normal paper finish. (b)
Fibrous-plaster sheet. (c)
Fibre-reinforced cement sheeting. (d)
Pre-finished metal sheeting having a combustible surface finish not exceeding 1 mm thickness and where the (e)
Spread-of-Flame Index of the product is not greater than 0.
Sarking-type materials that do not exceed 1 mm in thickness and have a Flammability Index not greater than 5. (f)
Bonded laminated materials where— (g)
each lamina, including any core, is non-combustible ; and (i)
each adhesive layer does not exceed 1 mm in thickness and the total thickness of the adhesive layers does (ii)
not exceed 2 mm; and
the Spread-of-Flame Index and the Smoke-Developed Index of the bonded laminated material as a whole (iii)
do not exceed 0 and 3 respectively; and
when located externally
, are fixed in accordance with C2D15 . (iv)
Explanatory Information
For C2D10(4)(i), isolated refers to localised situations where these elements are used. For example, construction
packers and shims used for levelling window frames at fixing points and blocking used to fix a handrail. Blocking an
entire wall is not considered to be used in an isolated situation. Isolated fixings and fixing accessories may include, but
are not limited to, screws, anchors, wall plugs, nails and washers.
Associated minor elements in C2D10(4)(n) refers to elements such as bar chairs, tie wire and spacers commonly used
to support reinforcement in concrete construction.
C2D10(4)(p) applies only to adhesives and tapes associated with stiffeners that may be installed to prevent buckling,
bowing or distortion of a cladding material. This provision does not allow for the use of adhesives and tapes as the
primary method of support or fixing the cladding material. Refer also to C2D15 .
C4D15 is a provision that necessitates the installation of fire-protective materials and components referred to in
C2D10(4)(q).
NSW C2D11
C2D11 Fire hazard properties
[2019: C1.10]
(1) The fire hazard properties of the following internal linings, materials and assemblies within a Class 2 to 9 building
must comply with Specification 7 :
Floor linings and floor coverings. (a)
W
all linings and ceiling linings. (b)
Air-handling ductwork. (c)
Lift cars. (d)
In Class 9b buildings used as a theatre, public hall or the like— (e)
fixed seating in the audience area or auditorium; and (i)
a proscenium curtain required by Specification 32 . (ii)
Escalators, moving walkways and non- required non fire-isolated stairways or pedestrian ramps subject to (f)C2D10
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 113Specification 14 .
Sarking-type materials . (g)
Attachments to floors, ceilings, internal walls , common walls , fire walls and to internal linings of external walls . (h)
Other materials including insulation materials other than sarking-type materials . (i)
(2) Paint or fire-retardant coatings must not be used to achieve compliance with the required fire hazard properties .
VIC C2D11(3)
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a material or assembly if it is—
plaster
, cement render, concrete, terrazzo, ceramic tile or the like; or (a)
a fire-protective covering ; or (b)
a timber-framed window ; or (c)
a solid timber handrail or skirting; or (d)
a timber-faced door; or (e)
an electrical switch, socket-outlet, cover plate or the like; or (f)
a material used for— (g)
a roof insulating material applied in continuous contact with a substrate; or (i)
an adhesive; or (ii)
a damp-proof course , flashing , caulking, sealing, ground moisture barrier, or the like; or (iii)
a paint, varnish, lacquer or similar finish, other than nitro-cellulose lacquer; or (h)
a clear or translucent roof light of glass fibre-reinforced polyester if— (i)
the roof in which it is installed forms part of a single storey building required to be Type C construction; and (i)
the material is used as part of the roof covering; and (ii)
it is not closer than 1.5 m from another roof light of the same type; and (iii)
each roof light is not more than 14 m2 in area; and (iv)
the area of the roof lights per 70 m2 of roof surface is not more than 14 m2; or (v)
a face plate or neck adaptor of supply and return air outlets of an air handling system; or (j)
a face plate or dif
fuser plate of light fitting and emergency exit signs and associated electrical wiring and electrical (k)
components; or
a joinery unit, cupboard, shelving, or the like; or (l)
an attached non-building fixture and fitting such as— (m)
a curtain, blind, or similar decor
, other than a proscenium curtain required by Specification 32 ; and (i)
a whiteboard, window treatment or the like; or (ii)
timber treads, risers, landings and associated supporting framework installed in accordance with D3D30 where (n)
the Spread-of-Flame Index and the Smoke-Developed Index of the timber does not exceed 9 and 8 respectively;
or
any other material that does not significantly increase the hazards of fire. (o)
C2D12 Performance of external walls in fire
[2019: C1.11]
Concrete external walls that could collapse as complete panels (e.g. tilt-up and pre-cast concrete), in a building having a
rise in storeys of not more than 2, must comply with Specification 8 . C2D11
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 114 C2D13 Fire -protected timber: Concession
[2019: C1.13]
Fire-protected timber may be used wherever an element is required to be non-combustible , provided—
the building is— (a)
a separate building; or (i)
a part of a building— (ii)
which only occupies part of a storey , and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall ; or (A)
which is located above or below a part not containing fire-protected timber and the floor between the (B)
adjoining parts is provided with an FRL
not less than that prescribed for a fire wall for the lower storey ;
and
the building has an effective height of not more than 25 m; and (b)
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) throughout complying with (c)
Specification 17 ; and
any insulation installed in the cavity of the timber building element to have an FRL
is non-combustible ; and (d)
cavity barriers are provided in accordance with Specification 9 . (e)
C2D14 Ancillary elements
[2019: C1.14]
An ancillary element must not be fixed, installed, attached to or supported by the concealed internal parts or external face
of an external wall that is required to be non-combustible unless it is one of the following:
An ancillary element that is non-combustible . (a)
A
gutter, downpipe or other plumbing fixture or fitting. (b)
A
flashing. (c)
A
grate, grille or similar cover not more than 2 m2 in area associated with a building service. (d)
An electrical switch, socket-outlet, cover plate or the like. (e)
A
light fitting. (f)
A required sign. (g)
A
sign other than one provided under (a) or (g) that— (h)
achieves a group number of 1 or 2; and (i)
does not extend beyond one storey ; and (ii)
does not extend beyond one fire compartment ; and (iii)
is separated vertically from other signs permitted under (h) by at least 2 storeys . (iv)
An awning, sunshade, canopy
, blind or shading hood other than one provided under (a) that— (i)
meets the relevant requirements of Table S7C7 as for an internal element; and (i)
serves a storey — (ii)
at ground level; or (A)
immediately above a storey at ground level; and (B)
does not serve an exit, where it would render the exit unusable in a fire. (iii)
A
part of a security, intercom or announcement system. (j)
Wiring. (k)
W
aterproofing material installed in accordance with AS 4654.2 and applied to an adjacent floor surface, including (l)
vertical upturn, or a roof surface.
Collars, sleeves and insulation associated with service installations. (m)
Screens applied to vents, weepholes and gaps complying with
AS 3959. (n)C2D13
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 115Wiper and brush seals associated with doors, windows or other openings. (o)
A gasket, caulking, sealant or adhesive directly associated with (a) to (o). (p)
Limitations
C2D14 does not apply to ancillary elements fixed, installed or attached to the internal face or lining of an external wall .
Notes
C2D14 does not prevent the mounting of domestic air-conditioning condenser units on external walls .
Explanatory Information
Ancillary elements fixed, installed or attached to the internal face or lining of an external wall may be subject to other
provisions such as C2D11 .
C2D15 Fixing of bonded laminated cladding panels
[New for 2022]
(1) In a building required to be of Type A or B construction, externally located bonded laminated cladding panels must
have all layers of cladding mechanically supported or restrained to the supporting frame.
(2) An externally located bonded laminated cladding panel need not comply with (1) if it is one of the following:
A laminated glass system. (a)
Layered plasterboard product. (b)
Perforated gypsum lath with a normal paper finish. (c)
Fibrous-plaster sheet. (d)
Fibre-reinforced cement sheeting. (e)
A component of a garage door. (f)
Notes
For C2D15(1), mechanical support or restraint means fixing that does not solely rely on chemical adhesive and includes
concealed fixing systems such as cassette fixing, channel-type fixing and face fixing.
Explanatory Information
For structural requirements relating to the fixing of cladding, refer to Section B. For most cladding systems, the
requirements of Section B will necessitate mechanical fixing of the cladding panel to the supporting frame.
SA C2D16C2D14
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 116
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part C1 . It covers compartmentation to limit fire size and spread,
separation to limit fire spread between fire compartments , parts with different classifications, stairways, lift shafts ,
equipment, electricity supplies and public corridors . It also contains construction requirements to facilitate fire brigade
intervention.
C3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: C2.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements C1P1 to C1P9 are satisfied by
complying with—
C2D2 to C2D15 , C3D2 to C3D15 and C4D2 to C4D17 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (c)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (d)
for farm sheds , Part I3 . (e)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
C3D2 Application of Part
[2019: C2.1]
(1) C3D3 , C3D4 and C3D5 do not apply to a carpark provided with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or
FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 , an open-deck carpark or an open spectator stand .
(2) C3D13(1)(e) does not apply to a Class 8 electricity network substation .
C3D3 General floor area and volume limitations
[2019: C2.2]
(1) The size of any fire compartment or atrium in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building must not exceed the relevant maximum
floor area nor the relevant maximum volume set out in Table C3D3 and C3D6 except as permitted in C3D4 .
(2) A part of a building which contains only heating, ventilating, or lift equipment, water tanks, or similar service units is
not counted in the floor area or volume of a fire compartment or atrium if it is situated at the top of the building.
(3) In a building containing an atrium , the part of the atrium well bounded by the perimeter of the openings in the floors
and extending from the level of the first floor above the atrium floor to the roof covering is not counted in the volume
of the atrium for the purposes of this clause.
Table C3D3 : Maximum size of fire compartments or atria Part C3 Compartmentation and separation
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
Classification Type A construction Type B construction Type C construction
5, 9b or 9c Max floor area —8 000 m2Max floor area —5 500 m2Max floor area —3 000 m2
Max volume —48 000 m3Max volume —33 000 m3max volume —18 000 m3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 117
Table Notes
See C3D6 for maximum size of compartments in patient care areas in Class 9a health-care buildings .
C3D4 Large isolated buildings
[2019 C2.3]
The size of a fire compartment in a building may exceed that specified in Table C3D3 where—
the building does not exceed 18 000 m2 in floor area nor exceed 108 000 m3 in volume , if— (a)
the building is Class 7 or 8 and— (i)
contains not more than 2 storeys ; and (A)
is provided with open space complying with C3D5(1) not less than 18 m wide around the building; or (B)
the building is Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 and is— (ii)
protected throughout with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 ; and (A)
provided with a perimeter vehicular access complying with C3D5(2) ; or (B)
the building is Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 and exceeds 18 000 m2 in floor area or 108 000 m3 in volume , if it is— (b)
protected throughout with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 ; and (i)
provided with a perimeter vehicular access complying with C3D5(2) ; or (ii)
there is more than one building on the allotment and— (c)
each building complies with (a) or (b); or (i)
if the buildings are closer than 6 m to each other they are regarded as one building and collectively comply (ii)
with (a) or (b).
C3D5 Requirements for open spaces and vehicular access
[2019: C2.4]
(1) An open space required by C3D4 must—
be wholly within the allotment except that any road, river, or public place adjoining the allotment, but not the (a)
farthest 6 m of it may be included; and
include vehicular access in accordance with (2); and (b)
not be used for the storage or processing of materials; and (c)
not be built upon, except for guard houses and service structures (such as electricity substations and pump (d)
houses) which may encroach upon the width of the space if they do not unduly impede fire-fighting at any part
of the perimeter of the allotment or unduly add to the risk of spread of fire to any building on an adjoining
allotment.
(2) Vehicular access required by this Part—
must be capable of providing continuous access for emergency vehicles to enable travel in a forward direction (a)
from a public road around the entire building; and
must have a minimum unobstructed width of 6 m with no part of its furthest boundary more than 18 m from the (b)
building and in no part of the 6 m width be built upon or used for any purpose other than vehicular or pedestrian
movement; and
must provide reasonable pedestrian access from the vehicular access to the building; and (c)
must have a load bearing capacity and unobstructed height to permit the operation and passage of fire brigade (d)
vehicles; and
must be wholly within the allotment except that a public road complying with (a), (b), (c) and (d) may serve as (e)Classification Type A construction Type B construction Type C construction
6, 7, 8 or 9a (except for
patient care areas )Max floor area —5 000 m2Max floor area —3 500 m2Max floor area —2 000 m2
Max volume —30 000 m3Max volume —21 000 m3Max volume —12 000 m3C3D3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 118the vehicular access or part thereof.
C3D6 Class 9 buildings
[2019: C2.5]
(1) A Class 9a health-care building must comply with the following:
patient care areas must be divided into fire compartments not exceeding 2000 m2. (a)
A fire compartment must be separated from the remainder of the building by fire walls and— (b)
in Type A construction—floors and roof or ceiling as required in Specification 5 ; and (i)
in Type B construction—floors with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120 and with the openings in external (ii)
walls bounding patient care areas being vertically separated in accordance with the requirements of C3D7
as if the building were of Type A construction.
Ward areas — (c)
where the floor area exceeds 1000 m2, must be divided into floor areas not more than 1000 m2 by walls (i)
with an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and
where the floor area exceeds 500 m2, must be divided into floor areas not more than 500 m2 by smoke- (ii)
proof walls complying with Specification 11 ; and
where the floor area is not more than 500 m2, must be separated from the remainder of the patient care (iii)
area by smoke-proof walls complying with Specification 11 ; and
where division of ward areas by fire-resisting walls under (a) or (c)(i) is not required , any smoke-proof wall (iv)
required under (c)(ii) or (iii) must have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
Treatment areas — (d)
where the floor area exceeds 1000 m2, must be divided into floor areas not more than 1000 m2 by smoke- (i)
proof walls complying with Specification 11 ; and
where the floor area is not more than 1000 m2, must be separated from the remainder of the patient care (ii)
area by smoke-proof walls complying with Specification 11 .
Ancillary use areas located within a patient care area and containing equipment or materials that are a high (e)
potential fire hazard , must be separated from the remainder of the patient care area by walls with an FRL of not
less than 60/60/60.
The ancillary use areas referred to in (e) include, but are not limited to, the following: (f)
A kitchen and related food preparation areas having a combined floor area of more than 30 m2. (i)
A room containing a hyperbaric facility (pressure chamber). (ii)
A room used predominantly for the storage of medical records having a floor area of more than 10 m2. (iii)
A laundry, where items of equipment are of the type that are potential fire sources (e.g. gas fire dryers). (iv)
A wall required by (e) to separate ancillary use areas from the remainder of the building must extend to the (g)
underside of—
the floor above; or (i)
a non-combustible roof covering; or (ii)
a ceiling having a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 (iii)
minutes.
Openings in walls required by (c) and (e) to have an FRL must be protected as follows: (h)
Doorways— self-closing or automatic closing –/60/30 fire doors. (i)
Windows— automatic or permanently fixed closed –/60/– fire windows or –/60/– automatic fire shutters. (ii)
Other openings—construction having an FRL not less than –/60/–. (iii)
(2) In a building containing a Class 9b early childhood centre —
unless the Class 9b early childhood centre is the only use in the building, it must be separated from the remainder (a)
of the building by walls and/or floors with an FRL not less than that required for a fire wall ; and
each storey within the Class 9b early childhood centre must contain not less than 2 fire compartments . (b)C3D5
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 119NSW C3D6(3)
(3) A Class 9c building must comply with the following:
A building must be divided into areas not more than 500 m2 by smoke-proof walls complying with Specification (a)
11.
A fire compartment must be separated from the remainder of the building by fire walls and, notwithstanding (b)
C3D8 and Specification 5 , floors with an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
Internal walls (other than those bounding lift and stair shafts) supported by floors provided in accordance with (c)
(b) need not comply with Specification 5 if they have an FRL not less than 60/–/–.
Ancillary use areas containing equipment or materials that are a high potential fire hazard , must be separated (d)
from the sole-occupancy units by smoke-proof walls complying with Specification 11 .
The ancillary use areas referred to in (d) include, but are not limited to, the following: (e)
A kitchen and related food preparation areas having a combined floor area of more than 30 m2. (i)
A laundry, where items of equipment are of the type that are potential fire sources (e.g. gas fired dryers). (ii)
Storage rooms greater than 10 m2 used predominantly for the storage of administrative records. (iii)
Openings in fire walls must be protected as follows: (f)
Doorways — self-closing or automatic closing –/60/30 fire doors. (i)
Windows — automatic or permanently fixed closed –/60/– fire windows or –/60/– automatic fire shutters. (ii)
Other openings — construction having an FRL not less than –/60/–. (iii)
Exemptions
C3D6(2) does not apply to a Class 9b early childhood centre —
wholly within a storey that provides direct egress to a road or open space ; or (a)
with a rise in storeys of not more than 2, where the Class 9b early childhood centre is the only use in the building. (b)
C3D7 Vertical separation of openings in external walls
[2019: C2.6]
(1) If in a building of Type A construction, any part of a window or other opening in an external wall is above another
opening in the storey next below and its vertical projection falls no further than 450 mm outside the lower opening
(measured horizontally), the openings must be separated by—
a spandrel which— (a)
is not less than 900 mm in height; and (i)
extends not less than 600 mm above the upper surface of the intervening floor; and (ii)
is of non-combustible material having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; or (iii)
part of a curtain wall or panel wall that complies with (a); or (b)
construction that complies with (a) behind a curtain wall or panel wall and has any gaps packed with a non- (c)
combustible material that will withstand thermal expansion and structural movement of the walling without the
loss of seal against fire and smoke; or
a slab or other horizontal construction that— (d)
projects outwards from the external face of the wall not less than 1100 mm; and (i)
extends along the wall not less than 450 mm beyond the openings concerned; and (ii)
is non-combustible and has an FRL of not less than 60/60/60. (iii)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
an open-deck carpark ; or (a)
an open spectator stand ; or (b)
a building which has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with (c)C3D6
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 120Specification 17 installed throughout; or
openings within the same stairway; or (d)
openings in external walls where the floor separating the storeys does not require an FRL with respect to integrity (e)
and insulation .
(3) For the purposes of C3D7, window or other opening means that part of the external wall of a building that does not
have an FRL
of 60/60/60 or greater.
C3D8 Separation by fire walls
[2019: C2.7]
(1) Construction — A fire wall must be constructed in accordance with the following:
The fire wall has the relevant FRL prescribed by Specification 5 for each of the adjoining parts, and if these are (a)
dif
ferent, the greater FRL, except where S5C19(3)(c)(i) , S5C22(3)(c)(i) and S5C25(3)(c)(i) permit a lower FRL
on the carpark side.
Any openings in a fire wall must not reduce the FRL required by Specification 5 for the fire wall , except where (b)
permitted by the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part C4 .
Building elements, other than roof battens with dimensions of 75 mm x 50 mm or less or sarking-type material , (c)
must not pass through or cross the fire wall unless the required fire-resisting performance of the fire wall is
maintained.
(2) Separation of buildings —
A part of a building separated from the remainder of the building by a fire wall may be
treated as a separate building for the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Sections C, D and E if it is
constructed in accordance with (1) and the following:
The fire wall extends through all storeys and spaces in the nature of storeys that are common to that part and (a)
any adjoining part of the building.
The fire wall is carried through to the underside of the roof covering. (b)
Where the roof of one of the adjoining parts is lower than the roof of the other part, the fire wall extends to the (c)
underside of—
the covering of the higher roof, or not less than 6 m above the covering of the lower roof; or (i)
the lower roof if it has an FRL
not less than that of the fire wall and no openings closer than 3 m to any wall (ii)
above the lower roof; or
the lower roof if its covering is non-combustible and the lower part has a sprinkler system (other than a (iii)
FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 .
(3) Separation of fire compartments — A part of a building separated from the remainder of the building by a fire wall
may be treated as a separate fire compartment if it is constructed in accordance with (a) and the fire wall extends to
the underside of—
a floor having an FRL
required for a fire wall ; or (a)
the roof covering. (b)
C3D9 Separation of classifications in the same storey
[2019: C2.8]
(1) If a building has parts of different classifications located alongside one another in the same storey —
each building element in that storey must have the higher FRL prescribed in Specification 5 for that element for (a)
the classifications concerned; or
the parts must be separated in that storey by a fire wall . (b)
(2) A fire wall required by (1)(b) must have the FRL prescribed in accordance with Specification 5 as applicable for that
element for the
Type of construction and the classifications concerned.
(3) For the purposes of (2), the FRL
in Specification 5 must be either—
the higher FRL
prescribed in Table S5C11d or S5C21d ; or (a)C3D7
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 121the FRL prescribed in Table S5C24c . (b)
(4) For the purposes of (1), where one part is a carpark complying with S5C19 , S5C22 or S5C25 , the parts may be
separated by a fire wall complying with S5C19(3)(c) , S5C22(3)(c) or S5C25(3)(c) as appropriate.
C3D10 Separation of classifications in different storeys
[2019: C2.9]
If parts of different classification are situated one above the other in adjoining storeys they must be separated as follows:
Type A construction — The floor between the adjoining parts must have an FRL of not less than that prescribed (a)
in Specification 5 for the classification of the lower storey .
T
ype B or C construction — If one of the adjoining parts is of Class 2, 3 or 4, the floor separating the part from (b)
the storey below must—
be a floor/ceiling system incorporating a ceiling which has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the (i)
space above itself of not less than 60 minutes; or
have an FRL
of at least 30/30/30; or (ii)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor, including beams incorporated in it, if the floor (iii)
is combustible or of metal.
C3D11 Separation of lift shafts
[2019: C2.10]
(1) Any lift connecting more than 2 storeys , or more than 3 storeys if the building is sprinklered, (other than lifts which
are wholly within an atrium ) must be separated from the remainder of the building by enclosure in a shaft in which—
in a building required to be of Type A construction — the walls have the relevant FRL prescribed by Specification (a)
5; and
in a building required to be of Type B construction — the walls— (b)
if loadbearing , have the relevant FRL prescribed by Table S5C21e ; or (i)
if non- loadbearing , be of non-combustible construction. (ii)
(2) Any lift in a patient care area in a Class 9a health-care building or a resident use area in Class 9c building must be
separated from the remainder of the building by a shaft having an FRL of not less than—
in a building of
Type A or B construction — 120/120/120; or (a)
in a building of
Type C construction — 60/60/60. (b)
(3) An emergency lift must be contained within a fire-resisting shaft having an FRL of not less than 120/120/120.
(4) Openings for lift landing doors and services must be protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
of Part C4 .
C3D12 Stairways and lifts in one shaft
[2019: C2.11]
A stairway and lift must not be in the same shaft if either the stairway or the lift is required to be in a fire-resisting shaft .
C3D13 Separation of equipment
[2019: C2.12]
(1) Equipment other than that described in (2) and (3) must be separated from the remainder of the building with
construction complying with (4), if that equipment comprises—
lift motors and lift control panels; or (a)
emergency generators used to sustain emergency equipment operating in the emergency mode; or (b)C3D9
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 122central smoke control plant; or (c)
boilers ; or (d)
a battery system installed in the building that has a total voltage of 12 volts or more and a storage capacity of (e)
200 kWh or more.
(2) Equipment need not be separated in accordance with (1) if the equipment comprises—
smoke control exhaust fans located in the air stream which are constructed for high temperature operation in (a)
accordance with Specification 21 ; or
stair pressurising equipment installed in compliance with the relevant provisions of AS 1668.1; or (b)
a lift installation without a machine-room; or (c)
equipment otherwise adequately separated from the remainder of the building. (d)
(3) Separation of on-site fire pumps must comply with the requirements of AS 2419.1.
(4) Separating construction must have—
except as provided by (b)— (a)
an FRL as required by Specification 5 , but not less than 120/120/120; and (i)
any doorway protected with a self-closing fire door having an FRL of not less than –/120/30; or (ii)
when separating a lift shaft and lift motor room, an FRL not less than 120/–/–. (b)
C3D14 Electricity supply system
[2019: C2.13]
(1) An electricity substation located within a building must—
be separated from any other part of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; (a)
and
have any doorway in that construction protected with a self-closing fire door having an FRL of not less than – (b)
/120/30.
(2) A main switchboard located within the building which sustains emergency equipment operating in the emergency
mode must—
be separated from any other part of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; (a)
and
have any doorway in that construction protected with a self-closing fire door having an FRL of not less than – (b)
/120/30.
(3) Subject to (4), electrical conductors must—
have a classification in accordance with AS/NZS 3013 of not less than— (a)
if located in a position that could be subject to damage by motor vehicles — WS53W; or (i)
otherwise — WS52W; or (ii)
be enclosed or otherwise protected by construction having an FRL of not less than 120/120/120. (b)
(4) The requirements of (3) only apply to electrical conductors located within a building that supply—
a substation located within the building which supplies a main switchboard covered by (2); or (a)
a main switchboard covered by (2). (b)
(5) Where emergency equipment is required in a building, all switchboards in the electrical installation, which sustain the
electricity supply to the emergency equipment, must be constructed so that emergency equipment switchgear is
separated from non-emergency equipment switchgear by metal partitions designed to minimise the spread of a fault
from the non-emergency equipment switchgear.
(6) For the purposes of (5), emergency equipment includes but is not limited to the following:
Fire hydrant booster pumps. (a)
Pumps for automatic sprinkler systems, water spray, chemical fluid suppression systems or the like. (b)C3D13
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 123Pumps for fire hose reels where such pumps and fire hose reels form the sole means of fire protection in the (c)
building.
Air handling systems designed to exhaust and control the spread of fire and smoke. (d)
Emergency lifts. (e)
Control and indicating equipment. (f)
Emergency warning and intercom systems. (g)
C3D15 Public corridors in Class 2 and 3 buildings
[2019: C2.14]
In a Class 2 or 3 building, a public corridor , if more than 40 m in length, must be divided at intervals of not more than 40
m with smoke-proof walls complying with S11C2 .
SA C3D16
SA C3D17C3D14
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 124
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part C1 . It covers the protection of openings such as windows , doors,
services and construction joints to reduce the risk of fire spread within or between buildings.
C4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: C3.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements C1P1 to C1P9 are satisfied by
complying with—
C2D2 to C2D15 , C3D2 to C3D15 and C4D2 to C4D17 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (c)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (d)
for farm sheds , Part I3 . (e)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
C4D2 Application of Part
[2019: C3.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to the following:
Control joints, weep holes and the like in external walls of masonry construction and joints between panels in (a)
external walls of pre-cast concrete panel construction if, in all cases they are not larger than necessary for the
purpose.
Non-combustible ventilators for subfloor or cavity ventilation, if each does not exceed 45 000 mm2 in face area (b)
and is spaced not less than 2 m from any other ventilator in the same wall.
Openings in the vertical plane formed between building elements at the construction edge or perimeter of a (c)
balcony or verandah, colonnade, terrace, or the like.
In a carpark floor other than a floor that separates a part not used as a carpark , and subject to (e), the following (d)
openings in a carpark floor:
Service penetrations. (i)
Openings formed by a vehicle ramp. (ii)
The requirements of (d) only apply where the connected carpark levels comply as a single fire compartment for (e)
the purposes of all other requirements of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Sections C, D and E.
(2) For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part, openings in building elements required to be fire-
resisting include doorways, windows (including any associated fanlight), infill panels and fixed or openable glazed
areas that do not have the required FRL.
(3) For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part, openings, other than those covered under (1)(c),
between building elements such as columns, beams and the like, in the plane formed at the construction edge or
perimeter of the building, are deemed to be openings in an external wall . Part C4 Protection of openings
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 125 C4D3 Protection of openings in external walls
[2019: C3.2]
(1) Subject to (2), openings in an external wall that is required to have an FRL must be protected in accordance with
C4D5 , and if wall-wetting sprinklers are used, they must be located externally.
(2) The requirements of (1) only apply if the distance between the opening and the fire-source feature to which it is
exposed is less than—
3 m from a side or rear boundary of the allotment; or (a)
6 m from the far boundary of a road, river, lake or the like adjoining the allotment, if not located in a storey at or (b)
near ground level; or
6 m from another building on the allotment that is not Class 10. (c)
(3) Openings required to be protected under (1), must not occupy more than 1/3 of the area of the external wall of the
storey in which they are located unless they are in a Class 9b building used as an open spectator stand .
C4D4 Separation of external walls and associated openings in different fire
compartments
[2019: C3.3]
The distance between parts of external walls and any openings within them in different fire compartments separated by a
fire wall must not be less than that set out in Table C4D4 , unless—
those parts of each wall have an FRL not less than 60/60/60; and (a)
any openings are protected in accordance with C4D5 . (b)
Table C4D4 : Distance between external walls and associated openings in different fire compartments
C4D5 Acceptable methods of protection
[2019: C3.4]
(1) Where protection is required , doorways, windows and other openings must be protected as follows:
Doorways— (a)
internal or external wall-wetting sprinklers as appropriate used with doors that are self-closing or automatic (i)
closing; or
–/60/30 fire doors that are self-closing or automatic closing. (ii)
Windows — (b)
internal or external wall-wetting sprinklers as appropriate used with windows that are automatic closing or (i)
permanently fixed in the closed position; or
–/60/– fire windows that are automatic closing or permanently fixed in the closed position; or (ii)
–/60/– automatic closing fire shutters. (iii)
Other openings— (c)
excluding voids — internal or external wall-wetting sprinklers, as appropriate; or (i)Angle between walls Minimum distance (m)
0° (walls opposite) 6
more than 0° to 45° 5
more than 45° to 90° 4
more than 90° to 135° 3
more than 135° to less than 180° 2
180° or more NilC4D3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 126construction having an FRL not less than –/60/–. (ii)
(2) Fire doors, fire windows and fire shutters must comply with Specification 12 .
C4D6 Doorways in fire walls
[2019: C3.5]
(1) The aggregate width of openings for doorways in a fire wall , which are not part of a horizontal exit , must not exceed
½ of the length of the fire wall , and each doorway must be protected by—
2 fire doors or fire shutters, one on each side of the doorway, each of which has an FRL of not less than ½ that (a)
required by Specification 5 for the fire wall except that each door or shutter must have an insulation level of at
least 30; or
a fire door on one side and a fire shutter on the other side of the doorway, each of which complies with (a); or (b)
a single fire door or fire shutter which has an FRL of not less than that required by Specification 5 for the fire wall (c)
except that each door or shutter must have an insulation level of at least 30.
(2) A fire door or fire shutter required by (1)(a), (b) or (c) must be self-closing , or automatic closing in accordance with
(3) and (4).
(3) The automatic closing operation required by (2) must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other
detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed
in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located on each side of the fire wall not more than 1.5
m horizontal distance from the opening.
(4) Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system)
complying with Specification 17 , is installed in the building, activation of the system in either fire compartment
separated by the fire wall must also initiate the automatic closing operation.
C4D7 Sliding fire doors
[2019: C3.6]
(1) If a doorway in a fire wall is fitted with a sliding fire door which is open when the building is in use—
it must be held open with an electromagnetic device, which when de-activated in accordance with (2) and (3), (a)
allows the door to be fully closed in not less than 20 seconds and not more than 30 seconds after release; and
in the event of power failure to the door — the door must fail safe in the closed position in accordance with (a); (b)
and
an audible warning device must be located near the doorway and a red flashing warning light of adequate (c)
intensity on each side of the doorway must be activated in accordance with (2) and (3); and
signs must be installed on each side of the doorway located directly over the opening stating, in capital letters (d)
not less than 50 mm high in a colour contrasting with the background:
WARNING — SLIDING FIRE DOOR
(2) The electromagnetic device required by (1)(a) must be de-activated and the warning system activated by heat or
smoke detectors, as appropriate, installed in accordance with AS 1905.1 and the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1.
(3) Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system)
complying with Specification 17 , is installed in the building, activation in either fire compartment separated by the fire
wall must also de-activate the electromagnetic device and activate the warning system.
C4D8 Protection of doorways in horizontal exits
[2019: C3.7]
(1) A doorway that is part of a horizontal exit must be protected by either—
a single fire door that has an FRL of not less than that required by Specification 5 for the fire wall except that the (a)
door must have an insulation level of at least 30; or
in a Class 7 or 8 building — 2 fire doors, one on each side of the doorway, each with an FRL of not less than ½ (b)
that required by Specification 5 for the fire wall except that each door must have an insulation level of at least C4D5
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 12730.
(2) Each door required by (1) must be self-closing , or automatic -closing in accordance with the following:
The automatic -closing operation must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other detector (a)
deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed
in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located on each side of the fire wall not more than
1.5 m horizontal distance from the opening.
Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D (b)
system) complying with Specification 17 , is installed in the building, activation of the system in either fire
compartment separated by the fire wall must also initiate the automatic -closing operation.
C4D9 Openings in fire -isolat ed exits
[2019: C3.8]
(1) Doorways that open to fire-isolated stairways , fire-isolated passageways or fire-isolated ramps , and are not doorways
opening to a road or open space , must be protected by –/60/30 fire doors that are self-closing , or automatic closing
in accordance with (2) and (3).
(2) The automatic -closing operation required by (1) must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other
detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed
in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from
the approach side of the doorway.
(3) Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system)
complying with Specification 17 , is installed in the building, activation of the system must also initiate the automatic -
closing operation.
(4) A window in an external wall of a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp must be
protected in accordance with C4D5 if it is within 6 m of, and exposed to, a window or other opening in a wall of the
same building, other than in the same fire-isolated enclosure.
C4D10 Service penetrations in fire -isolat ed exits
[2019: C3.9]
Fire-isolated exits must not be penetrated by any services other than—
electrical wiring permitted by D3D8(6) to be installed within the exit; or (a)
ducting associated with a pressurisation system if it— (b)
is constructed of material having an FRL of not less than –/120/60 where it passes through any other part (i)
of the building; and
does not open into any other part of the building; or (ii)
for fire services, water supply and test drain pipes. (c)
C4D11 Openings in fire -isolat ed lift shafts
[2019: C3.10]
(1) Doorways — If a lift shaft is required to be fire-isolated, an entrance doorway to that shaft must be protected by –
/60/– fire doors that—
comply with AS 1735.11; and (a)
are set to remain closed except when discharging or receiving passengers, goods or vehicles. (b)
(2) Lift indicator panels — A lift call panel, indicator panel or other panel in the wall of a fire-isolated lift shaft must be
backed by construction having an FRL of not less than –/60/60 if it exceeds 35 000 mm2 in area. C4D8
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 128 C4D12 Bounding construction: Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts
[2019: C3.11]
(1) A doorway in a Class 2 or 3 building must be protected if it provides access from a sole-occupancy unit to—
a public corridor , public lobby, or the like; or (a)
a room not within a sole-occupancy unit ; or (b)
the landing of an internal non fire-isolated stairway that serves as a required exit; or (c)
another sole-occupancy unit . (d)
(2) A doorway in a Class 2 or 3 building must be protected if it provides access from a room not within a sole-occupancy
unit to—
a public corridor , public lobby, or the like; or (a)
the landing of an internal non fire-isolated stairway that serves as a required exit. (b)
(3) A doorway in a Class 4 part of a building must be protected if it provides access to any other internal part of the
building.
NSW C4D12(4)
(4) Except as provided in (5), protection for a doorway must be at least—
in a building of Type A construction — a self-closing –/60/30 fire door; and (a)
in a building of Type B or C construction — a self-closing , tight fitting, solid core door, not less than 35 mm thick. (b)
NSW C4D12(5)
(5) In a Class 3 building used as a residential care building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification
17, protection for a doorway must be at least—
a tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick if the building is divided into floor areas not exceeding (a)
500 m2 with smoke proof walls complying with S11C2 ; or
a tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick fitted with a self-closing device, a delayed closing device (b)
or an automatic closing device.
(6) Other openings in internal walls which are required to have an FRL with respect to integrity and insulation must not
reduce the fire-resisting performance of the wall.
(7) A door required by (4) or (5) may be automatic -closing in accordance with the following:
The automatic -closing operation must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other detector (a)
deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed
in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance
from the approach side of the doorway.
Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D (b)
system) complying with Specification 17 , is installed in the building, activation of the system must also initiate
the automatic -closing operation.
(8) The requirements of (9) apply in a Class 2 or 3 building where a path of travel to an exit—
does not provide a person seeking egress with a choice of travel in different directions to alternative exits; and (a)
is along an open balcony, landing or the like; and (b)
passes an external wall of— (c)
another sole-occupancy unit ; or (i)
a room not within a sole-occupancy unit . (ii)
(9) The external wall mentioned in (8)(c) must—
be constructed of concrete or masonry, or be lined internally with a fire-protective covering ; and (a)
have any doorway fitted with a self-closing , tight-fitting solid core door not less than 35 mm thick; and (b)
have any windows or other openings— (c)
protected internally in accordance with C4D5 ; or (i)C4D12
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 129located at least 1.5 m above the floor of the balcony, landing or the like. (ii)
NSW C4D12(10)
C4D13 Openings in floors and ceilings for services
[2019: C3.12]
(1) Where a service passes through—
a floor that is required to have an FRL with respect to integrity and insulation ; or (a)
a ceiling required to have a resistance to the incipient spread of fire , (b)
the service must be installed in accordance with (2).
(2) A
service must be protected—
in a building of
Type A construction, by a shaft complying with Specification 5 ; or (a)
in a building of
Type B or C construction, by a shaft that will not reduce the fire performance of the building (b)
elements it penetrates; or
in accordance with C4D15 . (c)
(3) Where a service passes through a floor which is required to be protected by a fire-protective covering , the penetration
must not reduce the fire performance of the covering.
C4D14 Openings in shafts
[2019: C3.13]
In a building of Type A construction, an opening in a wall providing access to a ventilating, pipe, garbage or other service
shaft must be protected by—
if it is in a sanitary compartment — a door or panel which, together with its frame, is non-combustible or has an (a)
FRL
of not less than –/30/30; or
a self-closing –/60/30 fire door or hopper; or (b)
an access panel having an FRL
of not less than –/60/30; or (c)
if the shaft is a garbage shaft — a door or hopper of non-combustible construction. (d)
C4D15 Openings for service installations
[2019: C3.15]
(1) The requirements of (2) apply where an electrical, electronic, plumbing, mechanical ventilation, air-conditioning or
other service penetrates a building element (other than an external wall or roof) that is required to have an FRL with
respect to integrity or insulation or a resistance to the incipient spread of fire .
(2) An installation mentioned in (1) must comply with any one of the following:
T
ested systems — the following applies: (a)
The service, building element and any protection method at the penetration— (i)
are identical with a prototype assembly of the service, building element and protection method which (A)
has been tested in accordance with
AS 4072.1 and AS 1530.4 and has achieved the required FRL or
resistance to the incipient spread of fire ; or
dif
fer from a prototype assembly of the service, building element and protection method in accordance (B)
with
Section 4
ofAS 4072.1.
It complies with (i) except for the insulation criteria relating to the service if— (ii)
the service is a pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like); and (A)
any combustible building element is not located within 100 mm of the service for a distance of 2 m (B)
from the penetration; and
combustible material is not able to be located within 100 mm of the service for a distance of 2 m from (C)C4D12
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 130the penetration; and
it is not located in a required exit. (D)
The determination of the required FRL must be confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory (iii)
in accordance with Specifications 1 and 2.
Ventilation and air-conditioning — in the case of ventilating or air-conditioning ducts or equipment, the installation (b)
is in accordance with AS 1668.1.
Compliance with Specification 13 — the following applies: (c)
The service is a pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) and is installed (i)
in accordance with Specification 13 and it—
penetrates a wall, floor or ceiling, but not a ceiling required to have a resistance to the incipient spread (A)
of fire ; and
connects not more than 2 fire compartments in addition to any fire-resisting service shafts ; and (B)
does not contain a flammable or combustible liquid or gas. (C)
The service is sanitary plumbing installed in accordance with Specification 13 and it— (ii)
is of metal or UPVC pipe; and (A)
penetrates the floors of a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building; and (B)
is in a sanitary compartment separated from other parts of the building by walls with the FRL required (C)
by Specification 5 for a stair shaft in the building and a self-closing –/60/30 fire door.
The service is a wire or cable, or a cluster of wires or cables installed in accordance with Specification 13 (iii)
and it—
penetrates a wall, floor or ceiling, but not a ceiling required to have a resistance to the incipient spread (A)
of fire ; and
connects not more than 2 fire compartments in addition to any fire-resisting service shafts . (B)
The service is an electrical switch, outlet, or the like, and it is installed in accordance with Specification 13 . (iv)
C4D16 Construction joints
[2019: C3.16]
(1) Construction joints, spaces and the like in and between building elements required to be fire-resisting with respect to
integrity and insulation must be protected in a manner—
identical with a prototype tested in accordance with AS 4072.1 and AS 1530.4 to achieve the required FRL; or (a)
that differs from a prototype in accordance with
Section 4
of AS 4072.1 and achieves the required FRL. (b)(2) The determination of the required FRL must be confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory in
accordance with Specifications 1 and 2.
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply where joints, spaces and the like between fire-protected timber elements are
provided with cavity barriers in accordance with Specification 9 .
C4D17 Columns protected with lightweight construction to achieve an FRL
[2019: C3.17]
A column protected by lightweight construction to achieve an FRL which passes through a building element that is required
to have an FRL or a resistance to the incipient spread of fire , must be installed using a method and materials identical with
a prototype assembly of the construction which has achieved the required FRL or resistance to the incipient spread of fire .
SA C4D18C4D15
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 131
S5C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C1.1: 1]
This Specification contains requirements for the fire-resisting construction of building elements.
S5C2 Exposure to fire -sour ce features
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.1]
(1) A part of a building element is exposed to a fire-source feature if any of the horizontal straight lines between that part
and the fire-source feature , or vertical projection of the feature, is not obstructed by another part of the building that—
has an FRL of not less than 30/–/–; and (a)
is neither transparent nor translucent. (b)
(2) A part of a building element is not exposed to a fire-source feature if the fire-source feature is—
an external wall of another building that stands on the allotment and the part concerned is more than 15 m above (a)
the highest part of that external wall ; or
a side or rear boundary of the allotment and the part concerned is below the level of the finished ground at every (b)
relevant part of the boundary concerned.
(3) If various distances apply for different parts of a building element—
the entire element must have the FRL applicable to that part having the least distance between itself and the (a)
relevant fire-source feature ; or
each part of the element must have the FRL applicable according to its individual distance from the relevant fire- (b)
source feature .
(4) The requirements of (3) do not override or permit any exemption from S5C3 .
S5C3 Fire protection for a support of another part
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.2]
(1) Where a part of a building required to have an FRL depends upon direct vertical or lateral support from another part
to maintain its FRL, that supporting part, subject to (2), must—
have an FRL not less than that required by other provisions of this Specification; and (a)
if located within the same fire compartment as the part it supports have an FRL in respect of structural adequacy (b)
the greater of that required —
for the supporting part itself; and (i)
for the part it supports; and (ii)
be non-combustible — (c)
if required by other provisions of this Specification; or (i)
if the part it supports is required to be non-combustible . (ii)
(2) The following building elements need not comply with (1)(b) and (1)(c)(ii):
An element providing lateral support to an external wall complying with S5C24(1)(b) or C2D12 . (a)
An element providing support within a carpark and complying with S5C19 , S5C22 or S5C25 . (b)Specification 5 Fire-resisting construction
General requirements
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 132A roof providing lateral support in a building— (c)
of Type A construction if it complies with S5C15(a) , (b) or (d); and (i)
of Type B and C construction. (ii)
A column providing lateral support to a wall where the column complies with S5C6(1) and (2). (d)
An element providing lateral support to a fire wall or fire-resisting wall, provided the wall is supported on both (e)
sides and failure of the element on one side does not affect the fire performance of the wall.
S5C4 Lintels
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.3]
(1) A lintel must have the FRL required for the part of the building in which it is situated.
(2) A lintel need not comply with (1) if it does not contribute to the support of a fire door, fire window or fire shutter, and—
it spans an opening in— (a)
a wall of a building containing only one storey ; or (i)
a non- loadbearing wall of a Class 2 or 3 building; or (ii)
it spans an opening in masonry which is not more than 150 mm thick and— (b)
not more than 3 m wide if the masonry is non- loadbearing ; or (i)
not more than 1.8 m wide if the masonry is loadbearing and part of a solid wall or one of the leaves of a (ii)
cavity wall.
S5C5 Method of attachment not to reduce the fire -r esistance of building
elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.4]
The method of attaching or installing a finish, lining, ancillary element or service installation to the building element must
not reduce the fire-resistance of that element to below that required .
S5C6 General concessions
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.5]
(1) Steel columns — A steel column, other than one in a fire wall or common wall , need not have an FRL in a building
that contains—
only 1 storey ; or (a)
2 storeys in some of its parts and 1 storey only in its remaining parts if the sum of the floor areas of the upper (b)
storeys of its 2 storey parts does not exceed the lesser of—
1/8 of the sum of the floor areas of the 1 storey parts; or (i)
in the case of a building to which one of the maximum floor areas specified in Table C3D3 is applicable — (ii)
1/10 of that area; or
in the case of a building to which two or more of the maximum floor area specified in Table C3D3 is (iii)
applicable — 1/10 of the lesser of those areas.
(2) Timber columns — A timber column may be used in a single storey building if—
in a fire wall or common wall the column has an FRL not less than that listed in Table S5C11d , S5C21d or S5C24c (a)
as appropriate; and
in any other case where the column is required to have an FRL in accordance with Table S5C11a , S5C11c , (b)
S5C11g , S5C21a , S5C21c , S5C21g , S5C24a or S5C24b , it has an FRL of not less than 30/–/–.
(3) Structures on roofs — A non-combustible structure situated on a roof need not comply with the other provisions of
this Specification if it only contains—
lift motor equipment; or (a)S5C3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 133one or more of the following: (b)
Hot water or other water tanks. (i)
Ventilating ductwork, ventilating fans and their motors. (ii)
Air-conditioning chillers. (iii)
Window cleaning equipment. (iv)
Other service units that are non-combustible and do not contain flammable or combustible liquids or gases. (v)
(4) Curtain walls and panel walls — A requirement for an external wall to have an FRL does not apply to a curtain wall
or panel wall which is of non-combustible construction and fully protected by automatic external wall-wetting sprinklers.
(5) Balconies and verandahs — A balcony, verandah or the like and any incorporated supporting part, which is attached
to or forms part of a building, need not comply with Table S5C11c , S5C11g , S5C21c , S5C21g , S5C24b or S 5C24e
if—
it does not form part of the only path of travel to a required exit from the building; and (a)
in Type A construction— (b)
it is situated not more than 2 storeys above the lowest storey providing direct egress to a road or open (i)
space ; and
any supporting columns are of non-combustible construction. (ii)
S5C7 Mezzanine floors: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.6]
(1) This Clause does not apply to a Class 9b building that is a spectator stand or audience viewing area accommodating
more than 100 persons as calculated according to D2D18 .
(2) A mezzanine and its supports need not have an FRL or be non-combustible provided—
the total floor area of all the mezzanines in the same room does not exceed 1/3 of the floor area of the room or (a)
200 m2, whichever is the lesser; and
the FRL of each wall and column that supports any other part of the building within 6 m of the mezzanine is (b)
increased by the amount listed in Table S5C7 .
Table S5C7 : Increased FRLs — Construction surr ounding mezzanines
Table Notes
The increase in level applies to each FRL criterion ( structural adequacy , integrity or insulation ) relevant to the building
element concerned.
S5C8 Enclosure of shafts
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.7]
(1) Shafts required to have an FRL must be enclosed at the top and bottom by construction having an FRL not less than
that required for the walls of a non- loadbearing shaft in the same building.
(2) The provisions of (1) need not apply to—
the top of a shaft extending beyond the roof covering, other than one enclosing a fire-isolated stairway or ramp ; (a)
or Level otherwise required for any FRL criterion (mins) Increase in level to not less than (mins)
30 60
60 90
90 120
120 180
180 240S5C6
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 134the bottom of a shaft if it is non-combustible and laid directly on the ground. (b)
S5C9 Carparks in Class 2 and 3 buildings
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.8]
(1) If a Class 2 building contains not more than 4 storeys of which—
one storey is Class 7 used solely for the purpose of parking motor vehicles or for some other purpose that is (a)
ancillary to a Class 2; and
the remaining storeys are of Class 2, (b)
the carpark storey is regarded as Class 2 only for the purpose of determining the relevant fire-resisting requirements
of this Specification.
(2) If a Class 3 building or a building of Class 2 and 3 contains not more than 3 storeys of which—
one storey is Class 7 used solely for the purpose of parking motor vehicles or for some other purpose that is (a)
ancillary to the other storeys ; and
the remaining storeys are of Class 2 or 3, (b)
the carpark storey is regarded as Class 2 or 3 only for the purpose of determining the relevant fire-resisting
requirements of this Specification.
S5C10 Residential care building: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.9]
(1) In a Class 3 building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 and used as a residential care
building , any FRL criterion prescribed in Tables S5C11a , S5C11d , S5C11e , S5C11f , S5C11g , S5C21a , S5C21d ,
S5C21e , S5C21f , S5C21g , S5C24a , S5C24c or S5C24d —
for any floor and any loadbearing wall, may be reduced to 60, except any FRL criterion of 90 for an external wall (a)
must be maintained when tested from the outside; and
for any non- loadbearing internal wall , need not apply if— (b)
it is lined on each side with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or similar non- (i)
combustible material; and
it extends— (ii)
to the underside of the floor next above; or (A)
to the underside of a ceiling lined with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or a (B)
material with at least an equivalent level of fire protection; or
to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering; and (C)
any insulation installed in the cavity of the wall is non-combustible ; and (iii)
any construction joint, space or the like between the top of the wall and the floor, ceiling or roof is smoke (iv)
sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material.
(2) The concession described at (1) does not apply to fire-protected timber building elements.
S5C11 Type A fire -r esisting construction — fire -resistance of building elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.1 and Table 3]
(1) In a building required to be of Type A construction—
each building element listed in Tables S5C11a , S5C11b , S5C11c , S5C11d , S5C11e , S5C11f and S5C11g , and (a)
any beam or column incorporated in it, must have an FRL not less than that listed in those Tables for the particular Type A Fire -Resisting ConstructionS5C8
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 135class of building concerned; and
any internal wall required to have an FRL with respect to integrity and insulation must extend to— (b)
the underside of the floor next above; or (i)
the underside of a roof complying with Table S5C11g ; or (ii)
if under S5C15 the roof is not required to comply with Table S5C11g , the underside of the non-combustible (iii)
roof covering and, except for roof battens with dimensions of 75 mm x 50 mm or less or sarking-type
material , must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building elements; or
a ceiling that is immediately below the roof and has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the roof (iv)
space between the ceiling and the roof of not less than 60 minutes; and
a loadbearing internal wall and a loadbearing fire wall (including those that are part of a loadbearing shaft ) must (c)
be constructed from—
concrete; or (i)
masonry; or (ii)
subject to (2), fire-protected timber ; or (iii)
any combination of (i) to (iii); and (iv)
the FRLs specified in Table S5C11c for an external column apply also to those parts of an internal column that (d)
face and are within 1.5 m of a window and are exposed through that window to a fire-source feature .
(2) For the purposes of (1)(c)(iii), fire-protected timber may be used, provided that—
the building is— (a)
a separate building; or (i)
a part of a building— (ii)
which only occupies part of a storey , and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall ; or (A)
which is located above or below a part not containing fire-protected timber and the floor between the (B)
adjoining parts is provided with an FRL
not less than that prescribed for a fire wall for the lower storey ;
and
the building has an effective height of not more than 25 m; and (b)
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) throughout complying with (c)
Specification 17 ; and
any insulation installed in the cavity of the timber building element required to have an FRL is non-combustible ; (d)
and
cavity barriers are provided in accordance with Specification 9 . (e)
(3) For the purposes of Table S5C11a and Table S5C11b , external wall includes any column and other building element
incorporated within it or other external building element.
T
able S5C11a: Type A construction: FRL of loadbearing parts of external walls
Distance from a fire-source feature FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Less than 1.5 m 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
1.5 to less than 3 m 90/60/60 120/90/90 180/180/120 240/240/180
3 m or more 90/60/30 120/60/30 180/120/90 240/180/90S5C11
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 136 Table S5C11b: Type A construction: FRL of non -loadbearing par ts of external walls
Table S5C11c: Type A construction: FRL of external columns not incorporated in an external wall
Table S5C11d: Type A construction: FRL of common walls and fire walls
Table S5C11e: Type A construction: FRL of loadbearing internal walls
Table S5C11f: Type A construction: FRL of non -loadbearing int ernal walls
Distance from a fire-source feature FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Less than 1.5 m –/90/90 –/120/120 –/180/180 –/240/240
1.5 to less than 3 m –/60/60 –/90/90 –/180/120 –/240/180
3 m or more –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Column type FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Loadbearing 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Non- loadbearing –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Wall type FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Loadbearing or non- loadbearing 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
Location FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Fire-resisting lift and stair shafts 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/120/120 240/120/120
Bounding public corridors , public lobbies and the like 90/90/90 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Between or bounding sole-occupancy units 90/90/90 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Ventilating, pipe, garbage, and like shafts not used for the
discharge of hot products of combustion90/90/90 120/90/90 180/120/120 240/120/120
Location FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Fire-resisting lift and stair shafts –/90/90 –/120/120 –120/120 –/120/120
Bounding public corridors , public lobbies and the like –/60/60 –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Between or bounding sole-occupancy units –/60/60 –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Ventilating, pipe, garbage, and like shafts not used for the
discharge of hot products of combustion–/90/90 –/90/90 –/120/120 –/120/120S5C11
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 137 Table S5C11g: Type A construction: FRL of other building elements not covered by Tables S5C11a to
S5C11f
S5C12 Type A fire -r esisting construction — concessions for floors
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.2]
A floor need not comply with Table S5C11g if—
it is laid directly on the ground; or (a)
in a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 building, the space below is not a storey , does not accommodate motor vehicles, is not a (b)
storage or work area, and is not used for any other ancillary purpose; or
it is a timber stage floor in a Class 9b building laid over a floor having the required FRL and the space below the (c)
stage is not used as a dressing room, store room, or the like; or
it is within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building; or (d)
it is an open-access floor (for the accommodation of electrical and electronic services and the like) above a floor (e)
with the required FRL.
S5C13 Type A fire -r esisting construction — floor loading of Class 5 and 9b
buildings: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.3]
If a floor in a Class 5 or 9b building is designed for a live load not exceeding 3 kPa—
the floor next above (including floor beams) may have an FRL of 90/90/90; or (a)
the roof, if that is next above (including roof beams), may have an FRL of 90/60/30. (b)
S5C14 Type A fire -r esisting construction — roof superimposed on concrete slab:
Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.4]
A roof superimposed on a concrete slab roof need not comply with S5C11 as to fire-resisting construction if—
the superimposed roof and any construction between it and the concrete slab roof are non-combustible (a)
throughout; and
the concrete slab roof complies with Table S5C11g . (b)
S5C15 Type A fire -r esisting construction — roof: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.5]
A roof need not comply with Table S5C11g if its covering is non-combustible and the building—
has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 installed (a)
throughout; or Building element FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Other loadbearing internal walls, internal beams, trusses
and columns90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Floors 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
Roofs 90/60/30 120/60/30 180/60/30 240/90/60S5C11
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 138has a rise in storeys of 3 or less; or (b)
is of Class 2 or 3; or (c)
has an effective height of not more than 25 m and the ceiling immediately below the roof has a resistance to the (d)
incipient spread of fire to the roof space of not less than 60 minutes.
S5C16 Type A fire -r esisting construction — roof lights
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.6]
If a roof is required to have an FRL or its covering is required to be non-combustible , roof lights or the like installed in that
roof must—
have an aggregate area of not more than 20% of the roof surface; and (a)
be not less than 3 m from— (b)
any boundary of the allotment other than the boundary with a road or public place; and (i)
any part of the building which projects above the roof unless that part has the FRL required of a fire wall (ii)
and any openings in that part of the wall for 6 m vertically above the roof light or the like are protected in
accordance with C4D5 ; and
any roof light or the like in an adjoining sole-occupancy unit if the walls bounding the unit are required to (iii)
have an FRL; and
any roof light or the like in an adjoining fire-separated section of the building; and (iv)
if a ceiling with a resistance to the incipient spread of fire is required , be installed in a way that will maintain the (c)
level of protection provided by the ceiling to the roof space.
S5C17 Type A fire -r esisting construction — internal columns and walls:
Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1:3.7]
For a building with an effective height of not more than 25 m and having a roof without an FRL in accordance with S5C15 ,
in the storey immediately below that roof, internal columns other than those referred to in S5C11(1)(d) and internal walls
other than fire walls and shaft walls may have—
in a Class 2 or 3 building: FRL 60/60/60; or (a)
in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building— (b)
with rise in storeys exceeding 3: FRL 60/60/60; or (i)
with rise in storeys not exceeding 3: no FRL. (ii)
S5C18 Type A fire -r esisting construction — open spectator stands and indoor
sports stadiums: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.8]
In an open spectator stand or indoor sports stadium, the following building elements need not have the FRL specified in
Tables S5C11a , S5C11b , S5C11c , S5C11e and S5C11g :
The roof if it is non-combustible . (a)
Columns and loadbearing walls supporting only the roof if they are non-combustible . (b)
Any non- loadbearing part of an external wall less than 3 m— (c)
from any fire-source feature to which it is exposed if it has an FRL of not less than –/60/60 and is non- (i)
combustible ; or
from an external wall of another open spectator stand if it is non-combustible . (ii)S5C15
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 139 S5C19 Type A fire -resisting construction — carparks
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.9 and Table 3.9]
(1) Notwithstanding S5C11 , a carpark may comply with this clause if it is an open-deck carpark or is protected with a
sprinkler system (other than a FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and is—
a separate building; or (a)
a part of a building— (b)
which only occupies part of a storey , and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall ; or (i)
which is located above or below another classification, and the floor separating the classifications complies (ii)
with C3D10 ; or
which is located above another Class 7 part of the building not used for carparking, and the floor separating (iii)
the parts complies with Table S5C11g for a Class 7 part other than a carpark ; or
which is located below another Class 7 part of the building not used for carparking, and the floor separating (iv)
the parts complies with this clause.
(2) For the purposes of this clause, a carpark —
includes— (a)
an administration area associated with the functioning of the carpark ; and (i)
where the carpark is sprinklered, is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building and provides carparking for (ii)
separate sole-occupancy units , each carparking area with an area not greater than 10% of its floor area for
purposes ancillary to the sole-occupancy units ; but
excludes— (b)
except for (a), any area of another classification, or other part of a Class 7 building not used for carparking; (i)
and
a building or part of a building specifically intended for the parking of trucks, buses, vans and the like. (ii)
(3) For building elements in a carpark as described in (1) and (2), the following minimum FRLs are applicable:
External wall : (a)
Less than 3 m from a fire-source feature to which it is exposed: (i)
Loadbearing : 60/60/60. (A)
Non- loadbearing : –/60/60. (B)
3 m or more from a fire-source feature to which it is exposed: –/–/–. (ii)
Internal wall : (b)
Loadbearing , other than one supporting only the roof (not used for carparking): 60/–/–. (i)
Supporting only the roof (not used for carparking): –/–/–. (ii)
Non- loadbearing : –/–/–. (iii)
Fire wall : (c)
From the direction used as a carpark : 60/60/60. (i)
From the direction not used as a carpark : as required by Table S5C11d . (ii)
Columns: (d)
Supporting only the roof (not used for carparking) and 3 m or more from a fire-source feature to which it is (i)
exposed: –/–/–.
Steel column, other than one covered by (i) and one that does not support a part of a building that is not (ii)
used as a carpark —
60/–/–; or (A)
an ESA/M of not greater than 26m2/tonne. (B)
Any other column not covered by (i) or (ii): 60/–/–. (iii)Beams:
(e)S5C19
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 140Steel floor beam in continuous contact with a concrete floor slab— (i)
60/–/–; or (A)
an ESA/M of not greater than 30m2/tonne. (B)
Any other beam: 60/–/–. (ii)
Fire-resisting lift and stair shaft (within the carpark only): 60/60/60. (f)
Floor slab and vehicle ramp: 60/60/60. (g)
Roof (not used for carparking): –/–/–. (h)
(4) For the purposes of sub-clause (3):
ESA/M means the ratio of exposed surface area to mass per unit length. (a)
Refer to Specification 17 for special requirements for a sprinkler system in a carpark complying with (3) and (b)
located within a multi-classified building.
S5C20 Type A fire -r esisting construction — Class 2 and 3 buildings: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.10]
(1) In a Class 2 or 3 building with a rise in storeys of not more than 3—
notwithstanding C2D10(1) and (2) and C3D7 , timber framing may be used for— (a)
external walls ; and (i)
common walls ; and (ii)
the floor framing of lifts pits; and (iii)
non-loadbearing internal walls which are required to be fire-resisting ; and (iv)
non-loadbearing shafts , except shafts used for the discharge of hot products of combustion; and (v)
spandrels or horizontal construction provided for the purposes of C3D7 ; and (vi)
notwithstanding S5C11(1)(c) , for loadbearing internal walls and loadbearing fire walls — (b)
timber framing may be used; and (i)
non-combustible materials may be used; and (ii)
notwithstanding S5C3(1)(c) , timber framing may be used for a part of a building that provides support to a part (c)
of a building constructed of timber framing or non-combustible material in accordance with (a) and (b).
(2) A Class 2 or 3 building having a rise in storeys of not more than 4 may have the top three storeys constructed in
accordance with (1) provided—
the lowest storey is used solely for the purpose of parking motor vehicles or for some other ancillary purpose; (a)
and
the lowest storey is constructed of concrete or masonry including the floor between it and the Class 2 or 3 part (b)
of the building above; and
the lowest storey and the storey above are separated by construction having an FRL of not less than 90/90/90 (c)
with no openings or penetrations that would reduce the fire-resisting performance of that construction except
that a doorway in that construction may be protected by a –/60/30 self-closing fire door.
(3) In a Class 2 or 3 building complying with (1) or (2) and fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or
FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 , any FRL criterion prescribed in Tables S5C11a , S5C11d ,
S5C11e , S5C11f and S5C11g —
for any floor and any loadbearing wall, may be reduced to 60, except any FRL criterion of 90 for an external wall (a)
must be maintained when tested from the outside; and
for any non- loadbearing internal wall , need not apply if— (b)
it is lined on each side with 13 mm standard grade plasterboard or similar non-combustible material; and (i)
it extends— (ii)
to the underside of the floor next above; or (A)
to the underside of a ceiling with a resistance to the incipient spread of fire of 60 minutes; or (B)S5C19
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 141to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering; and (C)
any insulation installed in the cavity of the wall is non-combustible ; and (iii)
any construction joint, space or the like between the top of the wall and the floor, ceiling or roof is smoke (iv)
sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material; and
any doorway in the wall is protected by a self-closing , tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick. (v)
S5C21 Type B fire -r esisting construction — fire -resistance of building elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 4.1 and Table 4]
(1) In a building required to be of Type B construction—
each building element listed in Tables S5C21a , S5C21b , S5C21c , S5C21d , S5C21e , S5C21f and S5C21g , and (a)
any beam or column incorporated in it, must have an FRL not less than that listed in the Tables for the particular
class of building concerned; and
if a stair shaft supports any floor or a structural part of it— (b)
the floor or part must have an FRL of 60/–/– or more; or (i)
the junction of the stair shaft must be constructed so that the floor or part will be free to sag or fall in a fire (ii)
without causing structural damage to the shaft ; and
any internal wall which is required to have an FRL with respect to integrity and insulation , except a wall that (c)
bounds a sole-occupancy unit in the topmost (or only) storey and there is only one unit in that storey , must
extend to—
the underside of the floor next above if that floor has an FRL of at least 30/30/30; or (i)
the underside of a ceiling having a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of not (ii)
less than 60 minutes; or
the underside of the roof covering if it is non-combustible and, except for roof battens with dimensions of (iii)
75 mm x 50 mm or less or sarking-type material , must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building
elements; or
450 mm above the roof covering if it is combustible ; and (iv)
a loadbearing internal wall and a loadbearing fire wall (including those that are part of a loadbearing shaft ) must (d)
be constructed from—
concrete; or (i)
masonry; or (ii)
subject to (2), fire-protected timber ; or (iii)
any combination of (i) to (iii); and (iv)
in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building, in the storey immediately below the roof, internal columns and internal walls (e)
other than fire walls and shaft walls, need not comply with Tables S5C21e , S5C21f and S5C21g ; and
in a Class 2 or 3 building, except where within the one sole-occupancy units , or a Class 9a health-care building (f)
or a Class 9b building, a floor separating storeys or above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or
used for storage or any other ancillary purpose, must—
be constructed so that it is at least of the standard achieved by a floor/ceiling system incorporating a ceiling (i)
which has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 minutes;
or
have an FRL of at least 30/30/30; or (ii)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor, including beams incorporated in it, if the floor (iii)
is combustible or of metal; and
in a Class 9c building a floor above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or used for storage or any (g)
other ancillary purpose, and any column supporting the floor must— Type B Fire -Resisting ConstructionS5C20
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 142be constructed so that it is at least of the standard achieved by a floor/ceiling system incorporating a ceiling (i)
which has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 minutes;
or
have an FRL of at least 30/30/30; or (ii)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor, including beams incorporated in it, if the floor (iii)
is combustible or of metal.
(2) For the purposes of (1)(d)(iii), fire-protected timber may be used, provided that—
the building is— (a)
a separate building; or (i)
a part of a building— (ii)
which only occupies part of a storey , and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall ; or (A)
which is located above or below a part not containing fire-protected timber and the floor between the (B)
adjoining parts is provided with an FRL not less than that prescribed for a fire wall for the lower storey ;
and
the building has an effective height of not more than 25 m; and (b)
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) throughout complying with (c)
Specification 17 ; and
any insulation installed in the cavity of the timber building element required to have an FRL is non-combustible ; (d)
and
cavity barriers are provided in accordance with Specification 9 . (e)
(3) For the purposes of Table S5C21a and Table S5C21b , external wall includes any column and other building element
incorporated within it or other external building element.
Table S5C21a: Type B construction: FRL of loadbearing parts of external walls
Table S5C21b: Type B construction: FRL of non -loadbearing par ts of external walls
Table S5C21c: Type B construction: FRL of external columns not incorporated in an external wall Distance from a fire-source feature FRL (in minutes) Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Less than 1.5 m 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
1.5 to less than 3 m 90/60/30 120/90/60 180/120/90 240/180/120
3 m to less than 9 m 90/30/30 120/30/30 180/90/60 240/90/60
9 m to less than 18 m 90/30/– 120/30/– 180/60/– 240/60/–
18 m or more –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Distance from a fire-
source featureFRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity / Insulation
Class 2, 3 or 4 part Class 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Less than 1.5 m –/90/90 –/120/120 –/180/180 –/240/240
1.5 m to less than 3 m –/60/30 –/90/60 –/120/90 –/180/120
3 m or more –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Distance from a fire-source feature FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Loadbearing column — less than 18 m 90/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–S5C21
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 143
Table S5C21d: Type B construction: FRL of common walls and fire walls
Table S5C21e: Type B construction: FRL of loadbearing internal walls
Table S5C21f: Type B construction: FRL of non -loadbearing int ernal walls
Table S5C21g: Type B construction: FRL of other building elements not covered by Tables S5C21a to
S5C21f
S5C22 Type B fire -r esisting construction — carparks
[2019: Spec C1.1: 4.2 and Table 4.2]
(1) Notwithstanding S5C21 , a carpark may comply with this clause if it is an open-deck carpark or is protected with a
sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and is—
a separate building; or (a)Distance from a fire-source feature FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Loadbearing column — 18 m or more –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Non- loadbearing column –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Wall type FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Loadbearing or non- loadbearing 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/180/180 240/240/240
Location FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Fire-resisting lift and stair shafts 90/90/90 120/120/120 180/120/120 240/120/120
Bounding public corridors , public lobbies and the like 60/60/60 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Between or bounding sole-occupancy units 60/60/60 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Location FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Fire-resisting lift and stair shafts –/90/90 –/120/120 –/120/120 –/120/120
Bounding public corridor , public lobbies and the like –/60/60 –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Between or bounding sole-occupancy units –/60/60 –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Building element FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Other loadbearing internal walls and columns 60/–/– 120/–/– 180/–/– 240/–/–
Roofs –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–S5C21
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 144a part of a building, and if occupying only part of a storey , is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall . (b)
(2) For the purposes of this clause, a carpark —
includes— (a)
an administration area associated with the functioning of the carpark ; and (i)
where the carpark is sprinklered, is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building and provides carparking for (ii)
separate sole-occupancy units each carparking area with an area not greater than 10% of its floor area for
purposes ancillary to the sole-occupancy units ; but
excludes— (b)
except for (a), any area of another classification, or other part of a Class 7 building not used for carparking; (i)
and
a building or part of a building specifically intended for the parking of trucks, buses, vans and the like. (ii)
(3) For building elements in a carpark as described in (1) and (2), the following minimum FRLs are applicable:
External walls : (a)
Less than 3 m from a fire-source feature to which it is exposed: (i)
Loadbearing : 60/60/60. (A)
Non- loadbearing :–/60/60. (B)
3 m or more from a fire-source feature to which it is exposed: –/–/–. (ii)
Internal walls : (b)
Loadbearing , other than one supporting only the roof (not used for carparking): 60/–/–. (i)
Supporting only the roof (not used for carparking): –/–/–. (ii)
Non- loadbearing : –/–/–. (iii)
Fire walls : (c)
From the direction used as a carpark : 60/60/60. (i)
From the direction not used as a carpark : as required by Table S5C21d . (ii)
Columns: (d)
Supporting only the roof (not used for carparking) and 3 m or more from a fire-source feature to which it is (i)
exposed: –/–/–.
Steel column, other than one covered by (i) and one that does not support a part of a building that is not (ii)
used as a carpark —
60/–/–; or (A)
an ESA/M of not greater than 26 m2/tonne. (B)
Any other column not covered by (i) or (ii): 60/–/–. (iii)
Beams: (e)
Steel floor beam less than 3 m from a fire-source feature in continuous contact with a concrete floor slab— (i)
60/–/–; or (A)
an ESA/M of not greater than 30 m2/tonne. (B)
Any other beam less than 3 m from a fire-source feature : 60/–/–. (ii)
Any beam 3 m or more from a fire-source feature : –/–/–. (iii)
Lift shaft : –/–/–. (f)
Fire-resisting stair shaft (within the carpark only): 60/60/60. (g)
Roof, floor slab and vehicle ramp: –/–/–. (h)
(4) For the purposes of (3), ESA/M means the ratio of exposed surface area to mass per unit length. S5C22
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 145 S5C23 Type B fire -resisting construction — Class 2 and 3 buildings: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 4.3]
(1) In a Class 2 or 3 building with a rise in storeys of not more than 2—
notwithstanding C2D10(1) and (2), timber framing may be used for— (a)
external walls ; and (i)
common walls ; and (ii)
the floor framing of lifts pits; and (iii)
non-loadbearing internal walls which are required to be fire-resisting ; and (iv)
non-loadbearing shafts , except shafts used for the discharge of hot products of combustion; and (v)
notwithstanding S5C21(1)(d) , for loadbearing internal walls and loadbearing fire walls — (b)
timber framing may be used; and (i)
non-combustible materials may be used; and (ii)
notwithstanding S5C3(1)(c) , timber framing may be used for a part of a building that provides support to a part (c)
of a building constructed of timber framing or non-combustible material in accordance with (a) and (b).
(2) A
Class 2 or 3 building having a rise in storeys of not more than 2 may have the top storey constructed in accordance
with (1) provided—
the lowest storey is used solely for the purpose of parking motor vehicles or for some other ancillary purpose; (a)
and
the lowest storey is constructed of concrete or masonry including the floor between it and the Class 2 or 3 part (b)
of the building above; and
the lowest storey and the storey above are separated by construction having an FRL of not less than 90/90/90 (c)
with no openings or penetrations that would reduce the fire-resisting performance of that construction except
that a doorway in that construction may be protected by a –/60/30 self-closing fire door.
(3) In a Class 2 or 3 building complying with (1) or (2) and fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FP
AA101D or
FP
AA101H system) complying with Specification 17 , any FRL criterion prescribed in Tables S5C21a , S5C21d ,
S5C21e , S5C21f and S5C21g ; and —
for any loadbearing wall, may be reduced to 60, except any FRL criterion of 90 for an external wall must be (a)
maintained when tested from the outside; and
for any non- loadbearing internal wall , need not apply, if— (b)
it is lined on both sides with 13 mm standard grade plasterboard or similar non-combustible material; and (i)
it extends— (ii)
to the underside of the floor next above if that floor has an FRL
of at least 30/30/30 or is lined on the (A)
underside with a fire-protective covering ; or
to the underside of a ceiling with a resistance to the incipient spread of fire of 60 minutes; or (B)
to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering; and (C)
any insulation installed in the cavity of the wall is non-combustible ; and (iii)
any construction joints, spaces and the like between the top of the wall and the floor
, ceiling or roof is smoke (iv)
sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material.
S5C24 Type C fire -resisting construction — fir e-resistance of building elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 5.1 and Table 5]
(1) In a building required to be of Type C construction—Type C Fire -Resisting ConstructionS5C23
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 146a building element listed in Tables S5C24a , S5C24b , S5C24c , S5C24d and S5C24e and any beam or column (a)
incorporated in it, must have an FRL
not less than that listed in those Tables for the particular Class of building
concerned; and
an external wall that is required by Table S5C24a to have an FRL need only be tested from the outside to satisfy (b)
the requirement; and
a fire wall or an internal wall bounding a sole-occupancy unit or separating adjoining units must comply with (c)
Specification 6 if it is of lightweight construction and is required to have an FRL; and
in a Class 2 or 3 building, an internal wall which is required by Table 5C24c or S5C24d to have an FRL must (d)
extend—
to the underside of the floor next above if that floor has an FRL
of at least 30/30/30 or a fire-protective (i)
covering on the underside of the floor; or
to the underside of a ceiling having a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of (ii)
not less than 60 minutes; or
to the underside of the roof covering if it is non-combustible , and except for roof battens with dimensions of (iii)
75 mm x 50 mm or less or sarking-type material , must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building
elements; or
450 mm above the roof covering if it is combustible ; and (iv)
in a Class 2 or 3 building, except where within the one sole-occupancy unit , or a Class 9a health-care building , (e)
or a Class 9b building, a floor separating storeys , or above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or
used for storage or any other ancillary purpose, and any column supporting the floor
, must—
have an FRL
of at least 30/30/30; or (i)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor including beams incorporated in it and around (ii)
the column, if the floor or column is combustible or of metal; and
in a Class 9c building a floor above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or used for storage or any (f)
other ancillary purpose, and any column supporting the floor
, must—
have an FRL
of at least 30/30/30; or (i)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor including beams incorporated in it and around (ii)
the column, if the floor or column is combustible or of metal.
(2) For the purposes of Table S5C24a and Table S5C24b , external wall includes any column and other building element
incorporated within it or other external building element.
T
able S5C24a: Type C construction: FRL of parts of external walls
T
able S5C24b: Type C construction: FRL of external columns not incorporated into an external wall Distance from a fire-source feature FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Less than 1.5 m 90/90/90 90/90/90 90/90/90 90/90/90
1.5 to less than 3 m –/–/– 60/60/60 60/60/60 60/60/60
3 m or more –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Distance from a fire-source feature FRL (in minutes): structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Less than 1.5 m 90/–/– 90/–/– 90/–/– 90/–/–
1.5 to less than 3 m –/–/– 60/–/– 60/–/– 60/–/–
3 m or more –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–S5C24
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 147 Table S5C24c: Type C construction: FRL of common walls and fire walls
Table S5C24d: Type C construction: FRL of internal walls
Table S5C24e: Type C construction: FRL of roof
S5C25 Type C fire -r esisting construction — carparks
[2019: Spec C1.1: 5.2 and Table 5.2]
(1) Notwithstanding S5C24 , a carpark may comply with this clause if it is an open-deck carpark or is protected with a
sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and is—
a separate building; or (a)
a part of a building, and if occupying only part of a storey , is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall . (b)
(2) For the purposes of this clause, a carpark —
includes— (a)
an administration area associated with the functioning of the carpark ; and (i)
where the carpark is sprinklered, is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building and provides carparking for (ii)
separate sole-occupancy units , each carparking area with an area not greater than 10% of its floor area for
purposes ancillary to the sole-occupancy units ; but
excludes— (b)
except for (a), any area of another classification, or other part of a Class 7 building not used for carparking; (i)
and
a building or part of a building specifically intended for the parking of trucks, buses, vans and the like. (ii)
(3) For building elements in a carpark as described in (1) and (2), the following minimum FRLs are applicable:
External walls : (a)
Less than 1.5 m from a fire-source feature to which it is exposed: (i)
Loadbearing : 60/60/60. (A)
Non- loadbearing : –/60/60. (B)
1.5 m or more from a fire-source feature to which it is exposed: –/–/–. (ii)Wall type FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Loadbearing or non- loadbearing 90/90/90 90/90/90 90/90/90 90/90/90
Location FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Bounding public corridors , public lobbies and the like 60/60/60 –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Between or bounding sole-occupancy units 60/60/60 –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–
Bounding a stair if required to be rated 60/60/60 60/60/60 60/60/60 60/60/60
Location FRL (in minutes): Structural adequacy / Integrity /
Insulation
Class 2, 3 or
4 partClass 5, 7a or 9 Class 6 Class 7b or 8
Roofs –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/–S5C24
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 148Internal walls : –/–/–. (b)
Fire walls : (c)
From the direction used as a carpark : 60/60/60. (i)
From the direction not used as a carpark : 90/90/90. (ii)
Columns: (d)
Steel column less than 1.5 m from a fire-source feature — (i)
60/–/–; or (A)
ESA/M not greater than 26 m2/tonne. (B)
Any other column not less than 1.5 m from a fire-source feature : 60/–/–. (ii)
Any other column not covered by (i) or (ii): –/–/–. (iii)
Beams: (e)
Steel floor beam, less than 1.5 m from a fire-source feature , in continuous contact with a concrete floor (i)
slab—
60/–/–; or (A)
an ESA/M of not greater than 30 m2/tonne. (B)
any other beam: 60/–/–. (ii)
more than 1.5 m from a fire-source feature : –/–/–. (iii)
Roof, floor slab and vehicle ramp: –/–/–. (f)
(4) For the purposes of (3), ESA/M means the ratio of exposed surface area to mass per unit length.S5C25
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 149
S6C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C1.8: 1]
This Specification describes tests to be applied to and criteria to be satisfied by a wall system of lightweight construction .
S6C2 Application
[2019: Spec C1.8: 2]
A wall system need not be tested in accordance with this Specification for static pressure or impact if it is designed and
constructed in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part B1 to resist the appropriate pressures and impacts
defined in this Specification.
S6C3 Walls of certain Class 9b buildings
[2019: Spec C1.8: 3.1]
(1) Lightweight construction forming—
a wall of a lift shaft and stair shaft; and (a)
an external and internal wall bounding a public corridor , public lobby or the like, including a fire-isolated and non (b)
fire-isolated passageway or ramp ,
in spectator stand, sports stadium, cinema or theatre, railway or bus station or airport terminal, must be subjected to
the tests and must fulfil the criteria set out in (2).
(2) For the purposes of (1), the following tests and criteria apply:
The materials tests of S6C10(a) and the criteria of S6C11(a) . (a)
A static test by the imposition of a uniformly distributed load of 1.0 kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with (b)
S6C10(b) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (c) respectively.
A dynamic test by the fall of the impact bag through a height of 350 mm in accordance with S6C10(c) and the (c)
damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (d) respectively.
The surface indentation test of S6C10(d) and the surface indentation criterion of S6C11(e) . (d)
S6C4 Walls of shafts and fire -isolat ed exits generally
[2019: Spec C1.8: 3.2]
A wall of lightweight construction that is required to be fire-resisting and which bounds a lift shaft , stair shaft , or service
shaft , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp must be subjected to the following tests and must fulfil the following
criteria:
The materials tests of S6C10(a) and the criteria of S6C11(a) . (a)
A static test by the imposition of a uniformly distributed load of 0.35 kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with (b)
S6C10(b) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (c) respectively.
A dynamic test by the fall of the impact bag through a height of 150 mm in accordance with S6C10(c) and the (c)
damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (d) respectively.
The surface indentation test of S6C10(d) and the surface indentation criterion of S6C11(e) . (d)Specification 6 Structural tests for lightweight construction
Tests
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 150 S6C5 Additional requirements for lift shafts
[2019: Spec C1.8: 3.3]
(1) In addition to the requirements of S6C3 and S6C4 , a wall system for use in a lift shaft that is required to be fire-
resisting must be subjected to dynamic test by the imposition of—
where the lift car speed is 7 m/s or less — 106 cycles of a uniformly distributed load between 0 and 0.2 kPa (or (a)
its equivalent); or
where the lift car speed is greater than 7 m/s — 106 cycles of a uniformly distributed load between 0 and 0.35 (b)
kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with S6C10(e) and must fulfil the damage criteria of S6C11(b) .
(2) The wall system must be subjected to the static test in accordance with S6C4(b) after the successful conclusion of
the dynamic test specified in (1).
S6C6 Walls generally
[2019: Spec C1.8: 3.4]
An external and internal wall of lightweight construction that is required to be fire-resisting , other than one covered by
S6C3 , S6C4 or S6C5 , must be subjected to the following tests and must fulfil the following criteria:
The materials tests of S6C10(a) and the criteria of S6C11(a) . (a)
A static test by the imposition of a uniformly distributed load of 0.25 kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with (b)
S6C10(b) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (c) respectively.
A dynamic test by fall of the impact bag through a height of 100 mm in accordance with S6C10(c) and the damage (c)
and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (d) respectively.
The surface indentation test of S6C10(d) and the surface indentation criterion of S6C11(e) . (d)
S6C7 General requirements for testing
[2019: Spec C1.8: 4.1]
Testing must be carried out on either—
construction in-situ; or (a)
a laboratory specimen of the construction. (b)
S6C8 Testing in -situ
[2019: Spec C1.8: 4.2]
If testing is carried out in-situ, it must be done on that part of the construction least likely, because of the particular
combination of the height of the walls, the support conditions and other aspects of the construction, to resist the loads.
S6C9 Testing of specimens
[2019: Spec C1.8: 4.3]
If a laboratory specimen is tested, the specimen must span only in the direction corresponding to the height of the wall
and testing must be done in accordance with either (a) or (b) below:
The test specimen— (a)
height (or length, if the specimen is tested horizontally) must be identical with the height between supports (i)
in the actual construction; and
must be supported at the top and bottom (or at each end if tested horizontally) by components identical (ii)Test SpecimensS6C5
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 151with, and in a manner identical with, the actual construction.
If the distance between supports of the actual construction is more than 3 m, then a smaller specimen may be (b)
tested but—
the distance between supports must be not less than 3 m; and (i)
forces, reactions and support conditions must be modelled so as to reproduce the behaviour of the actual (ii)
construction if it were tested in-situ.
S6C10 Test methods
[2019: Spec C1.8: 5]
Tests must be carried out in accordance with the following:
Material tests — The methods specified for the constituent materials of the construction of the standards adopted (a)
by reference in the NCC.
For resistance to static pressure — The provisions for testing walls under transverse load in ASTM E72-15, (b)
except that—
support conditions must be as specified in S6C9 ; and (i)
equivalent load shall mean the quarter-point load that produces the same deflection or central moment as (ii)
appropriate; and
the timber species nominated in that standard may be substituted with a different species. (iii)
For resistance to impact — The provisions for testing wall systems in ASTM E695-03, except that— (c)
the point of impact must be set 1.5 m above finished floor level or 1.5 m above the part of the specimen (i)
that corresponds to finished floor level; and
the impact bag must be not less than 225 mm in diameter and not more than 260 mm in diameter and have (ii)
a mass of not less than 27.2 kg or more than 27.3 kg; and
the mass must be achieved by putting loose, dry sand into the bag and must be adjusted before each series (iii)
of impact tests; and
where the impact bag and suspension cannot be vertical at the instant of impact on a curved surface or an (iv)
inclined surface, the height of drop is the net height at the point of impact.
For resistance to surface indentation — The test for resistance to surface indentation must be carried out at (d)
three points on the surface of an undamaged sample sheet as follows:
A steel ball of 10 mm diameter with a load of 150 N must be placed gently on the surface of the sheet and (i)
allowed to remain in position for 5 minutes.
The ball and load must then be removed and the diameter of each impression of the ball on the surface (ii)
measured.
For resistance of lift shaft construction to repetitive load — As for (b) except that— (e)
it is sufficient to test one specimen with the pressure applied from the side of the construction on which the (i)
lift will operate; and
the load must be applied dynamically at a frequency not less than 1 Hz and not more than 3 Hz; and (ii)
equivalent load shall mean the quarter-point load that produces the same central moment as the distributed (iii)
load.
S6C11 Criteria for compliance
[2019: Spec C1.8: 6]
The wall system or the specimen of it must fulfil the following criteria: Test Methods and Compliance CriteriaS6C9
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 152Materials — Materials must comply with the applicable standard adopted by reference in the NCC. (a)
Damage —
There must be no crack, penetration or permanent surface-deformation to a depth of more than 0.5 (b)
mm or any other non-elastic deformation or fastener failure.
Deflection — Static pressure — Under static pressure the deflection must not be more than— (c)
1/240th of the height between supports; or (i)
for construction other than a lift shaft — 30 mm; or (ii)
for a lift shaft — 20 mm. (iii)
Deflection — Impact — Under impact the instantaneous deflection must not be more than— (d)
1/120th of the height of the wall between supports; or (i)
for construction other than a lift shaft — 30 mm; or (ii)
for a lift shaft — 20 mm. (iii)
Surface indentation — No impression must be more than 5 mm in diameter
. (e)S6C11
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 153
S7C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C1.10: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements in relation to the fire hazard properties of linings, materials and assemblies in
Class 2 to 9 buildings as set out in Table S7C2 .
S7C2 Application
[2019: Spec C1.10: 2]
Linings, materials and assemblies must comply with the appropriate requirement described in Table S7C2 .
Table S7C2: Fire hazard property requirements
S7C3 Floor linings and floor coverings
[2019: Spec C1.10: 3]
A floor lining or floor covering must have—
a critical radiant flux not less than that listed in Table S7C3 ; and (a)
in a building not protected by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with (b)
Specification 17 , a maximum smoke development rate of 750 percent-minutes; and
a group number complying with S7C6(b) , for any portion of the floor covering that is continued more than 150 (c)
mm up a wall. Specification 7 Fire hazard properties
Lining, material or assembly Requirement
Floor linings and floor coverings S7C3
Wall linings and ceiling linings S7C4
Air-handling ductwork S7C5
Lift cars S7C6
In fire control rooms subject to Specification 6 and fire
isolated exitsS7C7
In Class 9b buildings used as a theatre, public hall or the
like — fixed seating in the audience area or auditorium;
and a proscenium curtain required by Specification 32S7C7
Escalators, moving walkways and non- required non- fire-
isolated stairways or pedestrian ramps subject to
Specification 14S7C7
Sarking-type material S7C7
Attachments to internal floors, walls and ceilings S7C7
Other materials including insulation S7C7
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 154 Table S7C3 : Critical radiant flux (CHF in kW/m2) of floor linings and floor coverings
S7C4 Wall and ceiling linings
[2019: Spec C1.10: 4]
(1) A wall or ceiling lining system must comply with the group number specified in Table S7C4 and for buildings not fitted
with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 have—
a smoke growth rate index not more than 100; or (a)
an average specific extinction area less than 250 m2/kg. (b)
(2) A group number of a wall or ceiling lining and the smoke growth rate index or average specific extinction area must
be determined in accordance with AS 5637.1.
Table S7C4 : Wall and ceiling lining materials (mat erial groups permitted )
Class of building Fire-isolated exits and
fire control roomsPublic corridors Specific areas Other areas
Class 2 or 3,
unsprinklered,
excluding
accommodation for
the aged, people with
disabilities and
childrenWalls: 1 Walls: 1, 2 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3
Class 2 or 3,
sprinklered, excluding
accommodation for
the aged, people with Walls: 1 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3Class of building Building not fitted with a
sprinkler system (other than
a FPAA101D or FPAA101H
system) complying with
Specification 17Building fitted with a
sprinkler system (other than
a FPAA101D or FPAA101H
system) complying with
Specification 17Fire-isolated exits and fire
control rooms
Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b,
excluding Class 3
accommodation for the
aged and Class 9b as
specified below2.2 kW/m21.2 kW/m22.2 kW/m2
Class 3 accommodation for
the aged4.5 kW/m22.2 kW/m24.5 kW/m2
Class 9a patient care areas 4.5 kW/m22.2 kW/m24.5 kW/m2
Class 9a areas other than
patient care areas2.2 kW/m21.2 kW/m24.5 kW/m2
Class 9b auditorium or
audience seating area used
mainly for indoor swimming
or ice skating1.2 kW/m21.2 kW/m22.2 kW/m2
Class 9b auditorium or
audience seating area used
mainly for other sports or
multi-purpose functions2.2 kW/m21.2 kW/m22.2 kW/m2
Class 9c resident use area N/A 2.2 kW/m24.5 kW/m2
Class 9c areas other than
resident use areasN/A 1.2 kW/m24.5 kW/m2S7C3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 155
Table Notes
”Sprinklered” means a building fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) (1)
complying with Specification 17 .
”Specific areas” means within— (2)
for Class 2 and 3 buildings, a sole-occupancy unit ; and (i)
for Class 5 buildings, open plan offices with a minimum floor dimension/floor to ceiling height ratio > 5; and (ii)
for Class 6 buildings, shops or other building with a minimum floor dimension/floor to ceiling height ratio > 5; (iii)
and
for Class 9a health-care buildings , patient care areas ; and (iv)
for Class 9b theatres and halls, etc, an auditorium; and (v)
for Class 9b schools , a classroom; and (vi)
for Class 9c buildings, resident use area . (vii)
S7C5 Air-handling ductw ork
[2019: Spec C1.10: 5]
Rigid and flexible ductwork in a Class 2 to 9 building must comply with the fire hazard properties set out in AS 4254.1 and
AS 4254.2. Class of building Fire-isolated exits and
fire control roomsPublic corridors Specific areas Other areas
disabilities and
children
Class 3 or 9a,
unsprinklered,
accommodation for
the aged, people with
a disability, children
and health-care
buildingsWalls: 1 Walls: 1 Walls: 1, 2 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3
Class 3 or 9a,
sprinklered,
accommodation for
the aged, people with
a disability, children
and health-care
buildingsWalls: 1 Walls: 1, 2 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3
Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b
schools , unsprinkleredWalls: 1 Walls: 1, 2 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3
Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b
schools , sprinkleredWalls: 1 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1 ,2, 3
Class 9b other than
schools , unsprinkleredWalls: 1 Walls: 1 Walls: 1, 2 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3
Class 9b other than
schools , sprinkleredWalls: 1 Walls: 1, 2 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3
Class 9c, sprinklered Walls: 1 Walls: 1, 2 Walls: 1, 2, 3 Walls: 1, 2, 3
Ceilings: 1 Ceilings: 1, 2 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3 Ceilings: 1, 2, 3S7C4
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 156 S7C6 Lift cars
[2019: Spec C1.10: 6]
Materials used as—
floor linings and floor coverings must have a critical radiant flux not less than 2.2; and (a)
wall and ceiling linings must be a Group 1 material or a Group 2 material in accordance with AS 5637.1. (b)
S7C7 Other materials
[2019: Spec C1.10: 7]
Materials and assemblies not included in S7C3 , S7C4 , S7C5 or S7C6 must not exceed the indices set out in Table S7C7 .
NSW Table S7C7
Table S7C7 : Other materials
Table Notes
In a fire control room or fire-isolated stairway , a material used as an attachment or part of an attachment to a (1)Material or assembly
locationFlammability Index Spread-of-Flame Index Smoke-Developed Index
Fire control rooms subject
to Specification 19 and fire-
isolated exits, other than a
sarking-type material used
in a ceiling or used as an
attachment or part of an
attachment to a building
element. Note 1N/A 0 2
Class 9b buildings used as
a theatre, public hall or the
like: Any part of fixed
seating in the audience
area or auditorium.N/A 0 5
Class 9b buildings used as
a theatre, public hall or the
like: A proscenium curtain
required by Specification
32.N/A 0 3
Escalators, moving
walkways or non- required
non fire-isolated stairway or
pedestrian ramps subject to
Specification 14 .N/A 0 5
Sarking-type materials : In a
fire control room subject to
Specification 19 or a fire-
isolated exit or fire control
room used in the form of an
exposed wall or ceiling.0 N/A N/A
Sarking-type materials : In
other locations. Note 25 N/A N/A
Other materials or locations
and insulation materials
other than sarking-type
material . Notes 2 and 3N/A 9 8 if the Spread-of-Flame
Index is more than 5S7C6
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 157building element must, if combustible , be attached directly to a non-combustible substrate and not exceed 1 mm
finished thickness.
A material, other than one located within a fire-isolated exit or fire control room, may be covered on all faces by (2)
concrete or masonry not less than 50 mm thick, as an alternative to meeting the specified indices.
In the case of a composite member or assembly, the member or assembly must be constructed so that when (3)
assembled as proposed in a building—
any material which does not comply with this Table is protected on all sides and edges from exposure to the (a)
air; and
the member or assembly, when tested in accordance with Specification 3 , has Spread-of-Flame Index and (b)
Smoke-Developed Index not exceeding those prescribed in this Table; and
the member or assembly retains the protection in position so that it prevents ignition of the material and (c)
continues to screen it from access to free air for a period of not less than 10 minutes.S7C7
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 158
S8C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C1.11: 1]
This Specification contains measures to minimise, in the event of fire, the likelihood of external walls covered by S8C2
collapsing outwards as complete panels and the likelihood of panels separating from supporting members.
S8C2 Application
[2019: Spec C1.11: 2]
This Specification applies to buildings having a rise in storeys of not more than 2 with concrete external walls that could
collapse as complete panels (e.g. tilt-up and precast concrete) which—
consist of either single or multiple panels attached by steel connections to lateral supporting members; and (a)
depend on those connections to resist outward movement of the panels relative to the supporting members; (b)
and
have height to thickness ratio not greater than 50. (c)
S8C3 General requirements for external wall panels
[2019: Spec C1.11: 3]
(1) Cast-in inserts and fixings must be anchored into the panel with welded bars or be fixed to the panel reinforcement.
(2) Cast-in inserts for top connections and fixings acting together must be able to resist an ultimate load of two times the
larger of the forces required to develop—
the ultimate bending moment capacity of the panel at its base; or (a)
the overturning moment at the base of the panel arising from an outwards lateral displacement at the top of the (b)
panel equal to one tenth of the panel height.
(3) Top connections of the panel exposed to fire, such as clips and drilled-in inserts, acting together must be able to
resist an ultimate load of six times the larger of the forces required to develop the moment specified in (2)(a) or (b).
(4) Lateral supporting members and their connections must be designed to resist the connection forces specified in (2)
and (3) and in the case of an eaves tie member the force in the member must be determined assuming that it deforms
in a manner compatible with the lateral displacement of the wall panels, and that it acts in tension only.
(5) External wall panels that span vertically must have at least two upper connections per panel to the supporting member,
except that where a number of panels are designed to act as one unit, (e.g. tongue and groove hollow-core panels),
only two upper connections are required for each unit.
(6) External wall panels that span horizontally between columns must have at least two connections at each column.
(7) Connections providing lateral support to a panel must be designed to remain engaged to the supported panel both
before and during a fire.
Notes
The increased forces specified by the multiplier of two or six in (2) and (3) above are to take account of the lower
strength of the connections and members at the higher than ambient temperatures expected in a fire.
Specification 8 Performance of external walls in fire
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 159 S8C4 Additional requirements for vertically spanning external wall panels
adjacent to columns
[2019: Spec C1.11: 4]
(1) Where vertically spanning external wall panels are located adjacent to columns, connections to the panels must be
located and/or detailed to minimise forces that may develop between the panels and columns arising from the restraint
of differential displacement.
(2) The requirements of (1) are satisfied by—
detailing the connections and/or the supporting member to sustain a relative outward displacement of (d) between (a)
the panels and columns at the connection height where d(m) is calculated as—
the square of the connection height (m) divided by one hundred and twenty-five, when the connection height (i)
is less than 5 m; or
the connection height (m) divided by twenty-five, when the connection height (m) is greater than or equal (ii)
to 5 m; or
in situations where an eaves tie member is used to provide lateral support to external wall panels, the tie member (b)
is connected to the panels no closer than a distance (s) from the column where s(m) is taken as one quarter of
the panel height (m).S8C4
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 160
S9C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C1.13: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements for cavity barriers in fire-protected timber construction.
S9C2 Requirements
[2019: Spec C1.13: 2]
(1) Cavity barriers must be provided in the following locations where fire-protected timber is used in any of the listed
elements:
At concealed cavities adjacent to junctions between fire-resisting floor/ceiling assemblies and fire-resisting walls. (a)
At concealed cavities adjacent to junctions between fire-resisting floor/ceiling assemblies and fire-resisting or (b)
non-combustible external walls .
At concealed cavities adjacent to junctions between fire-resisting walls and fire-resisting or non-combustible (c)
external walls .
Around the perimeter of door and window openings in fire-resisting construction. (d)
(2) Cavity barriers must be installed so they are tight fitting and are able to withstand thermal expansion and structural
movement without the loss of seal against fire and smoke.
(3) In addition to cavity barriers required by (1), horizontal and vertical cavity barriers are to be provided to wall cavities
within, around or adjacent to fire-protected timber elements as follows:
Horizontal cavity barriers — at not more than 5 m centres. (a)
Vertical cavity barriers — at not more than 10 m centres. (b)
(4) Cavity barriers must—
achieve the performance specified in Table S9C2 based on the highest FRL of the elements they are mounted (a)
within or seal against; or
consist of— (b)
timber with the minimum thickness specified in Table S9C2 ; or (i)
polythene-sleeved mineral wool or mineral wool slabs or strips placed under compression to achieve the (ii)
minimum thickness specified in Table S9C2 .
(5) Cavity barriers provided around openings may be formed by the window or door frame if—
the frame is constructed of steel or timber with the minimum thickness specified in Table S9C2 for timber; and (a)
the frame is tightly fitted to rigid construction and mechanically fixed in position. (b)
(6) The FRL of cavity barriers in fire-protected timber construction must be determined in accordance with Specifications
1 and 2 applying the criteria for control joint systems specified in
Section 10
of AS 1530.4 with the cavity barriersystem fitted within an opening between timber members exposed directly to the furnace heating conditions.
(7) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Specifications 1 and 2 or AS 1530.4, the test results from (6) may be used
when the fire-protected timber is constructed from timber having a nominal density at least equal to the tested timber.
Table S9C2: Cavity barrier requirements Specification 9 Cavity barriers for fire -protected timber
System required FRL –/60/60 or –/90/90 –/120/120, –/180/180 or –/240/240
Cavity barrier required FRL –/45/45 –/60/60
Timber, required minimum thickness 45 mm 60 mm
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 161
Table Notes
Minimum thicknesses are to be measured in the direction of heat flow.System required FRL –/60/60 or –/90/90 –/120/120, –/180/180 or –/240/240
Mineral wool, required minimum
thickness45 mm 60 mmS9C2
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 162
S10C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C1.13a : 1]
This Specification contains requirements for fire-protected timber and procedures for determining the time at which the
temperature at the interface between the protection system and the timber is exceeded.
S10C2 General requirements
[2019: Spec C1.13a : 2.1]
(1) Fire-protected timber must—
utilise a non-combustible fire-protective covering fixed in accordance with the system requirements to achieve (a)
an FRL not less than that required for the building element; and
have a non-combustible fire-protective covering fixed in accordance with system requirements— (b)
to achieve a resistance to the incipient spread of fire of not less than 45 minutes when tested in accordance (i)
with—
for horizontal elements —
Section 4
of AS 1530.4; and (A)for other elements — the relevant test procedures from
Section 4
of AS 1530.4 applied to the element (B)lining; or
which consists of not less than 2 layers of 13 mm thick, fire-protective grade plasterboard. (ii)
(2) For the purposes of (1), the non-combustible fire-protective covering provided under (1)(b) may form all or part of the
non-combustible fire-protective covering provided under (1)(a).
S10C3 Massive timber
[2019: Spec C1.13a : 2.2]
(1) Fire-protected timber , where the timber is massive timber , need not comply with S10C2 if the fire-protected timber —
utilises a non-combustible fire-protective covering fixed in accordance with system requirements to achieve an (a)
FRL not less than that required for the building element; and
has a non-combustible fire-protective covering fixed in accordance with system requirements— (b)
so as the temperature at the interface between the protection system and the timber does not exceed 300°C (i)
during a fire resistance test performed in accordance with S10C4 , S10C5 and S10C6 for the application
and periods listed in Table S10C3 ; or
not less than that specified by Table S10C3 ; and (ii)
has any cavity filled with non-combustible insulation , or no cavity, between— (c)
the surface of the timber and the fire-protective covering ; or (i)
timber elements within the fire-protective covering . (ii)
(2) For the purposes of (1), the non-combustible fire-protective covering provided under (1)(b) may form all or part of the
non-combustible fire-protective covering provided under (1)(a). Specification 10 Fire-protected timber
Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 163 Table S10C3 : Interface temperature and minimum fire protective grade plasterboard thickness
S10C4 Form of test
[2019: Spec C1.13a : 3.1]
(1) Tests must be carried out in accordance with the Standard Fire Test , or an equivalent or more severe test, on the
timber element with the proposed non-combustible coverings fixed in a representative manner, with the time the
timber interface temperatures exceeded 300°C confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory .
(2) If a fire protection system incorporates joints, the test specimens must incorporate representative joints.
(3) Interface temperatures must be measured over the following features by a minimum of two thermocouples:
At joint positions in the protection systems. (a)
At least 200 mm from any joint. (b)
At service penetrations. (c)
At any other locations where, in the opinion of the Accredited Testing Laboratory , the interface temperature may (d)
be higher than the above positions.
(4) The temperatures must be measured in accordance with
Appendix C1 and
Section 2
of AS 1530.4 as appropriate.S10C5 Smaller specimen permitted
[2019: Spec C1.13a : 3.2]
An Accredited Testing Laboratory may carry out the test specified in S10C4 at pilot scale provided—
a specimen (which must be not less than 1000 mm x 1000 mm) adequately represents the proposed construction (a)
in the building; and
the fire resistance of the specimen has already been determined in a full scale test performed in accordance (b)
with
AS 1530.4 to demonstrate adequate retention of the fire protection system in conjunction with the timber
elements being protected; and
the results of the test do not apply to construction larger than limits defined by the Accredited Testing Laboratory (c)
conducting the pilot examination.
S10C6 Acceptance criteria
[2019: Spec C1.13a : 3.3]
The time the timber interface temperature exceeds 300°C must be taken as the minimum time any of the thermocouples
specified in S10C4 exceeded 300°C.Application Time – without timber interface
exceeding 300°C (mins)Minimum thickness of fire-grade
plasterboard (mm)
Inside a fire-isolated stairway or lift
shaft20 13
External walls within 1 m of an
allotment boundary or 2 m of a
building on the same allotment45 2 x 13
All other applications 30 16
Determination of time the timber interface temperature exceeds 300°C for timber at least
75 mm thickS10C3
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 164
S11C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C2.5: 1]
(1) This Specification sets out requirements for the construction of smoke-proof walls in Class 9a health-care buildings
and Class 9c buildings.
(2) Smoke proof walls required to have an FRL are to be in accordance with A5G5 .
S11C2 Class 9a health -car e buildings
[2019: Spec C2.5: 2]
Smoke-proof walls required by C3D6 in Class 9a health-care buildings must comply with the following:
Be non-combustible and extend to the underside of— (a)
the floor above; or (i)
a non-combustible roof covering; or (ii)
a ceiling having a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 (iii)
minutes.
Not incorporate any glazed areas unless the glass is safety glass as defined in AS 1288. (b)
Only have doorways which are fitted with smoke doors complying with Specification 12 . (c)
Have all openings around penetrations and the junctions of the smoke-proof wall and the remainder of the (d)
building stopped with non-combustible material to prevent the free passage of smoke.
Incorporate smoke dampers where air-handling ducts penetrate the wall unless the duct forms part of a smoke (e)
hazard management system required to continue air movement through the duct during a fire.
S11C3 Class 9c buildings
[2019: Spec C2.5: 3]
Smoke-proof walls required by C3D6 in Class 9c buildings must comply with the following:
The wall may be lined on one side only. (a)
Linings on the wall must be non-combustible and extend to the underside of— (b)
the floor above; or (i)
a non-combustible roof covering; or (ii)
a flush plasterboard ceiling lined with 13 mm standard grade plasterboard or a fire-protective covering , with (iii)
all penetrations sealed against the free passage of smoke.
If plasterboard is used in the lining on a wall, it must be a minimum of 13 mm standard grade plasterboard. (c)
Not incorporate any glazed areas unless the glass is safety glass as defined in AS 1288. (d)
Only have doorways which are fitted with smoke doors complying with Specification 12 . (e)
Have all openings around penetrations and the junctions of the smoke-proof wall and the remainder of the (f)
building stopped with non-combustible material to prevent the free passage of smoke.
Incorporate smoke dampers where air-handling ducts penetrate the wall unless the duct forms part of a smoke (g)
hazard management system required to continue air movement through the duct during a fire. Specification 11Smoke -proof walls in health -care and residential care
buildings
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 165 S11C4 Doorways in smoke -proof walls
[2019: Spec C2.5: 4]
A door required by C3D6 or this Specification to be smoke-proof or have an FRL, other than one that serves a fire
compartment provided with a zone pressurisation system in accordance with AS 1668.1, must provide a smoke reservoir
by not extending within 400 mm of the underside of—
a roof covering; or (a)
the floor above; or (b)
an imperforate false ceiling that will prevent the free passage of smoke. (c)S11C4
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 166
S12C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C3.4: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements for the construction of fire doors, smoke doors, fire windows and fire shutters.
S12C2 Fire doors
[2019: Spec C3.4: 2]
A required fire door must—
comply with AS 1905.1; and (a)
not fail by radiation through any glazed part during the period specified for integrity in the required FRL. (b)
S12C3 General requirements for smoke doors
[2019: Spec C3.4: 3.1]
Smoke doors must be constructed so that smoke will not pass from one side of the doorway to the other and, if they are
glazed, there is minimal danger of a person being injured by accidentally walking into them.
S12C4 Construction Deemed -to-Satisfy f or smoke doors
[2019: Spec C3.4: 3.2]
A smoke door of one or two leaves satisfies S12C3 if it is constructed as follows:
The leaves are side-hung to swing— (a)
in the direction of egress; or (i)
in both directions. (ii)
The leaves are solid-core and at least 35 mm thick, or are capable of resisting smoke at 200°C for 30 minutes. (b)
The leaves are fitted with smoke seals. (c)
The leaves— (d)
are normally in the closed position; or (i)
operate such that— (ii)
they are closed automatically with the automatic closing operation initiated by smoke detectors, (A)
installed in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1, located on each side of the doorway
not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from the doorway; and
in the event of power failure to the door, they will fail-safe in the closed position. (B)
The leaves return to the fully closed position after each manual opening. (e)
Any glazing incorporated in the door complies with AS 1288. (f)
If a glazed panel is capable of being mistaken for an unobstructed exit, the presence of the glass must be (g)
identified by an opaque mid-height band, mid-rail, crash-bar or other opaque construction.
S12C5 Fire shutters
[2019: Spec C3.4: 4]
A required fire shutter must— Specification 12 Fire doors, smoke doors, fire windows and shutters
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 167be a shutter that— (a)
is identical with a tested prototype that has achieved the required FRL; and (i)
is installed in the same manner and in an opening that is not larger than the tested prototype; and (ii)
did not have a rise in average temperature on the side remote from the furnace of more than 140 K during (iii)
the first 30 minutes of the test; or
be a steel shutter complying with AS 1905.2 if a metallic fire shutter is not prohibited by C4D6 . (b)
S12C6 Fire windows
[2019: Spec C3.4: 5]
A required fire window must be—
identical in construction with a prototype that has achieved the required FRL; and (a)
installed in the same manner and in an opening that is not larger than the tested prototype. (b)S12C5
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 168 S13C1 Scope
[2019: Spec C3.15: 1]
This Specification prescribes materials and methods of installation for services that penetrate walls, floors and ceilings
required to have an FRL.
S13C2 Application
[2019: Spec C3.15: 2]
(1) This Specification applies to installations permitted under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the NCC as alternatives
to systems that have been demonstrated by test to fulfil the requirements of C4D15(2)(a) .
(2) This Specification does not apply to installations in ceilings required to have a resistance to the incipient spread of
fire nor to the installation of piping that contains or is intended to contain a flammable liquid or gas.
S13C3 Metal pipe systems
[2019: Spec C3.15: 3]
(1) A pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) that is not normally filled with liquid must
not be located within 100 mm, for a distance of 2 m from the penetration, of any combustible building element or a
position where combustible material may be located, and must be constructed of—
copper alloy or stainless steel with a wall thickness of at least 1 mm; or (a)
cast iron or steel (other than stainless steel) with a wall thickness of at least 2 mm. (b)
(2) An opening for a pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) must—
be neatly formed, cut or drilled; and (a)
be no closer than 200 mm to any other service penetration; and (b)
accommodate only one pipe. (c)
(3) A
pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) must be wrapped but must not be lagged
or enclosed in thermal insulation over the length of its penetration of a wall, floor or ceiling unless the lagging or
thermal insulation fulfils the requirements of S13C7 .
(4) The gap between a metal pipe and the wall, floor or ceiling it penetrates must be fire-stopped in accordance with
S13C7 .
S13C4 Pipes penetrating sanitary compartments
[2019: Spec C3.15: 4]
If a pipe of metal or UPVC penetrates the floor of a sanitary compartment in accordance with C4D15(2)(c)(ii) —
the opening must be neatly formed and no larger than is necessary to accommodate the pipe or fitting; and (a)
the gap between pipe and floor must be fire-stopped in accordance with S13C7 . (b)
S13C5 Wires and cables
[2019: Spec C3.15: 5]
If a wire or cable or cluster of wires or cables penetrates a floor, wall or ceiling—
the opening must be neatly formed, cut or drilled and no closer than 50 mm to any other service; and (a)Specification 13 Penetration of walls, floors and ceilings by services
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 169the opening must be no larger in cross-sectional area than— (b)
2000 mm2 if only a single cable is accommodated and the gap between cable and wall, floor or ceiling is (i)
no wider than 15 mm; or
500 mm2 in any other case; and (ii)
the gap between the service and the wall, floor or ceiling must be fire-stopped in accordance with S13C7 . (c)
S13C6 Electrical switches and outlets
[2019: Spec C3.15: 6]
If an electrical switch, outlet, socket or the like is accommodated in an opening or recess in a wall, floor or ceiling—
the opening or recess must not— (a)
be located opposite any point within 300 mm horizontally or 600 mm vertically of any opening or recess on (i)
the opposite side of the wall; or
extend beyond half the thickness of the wall; and (ii)
the gap between the service and the wall, floor or ceiling must be fire-stopped in accordance with S13C7 . (b)
S13C7 Fire -st opping
[2019: Spec C3.15: 7]
(1) Material: The material used for the fire-stopping of service penetrations must be concrete, high-temperature mineral
fibre, high-temperature ceramic fibre or other material that does not flow at a temperature below 1120°C when tested
in accordance with ISO 540, and must have—
demonstrated in a system tested in accordance with C4D15(2)(a) that it does not impair the fire-resisting (a)
performance of the building element in which it is installed; or
demonstrated in a test in accordance with (5) that it does not impair the fire-resisting performance of the test (b)
slab.
(2) Installation: Fire-stopping material must be packed into the gap between the service and wall, floor or ceiling in a
manner, and compressed to the same degree, as adopted for testing under (1)(a) or (b).
(3) Hollow construction: If a pipe penetrates a hollow wall (such as a stud wall, a cavity wall or a wall of hollow blockwork)
or a hollow floor/ceiling system, the cavity must be so framed and packed with fire-stopping material that is—
installed in accordance with (2) to a thickness of 25 mm all round the service for the full length of the penetration; (a)
and
restrained, independently of the service, from moving or parting from the surfaces of the service and of the wall, (b)
floor or ceiling.
(4) Recesses: If an electrical switch, socket, outlet or the like is accommodated in a recess in a hollow wall or hollow
floor/ceiling system—
the cavity immediately behind the service must be framed and packed with fire-stopping material in accordance (a)
with (3); or the back and sides of the service must be protected with refractory lining board identical with and to the same (b)
thickness as that in which the service is installed.
(5) Test: The test to demonstrate compliance of a fire-stopping material with this Specification must be conducted as
follows:
The test specimen must comprise a concrete slab not less than 1 m square and not more than 100 mm thick, (a)
and appropriately reinforced if necessary for
structural adequacy during manufacture, transport and testing.
The slab must have a hole 50 mm in diameter through the centre and the hole must be packed with the fire- (b)
stopping material.
The slab must be conditioned in accordance with AS 1530.4. (c)
Two thermocouples complying with AS 1530.4 must be attached to the upper surface of the packing each about (d)
5 mm from its centre. S13C5
(1 May 2023)
Fire resistance
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 170The slab must be tested on flat generally in accordance with
Section 10
of AS 1530.4 and must achieve an FRL (e)of 60/60/60 or as otherwise required .S13C7
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 171Section D Access and egress
Part D1 Access and egress
Objectives
D1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
D1F1 Access
D1F2 Egress
Performance Requirements
D1P1 Access for people with a disability
D1P2 Safe movement to and within a building
D1P3 Fall prevention barriers
D1P4 Exits
D1P5 Fire-isolated exits
D1P6 Paths of travel to exits
D1P7 Evacuation lifts
D1P8 Carparking for people with a disability
D1P9 Communication systems for people with hearing impairment
Verification Methods
D1V1 Wire barriers
D1V2 Access to and within a building
D1V3 Ramp gradient, crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance for
ramps used by wheelchairs
D1V4 Fire Safety Verification Method
Part D2 Provision for escape
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
D2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
D2D2 Application of Part
D2D3 Number of exits required
D2D4 When fire -isolated stairways and ramps are required
D2D5 Exit travel distances
D2D6 Distance between alternative exits
D2D7 Height of exits, paths of travel to exits and doorways
D2D8 Width of exits and paths of travel to exits
D2D9 Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
D2D10 Exit width not to diminish in direction of travel
D2D11 Determination and measurement of exits and paths of travel to
exits
D2D12 Travel via fire -isolated exits
D2D13 External stairways or ramps in lieu of fire -isolated exits
D2D14 Travel by non-fire-isolated stairways or ramps
D2D15 Discharge from exits
D2D16 Horizontal exits
D2D17 Non-required stairways, ramps or escalators
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 172D2D18 Number of persons accommodated
D2D19 Measurement of distances
D2D20 Method of measurement
D2D21 Plant rooms, lift machine rooms and electricity network substa -
tions : Concession
D2D22 Access to lift pits
D2D23 Egress from primary schools
Part D3 Construction of exits
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
D3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
D3D2 Application of Part
D3D3 Fire-isolated stairways and ramps
D3D4 Non-fire-isolated stairways and ramps
D3D5 Separation of rising and descending stair flights
D3D6 Open access ramps and balconies
D3D7 Smoke lobbies
D3D8 Installations in exits and paths of travel
D3D9 Enclosure of space under stairs and ramps
D3D10 Width of required stairways and ramps
D3D11 Pedestrian ramps
D3D12 Fire-isolated passageways
D3D13 Roof as open space
D3D14 Goings and risers
D3D15 Landings
D3D16 Thresholds
D3D17 Barriers to prevent falls
D3D18 Height of barriers
D3D19 Openings in barriers
D3D20 Barrier climbability
D3D21 Wire barriers
D3D22 Handrails
D3D23 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
D3D24 Doorways and doors
D3D25 Swinging doors
D3D26 Operation of latch
D3D27 Re-entry from fire -isolated exits
D3D28 Signs on doors
D3D29 Protection of openable windows
D3D30 Timber stairways: Concession
Part D4 Access for people with a disability
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
D4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
D4D2 General building access requirements
D4D3 Access to buildings
D4D4 Parts of buildings to be accessible
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 173D4D5 Exemptions
D4D6 Accessible carparking
D4D7 Signage
D4D8 Hearing augmentation
D4D9 Tactile indicators
D4D10 Wheelchair seating spaces in Class 9b assembly buildings
D4D11 Swimming pools
D4D12 Ramps
D4D13 Glazing on an accessway
Specification 14 Non-required stairways, ramps and escalators
S14C1 Scope
S14C2 Requirements
Specification 15 Braille and tactile signs
S15C1 Scope
S15C2 Location of braille and tactile signs
S15C3 Braille and tactile sign specification
S15C4 Luminance contrast
S15C5 Lighting
S15C6 Braille
Specification 16 Accessible water entry/exit from swimming pools
S16C1 Scope
S16C2 Fixed or moveable ramp
S16C3 Zero depth entry
S16C4 Platform swimming pool lift
S16C5 Sling -style swimming pool lift
S16C6 Aquatic wheelchair
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 174
Introduction to this Part
This Part focuses on specifying the number and location of exits, construction of exits to enable safe evacuation and
providing access to and within buildings for people with disability. It also includes measures intended to reduce slips, trips
and falls.
D1O1 Objective
[2019: DO1]
The Objective of this Section is to—
provide, as far as is reasonable, people with safe, equitable and dignified access to— (a)
a building; and (i)
the services and facilities within a building; and (ii)
safeguard occupants from illness or injury while evacuating in an emergency. (b)
D1F1 Access
[2019: DF1]
A building is to provide, as far as is reasonable—
safe; and (a)
equitable and dignified, (b)
access for people to the services and facilities within.
Limitations
D1F1(b) does not apply to a Class 4 part of a building.
D1F2 Egress
[2019: DF2]
A building is to be provided with means of evacuation which allow occupants time to evacuate safely without being
overcome by the effects of an emergency.
Limitations
D1F2 does not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Part D1 Access and egress
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 175 D1P1 Access for people with a disability
[2019: DP1]
Access must be provided, to the degree necessary, to enable—
people to— (a)
approach the building from the road boundary and from any accessible carparking spaces associated with (i)
the building; and
approach the building from any accessible associated building; and (ii)
access work and public spaces, accommodation and facilities for personal hygiene; and (iii)
identification of accessways at appropriate locations which are easy to find. (b)
Limitations
D1P1 does not apply to a Class 4 part of a building.
D1P2 Safe movement to and within a building
[2019: DP2]
So that people can move safely to and within a building, it must have—
walking surfaces with safe gradients; and (a)
any doors installed to avoid the risk of occupants— (b)
having their egress impeded; or (i)
being trapped in the building; and (ii)
any stairways and ramps with— (c)
slip-resistant walking surfaces on— (i)
ramps; and (A)
stairway treads or near the edge of the nosing; and (B)
suitable handrails where necessary to assist and provide stability to people using the stairway or ramp; and (ii)
suitable landings to avoid undue fatigue; and (iii)
landings where a door opens from or onto the stairway or ramp so that the door does not create an (iv)
obstruction; and
in the case of a stairway, suitable safe passage in relation to the nature, volume and frequency of likely (v)
usage.
D1P3 Fall prevention barriers
[2019: DP3]
(1) A barrier must be provided where people could fall—
1 m or more— (a)
from a floor or roof or through an opening (other than through an openable window) in the external wall of (i)
a building; or
due to a sudden change of level within or associated with a building; or (ii)
2 m or more from a floor through an openable window— (b)
in a bedroom in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building; or (i)
in a Class 9b early childhood centre ; or (ii)
4 m or more from a floor through an openable window not covered by (b). (c)
(2) A barrier required by (1) must be— D1P1
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 176continuous and extend for the full extent of the hazard; and (a)
of a height to protect people from accidentally falling from the floor or roof or through the opening or openable (b)
window; and
constructed to prevent people from falling through the barrier; and (c)
capable of restricting the passage of children; and (d)
of strength and rigidity to withstand— (e)
the foreseeable impact of people; and (i)
where appropriate, the static pressure of people pressing against it. (ii)
Limitations
D1P3 does not apply where such barrier would be incompatible with the intended use of an area such as a stage, (1)
loading dock or the like.
D1P3(2)(d) does not apply to— (2)
fire-isolated stairways , fire-isolated ramps , and other areas used primarily for emergency purposes, excluding (a)
external stairways and ramps; and
Class 7 (other than carparks ) and Class 8 buildings and parts of buildings containing those classifications. (b)
D1P4 Exits
[2019: DP4]
Exits must be provided from a building to allow occupants to evacuate safely, with their number, location and dimensions
being appropriate to—
the travel distance; and (a)
the number, mobility and other characteristics of occupants; and (b)
the function or use of the building; and (c)
the height of the building; and (d)
whether the exit is from above or below ground level. (e)
D1P5 Fire -isolat ed exits
[2019: DP5]
To protect evacuating occupants from a fire in the building exits must be fire-isolated, to the degree necessary, appropriate
to—
the number of storeys connected by the exits; and (a)
the fire safety system installed in the building; and (b)
the function or use of the building; and (c)
the number of storeys passed through by the exits; and (d)
fire brigade intervention. (e)
D1P6 Paths of travel to exits
[2019: DP6]
So that occupants can safely evacuate the building, paths of travel to exits must have dimensions appropriate to—
the number, mobility and other characteristics of occupants; and (a)
the function or use of the building. (b)
D1P3
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 177Limitations
D1P6 does not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building.
D1P7 Evacuation lifts
[2019: DP7]
Where a lift is intended to be used in addition to the required exits to assist occupants to evacuate a building safely, the
type, number, location and fire-isolation must be appropriate to—
the travel distance to the lift; and (a)
the number, mobility and other characteristics of occupants; and (b)
the function or use of the building; and (c)
the number of storeys connected by the lift; and (d)
the fire safety system installed in the building; and (e)
the waiting time, travel time and capacity of the lift; and (f)
the reliability and availability of the lift; and (g)
the emergency procedures for the building. (h)
D1P8 Carparking for people with a disability
[2019: DP8]
Carparking spaces for use by people with a disability must be—
provided, to the degree necessary, to give equitable access for carparking; and (a)
designated and easy to find. (b)
Limitations
D1P8 does not apply to a building where—
a parking service is provided; and (a)
direct access to any carparking spaces by the general public or occupants is not available. (b)
D1P9 Communication systems for people with hearing impairment
[2019: DP9]
An inbuilt communication system for entry, information, entertainment, or for the provision of a service, must be suitable
for occupants who are deaf or hearing impaired.
Limitations
D1P9 does not apply to—
a Class 4 part of a building; or (a)
an inbuilt communication system used only for emergency warning purposes. (b)
TAS D1P10
Verification MethodsD1P6
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 178 D1V1 Wire barriers
[2019: DV1]
Compliance with D1P3(2)(c) and (d) for wire barriers is verified when the wire barrier passes the test described below:
Application — the test must be carried out on either— (a)
a prototype of a wire barrier that is identical to that proposed to be installed on-site; or (i)
a wire barrier installed on-site. (ii)
Test equipment — the test equipment must consist of the following: (b)
A horizontally suspended 125 mm diameter, 405 mm long cylinder of 1 mm thick steel having a highly (i)
polished 105 mm long cone at one end with a 20 mm diameter flat leading edge to which an eye bolt is
fixed.
A sufficiently flexible horizontal cable with mechanisms capable of applying and measuring a tension of 150 (ii)
N (or a 15.3 kg weight suspended over a low friction pulley) is to be attached to the eye bolt (see Figure
D1V1 ).
A mechanism capable of measuring the tension force applied to each wire. (iii)
Test procedure — the test procedure must be as follows: (c)
Tension the wires, within their safe load, to the same tension in all wires and measure the tensions with a (i)
strain indicator.
For— (ii)
horizontal or near horizontal wires, position the cone against a pair of wires at the mid-span between (A)
supports, then apply the 150 N tension force to the cone; and
vertical wires, position the cone against a pair of wires at the mid-span between supporting rails, then (B)
apply the 150 N tension force to the cone; and
near-vertical wires, position the cone against a pair of wires at the widest opening between the wires, (C)
then apply the 150 N tension force to the cone.
Attempt to pull the cone through the gap between the wires under the 150 N load, and— (iii)
increase the tension in the wires and repeat (ii) until such time as the cone will not pull through; or (A)
if it does not pull through, reduce the tension in the wires and repeat step (ii); and (B)
When the cone is just prevented from pulling through the gap, the wires are at the correct tension in which (iv)
case the cone is withdrawn and the tension recorded.
Reduce the tension in the wires and repeat steps (ii) to (iv) twice more, recording the tension in each case (v)
after the cone has been removed and then calculate the average of the three tensions as the required
tension for each wire.
For prototype tests of horizontal or near horizontal wires, record the deflection of each wire at the average (vi)
tension calculated in accordance with (v) when a 2 kg mass is hung at mid-span between supports.
Test report — the test report must include the following information: (d)
The name and address of the person supervising the test. (i)
The test report number. (ii)
The date of the test. (iii)
The wire manufacturer’s name and address, and specifications of the wires used in the test including the (iv)
safe load limit of the wires.
The construction details of the test specimen, including a description and drawings and details of the (v)
components including supports, post or railing spacings and wire spacings.
For a prototype test, the required tension calculated in accordance with (c)(v). (vi)
For prototype tests of horizontal or near horizontal wires, the deflection measured in accordance with (c)(vi). (vii)D1V1
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 179 Figure D1V1 : Apparatus for testing wire barriers
D1V2 Access to and within a building
[2019: DV2]
Compliance with D1P1 , D1P2 , D1P6 , E3P4 and/or F4P1 , for access, is verified when it is determined that the proposed
building provides an equivalent level of access as a reference building when using the following process:
A performance-based design brief is completed to define the following: (a)
The occupant profile and characteristics based on the type and use of the building. (i)
The appropriate method for determining the level of access. (ii)
The appropriate modelling method and tool. (iii)
The measurable acceptance criteria. (iv)
Using the appropriate method, the level of access required is determined by first modelling a reference building (b)
using the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Sections D, E and F and the occupant profile and
characteristics to determine the—
needs of the occupants that the reference building addresses; and (i)
facilities required to be accessed by each occupant profile; and (ii)
baseline measurable acceptance criteria. (iii)
The proposed building and access solution must be modelled using a modelling method and approach consistent (c)
with that used for the reference building, and the same critical features including the following:
Occupant profile and characteristics . (i)
Building location and orientation. (ii)
Locations of all entrances and exits. (iii)
Locations of facilities important to the solution, including sanitary facilities, lifts, stairwells, etc. (iv)
The number and range of facilities. (v)
The proposed solution’s level of access is assessed by modelling occupant performance using characteristics , (d)
whereby the proposed building provides for equivalent access appropriate to the needs of each occupant profile. Height adjustable
cable with lowfriction pulley
Test cylinder
Vertical barrier wires Spring
balanceSupporting jig with
height adjustable top rail
Rotating winchFree hanging and sliding system
125100 100 100 105
Alternative method
using a 15.3 kg weightD1V1
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 180 D1V3 Ramp gradient, crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance for ramps used
by wheelchairs
[2019: DV3]
(1) Compliance with Performance Requirement D1P2 , relating to gradient, crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance
of a ramp for the use of wheelchairs is verified when—
the ramp has a gradient that is not steeper than 1:8; and (a)
the pushing force required to accelerate a wheelchair and user during ascent is in accordance with (2); and (b)
the required braking force for a wheelchair and user during descent is in accordance with (3); and (c)
the projected ascent time is in accordance with (4); and (d)
the ramp crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance is in accordance with (5). (e)
(2) The pushing force during ascent must be in accordance with the formula:
where—
= the maximum force during ascent, equal to 40 N for ramps required to be usable by the general public; and
= the design mass of the wheelchair and wheelchair user, equal to 127 kg for ramps required to be usable by the
general public; and
= the gravitational constant, equal to 9.8 m/s2; and
= the angle of incline of the ramp; and
= the coefficient of rolling resistance between the wheelchair wheel and the ramp surface, for the rear wheels
and front wheels respectively; and
= the normal force between the wheelchair wheels and ramp surface, for rear wheels and front wheels
respectively.
(3) The braking force during descent must be less than 9 N when calculated in accordance with the formula:
where—
= the braking force during descent; and
= the design mass of the wheelchair and wheelchair user, equal to 127 kg for ramps required to be usable by the
general public; and
= the gravitational constant, equal to 9.8 m/s2; and
= the angle of incline of the ramp; and
= the coefficient of rolling resistance between the wheelchair wheel and ramp surface, for the rear wheels
and front wheels respectively; and
= the normal force between the wheelchair wheels and ramp surface, for the rear wheels and front wheels
respectively.
(4) The time taken to ascend the ramp must be less than 17 s when calculated in accordance with the formula:
where—
= the time taken to ascend the ramp in seconds; and
= the length of the ramp in metres; and
= the design mass of the wheelchair and wheelchair user, equal to 127 kg for ramps required to be useable by the
general public; and mLTgmgFpmgsinC1N1C2N2
Fp
m
C1C2
N1N2
FbmgsinC1N1C2N2
Fb
C1C2
N1N2
TLm
tFpmgsinC1N1C2N2D1V3
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 181 = the time taken for the wheelchair to achieve maximum velocity, equal to 0.8 m/s; and
= the maximum pushing force during ascent, equal to 40 N for ramps required to be usable by the general public;
and
= the gravitational constant, equal to 9.8 m/s2; and
= the angle of incline of the ramp; and
= the coefficient of rolling resistance between the wheelchair wheel and ramp surface, for the rear wheels
and front wheels respectively; and
= the normal force between wheelchair wheels and ramp surface, for the rear wheels and front wheels
respectively.
(5) The crossfall must be no steeper than, the surface profile must be no rougher than, and the slip resistance must be
no less than, the values nominated in Table D1V3 for the gradient of the ramp.
Table D1V3 : Ramp crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance
D1V4 Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: DV4]
Compliance with D1P4 , D1P5 , D1P6 and D1P7 is verified when a building is designed in accordance with C1V4 .t
Fp
g
C1C2
N1N2
Gradient Crossfall Surface profile (mm) Slip resistance
1:14 1:40 2 P4/R11
1:12 1:50 2 P5/R12
1:10 1:100 1 P5/R12
1:8 1:100 0.5 P5/R12D1V3
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 182D1V4
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 183
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part D1 . It sets out required numbers, dimensions and placement of
exits, rules for measuring building occupancy and travel distance to exits, places exits lead to and the use of horizontal
exits within a building.
D2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: D1.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements D1P1 to D1P6 , D1P8 and D1P9 are
satisfied by complying with—
D2D2 to D2D23 , D3D2 to D3D30 and D4D2 to D4D13 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
in a building in an alpine area , Part G4 ; and (c)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (d)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (e)
for public transport buildings, Part I2 ; and (f)
for farm sheds , Part I3 . (g)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
(3) Performance Requirement D1P7 must be complied with if lifts are to be used to assist occupants to evacuate a
building.
Notes
There are no Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for D1P7 in respect of using lifts to assist occupants to evacuate a building.
D2D2 Application of Part
[2019: D1.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3
building or a Class 4 part of a building.
D2D3 Number of exits required
[2019: D1.2]
(1) All buildings — Every building must have at least one exit from each storey .
SA D2D3(2)
(2) Class 2 to 8 buildings —
In addition to any horizontal exit , not less than 2 exits must be provided from the following: (a)
Each storey if the building has an effective height of more than 25 m. (i)
A Class 2 or 3 building subject to C2D6 . (ii)Part D2 Provision for escape
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 184The requirements of (a)(i) do not apply to a part of a storey that— (b)
is provided with direct egress to a road or open space ; and (i)
satisfies D2D5 by the provision of 1 exit. (ii)
(3) Basements — In addition to any horizontal exit , not less than 2 exits must be provided from any storey if egress from
that storey involves a vertical rise within the building of more than 1.5 m, unless—
the floor area of the storey is not more than 50 m²; and (a)
the distance of travel from any point on the floor to a single exit is not more than 20 m. (b)
NSW D2D3(4)
(4) Class 9 buildings —
In addition to any horizontal exit , not less than 2 exits must be provided from the following: (a)
Each storey if the building has a rise in storeys of more than 6 or an effective height of more than 25 m. (i)
Any storey which includes a patient care area in a Class 9a health-care building . (ii)
Any storey that contains sleeping areas in a Class 9c building. (iii)
Any storey used as a Class 9b early childhood centre , or any Class 9b early childhood centre which forms (iv)
part of a storey .
Each storey in a primary or secondary school with a rise in storeys of 2 or more. (v)
Any storey or mezzanine that accommodates more than 50 persons, calculated under D2D18 . (vi)
The requirements of (a) do not apply to a part of a storey that— (b)
is a plant room, machinery room, storeroom, lift-machine room or the like; and (i)
is provided with direct egress to a road, open space or a fire-isolated exit complying with D2D12(2) ; and (ii)
satisfies D2D5 by the provision of 1 exit. (iii)
(5) Exits from Class 9c buildings and patient care areas in Class 9a health-care buildings — In a Class 9a health-care
building and a Class 9c building, at least one exit must be provided from every part of a storey which has been divided
into fire compartments in accordance with C3D3 or C3D6 .
(6) Exits in open spectator stands — In an open spectator stand containing more than one tier of seating, every tier must
have not less than 2 stairways or ramps, each forming part of the path of travel to not less than 2 exits.
(7) Access to exits — Without passing through another sole-occupancy unit every occupant of a storey or part of a storey
must have access to—
an exit; or (a)
at least 2 exits if 2 or more exits are required . (b)
D2D4 When fire -isolat ed stairways and ramps are required
[2019: D1.3]
(1) Class 2 and 3 buildings — The following applies:
Subject to (b), every stairway or ramp serving as a required exit must be fire-isolated unless it connects, passes (a)
through or passes by not more than—
3 consecutive storeys in a Class 2 building; or (i)
2 consecutive storeys in a Class 3 building. (ii)
Notwithstanding (a), one extra storey of any classification may be included if— (b)
it is only for the accommodation of motor vehicles or for other ancillary purposes; or (i)
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 (ii)
installed throughout; or
the required exit does not provide access to or egress for, and is separated from, the extra storey by (iii)
construction having—
an FRL of –/60/60, if non- loadbearing ; and (A)D2D3
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 185an FRL of 90/90/90, if loadbearing ; and (B)
no opening that could permit the passage of fire or smoke. (C)
SA D2D4(2)
(2) Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings — Every stairway or ramp serving as a required exit must be fire-isolated unless—
in a Class 9a health-care building — it connects, or passes through or passes by not more than 2 consecutive (a)
storeys in areas other than patient care areas ; or
it is part of an open spectator stand ; or (b)
in any other case, except in a Class 9b early childhood centre or a Class 9c building, it connects, passes through (c)
or passes by not more than 2 consecutive storeys and one extra storey of any classification may be included
if—
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 (i)
installed throughout; or
the required exit does not provide access to or egress for, and is separated from, the extra storey by (ii)
construction having—
an FRL of –/60/60, if non- loadbearing ; and (A)
an FRL of 90/90/90 for Type A construction or 60/60/60 for Type B or C construction, if loadbearing ; (B)
and
no opening that could permit the passage of fire or smoke. (C)
Exemptions
D2D4(2) does not apply to—
a Class 9b early childhood centre wholly within a storey that provides direct egress to a road or open space ; or (a)
a Class 9b early childhood centre with a rise in storeys of not more than 2, where the Class 9b early childhood (b)
centre is the only use in that building.
D2D5 Exit travel distances
[2019: D1.4]
(1) Class 2 and 3 buildings —
The entrance doorway of any sole-occupancy unit must be not more than— (a)
6 m from an exit or from a point from which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available; or (i)
20 m from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open space ; and (ii)
no point on the floor of a room which is not in a sole-occupancy unit must be more than 20 m from an exit or (b)
from a point at which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available.
(2) Class 4 parts of a building — The entrance doorway to any Class 4 part of a building must be not more than 6 m from
an exit or a point from which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available.
(3) Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings — Subject to (4), (5) and (6)—
no point on a floor must be more than 20 m from an exit, or a point from which travel in different directions to 2 (a)
exits is available, in which case the maximum distance to one of those exits must not exceed 40 m; and
in a Class 5 or 6 building, the distance to a single exit serving a storey at the level of access to a road or open (b)
space may be increased to 30 m.
VIC D2D5(4)
(4) Class 9a buildings — In a patient care area in a Class 9a building—
no point on the floor must be more than 12 m from a point from which travel in different directions to 2 of the (a)
required exits is available; and
the maximum distance to one of those exits must not be more than 30 m from the starting point. (b)
(5) Open spectator stands — The distance of travel to an exit in a Class 9b building used as an open spectator stand D2D4
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 186must be not more than 60 m.
(6) Assembly buildings — In a Class 9b building other than a school or early childhood centre , the distance to one of the
exits may be 60 m if—
the path of travel from the room concerned to that exit is through another area which is a corridor, hallway, lobby, (a)
ramp or other circulation space; and
the room is smoke-separated from the circulation space by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 (b)
with every doorway in that construction protected by a tight fitting, self-closing , solid-core door not less than 35
mm thick; and
the maximum distance of travel does not exceed 40 m within the room and 20 m from the doorway to the room (c)
through the circulation space to the exit.
SA D2D5(7)
SA D2D5(8)
SA D2D6
D2D6 Distance between alternative exits
[2019: D1.5]
Exits that are required as alternative means of egress must be—
distributed as uniformly as practicable within or around the storey served and in positions where unobstructed (a)
access to at least 2 exits is readily available from all points on the floor including lift lobby areas; and
not less than 9 m apart; and (b)
not more than— (c)
in a Class 2 or 3 building — 45 m apart; or (i)
in a Class 9a health-care building , if such required exit serves a patient care area — 45 m apart; or (ii)
in all other cases — 60 m apart; and (iii)
located so that alternative paths of travel do not converge such that they become less than 6 m apart. (d)
D2D7 Height of exits, paths of travel to exits and doorways
[2019: D1.6(a)]
In a required exit or path of travel to an exit the unobstructed height throughout must be not less than 2 m, except the
unobstructed height of any doorway may be reduced to not less than 1980 mm.
D2D8 Width of exits and paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6(b), (c), (d) and (e) ]
(1) The unobstructed width of each required exit or path of travel to an exit, except for ladders provided in accordance
with D2D21 , D3D23 or I3D5 , and doorways, must be not less than—
1 m; or (a)
1.8 m in a passageway, corridor or ramp normally used for the transportation of patients in beds within a treatment (b)
area or ward area ; and
in a public corridor in a Class 9c aged care building , notwithstanding (2) and (3)— (c)
1.5 m; and (i)
1.8 m for the full width of the doorway, providing access into a sole-occupancy unit or communal bathroom. (ii)
(2) If the storey , mezzanine or open spectator stand accommodates more than 100 persons but not more than 200
persons, the aggregate unobstructed width of required exits or paths of travel to an exit, except for doorways, must
be not less than—
1 m plus 250 mm for each 25 persons (or part) in excess of 100; or (a)D2D5
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 1871.8 m in a passageway, corridor or ramp normally used for the transportation of patients in beds within a treatment (b)
area or ward area .
(3) If the storey , mezzanine or open spectator stand accommodates more than 200 persons, the aggregate unobstructed
width of required exits or paths of travel to an exit, except for doorways, must be not less than—
2 m plus 500 mm for every 60 persons (or part) in excess of 200 persons if egress involves a change in floor (a)
level by a stairway or ramp with a gradient steeper than 1 in 12; or
in any other case, 2 m plus 500 mm for every 75 persons (or part) in excess of 200. (b)
(4) In an open spectator stand which accommodates more than 2000 persons, the aggregate unobstructed width of
required exits or paths of travel to an exit, except for doorways, must be not less than 17 m plus a width (in metres)
equal to the number in excess of 2000 divided by 600.
NSW D2D8(5)
NSW D2D9
VIC D2D9
D2D9 Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6(f)]
In a required exit or path of travel to an exit, the unobstructed width of a doorway must be not less than—
in patient care areas through which patients would normally be transported in beds— (a)
if the doorway provides access to, or from, a corridor of width— (i)
less than 2.2 m — 1200 mm; or (A)
2.2 m or greater — 1070 mm; and (B)
where the doorway referred to in (i) is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position (ii)
in accordance with D3D26(3)(e) , the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 800 mm
wide; or
in patient care areas in a horizontal exit — 1250 mm; or (b)
the unobstructed width of each exit provided to comply with D2D8 , minus 250 mm; or (c)
in a Class 9c building, 800 mm, except— (d)
in resident use areas the minimum unobstructed width must be 870 mm; and (i)
for doorways leading from a public corridor to a sole-occupancy unit the minimum unobstructed width must (ii)
be 1070 mm; and
where the doorway is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position in accordance (iii)
with D3D26(3)(e) , the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 870 mm wide in resident
use areas and 800 mm wide in non- resident use area ; or
in any other case except where it opens to a sanitary compartment or bathroom — 750 mm wide. (e)
D2D10 Exit width not to diminish in direction of travel
[2019: D1.6(g)]
The unobstructed width of a required exit must not diminish in the direction of travel to a road or open space , except where
the width is increased in accordance with D2D8(1)(b) or D2D9(a)(i) .
D2D11 Determination and measurement of exits and paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6(h) and (i) ]
For the purposes of D2D7 to D2D10 the following apply:
The required width of a stairway or ramp in a required exit or path of travel to an exit must— (a)
be measured clear of all obstructions such as handrails, projecting parts of barriers and the like; and (i)D2D8
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 188extend without interruption, except for ceiling cornices, to a height not less than 2 m vertically above a line (ii)
along the nosings of the treads or the floor surface of the ramp or landing.
To determine the aggregate unobstructed width, the number of persons accommodated must be calculated (b)
according to D2D18 .
D2D12 Travel via fire -isolat ed exits
[2019: D1.7]
(1) A doorway from a room must not open directly into a stairway, passageway or ramp that is required to be fire-isolated
unless it is from—
a public corridor , public lobby or the like; or (a)
a sole-occupancy unit occupying all of a storey ; or (b)
a sanitary compartment , airlock or the like. (c)
(2) Each fire-isolated stairway or fire-isolated ramp must provide independent egress from each storey served and
discharge directly, or by way of its own fire-isolated passageway —
to a road or open space ; or (a)
to a point— (b)
in a storey or space, within the confines of the building, that is used only for pedestrian movement, car (i)
parking or the like and is open for at least ⅔ of its perimeter; and
from which an unimpeded path of travel, not further than 20 m, is available to a road or open space ; or (ii)
into a covered area that— (c)
adjoins a road or open space ; and (i)
is open for at least ⅓ of its perimeter; and (ii)
has an unobstructed clear height throughout, including the perimeter openings, of not less than 3 m; and (iii)
provides an unimpeded path of travel from the point of discharge to the road or open space of not more (iv)
than 6 m.
(3) Where a path of travel from the point of discharge of a fire-isolated exit necessitates passing within 6 m of any part
of an external wall of the same building, measured horizontally at right angles to the path of travel, the following
applies:
That part of the wall must have— (a)
an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and (i)
any openings protected internally in accordance with C4D5 ; and (ii)
The protection required by (a) must extend for a distance of 3 m above or below, as appropriate, the level of the (b)
path of travel, or for the height of the wall, whichever is the lesser.
(4) If more than 2 access doorways, not from a sanitary compartment or the like, open to a required fire-isolated exit in
the same storey —
a smoke lobby in accordance with D3D7 must be provided; or (a)
the exit must be pressurised in accordance with AS 1668.1. (b)
(5) A ramp must be provided at any change in level less than 600 mm in a fire-isolated passageway in a Class 9 building.
D2D13 External stairways or ramps in lieu of fire -isolat ed exits
[2019: D1.8]
(1) An external stairway or ramp may serve as a required exit in lieu of a fire-isolated exit serving a storey below an
effective height of 25 m, if the stairway or ramp is—
non-combustible throughout; and (a)
protected in accordance with (3) if it is within 6 m of, and exposed to, any part of the external wall of the building (b)
it serves. D2D11
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 189(2) For the purposes of this clause—
exposure under (1)(b), is measured in accordance with S5C2 , as if the exit was a building element and the (a)
external wall of the building was a fire-source feature to the exit, except that the FRL required in S5C2(1)(a)
must not be less than 60/60/60; and
the plane formed at the construction edge or perimeter of an unenclosed building or part such as an open-deck (b)
carpark , open spectator stand or the like, is deemed to be an external wall ; and
openings in an external wall and openings under (3) and (4), are determined in accordance with C4D2 . (c)
(3) The protection referred to in (1)(b), must adequately protect occupants using the exit from exposure to a fire within
the building, in accordance with one of the following methods:
The part of the external wall of the building to which the exit is exposed must have— (a)
an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and (i)
no openings less than 3 m from the exit (except a doorway serving the exit protected by a –/60/30 fire door (ii)
in accordance with C4D9(1) ); and
any opening 3 m or more but less than 6 m from the exit, protected in accordance with C4D5 and if wall (iii)
wetting sprinklers are used, they are located internally.
The exit must be protected by construction of a wall, roof, floor or other shielding element as appropriate in (b)
accordance with (4) from—
any part of the external wall of the building having an FRL of less than 60/60/60; and (i)
any openings in the external wall . (ii)
(4) The wall, roof, floor or other shielding element required by (3)(b) must—
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and (a)
have no openings less than 3 m from the external wall of the building (except a doorway serving the exit protected (b)
by a –/60/30 fire door in accordance with C4D9(1) ); and
have any opening 3 m or more but less than 6 m from any part of the external wall of the building protected in (c)
accordance with C4D5 and if wall wetting sprinklers are used, they are located on the side exposed to the
external wall .
D2D14 Travel by non -fir e-isolated stairways or ramps
[2019: D1.9]
(1) A non- fire-isolated stairway or non- fire-isolated ramp serving as a required exit must provide a continuous means of
travel by its own flights and landings from every storey served to the level at which egress to a road or open space
is provided.
(2) In a Class 2, 3 or 4 building, the distance between the doorway of a room or sole-occupancy unit and the point of
egress to a road or open space by way of a stairway or ramp that is not fire-isolated and is required to serve that
room or sole-occupancy unit must not exceed—
30 m in a building of Type C construction; or (a)
60 m in all other cases. (b)
(3) In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building, the distance from any point on a floor to a point of egress to a road or open space
by way of a required non- fire-isolated stairway or non- fire-isolated ramp must not exceed 80 m.
(4) In a Class 2, 3 or 9a building, a required non- fire-isolated stairway or non- fire-isolated ramp must discharge at a point
not more than—
15 m from a doorway providing egress to a road or open space or from a fire-isolated passageway leading to a (a)
road or open space ; or
30 m from one of 2 such doorways or passageways if travel to each of them from the non- fire-isolated stairway (b)
or non- fire-isolated ramp is in opposite or approximately opposite directions.
(5) In a Class 5 to 8 or 9b building, a required non- fire-isolated stairway or non- fire-isolated ramp must discharge at a
point not more than—
20 m from a doorway providing egress to a road or open space or from a fire-isolated passageway leading to a (a)
road or open space ; or D2D13
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 19040 m from one of 2 such doorways or passageways if travel to each of them from the non- fire-isolated stairway (b)
or non- fire-isolated ramp is in opposite or approximately opposite directions.
(6) In a Class 2 or 3 building, if 2 or more exits are required and are provided by means of internal non- fire-isolated
stairways or non- fire-isolated ramps each exit must—
provide separate egress to a road or open space ; and (a)
be suitably smoke-separated from each other at the level of discharge. (b)
SA D2D14(7)
D2D15 Discharge from exits
[2019: D1.10]
(1) An exit must not be blocked at the point of discharge and where necessary, suitable barriers must be provided to
prevent vehicles from blocking the exit, or access to it.
(2) If a required exit leads to an open space , the path of travel to the road must have an unobstructed width throughout
of not less than—
the minimum width of the required exit; or (a)
1 m, (b)
whichever is the greater.
(3) If an exit discharges to open space that is at a different level than the public road to which it is connected, the path
of travel to the road must be by—
a ramp or other incline having a gradient not steeper than 1:8 at any part, or not steeper than 1:14 if required by (a)
the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part D4 ; or
except if the exit is from a Class 9a building, a stairway complying with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the (b)
NCC.
(4) The discharge point of alternative exits must be located as far apart as practical.
(5) In a Class 9b building which is an open spectator stand that accommodates more than 500 persons, a required
stairway or required ramp must not discharge to the ground in front of the stand.
NSW D2D15(6)
(6) In a Class 9b building containing an auditorium which accommodates more than 500 persons, not more than ⅔ of
the required width of exits must be located in the main entrance foyer.
(7) The number of persons accommodated must be calculated according to D2D18 .
D2D16 Horizontal exits
[2019: D1.11]
(1) Horizontal exits must not be counted as required exits—
between sole-occupancy units ; or (a)
in a Class 9b building used as an early childhood centre , primary or secondary school . (b)
(2) In a Class 9a health-care building or Class 9c building, horizontal exits may be counted as required exits if the path
of travel from a fire compartment leads by one or more horizontal exits directly into another fire compartment which
has at least one required exit which is not a horizontal exit .
(3) In cases other than in (2), horizontal exits must not comprise more than half of the required exits from any part of a
storey divided by a fire wall .
(4) Horizontal exits must have a clear area on the side of the fire wall to which occupants are evacuating, to accommodate
the total number of persons (calculated under D2D18 ) served by the horizontal exit of not less than—
2.5 m2 per patient/resident in a Class 9a health-care building or Class 9c aged care building ; and (a)
0.5 m2 per person in any other case. (b)
(5) Where a fire compartment is provided with only two exits, and one of those exits is a horizontal exit , the clear area D2D14
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 191required by (4) is to be of a size that accommodates all the occupants from the fire compartment being evacuated.
(6) In a Class 9b early childhood centre , the clear area required by (4) must accommodate all occupants of the early
childhood centre .
(7) The clear area required by (4) must be connected to the horizontal exit by an unobstructed path that has at least the
dimensions required for the horizontal exit and may include the area of the unobstructed path.
(8) Each fire compartment required by C3D6(2) must be served by not less than 2 horizontal exits , each located not less
than 9 m from—
at least one other horizontal exit ; and (a)
an exit other than a horizontal exit . (b)
D2D17 Non -r equired stairways, ramps or escalators
[2019: D1.12]
An escalator, moving walkway or non- required non fire-isolated stairway or pedestrian ramp—
must not be used between storeys in— (a)
a patient care area in a Class 9a health-care building ; or (i)
a resident use area in a Class 9c building; and (ii)
may connect any number of storeys if it is— (b)
in an open spectator stand or indoor sports stadium; or (i)
in a carpark or an atrium ; or (ii)
outside a building; or (iii)
in a Class 5 or 6 building that is sprinklered throughout, where the escalator, walkway, stairway or ramp (iv)
complies with Specification 14 ; and
except where permitted in (b) must not connect more than— (c)
3 storeys if— (i)
each of those storeys is provided with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying (A)
with Specification 17 throughout; and
at least one of those storeys is situated at a level at which there is a direct egress to a road or open (B)
space ; or
2 storeys , provided that those storeys are consecutive, and one of the storeys is situated at a level at which (ii)
there is direct egress to a road or open space ; and
except where permitted in (b) or (c), must not connect, directly or indirectly, more than 2 storeys at any level in (d)
a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building and those storeys must be consecutive.
D2D18 Number of persons accommodated
[2019: D1.13]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions , the number of persons accommodated in a storey , room or
mezzanine must be determined with consideration to the purpose for which it is used and the layout of the floor area by—
calculating the sum of the numbers obtained by dividing the floor area of each part of the storey by the number (a)
of square metres per person listed in Table D2D18 according to the use of that part, excluding spaces set aside
for—
lifts, stairways, ramps and escalators, corridors, hallways, lobbies and the like; and (i)
service ducts and the like, sanitary compartments or other ancillary uses; or (ii)
reference to the seating capacity in an assembly building or room; or (b)
any other suitable means of assessing its capacity. (c)D2D16
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 192NSW Table D2D18
Table D2D18 : Area per person according to use
Type of use Area per person
Art gallery, exhibition area, museum 4 m2
Bar — standing 0.5m2
Bar — other 1 m2
Board room 2 m2
Boarding house 15 m2
Cafe, church, dining room 1 m2
Carpark 30 m2
Computer room 25 m2
Court room — judicial area 10 m2
Court room — public seating 1 m2
Dance floor 0.5 m2
Dormitory 5 m2
Early childhood centre 4 m2
Factory — machine shop, fitting shop or like place for
cutting, grading, finishing or fitting of metals or glass,
except in the fabrication of structural steelwork or
manufacture of vehicles or bulky products5 m2
Factory — areas used for fabrication and processing
other than a machine shop, fitting shop or the like.50 m2
Factory — a space in which the layout and natural use of
fixed plant or equipment determines the number of
persons who will occupy the space during working hoursArea per person determined by the use of the plant or
equipment
Gymnasium 3 m2
Hostel, hotel, motel, guest house 15 m2
Indoor sports stadium—arena 10 m2
Kiosk 1 m2
Kitchen, laboratory, laundry 10 m2
Library — reading space 2 m2
Library — storage space 30 m2
Office, including one for typewriting or document copying 10 m2
Patient care areas 10 m2
Plant room — ventilation, electrical or other service units 30 m2
Plant room — boilers or power plant 50 m2
Reading room 2 m2
Restaurant 1 m2
School — general classroom 2 m2
School — multi-purpose hall 1 m2
School — staff room 10 m2
School — trade and practical area — primary 4 m2
School — trade and practical area — secondary As for workshop
Shop — space for sale of goods — at a level entered
direct from the open air or any lower level3 m2
Shop — space for sale of goods — all other levels 5 m2D2D18
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 193Table Notes
Bar standing is an area used by the standing patrons and extends not less than 1.5 m wide from the outside edge of
the bar top for the length of the serving area of the bar
.
D2D19 Measurement of distances
[2019: D1.14]
The nearest part of an exit means in the case of—
a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway , or fire-isolated ramp , the nearest part of the doorway providing (a)
access to them; and
a non- fire-isolated stairway , the nearest part of the nearest riser; and (b)
a non- fire-isolated ramp , the nearest part of the junction of the floor of the ramp and the floor of the storey ; and (c)
a doorway opening to a road or open space , the nearest part of the doorway; and (d)
a horizontal exit , the nearest part of the doorway. (e)
D2D20 Method of measurement
[2019: D1.15]
The following rules apply:
In the case of a room that is not a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, (a)
the distance includes the straight-line measurement from any point on the floor of the room to the nearest part
of a doorway leading from it, together with the distance from that part of the doorway to the single required exit
or point from which travel in different directions to 2 required exits is available.
Subject to (d), the distance from the doorway of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 (b)
part of a building is measured in a straight line to the nearest part of the required single exit or point from which
travel in dif
ferent directions to 2 required exits is available.
Subject to (d), the distance between exits is measured in a straight line between the nearest parts of those exits. (c)
Only the shortest distance is taken along a corridor
, hallway, external balcony or other path of travel that curves (d)
or changes direction.Type of use Area per person
Showroom — display area, covered mall or arcade 5 m2
Skating rink, based on rink area 1.5 m2
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — standing
viewing area0.3 m2
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — removable
seating1 m2
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — fixed seating Per number of seats
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — bench seating 450 mm/person
Storage space 30 m2
Swimming pool , based on pool area 1.5 m2
Switch room, transformer room 30 m2
Telephone exchange — private 30 m2
Theatre and public hall 1 m2
Theatre dressing room 4 m2
Transport terminal 2 m2
Workshop — for maintenance staff 30 m2
Workshop — for manufacturing processes As for factoryD2D18
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 194If more than one corridor, hallway, or other internal path of travel connects required exits, for the purposes of (e)
D2D6(c) the measurement is along the path of travel through the point at which travel in different directions to
those exits is available, as determined in accordance with D2D5 .
If a wall (including a demountable internal wall ) that does not bound a room, corridor, hallway or the like causes (f)
a change of direction in proceeding to a required exit, the distance is measured along the path of travel past that
wall.
If permanent fixed seating is provided, the distance is measured along the path of travel between the rows of (g)
seats.
In the case of a non- fire-isolated stairway or non- fire-isolated ramp , the distance is measured along a line (h)
connecting the nosings of the treads, or along the slope of the ramp, together with the distance connecting those
lines across any intermediate landings.
D2D21 Plant rooms, lift machine rooms and electricity network substations:
Concession
[2019: D1.16]
(1) A ladder may be used in lieu of a stairway to provide egress from—
a plant room with a floor area of not more than 100 m2; or (a)
all but one point of egress from a plant room, a lift machine room or a Class 8 electricity network substation with (b)
a floor area of not more than 200 m2.
(2) A ladder permitted under (1)—
may— (a)
form part of an exit provided that in the case of a fire-isolated stairway it is contained within the shaft ; or (i)
discharge within a storey in which case it must be considered as forming part of the path of travel; and (ii)
for a plant room or a Class 8 electricity network substation , must comply with AS 1657; and (b)
for a lift machine room, where access is provided from within a machine room to a secondary floor, a fixed rung (c)
type ladder complying with AS 1657 may be used, provided that—
the height between the floors is not more than 2800 mm; and (i)
the ladder is inclined at an angle to the horizontal not less than 65 degrees nor more than 75 degrees; and (ii)
the distance between the front face of the ladder and any adjacent obstruction is not less than— (iii)
960 mm, where the ladder is inclined 65 degrees to the horizontal; or (A)
760 mm, where the ladder is inclined 75 degrees to the horizontal; or (B)
a distance that is determined by interpolating the values in (A) and (B), where the ladder is inclined at (C)
any angle between 65 degrees and 75 degrees to the horizontal; and
a clear space not less than 600 mm exists between the foot of the ladder and any equipment. (iv)
SA D2D21(3)
D2D22 Access to lift pits
[2019: D1.17]
Access to lift pits must—
where the pit depth is not more than 3 m, be through the lowest landing doors; or (a)
where the pit depth is more than 3 m, be provided through an access doorway complying with the following: (b)
In lieu of D2D7 to D2D11 , the doorway must be level with the pit floor and not be less than 600 mm wide (i)
by 1980 mm high clear opening, which may be reduced to 1500 mm where it is necessary to comply with
(ii).
No part of the lift car or platform must encroach on the pit doorway entrance when the car is on a fully (ii)
compressed buffer. D2D20
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 195Access to the doorway must be by a stairway complying with AS 1657. (iii)
In lieu of D3D26 , doors fitted to the doorway must be— (iv)
of the horizontal sliding or outwards opening hinged type; and (A)
self-closing and self-locking from the outside; and (B)
marked on the landing side with the letters not less than 35 mm high: (C)
DANGER LIFTWELL – ENTRY OF UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS PROHIBITED – KEEP CLEAR
AT ALL TIMES
D2D23 Egress from primary schools
[2019: D1.18]
(1) Every part of a Class 9b primary school must be wholly within a storey that provides direct egress to a road or open
space .
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a building with a rise in storeys of 4 or less, where the primary school is the
only use in that building.
Applications
For D2D23(1), a primary school includes classrooms, offices, staffrooms, halls, canteens and the like within the (1)
primary school .
For D2D23(2), a primary school includes classrooms, offices, staffrooms, halls, canteens, carparks, end of trip (2)
facilities and the like provided solely for the primary school , or school which incorporates the primary school .
Explanatory Information
D2D23(1) recognises the difficulties associated with evacuation of primary schools . Should a primary school be
proposed within a storey that does not meet the requirements of D2D23, a Performance Solution is to be used to
demonstrate compliance with the relevant Performance Requirements . D2D22
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 196
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part D1 . It covers safety aspects of parts of a building including
stairways, ramps, handrails, balustrades, fall prevention barriers and operation of doors that are part of an exit. It also
covers fall prevention requirements for openable windows.
D3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: D2.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements D1P1 to D1P6 , D1P8 and D1P9 are
satisfied by complying with—
D2D2 to D2D23 , D3D2 to D3D30 and D4D2 to D4D13 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
in a building in an alpine area , Part G4 ; and (c)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (d)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (e)
for public transport buildings, Part I2 ; and (f)
for farm buildings and farm sheds , Part I3 . (g)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
(3) Performance Requirement D1P7 must be complied with if lifts are to be used to assist occupants to evacuate a
building.
Notes
There are no Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for D1P7 in respect of using lifts to assist occupants to evacuate a building.
NSW D3D2
D3D2 Application of Part
[2019: D2.1]
Except for—
D3D14 , D3D15(a) , D3D17 , D3D18 , D3D19 , D3D20 , D3D21 , D3D22(5) , D3D22(6) , D3D26 and D3D29 , the (a)
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class
3 building; and
D3D14 , D3D15(a) , D3D17 , D3D18 , D3D19 , D3D20 , D3D21 , D3D22(5) , D3D22(6) , D3D23 and D3D29 , the (b)
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class
2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
D3D3 Fire -isolat ed stairways and ramps
[2019: D2.2]
A stairway or ramp (including any landings) that is required to be within a fire-resisting shaft must be constructed— Part D3 Construction of exits
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 197of non-combustible materials; and (a)
so that if there is local failure it will not cause structural damage to, or impair the fire-resistance of, the shaft . (b)
D3D4 Non -fir e -isolated stairways and ramps
[2019: D2.3]
In a building having a rise in storeys of more than 2, required stairs and ramps (including landings and any supporting
building elements) which are not required to be within a fire-resisting shaft , must be constructed according to D3D3 , or
only of—
reinforced or prestressed concrete; or (a)
steel in no part less than 6 mm thick; or (b)
timber that— (c)
has a finished thickness of not less than 44 mm; and (i)
has an average density of not less than 800 kg/m3 at a moisture content of 12%; and (ii)
has not been joined by means of glue unless it has been laminated and glued with resorcinol formaldehyde (iii)
or resorcinol phenol formaldehyde glue.
D3D5 Separation of rising and descending stair flights
[2019: D2.4]
If a stairway serving as an exit is required to be fire-isolated—
there must be no direct connection between— (a)
a flight rising from a storey below the lowest level of access to a road or open space ; and (i)
a flight descending from a storey above that level; and (ii)
any construction that separates or is common to the rising and descending flights must be— (b)
non-combustible ; and (i)
smoke proof in accordance with S11C2 . (ii)
D3D6 Open access ramps and balconies
[2019: D2.5]
Where an open access ramp or balcony is provided to meet the smoke hazard management requirements of E2D4 to
E2D13 , it must—
have ventilation openings to the outside air which— (a)
have a total unobstructed area not less than the floor area of the ramp or balcony; and (i)
are evenly distributed along the open sides of the ramp or balcony; and (ii)
not be enclosed on its open sides above a height of 1 m except by an open grille or the like having a free air (b)
space of not less than 75% of its area.
D3D7 Smoke lobbies
[2019: D2.6]
A smoke lobby required by D2D12 must—
have a floor area not less than 6 m2; and (a)
be separated from the occupied areas in the storey by walls which are impervious to smoke, and— (b)
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/– (which may be fire-protective grade plasterboard, gypsum block with (i)
set plaster, face brickwork, glass blocks or glazing); and D3D3
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 198extend from slab to slab, or to the underside of a ceiling with a resistance to the incipient spread of fire of (ii)
60 minutes which covers the lobby; and
any construction joints between the top of the walls and the floor slab, roof or ceiling must be smoke sealed (iii)
with intumescent putty or other suitable material; and
at any opening from the occupied areas, have smoke doors complying with S12C3 and S12C4 except that the (c)
smoke sensing device need only be located on the approach side of the opening; and
be pressurised as part of the exit if the exit is required to be pressurised under E2D3 . (d)
D3D8 Installations in exits and paths of travel
[2019: D2.7]
(1) Access to service shafts and services other than to fire-fighting or detection equipment as permitted in the Deemed-
to-Satisfy Provisions of Section E, must not be provided from a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or
fire-isolated ramp .
(2) An opening to any chute or duct intended to convey hot products of combustion from a boiler, incinerator, fireplace
or the like, must not be located in any part of a required exit or any corridor, hallway, lobby or the like leading to a
required exit.
(3) Gas or other fuel services must not be installed in a required exit.
(4) Except for in a fire-isolated exit specified in (1), services or equipment enclosed in accordance with (5) may be installed
in a required exit, or in any corridor, hallway, lobby or the like leading to a required exit, where that service or equipment
comprises—
electricity meters, distribution boards or ducts; or (a)
central telecommunications distribution boards or equipment; or (b)
electrical motors or other motors serving equipment in the building. (c)
(5) An enclosure for the purposes of (4) must be suitably sealed against smoke spreading from the enclosure and be—
non-combustible construction; or (a)
a fire-protective covering . (b)
(6) Electrical wiring may be installed in a fire-isolated exit if the wiring is associated with—
a lighting, detection, or pressurisation system serving the exit; or (a)
a security, surveillance or management system serving the exit; or (b)
an intercommunication system or an audible or visual alarm system in accordance with D3D27 ; or (c)
the monitoring of hydrant or sprinkler isolating valves. (d)
D3D9 Enclosure of space under stairs and ramps
[2019: D2.8]
(1) Fire-isolated stairways and ramps — If the space below a required fire-isolated stairway or fire-isolated ramp is within
the fire-isolated shaft , it must not be enclosed to form a cupboard or similar enclosed space.
(2) Non fire-isolated stairways and ramps — The space below a required non fire-isolated stairway (including an external
stairway) or non fire-isolated ramp must not be enclosed to form a cupboard or other enclosed space unless—
the enclosing walls and ceilings have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and (a)
any access doorway to the enclosed space is fitted with a self-closing –/60/30 fire door. (b)
D3D10 Width of required stairways and ramps
[2019: D2.9]
A required stairway or ramp that exceeds 2 m in width is counted as having a width of only 2 m unless it is divided by a
handrail or barrier continuous between landings and each division has a width of not more than 2 m. D3D7
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 199 D3D11 Pedestrian ramps
[2019: D2.10]
(1) A fire-isolated ramp may be substituted for a fire-isolated stairway if the construction enclosing the ramp and the
width and ceiling height comply with the requirements for a fire-isolated stairway .
(2) A ramp serving as a required exit must—
where the ramp is also serving as an accessible ramp under Part D4 , be in accordance with AS 1428.1; or (a)
in any other case, have a gradient not steeper than 1:8. (b)
(3) The floor surface of a ramp must have a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when
tested in accordance with AS 4586.
D3D12 Fire -isolat ed passageways
[2019: D2.11]
(1) The enclosing construction of a fire-isolated passageway must have an FRL when tested for a fire outside the
passageway in another part of the building of—
if the passageway discharges from a fire-isolated stairway or ramp — not less than that required for the stairway (a)
or ramp shaft ; or
in any other case — not less than 60/60/60. (b)
(2) Notwithstanding (1)(b), the top construction of a fire-isolated passageway need not have an FRL if the walls of the
fire-isolated passageway extend to the underside of—
a non-combustible roof covering; or (a)
a ceiling having a resistance to the incipient spread of fire of not less than 60 minutes separating the roof space (b)
or ceiling space in all areas surrounding the passageway within the fire compartment .
D3D13 Roof as open space
[2019: D2.12]
If an exit discharges to a roof of a building, the roof must—
have an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and (a)
not have any roof lights or other openings within 3 m of the path of travel of persons using the exit to reach a (b)
road or open space .
D3D14 Goings and risers
[2019: D2.13]
NSW D3D14(1)
(1) A stairway must have—
not more than 18 and not less than 2 risers in each flight ; and (a)
going (G), riser (R) and quantity (2R + G) in accordance with Table D3D14 , except as permitted by (2) and (3); (b)
and
constant goings and risers throughout each flight , except as permitted by (2) and (3), and the dimensions of (c)
goings (G) and risers (R) in accordance with (1)(b) are considered constant if the variation between—
adjacent risers, or between adjacent goings, is no greater than 5 mm; and (i)
the largest and smallest riser within a flight, or the largest and smallest going within a flight, does not exceed (ii)
10 mm; and
risers which do not have any openings that would allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through between the treads; (d)
and
treads which have— (e)D3D11
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 200a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in (i)
accordance with AS 4586; or
a nosing strip with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in (ii)
accordance with AS 4586; and
treads of solid construction (not mesh or other perforated material) if the stairway is more than 10 m high or (f)
connects more than 3 storeys ; and
in a Class 9b building, not more than 36 risers in consecutive flights without a change in direction of at least 30°; (g)
and
in the case of a required stairway, no winders in lieu of a landing. (h)
(2) In the case of a non- required stairway—
the stairway must have— (a)
not more than 3 winders in lieu of a quarter landing ; and (i)
not more than 6 winders in lieu of a half landing ; and (ii)
the going of all straight treads must be constant throughout the same flight and the dimensions of goings (G) is (b)
considered constant if the variation between—
adjacent goings, is no greater than 5 mm; and (i)
the largest and smallest going within a flight , does not exceed 10 mm; and (ii)
the going of all winders in lieu of a quarter or half landing may vary from the going of the straight treads within (c)
the same flight provided that the going of all such winders is constant.
(3) Where a stairway discharges to a sloping public walkway or public road—
the riser (R) may be reduced to account for the slope of the walkway or road; and (a)
the quantity (2R+G) may vary at that location. (b)
Table D3D14: Riser and going dimensions
Table Notes
Private stairways are— (1)
stairways in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; and (a)
in any building, stairways which are not part of a required exit and to which the public do not normally have (b)
access.
Going and riser dimensions must be measured in accordance with Figure D3D14 . (2)
The going in tapered treads (except winders in lieu of a quarter or half landing ) in a curved or spiral stairway is (3)
measured—
270 mm in from the outer side of the unobstructed width of the stairway if the stairway is less than 1 m wide (a)
(applicable to a non- required stairway only); and
270 mm from each side of the unobstructed width of the stairway if the stairway is 1 m wide or more. (b)Stairway location Riser (R) Going (G)Note 3Quantity (2R + G)
Max Min Max Min Max Min
Public 190 115 355 250 700 550
Private Note 1190 115 355 240 700 550D3D14
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 201 Figure D3D14: Riser and going dimensions
D3D15 Landings
[2019: D2.14]
In a stairway—
landings having a maximum gradient of 1:50 may be used in any building to limit the number of risers in each (a)
flight and each landing must—
be not less than 750 mm long, and where this involves a change in direction, the length is measured 500 (i)
mm from the inside edge of the landing ; and
have— (ii)
a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in (A)
accordance with AS 4586; or
a strip at the edge of the landing with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table (B)
D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586, where the edge leads to a flight below; and
in a Class 9a building— (b)
the area of any landing must be sufficient to move a stretcher, 2 m long and 600 mm wide, at a gradient not (i)
more than the gradient of the stairs, with at least one end of the stretcher on the landing while changing
direction between flights ; or
the stair must have a change of direction of 180°, and the landing a clear width of not less than 1.6 m and (ii)
a clear length of not less than 2.7 m.
Table D3D15: Slip-r esistance classification
NSW D3D16
SA D3D16 GR R
G125 mm sphere must not
pass through treads
Application Dry surface conditions Wet surface conditions
Ramp steeper than 1:14 P4 or R11 P5 or R12
Ramp steeper than 1:20 but not
steeper than 1:14P3 or R10 P4 or R11
Tread or landing surface P3 or R10 P4 or R11
Nosing or landing edge strip P3 P4D3D14
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 202 D3D16 Thresholds
[2019: D2.15]
The threshold of a doorway must not incorporate a step or ramp at any point closer to the doorway than the width of the
door leaf unless—
in patient care areas in a Class 9a health-care building , the door sill is not more than 25 mm above the finished (a)
floor level to which the doorway opens; or
in resident use areas in a Class 9c building, a ramp is provided with a maximum gradient of 1:8 for a maximum (b)
height of 25 mm over the threshold; or
in a building required to be accessible by Part D4 , the doorway— (c)
opens to a road or open space ; and (i)
is provided with a threshold ramp or step ramp in accordance with AS 1428.1; or (ii)
in other cases— (d)
the doorway opens to a road or open space , external stair landing or external balcony; and (i)
the door sill is not more than 190 mm above the finished surface of the ground, balcony, or the like, to which (ii)
the doorway opens.
D3D17 Barriers to prevent falls
[2019: D2.16(a), (b) and (c) ]
(1) A continuous barrier must be provided along the side of—
a roof to which general access is provided; and (a)
a stairway or ramp; and (b)
a floor, corridor, hallway, balcony, deck, verandah, mezzanine , access bridge or the like; and (c)
any delineated path of access to a building, (d)
if the trafficable surface is 1 m or more above the surface beneath.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
the perimeter of a stage , rigging loft, loading dock or the like; or (a)
areas referred to in D3D23 ; or (b)
a retaining wall, unless the retaining wall forms part of, or is directly associated with a delineated path of access (c)
to a building from the road, or a delineated path of access between buildings; or
a barrier provided to an openable window covered by D3D29 . (d)
(3) A barrier required by (1) must be constructed in accordance with D3D18 , D3D19 , D3D20 and, if a wire barrier is used,
D3D21 .
D3D18 Height of barriers
[2019: Table D2.16a]
NSW D3D18(1)
(1) The height of a barrier required by D3D17 must be not less than the following:
For stairways or ramps with a gradient of 1:20 or steeper — 865 mm. (a)
For landings to a stair or ramp where the barrier is provided along the inside edge of the landing and does not (b)
exceed 500 mm in length — 865 mm.
In front of fixed seating on a mezzanine or balcony within an auditorium in a Class 9b building, where the (c)
horizontal projection extends not less than 1 m outwards from the top of the barrier — 700 mm.
For all other locations — 1 m. (d)
(2) For a barrier provided under (1) — D3D16
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 203barrier heights are measured vertically from the surface beneath, except that for stairways the height must be (a)
measured above the nosing line of the stair treads; and
a transition zone may be incorporated where the barrier height changes from 865 mm on a stair flight or ramp (b)
to 1 m at a landing or floor.
D3D19 Openings in barriers
[2019: Table D2.16a]
(1) Except where allowed by (2), openings in a required barrier must not allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through.
(2) In a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated ramp or other area used primarily for emergency purposes, openings in a
required barrier—
must not allow a 300 mm sphere to pass through; or (a)
where rails are used— (b)
a 150 mm sphere must not be able to pass through the opening between the nosing line of the stair treads (i)
and the rail or between the rail and the floor of the landing , balcony or the like; and
the opening between rails must not be more than 460 mm. (ii)
(3) In Class 7 (other than carparks ) and Class 8 buildings, openings in a required barrier—
must not allow a 300 mm sphere to pass through; or (a)
where rails are used— (b)
a 150 mm sphere must not be able to pass through the opening between the nosing line of the stair treads (i)
and the rail or between the rail and the floor of the landing , balcony or the like; and
the opening between the rails must not be more than 460 mm. (ii)
(4) The requirements of (2) do not apply to external stairways, external ramps, or fire-isolated stairways or fire-isolated
ramps serving Class 9b early childhood centres .
(5) For a barrier provided under (1), the maximum 125 mm barrier opening for a stairway, such as a non fire-isolated
stairway , is measured above the nosing line of the stair treads.
(6) Where a required barrier is fixed to the vertical face forming an edge of a landing , balcony, deck, stairway or the like,
the opening formed between the barrier and the face must not exceed 40 mm.
(7) For the purposes of (6), the opening is measured horizontally from the edge of the trafficable surface to the nearest
internal face of the barrier.
D3D20 Barrier climbability
[2019: Table D2.16a]
(1) A barrier required by D3D17 , located on a floor more than 4 m above the surface beneath, must not incorporate
horizontal or near horizontal elements that could facilitate climbing between 150 mm and 760 mm above the floor.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
fire-isolated stairways , fire-isolated ramps and other areas used primarily for emergency purposes, other than— (a)
external stairways; and (i)
external ramps; and (ii)
Class 7 (other than carparks ) and Class 8 buildings. (b)
D3D21 Wire barriers
[2019: D2.16(d)]
Where a required barrier is constructed of wire, it is deemed to meet the requirements of D3D19(1) if it is constructed in
accordance with the following:
For horizontal wire systems— (a)D3D18
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 204when measured with a strain indicator, it must be in accordance with the tension values in Table D3D21a ; (i)
or
must not exceed the maximum deflections in Table D3D21c . (ii)
For non-continuous vertical wire systems, when measured with a strain indicator, must be in accordance with (b)
the tension values in Table D3D21a (see Note 4).
For continuous vertical or continuous near vertical sloped wire systems— (c)
must have wires of no more than 2.5 mm diameter with a lay of 7×7 or 7×19 construction; and (i)
changes in direction at support rails must pass around a pulley block without causing permanent deformation (ii)
to the wire; and
must have supporting rails, constructed with a spacing of not more than 900 mm, of a material that does (iii)
not allow deflection that would decrease the tension of the wire under load; and
when the wire tension is measured with a strain indicator, it must be in accordance with the tension values (iv)
in Table D3D21b and measured in the furthermost span from the tensioning device.
Table D3D21a: Wire barrier construction – minimum required tension (N) for stainless steel horizontal
wires
Table Notes
Lay = number of strands by the number of individual wires in each strand. For example a lay of 7x19 consists of 7 (1)
strands with 19 individual wires in each strand.
Where a change of direction is made in a run of wire, the tensioning device is to be placed at the end of the longest (2)
span.
If a 3.2 mm wire is used the tension figures for 3.0 mm wire are applied. (3)
This table may also be used for a set of non-continuous (single) vertical wires forming a barrier using the appropriate (4)Wire
dia.
(mm)Lay Wire
spacing
(mm)Clear distance between posts (mm)
600 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2500
2.5 7x7 60 55 190 263 415 478 823 1080 1139 X
80 382 630 730 824 1025 1288 X X X
100 869 1218 1368 X X X X X X
2.5 1x19 60 35 218 310 402 585 810 1125 1325 X
80 420 630 735 840 1050 1400 1750 X X
100 1140 1565 X X X X X X X
3.0 7x7 60 15 178 270 314 506 660 965 1168 1491
80 250 413 500 741 818 1083 1370 1565 X
100 865 1278 1390 1639 X X X X X
3.0 1x19 60 25 183 261 340 520 790 1025 1180 X
80 325 555 670 785 1015 1330 1725 1980 X
100 1090 1500 1705 1910 X X X X X
4.0 7x7 60 5 73 97 122 235 440 664 813 1178
80 196 422 480 524 760 1100 1358 1530 2130
100 835 1182 1360 1528 1837 2381 2811 3098 X
4.0 1x19 60 5 5 10 15 20 147 593 890 1280
80 30 192 300 415 593 1105 1303 1435 1844
100 853 1308 1487 1610 2048 2608 3094 3418 3849
4.0 7x19 60 155 290 358 425 599 860 1080 1285 1540
80 394 654 785 915 1143 1485 1860 2105 2615
100 1038 1412 1598 1785 2165 2735 X X XD3D21
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 205clear distance between posts as the vertical clear distance between the rails.
X = Not allowed because the required tension would exceed the safe load of the wire. (5)
Tension measured with a strain indicator. (6)
Table D3D21b: Continuous wire barrier construction – minimum required tension (N) for vertical or near -
vertical stainless steel wires where the maximum clear spacing between the rails is
900mm
Table Notes
Lay = number of strands by the number of individual wires in each strand. For example a lay of 7x19 consists of 7 (1)
strands with 19 individual wires in each strand.
Vertical wires require two pulley blocks to each 180° change of direction in the wire. (2)
Near vertical wires may only require one pulley block for each change of direction. (3)
Tension measured with a strain indicator. (4)
The table only includes 7x7 and 7x19 wires due to other wires not having sufficient flexibility to make the necessary (5)
turns.
Table D3D21c: Wire barrier construction – maximum permissible deflection of each wire in mm when a 2
kg mass is suspended at mid -span f or stainless steel wires
Table Notes
Where a change of direction is made in a run of wire the 2 kg mass must be placed at the middle of the longest (1)
span.
If a 3.2 mm wire is used the deflection figures for 3.0 mm wire are applied. (2)
This table may also be used for a set of non-continuous (single) vertical wires forming a barrier using the appropriate (3)
clear distance between posts as the vertical clear distance between the rails. The deflection (offset) is measured
by hooking a standard spring scale to the mid span of each wire and pulling it horizontally until a force of 19.6 N is
applied.
X = Not allowed because the required tension would exceed the safe load of the wire. (4)
This table has been limited to 60 mm and 80 mm spaces for 2.5 mm, 3 mm and 4 mm diameter wires because the (5)
required wire tensions at greater spacings would require the tension to be beyond the wire safe load limit, or the
allowed deflection would be impractical to measure. Wire dia. (mm) Lay Widest spacing
between wires
(mm)Required tension (N)
2.5 7x19 80 145
100 310
110 610
2.5 7x7 80 130
100 280
110 500
Wire dia.
(mm)Wire spacing
(mm)Clear distance between posts (mm)
600 900 1200 1500 1800 2000
2.5 60 17 11 9 8 8 8
80 7 5 5 5 X X
3.0 60 19 13 8 7 7 7
80 8 6 6 5 5 5
4.0 60 18 12 8 8 7 7
80 8 6 4 4 4 4D3D21
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 206 D3D22 Handrails
[2019: D2.17]
(1) Except for handrails referred to in D3D23 , and subject to (2), handrails must—
be located along at least one side of the ramp or flight ; and (a)
be located along each side if the total width of the stairway or ramp is 2 m or more; and (b)
in a Class 9b building used as a primary school or a building that contains an early childhood centre — (c)
have one handrail fixed at a height of not less than 865 mm; and (i)
in addition to (i), have a handrail— (ii)
fixed at a height between 665 mm and 750 mm in a primary school ; and (A)
with a cross-sectional dimension not less than 16 mm and not greater than 45 mm as measured in (B)
any direction across its centre, fixed at a height between 450 mm and 700 mm in a Class 9b early
childhood centre ; and
in any other case, be fixed at a height of not less than 865 mm; and (d)
be continuous between stair flight landings and have no obstruction on or above them that will tend to break a (e)
hand-hold; and
in a required exit serving an area required to be accessible , be designed and constructed to comply with clause (f)
12 of AS 1428.1, except that clause 12(d) does not apply to a handrail required by (1)(c)(ii).
(2) The height required by (1)(c) and (d) is measured above the nosings of stair treads and the floor surface of the ramp,
landing or the like.
(3) Handrails—
in a Class 9a health-care building must be provided along at least one side of every passageway or corridor (a)
used by patients, and must be—
fixed not less than 50 mm clear of the wall; and (i)
where practicable, continuous for their full length; and (ii)
in a Class 9c aged care building must be provided along both sides of every passageway or corridor used by (b)
residents, and must be—
fixed not less than 50 mm clear of the wall; and (i)
where practicable, continuous for their full length. (ii)
(4) Handrails required to assist people with a disability must be provided in accordance with D4D4 .
(5) Handrails to a stairway or ramp within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building
must—
be located along at least one side of the flight or ramp; and (a)
be located along the full length of the flight or ramp, except in the case where a handrail is associated with a (b)
barrier, the handrail may terminate where the barrier terminates; and
have the top surface of the handrail not less than 865 mm vertically above the nosings of the stair treads or the (c)
floor surface of the ramp; and
have no obstruction on or above them that will tend to break a handhold, except for newel posts, ball type (d)
stanchions, or the like.
(6) The requirements of (5) do not apply to—
handrails referred to in D3D23 ; or (a)
a stairway or ramp providing a change in elevation of less than 1 m; or (b)
a landing; or (c)
a winder where a newel post is installed to provide a handhold. (d)
D3D22
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 207SA D3D23
D3D23 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
[2019: D2.18]
A fixed platform, walkway, stairway, ladder and any going and riser, landing, handrail or barrier attached thereto may
comply with AS 1657 in lieu of D3D14 , D3D15 , D3D17 , D3D18 , D3D19 , D3D20 , D3D21 and D3D22 if it only serves—
machinery rooms, boiler houses, lift-machine rooms, plant-rooms, and the like; or (a)
non-habitable rooms , such as attics, storerooms and the like that are not used on a frequent or daily basis in the (b)
internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
D3D24 Doorways and doors
[2019: D2.19]
(1) A doorway in a resident use area of a Class 9c building must not be fitted with—
a sliding fire door; or (a)
a sliding smoke door; or (b)
a revolving door; or (c)
a roller shutter door; or (d)
a tilt-up door. (e)
NSW D3D24(2)
(2) A doorway serving as a required exit or forming part of a required exit, or a doorway in a patient care area of a Class
9a health-care building —
must not be fitted with a revolving door; and (a)
must not be fitted with a roller shutter or tilt-up door unless— (b)
it serves a Class 6, 7 or 8 building or part with a floor area not more than 200 m2; and (i)
the doorway is the only required exit from the building or part; and (ii)
it is held in the open position while the building or part is lawfully occupied; and (iii)
must not be fitted with a sliding door unless— (c)
it leads directly to a road or open space ; and (i)
the door is able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N; and (ii)
if fitted with a door which is power-operated— (d)
it must be able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N if there is a malfunction or (i)
failure of the power source; and
if it leads directly to a road or open space it must open automatically if there is a power failure to the door (ii)
or on the activation of a fire or smoke alarm anywhere in the fire compartment served by the door.
(3) A power-operated door in a path of travel to a required exit, except for a door in a patient care area of a Class 9a
health-care building as provided in (2), must be able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N if
there is a malfunction or failure of the power source.
D3D25 Swinging doors
[2019: D2.20]
SA D3D25(1)
(1) A swinging door in a required exit or forming part of a required exit—
must not encroach— (a)
at any part of its swing by more than 500 mm on the required width (including any landings) of a required (i)
stairway, ramp or passageway if it is likely to impede the path of travel of the people already using the exit;
and D3D22
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 208when fully open, by more than 100 mm on the required width of the required exit; and (ii)
must swing in the direction of egress unless— (b)
it serves a building or part with a floor area not more than 200 m2, it is the only required exit from the building (i)
or part and it is fitted with a device for holding it in the open position; or
it serves a sanitary compartment or airlock (in which case it may swing in either direction); and (ii)
must not otherwise impede the path or direction of egress. (c)
(2) The measurement of encroachment referred to in (1)(a) in each case is to include door handles or other furniture or
attachments to the door.
D3D26 Operation of latch
[2019: D2.21]
(1) A door in a required exit, forming part of a required exit or in the path of travel to a required exit must be readily
openable without a key from the side that faces a person seeking egress, by—
a single hand downward action on a single device which is located between 900 mm and 1.1 m from the floor (a)
and if serving an area required to be accessible by Part D4 —
be such that the hand of a person who cannot grip will not slip from the handle during the operation of the (i)
latch; and
have a clearance between the handle and the back plate or door face at the centre grip section of the handle (ii)
of not less than 35 mm and not more than 45 mm; or
a single hand pushing action on a single device which is located between 900 mm and 1.2 m from the floor. (b)
(2) Where the latch operation device referred to in (1)(b) is not located on the door leaf itself—
manual controls to power-operated doors must be at least 25 mm wide, proud of the surrounding surface and (a)
located—
not less than 500 mm from an internal corner; and (i)
for a hinged door, between 1 m and 2 m from the door leaf in any position; and (ii)
for a sliding door, within 2 m of the doorway and clear of a surface mounted door in the open position; and (iii)
braille and tactile signage complying with S15C3 and S15C6 must identify the latch operation device. (b)
(3) The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply to a door that—
serves a vault, strong-room, sanitary compartment , or the like; or (a)
serves only, or is within— (b)
a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building; or (i)
a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 3 building (other than an entry door to a sole-occupancy unit of a boarding (ii)
house, guest house, hostel, lodging house or backpacker accommodation); or
a sole-occupancy unit with a floor area not more than 200 m2 in a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building; or (iii)
a space which is otherwise inaccessible to persons at all times when the door is locked; or (iv)
complies with (4) and serves— (c)
Australian Government Security Zones 4 or 5; or (i)
the secure parts of a bank, detention centre , mental health facility, early childhood centre or the like; or (ii)
is fitted with a fail-safe device which automatically unlocks the door upon the activation of any sprinkler system (d)
(other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 or smoke, or any other detector system
deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 installed throughout the building, and is readily openable when
unlocked; or
is in a Class 9a or 9c building and— (e)
is one leaf of a two-leaf door complying with D2D9(a) or D2D9(d) provided that it is not held closed by a (i)
locking mechanism and is readily openable; and
the door is not required to be a fire door or smoke door. (ii)D3D25
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 209(4) A door referred to in (3)(c) must be able to be immediately unlocked—
by operating a fail-safe control switch, not contained within a protective enclosure, to actuate a device to unlock (a)
the door; or
by hand by a person or persons, specifically nominated by the owner, properly instructed as to the duties and (b)
responsibilities involved and available at all times when the building is lawfully occupied so that persons in the
building or part may immediately escape if there is a fire.
NSW D3D26(5)
(5) The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply in a Class 9b building (other than a school , an early childhood centre or
a building used for religious purposes) to a door in a required exit, forming part of a required exit or in the path of
travel to a required exit serving a storey or room accommodating more than 100 persons, determined in accordance
with D2D18 , in which case it must be readily openable—
without a key from the side that faces a person seeking egress; and (a)
by a single hand pushing action on a single device such as a panic bar located between 900 mm and 1.2 m (b)
from the floor; and
where a two-leaf door is fitted, the provisions of (a) and (b) need only apply to one door leaf if the appropriate (c)
requirements of D2D9 are satisfied by the opening of that one leaf.
NSW D3D26(6)
VIC D3D26(6)
D3D27 Re-entr y from fire -isolated exits
[2019: D2.22]
(1) Doors of a fire-isolated exit must not be locked from the inside as follows:
In a Class 9a health-care building . (a)
In a Class 9b early childhood centre . (b)
In a Class 9c building. (c)
In a fire-isolated exit serving any storey above an effective height of 25 m, throughout the exit. (d)
(2) The requirements of (1)(a), (c) and (d) do not apply to a door fitted with a fail-safe device that automatically unlocks
the door upon the activation of a fire alarm and—
on at least every fourth storey , the doors are not able to be locked and a sign is fixed on such doors stating that (a)
re-entry is available; or
an intercommunication system, or an audible or visual alarm system, operated from within the enclosure is (b)
provided near the doors and a sign is fixed adjacent to such doors explaining its purpose and method of
operation.
(3) The requirements of (1)(b) do not apply to a door fitted with a fail-safe device that automatically unlocks the door
serving the Class 9b early childhood centre upon the activation of a fire alarm.
D3D28 Signs on doors
[2019: D2.23]
(1) A sign, to alert persons that the operation of certain doors must not be impaired, must be installed where it can readily
be seen on, or adjacent to—
a required — (a)
fire door providing direct access to a fire-isolated exit, except a door providing direct egress from a sole- (i)
occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building; and
smoke door; and (ii)
any door which is a— (b)
fire door forming part of a horizontal exit ; and (i)
smoke door that swings in both directions; and (ii)D3D26
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 210door leading from a fire isolated exit to a road or open space . (iii)
(2) A sign required by (1)(a) must be fixed on the side of the door that faces a person seeking egress and, if the door is
fitted with a device for holding it in the open position, either a sign must be fixed on the wall adjacent to the doorway,
or signs must be fixed to both sides of the door.
(3) A sign required by (1)(b) must be fixed on each side of the door.
(4) A sign referred to in (1) must be in capital letters not less than 20 mm high in a colour contrasting with the background
and state the following:
For an automatic door held open by an automatic hold-open device— (a)
FIRE SAFETY DOOR — DO NOT OBSTRUCT
For a self-closing door— (b)
DO NOT OBSTRUCT
DO NOT KEEP OPEN
FIRE SAFETY DOOR
For a door discharging from a fire-isolated exit— (c)
FIRE SAFETY DOOR — DO NOT OBSTRUCT
D3D29 Protection of openable windows
[2019: D2.24]
(1) A window opening must be provided with protection, if the floor below the window is 2 m or more above the surface
beneath in—
a bedroom in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building; or (a)
a Class 9b early childhood centre . (b)
(2) Where the lowest level of the window opening is less than 1.7 m above the floor, a window opening covered by (1)
must comply with the following:
The openable portion of the window must be protected with— (a)
a device capable of restricting the window opening; or (i)
a screen with secure fittings. (ii)
A device or screen required by (a) must— (b)
not permit a 125 mm sphere to pass through the window opening or screen; and (i)
resist an outward horizontal action of 250 N against the— (ii)
window restrained by a device; or (A)
screen protecting the opening; and (B)
have a child resistant release mechanism if the screen or device is able to be removed, unlocked or (iii)
overridden.
(3) A barrier with a height not less than 865 mm above the floor is required to an openable window—
in addition to window protection, when a child resistant release mechanism is required by (2)(b)(iii); and (a)
where the floor below the window is 4 m or more above the surface beneath if the window is not covered by (1). (b)
(4) A barrier covered by (3) except for (5) must not—
permit a 125 mm sphere to pass through it; and (a)
have any horizontal or near horizontal elements between 150 mm and 760 mm above the floor that facilitate (b)
climbing.
(5) A barrier required by (3) to an openable window in—
fire-isolated stairways , fire-isolated ramps and other areas used primarily for emergency purposes, excluding (a)
external stairways and external ramps; and
Class 7 (other than carparks ) and Class 8 buildings and parts of buildings containing those classes, (b)D3D28
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 211must not permit a 300 mm sphere to pass through it.
D3D30 Timber stairways: Concession
[2019: D2.25]
(1) Notwithstanding D3D3(a) , timber treads, risers, landings and associated supporting framework within a required fire-
isolated stairway or fire-isolated passageway may be constructed from fire-protected timber in accordance with
C2D13 —
if the timber— (a)
has a finished thickness of not less than 44 mm; and (i)
has an average density of not less than 800 kg/m3 at a moisture content of 12%; and (ii)
subject to— (b)
the building being protected throughout by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying (i)
with Specification 17 which extends to within the fire-isolated enclosure; and
fire protection being provided to the underside of stair flights and landings located immediately above a (ii)
landing level which—
is at or near the level of egress; or (A)
provides direct access to a carpark. (B)
(2) Fire protection required by (1) must be not less than one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed in
accordance with the system requirements for a fire-protective covering .
NSW D3D31D3D29
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 212
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part D1 . It covers which buildings, and parts of a building, must be
accessible , provision of accessible carparking spaces, braille and tactile signage, hearing augmentation, tactile ground
surface indicators and seating in assembly buildings (e.g. cinemas), and access to swimming pools .
D4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: D3.0]
TAS D4D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements D1P1 to D1P6 , D1P8 and D1P9 are
satisfied by complying with—
D2D2 to D2D23 , D3D2 to D3D30 and D4D2 to D4D13 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
in a building in an alpine area , Part G4 ; and (c)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (d)
for public transport buildings, Part I2 . (e)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
TAS D4D1(3)
(3) Performance Requirement D1P7 must be complied with if lifts are to be used to assist occupants to evacuate a
building.
D4D2 General building access requirements
[2019: D3.1, Table D3.1]
(1) Buildings and parts of buildings must be accessible as required by this clause, unless exempted by D4D5 .
(2) Access requirements for a Class 1b building are as follows:
Dwellings located on one allotment and used for short-term holiday accommodation — to and within a number (a)
of dwellings determined in accordance with Table D4D2a .
A boarding house, bed and breakfast, guest house, hostel or the like, other than those described in (a) — to and (b)
within—
1 bedroom and associated sanitary facilities; and (i)
not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents or guests, including a (ii)
cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool , laundry, games room, eating area, or the like; and
rooms or spaces for use in common by all residents on a floor to which access by way of a ramp complying (iii)
with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is provided.
(3) For the purposes of (2)(a), a community or strata-type subdivision or development is considered to be on a single
allotment.
SA D4D2(4)
(4) For a Class 2 building, common areas are to be accessible as follows:
From a pedestrian entrance required to be accessible to at least 1 floor containing sole-occupancy units and to (a)Part D4 Access for people with a disability
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 213the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit located on that level.
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including a (b)
cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool , common laundry, games room, individual shop, eating area,
or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed— (c)
to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit ; and (i)
to and within rooms or spaces for use in common by the residents. (ii)
The requirements of (c) only apply where the space referred to in (c)(i) or (ii) is located on the levels served by (d)
the lift or ramp.
(5) For a Class 3 building, access requirements are as follows:
Common areas: (a)
From a pedestrian entrance required to be accessible to at least 1 floor containing sole-occupancy units (i)
and to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit located on that level.
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including (ii)
a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool , common laundry, games room, TV room, individual
shop, dining room, public viewing area, ticket purchasing service, lunch room, lounge room, or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed— (iii)
to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit ; and (A)
to and within rooms or spaces for use in common by the residents. (B)
The requirements of (iii) only apply where the space referred to in (A) and (B) are located on the levels (iv)
served by the lift or ramp.
To and within sole-occupancy units — in accordance with Table D4D2b . (b)
(6) For Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9a buildings, access must be provided to and within all areas normally used by the occupants.
(7) For a Class 7a building, access must be provided to and within any level containing accessible carparking spaces.
(8) For a Class 9b building, access requirements are as follows:
Schools and early childhood centres — to and within all areas normally used by the occupants. (a)
An assembly building , not being a school or early childhood centre — to and within — (b)
wheelchair seating spaces provided in accordance with D4D10 ; and (i)
all other areas normally used by the occupants, except that access need not be provided to tiers or platforms (ii)
of seating areas that do not contain wheelchair seating spaces.
(9) For a Class 9c building, access requirements are as follows:
Common areas: (a)
From a pedestrian entrance required to be accessible to at least 1 floor containing sole-occupancy units (i)
and to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit located on that level.
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including (ii)
a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool , common laundry, games room, TV room, individual
shop, dining room, public viewing area, ticket purchasing service, lunch room, lounge room, or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed— (iii)
to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit ; and (A)
to and within rooms or spaces for use in common by the residents. (B)
The requirements of (iii) only apply where the space referred to in (iii)(A) or (iii)(B) is located on the levels (iv)
served by the lift or ramp.
Sole-occupancy units — to and within a number of sole-occupancy units determined in accordance with Table (b)
D4D2b .
(10) For a Class 10 building, access requirements are as follows:
For a Class 10a non-habitable building located in an accessible area intended for use by the public and containing (a)
a sanitary facility, change room facility or shelter, to and within— D4D2
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 214an accessible sanitary facility; and (i)
a change room facility; and (ii)
a public shelter or the like. (iii)
For Class 10b swimming pools , to and into swimming pools with a total perimeter greater than 40 m, associated (b)
with a Class 1b, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building that is required to be accessible , but not swimming pools for the
exclusive use of occupants of a Class 1b building or a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or Class 3 building.
T
able D4D2a: Requirements for access for people with a disability – sole -occupancy unit s in a Class 1b
building
T
able D4D2b: Requirements for access for people with a disability – sole -occupancy unit s in a Class 3
or 9c building
T
able Notes
In a Class 3 building, not more than 2 required accessible sole-occupancy units may be located adjacent to each (1)
other
.
In a Class 3 or 9c building where more than 2 accessible sole-occupancy units are required , they must be (2)
representative of the range of rooms available.
D4D3 Access to buildings
[2019: D3.2]
(1) An accessway must be provided to a building required to be accessible —
from the main points of a pedestrian entry at the allotment boundary; and (a)
from another accessible building connected by a pedestrian link; and (b)Total number of dwellings Number required to be accessible
4 to 10 1
11 to 40 2
41 to 60 3
61 to 80 4
81 to 100 5
More than 100 5 dwellings plus 1 additional dwelling for each additional
30 dwellings or part thereof in excess of 100 dwellings.
Total number of sole-occupancy units Number required to be accessible
1 to 10 1
11 to 40 2
41 to 60 3
61 to 80 4
81 to 100 5
101 to 200 5 sole-occupancy units plus 1 additional sole-occupancy
unit for each additional 25 units or part thereof in excess
of 100.
201 to 500 9 sole-occupancy units plus 1 additional sole-occupancy
unit for each additional 30 units or part thereof in excess
of 200.
More than 500 19 sole-occupancy units plus 1 additional sole-occupancy
unit for each additional 50 units or part thereof in excess
of 500.D4D2
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 215from any required accessible carparking space on the allotment. (c)
(2) In a building required to be accessible , an accessway must be provided through the principal pedestrian entrance,
and—
through not less than 50% of all pedestrian entrances including the principal pedestrian entrance; and (a)
in a building with a total floor area more than 500 m2, a pedestrian entrance which is not accessible must not be (b)
located more than 50 m from an accessible pedestrian entrance,
except for pedestrian entrances serving only areas exempted by D4D5 .
(3) Where a pedestrian entrance required to be accessible has multiple doorways—
if the pedestrian entrance consists of not more than 3 doorways — not less than 1 of those doorways must be (a)
accessible ; and
if a pedestrian entrance consists of more than 3 doorways — not less than 50% of those doorways must be (b)
accessible .
(4) For the purposes of (3)—
an accessible pedestrian entrance with multiple doorways is considered to be one pedestrian entrance where— (a)
all doorways serve the same part or parts of the building; and (i)
the distance between each doorway is not more than the width of the widest doorway at that pedestrian (ii)
entrance (see Figure D4D3 ); and
a doorway is considered to be the clear, unobstructed opening created by the opening of one or more door (b)
leaves (see Figure D4D3 ).
(5) Where a doorway on an accessway has multiple leaves (except an automatic opening door), one of those leaves
must have a clear opening width of not less than 850 mm in accordance with AS 1428.1.
Figure D4D3: Doorways and pedestrian entrances for access purposes
D4D4 Parts of buildings to be accessible
[2019: D3.3]
In a building required to be accessible —
every ramp and stairway, except for ramps and stairways in areas exempted by D4D5 , must comply with— (a)
for a ramp, except a fire-isolated ramp , clause 10 of AS 1428.1; and (i)
for a stairway, except a fire-isolated stairway , clause 11 of AS 1428.1; and (ii)
for a fire-isolated stairway , clause 11.1(f) and (g) of AS 1428.1; and (iii)
every passenger lift must comply with E3D7 and E3D8 ; and (b)
accessways must have— (c)
passing spaces complying with AS 1428.1 at maximum 20 m intervals on those parts of an accessway (i)
where a direct line of sight is not available; and
turning spaces complying with AS 1428.1— (ii)More than
width of
doorway b
Doorway b Doorway a Doorway c
Doorway dDoorway e
1 entrance1 entranceD4D3
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 216within 2 m of the end of accessways where it is not possible to continue travelling along the accessway ; (A)
and
at maximum 20 m intervals along the accessway ; and (B)
an intersection of accessways satisfies the spatial requirements for a passing and turning space; and (d)
a passing space may serve as a turning space; and (e)
a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift need not be provided to serve a storey or level other than (f)
the entrance storey in a Class 5, 6, 7b or 8 building—
containing not more than 3 storeys ; and (i)
with a floor area for each storey , excluding the entrance storey , of not more than 200 m2; and (ii)
clause 7.4.1(a) of AS 1428.1 does not apply and is replaced with ‘the pile height or pile thickness shall not exceed (g)
11 mm and the carpet backing thickness shall not exceed 4 mm’; and
the carpet pile height or pile thickness dimension, carpet backing thickness dimension and their combined (h)
dimension shown in Figure 8 of AS 1428.1 do not apply and are replaced with 11 mm, 4 mm and 15 mm
respectively.
SA D4D5
TAS D4D5
D4D5 Exemptions
[2019: D3.4]
The following areas are not required to be accessible :
An area where access would be inappropriate because of the particular purpose for which the area is used. (a)
An area that would pose a health or safety risk for people with a disability. (b)
Any path of travel providing access only to an area exempted by (a) or (b). (c)
D4D6 Accessible carparking
[2019: D3.5, Table D3.5]
(1) Accessible carparking spaces—
subject to (b), must be provided in accordance with (2) in— (a)
a Class 7a building required to be accessible ; and (i)
a carparking area on the same allotment as a building required to be accessible ; and (ii)
need not be provided in a Class 7a building or a carparking area where a parking service is provided and direct (b)
access to any of the carparking spaces is not available to the public; and
subject to (d), must comply with AS/NZS 2890.6; and (c)
need not be identified with signage where there is a total of not more than 5 carparking spaces, so as to restrict (d)
the use of the carparking space only for people with a disability.
(2) For each class of building to which the carpark or carparking area is associated, the number of accessible carparking
spaces required is as follows:
Class 1b and 3 buildings: (a)
For a boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging house, backpackers’ accommodation or the residential (i)
part of a hotel or motel, the number of accessible carparking spaces required is to be calculated by
multiplying the total number of carparking spaces by the percentage of —
accessible sole-occupancy units to the total number of sole-occupancy units ; or (A)
accessible bedrooms to the total number of bedrooms. (B)
For the purposes of (i), the calculated number is taken to the next whole figure. (ii)
For a residential part of a school , accommodation for the aged, disabled or children, residential part of a (iii)D4D4
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 217health-care building which accommodates members of staff or the residential part of a detention centre —
1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof.
Class 5, 7, 8 or 9c buildings — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof. (b)
Class 6 buildings— (c)
with up to 1000 carparking spaces — 1 accessible space for every 50 carparking spaces or part thereof; (i)
and
for each additional 100 carparking spaces or part thereof in excess of 1000 carparking spaces — 1 (ii)
accessible space.
Class 9a buildings: (d)
For a hospital (non-outpatient area) — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof. (i)
For a hospital (outpatient area)— (ii)
with up to 1000 carparking spaces — 1 accessible space for every 50 carparking spaces or part (A)
thereof; and
for each additional 100 carparking spaces or part thereof in excess of 1000 carparking spaces — 1 (B)
accessible space.
For a nursing home — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof. (iii)
For a clinic or day surgery not forming part of a hospital — 1 accessible space for every 50 carparking (iv)
spaces or part thereof.
Class 9b buildings: (e)
For a school — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof. (i)
For other assembly buildings — (ii)
with up to 1000 carparking spaces — 1 accessible space for every 50 carparking spaces or part (A)
thereof; and
for each additional 100 carparking spaces or part thereof in excess of 1000 carparking spaces — 1 (B)
accessible space.
D4D7 Signage
[2019: D3.6]
(1) In a building required to be accessible —
braille and tactile signage complying with Specification 15 must— (a)
incorporate the international symbol of access or deafness, as appropriate, in accordance with AS 1428.1 (i)
and identify each—
sanitary facility, except a sanitary facility associated with a bedroom in a Class 1b building or a sole- (A)
occupancy unit in a Class 3 or Class 9c building; and
space with a hearing augmentation system; and (B)
identify each door required by E4D5 to be provided with an exit sign and state— (ii)
“Exit”; and (A)
“Level”; and (B)
the floor level number or floor level descriptor, or a combination of the two. (C)
signage including the international symbol for deafness in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be provided within (b)
a room containing a hearing augmentation system identifying—
the type of hearing augmentation; and (i)
the area covered within the room; and (ii)
if receivers are being used and where the receivers can be obtained; and (iii)
signage in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be provided for accessible unisex sanitary facilities to identify if the (c)
facility is suitable for left or right handed use; and D4D6
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 218signage to identify an ambulant accessible sanitary facility in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be located on (d)
the door of the facility; and
where a pedestrian entrance is not accessible , directional signage incorporating the international symbol of (e)
access, in accordance with AS 1428.1, must be provided to direct a person to the location of the nearest
accessible pedestrian entrance; and
where a bank of sanitary facilities is not provided with an accessible unisex sanitary facility, directional signage (f)
incorporating the international symbol of access in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be placed at the location of
the sanitary facilities that are not accessible , to direct a person to the location of the nearest accessible unisex
sanitary facility.
(2) In a building that is subject to F4D12 and is required to be accessible , directional signage complying with Specification
15 to direct a person to the location of the nearest accessible adult change facility within that building must be provided
at the location of each—
bank of sanitary facilities; and (a)
accessible unisex sanitary facility, other than one that incorporates an accessible adult change facility. (b)
D4D8 Hearing augmentation
[2019: D3.7]
(1) A hearing augmentation system must be provided where an inbuilt amplification system, other than one used only for
emergency warning, is installed—
in a room in a Class 9b building; or (a)
in an auditorium, conference room, meeting room or room for judicatory purposes; or (b)
at any ticket office, teller’s booth, reception area or the like, where the public is screened from the service provider. (c)
(2) If a hearing augmentation system required by (1) is—
an induction loop, it must be provided to not less than 80% of the floor area of the room or space served by the (a)
inbuilt amplification system; or
a system requiring the use of receivers or the like, it must be available to not less than 95% of the floor area of (b)
the room or space served by the inbuilt amplification system, and the number of receivers provided must not be
less than—
if the room or space accommodates up to 500 persons, 1 receiver for every 25 persons or part thereof, or (i)
2 receivers, whichever is the greater; and
if the room or space accommodates more than 500 persons but not more than 1000 persons, 20 receivers (ii)
plus 1 receiver for every 33 persons or part thereof in excess of 500 persons; and
if the room or space accommodates more than 1000 persons but not more than 2000 persons, 35 receivers (iii)
plus 1 receiver for every 50 persons or part thereof in excess of 1000 persons; and
if the room or space accommodates more than 2000 persons, 55 receivers plus 1 receiver for every 100 (iv)
persons or part thereof in excess of 2000 persons.
(3) The number of persons accommodated in the room or space served by an inbuilt amplification system must be
calculated according to D2D18 .
(4) Any screen or scoreboard associated with a Class 9b building and capable of displaying public announcements must
be capable of supplementing any public address system, other than a public address system used for emergency
warning purposes only.
D4D9 Tactile indicators
[2019: D3.8]
(1) For a building required to be accessible , tactile ground surface indicators must be provided to warn people who are
blind or have a vision impairment that they are approaching—
a stairway, other than a fire-isolated stairway ; and (a)
an escalator; and (b)D4D7
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 219a passenger conveyor or moving walk; and (c)
a ramp other than a fire-isolated ramp , step ramp, kerb ramp or swimming pool ramp; and (d)
in the absence of a suitable barrier— (e)
an overhead obstruction less than 2 m above floor level, other than a doorway; and (i)
an accessway meeting a vehicular way adjacent to any pedestrian entrance to a building, excluding a (ii)
pedestrian entrance serving an area referred to in D4D5 , if there is no kerb or kerb ramp at that point,
except for areas exempted by D4D5 .
(2) Tactile ground surface indicators required by (1) must comply with sections 1 and 2 of AS/NZS 1428.4.1.
(3) A hostel for the aged, nursing home for the aged, a residential aged care building , Class 3 accommodation for the
aged, Class 9a health-care building or a Class 9c aged care building need not comply with (1)(a) and (d) if handrails
incorporating a raised dome button in accordance with AS/NZS 1428.4.1 are provided to warn people who are blind
or have a vision impairment that they are approaching a stairway or ramp.
D4D10 Wheelchair seating spaces in Class 9b assembly buildings
[2019: D3.9]
Where fixed seating is provided in a Class 9b assembly building , wheelchair seating spaces complying with AS 1428.1
must be provided in accordance with the following:
The number and grouping of wheelchair seating spaces must be in accordance with Table D4D10 . (a)
In a cinema— (b)
with not more than 300 seats — wheelchair seating spaces must not be located in the front row of seats; (i)
and
with more than 300 seats — not less than 75% of required wheelchair seating spaces must be located in (ii)
rows other than the front row of seats.
Table D4D10: Wheelchair seating spaces in Class 9b assembly buildings
Table Notes
The total number of required wheelchair spaces is the sum of the minimum spaces required (left column) and the (1)
additional spaces required (right column).
The first number referred to includes any part of that number (e.g. 1 additional space required per 50 seats or part (2)
thereof).
This means that the location of required wheelchair spaces must be representative of the range of seating provided. (3)Fixed seats in a room or
spaceWheelchair spaces Note 1Grouping and location Spaces must represent
range of seating provided
Note 3 Minimum
spaces
required1 additional
space required per
Note 2Min. single
spacesMin. groups
of 2
spacesMax.
spaces in any
other
group
Up to 150 3 N/A 1 1 N/A No
151 to 800 3 50 seats in
excess of 150 seats1 1 5 No
801 to 10 000 16 100 seats in
excess of 800 seats2 2 5 Yes
More than 10 000 108 200 seats in
excess of 10 000 seats5 5 10 YesD4D9
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 220 D4D11 Swimming pools
[2019: D3.10]
(1) Not less than 1 means of accessible water entry/exit in accordance with Specification 16 must be provided for each
swimming pool required by D4D2 to be accessible .
(2) An accessible entry/exit must be by means of—
a fixed or movable ramp and an aquatic wheelchair; or (a)
a zero depth entry and an aquatic wheelchair; or (b)
a platform swimming pool lift and an aquatic wheelchair; or (c)
a sling-style swimming pool lift. (d)
(3) Where a swimming pool has a perimeter of more than 70 m, at least one accessible water entry/exit must be provided
by a means specified in (2)(a), (b) or (c).
(4) Latching devices on gates and doors forming part of a swimming pool safety barrier need not comply with AS 1428.1.
D4D12 Ramps
[2019: D3.11]
On an accessway —
a series of connected ramps must not have a combined vertical rise of more than 3.6 m; and (a)
a landing for a step ramp must not overlap a landing for another step ramp or ramp. (b)
D4D13 Glazing on an accessway
[2019: D3.12]
On an accessway , where there is no chair rail, handrail or transom, all frameless or fully glazed doors, sidelights and any
glazing capable of being mistaken for a doorway or opening, must be clearly marked in accordance with AS 1428.1.
TAS D4D14D4D11
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 221
S14C1 Scope
[2019: Spec D1.12: 1]
(1) This Specification contains the requirements to allow non- required stairways, ramps or escalators to connect any
number of storeys in a Class 5 or 6 building.
(2) The requirements do not apply in an atrium or outside a building.
S14C2 Requirements
[2019: Spec D1.12: 2]
An escalator, moving walkway or non- required non- fire-isolated stairway or pedestrian ramp must comply with the following:
The escalator, walkway, stairway or ramp must be bounded by a shaft of— (a)
construction with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120 if loadbearing or –/120/120 if non- loadbearing and, (i)
if of lightweight construction , must comply with Specification 6 ; or
glazed construction with an FRL of not less than –/60/30 protected by a wall wetting system in accordance (ii)
with S31C2 to S31C6 .
The void of each non- required stairway, ramp or escalator must not connect more than 2 storeys . (b)
Rising and descending escalators, walkways, stairways and ramps within one shaft must be separated by (c)
construction with an FRL of not less than –/60/30.
Openings into the shaft must be protected by fire doors with an FRL not less than –/60/30. (d)
When the fire door is in the closed position, the floor or any covering over the floor beneath the fire door must (e)
not be combustible .
Fire doors must be fitted with smoke seals and the assembly must be tested in accordance with AS 1530.4. (f)
Fire doors must be— (g)
closed and locked for security reasons; or (i)
held open and be automatic closing. (ii)
Smoke detectors must be installed on both sides of the opening, not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from (h)
the opening.
In the closed position, fire doors must be openable on a single hand downward action or horizontal pushing (i)
action on a single device within the shaft and by key only from outside the shaft .
A warning sign must be displayed where it can readily be seen outside the shaft near all fire doors opening to (j)
the shaft , and must comply with the details and dimensions of Figure S14C2 .
All doors opening into the shaft must be within 20 m of a required exit. (k)
Signs showing the direction of the nearest required exit must be installed where they can be readily seen. (l)
Materials attached to any wall, ceiling or floor within the shaft must comply with Specification 7 . (m)
Emergency lighting must be installed in the shaft in accordance with E4D4 . (n)
No step or ramp may be closer to the threshold of the doorway than the width of the door leaf. (o)Specification 14 Non -required stairways, ramps and escalators
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 222 Figure S14C2 : Warning sign for non -r equired stairway, ramp or escalator
DO NOT USE THIS STAIRWAY IF
THERE IS A FIRE
Do not use this stairway if there
is a fireOR=20 mm
=16 mmS14C2
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 223
S15C1 Scope
[2019: Spec D3.6: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for the design and installation of braille and tactile signage as required by
D3D26 , D4D7 and Specification 27 .
S15C2 Location of braille and tactile signs
[2019: Spec D3.6: 2]
Signs including symbols, numbering and lettering must be designed and installed as follows:
Braille and tactile components of a sign must be located not less than 1200 mm and not higher than 1600 mm (a)
above the floor or ground surface.
Signs with single lines of characters must have the line of tactile characters not less than 1250 mm and not (b)
higher than 1350 mm above the floor or ground surface.
Signs identifying rooms containing features or facilities listed in D4D7 must be located— (c)
on the wall on the latch side of the door with the leading edge of the sign located between 50 mm and 300 (i)
mm from the architrave; and
where (i) is not possible, the sign may be placed on the door itself. (ii)
Signs identifying a door required by E4D5 to be provided with an exit sign must be located— (d)
on the side that faces a person seeking egress; and (i)
on the wall on the latch side of the door with the leading edge of the sign located between 50 mm and 300 (ii)
mm from the architrave; and
where (ii) is not possible, the sign may be placed on the door itself. (iii)
S15C3 Braille and tactile sign specification
[2019: Spec D3.6: 3]
(1) Tactile characters must be raised or embossed to a height of not less than 1 mm and not more than 1.5 mm.
(2) Title case must be used for all tactile characters, and—
upper case tactile characters must have a height of not less than 15 mm and not more than 55 mm, except that (a)
the upper case tactile characters on a sign identifying a door required by E4D5 to be provided with an exit sign
must have a height of not less than 20 mm and not more than 55 mm; and
lower case tactile characters must have a minimum height of 50% of the related upper case characters. (b)
(3) Tactile characters, symbols, and the like, must have rounded edges.
(4) The entire sign, including any frame, must have all edges rounded.
(5) The background, negative space or fill of signs must be of matt or low sheen finish.
(6) The characters, symbols, logos and other features on signs must be matt or low sheen finish.
(7) The minimum letter spacing of tactile characters on signs must be 2 mm.
(8) The minimum word spacing of tactile characters on signs must be 10 mm.
(9) The thickness of letter strokes must be not less than 2 mm and not more than 7 mm.
(10) Tactile text must be left justified, except that single words may be centre justified.
(11) Tactile text must be Arial typeface. Specification 15 Braille and tactile signs
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 224 S15C4 Luminance contrast
[2019: Spec D3.6: 4]
The following applies to luminance contrast :
The background, negative space, fill of a sign or border with a minimum width of 5 mm must have a luminance (a)
contrast with the surface on which it is mounted of not less than 30%.
Tactile characters, icons and symbols must have a minimum luminance contrast of 30% to the surface on which (b)
the characters are mounted.
Luminance contrasts must be met under the lighting conditions in which the sign is to be located. (c)
S15C5 Lighting
[2019: Spec D3.6: 5]
Braille and tactile signs must be illuminated to ensure luminance contrast requirements are met at all times during which
the sign is required to be read.
S15C6 Braille
[2019: Spec D3.6: 6]
The following applies to braille:
Braille must be grade 1 braille (uncontracted) in accordance with the criteria set out by the Australian Braille (a)
Authority.
Braille must be raised and domed. (b)
Braille must be located 8 mm below the bottom line of text (not including descenders). (c)
Braille must be left justified. (d)
Where an arrow is used in the tactile sign, a solid arrow must be provided for braille readers. (e)
On signs with multiple lines of text and characters, a semicircular braille locator at the left margin must be (f)
horizontally aligned with the first line of braille text.S15C4
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 225
S16C1 Scope
[2019: Spec D3.10: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for types of accessible water entry/exit for swimming pools .
S16C2 Fixed or moveable ramp
[2019: Spec D3.10: 2]
A fixed or moveable ramp must—
have a slip-resistant surface; and (a)
have a maximum gradient of 1:14; and (b)
have handrails complying with the requirements for ramps in AS 1428.1, installed on both sides of the ramp; (c)
and
have kerbs in accordance with the requirements for ramps in AS 1428.1; and (d)
extend to a depth of not less than 900 mm and not more than 1100 mm below the stationary water level; and (e)
have landings in accordance with the requirements for ramps in AS 1428.1, with a landing located at the bottom (f)
and top of each ramp and a landing must be located at a level between 900 mm and 1100 mm below the
stationary water level.
S16C3 Zero depth entry
[2019: Spec D3.10: 3]
A zero depth entry must have—
a slip-resistant surface; and (a)
a maximum gradient of 1:14; and (b)
a single handrail complying with the requirements for handrails in AS 1428.1, from the top of the entry point (c)
continuous to the bottom level area; and
a level area— (d)
1500 mm long for the width of the zero depth entry at the entry point; and (i)
located at the bottom of the zero depth entry at a level between 900 mm and 1100 mm below the stationary (ii)
water level.
S16C4 Platform swimming pool lift
[2019: Spec D3.10: 4]
A platform swimming pool lift must be—
capable of being operated from the swimming pool surround, within the swimming pool , and on the platform; (a)
and
located where the water depth is not more than 1300 mm; and (b)
designed to withstand a weight capacity of not less than 160 kg and be capable of sustaining a static load of not (c)
less than 1.5 times the rated load. Specification 16 Accessible water entry/exit from swimming pools
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 226 S16C5 Sling -style swimming pool lift
[2019: Spec D3.10: 5]
A sling lift must comply with the following:
A sling lift must be located where the water depth is not more than 1300 mm. (a)
When the sling is in the raised position and in the transfer position, the centreline of the sling must be located (b)
over the swimming pool surround and not less than 450 mm from the swimming pool edge.
The surface of the swimming pool surround between the centreline of the sling and the swimming pool edge (c)
must have a gradient of not more than 1:50 and must be slip-resistant.
A clear space must be provided on the swimming pool surround parallel with the swimming pool edge on the (d)
side remote from the water (see Figure S16C5a and Figure S16C5b ) and must—
be not less than 900 mm x 1300 mm; and (i)
have a gradient of not more than 1:50; and (ii)
have a slip-resistant surface; and (iii)
be located so that the centreline of the space is directly below the lifting point for the sling. (iv)
A sling lift must be capable of being operated from the swimming pool surround, within the swimming pool and (e)
from the sling.
A sling must be designed so that it will submerge to a water depth of not less than 500 mm below the stationary (f)
water level.
A sling lift must be designed to withstand a weight of not less than 136 kg and be capable of sustaining a static (g)
load not less than 1.5 times the rated load.
Figure S16C5a: Clear swimming pool surround space for sling lift in the transfer position — Plan view
Water
Pool
surround
Location of sling Sling lift 1300 mm min.
900 mm
min.S16C5
(1 May 2023)
Access and egress
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 227 Figure S16C5b: Clear swimming pool surround space for sling lift in the transfer position — Sectional el -
evation
S16C6 Aquatic wheelchair
[2019: Spec D3.10: 6]
An aquatic wheelchair must comply with the following:
The height of the top surface of the seat must be not less than 430 mm. (a)
The seat width must not be not less than 480 mm. (b)
A footrest must be provided. (c)
Armrests must be located on both sides of the seat and must be capable of being moved away from the side of (d)
the chair to allow a person to transfer on and off the seat.Pool surround900 mm min.Sling liftCentre line
Water450 mm
min.S16C5
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 228
Section E Services and equipment
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
Objectives
E1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
E1F1 Fire-fighting equipment
Performance Requirements
E1P1 Fire hose reels
E1P2 Fire extinguishers
E1P3 Fire hydrants
E1P4 Automatic fire suppression systems
E1P5 Fire-fighting services in buildings under construction
E1P6 Fire control centres
Verification Methods
E1V1 Fire Safety Verification Method
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
E1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
E1D2 Fire hydrants
E1D3 Fire hose reels
E1D4 Sprinklers
E1D5 Where sprinklers are required : all classifications
E1D6 Where sprinklers are required : Class 2 and 3 buildings other than
residential care buildings
E1D7 Where sprinklers are required : Class 3 building used as a residen -
tial care building
E1D8 Where sprinklers are required : Class 6 building
E1D9 Where sprinklers are required : Class 7a building, other than an
open -deck carpark
E1D10 Where sprinklers are required : Class 9a health-care building used
as a residential care building and Class 9c buildings
E1D11 Where sprinklers are required : Class 9b buildings
E1D12 Where sprinklers are required : additional requirements
E1D13 Where sprinklers are required : occupancies of excessive hazard
E1D14 Portable fire extinguishers
E1D15 Fire control centres
E1D16 Fire precautions during construction
E1D17 Provision for special hazards
Part E2 Smoke hazard management
Objectives
E2O1 Objective
Functional Statements
E2F1 Adequate safeguards
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 229E2P1 Automatic warning for sleeping occupants
E2P2 Safe evacuation routes
Verification Methods
E2V1 Fire Safety Verification Method
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
E2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
E2D2 Application of part
E2D3 General requirements
E2D4 Fire-isolated exits
E2D5 Buildings more than 25 m in effective height : Class 2 and 3 build -
ings and Class 4 part of a building
E2D6 Buildings more than 25 m in effective height : Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and
9b buildings
E2D7 Buildings more than 25 m in effective height : Class 9a buildings
E2D8 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height : Class 2 and 3
buildings and Class 4 part of a building
E2D9 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height : Class 5, 6, 7b, 8
and 9b buildings
E2D10 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height : large isolated
buildings subject to C3D4
E2D11 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height : Class 9a and 9c
buildings
E2D12 Class 7a buildings
E2D13 Basements (other than Class 7a buildings)
E2D14 Class 6 buildings – in fire compartments more than 2000 m2:
Class 6 building (not containing an enclosed common walkway or
mall serving more than one Class 6 sole -occupancy unit)
E2D15 Class 6 buildings – in fire compartments more than 2000 m2:
Class 6 building (containing an enclosed common walkway or
mall serving more than one Class 6 sole -occupancy unit)
E2D16 Class 9b – assembly buildings: nightclubs, discotheques and the
like
E2D17 Class 9b – assembly buildings: exhibition halls
E2D18 Class 9b – assembly buildings: theatres and public halls
E2D19 Class 9b – assembly buildings: theatres and public halls (not
listed in E2D18 ) including lectur e theatres and cinema/auditorium
complexes
E2D20 Class 9b assembly buildings: other assembly buildings (not listed
in E2D16 to E2D19)
E2D21 Provision for special hazards
Part E3 Lift installations
Objectives
E3O1 Objective
Functional Statements
E3F1 Passenger lifts
E3F2 Emergency lifts
E3F3 Emergency alerts
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 230Performance Requirements
E3P1 Stretcher facilities
E3P2 Emergency lifts
E3P3 Emergency alerts
E3P4 Lift access for people with a disability
Verification Methods
E3V1 Fire Safety Verification Method
E3V2 Emergency alerts on the use of lifts
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
E3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
E3D2 Lift installations
E3D3 Stretcher facility in lifts
E3D4 Warning against use of lifts in fire
E3D5 Emergency lifts
E3D6 Landings
E3D7 Passenger lift types and their limitations
E3D8 Accessible features required for passenger lifts
E3D9 Fire service controls
E3D10 Residential care buildings
E3D11 Fire service recall control switch
E3D12 Lift car fire service drive control switch
Part E4 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
Objectives
E4O1 Objective
Functional Statements
E4F1 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
Performance Requirements
E4P1 Visibility in an emergency
E4P2 Identification of exits
E4P3 Emergency warning and intercom systems
Verification Methods
E4V1 Emergency lighting
E4V2 Fire Safety Verification Method
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
E4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
E4D2 Emergency lighting requirements
E4D3 Measurement of distance
E4D4 Design and operation of emergency lighting
E4D5 Exit signs
E4D6 Direction signs
E4D7 Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts : exemptions
E4D8 Design and operation of exit signs
E4D9 Emergency warning and intercom systems
Specification 17 Fire sprinkler systems
S17C1 Scope
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 231S17C2 Application of automatic fire sprinkler standards
S17C3 Separation of sprinklered and non -sprinklered areas
S17C4 Protection of openings
S17C5 Quick response sprinklers
S17C6 Sprinkler valve enclosures
S17C7 Water supply
S17C8 Building occupant warning system
S17C9 Connection to other systems
S17C10 Anti-tamper devices
S17C11 Sprinkler systems in carparks
S17C12 Residential care buildings
S17C13 Sprinkler systems in lift installations
S17C14 Early childhood centres
Specification 18 Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective height
S18C1 Scope
S18C2 Application
S18C3 System requirements
S18C4 Permitted concessions
Specification 19 Fire control centres
S19C1 Scope
S19C2 Application
S19C3 Purpose and content of fire control centre
S19C4 Location of fire control centre
S19C5 Equipment not permitted within a fire control centre
S19C6 Ambient sound level for a fire control centre
S19C7 Construction of a fire control room
S19C8 Protection of openings in a fire control room
S19C9 Doors to a fire control room
S19C10 Size and contents of a fire control room
S19C11 Ventilation and power supply for a fire control room
S19C12 Sign for a fire control room
S19C13 Lighting for a fire control room
Specification 20 Smoke detection and alarm systems
S20C1 Scope
S20C2 Type of system
S20C3 Smoke alarm system
S20C4 Smoke detection system
S20C5 Combined smoke alarm and smoke detection system
S20C6 Smoke detection for smoke control systems
S20C7 Building occupant warning system
S20C8 System monitoring
Specification 21 Smoke exhaust systems
S21C1 Scope
S21C2 Smoke exhaust capacity
S21C3 Smoke exhaust fans
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 232S21C4 Smoke reservoirs
S21C5 Smoke exhaust fan and vent location
S21C6 Make-up air
S21C7 Smoke exhaust system control
S21C8 Smoke detection
Specification 22 Smoke-and-heat vents
S22C1 Scope
S22C2 Adoption of AS 2665
S22C3 Controls
Specification 23 Residential fire safety systems
S23C1 Scope
S23C2 Application
S23C3 General requirements
S23C4 Local fire indicator panel
S23C5 Smoke alarms
S23C6 Signal isolation interface units
S23C7 Wiring
S23C8 Connection to monitoring service
S23C9 Indication at the fire indicator panel
Specification 24 Lift installations
S24C1 Scope
S24C2 Lift cars exposed to solar radiation
S24C3 Lift car emergency lighting
S24C4 Cooling of lift shaft
S24C5 Lift foyer access
S24C6 Emergency access doors in a single enclosed lift shaft
Specification 25 Photoluminescent exit signs
S25C1 Scope
S25C2 Application
S25C3 Illumination
S25C4 Pictorial elements
S25C5 Viewing distance
S25C6 Smoke control systems
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 233
Introduction to this Part
This Part focuses on provision of fire-fighting equipment which can enable occupants to fight the fire in its early stages
and/or evacuate the building safely, facilitate fire brigade intervention and minimise the risk of fire spread between buildings.
E1O1 Objective
[2019: EO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury while evacuating during a fire; and (a)
provide facilities for occupants and the fire brigade to undertake fire-fighting operations; and (b)
prevent the spread of fire between buildings. (c)
E1F1 Fire -fighting equipment
[2019: EF1.1]
A building is to be provided with fire-fighting equipment to safeguard against fire spread—
to allow occupants time to evacuate safely without being overcome by the effects of fire; and (a)
so that occupants may undertake initial attack on a fire; and (b)
so that the fire brigade have the necessary equipment to undertake search, rescue and fire-fighting operations; (c)
and
to other parts of the building; and (d)
between buildings. (e)
E1P1 Fire hose reels
[2019: EP1.1]
A fire hose reel system must be installed to the degree necessary to allow occupants to safely undertake initial attack on
a fire appropriate to—
the size of the fire compartment ; and (a)
the function or use of the building; and (b)
any other fire safety systems installed in the building; and (c)
the fire hazard . (d)Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 234 E1P2 Fire extinguishers
[2019: EP1.2]
Fire extinguishers must be installed to the degree necessary to allow occupants to undertake initial attack on a fire
appropriate to—
the function or use of the building; and (a)
any other fire safety systems installed in the building; and (b)
the fire hazard . (c)
E1P3 Fire hydrants
[2019: EP1.3]
A fire hydrant system must be provided to the degree necessary to facilitate the needs of the fire brigade appropriate to—
fire-fighting operations; and (a)
the floor area of the building; and (b)
the fire hazard . (c)
Applications
E1P3 only applies to a building where a fire brigade is available to attend.
E1P4 Automatic fire suppression systems
[2019: EP1.4]
An automatic fire suppression system must be installed to the degree necessary to control the development and spread
of fire appropriate to—
the size of the fire compartment ; and (a)
the function or use of the building; and (b)
the fire hazard ; and (c)
the height of the building. (d)
E1P5 Fire -fighting ser vices in buildings under construction
[2019: EP1.5]
Suitable means of fire-fighting must be installed to the degree necessary in a building under construction to allow initial
fire attack by construction workers and for the fire brigade to undertake attack on the fire appropriate to—
the fire hazard ; and (a)
the height the building has reached during its construction. (b)
E1P6 Fire control centres
[2019: EP1.6]
Suitable facilities must be provided to the degree necessary in a building to co-ordinate fire brigade intervention during an
emergency appropriate to—
the function or use of the building; and (a)
the floor area of the building; and (b)
the height of the building. (c)E1P2
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 235TAS E1P7
E1V1 Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: EV1.1]
Compliance with E1P1 , E1P2 , E1P3 , E1P4 and E1P6 is verified when a building is designed in accordance with C1V4 .
TAS E1D1
E1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: E1.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements E1P1 to E1P6 are satisfied by
complying with—
E1D2 to E1D17 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
in a building in an alpine area , Part G4 ; and (c)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (d)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (e)
for farm buildings and farm sheds , Part I3 . (f)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
E1D2 Fire hydrants
[2019: E1.3]
(1) A fire hydrant system must be provided to serve a building—
having a total floor area greater than 500 m2; and (a)
where a fire brigade station is— (b)
no more than 50 km from the building as measured along roads; and (i)
equipped with equipment capable of utilising a fire hydrant. (ii)
(2) The fire hydrant system must be installed in accordance with AS 2419.1.
(3) Notwithstanding (2), a Class 8 electricity network substation need not comply with clause 4.2 of AS 2419.1 if—
it cannot be connected to a town main supply; and (a)
one hour water storage is provided for fire-fighting. (b)
(4) Where internal fire hydrants are provided, they must serve only the storey on which they are located except that a
sole-occupancy unit —
in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building may be served by a single fire hydrant located at the level (a)
of egress from that sole-occupancy unit ; or
of not more than 2 storeys in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building may be served by a single fire hydrant located at (b)
the level of egress from that sole-occupancy unit provided the fire hydrant can provide coverage to the whole of
the sole-occupancy unit .
SA E1D2(5) Verification Methods
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsE1P6
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 236SA E1D2(6)
SA E1D2(7)
SA E1D2(8)
SA Figure E1D2
SA Table E1D2
E1D3 Fire hose reels
[2019: E1.4]
SA E1D3(1)
(1) E1D3 does not apply to—
a Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building; or (a)
a Class 8 electricity network substation ; or (b)
a Class 9c building; or (c)
classrooms and associated corridors in a primary or secondary school . (d)
(2) A fire hose reel system must be provided—
to serve the whole building where one or more internal fire hydrants are installed; or (a)
where internal fire hydrants are not installed, to serve any fire compartment with a floor area greater than 500 (b)
m2.
(3) The fire hose reel system must—
have fire hose reels installed in accordance with AS 2441; and (a)
provide fire hose reels to serve only the storey at which they are located, except a sole-occupancy unit of not (b)
more than 2 storeys in a Class 6, 7, 8 or 9 building may be served by a single fire hose reel located at the level
of egress from that sole-occupancy unit provided the fire hose reel can provide coverage to the whole of the
sole-occupancy unit .
(4) Fire hose reels must be located internally, externally or in combination, to achieve the system coverage specified in
AS 2441.
(5) In achieving system coverage, one or a combination of the following criteria for individual internally located fire hose
reels must be met in determining the layout of any fire hose reel system:
Fire hose reels must be located adjacent to an internal fire hydrant (other than one within a fire-isolated exit), (a)
except that a fire hose reel need not be located adjacent to every fire hydrant, provided system coverage can
be achieved.
Fire hose reels must be located within 4 m of an exit, except that a fire hose reel need not be located adjacent (b)
to every exit, provided system coverage can be achieved.
Where system coverage is not achieved by compliance with (a) and (b), additional fire hose reels may be located (c)
in paths of travel to an exit to achieve the required coverage.
(6) Fire hose reels must be located so that the fire hose will not need to pass through doorways fitted with fire or smoke
doors, except—
doorways in walls referred to in C3D6(1)(e) in a Class 9a building and C3D6(3)(d) in a Class 9c building, (a)
separating ancillary use areas of high potential fire hazard ; and
doorways in walls referred to in C3D13 or C3D14 separating equipment or electrical supply systems; and (b)
doorway openings to shafts referred to in C4D14 . (c)
(7) Where the normal water supply cannot achieve the flow and pressures required by AS 2441, or is unreliable—
a pump; or (a)
water storage facility; or (b)
both a pump and water storage facility, (c)
must be installed to provide the minimum flow and pressures required by clause 6.1 of AS 2441. E1D2
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 237 E1D4 Sprinklers
[2019: E1.5]
A sprinkler system must—
be installed in a building or part of a building when required by E1D5 to E1D13 as applicable; and (a)
comply with Specification 17 and Specification 18 as applicable. (b)
Notes
See Specification 5 for use of sprinklers in Class 2 buildings and carparks generally. (1)
See Part E2 for use of sprinklers to satisfy smoke hazard management provisions. (2)
See C2D13 and Specification 5 for use of sprinklers in buildings where C2D13 is applied. (3)
E1D5 Where sprinklers are required: all classifications
[2019: Table E1.5]
Sprinklers are required throughout the whole building if any part of the building has an effective height of more than 25
m—
including an open-deck carpark within a multi-classified building; but (a)
excluding— (b)
an open-deck carpark being a separate building; and (i)
a Class 8 electricity network substation , with a floor area not more than 200 m2, located within a multi- (ii)
classified building.
E1D6 Where sprinklers are required: Class 2 and 3 buildings other than
residential care buildings
[2019: Table E1.5]
(1) In a Class 2 or 3 building, or any multi-classified building containing a Class 2 or 3 part, sprinklers are required
throughout the whole building if any part of the building has—
a rise in storeys of 4 or more; and (a)
an effective height of not more than 25 m. (b)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a residential care building .
VIC E1D7
E1D7 Where sprinklers are required: Class 3 building used as a residential care
building
[2019: Table E1.5]
Sprinklers are required throughout a building containing—
a Class 3 building used as a residential care building ; and (a)
any fire compartment containing a Class 3 part used for residential care. (b)
E1D8 Where sprinklers are required: Class 6 building
[2019: Table E1.5]
In a Class 6 building, sprinklers are required in fire compartments where either of the following apply: E1D4
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 238A floor area of more than 3 500 m2. (a)
A volume of more than 21 000 m3. (b)
E1D9 Where sprinklers are required: Class 7a building, other than an open -deck
carpark
[2019: Table E1.5]
In a Class 7a building, other than an open-deck carpark , sprinklers are required in fire compartments where more than 40
vehicles are accommodated.
NT E1D10
E1D10 Where sprinklers are required: Class 9a health -car e building used as a
residential care building and Class 9c buildings
[2019: Table E1.5]
(1) In a Class 9a health-care building used as a residential care building , sprinklers are required throughout the building
and in any fire compartment containing a Class 9a part used for residential care.
(2) In a Class 9c building, sprinklers are required throughout the building and in any fire compartment containing a Class
9c part.
E1D11 Where sprinklers are required: Class 9b buildings
[2019: Table E1.5]
(1) In a Class 9b building, other than an early childhood centre , see Part I1 .
(2) In a Class 9b early childhood centre and in a building containing a Class 9b early childhood centre , sprinklers are
required throughout the whole building, including any part of another class.
Exemptions
E1D11(2) does not apply to a Class 9b early childhood centre —
wholly within a storey that provides direct egress to a road or open space ; or (a)
with a rise in storeys of not more than 2, where the Class 9b early childhood centre is the only use in the building. (b)
E1D12 Where sprinklers are required: additional requirements
[2019: Table E1.5]
(1) For sprinkler requirements for atriums , see Part G3 .
(2) For sprinkler requirements for large isolated buildings, see C3D4 .
E1D13 Where sprinklers are required: occupancies of excessive hazard
[2019: Table E1.5 (Note 4)]
(1) In occupancies of excessive hazard, sprinklers are required in fire compartments where either of the following apply:
A floor area of more than 2 000 m2. (a)
A volume of more than 12 000 m3. (b)
VIC E1D13(2)
(2) For the purposes of (1), occupancies of excessive fire hazard comprise buildings which contain—
hazardous processes or storage including the following: (a)E1D8
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 239Aircraft hangars. (i)
Cane furnishing manufacture, processing and storage. (ii)
Fire-lighter and fireworks manufacture and warehousing. (iii)
Foam plastic and foam plastic goods manufacture, processing and warehousing e.g. furniture factory. (iv)
Hydrocarbon based sheet product, manufacture, processing and warehousing e.g. vinyl floor coverings. (v)
Woodwool and other flammable loose fibrous material manufacture. (vi)
combustible goods with an aggregate volume exceeding 1000 m3 and stored to a height greater than 4 m (b)
including the following:
Aerosol packs with flammable contents. (i)
Carpets and clothing. (ii)
Electrical appliances. (iii)
Combustible compressed fibreboards (low and high density) and plywoods. (iv)
Combustible cartons, irrespective of content. (v)
Esparto and other fibrous combustible material. (vi)
Furniture including timber, cane and composite, where foamed rubber or plastics are incorporated. (vii)
Paper storage (all forms of new or waste) e.g. bales, sheet, horizontal or vertical rolls, waxed coated or (viii)
processed.
Textiles raw and finished, e.g. rolled cloth, clothing and manchester. (ix)
Timber storage including sheets, planks, boards, joists and cut sizes. (x)
Vinyl, plastic, foamed plastic, rubber and other combustible sheets, offcuts and random pieces and rolled (xi)
material storage, e.g. carpet, tar paper, linoleum, wood veneer and foam mattresses.
All materials having wrappings or preformed containers of foamed plastics. (xii)
E1D14 Portable fire extinguishers
[2019: E1.6 and Table E1.6]
(1) Portable fire extinguishers must be—
provided as listed in (3) and (4); and (a)
for a Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building, provided— (b)
to serve the whole Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building where one or more internal fire (i)
hydrants are installed; or
where internal fire hydrants are not installed, to serve any fire compartment with a floor area greater than (ii)
500 m2, and for the purposes of this clause, a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part
of a building is considered to be a fire compartment ; and
subject to (2), selected, located and distributed in accordance with Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 of AS 2444. (c)
(2) Portable fire extinguishers provided in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must be—
an ABE type fire extinguisher; and (a)
a minimum size of 2.5 kg; and (b)
distributed outside a sole-occupancy unit — (c)
to serve only the storey at which they are located; and (i)
so that the travel distance from the entrance doorway of any sole-occupancy unit to the nearest fire (ii)
extinguisher is not more than 10 m.
(3) In Class 2 to 9 buildings (except within sole-occupancy units of a Class 9c building), portable fire extinguishers must
be provided as follows:
To cover Class AE or E fire risks associated with emergency services switchboards. (a)
To cover Class F fire risks involving cooking oils and fats in kitchens. (b)E1D13
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 240To cover Class B fire risks in locations where flammable liquids in excess of 50 litres are stored or used (not (c)
including that held in fuel tanks of vehicles).
T
o cover Class A fire risks in normally occupied fire compartments less than 500 m2 not provided with fire hose (d)
reels (excluding open-deck carparks ).
T
o cover Class A fire risks in classrooms and associated corridors in primary and secondary schools not provided (e)
with fire hose reels.
T
o cover Class A fire risks associated with a Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building. (f)
(4) In addition to the requirements of (3), portable fire extinguishers must be provided to cover Class
A and E fire risks
in the following occupancies in buildings, or parts of a building:
A
Class 9a health-care building , including a Class 9a building used as a residential care building . (a)
Class 3 parts of detention and correctional occupancies. (b)
Class 3 accommodation for children, aged persons and people with disabilities, including a Class 3 building (c)
used as a residential care building .
A
Class 9c building. (d)
(5) For the purposes of (3) and (4):
Fire risks are defined in accordance with
AS 2444. (a)
An emergency services switchboard is one which sustains emergency equipment operating in the emergency (b)
mode.
Additional extinguishers may be required to cover fire risks in relation to special hazards provided for in E1D17 . (c)
The fire risks in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must include risks within any sole-occupancy (d)
units , however portable fire extinguishers are not required to be located within a sole-occupancy unit unless the
sole-occupancy unit has a floor area greater than 500 m2.
(6) For the purposes of (4), where applicable, a Class E fire extinguisher need only be located at each nurses’
station,
supervisors’
station or the like.
SA E1D14(7)
SA E1D14(8)
E1D15 Fire control centres
[2019: E1.8]
A fire control centre facility in accordance with Specification 19 must be provided for—
a building with an effective height of more than 25 m; and (a)
a Class 6, 7, 8 or 9 building with a total floor area of more than 18 000 m2. (b)
E1D16 Fire precautions during construction
[2019: E1.9]
In a building under construction—
not less than one fire extinguisher to suit Class A, B and C fires and electrical fires must be provided at all times (a)
on each storey adjacent to each required exit or temporary stairway or exit; and
after the building has reached an effective height of 12 m— (b)
the required fire hydrants and fire hose reels must be operational in at least every storey that is covered by (i)
the roof or the floor structure above, except the 2 uppermost storeys ; and
any required booster connections must be installed. (ii)E1D14
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 241 E1D17 Provision for special hazards
[2019: E1.10]
Suitable additional provision must be made if special problems of fighting fire could arise because of—
the nature or quantity of materials stored, displayed or used in a building or on the allotment; or (a)
the location of the building in relation to a water supply for fire-fighting purposes. (b)
TAS E1D17
Explanatory Information: Cross -v olume considerations
Part B4 of NCC Volume Three sets out the requirements for access for maintenance of fire-fighting water services. E1D17
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 242Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the risk of injury or loss of life for occupants due to the effects of smoke, including inhalat ion,
if a fire occurs in a building. It provides for automatic warning of the presence of smoke or fire, and measures to ensure
conditions within evacuation routes remain tenable long enough for occupants evacuate safely and to facilitate fire brigade
intervention.
E2O1 Objective
[2019: EO2]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury by warning them of a fire so that they may safely evacuate; and (a)
safeguard occupants from illness or injury while evacuating during a fire. (b)
E2F1 Adequate safeguards
[ 2019: EF2.1]
A building is to be provided with safeguards so that—
occupants are warned of a fire in the building so that they may safely evacuate; and (a)
occupants have time to safely evacuate before the environment in any evacuation route becomes untenable (b)
from the ef
fects of fire.
E2P1 Automatic warning for sleeping occupants
[2019: EP2.1]
In a building providing sleeping accommodation, occupants must be provided with automatic warning on the detection of
smoke so they may evacuate in the event of a fire to a safe place .
Applications
E2P1 only applies to a Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c building or Class 4 part of a building.
E2P2 Safe evacuation routes
[2019: EP2.2]
(1) In the event of a fire in a building the conditions in any evacuation route must be maintained for the period of time
occupants take to evacuate the part of the building so that—
the temperature will not endanger human life; and (a)Part E2 Smoke hazard management
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 243the level of visibility will enable the evacuation route to be determined; and (b)
the level of toxicity will not endanger human life. (c)
(2) The period of time occupants take to evacuate referred to in (1) must be appropriate to—
the number
, mobility and other characteristics of the occupants; and (a)
the function or use of the building; and (b)
the travel distance and other characteristics of the building; and (c)
the fire load ; and (d)
the potential fire intensity ; and (e)
the fire hazard ; and (f)
any active fire safety systems installed in the building; and (g)
fire brigade intervention. (h)
Limitations
E2P2 does not apply to an open-deck carpark or open spectator stand .
E2V1 Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: EV2.1]
Compliance with E2P1 and E2P2 is verified when a building is designed in accordance with C1V4 .
E2D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: E2.0]
SA E2D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements E2P1 and E2P2 are satisfied by
complying with—
E2D2 to E2D21 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
in a building in an alpine area , Part G4 ; and (c)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 . (d)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
E2D2 Application of part
[2019: E2.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to—
an open-deck carpark ; or (a)
an open spectator stand ; or (b)
a Class 8 electricity network substation with a floor area not more than 200 m2, located within a multi-classified (c)
building.Verification Methods
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsE2P2
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 244(2) In addition to the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of E2D3 to E2D13 , the following specific Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
apply to the following Class 6 and Class 9b buildings:
For Class 6 buildings, in fire compartments more than 2000 m2— (a)
not containing an enclosed common walkway or mall serving more than one Class 6 sole-occupancy unit (i)
— must comply with E2D14 ; or
containing an enclosed common walkway or mall serving more than one Class 6 sole-occupancy unit — (ii)
must comply with E2D15 .
For Class 9b assembly buildings — (b)
nightclubs, discotheques and the like — must comply with E2D16 ; and (i)
exhibition halls — must comply with E2D17 ; and (ii)
theatres and public halls — must comply with E2D18 ; and (iii)
theatres and public halls (not covered by E2D18 ) including lecture theatres and cinema/auditorium (iv)
complexes — must comply with E2D19 ; and
other assembly buildings (not listed in (i) to (iv)) excluding schools — must comply with E2D20 . (v)
(3) The smoke exhaust and smoke-and-heat vent provisions of this Part do not apply to any area not used by occupants
for an extended period of time such as a storeroom with a floor area less than 30 m2, sanitary compartment , plant
room or the like.
E2D3 General requirements
[2019: E2.2]
(1) An air-handling system which does not form part of a smoke hazard management system in accordance with E2D4
to E2D20 and which recycles air from one fire compartment to another fire compartment or operates in a manner
that may unduly contribute to the spread of smoke from one fire compartment to another fire compartment must,
subject to (2), be designed and installed—
to operate as a smoke control system in accordance with AS 1668.1; or (a)
such that it— (b)
incorporates smoke dampers where the air-handling ducts penetrate any elements separating the fire (i)
compartments served; and
is arranged such that the air-handling system is shut down and the smoke dampers are activated to close (ii)
automatically by smoke detectors complying with clause 7.5 of AS 1670.1.
(2) For the purposes of (1), each sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building is treated as a separate fire compartment .
(3) Miscellaneous air-handling systems covered by Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1 serving more than one fire
compartment (other than a carpark ventilation system) and not forming part of a smoke hazard management system
must comply with these Sections of the Standard.
(4) A smoke detection system must be installed in accordance with S20C6 to operate AS 1668.1 systems that are
provided for zone pressurisation and automatic air pressurisation for fire-isolated exits.
E2D4 Fire -isolat ed exits
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1) A part of a building listed in (2) must be provided with—
an automatic air pressurisation system for fire-isolated exits in accordance with AS 1668.1; or (a)
open access ramps or balconies in accordance with D3D6 . (b)
(2) The requirements of (1) apply to—
a required fire-isolated stairway , including any associated fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp (a)
serving—
any storey above an effective height of 25 m; or (i)
more than 2 below ground storeys , not counted in the rise in storeys in accordance with C2D3 ; or (ii)E2D2
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 245an atrium to which Part G3 applies; or (iii)
a Class 9a building with a rise in storeys of more than 2; or (iv)
a Class 9c building with a rise in storeys of more than 2; or (v)
a Class 3 building used as a residential care building with a rise in storeys of more than 2; and (vi)
a required fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp with a length of travel more than 60 m to a road or (b)
open space .
(3) An automatic air pressurisation system for a fire-isolated exit must serve the entire exit.
Notes
Refer to D2D12(4) for pressurisation of a fire-isolated exit having more than 2 access doorways from within the same
storey .
E2D5 Buildings more than 25 m in effective height: Class 2 and 3 buildings and
Class 4 part of a building
[2019: Table E2.2a]
An automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 must be provided to the following:
A Class 2 or 3 building which is more than 25 m in effective height . (a)
A Class 2 or 3 part of a building, or a Class 4 part of a building, in a building which is more than 25 m in effective (b)
height .
Notes
Refer to C3D15 for division of public corridors greater than 40 m in length.
E2D6 Buildings more than 25 m in effective height: Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9b
buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1) A Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 or 9b building or part of a building must be provided with a zone pressurisation system between
vertically separated fire compartments in accordance with AS 1668.1, if the building is more than 25 m in effective
height .
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a building that has a fire compartment containing a Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 or 9b
part (or a combination of these classes in the same fire compartment ) where there is only one fire compartment
containing these classifications in an otherwise Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c building.
(3) For the purposes of (1), ‘vertically separated fire compartments ’ are fire compartments above and below each other,
and not fire compartments within the same storey .
Notes
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area of
more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
E2D7 Buildings more than 25 m in effective height: Class 9a buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1) A Class 9a building must be provided with—
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; and (a)
a zone pressurisation system between vertically separated fire compartments in accordance with AS 1668.1, (b)E2D4
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 246if the building is more than 25 m in effective height .
(2) For the purposes of (1), ‘vertically separated fire compartments ’ are fire compartments above and below each other,
and not fire compartments within the same storey .
Notes
A building more than 25 m in effective height requires a sprinkler system under E1D4 .
E2D8 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: Class 2 and 3 buildings
and Class 4 part of a building
[2019: Table E2.2a]
In a Class 2 and 3 building or part of a building, or Class 4 part of a building, if the building is not more than 25 m in
effective height —
it must be provided with an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; and (a)
where a required fire-isolated stairway serving the Class 2 or 3 parts also serves one or more storeys of Class (b)
5, 6, 7 (other than an open-deck carpark ), 8 or 9b parts—
the fire-isolated stairway , including any associated fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp , must be (i)
provided with an automatic air pressurisation system for fire-isolated exits in accordance with AS 1668.1;
or
the Class 5, 6, 7 (other than an open-deck carpark ), 8 and 9b parts must be provided with— (ii)
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (A)
a sprinkler system (other than a FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 ; (B)
and
where a required fire-isolated stairway serving the Class 4 part also serves one or more storeys of Class 5, 6, 7 (c)
(other than an open-deck carpark ), 8 or 9b parts—
a system complying with (b)(i) or (b)(ii) must be installed; or (i)
a smoke alarm or detector system complying with Specification 20 must be provided except that alarms or (ii)
detectors need only be installed adjacent to each doorway into each fire-isolated stairway (set back
horizontally from the doorway by a distance of not more than 1.5 m) to initiate a building occupant warning
system for the Class 4 part.
Notes
Refer to C3D15 for division of public corridors greater than 40 m in length. (1)
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area (2)
of more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
E2D9 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9b
buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1) A building not more than 25 m in effective height that—
is a Class 5 or 9b school building or part of a building having a rise in storeys of more than 3; or (a)
is a Class 6, 7b, 8 or 9b building (other than a school ) or part of a building having a rise in storeys of more than (b)
2; or
has a rise in storeys of more than 2 and contains— (c)
a Class 5 or 9b school part; and (i)
a Class 6, 7b, 8 or 9b (other than a school ) part, (ii)E2D7
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 247must meet the requirements of (2).
(2) A building referred to in (1) must be provided with—
in each required fire-isolated stairway , including any associated fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp , (a)
an automatic air pressurisation system for fire-isolated exits in accordance with AS 1668.1; or
a zone pressurisation system between vertically separated fire compartments in accordance with AS 1668.1, if (b)
the building has more than one fire compartment ; or
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (c)
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 . (d)
(3) For the purposes of (2), vertically separated fire compartments are fire compartments above and below each other,
and not fire compartments within the same storey .
NSW E2D10
E2D10 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: large isolated buildings
subject to C3D4
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1) In a Class 7 or 8 building of not more than 25 m in effective height , and which does not exceed 18 000 m2 in floor
area nor exceed 108 000 m3 in volume , the building must be provided with—
a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 , and provided with perimeter vehicular access complying (a)
with C3D5(2) ; or
an automatic fire detection and alarm system complying with AS 1670.1 and monitored in accordance with (b)
S20C8 ; or
an automatic smoke exhaust system in accordance with Specification 21 ; or (c)
automatic smoke-and-heat vents in accordance with Specification 22 ; or (d)
natural smoke venting, with ventilation openings distributed as evenly as practicable and comprising permanent (e)
openings at roof level with a free area not less than 1.5% of floor area and low level openings which may be
permanent or readily openable with a free area not less than 1.5% of floor area .
(2) In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building of not more than 25 m in effective height , and which exceeds 18 000 m2 in floor area
or 108 000 m3 in volume , the building must be provided with—
if the ceiling height of the fire compartment is not more than 12 m— (a)
an automatic smoke exhaust system in accordance with Specification 21 ; or (i)
automatic smoke-and-heat vents in accordance with Specification 22 ; or (ii)
if the ceiling height of the fire compartment is more than 12 m, an automatic smoke exhaust system in accordance (b)
with Specification 21 .
(3) For the purposes of (1) and (2), reference to ‘the building’ being provided with specified measures, means to the
nominated classes within the building.
Notes
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area (1)
of more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
Refer to E2D5 and E2D8 where a Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9b building contains a Class 2, 3 or 4 part. (2)
E2D11 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: Class 9a and 9c buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1) A Class 9a health-care building or a Class 9c building, or a building containing a part thereof, which is not more than
25 m in effective height , must be provided throughout with—
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; and (a)E2D9
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 248automatic shutdown of any air-handling system which does not form part of a zone pressurisation system (other (b)
than individual room units with a capacity not more than 1000 L/s, systems serving critical treatment areas and
miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) on the activation
of—
smoke detectors installed in accordance with (a); and (i)
any other installed fire detection and alarm system including a sprinkler system complying with Specification (ii)
17; and
in a building having a rise in storeys of more than 2 and not more than 25 m effective height (not being a Class (c)
9c building)—
a zone pressurisation system between vertically separated fire compartments in accordance with AS 1668.1; (i)
or
a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 throughout with residential sprinkler heads in patient (ii)
care areas .
(2) For the purposes of (1), ‘vertically separated fire compartments ’ are fire compartments above and below each other,
and not fire compartments within the same storey .
Notes
Refer to S11C2 for the provisions for smoke dampers.
E2D12 Class 7a buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
A Class 7a building, including a basement, provided with a mechanical ventilation system in accordance with AS 1668.2,
must comply with clause 5.5 of AS 1668.1.
E2D13 Basements (ot her than Class 7a buildings )
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1) A basement, other than a Class 7a basement, not counted in the rise in storeys in accordance with C2D3 , must—
comply with measures in accordance with this Part applicable to the building generally; and (a)
where the basement has a total floor area of more than 2000 m2, be provided with— (b)
if not more than 2 below ground storeys — (i)
a zone pressurisation system between vertically separated fire compartments in accordance with AS (A)
1668.1, if the basement has more than one fire compartment ; or
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (B)
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 ; (C)
or
if more than 2 below ground storeys , a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) (ii)
complying with Specification 17 .
(2) For the purposes of (1), ‘vertically separated fire compartments ’ are fire compartments above and below each other,
and not fire compartments within the same storey .
Notes
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area (1)
of more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
Basements with more than 3 below ground storeys or containing Class 6 or 9b occupancies with a large number (2)
of occupants may require special consideration in accordance with E2D21 .
E2D11
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 249 E2D14 Class 6 buildings – in fire compartments more than 2000 m2: Class 6
building (not containing an enclosed common walkwa y or mall serving more
than one Class 6 sole -occupancy unit)
[2019: Table E2.2b ]
(1) This clause applies to a Class 6 building not containing an enclosed common walkway or mall serving more than one
Class 6 sole-occupancy unit , except for—
a Class 6 sole-occupancy unit that— (a)
has a floor area of not more than 2000 m2; and (i)
is single storey with a main public entrance opening to a road or open space ; and (ii)
is separated from other parts of the fire compartment by construction, including openings, penetrations and (iii)
junctions with other building elements, that prevents the free passage of smoke; and
parts of any other classification that are smoke separated from a Class 6 part by construction complying with (b)
(a)(iii).
(2) Where the floor area of a Class 6 part of a fire compartment referred to in (1) is more than 2000 m2, the fire
compartment must be provided with—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (a)
if the building is single storey , automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 ; or (b)
if the floor area of the fire compartment is not more than 3500 m2 and the building— (c)
is single storey , an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (i)
has a rise in storeys of not more than 2, a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) (ii)
complying with Specification 17 .
E2D15 Class 6 buildings – in fire compartments more than 2000 m2: Class 6
building ( containing an enclosed common walkwa y or mall serving more
than one Class 6 sole -occupancy unit)
[2019: Table E2.2b ]
(1) This clause applies to a Class 6 building containing an enclosed common walkway or mall serving more than one
Class 6 sole-occupancy unit , except for—
a Class 6 sole-occupancy unit that— (a)
opens onto the enclosed common walkway or mall if the Class 6 sole-occupancy unit has a floor area of (i)
not more than 1000 m2; or
does not open onto the enclosed common walkway or mall if the Class 6 sole-occupancy unit — (ii)
has a floor area of not more than 2000 m2; and (A)
is single storey with a main entrance opening to a road or open space ; and (B)
is separated from other parts of the fire compartment by construction, including openings, penetrations (C)
and junctions with other building elements, that prevents the free passage of smoke; and
parts of any other classification that are smoke separated from a Class 6 part by construction complying with (b)
(a)(ii)(C).
(2) Where the floor area of a Class 6 part of a fire compartment referred to in (1) is more than 2000 m2, the fire
compartment , including the enclosed common walkway or mall, must be provided with—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (a)
if the building is single storey , automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 ; or (b)
if the floor area of the fire compartment is not more than 3500 m2 and the building has a rise in storeys of not (c)
more than 2, a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification
17.
E2D14
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 250Notes
A fire compartment having a floor area of more than 3500 m2 in a Class 6 building requires a sprinkler system under
E1D4 .
NSW E2D16
E2D16 Class 9b – assembly buildings: nightclubs, discotheques and the like
[2019: Table E2.2b ]
A Class 9b assembly building which is a nightclub, discotheque or the like must be provided with—
automatic shutdown of any air-handling system (other than miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in (a)
accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke hazard management
system, on the activation of—
smoke detectors installed complying with S20C6 ; and (i)
any other installed fire detection and alarm system, including a sprinkler system complying with Specification (ii)
17; and
at least one of the following: (b)
An automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 . (i)
If the building is single storey , automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 . (ii)
A sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 with (iii)
quick response sprinkler heads.
NSW E2D17
E2D17 Class 9b – assembly buildings: exhibition halls
[2019: Table E2.2b ]
A Class 9b assembly building which is an exhibition hall must be provided with—
automatic shutdown of any air-handling system (other than miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in (a)
accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke hazard management
system, on the activation of—
smoke detectors installed complying with Specification 20 ; and (i)
any other installed fire detection and alarm system, including a sprinkler system complying with Specification (ii)
17; and
where the floor area is more than 2000 m2 and not more than 3500 m2— (b)
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (i)
if the building is single storey , automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 ; or (ii)
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 ; and (iii)
where the floor area is more than 3500 m2, a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) (c)
complying with Specification 17 and—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (i)
automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 , if the building is single storey . (ii)
NSW E2D18
E2D18 Class 9b – assembly buildings: theatres and public halls
[2019: Table E2.2b ]
(1) This clause applies to a Class 9b assembly building where the building or part of the building is used as a theatre or
public hall which— E2D15
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 251is a school assembly, church or community hall, and has a stage and any backstage area with a total floor area (a)
of more than 300 m2; or
is not a school assembly, church or community hall, and has a stage and any backstage area with a total floor (b)
area of more than 200 m2; or
has a stage with an associated rigging loft. (c)
(2) A building or part of a building referred to in (1) must be provided with—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (a)
if the building is single storey , automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 . (b)
NSW E2D19
E2D19 Class 9b – assembly buildings: theatres and public halls (not list ed in
E2D18) including lecture theatres and cinema/auditorium complexes
[2019: Table E2.2b ]
(1) This clause applies to a Class 9b assembly building where the building or part of the building is used as a theatre or
public hall not listed in E2D18 and includes lecture theatres and cinema/auditorium complexes.
(2) A building or part of a building referred to in (1)—
must be provided with automatic shutdown of any air-handling system (other than miscellaneous exhaust air (a)
systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke
hazard management system, on the activation of—
smoke detectors installed complying with Specification 20 ; and (i)
any other installed fire detection and alarm system, including a sprinkler system complying with Specification (ii)
17; and
other than in the case of a school lecture theatre, where the floor area of the fire compartment is more than 2000 (b)
m2—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (i)
if the building is single storey , automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 ; or (ii)
if the floor area of the fire compartment is not more than 5000 m2 and the building has a rise in storeys of (iii)
not more than 2—
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (A)
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 . (B)
NSW E2D20
E2D20 Class 9b assembly buildings: other assembly buildings (not list ed in E2D16
to E2D19)
[2019: Table E2.2b ]
(1) The requirements of (2)—
apply to a Class 9b assembly building where the building or part of the building is used for a purpose other (a)
than—
as described in E2D16 to E2D19 ; or (i)
a school ; and (ii)
do not apply to— (b)
sporting complexes (including sports halls, gymnasiums, swimming pools , ice and roller rinks, and the like) (i)
other than an indoor sports stadium with total spectator seating for more than 1000; or
churches and other places used solely for religious worship. (ii)
(2) Each fire compartment , other than one in a building referred to in (1)(b), having a floor area of more than 2000 m2 E2D18
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 252must be provided with—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (a)
if the building is single storey , automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 ; or (b)
if the floor area of the fire compartment is not more than 5000 m2 and the building has a rise in storeys of not (c)
more than 2—
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (i)
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 . (ii)
(3) A building containing a Class 9b early childhood centre must be provided with an automatic smoke detection and
alarm system complying with Specification 20 throughout the whole building, including any part of another class.
E2D21 Provision for special hazards
[2019: E2.3]
Additional smoke hazard management measures may be necessary due to the—
special characteristics of the building; or (a)
special function or use of the building; or (b)
special type or quantity of materials stored, displayed or used in a building; or (c)
special mix of classifications within a building or fire compartment , (d)
which are not addressed in E2D4 to E2D20 .
SA E2D22E2D20
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 253
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to ensure that lifts are safe to use, including by people with a disability and emergency services
personnel. This Part is also intended to ensure occupants know when lifts should not be used (e.g. during a fire) and, in
the event of lift malfunction, for conditions in a lift car to remain tenable and occupants to able to call for assistance.
E3O1 Objective
[2019: EO3]
The Objective of this Part is to—
facilitate the safe movement of occupants; and (a)
facilitate access for emergency services personnel to carry out emergency procedures and assist in the (b)
evacuation of occupants.
E3F1 Passenger lifts
[2019: EF3.1]
Where a passenger lift is provided, it is to facilitate safe and easy—
movement for occupants with a disability; and (a)
evacuation of occupants, who due to illness or injury need stretcher assistance. (b)
E3F2 Emergency lifts
[2019: EF3.2]
A building is to be provided with one or more passenger lifts to facilitate—
the safe access for emergency services personnel; and (a)
safe and easy evacuation of occupants who due to illness, injury or disability cannot use stairways in the event (b)
of an emergency.
Applications
E3F2 only applies to—
a building with an effective height of more than 25 m; and (a)
a Class 9a building in which patient care area are located above a level with direct access to a road or open space . (b)
E3F3 Emergency alerts
[2019: EF3.3]
A building having a passenger lift is to be provided with measures to alert occupants about the use of the lift in an
emergency. Part E3 Lift installations
Objectives
Functional Statements
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 254
E3P1 Stretcher facilities
[2019: EP3.1]
Stretcher facilities must be provided, to the degree necessary—
in at least one emergency lift required by E3P2 ; or (a)
where an emergency lift is not required and a passenger lift is provided, in at least one lift, to serve each floor in (b)
the building served by the passenger lift.
E3P2 Emergency lifts
[2019: EP3.2]
One or more passenger lifts fitted as emergency lifts to serve each floor served by the lifts in a building must be installed
to facilitate the activities of the fire brigade and other emergency services personnel.
Applications
E3P2 only applies to—
a building with an effective height of more than 25 m; and (a)
a Class 9a building in which patient care areas are located at a level that does not have direct access to a road or (b)
open space .
E3P3 Emergency alerts
[2019: EP3.3]
Signs or other means must be provided to alert occupants about the use of a lift during an emergency.
E3P4 Lift access for people with a disability
[2019: EP3.4]
When a passenger lift is provided in a building required to be accessible , it must be suitable for use by people with a
disability.
E3V1 Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: EV3.1]
Compliance with E3P2 is verified when a building is designed in accordance with C1V4 .
E3V2 Emergency alerts on the use of lifts
[2019: EV3.2]
(1) Compliance with E3P3 is verified when building occupants are provided with automatic warning that lifts must not be
used during a fire emergency.
(2) The automatic warning must—
be initiated by a smoke hazard management system complying with Part E2 ; and (a)Performance Requirements
Verification MethodsE3F3
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 255be provided via a sound system complying with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.4; and (b)
have a flashing warning sign installed in accordance with AS 1670.4 displaying the words “do not use lift”. (c)
E3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: E3.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements E3P1 to E3P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
E3D2 to E3D12 ; and (a)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (b)
for public transport buildings, Part I2 . (c)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
E3D2 Lift installations
[2019: E3.1]
An electric passenger lift installation and an electrohydraulic passenger lift installation must comply with Specification 24 .
E3D3 Stretcher facility in lifts
[2019: E3.2]
(1) A stretcher facility in accordance with (2) must be provided—
in at least one emergency lift required by E3D5 ; or (a)
where an emergency lift is not required , if passenger lifts are installed to serve any storey above an effective (b)
height of 12 m, in at least one of those lifts to serve each floor served by the lifts.
(2) A stretcher facility must accommodate a raised stretcher with a patient lying on it horizontally by providing a clear
space not less than 600 mm wide x 2000 mm long x 1400 mm high above the floor level.
E3D4 Warning against use of lifts in fire
[2019: E3.3]
(1) A warning sign must be displayed where it can be readily seen near every call button for a passenger lift or group of
lifts throughout a building.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a small lift such as a dumb-waiter or the like that is for the transport of goods
only.
(3) Each warning sign required by (1) must comply with the details and dimensions of Figure E3D4 and consist of—
incised, inlaid or embossed letters on a metal, wood, plastic or similar plate securely and permanently attached (a)
to the wall; or
letters incised or inlaid directly into the surface of the material forming the wall. (b)Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsE3V2
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 256 Figure E3D4 : Warning sign for passenger lifts
E3D5 Emergency lifts
[2019: E3.4]
(1) At least one emergency lift complying with (4) must be installed in—
a building which has an effective height of more than 25 m; and (a)
a Class 9a building in which patient care areas are located at a level that does not have direct egress to a road (b)
or open space .
(2) An emergency lift may be combined with a passenger lift and must serve those storeys served by the passenger lift
so that all storeys of the building served by passenger lifts are served by at least one emergency lift.
(3) Where two or more passenger lifts are installed and serve the same storeys , excluding a lift that is within an atrium
and not contained wholly within a shaft —
at least two emergency lifts must be provided to serve those storeys ; and (a)
if located within different shafts , at least one emergency lift must be provided in each shaft . (b)
(4) An emergency lift must—
be contained within a fire-resisting shaft in accordance with C3D11 ; and (a)
in a Class 9a building serving a patient care area — (b)
have minimum dimensions, measured clear of all obstructions, including handrails, etc complying with Table (i)
E3D5 ; and
be connected to a standby power supply system where installed; and (ii)
if the building has an effective height of more than 75 m, have a rating of at least— (c)
600 kg if not provided with a stretcher facility; or (i)
900 kg if provided with a stretcher facility. (ii)
Table E3D5: Minimum emergency lift dimensions in Class 9a buildings OR
8 mm10 mm
Lift component Minimum dimension (mm)
Minimum depth of car 2280
Minimum width of car 1600
Minimum floor to ceiling height 2300E3D4
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 257 E3D6 Landings
[2019: E3.5]
Access and egress to and from lift well landings must comply with Parts D2 , D3 and D4.
E3D7 Passenger lift types and their limitations
[2019: E3.6, Table E3.6a, Table E3.6b ]
(1) In an accessible building, every passenger lift must be one of the following lift types, subject to the limitations (if any)
of each lift type:
There are no limitations on the use of electric passenger lifts , electrohydraulic passenger lifts or inclined lifts . (a)
Stairway platform lifts must not— (b)
be used to serve a space in a building accommodating more than 100 persons calculated according to (i)
D2D18 ; or
be used in a high traf
fic public use area such as a theatre, cinema, auditorium, transport interchange, (ii)
shopping centre or the like; or
be used where it is possible to install another type of passenger lift; or (iii)
connect more than 2 storeys ; or (iv)
where more than 1 stairway lift is installed, serve more than 2 consecutive storeys ; or (v)
when in the folded position, encroach on the minimum width of a stairway required by D2D8 to D2D11 . (vi)
A low-rise platform lift must not travel more than 1000 mm. (c)
A low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lift must not— (d)
for an enclosed type, travel more than 4 m; or (i)
for an unenclosed type, travel more than 2 m; or (ii)
be used in a high traf
fic public use areas in buildings such as a theatre, cinema, auditorium, transport (iii)
interchange, shopping complex or the like.
A small-sized, low-speed automatic lift must not travel more than 12 m. (e)
(2) A
passenger lift referred to in (1) must not rely on a constant pressure device for its operation if the lift car is fully
enclosed.
E3D8 Accessible features required for passenger lifts
[2019: Table E3.6a, Table E3.6b ]
In an accessible building, every passenger lift must have the following features where applicable:
A handrail complying with the provisions for a mandatory handrail in AS 1735.12 for all lifts except— (a)
a stairway platform lift ; and (i)
a low-rise platform lift . (ii)
Lift floor dimensions of not less than 1400 mm wide x 1600 mm deep for all lifts which travel more than 12 m. (b)
Lift floor dimensions of not less than 1
100 mm wide x 1400 mm deep for all lifts which travel not more than 12 (c)
m, except a stairway platform lift .
Lift floor dimensions of not less than 810 mm wide x 1200 mm deep for a stairway platform lift . (d)
Minimum clear door opening complying with
AS 1735.12 for all lifts except a stairway platform lift . (e)Lift component Minimum dimension (mm)
Minimum door height 2100
Minimum door width 1300E3D5
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 258Passenger protection system complying with AS 1735.12 for all lifts with power-operated doors. (f)
Lift landing doors at the upper landing for all lifts except a stairway platform lift . (g)
Lift car and landing control buttons complying with AS 1735.12 for all lifts except— (h)
a stairway platform lift ; and (i)
a low-rise platform lift . (ii)
Lighting in accordance with AS 1735.12 for all enclosed lift cars. (i)
For all lifts serving more than 2 levels— (j)
automatic audible information within the lift car to identify the level each time the car stops; and (i)
audible and visual indication at each lift landing to indicate the arrival of the lift car; and (ii)
audible information and audible indication required by (i) and (ii) is to be provided in a range of between 20 (iii)
- 80 dB(A) at a maximum frequency of 1500 Hz.
Emergency hands-free communication, including a button that alerts a call centre of a problem and a light to (k)
signal that the call has been received, for all lifts except a stairway platform lift .
E3D9 Fire service controls
[2019: E3.7]
Where lifts serve any storey above an effective height of 12 m, the following must be provided:
A fire service recall control switch complying with E3D11 for— (a)
a group of lifts; or (i)
a single lift not in a group that serves the storey . (ii)
A lift car fire service drive control switch complying with E3D12 for every lift. (b)
E3D10 Residential care buildings
[2019: E3.8]
(1) Where residents in a Class 9c residential care building are on levels which do not have direct access to a road or
open space , the building must be provided with either—
at least one lift to accommodate a stretcher in accordance with E3D3(2) ; or (a)
a ramp in accordance with AS 1428.1. (b)
(2) The lift or ramp required by (1) must discharge at a level providing direct access to a road or open space .
E3D11 Fire service recall control switch
[2019: E3.9]
(1) Each group of lifts must be provided with one fire service recall control switch required by E3D9 that activates the fire
service recall operation at (6).
(2) The switch required by (1) must—
be located at the landing nominated by the appropriate authority ; and (a)
be labelled “FIRE SERVICE” in indelible white lettering on a red background; and (b)
have two positions with an “OFF” and an “ON” position identified; and (c)
be operable only by the use of a key that is removable in either the “OFF” position or the “ON” position. (d)
(3) Adhesive labels must not be used for compliance with (2)(b) and (c).
(4) The key in (2)(d) must be able to turn all fire service recall control switches in the building and must have a different
key combination to other keys used for lifts in the building.
(5) The fire service recall operation must be activated by— E3D8
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 259switching the fire service recall control switch in (1) to “ON”; or (a)
a signal from a fire management system approved by the appropriate authority . (b)
(6) The activation of the fire service recall operation at (5) must—
cancel all registered car and landing calls; and (a)
inactivate all door reopening devices that may be af
fected by smoke; and (b)
ensure lift cars travelling toward the nominated floor continue to the nominated floor without stopping; and (c)
ensure lift cars travelling away from the nominated floor stop at or before the next available floor without opening (d)
the doors (either automatically or by the door open button), reverse direction and travel without stopping to the
nominated floor; and
for lifts stopped at a floor other than the nominated floor
, close the doors and travel without stopping to the (e)
nominated floor; and
ensure that lifts stay at the nominated floor with doors open; and (f)
permit all lifts to return to normal service if the fire service recall control switch at (1) is switched to the “OFF” (g)
position during or after the fire service recall operation.
(7) The requirements of (6) do not apply to lifts on inspection service or when the lift car fire service control switch required
by E3D12 is in the “ON” position.
(8) Lifts having manual controls must signal an alert to the lift for the lift to return to the nominated floor containing the
recall switch that activated the signal.
E3D12 Lift car fire service drive control switch
[2019: E3.10]
(1) The lift car fire service drive control switch required by E3D9 must be activated from within the lift car.
(2) The switch must—
be located between 600 mm and 1500 mm above the lift car floor; and (a)
be labelled “FIRE SER
VICE” by indelible white lettering on a red background; and (b)
have two positions with an “OFF” and an “ON” position identified; and (c)
operate only by the use of a key that is removable in either the “OFF” position or the “ON” position. (d)
(3) Adhesive labels must not be used for compliance with (2)(b) or (c).
(4) When the lift car fire service drive control switch at (1) is turned to the “ON” position, the lift must—
not respond to the fire service recall control switch; and (a)
cancel all registered lift car and landing calls; and (b)
override all lift car call access control systems; and (c)
inactivate all door reopening devices that may be af
fected by smoke; and (d)
allow the registration of lift car call by lift car call buttons, however the lift doors must not close in response to (e)
the registration of lift car calls; and
activate door closing by constant pressure being applied on the “door close” button unless the button is released (f)
before the doors are fully closed, in which case the doors must reopen and any registered lift car calls must be
cancelled; and
when the doors are closed, move the lift in response to registered lift car calls while allowing additional lift car (g)
calls to also be registered; and
travel to the first possible floor in response to registered lift car calls and cancel all registered lift car calls after (h)
the lift stops; and
ensure doors do not open automatically
, rather by constant pressure being applied on the “door open” button (i)
unless the button is released before the doors are fully open, in which case the doors must re-close.
(5) The requirements of (4) do not apply to a lift operating on inspection service.
(6) A
multi-deck lift installation must have systems in place that—E3D11
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 260are able to communicate to the fire officer that the fire service drive control switch will not operate until all decks (a)
have been cleared of passengers; and
ensure there is an appropriate method of clearing all deck landings of passengers; and (b)
maintain all doors to deck landings not containing the fire service control switch closed and inoperative while (c)
the lift is on fire service drive control.E3D12
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 261
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to provide a minimum level of visibility in evacuation routes in an emergency, including emergency
lighting and signage to assist in locating and identifying exits. This part also includes requirements for emergency warning
and intercom systems to alert occupants and assist evacuation.
E4O1 Objective
[2019: EO4]
The Objective of this Part is, in an emergency, to safeguard occupants from injury by—
having adequate visibility; and (a)
having adequate identification of exits and paths of travel to exits; and (b)
being made aware of the emergency. (c)
E4F1 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
[2019: EF4.1]
A building is to be provided with—
adequate visibility upon failure of normal artificial lighting during an emergency; and (a)
adequate means— (b)
of warning occupants to evacuate; and (i)
to manage the evacuation process; and (ii)
to identify exits and paths of travel to an exit. (iii)
E4P1 Visibility in an emergency
[2019: EP4.1]
To facilitate safe evacuation in an emergency, a building must be provided with a system that—
ensures a level of visibility sufficient to enable exits, paths of travel to exits and any obstacles along a path of (a)
travel to an exit to be identified; and
activates instantaneously upon the failure of an artificial lighting system, to the degree necessary, appropriate (b)
to—
the function or use of the building; and (i)
the floor area of the building; and (ii)
the distance of travel to an exit. (iii)
Part E4 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 262Limitations
E4P1 does not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2, 3 or 9c building or Class 4 part of a
building.
E4P2 Identification of exits
[2019: EP4.2]
To facilitate evacuation, suitable signs or other means of identification must, to the degree necessary—
be provided to identify the location of exits; and (a)
guide occupants to exits; and (b)
be clearly visible to occupants; and (c)
operate in the event of a power failure of the main lighting system for sufficient time for occupants to safely (d)
evacuate.
Limitations
E4P2 does not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 or Class 4 part of a building.
E4P3 Emergency warning and intercom systems
[2019: EP4.3]
To warn occupants of an emergency and assist evacuation of a building, an emergency warning and intercom system
must be provided, to the degree necessary, appropriate to—
the floor area of the building; and (a)
the function or use of the building; and (b)
the height of the building. (c)
E4V1 Emergency lighting
[2019: EV4.1]
(1) Compliance with E4P1 is verified for the level of visibility for safe evacuation in an emergency and instantaneous
activation, when an emergency lighting system satisfies the requirements of (2) to (5).
(2) The calculated horizontal illuminance is not less than—
0.2 lux at floor level in the path of travel to an exit; and (a)
1 lux at each floor level or tread in every required — (b)
fire-isolated stairway ; or (i)
fire-isolated passageway ; or (ii)
fire-isolated ramp ; or (iii)
non-fire-isolated stairway ; or (iv)
non-fire-isolated ramp . (v)
(3) The emergency lighting provides a level of illuminance not less than—
10% of that required by (2) within 1 second of energisation; and (a)
80% of that required by (2) within 15 seconds of energisation. (b)
(4) The full level of illumination required by (2) must be achieved within 60 seconds of energisation. Verification MethodsE4P1
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 263(5) An emergency lighting system must operate at not less than the minimum required level of illuminance for not less
than 90 minutes.
E4V2 Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: EV4.2]
Compliance with E4P1 , E4P2 and E4P3 is verified when a building is designed in accordance with C1V4 .
E4D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: E4.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements E4P1 to E4P3 are satisfied by
complying with—
E4D2 to E4D9 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
in a building in an alpine area , Part G4 ; and (c)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (d)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (e)
for farm buildings and farm sheds , Part I3 . (f)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
SA E4D2
E4D2 Emergency lighting requirements
[2019: E4.2]
An emergency lighting system must be installed—
in every fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp ; and (a)
in every storey of a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building where the storey has an area more than 300 m2— (b)
in every passageway
, corridor, hallway, or the like, that is part of the path of travel to an exit; and (i)
in any room having a floor area more than 100 m2 that does not open to a corridor or space that has (ii)
emergency lighting or to a road or open space ; and
in any room having a floor area more than 300 m2; and (iii)
in every passageway
, corridor, hallway, or the like, having a length of more than 6 m from the entrance doorway (c)
of any sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building to the nearest doorway opening
directly to—
a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp ; or (i)
an external stairway serving instead of a fire-isolated stairway under D2D13 ; or (ii)
an external balcony leading to a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp ; or (iii)
a road or open space ; and (iv)
in every required non- fire-isolated stairway ; and (d)
in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 5, 6 or 9 building if— (e)
the floor area of the unit is more than 300 m2; and (i)
an exit from the unit does not open to a road or open space or to an external stairway, passageway, balcony (ii)
or ramp, leading directly to a road or open space ; andDeemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsE4V1
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 264in every room or space to which there is public access in every storey in a Class 6 or 9b building if— (f)
the floor area in that storey is more than 300 m2; or (i)
any point on the floor of that storey is more than 20 m from the nearest doorway leading directly to a stairway, (ii)
ramp, passageway, road or open space ; or
egress from that storey involves a vertical rise within the building of more than 1.5 m, or any vertical rise if (iii)
the storey concerned does not admit sufficient light; or
the storey provides a path of travel from any other storey required by (i), (ii) or (iii) to have emergency (iv)
lighting; and
in a Class 9a health-care building — (g)
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, serving a treatment area or a ward area ; and (i)
in every room having a floor area of more than 120 m2 in a patient care area ; and (ii)
in every Class 9c building excluding within sole-occupancy units ; and (h)
in every required fire control centre. (i)
E4D3 Measurement of distance
[2019: E4.3]
Distances, other than vertical rise, must be measured along the shortest path of travel whether by straight lines, curves or
a combination of both.
E4D4 Design and operation of emergency lighting
[2019: E4.4]
Every required emergency lighting system must comply with AS/NZS 2293.1.
SA E4D5
E4D5 Exit signs
[2019: E4.5]
An exit sign must be clearly visible to persons approaching the exit, and must be installed on, above or adjacent to each—
door providing direct egress from a storey to— (a)
an enclosed stairway, passageway or ramp serving as a required exit; and (i)
an external stairway, passageway or ramp serving as a required exit; and (ii)
an external access balcony leading to a required exit; and (iii)
door from an enclosed stairway, passageway or ramp at every level of discharge to a road or open space ; and (b)
horizontal exit ; and (c)
door serving as, or forming part of, a required exit in a storey required to be provided with emergency lighting in (d)
accordance with E4D2 .
NSW E4D6
E4D6 Direction signs
[2019: E4.6]
If an exit is not readily apparent to persons occupying or visiting the building then exit signs must be installed in appropriate
positions in corridors, hallways, lobbies, and the like, indicating the direction to a required exit. E4D2
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 265 E4D7 Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts: exemptions
[2019: E4.7]
E4D5 does not apply to—
a Class 2 building in which every door referred to is clearly and legibly labelled on the side remote from the exit (a)
or balcony—
with the word “EXIT” in capital letters 25 mm high in a colour contrasting with that of the background; or (i)
by some other suitable method; and (ii)
an entrance door of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building. (b)
SA E4D8
E4D8 Design and operation of exit signs
[2019: E4.8]
Every required exit sign must—
comply with— (a)
AS/NZS 2293.1; or (i)
for a photoluminescent exit sign, Specification 25 ; and (ii)
be clearly visible at all times when the building is occupied by any person having the right of legal entry to the (b)
building.
E4D9 Emergency warning and intercom systems
[2019: E4.9]
An emergency warning and intercom system complying, where applicable, with AS 1670.4 must be installed—
in a building with an effective height of more than 25 m; and (a)
in a Class 3 building having a rise in storeys of more than 2 and used as— (b)
the residential part of a primary or secondary school ; or (i)
accommodation for the aged, children or people with a disability; and (ii)
in a Class 3 building used as a residential care building , except that the system— (c)
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and (i)
in areas used by the residents, may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma (ii)
consistent with the type and condition of residents; and
in a Class 9a building having a floor area of more than 1000 m2 or a rise in storeys of more than 2, and the (d)
system—
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and (i)
in a ward area , may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma consistent with the (ii)
type and condition of patients; and
in a Class 9b building— (e)
used as a school and having a rise in storeys of more than 3; or (i)
used as a theatre, public hall, or the like, having a floor area more than 1000 m2 or a rise in storeys of more (ii)
than 2.E4D7
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 266
S17C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E1.5: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements for the design and installation of fire sprinkler systems.
VIC S17C2
S17C2 Application of automatic fire sprinkler standards
[2019: Spec E1.5: 2]
Subject to this Specification, an automatic fire sprinkler system must comply with—
for all building classifications: AS 2118.1; or (a)
for a Class 2 or 3 building with an effective height of not more than 25 m and a rise in storeys of 4 or more: (b)
Specification 18 and the relevant provisions of this Specification as applicable; or
for Class 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential care building ) or 9b (other than a Class 9b early childhood centre ) (c)
parts of a building with an effective height not more than 25 m, which also contains Class 2 or 3 parts: a sprinkler
system in accordance with Specification 18 as for a Class 2 or 3 building and the relevant provisions of this
Specification except—
a FPAA101D sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential care (i)
building ) or 9b parts—
contain more than 2 storeys ; or (A)
are more than 25% of the total floor area of the building; or (B)
are located above the fourth storey ; and (C)
a FPAA101D or FPAA101H sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 7a part (other than an open- (ii)
deck carpark ) accommodates more than 40 vehicles; or
for a combined sprinkler and fire hydrant system: AS 2118.6; or (d)
for a Class 9a health-care building used as a residential care building : AS 2118.4 as applicable; or (e)
for a Class 2, 3 or 9c building: AS 2118.4 as applicable. (f)
S17C3 Separation of sprinklered and non -sprinkler ed areas
[2019: Spec E1.5: 3]
Where a part of a building is not protected with sprinklers, the sprinklered and non-sprinklered parts must be fire-separated
with a wall or floor which must—
comply with any specific requirement of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the BCA; or (a)
where there is no specific requirement, comply with the relevant part of AS 2118, FPAA101D or FPAA101H. (b)
S17C4 Protection of openings
[2019: Spec E1.5: 4]
Any openings, including those for service penetrations, in construction separating sprinklered and non-sprinklered parts
of a building, including the construction separating the areas nominated for omitted protection in AS 2118.1, must be
protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part C4 . Specification 17 Fire sprinkler systems
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 267 S17C5 Quick response sprinklers
[2019: Spec E1.5: 5]
Quick response sprinklers may be installed only if they are suitable for the type of application proposed and it is
demonstrated that the sprinkler system is designed to accommodate their use.
S17C6 Sprinkler valve enclosures
[2019: Spec E1.5: 6]
(1) Sprinkler alarm valves must be located in a secure room or enclosure which has direct egress to a road or open
space.
(2) All sprinkler valve rooms and enclosures must be secured with a system suitable for use by the fire brigade .
S17C7 Water supply
[2019: Spec E1.5: 7]
(1) A required sprinkler system must be provided with at least one water supply.
(2) A required sprinkler system in a building greater than 25 m in effective height must be provided with a dual water
supply except that a secondary water supply storage capacity of 25,000 litres may be used if—
the storage tank is located at the topmost storey of the building; and (a)
the building occupancy is classified as no more hazardous than Ordinary Hazard 2 (OH2) under
AS 2118.1; and (b)
an operational fire brigade service is available to attend a building fire. (c)
S17C8 Building occupant warning system
[2019: Spec E1.5: 8]
A required sprinkler system, except a FPAA101D sprinkler system, must be connected to and activate a building occupant
warning system complying with S20C7 .
S17C9 Connection to other systems
[2019: Spec E1.5: 9]
Where a smoke hazard management system is installed and is actuated by smoke detectors, the sprinkler system must,
wherever practicable, be arranged to also activate the smoke hazard management system.
S17C10 Anti -tamper devices
[2019: Spec E1.5: 10]
(1) Where a sprinkler system is installed—
over any stage area in a theatre, public hall or the like, visual and audible status indication of sprinkler valves (a)
must be provided at the location normally used by the stage manager; or
in a space housing lift electrical and control equipment (including machine rooms, secondary floors and sheave (b)
rooms), any valves provided to control sprinklers in these spaces must be located adjacent to the space.
(2) Any valves provided to control sprinklers required by (1) must be fitted with anti-tamper monitoring devices connected
to a monitoring panel.S17C5
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 268 S17C11 Sprinkler systems in carparks
[2019: Spec E1.5: 11]
A sprinkler system protecting a carpark complying with S5C19(3) in a multi-classified building must—
be independent of the sprinkler system protecting any part of the building not used as a carpark ; or (a)
if forming part of a sprinkler system protecting a part of the building not used as a carpark , be designed such (b)
that the section protecting the non- carpark part can be isolated without interrupting the water supply or otherwise
affecting the effective operation of the section protecting the carpark .
S17C12 Residential care buildings
[2019: Spec E1.5: 12]
(1) In addition to the provisions of AS 2118.4, a sprinkler system in—
a Class 3 building used as a residential care building ; or (a)
a Class 9a health-care building used as a residential care building ; or (b)
a Class 9c building, (c)
must comply with sub-clause (2).
(2) Any sprinkler system referred to in (1) must—
be provided with a monitored main stop valve in accordance with AS 2118.1; and (a)
be permanently connected with a direct data link or other approved monitoring system to a fire station or fire (b)
station dispatch centre.
S17C13 Sprinkler systems in lift installations
[2019: Spec E1.5: 13]
(1) Where sprinklers are installed in a space housing lift electrical and control equipment, including machine rooms,
secondary floors and sheave rooms, sprinklers in these spaces must—
have heads protected from accidental damage by way of a guard that will not impair the performance of the (a)
head; and
be capable of being isolated and drained, either separately or collectively, without isolating any other sprinklers (b)
within the building.
(2) Valves provided to control sprinklers referred to in (1) must be installed in accordance with S17C10(2) .
S17C14 Early childhood centres
[New for 2022]
Quick response sprinklers must be provided to a Class 9b early childhood centre required to have an automatic fire sprinkler
system.
Limitations
S17C14 does not apply to a Class 9b early childhood centre —
wholly within a storey that provides direct egress to a road or open space ; or (a)
with a rise in storeys of not more than 2, where the Class 9b early childhood centre is the only use in that building. (b)S17C11
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 269 S18C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E1.5a : 1]
This Specification sets out requirements for the design and installation of fire sprinkler systems, and concessions for Class
2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective height with a rise in storeys of 4 or more.
S18C2 Application
[2019: Spec E1.5a : 1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Specification take precedence where there is a difference to the Deemed-to-
Satisfy Provisions of Sections C, D and E.
S18C3 System requirements
[2019: Spec E1.5a : 2]
VIC S18C3(1)
(1) A required automatic fire sprinkler system installed in a Class 2 or 3 building with an effective height of not more than
25 m and a rise in storeys of 4 or more must comply with—
AS 21
18.1; or (a)
AS 21
18.4, as applicable; or (b)
FP
AA101D, except for residential care buildings ; or (c)
FP
AA101H, except for residential care buildings . (d)
(2) A
Class 2 or 3 building not more than 25 m in effective height with a rise in storeys of 4 or more provided with an
automatic fire sprinkler system under (1)(a) or (1)(b) may be constructed in accordance with S18C4(1) , as applicable,
provided—
the automatic fire sprinkler system is permanently connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a (a)
fire station or fire station dispatch centre in accordance with Specification 23 if—
the system has more than 100 sprinkler heads; or (i)
in the case of a residential care building , the building will accommodate more than 32 residents; and (ii)
the automatic fire sprinkler system is fitted with sprinklers complying with clauses 4.4, 4.5 and 5.5.2 of AS 2118.4 (b)
in bedrooms; and
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system is installed in accordance with Specification 20 except that it (c)
need not be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or fire station dispatch centre,
and in the case of a residential care building it must be installed in accordance with—
S20C4 ; or (i)
both— (ii)
S20C3 , provided S20C3(1)(b) is applied as if the building was not protected with a sprinkler system; (A)
and
Specification 23 ; and (B)
in a residential care building , the automatic smoke detection and alarm system and the automatic fire sprinkler (d)
system are connected to a local fire indicator panel provided in accordance with Specification 23 ; and
fire orders are provided in a Class 3 building in accordance with G4D8 as for a building in an alpine area . (e)Specification 18Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in
effective height
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 270 S18C4 Permitted concessions
[2019: Spec E1.5a : 3]
(1) The following concessions are permitted for Class 2 and 3 buildings provided with a required automatic fire sprinkler
system in accordance with S18C3(1)(a) or (1)(b) :
The FRL for self-closing fire doors, as required by C4D9 and C4D12 , may be reduced to not less than –/30/30. (a)
The FRL for— (b)
all non- loadbearing internal walls and shafts constructed of fire-protected timber , as required by Specification (i)
5 to have FRLs greater than –/60/60, may be reduced to –/60/60 and service penetrations through non-
loadbearing internal walls and shafts constructed of fire-protected timber , required by C4D15 , may be
reduced to not less than –/60/15; and
all other non- loadbearing internal walls , as required by Specification 5 , may be reduced to –/45/45 and the (ii)
FRL for service penetrations through non- loadbearing internal walls and shafts , as required by C4D15 ,
may be reduced to –/45/15.
The FRL for fire-isolated stairways enclosed with non- loadbearing construction, as required by D2D4 , may be (c)
reduced to –/45/45.
Except in a residential care building , the maximum distance of travel, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(i) , may be (d)
increased from 6 m to 12 m.
The maximum distance of travel from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open (e)
space , as required by D2D5(1)(a)(ii) , may be increased from 20 m to 30 m.
The maximum distance between alternative exits, as required by D2D6(c)(i) , may be increased from 45 m to 60 (f)
m.
Internal fire hydrants in accordance with E1D2 are not required where— (g)
the building is served by external fire hydrants that provide compliant coverage installed in accordance with (i)
E1D2 , except that in a residential care building the nozzle at the end of the length of hose need only reach
the entry door of any sole-occupancy unit to be considered as covering the area within the sole-occupancy
unit; or
a dry fire hydrant system that otherwise complies with AS 2419.1 is installed in the building and— (ii)
each fire hydrant head is located in accordance with E1D2 and fitted with a blank end cap or plug; and (A)
the pipework is installed in accordance with E1D2 (as for a required fire main) except that it need not (B)
be connected to a water supply; and
a hydrant booster inlet connection is provided in accordance with E1D2 ; and (C)
an external street or feed hydrant capable of providing the required system flow is located within 60 m (D)
of the hydrant booster connection.
An emergency warning and intercom system need not be provided in a residential care building in accordance (h)
with E4D9 if a warning system with an override public address facility is installed in accordance with Specification
23.
(2) The following concessions are permitted for Class 2 and 3 buildings provided with a required automatic fire sprinkler
system in accordance with S18C3(1)(c) :
Window openings need not be protected in accordance with C4D12(8) provided the room served by the window (a)
is sprinkler protected.
The FRL for— (b)
service penetrations through non- loadbearing internal walls and shafts , as required by C4D15 , may be (i)
reduced to –/60/15; and
non-loadbearing fire-resisting lift and stair shafts , as required by Specification 5 , may be reduced to –/60/60. (ii)
The maximum distance of travel, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(i) , may be increased from 6 m to 12 m. (c)
The maximum distance of travel from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open (d)
space , as required by D2D5(1)(a)(ii) , may be increased from 20 m to 30 m.
The maximum distance between alternative exits, as required by D2D6(c)(i) , may be increased from 45 m to 60 (e)
m. S18C4
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 271Internal fire hydrants in accordance with E1D2 are not required where— (f)
the building is served by external fire hydrants that provide compliant coverage installed in accordance with (i)
E1D2 ; or
a dry fire hydrant system that otherwise complies with AS 2419.1 is installed in the building except— (ii)
the system pipework is not connected to the water supply; and (A)
an on-site fire pumpset is not required ; and (B)
the minimum fire hydrant outlet flow of 6 L/s may be achieved when boosted by a fire brigade pumping (C)
appliance; and
the minimum pipe sizes specified in AS 2419.1 do not apply. (D)
Where a dry fire hydrant system is installed for the purposes of (f)— (g)
each fire hydrant head must be located in accordance with E1D2 and fitted with a blank end cap or plug; (i)
and
a hydrant booster inlet connection must be provided in accordance with E1D2 ; and (ii)
an external street or feed hydrant capable of providing the required system flow must be located within 60 (iii)
m of the hydrant booster connection.
(3) The following concessions are permitted for Class 2 and 3 buildings provided with a required automatic fire sprinkler
system in accordance with S18C3(1)(d) :
Window openings need not be protected in accordance with C4D12(8) provided the room served by the window (a)
is sprinkler protected.
The FRL for— (b)
service penetrations through non- loadbearing internal walls and shafts , as required by C4D15 , may be (i)
reduced to –/60/15; and
non-loadbearing fire-resisting lift and stair shafts , as required by Specification 5 , may be reduced to –/60/60. (ii)
The maximum distance of travel, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(i) , may be increased from 6 m to 12 m. (c)
The maximum distance of travel from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open (d)
space , as required by D2D5(1)(a)(ii) , may be increased from 20 m to 30 m.
The maximum distance between alternative exits, as required by D2D6(c)(i) , may be increased from 45 m to 60 (e)
m.S18C4
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 272
S19C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E1.8: 1]
(1) This Specification describes the construction and content of required fire control centres and rooms.
(2) A fire control room is a fire control centre in a dedicated room with additional specific requirements.
S19C2 Application
[2019: Spec E1.8: 1]
(1) S19C3 to S19C6 apply to fire control centres (including fire control rooms).
(2) S19C7 to S19C13 apply additional requirements to fire control rooms.
S19C3 Purpose and content of fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 2]
A fire control centre must—
provide an area from which fire-fighting operations or other emergency procedures can be directed or controlled; (a)
and
contain controls, panels, telephones, furniture, equipment and the like associated with the required fire services (b)
in the building; and
not be used for any purpose other than the control of— (c)
fire-fighting activities; and (i)
other measures concerning the occupant safety or security. (ii)
S19C4 Location of fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 3]
A fire control centre must be so located in a building that egress from any part of its floor, to a road or open space , does
not involve changes in level which in aggregate exceed 300 mm.
S19C5 Equipment not permitted within a fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 4]
An internal combustion engine, pumps, sprinkler control valves, pipes and pipe fittings must not be located in a fire control
centre, but may be located in rooms accessed through the fire control centre.
S19C6 Ambient sound level for a fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 5]
(1) The ambient sound level within the fire control centre measured when all fire safety equipment is operating in the
manner in which it operates in an emergency must not exceed 65 dB(A).
(2) The measurement must be taken for a sufficient time to characterise the effects of all sound sources.
(3) Where there is not a great variation in noise level, a measurement time of 60 seconds may be used. Specification 19 Fire control centres
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 273 S19C7 Construction of a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 6]
A fire control centre in a building more than 50 m in effective height must be in a separate room where—
the enclosing construction is of concrete, masonry or the like, sufficiently impact resistant to withstand the impact (a)
of any likely falling debris, and with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and
any material used as a finish, surface, lining or the like within the room complies with the requirements of (b)
Specification 7 ; and
services, pipes, ducts and the like that are not directly required for the proper functioning of the fire control room (c)
do not pass through it; and
openings in the walls, floors or ceiling which separate the room from the interior of the building are confined to (d)
doorways, ventilation and other openings for services necessary for the proper functioning of the facility.
S19C8 Protection of openings in a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 7]
Openings permitted by S19C7 must be protected as follows:
Openings for windows , doorways, ventilation, service pipes, conduits and the like, in an external wall of the (a)
building that faces a road or open space , must be protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
of Part C4 .
Openings in the floors, ceilings and internal walls enclosing a fire control room must, except for doorways, be (b)
protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part C4 .
A door opening in the internal walls enclosing a fire-control room, must be fitted with a self-closing –/120/30 (c)
smoke sealed fire door.
Openings associated with natural or mechanical ventilation must— (d)
not be made in any ceiling or floor immediately above or below the fire control room; and (i)
be protected by a –/120/– fire damper if the opening is for a duct through a wall required to have an FRL, (ii)
other than an external wall .
S19C9 Doors to a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 8]
(1) Required doors to a fire control room must open into the room, be lockable and located so that persons using escape
routes from the building will not obstruct or hinder access to the room.
(2) The fire control room must be accessible via two paths of travel—
one from the front entrance of the building; and (a)
one direct from a public place or fire-isolated passageway which leads to a public place and has a door with an (b)
FRL of not less than –/120/30.
S19C10 Size and contents of a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 9]
(1) A fire control room must contain—
a Fire Indicator Panel and necessary control switches and visual status indication for all required fire pumps, (a)
smoke control fans and other required fire safety equipment installed in the building; and
a telephone directly connected to an external telephone exchange; and (b)
a blackboard or whiteboard not less than 1200 mm wide x 1000 mm high; and (c)
a pin-up board not less than 1200 mm wide x 1000 mm high; and (d)
a raked plan layout table of a size suitable for laying out the plans provided under (f); and (e)S19C7
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 274colour-coded, durable, tactical fire plans. (f)
(2) In addition, a fire control room may contain—
master emergency control panels, lift annunciator panels, remote switching controls for gas or electrical supplies (a)
and emergency generator backup; and
building security, surveillance and management systems if they are completely segregated from all other (b)
systems.
(3) A fire control room must—
have a floor area of not less than 10 m2 and the length of any internal side must be not less than 2.5 m; and (a)
if only the minimum prescribed equipment is installed — have a net floor area of not less than 8 m2 with a clear (b)
space of not less than 1.5 m2 in front of the Fire Indicator Panel; and
if additional equipment is installed — have an additional area of not less than 2 m2 net floor area for each (c)
additional facility and a clear space of not less than 1.5 m2 in front of each additional control or indicator panel;
and
be constructed such that the area required for any path of travel through the room to other areas is provided in (d)
addition to the requirements (b) and (c).
S19C11 Ventilation and power supply for a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 10]
(1) A fire control room must be ventilated by—
natural ventilation from a window or doorway in an external wall of the building which opens directly into the fire (a)
control room from a road or open space ; or
a pressurisation system that only serves the fire control room, and— (b)
is installed in accordance with AS 1668.1 as though the room is a fire-isolated stairway ; and (i)
is activated automatically by operation of the fire alarm, or sprinkler system complying with Specification (ii)
17, installed in the building and manually by an over-riding control in the room; and
provides a flow of fresh air through the room of not less than 30 air changes per hour when the system is (iii)
operating and any door to the room is open; and
has fans, motors and ductwork that form part of the system but not contained within the fire control room (iv)
protected by enclosing construction with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and
has any electrical supply to the fire control room or equipment necessary for its operation connected to the (v)
supply side of the main disconnection switch for the building.
(2) No openable devices, other than necessary doorways, pressure controlled relief louvres and windows that are
openable by a key, must be constructed in the fire control room.
S19C12 Sign for a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 11]
The external face of the door to the fire control room must have a sign with the words—
FIRE CONTROL ROOM
in letters not less than 50 mm high and of a colour which contrasts with that of the background.
S19C13 Lighting for a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 12]
Emergency lighting in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E4 must be provided in a fire control
room, except that an illumination level of not less than 400 lux must be maintained at the surface of the plan table.S19C10
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 275
S20C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 1]
This Specification describes the installation and operation of automatic smoke detection and alarm systems.
S20C2 Type of system
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 2]
A required automatic smoke detection and alarm system must be provided in accordance with the following:
Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of a building— (a)
a smoke alarm system complying with S20C3 ; or (i)
a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 ; or (ii)
a combination of a smoke alarm system and a smoke detection system complying with S20C5 . (iii)
Class 3 buildings— (b)
with a Class 3 part located more than 2 storeys above ground level — a smoke detection system complying (i)
with S20C4 ; or
which accommodate more than 20 residents and are the residential part of a school , accommodation for (ii)
the aged, children or people with a disability — a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 ; or
all other Class 3 buildings— (iii)
a smoke alarm system complying with S20C3 ; or (A)
a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 ; or (B)
a combination of a smoke alarm system and a smoke detection system complying with S20C5 . (C)
Class 5, 6, 7, 8, 9b and 9c buildings — a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 (c)
Class 9a health-care buildings — (d)
where more than 6 bed patients are accommodated — a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 ; (i)
or
where 6 or less bed patients are accommodated— (ii)
a smoke alarm system complying with S20C3 ; or (A)
a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 . (B)
S20C3 Smoke alarm system
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 3]
(1) In all Class 2 to 9 buildings provided with a smoke alarm system, the following applies:
A smoke alarm system must— (a)
consist of smoke alarms complying with AS 3786; and (i)
be powered from the consumer mains source. (ii)
In kitchens and other areas where the use of the area is likely to result in smoke alarms causing spurious signals, (b)
subject to (c)—
any other alarm deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 may be installed provided that smoke (i)
alarms are installed elsewhere in the sole-occupancy unit in accordance with (2)(a) and (2)(b); or
an alarm acknowledgement facility may be installed. (ii)
Where a kitchen or other area referred to in (b) is in a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with (c)Specification 20 Smoke detection and alarm systems
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 276Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D system), alarms need not be installed in the kitchen or other area likely
to result in spurious signals.
(2) In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke alarm system, the following applies:
Alarms must be installed within each sole-occupancy unit , and located on or near the ceiling in any storey — (a)
containing bedrooms— (i)
between each part of the sole-occupancy unit containing bedrooms and the remainder of the sole- (A)
occupancy unit ; and
where bedrooms are served by a hallway, in that hallway; and (B)
not containing any bedrooms, in egress paths. (ii)
Where there is more than one alarm installed within a sole-occupancy unit , alarms must be interconnected within (b)
that sole-occupancy unit .
Subject to (d), alarms must be— (c)
installed in public corridors and other internal public spaces, located in accordance with the requirements (i)
for smoke detectors in AS 1670.1; and
connected to activate a building occupant warning system in accordance with S20C7 . (ii)
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with (d)
Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D system), alarms are not required in public corridors and other internal
public spaces.
(3) In a Class 9a building provided with a smoke alarm system, smoke alarms must be—
installed in every room, public corridor and other internal public space; and (a)
located in accordance with the requirements for smoke detectors in AS 1670.1; and (b)
interconnected to provide a common alarm; and (c)
have manual call points installed in evacuation routes so that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a manual (d)
call point.
S20C4 Smoke detection system
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 4]
(1) In all Class 2 to 9 buildings provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
A smoke detection system must— (a)
subject to (2), (3) and (4), comply with AS 1670.1; and (i)
activate a building occupant warning system in accordance with S20C7 . (ii)
In kitchens and other areas where the use of the area is likely to result in smoke detectors causing spurious (b)
signals, subject to (c)—
any other detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 may be installed provided that smoke (i)
detectors are installed elsewhere in the sole-occupancy unit in accordance with the requirements for alarms
in S20C3(2)(a) and (2)(b) ; or
an alarm acknowledgement facility may be installed. (ii)
Where a kitchen or other area referred to in (b) is in a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with (c)
Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system), detectors need not be installed in the kitchen
or other areas likely to result in spurious signals.
(2) In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
Smoke detectors must be installed— (a)
within each sole-occupancy unit , in accordance with the requirements for alarms in S20C3(2)(a) and (2)(b) ; (i)
and
subject to (b), in public corridors and other internal public spaces. (ii)
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with (b)
Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system), smoke detectors are not required in public S20C3
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 277corridors and other internal public spaces.
(3) In a Class 9a health-care building provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
Except as provided in (b)— (a)
photoelectric type smoke detectors must be installed in patient care areas and in paths of travel to exits (i)
from patient care areas ; and
in areas other than patient care areas and paths of travel to exits from patient care areas , where the use of (ii)
the area is likely to result in smoke detectors causing spurious signals, any other detector deemed suitable
in accordance with AS 1670.1 may be installed in lieu of smoke detectors.
The requirements of (a) do not apply where an area is protected with a sprinkler system complying with (b)
Specification 17 , smoke detectors need not be installed where the use of the area is likely to result in spurious
signals.
Manual call points must be installed in evacuation routes so that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a (c)
manual call point.
VIC S20C4(4)
(4) In a Class 9c building provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
remote automatic indication of each zone must be given in each smoke compartment by means of— (a)
mimic panels with an illuminated display; or (i)
annunciator panels with alpha numeric display; and (ii)
if the building accommodates more than 20 residents, manual call points must be installed in paths of travel so (b)
that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a manual call point.
S20C5 Combined smoke alarm and smoke detection system
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 5]
(1) A Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a combination of a smoke alarm system and smoke
detection system in accordance with S20C2 must—
be provided with a smoke alarm system complying with S20C3 within sole-occupancy units ; and (a)
subject to (2), be provided with a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 in areas not within sole- (b)
occupancy units .
(2) In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification
17 (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system), smoke detectors are not required in public corridors and other
internal public spaces.
S20C6 Smoke detection for smoke control systems
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 6]
(1) Smoke detectors required to activate air pressurisation systems for fire-isolated exits and zone pressurisation systems
must—
be installed in accordance with AS 1670.1; and (a)
have additional smoke detectors installed adjacent to each bank of lift landing doors set back horizontally from (b)
the door openings by a distance of not more than 3 m.
(2) Smoke detectors required to activate—
automatic shutdown of air-handling systems in accordance with E2D16 , E2D17 or E2D19 ; or (a)
a smoke exhaust system in accordance with Specification 21 , (b)
must comply with the requirements of (3).
(3) Smoke detectors referred to in (2) must—
be spaced— (a)
not more than 20 m apart and not more than 10 m from any wall, bulkhead or smoke curtain; and (i)S20C4
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 278in enclosed malls and walkways in a Class 6 building not more than 15 m apart and not more than 7.5 m (ii)
from any wall, bulkhead or curtain; and
have a sensitivity— (b)
in accordance with
AS 1670.1 in areas other than a multi- storey walkway and mall in a Class 6 building; (i)
and
not exceeding 0.5% smoke obscuration per metre with compensation for external airborne contamination (ii)
as necessary
, in a multi- storey walkway and mall in a Class 6 building.
(4) Smoke detectors provided to activate a smoke control system must—
either— (a)
form part of a building fire or smoke detection system complying with
AS 1670.1; or (i)
be a separate dedicated system incorporating control and indicating equipment complying with
AS 1670.1; (ii)
and
activate a building occupant warning system complying with S20C7 , except that smoke detectors provided solely (b)
to initiate automatic shutdown of air-handling systems in accordance with (2)(a) need not activate a building
occupant warning system.
S20C7 Building occupant warning system
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 7]
Subject to E4D9 , a building occupant warning system provided as part of a smoke hazard management system must
comply with clause 3.22 of AS 1670.1 to sound through all occupied areas except—
in a Class 2 and 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke alarm system in accordance with (a)
S20C3(2)(c) —
the sound pressure level need not be measured within a sole-occupancy unit if a level of not less than 85 (i)
dB(A) is provided at the door providing access to the sole-occupancy unit ; and
the inbuilt sounders of the smoke alarms may be used to wholly or partially meet the requirements; and (ii)
in a Class 2 and 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke detection system in accordance (b)
with S20C4(2) , the sound pressure level from a building occupant warning system need not be measured within
a sole-occupancy unit if a level of not less than 100 dB(A) is provided at the door providing access to the sole-
occupancy unit ; and
in a Class 3 building used as a residential care building , the system— (c)
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and (i)
in areas used by residents, may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma (ii)
consistent with the type and condition of residents; and
in a Class 9a health-care building , in a patient care area , the system— (d)
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and (i)
in a ward area , may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma consistent with the (ii)
type and condition of the patients; and
in a Class 9c building, the system— (e)
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and (i)
must notify staf
f caring for the residents of the building; and (ii)
in areas used by residents, may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma (iii)
consistent with the type and condition of residents.
NSW S20C8
VIC S20C8 S20C6
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 279 S20C8 System monitoring
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 8]
The following installations must be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or fire station
dispatch centre in accordance with AS 1670.3:
A smoke detection system in a Class 3 building provided in accordance with S20C2(b)(i) or S20C2(b)(ii) . (a)
A smoke detection system in a Class 9a health-care building , if the building accommodates more than 20 (b)
patients.
A smoke detection system in a Class 9c building. (c)
Smoke detection in accordance with S20C6 provided to activate— (d)
a smoke exhaust system in accordance with Specification 21 ; or (i)
smoke-and-heat vents in accordance with Specification 22 . (ii)
An automatic fire detection and alarm system required by E2D10 for large isolated buildings subject to C3D4 . (e)S20C8
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 280 S21C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 1]
This Specification describes the requirements for mechanical smoke exhaust systems.
S21C2 Smoke exhaust capacity
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 2]
(1) Smoke exhaust fans must have a sufficient capacity to contain the smoke layer—
within a smoke reservoir formed in accordance with S21C4 and not less than 2 m above the highest floor level; (a)
and
above the top of any openings interconnecting dif
ferent smoke reservoirs. (b)
(2) Exhaust rates must be determined in accordance with Figure S21C2 , with the height measurement taken from the
lowest floor level to the underside of the smoke layer and the fire load determined in accordance with Table S21C2 .
T
able S21C2: Fire load (MW)
T
able Notes
If the smoke reservoir above the stage is smoke separated from the audience area, the fire load specified applies to
the stage area only and the fire load for the audience area is as per Class 9 generally. Specification 21 Smoke exhaust systems
Classification Fire load (MW) for unsprinklered
buildingsFire load (MW) for sprinklered
buildings
Class 2, 3 or 5 5 1.5
Class 6 10 5
Class 7 or 8 15 5
Class 9 — generally 5 1.5
Class 9b buildings covered by Part I1
(see Note) or exhibition halls10 5
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 281 Figure S21C2: Smoke exhaust rate
S21C3 Smoke exhaust fans
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 3]
Each smoke exhaust fan, complete with its drive, flexible connections, control gear and wiring must—
be constructed and installed so that it is capable of continuous operation (exhausting the required volumetric (a)
flow rate at the installed system resistance) at a temperature of 200°C for a period of not less than 1 hour; and
in a building not fitted with a sprinkler system, be capable of continuous operation at a temperature of 300°C for (b)
a period of not less than 30 minutes; and
be rated to handle the required volumetric flow rate at ambient temperature to be capable of exhausting cool (c)
smoke during the early stages of a fire and to allow routine testing; and
have any high temperature overload devices installed, automatically overridden during the smoke exhaust (d)15 MW
Height to underside of smoke layer (metres)10 MW5 MW1.5 MWSmoke exhaust for each smoke reservoir (m³/s)
4 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 3002030405060708090100110120130140150170180190200210220
160230240250260270280290300310320330340350
210S21C2
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 282operation.
S21C4 Smoke reservoirs
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 4]
(1) A fire compartment must be divided at ceiling level into smoke reservoirs formed by smoke baffles/curtains of non-
combustible and non-shatterable construction.
(2) The horizontal area of a smoke reservoir must not exceed 2000 m2 and in enclosed walkways and malls of a Class
6 building must not exceed 60 m in length.
(3) Smoke reservoirs must be of sufficient depth to contain the smoke layer and must not be less than 500 mm below an
imperforate ceiling or roof.
(4) Within a multi- storey fire compartment —
a non-combustible bulkhead or smoke baffle/curtain must be provided around the underside of each opening (a)
into a building void to minimise the spread of smoke to other storeys ; and
the depth of the bulkhead or smoke baffle must be not less than the depth of the smoke reservoir provided under (b)
(3) plus an additional 400 mm.
S21C5 Smoke exhaust fan and vent location
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 5]
Smoke exhaust fans and vents must be located—
such that each smoke reservoir is served by one or more fans with the maximum exhaust rate at any one point (a)
limited to avoid extracting air from below the smoke layer; and
to prevent the formation of stagnant regions resulting in excessive cooling and downward mixing of smoke; and (b)
at natural collection points for the hot smoky gases within each smoke reservoir having due regard to the ceiling (c)
geometry and its effect on the migratory path of the smoke; and
away from the intersection of walkways or malls; and (d)
to ensure that any voids containing escalators and/or stairs commonly used by the public are not used as a (e)
smoke exhaust path; and
to discharge directly to outdoor with a velocity of not less than 5 m/s, at a suitable point not less than 6 m from (f)
any air intake point or exit.
S21C6 Make -up air
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 6]
(1) Low level make-up air must be provided either automatically or via permanent ventilation openings to replace the air
exhausted so as to minimise—
any disturbance of the smoke layer due to turbulence created by the incoming air; and (a)
the risk of smoke migration to areas remote from the fire due to the effect of make-up air on the air balance of (b)
the total system.
(2) The velocity of make-up air through doorways must not exceed 2.5 m/s.
(3) Within a multi- storey fire compartment , make-up air must be provided across each vertical opening from a building
void to the fire-affected storey at an average velocity of 1 m/s so as to minimise the spread of smoke from the fire-
affected storey to other storeys .
S21C7 Smoke exhaust system control
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 7]
(1) Each smoke exhaust fan must be activated sequentially by smoke detectors complying with Specification 20 and
arranged in zones to match the smoke reservoir served by the fan(s). S21C3
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 283(2) Subject to (3) and (4), an air handling system (other than individual room units less than 1000 L/s and miscellaneous
exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the
smoke hazard management system must be automatically shut down on the activation of the smoke exhaust system.
(3) In a single storey fire compartment , air handling systems in all non fire-affected zones may operate on 100% outdoor
air to provide make-up air to the fire-affected zone.
(4) Within a multi- storey fire compartment , air handling systems in all non fire-affected zones and storeys must operate
at 100% outdoor air to provide make-up air to the fire-affected storey via building voids connecting storeys .
(5) Manual override control and indication together with operating instructions for use by emergency personnel must be
provided adjacent to the fire indicator panel in accordance with the requirements of clauses 4.11 and 4.13 of AS
1668.1.
(6) Manual control for the smoke exhaust system must also be provided at a location normally used by the stage manager
in a theatre.
(7) Power supply wiring to exhaust fans together with detection, control, and indication circuits (and where necessary to
automatic make-up air supply arrangements) must comply with AS 1668.1.
S21C8 Smoke detection
[2019: Spec E2.2b : 8]
A smoke detection system must be installed in accordance with Specification 20 to activate the smoke exhaust system.S21C7
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 284 S22C1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Specification contains requirements for automatic smoke-and-heat vents .
S22C2 Adoption of AS 2665
[2019: Spec E2.2c : 1]
Automatic smoke-and-heat vents must be installed as a system complying with AS 2665 except that permanently open
vents may form part of the smoke/heat venting system provided they comply with the relevant criteria for automatic smoke-
and-heat vents in AS 2665.
S22C3 Controls
[2019: Spec E2.2c : 2]
Where a smoke-and-heat vent system is installed to comply with E2D14 to E2D20 , then, in addition to thermally released
link operation, smoke-and-heat vents must also be initiated by smoke detection complying with S20C6 and S20C8 and
arranged in zones to match the smoke reservoirs.Specification 22 Smoke-and-heat vents
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 285
S23C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 1]
This Specification describes the requirements for residential fire safety systems referenced in Specification 18 .
S23C2 Application
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 1]
(1) Clauses S23C3 to S23C7 —
apply to Class 3 residential care buildings ; and (a)
cover installation requirements for local fire indicator panels (or alarm panels) that provide information to staff (b)
when a fire alarm is activated.
(2) Clauses S23C8 and S23C9 describe requirements for connecting residential sprinkler systems in Class 2 and 3
buildings, or a residential care building , to a fire station or other approved monitoring service.
S23C3 General requirements
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 2(a) ]
(1) The installation of a residential local fire alarm system must consist of a system of smoke alarms powered either—
directly from the low voltage supply mains; or (a)
from an extra-low voltage power source originating at a local fire indicator panel with a battery back-up facility. (b)
(2) A smoke detector complying with AS 1670.1 Clause 2.1.2(a)(ii), (xi) or (xv) may be substituted for a smoke alarm,
provided an audible alarm device is associated with each detector.
(3) The sound pressure level provided by a warning device must be equivalent to that required in Clause 3.22 of AS
1670.1, except that the sound pressure level need not be measured inside a sole-occupancy unit , provided that a
level of not less than 85 dB(A) is attained at the access door to the unit.
(4) The alarm system must be wired for low voltage or extra-low voltage wiring.
(5) The system must be designed so—
an audible alarm is given in the area in which the smoke alarm activates; and (a)
visible and audible indication of an alarm is provided at the local fire indicator panel; and (b)
an audible alarm is given in any area (including sleeping quarters and staff outbuildings) set aside for staff use. (c)
(6) The maximum number of smoke alarms on any one alarm zone must—
be determined by the maximum current output rating of the system source; and (a)
not exceed 10. (b)
(7) Each alarm zone must be located around a single central access passageway, corridor or similar thoroughfare, to
enable staff to readily identify the source of the alarm.
(8) Where the smoke alarm is functionally dependent on an external power source—
an audible fault signal must sound at the local fire indicator panel if that power source fails; and (a)
the local fire indicator panel must be permanently connected to a reliable 240 V separate low voltage final sub- (b)
circuit; and
source power must be protected by a separate circuit breaker, or fuse, supplied from the live side of the main (c)
switch.
(9) The smoke alarm system is not required to be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system (refer to S18C3(2)(c) ). Specification 23 Residential fire safety systems
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 286 S23C4 Local fire indicator panel
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 2(b) ]
(1) The local fire indicator panel must be located in a central area, such as a reception area, so that it is readily accessible
by staff at all times.
(2) The local fire indicator panel must be fixed wired .
(3) The local fire indicator panel must incorporate the following:
A suitable mains power supply with battery back-up (capable of operating the system for 12 hours) for the local (a)
fire indicator panel and extra-low voltage smoke alarms supplied directly from the local fire indicator panel.
Terminals for input signal conductors from the smoke alarm and residential sprinkler system and, if the signal (b)
source is from a low voltage smoke alarm, external isolation must be provided.
Visible indication of the alarm zone in which the actuating device is located. (c)
Automatic audible and visible indication of the following faults: (d)
A break in the wiring of any circuit between smoke alarms or sprinkler alarm switch and the local fire indicator (i)
panel.
Low battery condition. (ii)
Automatic visible indication of mains power failure. (e)
Initiation of any ancillary control facilities such as smoke door release or air-conditioning shut-down. (f)
Local operation of individual smoke alarms, in the event of alarm zone isolation at the local fire indicator panel. (g)
(4) If the local fire indicator panel is also used for other non-fire related purposes such as security, then these functions—
must be on separate and distinct circuits; and (a)
when disabled or isolated, must not interfere with the operation of fire alarm circuitry. (b)
(5) The local fire indicator panel must comply with AS 1670.1.
(6) The local fire indicator panel must have the capacity to incorporate heat detectors deemed suitable in accordance
with AS 1670.1 on either the same or separate alarm zones as the smoke alarms.
S23C5 Smoke alarms
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 2(c) ]
(1) Extra-low voltage smoke alarms must be compatible with the local fire indicator panel.
(2) Low voltage smoke alarms must be configured to send an output alarm signal to the local fire indicator panel.
(3) Unless there is internal isolation of the signal output conductors, they must at all times be treated as low voltage
conductors.
S23C6 Signal isolation interface units
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 2(d) ]
(1) Signal isolation interface units must isolate any low voltage connected to the smoke alarms from the local fire indicator
panel.
(2) Signal isolation interface units must be certified by an Accredited Testing Laboratory as compatible with the specific
types of smoke alarms used in the system.
(3) Signal isolation interface units must be accepted by the electricity supply authority.
(4) Units must be marked in a clearly visible location, with letters greater than or equal to 35 mm containing the following
information:
SMOKE ALARM SIGNAL ISOLATION UNIT WARNING – 240 V
Isolate power supply before removing cover S23C4
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 287 S23C7 Wiring
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 2(e) ]
(1) Smoke alarms and associated equipment must be fixed wired for low voltage or extra-low voltage wiring systems, as
applicable.
(2) All extra-low voltage wiring must be red sheathed 0.6/1 kV stranded, with conductors having a cross sectional area
of not less than 0.75 mm2.
(3) Clear and concise “as-installed” single line drawings to a suitable scale, showing rooms, external and internal walls,
fixed partitions, doorways etc., are to be provided for each installation at the local fire indicator panel.
(4) Drawings must also include the actual location of fire alarms, smoke alarms, sprinkler flow switches (where installed),
alarm connection points and local fire indicator panel, to enable easy identification of alarm system elements and
their relationship to the building layout.
(5) Symbols used in the drawings referred to in (4) must be as shown in Figures S23C7a , S23C7b , S23C7c , S23C7d ,
S23C7e or S23C7f .
Figure S23C7a: Flow switch symbol
Figure S23C7b: Heat detector symbol
Figure S23C7c: Smoke detector symbol
Figure S23C7d: End-of -line de vice symbol
FS
ELDS23C7
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 288 Figure S23C7e: Fire indicator panel symbol
Figure S23C7f: Smoke alarm symbol
S23C8 Connection to monitoring service
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 3(a) ]
(1) Connection of a residential sprinkler system to a fire station or other approved monitoring service must be via a
sprinkler alarm switch , connected to alarm signalling equipment.
(2) The connection from the alarm signalling equipment must be in accordance with AS 1670.3.
(3) The alarm signalling equipment must be installed—
in a secure, accessible position; and (a)
in a weatherproof housing, if located externally; and (b)
not more than 500 mm from the system flow switch. (c)
S23C9 Indication at the fire indicator panel
[2019: Spec E2.2d : 3(b) ]
The fire signal from the alarm signalling equipment must be mimicked by an audible and visible signal at the fire indicator
panel.FIPS23C7
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 289
S24C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E3.1: 1]
This Specification contains requirements for electric passenger lift installations and electrohydraulic passenger lift
installations.
S24C2 Lift cars exposed to solar radiation
[2019: Spec E3.1: 2]
(1) A lift car exposed to solar radiation directly, or indirectly by re-radiation, must have—
mechanical ventilation at a rate of one air change per minute; or (a)
mechanical cooling. (b)
(2) A 2 hour alternative power source for ventilation or mechanical cooling at (1) must be provided in the event of normal
power loss.
S24C3 Lift car emergency lighting
[2019: Spec E3.1: 3]
A lift car must have an emergency lighting system designed—
to come on automatically upon failure of the normal lighting supply; and (a)
to provide at least 20 lux of lighting for 2 hours on the alarm initiation button. (b)
S24C4 Cooling of lift shaft
[2019: Spec E3.1: 4]
While a lift in a lift shaft is in service, the cooling of the lift shaft must—
ensure that the dry bulb air temperature in the lift shaft does not exceed 40°C; and (a)
if the cooling is by a ventilation system, be provided with an air change rate determined using a temperature (b)
rise of no more than 5 K.
S24C5 Lift foyer access
[2019: Spec E3.1: 5]
Where there is a security foyer in a building, access may be via locked security doors provided—
security doors revert to the unlocked state in the event of— (a)
power failure; or (i)
fire alarm; and (ii)
locked foyer areas are monitored by closed circuit television and intercom system to a 24 hour staffed location. (b)
S24C6 Emergency access doors in a single enclosed lift shaft
[2019: Spec E3.1: 6]
(1) Where a lift is installed in a single enclosed lift shaft having a distance between normal landing entrances greater
than 12.2 m, emergency access doors must be provided and constructed as follows: Specification 24 Lift installations
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 290The clear opening size of emergency doors must be not less than 600 mm wide x 980 mm high. (a)
Hinged doors must not open towards the interior of the lift shaft . (b)
Doors must be self-closing and self-locking. (c)
Doors must be marked on the landing side with the letters not less than 35 mm high: (d)
DANGER LIFTWELL ACCESS
KEEP FURNITURE AND FIXTURES CLEAR
Doors from the landing side must only be openable by a tool. (e)
Each emergency door must be provided with a positive breaking electrical contact, wired into the control circuit (f)
to prevent movement of the lift until the emergency door is both closed and locked.
(2) Emergency egress from the lift car must be provided in single enclosed lift shafts where—
ropes are installed; and (a)
the vertical distance between the lift car sill and the landing door head is less than 600 mm; and (b)
the counterweight is resting on its fully compressed buffer. (c)
(3) Emergency egress required by (2) must be in the form of an interlocked door with clear opening dimensions not less
than 600 mm x 600 mm, accessible from the lift car entrance or the lift car roof (where the door is located in the wall
of the lift shaft ).S24C6
(1 May 2023)
Services and equipment
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 291
S25C1 Scope
[2019: Spec E4.8: 1]
This Specification contains requirements for photoluminescent exit signs.
S25C2 Application
[2019: Spec E4.8: 2]
A photoluminescent exit sign must comply with
Section 5
and Appendix D of AS/NZS 2293.1, except where varied by thisSpecification.
S25C3 Illumination
[2019: Spec E4.8: 3]
A photoluminescent exit sign must—
be maintained in a continuously charged state by a minimum illumination of 100 lux at the face of the sign by a (a)
dedicated light source with a colour temperature not less than 4000 K; and
in the event of a power failure, continue to provide a minimum luminance of 30 mcd/m2 for not less than 90 (b)
minutes; and
have its performance verified by testing in accordance with ASTM E2073-10, except the activation illumination (c)
in clause 8.3 is replaced with 54 lux.
S25C4 Pictorial elements
[2019: Spec E4.8: 4]
Pictorial elements on a photoluminescent exit sign must—
where the colour white is used, be replaced with a photoluminescent material; and (a)
be not less than 1.3 times larger than that specified in Table 5.1 of AS/NZS 2293.1; and (b)
have a border of photoluminescent material that extends not less than 15 mm beyond the pictorial elements. (c)
S25C5 Viewing distance
[2019: Spec E4.8: 5]
The maximum viewing distance in clause 5.6 of AS/NZS 2293.1 must not be more than 24 m.
S25C6 Smoke control systems
[2019: Spec E4.8: 6]
Smoke control systems required by clause 5.3 of AS/NZS 2293.1 do not apply to a photoluminescent exit sign.Specification 25 Photoluminescent exit signs
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 292
Section F Health and amenity
Part F1 Surface water management, rising damp and external waterproofing
Objectives
F1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
F1F1 Protection from redirected surface water
F1F2 Resistance to rain, surface water and ground water
Performance Requirements
F1P1 Managing rainwater impact on adjoining properties
F1P2 Preventing rainwater from entering buildings
F1P3 Rainwater drainage systems
F1P4 Rising damp
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F1D2 Application of Part
F1D3 Stormwater drainage
F1D4 Exposed joints
F1D5 External waterproofing membranes
F1D6 Damp-proofing
F1D7 Damp-proofing of floors on the ground
F1D8 Subfloor ventilation
Part F2 Wet areas and overflow protection
Objectives
F2O1 Objective
Functional Statements
F2F1 Wet areas
F2F2 Overflow from bathrooms and laundries
Performance Requirements
F2P1 Wet area overflows
F2P2 Wet areas
Verification Methods
F2V1 Overflow protection
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F2D2 Wet area construction
F2D3 Rooms containing urinals
F2D4 Floor wastes
Part F3 Roof and wall cladding
Objectives
F3O1 Objective
Functional Statements
F3F1 Roof and wall cladding
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 293F3P1 Weatherproofing
Verification Methods
F3V1 Weatherproofing
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F3D2 Roof coverings
F3D3 Sarking
F3D4 Glazed assemblies
F3D5 Wall cladding
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
Objectives
F4O1 Objectives
Functional Statements
F4F1 Sanitary facilities
F4F2 Laundry facilities
F4F3 Food preparation facilities
F4F4 Removal of unconscious occupant
Performance Requirements
F4P1 Personal hygiene facilities
F4P2 Laundry facilities
F4P3 Kitchen facilities
F4P4 Disposal of contaminated water from containers
F4P5 Construction of sanitary compartments to allow removal of un-
conscious people
F4P6 Microbial control for water systems
Verification Methods
F4V1 Sanitary facilities
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F4D2 Facilities in residential buildings
F4D3 Calculation of number of occupants and facilities
F4D4 Facilities in Class 3 to 9 buildings
F4D5 Accessible sanitary facilities
F4D6 Accessible unisex sanitary compartments
F4D7 Accessible unisex showers
F4D8 Construction of sanitary compartments
F4D9 Interpretation : urinals and washbasins
F4D10 Microbial (legionella) control
F4D11 Waste management
F4D12 Accessible adult change facilities
Part F5 Room heights
Objectives
F5O1 Objective
Functional Statements
F5F1 Room or space heights
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 294Performance Requirements
F5P1 Room or space heights
Verification Methods
F5V1 Room or space heights
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F5D2 Height of rooms and other spaces
Part F6 Light and ventilation
Objectives
F6O1 Objective
Functional Statements
F6F1 Natural light
F6F2 Artificial light
F6F3 Ventilation
Performance Requirements
F6P1 Natural lighting
F6P2 Artificial lighting
F6P3 Outdoor air supply
F6P4 Mechanical ventilation to control odours and contaminants
F6P5 Disposal of contaminated air
Verification Methods
F6V1 Verification of suitable indoor air quality
F6V2 Verification of suitable indoor air quality for carparks
F6V3 Verification of suitable provision of natural light
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F6D2 Provision of natural light
F6D3 Methods and extent of natural light
F6D4 Natural light borrowed from adjoining room
F6D5 Artificial lighting
F6D6 Ventilation of rooms
F6D7 Natural ventilation
F6D8 Ventilation borrowed from adjoining room
F6D9 Restriction on location of sanitary compartments
F6D10 Airlocks
F6D11 Carparks
F6D12 Kitchen local exhaust ventilation
Part F7 Sound transmission and insulation
Objectives
F7O1 Objective
Functional Statements
F7F1 Sound transmission and insulation
Performance Requirements
F7P1 Sound transmission through floors
F7P2 Sound transmission through walls
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 295F7P3 Sound transmission through floors in a residential care building
F7P4 Sound transmission through walls in a residential care building
Verification Methods
F7V1 Sound transmission through floors [F7P1]
F7V2 Sound transmission through walls [F7P2(a) ]
F7V3 Sound transmission through floors [F7P3]
F7V4 Sound transmission through walls [F7P4 (1)(a) and (2)]
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F7D2 Application of Part
F7D3 Determination of airborne sound insulation ratings
F7D4 Determination of impact sound insulation ratings
F7D5 Sound insulation rating of floors
F7D6 Sound insulation rating of walls
F7D7 Sound insulation rating of internal services
F7D8 Sound isolation of pumps
Part F8 Condensation management
Objectives
F8O1 Objective
Functional Statements
F8F1 Condensation
Performance Requirements
F8P1 Condensation and water vapour management
Verification Methods
F8V1 Condensation management
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
F8D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F8D2 Application of Part
F8D3 External wall construction
F8D4 Exhaust systems
F8D5 Ventilation of roof spaces
Specification 26 Waterproofing and water-resistance requirements for building ele -
ments in wet areas
S26C1 Scope
S26C2 Application
S26C3 Shower area (enclosed and unenclosed)
S26C4 Area outside shower area
S26C5 Areas adjacent to baths and spas without showers
S26C6 Other areas
Specification 27 Accessible adult change facilities
S27C1 Scope
S27C2 General requirements
S27C3 Hoist
S27C4 Toilet pan, seat, backrest and grabrails
S27C5 Washbasin and tap
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 296S27C6 Fixtures and fittings
S27C7 Change table
S27C8 Changing rails
S27C9 Door and door controls
S27C10 Signage
S27C11 Operating instructions
Specification 28 Sound insulation for building elements
S28C1 Scope
S28C2 Discontinuous construction
S28C3 Construction Deemed -to-Satisfy
S28C4 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — masonry
S28C5 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — concrete
S28C6 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — autoclaved aerated
concrete
S28C7 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — timber and steel
framing
S28C8 Acceptable forms of construction for floors — concrete
S28C9 Acceptable forms of construction for floors — autoclaved aerated concrete
S28C10 Acceptable forms of construction for floors — timber
Specification 29 Impact sound – test of equivalence
S29C1 Scope
S29C2 Construction to be tested
S29C3 Method
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 297Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to minimise the risk of water leaking into or accumulating within a building and causing unhealthy
conditions or damaging building elements by corrosion or rot. It is also intended to prevent water redirected away from the
building damaging nearby properties.
F1O1 Objective
[2019: FO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury and protect the building from damage caused by— (a)
surface water ; and (i)
external moisture entering a building; and (ii)
the accumulation of internal moisture in a building; and (iii)
protect other property from damage caused by redirected surface water . (b)
F1F1 Protection from redirected surface water
[2019: FF1.1]
A building, including any associated sitework , is to be constructed in a way that protects people and other property from
the adverse effects of redirected surface water .
F1F2 Resistance to rain, surface water and ground water
[2019: FF1.2]
A building is to be constructed to provide resistance to moisture penetrating from the outside, including rising from the
ground.
F1P1 Managing rainwater impact on adjoining properties
[2019: FP1.1]
Surface water , resulting from a storm having an annual exceedance probability of 5% and which is collected or
concentrated by a building or sitework , must be disposed of in a way that avoids the likelihood of damage or nuisance to
any other property . Part F1Surface water management, rising damp and external
waterproofing
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 298 F1P2 Preventing rainwater from entering buildings
[2019: FP1.2]
Surface water , resulting from a storm having an annual exceedance probability of 1%, must not enter the building.
Limitations
F1P2 does not apply to—
a Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance; or (a)
a garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment , or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes; or (b)
an open spectator stand or open-deck carpark . (c)
F1P3 Rainwater drainage systems
[2019: FP1.3]
A drainage system for the disposal of surface water resulting from a storm having an annual exceedance probability of—
5% must— (a)
convey surface water to an appropriate outfall ; and (i)
avoid surface water damaging the building; and (ii)
1% must avoid the entry of surface water into a building. (b)
SA F1P4
F1P4 Rising damp
[2019: FP1.5]
Moisture from the ground must be prevented from causing—
undue dampness or deterioration of building elements; and (a)
unhealthy or dangerous conditions, or loss of amenity for occupants. (b)
Limitations
F1P4 does not apply to—
a Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance; or (a)
a garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment , or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes; or (b)
an open spectator stand or open-deck carpark . (c)
F1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: F1.0]
SA F1D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F1P1 to F1P4 are satisfied by
complying with F1D2 to F1D8 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable. Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF1P2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 299 F1D2 Application of Part
[New for 2022]
(1) F1D4 and F1D5 do not apply to a roof with a covering complying with F3D2(a) to (d).
(2) F1D3 to F1D5 do not apply to a balcony, podium or similar horizontal surface part of a building—
where the flooring is of timber decking or other perforated flooring; or (a)
which is located directly above ground. (b)
F1D3 Stormwater drainage
[2019: F1.1]
Stormwater drainage must be designed and constructed in accordance with AS/NZS 3500.3.
Explanatory Information
Where stormwater drainage does not comply with F1D3 , a Performance Solution is to be used to demonstrate
compliance with the relevant Performance Requirements .
F1D4 Exposed joints
[New for 2022]
Exposed joints in the drainage surface on a roof, balcony, podium or similar horizontal surface part of a building must—
be protected in accordance with
Section 2
.9 of AS 4654.2; and (a)not be located beneath or run through a planter box, water feature or similar part of the building. (b)
Notes
For the purposes of F1D4, an exposed joint is a construction joint, control joint, expansion joint, contraction joint or
movement joint and includes an exposed joint which is directly below a drainage surface.
Explanatory Information: Location of exposed joints
To minimise the potential of water ingress, the exposed joint should be located at a ridge or high point of the structural
substrate, where possible.
Explanatory Information: Exposed joints subject to excessive movement
Where an exposed joint is subject to excessive movement, such as more than 10 mm, additional measures should be
considered to ensure protection of the exposed joint. These additional measures may include use of a hob with a
minimum height of 50 mm formed within the structural substrate for the full length of both sides of the exposed joint,
and the exposed joint protected by a discontinuous membrane in accordance with
Section 2
.9 of AS 4654.2.F1D5 External waterproofing membranes
[2019: F1.4]
A roof, balcony, podium or similar horizontal surface part of a building must be provided with a waterproofing membrane —
consisting of materials complying with AS 4654.1; and (a)
designed and installed in accordance with AS 4654.2. (b)F1D2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 300 F1D6 Damp-proofing
[2019: F1.9]
(1) Except for a building covered by (3), moisture from the ground must be prevented from reaching—
the lowest floor timbers and the walls above the lowest floor joists; and (a)
the walls above the damp-proof course ; and (b)
the underside of a suspended floor constructed of a material other than timber
, and the supporting beams or (c)
girders.
SA F1D6(2)
(2) Where a damp-proof course is provided, it must consist of—
a material that complies with
AS/NZS 2904; or (a)
impervious sheet material in accordance with
AS 3660.1. (b)
(3) The following buildings need not comply with (1):
A
Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance. (a)
A
garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment , or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes. (b)
An open spectator stand or open-deck carpark . (c)
SA F1D7
F1D7 Damp-proofing of floors on the ground
[2019: F1.10]
(1) If a floor of a room is laid on the ground or on fill, moisture from the ground must be prevented from reaching the
upper surface of the floor and adjacent walls by the insertion of a vapour barrier in accordance with
AS 2870.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply where—
weatherproofing is not required ; or (a)
the floor is the base of a stair
, lift or similar shaft which is adequately drained by gravitation or mechanical means. (b)
F1D8 Subfloor ventilation
[2019: F1.12]
(1) Subfloor spaces must—
be provided with openings in external walls and internal subfloor walls in accordance with Table F1D8 for the (a)
climatic zones given in Figure F1D8 ; and
have clearance between the ground surface and the underside of the lowest horizontal member in the subfloor (b)
in accordance with Table F1D8 .
(2) In addition to (1), a subfloor space must—
be cleared of all building debris and vegetation; and (a)
have the ground beneath the suspended floor graded to prevent surface water ponding under the building; and (b)
contain no dead air spaces; and (c)
have openings evenly spaced as far as practicable; and (d)
have openings placed not more than 600 mm in from corners. (e)
(3) In double leaf masonry walls, openings specified in (1) must be provided in both leaves of the masonry
, with openings
being aligned to allow an unobstructed flow of air
.
(4) Openings in internal subfloor walls specified in (1) must have an unobstructed area equivalent to that required for the
adjacent external openings.
(5) Where the ground or subfloor space is excessively damp or subject to frequent flooding, in addition to the requirementsF1D6
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 301of (1) to (4)—
the subfloor ventilation required in (1) must be increased by 50%; or (a)
the ground within the subfloor space must be sealed with an impervious membrane ; or (b)
subfloor framing must be— (c)
where above ground, above-ground durability Class 1 or 2 timbers or H3 preservative treated timbers in (i)
accordance with AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4; or
where in ground, in-ground durability Class 1 or 2 timbers or H5 preservative treated timbers in accordance (ii)
with AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4; or
steel in accordance with NASH Standard ‘Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing’ Part 2. (iii)
Table F1D8 : Subfloor openings and ground clearance
Table Notes
400 mm clearance required only where termite management systems are installed that need to be inspected (see (1)
B1D4 ).
On sloping sites, the 400 mm clearance required by (1) may be reduced to 150 mm within 2 m of external walls . (2)
In situations where openings in external walls and internal subfloor walls are not able to be provided, additional (3)
measures must be provided to ensure that the overall level of ventilation of the subfloor space is maintained.
Additional measures referred to in (3) may include measures similar to those in F1D8(5) , such as providing durability (4)
class timbers, or having the ground sealed in the subfloor space with an impervious membrane . Climatic zone
(see Figure
F1D8)Minimum aggregate
subfloor ventilation
openings without a
membrane (mm2/m of
wall)Minimum aggregate
subfloor ventilation
openings having the
ground sealed with an
impervious membrane
(mm2/m of wall)Minimum ground
clearance height where
termite inspection or
management system is
not required (mm)Minimum ground
clearance height where
termite inspection is
required (mm) Note 1
A 2000 1000 150 400
B 4000 2000 150 400
C 6000 3000 150 400F1D8
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 302 Figure F1D8 : Climatic zones based on relative humidity
Figure Notes
The season with the highest relative humidity is used. Generally this will be July for southern Australia and January for
northern Australia.ZONE A - 9am RH < 60%
ZONE B - 9am RH > 60% and 3pm RH > 40%
RH = Relative HumidityZONE C - 9am RH > 70% and 3pm RH > 60%PerthOnslow
Alice SpringsDarwin
Cairns
Townsville
RomaBundaberg
Brisbane
Dubbo
Adelaide
MelbourneBegaCanberraSydney
HobartCoffs
Harbour ZONE A
ZONE B
ZONE C
ZONE CF1D8
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 303
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to minimise the risk of water from internal wet areas accumulating within a building and causing
musty, damp or unhealthy conditions or damaging building elements by corrosion or other degradation. It is also intended
to prevent water from internal parts of a building causing damage to other property or parts of a building.
F2O1 Objective
[New for 2022]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury and protect buildings from damage caused by— (a)
internal water from wet areas ; and (i)
the accumulation of internal moisture in the building; and (ii)
protect other property from damage caused by redirected internal water from wet areas . (b)
F2F1 Wet areas
[New for 2022]
A building including internal wet areas is to be constructed in a way that protects people, the building and other property
from the adverse effects of internal water from wet areas .
F2F2 Overflow from bathrooms and laundries
[2019: FF1.3]
A building is to be constructed to avoid the likelihood of—
the creation of unhealthy or dangerous conditions; and (a)
damage to building elements, (b)
caused by dampness or water overflow from bathrooms, laundries and the like.
SA F2P1
F2P1 Wet area overflows
[2019: FP1.6]
Overflow from a bathroom, laundry facility or the like must be prevented from penetrating to—
another sole-occupancy unit used for sleeping accommodation; and (a)
a public space, (b)Part F2 Wet areas and overflow protection
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 304in a storey below in the same building.
F2P2 Wet areas
[2019: FP1.7]
To protect the structure of the building and to maintain the amenity of the occupants, water must be prevented from
penetrating—
behind fittings and linings; and (a)
into concealed spaces, (b)
of sanitary compartments , bathrooms, laundries and the like.
SA F2P3
F2V1 Overflow protection
[2019: FV1.2]
Compliance with F2P1 is verified when the flow rate of the in-built overflow for all vessels in the room is greater than the
flow rate of the source filling the vessel .
Applications
F2V1 only applies to bathrooms, laundries and the like in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
F2D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[New for 2022]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F2P1 and F2P2 are satisfied by
complying with F2D2 to F2D4 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
F2D2 Wet area construction
[2019: F1.7(a) and (b) ]
SA F2D2(1)
(1) In a Class 2 and 3 building and a Class 4 part of a building, building elements in wet areas must—
be water resistant or waterproof in accordance with Specification 26 ; and (a)
comply with
AS 3740. (b)
(2) In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building, building elements in a bathroom or shower room, a slop hopper or sink compartment,
a laundry or sanitary compartment must—
be water resistant or waterproof in accordance with Specification 26 ; and (a)
comply with
AS 3740, (b)
as if they were in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building.Verification Methods
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF2P1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 305 F2D3 Rooms containing urinals
[2019: F1.7(c), (d) and (e) ]
(1) Where a slab or stall type urinal is installed—
the floor surface of the room containing the urinal must be an impervious material; and (a)
where no step is installed, must— (i)
be graded to the urinal channel for a distance of 1.5 m from the urinal channel; and (A)
have the remainder of the floor graded to a floor waste ; and (B)
where a step is installed— (ii)
the step must have an impervious surface and be graded to the urinal channel; and (A)
the floor behind the step must be graded to a floor waste ; and (B)
the junction between the floor surface and the urinal channel must be impervious. (b)
(2) Where a wall hung urinal is installed—
the wall must be surfaced with impervious material extending from the floor to not less than 50 mm above the (a)
top of the urinal and not less than 225 mm on each side of the urinal; and
the floor must be surfaced with an impervious material and be graded to a floor waste . (b)
(3) In a room with timber or steel-framed walls and containing a urinal—
the wall must be surfaced with an impervious material extending from the floor to not less than 100 mm above (a)
the floor surface; and
the junction of the floor surface and the wall surface must be impervious. (b)
SA F2D4
F2D4 Floor wastes
[2019: F1.11]
(1) In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, a bathroom or laundry located at any level above a sole-
occupancy unit or public space must have a floor waste .
(2) Where a floor waste is installed—
the minimum continuous fall of a floor plane to the waste must be 1:80; and (a)
the maximum continuous fall of a floor plane to the waste must be 1:50. (b)F2D3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 306
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to minimise the risk of water, including surface water and rainwater, entering the building and causing
musty, damp and unhealthy conditions or damaging building elements by corrosion or other degradation. It is also intended
to prevent water redirected away from the outside of the building damaging nearby properties.
F3O1 Objective
[New for 2022]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury and protect buildings from damage caused by— (a)
ingress of water from outside the building; and (i)
the accumulation of internal moisture in the building. (ii)
F3F1 Roof and wall cladding
[New for 2022]
A building is to be constructed to prevent penetration of water from the outside.
F3P1 Weatherproofing
[2019: FP1.4]
A roof and external wall (including openings around windows and doors) must prevent the penetration of water that could
cause—
unhealthy or dangerous conditions, or loss of amenity for occupants; and (a)
undue dampness or deterioration of building elements. (b)
Limitations
F3P1 does not apply to—
a Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance; or (a)
a garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment , or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes; or (b)
an open spectator stand or open-deck carpark . (c)
Part F3 Roof and wall cladding
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
Verification Methods
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 307 F3V1 Weatherproofing
[2019: FV1.1]
(1) Compliance with F3P1 for weatherproofing of an external wall is verified when—
a prototype passes the procedure described in (2); and (a)
the external wall — (b)
has a risk score of 20 or less, when the sum of all risk factor scores are determined in accordance with (i)
Table F3V1a ; and
is not subjected to an ultimate limit state wind pressure of more than 2.5 kPa; and (ii)
includes only windows that comply with AS 2047. (iii)
(2) The test procedure referred to in (1)(a) must be as follows:
The test specimen is in accordance with the requirements of (3). (a)
The test procedure is in accordance with the requirements of (4) or (5) as applicable. (b)
The test specimen does not fail the criteria in (6). (c)
The test is recorded in accordance with the requirements of (7). (d)
(3) Test specimen: The test specimen must incorporate—
representative samples of openings and joints, including— (a)
vertical and horizontal control joints; and (i)
wall junctions; and (ii)
windows or doors; and (iii)
electrical boxes; and (iv)
balcony drainage and parapet flashings; and (v)
footer and header termination systems; and (vi)
for a cavity wall — (b)
a transparent material for a proportion of the internal wall lining (to provide an unobstructed view of the (i)
external wall cladding) with sufficient structural capability and similar air tightness to resist the
applied wind pressures; and
a 15 mm diameter hole in the internal wall lining below a window . (ii)
(4) The test procedure for a direct fix cladding wall or unique wall must be as follows:
Apply 100% positive and negative serviceability wind pressures to the external face of the test specimen for a (a)
period of not less than 1 minute each.
Apply static pressure of either 300 Pa or 30% serviceability wind pressure, whichever is higher, in accordance (b)
with the water penetration test procedure at clause 8.5.2 of AS/NZS 4284.
Apply cyclic pressure in accordance with— (c)
the three stages of Table F3V1b ; and (i)
the water penetration test procedure at clause 8.6.2 of AS/NZS 4284. (ii)
(5) The test procedure for a cavity wall must be as follows:
Apply 100% positive and negative serviceability wind pressures to the external face of the test specimen for a (a)
period of not less than 1 minute each.
Apply static pressure of either 300 Pa or 30% serviceability wind pressure, whichever is higher, in accordance (b)
with the water penetration test procedure at clause 8.5.2 of AS/NZS 4284.
Apply cyclic pressure in accordance with— (c)
stage 3 of Table F3V1b ; and (i)
the water penetration test procedure at clause 8.6.2 of AS/NZS 4284. (ii)
To simulate the failure of the primary weather-defence or sealing, the following procedure must be applied to (d)
the test specimen: F3V1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 308Insert 6 mm diameter holes through the external face of the cavity wall in all places specified below: (i)
Wall/ window or wall/door junctions at ¾ height. (A)
Immediately above the head flashing. (B)
Through external sealing of the horizontal and vertical joints. (C)
Above any other penetration detail not covered by (A) to (C). (D)
Repeat the static and cyclic pressure tests of (b) and (c). (ii)
Within 30 minutes of the completion of (ii), remove the internal lining of the cavity wall and check for (iii)
compliance with (6).
With the internal lining removed, apply a final static pressure test at 50 Pa for a period of 15 minutes. (iv)
(6) Compliance is determined as follows:
A direct fix cladding wall and unique wall are verified for compliance with F3P1 if there is no presence of water (a)
on the inside surface of the facade.
A cavity wall is verified for compliance with F3P1 if there is no presence of water on the removed surface of the (b)
cavity , except that during the simulation of the failure of the primary weather-defence or sealing, water may—
transfer to the removed surface of the cavity due to the introduced defects (6 mm holes); and (i)
contact, but not pool on, battens and other cavity surfaces. (ii)
(7) The test report must include the following information:
Name and address of the person supervising the test. (a)
Test report number. (b)
Date of the test. (c)
Cladding manufacturer’s name and address. (d)
Construction details of the test specimen, including a description, and drawings and details of the components, (e)
showing modifications, if any.
Test sequence with the pressures used in all tests. (f)
For each of the static and cyclic pressure tests, full details of all leakages, including position, extent and timing. (g)
Table F3V1a: Risk factors and scores
Risk factor Category Risk severity Score
Wind region Region A0-5 (AS/NZS 1170.2) Low to medium 0
Region B1-2 (AS/NZS 1170.2)
Region C (AS/NZS 1170.2) High 1
Region D (AS/NZS 1170.2) Very high 2
Number of storeys One storey Low 0
Two storeys in part Medium 1
Two storeys High 2
More than two storeys Very high 4
Roof/wall junctions Roof-to-wall junctions fully protected Low 0
Roof-to-wall junctions partially exposed Medium 1
Roof-to-wall junctions fully exposed High 3
Roof elements finishing within the boundaries
formed by the external wallsVery high 5
Eaves width More than 600 mm for single storey Low 0
451-600 mm for single storey Medium 1
More than 600 mm for two storey
101-450 mm for single storey High 2F3V1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 309
Table Notes
Eaves width is measured horizontally from the external face of any wall cladding to the outer edge of any overhang, (1)
including fascia and external gutters.
Barriers to prevent falling and parapets are considered as 0 mm eaves. (2)
Table F3V1b: Cyclic pressure
F3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[New for 2022]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirement F3P1 is satisfied by complying with
F3D2 to F3D5 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable. Risk factor Category Risk severity Score
451-600 mm for two storey
More than 600 mm for above two storey
0-100 mm for single storey Very high 5
0-450 mm for two storey
Less than 600 mm for above two storey
Envelope
complexitySimple shape with single cladding type Low 0
Complex shape with not more than two
cladding typesMedium 1
Complex shape with more than two cladding
typesHigh 3
As for high risk but with fully exposed roof-to-
wall junctionsVery high 6
Decks, porches and
balconiesNone Low 0
Timber slat deck or porch at ground level
Fully covered in plan view by roof Medium 2
Timber slat deck attached at first or second
floor level
Balcony exposed in plan view at first floor
levelHigh 4
Balcony cantilevered at first floor level
Balcony exposed in plan view at second floor
level or aboveVery high 6
Balcony cantilevered at second floor level or
above
Stage number Serviceability wind pressure (%)
Min Max
1 15 30
2 20 40
3 30 60
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF3V1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 310 F3D2 Roof coverings
[2019: F1.5]
A roof must be covered with—
roof tiles complying with AS 2049, fixed in accordance with AS 2050; or (a)
metal sheet roofing complying with AS 1562.1; or (b)
plastic sheet roofing designed and installed in accordance with AS 1562.3; or (c)
terracotta, fibre-cement and timber slates and shingles designed and installed in accordance with AS 4597, (d)
except in cyclonic areas; or
an external waterproofing membrane complying with F1D5 . (e)
F3D3 Sarking
[2019: F1.6]
Sarking-type material used for weatherproofing of roofs and walls must comply with AS 4200.1 and AS 4200.2.
F3D4 Glazed assemblies
[2019: F1.13]
(1) Subject to (2) and (3), the following glazed assemblies in an external wall , must comply with AS 2047 requirements
for resistance to water penetration:
Windows. (a)
Sliding and swinging glazed doors with a frame, including French and bi-fold doors with a frame. (b)
Adjustable louvres. (c)
Shopfronts. (d)
Window walls with one piece framing. (e)
(2) The following buildings need not comply with (1):
A Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance. (a)
A garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment , or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes, except (b)
where the construction of the garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment or the like contributes to the
weatherproofing of the other part of the building.
An open spectator stand or open-deck carpark . (c)
(3) The following glazed assemblies need not comply with (1):
All glazed assemblies not in an external wall . (a)
Revolving doors. (b)
Fixed louvres. (c)
Skylights, roof lights and windows in other than the vertical plane. (d)
Sliding and swinging glazed doors without a frame. (e)
Windows constructed on site and architectural one-off windows, which are not design tested in accordance with (f)
AS 2047.
Second-hand windows, re-used windows and recycled windows. (g)
Heritage windows. (h)
F3D5 Wall cladding
[New for 2022]
(1) External wall cladding must comply with one or a combination of the following: F3D2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 311Masonry, including masonry veneer, unreinforced and reinforced masonry: AS 3700. (a)
Autoclaved aerated concrete: AS 5146.3. (b)
Metal wall cladding: AS 1562.1. (c)
(2) The following buildings need not comply with (1):
A Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance. (a)
A garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment , or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes, except (b)
where the construction of the garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment or the like contributes to the
weatherproofing of another part of the building that is required to be weatherproofed.
An open spectator stand or open deck carpark . (c)F3D5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 312
Introduction to this Part
This Part focuses on reducing risk of illness and loss of amenity due to inadequate toilets, bathrooms and laundries, on
ensuring occupants in residential buildings have access to a kitchen, and on microbial control in air-conditioning and
heated water systems.
F4O1 Objectives
[2019: FO2]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness caused by infection; and (a)
safeguard occupants from loss of amenity arising from the absence of adequate personal hygiene facilities; (b)
and
enable occupants to carry out laundering; and (c)
provide for facilities to enable food preparation; and (d)
enable unconscious occupants of sanitary compartments to be removed from the compartment. (e)
F4F1 Sanitary facilities
[2019: FF2.1]
A building is to be provided with—
suitable sanitary facilities and space and facilities for personal hygiene; and (a)
adequate means for the prevention of contaminants to hot water, warm water and cooling water systems. (b)
F4F2 Laundry facilities
[2019: FF2.2]
A building is to be provided with—
space or facilities for laundering; and (a)
suitable means for the sanitary disposal of waste water. (b)
Applications
F4F2 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b early childhood centre ; and (c)
a Class 9c building. (d)
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
Objectives
Functional Statements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 313 F4F3 Food preparation facilities
[2019: FF2.3]
A building is to be provided with—
space and facilities for the preparation and cooking of food; and (a)
suitable means for the sanitary disposal of associated waste water. (b)
Applications
F4F3 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b early childhood centre ; and (c)
a Class 9c building. (d)
F4F4 Removal of unconscious occupant
[2019: FF2.4]
A sanitary compartment is to have sufficient space or other means to permit an unconscious occupant to be removed
from the compartment.
F4P1 Personal hygiene facilities
[2019: FP2.1]
Suitable sanitary facilities for personal hygiene must be provided in a convenient location within or associated with a
building, to the degree necessary, appropriate to—
the function or use of the building; and (a)
the number and gender of the occupants; and (b)
the disability or other particular needs of the occupants. (c)
VIC F4P2
F4P2 Laundry facilities
[2019: FP2.2]
Laundering facilities or space for laundering facilities and the means for the sanitary disposal of waste water must be
provided in a convenient location within or associated with a building appropriate to the function or use of the building.
Applications
F4P2 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b early childhood centre ; and (c)
a Class 9c building. (d)
Performance RequirementsF4F3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 314 F4P3 Kitchen facilities
[2019: FP2.3]
A facility must be provided which includes—
a means for food rinsing, utensil washing and the sanitary disposal of associated waste water; and (a)
a means for cooking food; and (b)
a space for food preparation. (c)
Applications
F4P3 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b early childhood centre ; and (c)
a Class 9c building. (d)
F4P4 Disposal of contaminated water from containers
[2019: FP2.4]
Suitable means must be provided in a building containing wards or bedrooms to facilitate the emptying of sewage or dirty
water from containers.
Applications
F4P4 only applies to a Class 9a or 9c building.
F4P5 Construction of sanitary compartments to allow removal of unconscious
people
[2019: FP2.5]
A sanitary compartment must be constructed with sufficient space or other means to permit an unconscious occupant to
be removed from the compartment.
NSW F4P6
F4P6 Microbial control for water systems
[2019: FP2.6]
Hot water, warm water and cooling water systems installed in a building must control the accumulation of harmful levels
of micro-organisms.
Limitations
F4P6 does not apply to a system serving only a single sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of
a building.
Verification MethodsF4P3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 315 F4V1 Sanitary facilities
[2019: FV2.1]
(1) Compliance with F4P1 , for the number of sanitary facilities, is verified when queuing modelling predicts that occupant
waiting time for sanitary facilities is at least equivalent to the waiting time predicted using the respective Deemed-to-
Satisfy Provisions .
(2) For calculations performed under (1), the occupant waiting time is determined as the 90th percentile wait time at
maximum population.
(3) Queuing modelling in (1) must reflect the following:
Function or use of the building. (a)
Number and gender of occupants. (b)
The disability or other particular needs of the occupants. (c)
Occupant usage patterns. (d)
F4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: F2.0]
VIC F4D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F4P1 to F4P6 are satisfied by
complying with—
F4D2 to F4D12 ; and (a)
for public transport buildings, Part I2 ; and (b)
for farm sheds , Part I3 . (c)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
F4D2 Facilities in residential buildings
[2019: F2.1]
(1) For facilities in Class 2 buildings, the following applies:
Within each sole-occupancy unit , provide— (a)
a kitchen sink and facilities for the preparation and cooking of food; and (i)
a bath or shower; and (ii)
a closet pan; and (iii)
a washbasin. (iv)
For laundry facilities, provide either— (b)
in each sole-occupancy unit — (i)
clothes washing facilities, comprising at least one washtub and a space for a washing machine; and (A)
clothes drying facilities comprising clothes line or a hoist with not less than 7.5 m of line, or space for (B)
one heat operated drying cabinet or appliance in the same room as the clothes washing facilities; or
a separate laundry for each 4 sole-occupancy units , or part thereof, that must comprise— (ii)
clothes washing facilities, comprising at least one washtub and a space for a washing machine; and (A)
clothes drying facilities comprising clothes line or a hoist with not less than 7.5 m of line per sole- (B)
occupancy unit , or space for one heat operated drying cabinet or appliance.
For the purposes of (a) and (b), a kitchen sink or washbasin must not be counted as a laundry washtub. (c)Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF4V1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 316(2) For facilities in Class 3 buildings other than residential care buildings , the following applies:
For residents in each building or group of buildings, for each 10 residents for whom private facilities are not (a)
provided, provide—
a bath or shower; and (i)
a closet pan; and (ii)
a washbasin. (iii)
Notwithstanding (a), if one urinal is provided for each 25 males up to 50 and one additional urinal for each (b)
additional 50 males or part thereof, one closet pan for each 12 males may be provided.
Facilities for employees must be provided in accordance with F4D4 . (c)
Facilities required by (a), (b) or (c) need not be situated in the same building. (d)
(3) For facilities in Class 3 residential care buildings , the following applies:
For residents in each building or group of buildings, provide— (a)
a shower, closet pan and wash basin for each 8 residents or part thereof where private facilities are not (i)
provided; and
a suitable bath for each 30 residents or part thereof. (ii)
For the purposes of (a), urinals must not be taken into consideration in calculating the number of facilities. (b)
(4) For facilities in a Class 4 part of a building, the following applies:
For the sole-occupancy unit , provide— (a)
a kitchen sink and facilities for the preparation and cooking of food; and (i)
a bath or shower; and (ii)
a closet pan; and (iii)
a washbasin; and (iv)
clothes washing facilities, comprising a washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; and (v)
a clothes line or hoist, or space for a heat-operated drying cabinet or similar appliance for the exclusive (vi)
use of the occupants.
For the purposes of (a), a kitchen sink or washbasin must not be counted as a laundry washtub. (b)
(5) For facilities in Class 9c buildings, the following applies:
For residents in each building or group of buildings, provide— (a)
a closet pan and wash basin for each 6 residents or part thereof where private facilities are not provided; (i)
and
a shower for each 7 residents or part thereof for where private facilities are not provided; and (ii)
a suitable bath, fixed or mobile. (iii)
In addition to the facilities required by (a), provide— (b)
one kitchen or other adequate facility for the preparation and cooking or reheating of food including a kitchen (i)
sink and washbasin; and
laundry facilities for the cleansing and drying of linen and clothing or adequate facilities for holding and (ii)
dispatch or treatment of soiled linen and clothing and the like and the receipt and storage of clean linen;
and
one clinical hand washing basin for each 16 residents or part thereof. (iii)
For the purposes of (a), urinals must not be taken into consideration in calculating the number of facilities. (c)
F4D3 Calculation of number of occupants and facilities
[2019: F2.2]
(1) The number of persons accommodated must be calculated according to D2D18 if it cannot be more accurately
determined by other means. F4D2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 317(2) Unless the premises are used predominantly by one sex, sanitary facilities must be provided on the basis of equal
numbers of males and females.
(3) In calculating the number of sanitary facilities to be provided under F4D2 and F4D4 , a unisex facility required for
people with a disability (other than a facility provided under F4D12 ) may be counted once for each sex.
(4) For the purposes of this Part, a unisex facility comprises one closet pan, one washbasin and means for the disposal
of sanitary products.
F4D4 Facilities in Class 3 to 9 buildings
[2019: F2.3]
(1) Except where permitted by (3), (4), (7), F4D5(a) , F4D5(b) and F4D12(1) , separate sanitary facilities for males and
females must be provided for Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings in accordance with Tables F4D4a , F4D4b , F4D4c ,
F4D4d , F4D4e , F4D4f , F4D4g , F4D4h , F4D4i , F4D4j , F4D4k and F4D4l , as appropriate.
(2) In Tables F4D4a , F4D4b , F4D4c , F4D4d , F4D4e , F4D4f , F4D4g , F4D4h , F4D4i , F4D4j , F4D4k and F4D4l —
‘Number
’ means the number of facilities required ; and (a)
‘>’
means greater than; and (b)
a hyphen means no data (refer to the row above for the highest value applicable); and (c)
‘N/A
’ means not applicable; and (d)
a reference to— (e)
‘employees’
includes owners and managers using the building; and (i)
‘add 1 per 100 or 150, 250, 500, etc.’
includes any part thereof of that number. (ii)
(3) If not more than 10 people are employed, a unisex facility may be provided instead of separate facilities for each sex.
(4) If the majority of employees are of one sex, not more than 2 employees of the other sex may share toilet facilities if
the facilities are separated by means of walls, partitions and doors to af
ford privacy.
(5) Employees and the public may share the same facilities in a Class 6 and 9b building (other than a school or early
childhood centre ) provided the number of facilities provided is not less than the total number of facilities required for
employees plus those required for the public.
(6) Adequate means of disposal of sanitary products must be provided in sanitary facilities for use by females.
(7) Separate sanitary facilities for males and females need not be provided for patients in a ward area of a Class 9a
building.
(8) A
Class 9a health-care building must be provided with—
one kitchen or other adequate facility for the preparation and cooking or reheating of food including a kitchen (a)
sink and washbasin; and
laundry facilities for the cleansing and drying of linen and clothing or adequate facilities for holding and dispatch (b)
or treatment of soiled linen and clothing, sanitary products and the like and the receipt and storage of clean
linen; and
one shower for each 8 patients or part thereof; and (c)
one island-type plunge bath in each storey containing a ward area . (d)
VIC F4D4(9)
(9) A Class 9b early childhood centre must be provided with—
a kitchen or food preparation area with a kitchen sink, separate hand washing facilities, space for a refrigerator (a)
and space for cooking facilities, with—
the facilities protected by a door or gate with child proof latches to prevent unsupervised access to the (i)
facilities by children younger than 5 years old; and
the ability to facilitate supervision of children from the facilities if the early childhood centre accommodates (ii)
children younger than 2 years old; and
one bath, shower or shower-bath; and (b)
if the centre accommodates children younger than 3 years old— (c)F4D3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 318a laundry facility comprising a washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; and (i)
a bench type baby bath, which is within 1 m of the nappy change bench; and (ii)
a nappy changing bench which— (iii)
is within 1 m of separate adult hand washing facilities and bench type baby bath; and (A)
must be not less than 0.9 m2 in area and at a height of not less than 850 mm, but not more than 900 (B)
mm above the finished floor level; and
must have a space not less than 800 mm high, 500 mm wide and 800 mm deep for the storage of (C)
steps; and
is positioned to permit a staff member changing a nappy to have visibility of the play area at all times. (D)
(10) Class 9b theatres and sporting venues must be provided with one shower for each 10 participants or part thereof.
(11) Not less than one washbasin must be provided where closet pans or urinals are provided.
VIC F4D4(12)
Table F4D4a: Sanitary facilities in Class 3, 5, 6 and 9 buildings other than schools
Table F4D4b: Sanitary facilities in Class 7 and 8 buildings
Table Notes
Sanitary facilities need not be provided for a Class 8 electricity network substation . User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male employees Closet pans 1 - 20 1
>20 Add 1 per 20
Urinals 1 - 10 0
11 - 25 1
26 - 50 2
>50 Add 1 per 50
Washbasins 1 - 30 1
>30 Add 1 per 30
Female employees Closet pans 1 - 15 1
>15 Add 1 per 15
Washbasins 1 - 30 1
>30 Add 1 per 30
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male employees Closet pans 1 - 20 1
>20 Add 1 per 20
Urinals 1 - 10 0
11 - 25 1
26 - 50 2
>50 Add 1 per 50
Washbasins 1 - 20 1
>20 Add 1 per 20
Female employees Closet pans 1 - 15 1
>15 Add 1 per 15
Washbasins 1 - 20 1
>20 Add 1 per 20F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 319 Table F4D4c: Sanitary facilities in Class 6 buildings – department stores, shopping centres
T
able Notes
Sanitary facilities need not be provided for patrons if the total number of persons accommodated in the building is not
more than 600.
NSW Table F4D4d
Table F4D4d: Sanitary facilities in Class 6 buildings – restaurants, cafes, bars User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male patrons Closet pans 1 - 1200 1
>1200 Add 1 per 1200
Urinals 1 - 600 1
>600 Add 1 per 1200
Washbasins 1 - 600 1
>600 Add 1 per 1200
Female patrons Closet pans 1 - 300 1
301 - 600 2
>600 Add 1 per 1200
Washbasins 1-600 1
601 - 1200 2
>1200 Add 1 per 1200
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male patrons Closet pans 1 - 100 1
101 - 300 2
>300 Add 1 per 200
Urinals 1 - 50 1
51 - 100 2
101 - 150 3
151 - 200 4
201 - 250 5
>250 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 50 1
51 - 200 2
>200 Add 1 per 200
Female patrons Closet pans 1 - 25 1
26 - 50 2
51 - 100 3
101 - 150 4
151 - 200 5
201 - 250 6
>250 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 50 1
51 - 150 2
>150 Add 1 per 200F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 320Table Notes
Sanitary facilities need not be provided for patrons if the total number of persons accommodated in the building is not
more than 20.
Table F4D4e: Sanitary facilities in Class 9a health -car e buildings
Table Notes
Urinals are not required for a Class 9a health-care building .
Table F4D4f: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – schools User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male patients Closet pans 1 - 16 2
>16 Add 1 per 8
Washbasins 1 - 8 1
>8 Add 1 per 8
Female patients Closet pans 1 - 16 2
>16 Add 1 per 8
Washbasins 1 - 8 1
>8 Add 1 per 8
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male employees Closet pans 1 - 20 1
>20 Add 1 per 20
Urinals 1 - 10 0
11 - 20 1
21 - 45 2
>45 Add 1 per 30
Washbasins 1 -30 1
>30 Add 1 per 30
Female employees Closet pans 1 - 5 1
>5 Add 1 per 15
Washbasins 1 - 30 1
>30 Add 1 per 30
Male students Closet pans 1 - 25 1
26 - 75 2
76 - 150 3
151 - 200 4
>200 Add 1 per 100
Urinals 1 - 50 1
51 - 100 2
>100 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 10 1
11 - 50 2
51 - 100 3
>100 Add 1 per 75
Female students Closet pans 1 - 10 1F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 321
VIC Table F4D4g
Table F4D4g: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – early childhood centres
Table Notes
Urinals are not required for a Class 9b early childhood centre . (1)
Facilities for use by children must be— (2)
junior pans; and (a)
washbasins with a rim height not exceeding 600 mm; and (b)
accessible from both indoor and outdoor play areas. (c)
Table F4D4h: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – theatres and cinemas with multiple auditoria,
art galleries and the like
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male participants Closet pans 1 - 20 1
>20 Add 1 per 20
Urinals 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10
Washbasins 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10
Female participants Closet pans 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10
Washbasins 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10
Male spectators or patrons Closet pans 1 - 250 1
251 - 500 2
>500 Add 1 per 500
Urinals 1 - 100 1
>100 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 150 1
>150 Add 1 per 150User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
11 - 25 2
26 - 100 Add 1 per 25
>100 Add 1 per 50
Washbasins 1 - 10 1
11 - 50 2
51 - 100 3
>100 Add 1 per 75
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Children Closet pans 1 - 30 2
>30 Add 1 per 15
Washbasins 1 - 30 2
>30 Add 1 per 15F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 322
Table F4D4i: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – single auditorium theatres and cinemas
Table F4D4j: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – sports venues or the like
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male participants Closet pans 1 - 20 1
>20 Add 1 per 20
Urinals 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10
Washbasins 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10
Female participants Closet pans 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10
Washbasins 1 - 10 1
>10 Add 1 per 10User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Female spectators or patrons Closet pans 1 - 10 1
11 - 50 2
>50 Add 1 per 60
Washbasins 1 - 80 1
81 - 250 2
251 - 430 3
>430 Add 1 per 200
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male patrons Closet pans 1 - 50 0
51 - 250 1
251 - 500 2
>500 Add 1 per 500
Urinals 1 - 50 0
51 - 100 1
>100 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 50 0
51 - 150 1
>150 Add 1 per 150
Female patrons Closet pans 1 - 50 0
51 - 110 3
111 - 170 4
171 - 230 5
231 - 250 6
>250 Add 1 per 80
Washbasins 1 - 50 0
51 - 150 1
>150 Add 1 per 150F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 323
Table F4D4k: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – churches, chapels or the like
Table F4D4l: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – public halls, function rooms or the like
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male patrons Closet pans 1 - 100 1
>100 Add 1 per 200
Urinals 1 - 50 1
51 - 100 2
101 - 150 3
151 - 200 4
201 - 250 5
>250 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 50 1
51 - 200 2
>200 Add 1 per 200User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male spectators or patrons Closet pans 1 - 250 1
251 - 500 2
>500 Add 1 per 500
Urinals 1 - 100 1
>100 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 150 1
>150 Add 1 per 150
Female spectators or patrons Closet pans 1 - 15 1
16 - 60 2
61 - 120 3
>120 Add 1 per 70
Washbasins 1 - 60 1
61 - 200 2
201 - 350 3
>350 Add 1 per 150
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male patrons Closet pans 1 - 300 1
>300 Add 1 per 500
Urinals 1 - 200 1
>200 Add 1 per 200
Washbasins 1 - 250 1
>250 Add 1 per 250
Female patrons Closet pans 1 - 150 1
>150 Add 1 per 150
Washbasins 1 - 250 1
>250 Add 1 per 250F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 324
Table Notes
Sanitary facilities need not be provided for patrons if the total number of persons accommodated in the building is not
more than 20.
F4D5 Accessible sanitary facilities
[2019: F2.4]
In a building required to be accessible —
accessible unisex sanitary compartments must be provided in accessible parts of the building in accordance (a)
with F4D6 ; and
accessible unisex showers must be provided in accordance with F4D7 ; and (b)
at each bank of toilets where there is one or more toilets in addition to an accessible unisex sanitary compartment (c)
at that bank of toilets, not less than one sanitary compartment suitable for a person with an ambulant disability
for use by males and not less than one sanitary compartment suitable for a person with an ambulant disability
for use by females, each in accordance with AS 1428.1, must be provided; and
an accessible unisex sanitary compartment must contain a closet pan, washbasin, shelf or bench top and (d)
adequate means of disposal of sanitary products; and
the circulation spaces, fixtures and fittings of all accessible sanitary facilities provided in accordance with F4D6 (e)
and F4D7 must comply with the requirements of AS 1428.1; and
an accessible unisex sanitary facility must be located so that it can be entered without crossing an area reserved (f)
for one sex only; and
where two or more of each type of accessible unisex sanitary facility are provided, the number of left and right (g)
handed mirror image facilities must be provided as evenly as possible; and
where male sanitary facilities are provided at a separate location to female sanitary facilities, accessible unisex (h)
sanitary facilities are only required at one of those locations; and
an accessible unisex sanitary compartment or an accessible unisex shower need not be provided on a storey (i)
or level that is not required by D4D4(f) to be provided with a passenger lift or ramp complying with AS 1428.1.
F4D6 Accessible unisex sanitary compartments
[2019: Table F2.4a]
SA F4D6(1)
(1) Where required by F4D5(a) , the minimum number of accessible unisex sanitary compartments for each class of
building is as follows:
For a Class 1b building— (a)
not less than 1; and (i)
where private accessible unisex sanitary compartments are provided for every accessible bedroom, (ii)User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Female patrons Closet pans 1 - 25 1
26 - 50 2
51 - 100 3
101 - 150 4
151 - 200 5
201 - 250 6
>250 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 50 1
51 - 150 2
>150 Add 1 per 200F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 325common accessible unisex sanitary compartments need not be provided.
For a Class 2 building, where sanitary compartments are provided in common areas, not less than 1. (b)
For Class 3 and Class 9c buildings— (c)
in every accessible sole-occupancy unit provided with sanitary compartments within the accessible sole- (i)
occupancy unit , not less than 1; and
at each bank of sanitary compartments containing male and female sanitary compartments provided in (ii)
common areas, not less than 1.
For Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings, where F4D4 requires closet pans— (d)
1 on every storey containing sanitary compartments ; and (i)
where a storey has more than 1 bank of sanitary compartments containing male and female sanitary (ii)
compartments , at not less than 50% of those banks.
For a Class 10a building, at each bank of sanitary compartments containing male and female sanitary (e)
compartments , not less than 1.
(2) The requirements of (1)(d) do not apply within a ward area of a Class 9a health-care building .
(3) The requirements of (1)(e) do not apply to—
a Class 10a appurtenant to another class of building; or (a)
a sanitary compartment dedicated to a single caravan/camping site. (b)
F4D7 Accessible unisex showers
[2019: Table F2.4b ]
SA F4D7(1)
(1) Where required by F4D5(b) , the minimum number of accessible unisex showers for each class of building is as
follows:
For a Class 1b building— (a)
not less than 1; and (i)
where private accessible unisex showers are provided for every accessible bedroom, common accessible (ii)
unisex showers need not be provided.
For a Class 2 building, where showers are provided in common areas, not less than 1. (b)
For Class 3 and 9c buildings— (c)
in every accessible sole-occupancy unit provided with showers within the accessible sole-occupancy unit , (i)
not less than 1; and
1 for every 10 showers or part thereof provided in common areas. (ii)
For Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings, where F4D4 requires 1 or more showers, not less than 1 for every 10 showers (d)
or part thereof.
For a Class 10a building, where showers are provided, 1 for every 10 showers or part thereof. (e)
(2) The requirements of (1)(d) do not apply within a ward area of a Class 9a health-care building .
(3) The requirements of (1)(e) do not apply to—
a Class 10a appurtenant to another class of building; and (a)
a sanitary compartment dedicated to a single caravan/camping site. (b)
F4D8 Construction of sanitary compartments
[2019: F2.5]
(1) Other than in an early childhood centre , sanitary compartments must have doors and partitions that separate adjacent
compartments and extend—
from floor level to the ceiling in the case of a unisex facility; or (a)F4D6
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 326to a height of not less than 1.5 m above the floor if primary school children are the principal users; or (b)
1.8 m above the floor in all other cases. (c)
(2) Unless there is a clear space of at least 1.2 m, measured in accordance with Figure F4D8 , between the closet pan
within the sanitary compartment and the doorway, the door to a fully enclosed sanitary compartment must—
open outwards; or (a)
slide; or (b)
be readily removable from the outside of the sanitary compartment . (c)
VIC F4D8(3)
(3) In an early childhood centre , facilities for use by children must have each sanitary compartment screened by a partition
which, except for the doorway, is opaque for a height of at least 900 mm but not more than 1200 mm above the floor
level.
Figure F4D8 : Construction of sanitary compartments
F4D9 Interpretation: urinals and washbasins
[2019: F2.6]
(1) A urinal may be—
an individual stall or wall-hung urinal; or (a)
each 600 mm length of a continuous urinal trough; or (b)
a closet pan used in place of a urinal. (c)
(2) A washbasin may be—
an individual basin; or (a)
a part of a hand washing trough served by a single water tap. (b)
NSW F4D10
F4D10 Microbial (legionella ) contr ol
[2019: F2.7]
Hot water, warm water and cooling water systems in a building other than a system serving only a single sole-occupancy
unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must be installed in accordance with AS/NZS 3666.1. Clear space
1200 mm
1200 mmF4D8
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 327 F4D11 Waste management
[2019: F2.8]
(1) In a Class 9a health-care building , at least one slop-hopper or other device, other than a water closet pan or urinal,
must be provided—
on any storey containing ward areas or bedrooms to facilitate emptying of containers of sewage or dirty water; (a)
and
with a flushing apparatus, tap and grating. (b)
(2) In a Class 9c building, the following facilities must be provided for every 60 beds or part thereof on each storey
containing resident use areas :
One slop-hopper or other device other than a water closet pan or urinal for the safe handling and disposal of (a)
liquid and solid wastes with a flushing apparatus, tap and grating.
An appliance for the disinfection of pans or an adequate means to dispose of receptacles. (b)
F4D12 Accessible adult change facilities
[2019: F2.9]
(1) One unisex accessible adult change facility must be provided in an accessible part of a—
Class 6 building that is a shopping centre having a design occupancy of not less than 3,500 people, calculated (a)
on the basis of the floor area and containing a minimum of 2 sole-occupancy units ; and
Class 9b sports venue or the like that— (b)
has a design occupancy of not less than 35,000 spectators; or (i)
contains a swimming pool that has a perimeter of not less than 70 m and that is required by D4D2 to be (ii)
accessible ; and
museum, art gallery or the like having a design occupancy of not less than 1,500 patrons; and (c)
theatre or the like having a design occupancy of not less than 1,500 patrons; and (d)
passenger use area of an airport terminal building within an airport that accepts domestic and/or international (e)
flights that are public transport services as defined in the Disability Standards for Accessible Public Transport
2002.
(2) Accessible adult change facilities required by (1)—
must be constructed in accordance with Specification 27 ; and (a)
cannot be combined with another sanitary compartment . (b)
(3) For the purposes of (1), design occupancy must be calculated in accordance with D2D18 , but excluding any area
that—
can only be accessed by staff, employees, contractors, maintenance personnel and the like; or (a)
is subject to an exemption under D4D5 . (b)
TAS F4D13
TAS F4D14
VIC F4D13
Explanatory Information: Cross -v olume considerations
NCC Volume Three contains a number of plumbing and drainage provisions which are relevant to facilities. These
include, but are not limited to, those listed in Table F4. F4D11
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 328 Table F4 : Cross -volume considerations
Item NCC Volume Three - Plumbing Code of Australia
Access for maintenance of plumbing and drainage B1 Cold water services
B2 Heated water services
B3 Non-drinking water services
C1 Sanitary plumbing systems
C2 Sanitary drainage systems
C3 On-site wastewater management
Heated water temperature control for facilities used for
personal hygieneB2 Heated water servicesF4D12
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 329
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to prevent the construction of rooms or other spaces with insufficient ceiling heights, which can cause
injury or loss of amenity for building occupants.
F5O1 Objective
[2019: FO3]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants from injury or loss of amenity caused by inadequate height of a
room or space.
F5F1 Room or space heights
[2019: FF3.1]
A building is to be constructed to provide height in a room or space suitable for the intended use.
VIC F5P1
F5P1 Room or space heights
[2019: FP3.1]
A habitable room or space must have sufficient height that does not unduly interfere with its intended function.
F5V1 Room or space heights
[2019: FV3.1]
VIC F5V1(1)
(1) Compliance with F5P1 is verified where the height of a habitable room or space provides an appropriate activity
support level that does not unduly interfere with its intended function.
(2) For the purposes of (1), the activity support level must consider the dimensions of—
doors, required exits, ramps, barriers, stairs and windows ; and (a)
fixed fittings and services; and (b)
fixed and moveable equipment or furniture; and (c)
occupant circulation spaces. (d)
Part F5 Room heights
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
Verification Methods
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 330
VIC F5D1
F5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: F3.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirement F5P1 is satisfied by complying with—
F5D2 ; and (a)
for farm sheds , Part I3 . (b)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
F5D2 Height of rooms and other spaces
[2019: F3.1]
(1) The height of rooms and other spaces in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must be not less than—
for a kitchen, laundry, or the like — 2.1 m; and (a)
for a corridor, passageway or the like — 2.1 m; and (b)
for a habitable room excluding a kitchen — 2.4 m; and (c)
in a habitable room , or space within a habitable room , with a sloping ceiling or projections below the ceiling (d)
line—
in an attic — a height of not less than 2.2 m for not less than two-thirds of the floor area of the room or (i)
space; and
in other rooms — a height of not less than 2.4 m for not less than two-thirds of the floor area of the room or (ii)
space; and
in a non-habitable room, or space within a non-habitable room, with a sloping ceiling or projections below the (e)
ceiling line — a height of not less than 2.1 m for not less than two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space.
(2) For the purposes of (1), when calculating the floor area of a room or space, any part that has a ceiling height of less
than 1.5 m is not included.
(3) The height of rooms and other spaces in a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building must be not less than—
except as allowed in (b) and (8) — 2.4 m; and (a)
for a corridor, passageway, or the like — 2.1 m. (b)
(4) The height of rooms and other spaces in a Class 9a health-care building must be not less than—
for a patient care area — 2.4 m; and (a)
for an operating theatre or delivery room — 3 m; and (b)
for a treatment room, clinic, waiting room, passageway, corridor, or the like — 2.4 m. (c)
(5) The height of rooms and other spaces in a Class 9b building must be not be less than—
for a school classroom or other assembly building or part that accommodates not more than 100 persons — 2.4 (a)
m; and
for a theatre, public hall or other assembly building or part that accommodates more than 100 persons — 2.7 m; (b)
and
for a corridor— (c)
that serves an assembly building or part that accommodates not more than 100 persons — 2.4 m; or (i)
that serves an assembly building or part that accommodates more than 100 persons — 2.7 m. (ii)
(6) For the purposes of (5) the number of persons accommodated must be calculated according to D2D18 .
(7) The height of rooms and other spaces in a Class 9c building must be not be less than— Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF5V1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 331for a kitchen, laundry, or the like — 2.1 m; and (a)
for a corridor
, passageway or the like — 2.4 m; and (b)
for a habitable room excluding a kitchen — 2.4 m. (c)
(8) The height of rooms and other spaces in any building must be not be less than—
for a bathroom, shower room, sanitary compartment , other than an accessible adult change facility, airlock, tea (a)
preparation room, pantry
, store room, garage, car parking area, or the like — 2.1 m; and
for a commercial kitchen — 2.4 m; and (b)
above a stairway
, ramp, landing or the like — 2 m measured vertically above the nosing line of stairway treads (c)
or the floor surface of the ramp, landing or the like; and
for a required accessible adult change facility — 2.4 m. (d)
VIC F5D3F5D2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 332
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to ensure that building occupants have access to natural and artificial lighting, and fresh air, to preve nt
illness, injury or loss of amenity . This part also includes provisions for the location of sanitary compartments to reduce
health risks and the spread of odours, airlocks and carpark and kitchen local exhaust ventilation.
F6O1 Objective
[2019: FO4]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from injury, illness or loss of amenity due to— (a)
isolation from natural light; and (i)
lack of adequate artificial lighting; and (ii)
safeguard occupants from illness or loss of amenity due to lack of air freshness. (b)
F6F1 Natural light
[2019: FF4.1]
A space within a building used by occupants is to be provided with openings to admit natural light consistent with its
function or use.
F6F2 Artificial light
[2019: FF4.2]
A space within a building used by occupants is to be provided with artificial lighting consistent with its function or use
which, when activated in the absence of suitable natural light, will enable safe movement.
F6F3 Ventilation
[2019: FF4.3]
A space used by occupants within a building is to be provided with adequate ventilation consistent with its function or
use.
F6P1 Natural lighting
[2019: FP4.1]
Sufficient openings must be provided and distributed in a building, appropriate to the function or use of that part of the
building so that natural light, when available, provides an average daylight factor of not less than 2%. Part F6 Light and ventilation
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 333
Applications
F6P1 only applies to a Class 2, 3 or 9 building, or a Class 4 part of a building.
F6P2 Artificial lighting
[2019: FP4.2]
Artificial lighting must be installed to provide an illuminance of not less than 20 lux appropriate to the function or use of the
building to enable safe movement by occupants.
F6P3 Outdoor air supply
[2019: FP4.3]
A space in a building used by occupants must be provided with means of ventilation with outdoor air which will maintain
adequate air quality.
F6P4 Mechanical ventilation to control odours and contaminants
[2019: FP4.4]
A mechanical air-handling system installed in a building must control—
the circulation of objectionable odours; and (a)
the accumulation of harmful contamination by micro-organisms, pathogens and toxins. (b)
F6P5 Disposal of contaminated air
[2019: FP4.5]
Contaminated air must be disposed of in a manner which does not unduly create a nuisance or hazard to people in the
building or other property .
F6V1 Verification of suitable indoor air quality
[2019: FV4.1]
For a Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 9b or 9c building or Class 4 part of a building, compliance with F6P3 and F6P4(a) is verified when
it is determined that the building under typical conditions in use is provided with sufficient ventilation with outdoor air such
that contaminant levels do not exceed the limits specified in Table F6V1 .
Table F6V1 : Maximum contaminant limits for acceptable indoor air quality
Pollutant Averaging time Maximum air quality value
Carbon dioxide, CO28 hours 850 ppm Note 1
Carbon monoxide, CO 15 minutes 90 ppm
Carbon monoxide, CO 30 minutes 50 ppm
Carbon monoxide, CO 1 hour 25 ppm
Carbon monoxide, CO 8 hours 10 ppm
Formaldehyde, CH2O 30 minutes 0.1 mg/m3
Nitrogen dioxide, NO21 year 40 μg/m3 (0.0197 ppm) Note 2Verification MethodsF6P1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 334
Table Notes
Based on body odour metric (i.e. 450 ppm above ambient CO2 level of 400 ppm and demand control ventilation (1)
provisions in AS 1668.2).
Based on pressure of 101.325 kPa and temperature of 25°C (i.e. the conversion is mg/m3 = ppm (molecular (2)
weight/24.4)).
F6V2 Verification of suitable indoor air quality for carparks
[2019: FV4.2]
For a Class 7a building, compliance with F6P3 and F6P4(a) is verified when it is determined that the building is provided
with sufficient ventilation with outdoor air such that carbon monoxide exposure levels do not exceed the limits specified in
Table F6V2 .
Table F6V2 : Maximum carbon monoxide exposure for carparks
Table Notes
Various government work health and safety regulations specify workplace exposure limits for airborne contaminants in
the workplace.
F6V3 Verification of suitable provision of natural light
[2019: FV4.3]
Compliance with F6P1 is verified for the provision of natural light when the average daylight factor for each window is
determined in accordance with the formula: , where—
= the net area of the light transmitting window (m2); and (a)
= the total area of the internal wall , floor and ceiling surfaces (m2); and (b)
= the diffuse light transmittance of the window ; and (c)
= visible sky angle in degrees, measured in a vertical plane normal to and from the centre of the window ; and (d)
= the area-weighted average reflectance of area . (e)
R ATAPollutant Averaging time Maximum air quality value
Nitrogen dioxide, NO21 hour 200 μg/m3 (0.0987 ppm)
Ozone, O38 hour, daily maximum 100 μg/m3 (0.0473 ppm)
Particulate matter, PM2.51 year 10 μg/m3
Particulate matter, PM2.524 hour (99th percentile) 25 μg/m3
Particulate matter, PM101 year 20 μg/m3
Particulate matter, PM1024 hour (99th percentile) 50 μg/m3
Total volatile organic compounds 1 hour 500 μg/m3
Concentration (ppm) Total exposure duration per day
100 Not to be exceeded
90 15 minutes
60 1 hour
30 8 hours
Average Daylight Factor W
AT
1R2
WF6V1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 335Applications
F6V3 only applies to—
habitable rooms of Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of buildings; and (a)
bedrooms and dormitories of Class 3 buildings; and (b)
rooms used for sleeping purposes in Class 9a and 9c buildings; and (c)
general purpose classrooms in primary and secondary school and playrooms or the like for the use of children in (d)
an early childhood centre in Class 9b buildings.
F6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: F4.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F6P1 to F6P5 are satisfied by
complying with—
F6D2 to F6D12 ; and (a)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 ; and (b)
for farm buildings and farm sheds , Part I3 . (c)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
F6D2 Provision of natural light
[2019: F4.1]
Natural light must be provided in:
A Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building — to all habitable rooms . (a)
A Class 3 building — to all bedrooms and dormitories. (b)
Class 9a and 9c buildings — to all rooms used for sleeping purposes. (c)
A Class 9b building — to all general purpose classrooms in primary or secondary schools and all playrooms or (d)
the like for the use of children in an early childhood centre .
F6D3 Methods and extent of natural light
[2019: F4.2]
(1) Required natural light must be provided by—
windows , excluding roof lights , that— (a)
have an aggregate light transmitting area measured exclusive of framing members, glazing bars or other (i)
obstructions of not less than 10% of the floor area of the room; and
are open to the sky or face a court or other space open to the sky or an open verandah, carport or the like; (ii)
or
roof lights , that— (b)
have an aggregate light transmitting area measured exclusive of framing members, glazing bars or other (i)
obstructions of not less than 3% of the floor area of the room; and
are open to the sky; or (ii)
a proportional combination of windows and roof lights required by (a) and (b). (c)
(2) Except in a Class 9c aged care building , in a Class 2, 3 or 9 building or Class 4 part of a building, a required window
that faces a boundary of an adjoining allotment or a wall of the same building or another building on the allotment Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF6V3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 336must not be less than a horizontal distance from that boundary or wall that is the greater of—
generally — 1 m; and (a)
in a patient care area or other room used for sleeping purposes in a Class 9a building — 3 m; and (b)
50% of the square root of the exterior height of the wall in which the window is located, measured in metres (c)
from its sill.
(3) In a Class 9c aged care building , a required window must be transparent and located—
in an external wall with the window sill not more than 1 m above the floor level; and (a)
where the window faces an adjoining allotment, another building or another wall of the same building, it must (b)
not be less than a horizontal distance of 3 m from the adjoining allotment, other building or wall.
(4) In a Class 9b early childhood centre , the sills of 50% of windows in children’s rooms must be located not more than
500 mm above the floor level.
F6D4 Natural light borrowed from adjoining room
[2019: F4.3]
(1) Natural light to a room in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building or in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3
building, may come through one or more glazed panels or openings from an adjoining room (including an enclosed
verandah) if—
both rooms are within the same sole-occupancy unit or the enclosed verandah is on common property; and (a)
the glazed panels or openings have an aggregate light transmitting area of not less than 10% of the floor area (b)
of the room to which it provides light; and
the adjoining room has— (c)
windows , excluding roof lights , that— (i)
have an aggregate light transmitting area of not less than 10% of the combined floor areas of both (A)
rooms; and
are open to the sky or face a court or other space open to the sky or an open verandah, carport or the (B)
like; or
roof lights , that— (ii)
have an aggregate light transmitting area of not less than 3% of the combined floor areas of both (A)
rooms; and
are open to the sky; or (B)
a proportional combination of windows and roof lights required by (i) and (ii). (iii)
(2) The areas specified in (1)(b) and (c) may be reduced as appropriate if direct natural light is provided from another
source.
F6D5 Artificial lighting
[2019: F4.4]
(1) Artificial lighting must be provided—
in required stairways, passageways, and ramps; and (a)
if natural light of a standard equivalent to that required by F6D3 is not available, and the periods of occupation (b)
or use of the room or space will create undue hazard to occupants seeking egress in an emergency, in—
a Class 4 part of a building — to sanitary compartments , bathrooms, shower rooms, airlocks and laundries; (i)
and
a Class 2 building — to sanitary compartments , bathrooms, shower rooms, airlocks, laundries, common (ii)
stairways and other spaces used in common by the occupants of the building; and
Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 buildings — to all rooms that are frequently occupied, all spaces required to be (iii)
accessible , all corridors, lobbies, internal stairways, other circulation spaces and paths of egress. F6D3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 337(2) The artificial lighting system must comply with AS/NZS 1680.0.
(3) The system may provide a lesser level of illumination to the following spaces during times when the level of lighting
would be inappropriate for the use:
A
theatre, cinema or the like, when performances are in progress, with the exception of aisle lighting required (a)
by Part I1 .
A
museum, gallery or the like, where sensitive displays require low lighting levels. (b)
A
discotheque, nightclub or the like, where to create an ambience and character for the space, low lighting levels (c)
are used.
NSW F6D6
SA F6D6
F6D6 Ventilation of rooms
[2019: F4.5]
A habitable room , office, shop, factory, workroom, sanitary compartment , bathroom, shower room, laundry and any other
room occupied by a person for any purpose must have—
natural ventilation complying with F6D7 ; or (a)
a mechanical ventilation or air-conditioning system complying with
AS 1668.2 and AS/NZS 3666.1. (b)
F6D7 Natural ventilation
[2019: F4.6]
(1) Natural ventilation provided in accordance with F6D6(a) must consist of openings, windows , doors or other devices
which can be opened—
with a ventilating area not less than 5% of the floor area of the room required to be ventilated; and (a)
open to— (b)
a suitably sized court, or space open to the sky; or (i)
an open verandah, carport, or the like; or (ii)
an adjoining room in accordance with F6D8 . (iii)
(2) The requirements of (1)(a) do not apply to a Class 8 electricity network substation .
F6D8 Ventilation borrowed from adjoining room
[2019: F4.7]
Natural ventilation to a room may come through a window , opening, door or other device from an adjoining room (including
an enclosed verandah) if both rooms are within the same sole-occupancy unit or the enclosed verandah is common
property, and—
in a Class 2 building, a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3 building or Class 4 part of a building— (a)
the room to be ventilated is not a sanitary compartment ; and (i)
the window , opening, door or other device has a ventilating area of not less than 5% of the floor area of the (ii)
room to be ventilated; and
the adjoining room has a window , opening, door or other device with a ventilating area of not less than 5% (iii)
of the combined floor areas of both rooms; and
in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 (except a Class 8 electricity network substation ) or 9 building— (b)
the window , opening, door or other device has a ventilating area of not less than 10% of the floor area of (i)
the room to be ventilated, measured not more than 3.6 m above the floor; and
the adjoining room has a window , opening, door or other device with a ventilating area of not less than 10% (ii)
of the combined floor areas of both rooms; andF6D5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 338the ventilating areas specified in (a) and (b) may be reduced as appropriate if direct natural ventilation is provided (c)
from another source.
F6D9 Restriction on location of sanitary compartments
[2019: F4.8]
A sanitary compartment must not open directly into—
a kitchen or pantry; or (a)
a public dining room or restaurant; or (b)
a dormitory in a Class 3 building; or (c)
a room used for public assembly (which is not an early childhood centre , primary school or open spectator stand ); (d)
or
a workplace normally occupied by more than one person. (e)
F6D10 Airlocks
[2019: F4.9]
If a sanitary compartment is prohibited under F6D9 from opening directly to another room—
in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building— (a)
access must be by an airlock, hallway or other room; or (i)
the sanitary compartment must be provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation; and (ii)
in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building (which is not an early childhood centre , primary school or open spectator (b)
stand )—
access must be by an airlock, hallway or other room with a floor area of not less than 1.1 m2 and fitted with (i)
self-closing doors at all access doorways; or
the sanitary compartment must be provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation and the doorway to the (ii)
room adequately screened from view.
F6D11 Carparks
[2019: F4.11]
Every storey of a carpark , except an open-deck carpark , must have—
a system of mechanical ventilation complying with AS 1668.2; or (a)
a system of natural ventilation complying with
Section 4
of AS 1668.4. (b)F6D12 Kitchen local exhaust ventilation
[2019: F4.12]
A commercial kitchen must be provided with a kitchen exhaust hood complying with AS 1668.1 and AS 1668.2 where—
any cooking apparatus has— (a)
a total maximum electrical power input exceeding 8 kW; or (i)
a total gas power input exceeding 29 MJ/hour; or (ii)
the total maximum power input to more than one apparatus exceeds, per m2 of floor area of the room or (b)
enclosure—
0.5 kW electrical power; or (i)
1.8 MJ/hour gas. (ii)F6D8
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 339
NT Part F7
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the likelihood of illness or loss of amenity as result of undue noise transmission between
different parts of a building or adjoining buildings. This Part contains minimum requirements for sound insulation for walls,
floors and penetrations through walls and floors for services such as pipework.
F7O1 Objective
[FO5]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants from illness or loss of amenity as a result of undue sound being
transmitted—
between adjoining sole-occupancy units ; and (a)
from common spaces to sole-occupancy units ; and (b)
from parts of different classifications to sole-occupancy units . (c)
Applications
F7O1 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 9c building.
F7F1 Sound transmission and insulation
[2019: FF5.1]
A part of a building that separates—
sole-occupancy units ; or (a)
a sole-occupancy unit from a part of another classification in the building; or (b)
a sole-occupancy unit from a common space, (c)
is to be constructed to prevent undue sound transmission.
Applications
F7F1 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 9c building.
F7P1 Sound transmission through floors
[2019: FP5.1]
A floor separating sole-occupancy units or a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft , stairway, public corridor , Part F7 Sound transmission and insulation
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 340public lobby, or the like, or parts of a different classification, must minimise the transmission of airborne and impact
generated sound such that the separating floor, including the effect of services and their penetrations, has—
a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45 for airborne (a)
sound; and
a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 for impact generated sound. (b)
Applications
F7P1 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building.
F7P2 Sound transmission through walls
[2019: FP5.2]
A wall, including services and their penetrations, must minimise the transmission of sound such that—
for airborne sound— (a)
a wall separating sole-occupancy units has a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum (i)
adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45; and
a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft , stairway, public corridor , public lobby, (ii)
or the like, or parts of a dif
ferent classification, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less
than 45; and
any door assembly located in a wall that separates a sole-occupancy unit from a stairway, public corridor , (iii)
public lobby
, or the like, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 25; and
for impact generated sound, a wall must have suf
ficient sound insulation to prevent illness or loss of amenity to (b)
the occupants if the wall separates—
a bathroom, sanitary compartment , laundry or kitchen in one sole-occupancy unit from a habitable room (i)
(other than a kitchen) in an adjoining sole-occupancy unit ; or
a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room or lift shaft . (ii)
Applications
F7P2 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building.
F7P3 Sound transmission through floors in a residential care building
[2019: FP5.4]
A floor separating sole-occupancy units must minimise the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound such
that the separating floor, including the effect of services and their penetrations, has—
a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 40 for airborne sound; and (a)
a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 for impact generated sound. (b)
Applications
F7P3 only applies to a Class 9c building.
F7P4 Sound transmission through walls in a residential care building
[2019: FP5.5]
(1) A wall separating sole-occupancy units , or a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment
(not being an associated ensuite), laundry, plant room or utilities room, including the effect of services and their
penetrations, must minimise the transmission of—
airborne sound such that the wall has a weighted standardised level dif
ference (DnT,w) not less than 40; and (a)F7P1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 341impact generated sound, if the wall separates a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen or laundry. (b)
(2) Sound insulation required by (1) must be sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
Applications
F7P4 only applies to a Class 9c building.
F7V1 Sound transmission through floors [F7P1]
[2019: FV5.1]
Compliance with F7P1 to avoid the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound through floors is verified when
it is measured in-situ that the separating floor has—
airborne: a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45 (a)
when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; and
impact: a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 when determined under (b)
AS ISO 717.2.
F7V2 Sound transmission through walls [F7P2 (a)]
[2019: FV5.2]
Compliance with F7P2(a) to avoid the transmission of airborne sound through walls is verified when it is measured in-situ
that—
a wall separating sole-occupancy units has a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation (a)
term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; or
a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft , stairway, public corridor , public lobby, or the (b)
like, or parts of a different classification, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 45
when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; or
any door assembly located in a wall that separates a sole-occupancy unit from a stairway, public corridor , public (c)
lobby, or the like, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 25 when determined under
AS/NZS ISO 717.1.
F7V3 Sound transmission through floors [F7P3]
[2019: FV5.3]
Compliance with F7P3 to avoid the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound through floors is verified when
it is measured in-situ that the separating floor has—
airborne: a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 40 when determined under AS/NZS ISO (a)
717.1; and
impact: a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 when determined under (b)
AS ISO 717.2.
F7V4 Sound transmission through walls [F7P4(1 )(a) and (2)]
[2019: FV5.4]
Compliance with F7P4(1)(a) and (2) to avoid the transmission of airborne sound through walls is verified when it is
measured in-situ that—
a wall separating sole-occupancy units has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 40 (a)
when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; or Verification MethodsF7P4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 342a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment (not being an associated (b)
ensuite), laundry
, plant room or utilities room has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than
40 when determined under
AS/NZS ISO 717.1.
F7D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: F5.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F7P1 to F7P4 are satisfied by
complying with F7D2 to F7D8 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
F7D2 Application of Part
[2019: F5.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 9c buildings.
F7D3 Determination of airborne sound insulation ratings
[2019: F5.2]
A form of construction required to have an airborne sound insulation rating must—
have the required value for weighted sound reduction index (Rw) or weighted sound reduction index with (a)
spectrum adaptation term (Rw + Ctr) determined in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 717.1 using results from
laboratory measurements; or
comply with Specification 28 . (b)
F7D4 Determination of impact sound insulation ratings
[2019: F5.3]
(1) A floor in a building required to have an impact sound insulation rating must—
have the required value for weighted normalised impact sound pressure level (Ln,w) determined in accordance (a)
with
AS ISO 717.2 using results from laboratory measurements; or
comply with Specification 28 . (b)
(2) A
wall in a building required to have an impact sound insulation rating must—
for a Class 2 or 3 building be of discontinuous construction and (a)
for a Class 9c building, must— (b)
for other than masonry
, be two or more separate leaves without rigid mechanical connection except at the (i)
periphery; or
be identical with a prototype that is no less resistant to the transmission of impact sound when tested in (ii)
accordance with Specification 29 than a wall listed in S28C4 to S28C7 .
(3) For the purposes of this Part, discontinuous construction means a wall having a minimum 20 mm cavity between 2
separate leaves, and—
for masonry
, where wall ties are required to connect leaves, the ties are of the resilient type; and (a)
for other than masonry
, there is no mechanical linkage between leaves except at the periphery. (b)Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF7V4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 343 F7D5 Sound insulation rating of floors
[2019: F5.4]
(1) A floor in a Class 2 or 3 building must have an Rw + Ctr (airborne) not less than 50 and an Ln,w (impact) not more than
62 if it separates—
sole-occupancy units ; or (a)
a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft , stairway, public corridor , public lobby or the like, or parts of a (b)
dif
ferent classification.
(2) A
floor in a Class 9c building separating sole-occupancy units must have an Rw not less than 45.
F7D6 Sound insulation rating of walls
[2019: F5.5]
(1) A wall in a Class 2 or 3 building must—
have an Rw + Ctr (airborne) not less than 50, if it separates sole-occupancy units ; and (a)
have an Rw (airborne) not less than 50, if it separates a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft , stairway, (b)
public corridor , public lobby or the like, or parts of a different classification; and
comply with F7D4(2) if it separates— (c)
a bathroom, sanitary compartment , laundry or kitchen in one sole-occupancy unit from a habitable room (i)
(other than a kitchen) in an adjoining unit; or
a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room or lift shaft . (ii)
(2) A
door may be incorporated in a wall in a Class 2 or 3 building that separates a sole-occupancy unit from a stairway,
public corridor , public lobby or the like, provided the door assembly has an Rw not less than 30.
(3) A
wall in a Class 9c building must have an Rw not less than 45 if it separates—
sole-occupancy units ; or (a)
a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment (not being an associated ensuite), laundry, (b)
plant room or utilities room.
(4) In addition to (3), a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 9c building from a kitchen or laundry must comply
with F7D4(2) .
(5) Where a wall required to have sound insulation has a floor above, the wall must continue to—
the underside of the floor above; or (a)
a ceiling that provides the sound insulation required for the wall. (b)
(6) Where a wall required to have sound insulation has a roof above, the wall must continue to—
the underside of the roof above; or (a)
a ceiling that provides the sound insulation required for the wall. (b)
F7D7 Sound insulation rating of internal services
[2019: F5.6]
(1) If a duct or soil, waste or water supply pipe, including a duct or pipe that is located in a wall or floor cavity, serves or
passes through more than one sole-occupancy unit , the duct or pipe must be separated from the rooms of any sole-
occupancy unit by construction with an Rw + Ctr (airborne) not less than—
40 if the adjacent room is a habitable room (other than a kitchen); or (a)
25 if the adjacent room is a kitchen or non- habitable room . (b)
(2) If a stormwater pipe passes through a sole-occupancy unit , it must be separated in accordance with (1)(a) and (b).F7D5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 344 F7D8 Sound isolation of pumps
[2019: F5.7]
A flexible coupling must be used at the point of connection between the service pipes in a building and any circulating or
other pump.F7D8
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 345
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the risk of illness or loss of amenity due to the occurrence of condensation inside a building.
It does this by requiring features that enable moisture-laden air to be removed from inside the building and the building
structure.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Part F6 of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Part
F8 of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Part F8 of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
F8O1 Objective
[2019: FO6]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants from illness or loss of amenity as a result of excessive internal
moisture.
Applications
F8O1 only applies to a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
F8F1 Condensation
[2019: FF6.1]
A building is to be constructed to avoid the likelihood of excessive internal moisture accumulating within the building
structure.
Applications
F8F1 only applies to a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
TAS F8P1
F8P1 Condensation and water vapour management
[2019: FP6.1]
Risks associated with water vapour and condensation must be managed to minimise their impact on the health of
occupants.
Part F8 Condensation management
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 346Applications
F8P1 only applies to a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
F8V1 Condensation management
[2019: FV6]
(1) Compliance with Performance Requirement F8P1 is verified for a roof or external wall assembly when it is determined
that a mould index of greater than 3, as defined by
Section 6
of AIRAH DA07, does not occur on—the interior surface of the water control layer ; or (a)
the surfaces of building fabric components interior to the water control layer . (b)
(2) The calculation method for (1) must use—
input assumptions in accordance with AIRAH DA07; and (a)
the intermediate method for calculating indoor design humidity in
Section 4
.3.2 of AIRAH DA07. (b)F8D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: F6.0]
(1) Compliance with Performance Requirement F8P1 is satisfied by complying with Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions F8D2
to F8D5 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
Explanatory Information
The intent of these requirements is to assist in the mitigation of condensation within a building. The implementation of
a condensation management strategy may not prevent condensation from occurring.
F8D2 Application of Part
[2019: F6.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part only apply to a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part
of a building.
F8D3 External wall construction
[2019: F6.2]
(1) Where a pliable building membrane is installed in an external wall , it must—
comply with AS 4200.1; and (a)
be installed in accordance with AS 4200.2; and (b)
be located on the exterior side of the primary insulation layer of wall assemblies that form the external envelope (c)
of a building.
(2) Where a pliable building membrane , sarking-type material or insulation layer is installed on the exterior side of the
primary insulation layer of an external wall it must have a vapour permeance of not less than— Verification Methods
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsF8P1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 347in climate zones 4 and 5, 0.143 µg/N.s; and (a)
in climate zones 6, 7 and 8, 1.14 µg/N.s. (b)
(3) Except for single skin masonry and single skin concrete, where a pliable building membrane is not installed in an
external wall , the primary water control layer must be separated from water sensitive materials by a drained cavity.
Explanatory Information
F8D3(2) requires some wall materials on the external side of the primary insulation layer to have a minimum level of
vapour permeance . Vapour permeance is measured in µg/N.s (micrograms per newton-second).
Class 3 and 4 vapour control membranes (as defined by clause 5.3.4 of AS 4200.1) meet the vapour permeance
requirements of F8D3(2)(a), while Class 4 vapour control membranes meet the vapour permeance requirements of
F8D3(2)(b).
Open-cell insulation, such as mineral wool or fibreglass, typically has a high vapour permeance , while closed-cell
insulation such as polystyrene typically has a low vapour permeance . Many foil-faced insulation products have a low
vapour permeance .
F8D4 Exhaust systems
[2019: F6.3]
(1) An exhaust system installed in a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment or laundry must have a minimum flow rate
of—
25 L/s for a bathroom or sanitary compartment ; and (a)
40 L/s for a kitchen or laundry
. (b)
(2) Exhaust from a kitchen, kitchen range hood, bathroom, sanitary compartment or laundry must discharge directly or
via a shaft or duct to outdoor air .
(3) Where space for a clothes drying appliance is provided in accordance with F4D2(1)(b) , space must also be provided
for ducting from the clothes drying appliance to outdoor air .
(4) (3) does not apply if a condensing-type clothes drying appliance is installed.
(5) An exhaust system that is not run continuously and is serving a bathroom or sanitary compartment that is not ventilated
in accordance with F6D7 must—
be interlocked with the room’
s light switch; and (a)
include a run-on timer so that the exhaust system continues to operate for 10 minutes after the light switch is (b)
turned of
f.
(6) Except for rooms that are ventilated in accordance with F6D7 , a room with space for ducting a clothes drying appliance
to outdoor air in accordance with (3) must be provided with make-up air in accordance with AS 1668.2
Explanatory Information
A range hood installed in a kitchen must comply with F8D4(2).
Part F6 includes other ventilation requirements which must be met, including a requirement for make-up air to be
provided to mechanically ventilated rooms in accordance with AS 1668.2.
F8D5 Ventilation of roof spaces
[2019: F6.4]
(1) In climate zones 6, 7 and 8, a roof must have a roof space that—
is located— (a)
immediately above the primary insulation layer ; or (i)
immediately above sarking with a vapour permeance of not less than 1.14 μg/N.s, which is immediately (ii)
above the primary insulation layer ; orF8D3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 348immediately above ceiling insulation which meets the requirements of J3D7(3) and J3D7(4) ; and (iii)
has a height of not less than 20 mm; and (b)
is either— (c)
ventilated to outdoor air through evenly distributed openings in accordance with Table F8D5 ; or (i)
located immediately underneath roof tiles of an unsarked tiled roof. (ii)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a—
concrete roof; or (a)
roof that is made of structural insulated panels; or (b)
roof that is subject to Bushfire Attack Level FZ requirements in accordance with AS 3959. (c)
Table F8D5: Roof space ventilation requirements
Table Notes
Ventilation openings are specified as a minimum free open area per metre length of the longest horizontal dimension (1)
of the roof.
For the purposes of this table, high level openings are openings provided at the ridge or not more than 900 mm (2)
below the ridge or highest point of the roof space, measured vertically.Roof pitch Ventilation openings
<10° 25,000 mm2/m provided at each of two opposing ends
≥10° and <15° 25,000 mm2/m provided at the eaves and 5,000 mm2/m at
high level
≥15° and <75° 7,000 mm2/m provided at the eaves and 5,000 mm2/m at
high level, plus an additional 18,000 mm2/m at the eaves
if the roof has a cathedral ceilingF8D5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 349
S26C1 Scope
[2019: Table F1.7]
This Specification sets out requirements for building elements in wet areas that are required to be—
water resistant ; or (a)
waterproof . (b)
S26C2 Application
[2019: Table F1.7]
(1) The requirements of this Specification apply to—
shower areas (enclosed and unenclosed); and (a)
areas outside a shower area ; and (b)
areas adjacent to baths and spas; and (c)
other areas as set out in clause S26C6 . (d)
(2) Where a shower is above a bath or spa, use requirements for a shower.
S26C3 Shower area (enclosed and unenclosed )
[2019: Table F1.7]
(1) For a shower area with a hob, step-down or level threshold, the following applies:
The floor of the shower area must be waterproof , including any hob or step-down; and (a)
The walls of the shower area must be waterproof not less than 1800 mm above the floor substrate. (b)
Wall junctions and joints within the shower area must be waterproof . (c)
Wall/floor junctions within the shower area must be waterproof . (d)
Penetrations within the shower area must be waterproof . (e)
(2) A shower with a preformed shower base must also comply with the requirements of (1), except for (a) which is not
applicable.
S26C4 Area outside shower area
[2019: Table F1.7]
(1) For concrete, compressed fibre-cement and fibre-cement sheet flooring, the floor of the room must be water resistant .
(2) For timber floors including particleboard, plywood and other timber based flooring materials, the floor of the room
must be waterproof .
(3) Wall/floor junctions must be waterproof .
S26C5 Areas adjacent to baths and spas without showers
[2019: Table F1.7]
(1) For areas adjacent to a bath and spa, the following applies:
For concrete, compressed fibre-cement and fibre-cement sheet flooring, the floor of the room must be water (a)Specification 26Waterproofing and water -resistance requirements for
building elements in wet areas
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 350resistant .
For timber floors including particleboard, plywood and other timber based flooring materials, the floor of the room (b)
must be waterproof .
Tap and spout penetrations must be waterproof where they occur in horizontal surfaces. (c)
(2) For areas adjacent to a non-freestanding bath and spa, the following applies:
Walls must be water resistant — (a)
to a height of not less than 150 mm above the vessel , for the extent of the vessel , where the vessel is within (i)
75 mm of a wall; and
at all exposed surfaces below vessel lip. (ii)
Wall junctions and joints must be water resistant within 150 mm above a vessel for the extent of the vessel . (b)
Wall/floor junctions must be waterproof for the extent of the vessel . (c)
(3) For inserted baths and spas, the following applies:
For floors and horizontal surfaces: (a)
Any shelf area adjoining the bath or spa must be waterproof and include a waterstop under the vessel lip. (i)
There are no requirements for the floor under a bath or spa. (ii)
For walls: (b)
Waterproof to not less than 150 mm above the lip of a bath or spa. (i)
There are no requirements for walls beneath the lip of a bath or spa. (ii)
For wall junctions and joints: (c)
Waterproof junctions within 150 mm of a bath or spa. (i)
There are no requirements for junctions and joints in walls beneath the lip of a bath or spa. (ii)
Tap and spout penetrations must be waterproof where they occur in horizontal surfaces. (d)
S26C6 Other areas
[2019: Table F1.7]
(1) For walls adjoining other types of vessels (e.g. sink, basin or laundry tub), the following applies:
Walls must be water resistant to a height of not less than 150 mm above the vessel , for the extent of the vessel , (a)
where the vessel is within 75 mm of a wall.
Waterproof wall junctions where a vessel is fixed to a wall. (b)
Waterproof tap and spout penetrations where they occur in surfaces required to be waterproof or water resistant . (c)
(2) For laundries and WCs, other than WCs as described in (3), the following applies:
Water resistant floor of the room. (a)
Water resistant wall/floor junctions. (b)
Waterproof penetrations where they occur in surfaces required to be waterproof . (c)
(3) For WCs with a handheld bidet spray installation, the following applies:
Waterproof floor of the room. (a)
Walls must be— (b)
waterproof within a 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray device to a height (i)
of not less than 150 mm above the floor substrate; and
water resistant within a 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray device to a (ii)
height of not less than 1200 mm above the finished floor level of the WC.
Waterproof wall junctions within the WC area within 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld (c)
bidet spray device.
Waterproof wall/floor junctions within the WC area within 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the (d)
handheld bidet spray device. S26C5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 351Waterproof penetrations in WC area. (e)
(4) For bathrooms and laundries required to be provided with a floor waste by F2D4 , the following applies:
Waterproof floor of the room. (a)
Waterproof wall/floor junctions. (b)
Waterproof penetrations where they occur through the floor. (c)S26C6
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 352 S27C1 Scope
[2019: Spec F2.9: 1]
This Specification contains the requirements for accessible adult change facilities.
S27C2 General requirements
[2019: Spec F2.9: 2]
(1) Each accessible adult change facility must—
be constructed so that all required equipment and fixtures are contained within the same room; and (a)
if it is a unisex facility
, be located such that it can be entered without crossing an area reserved for one sex only. (b)
(2) In each accessible adult change facility, the following must be provided:
A
hoist complying with S27C3 . (a)
A
toilet pan, seat, backrest and grabrails complying with S27C4 . (b)
A
washbasin and tap complying with S27C5 . (c)
Fixtures and fittings as specified in S27C6 . (d)
A
change table complying with S27C7 . (e)
Changing rails complying with S27C8 . (f)
An automated sliding entrance door complying with S27C9 . (g)
Signage complying with S27C10 . (h)
Operating instructions for the hoist and change table in accordance with S27C11 . (i)
Circulation spaces complying with Figures S27C2a , S27C2b and S27C2c . (j)
(3) The floor surface must have a slip resistance classification of not less than R10 or P3 when tested in accordance
with AS
4586.
(4) For the purposes of Figures S27C2a , S27C2b and S27C2c , the following applies:
The Roman numerals shown in Figures S27C2a , S27C2b and S27C2c indicate the following required circulation (a)
spaces:
T
urning space: a full circle of 1125 mm radius. (i)
Each side of the pan: 900 mm (measured from each edge of the pan). (ii)
In front of the pan: 2350 mm (measured from the wall behind the pan, and therefore includes the pan itself). (iii)
For a washbasin: the width of the basin (450 mm) increasing to a width of 1350 mm measured at a distance (iv)
of 750 mm out from the wall against which the washbasin is mounted then continuing at that width for a
further 800 mm (to a total of 1550 mm out from the wall).
For changing rails: the width of the rails increasing to a width of 1350 mm at a distance of 750 mm out from (v)
the wall to which the rails are fixed then continuing at that width for a further 800 mm (to a total of 1550 mm
out from the wall).
All required circulation spaces must extend for a minimum height of 2000 mm above finished floor level. (b)
Required circulation spaces may be overlapped. (c)Specification 27 Accessible adult change facilities
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 353 Figure S27C2a: Required circulation spaces — T urning space, each side of the pan and in front of the pan
Figure S27C2b: Required circulation spaces — T urning space and circulation space for a washbasin
(ii)
(i)900
mm900mm
1125mm
2350 mm(iii)
(iv)
450mm
750mm800
mm1350
mm
1125mm(i)S27C2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 354 Figure S27C2c: Required circulation spaces — T urning space and circulation space for changing rails
S27C3 Hoist
[2019: Spec F2.9: 3]
The hoist must—
provide a constant charge in-line room coverage hoist system (also known as an “XY” system or gantry) including (a)
2 parallel fixed rails and a moving traverse rail; and
provide coverage over the entire room; and (b)
have a maximum safe working load of not less than 180 kg; and (c)
be capable of sustaining a static load of not less than 1.5 times the rated load; and (d)
have a minimum lifting height of 2100 mm. (e)
S27C4 Toilet pan, seat, backrest and grabrails
[2019: Spec F2.9: 4]
(1) The toilet pan must be of the centrally located (“peninsula-type”) design.
(2) The toilet pan must be installed so that—
the front edge of the pan is 800 mm (±10 mm) from the rear wall; and (a)
the top of the seat is between 460 mm and 480 mm above finished floor level; and (b)
there is a minimum clearance of 900 mm, measured horizontally, between each side of the pan and any adjacent (c)
wall or privacy screen.
(3) The toilet seat must— (v)
Min
800 mm1350
mm
750
mm800
mm1125mmS27C2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 355be of the full-round type (not open-fronted) with minimal contours to the top surface; and (a)
be securely fixed in position when in use; and (b)
have seat fixings that provide lateral stability to the seat when the seat is in use; and (c)
be load-rated to 150 kg; and (d)
have a minimum luminance contrast of 30% against the pan, wall or floor; and (e)
remain in the fully upright position when raised. (f)
(4) A hand-operated flushing control must—
be located on the centreline of the toilet, at a height above finished floor level of— (a)
not less than 600 mm; and (i)
not more than 1100 mm; and (ii)
not be located within the area required for any grabrails or backrest; and (b)
have the button mounted so that it is proud of the wall surface, and activates the flushing operation before the (c)
button becomes level with the surrounding surface.
(5) An automatically activated flushing system need not comply with the requirements of (4).
(6) The backrest must—
be capable of withstanding a force, in any direction, of not less than 1100 N; and (a)
have a minimum height, between the lower edge of the backrest and the top of the seat, of between 120 mm (b)
and 150 mm; and
have a vertical height, between the upper and lower edges of the backrest, of between 150 mm and 200 mm; (c)
and
have a width of between 350 mm and 400 mm; and (d)
be positioned such that the face of the backrest achieves an angle of between 95° and 100° back from the seat, (e)
when the seat is in use.
(7) Grabrails must be installed adjacent to each side of the pan and must be—
of the drop-down type; and (a)
located such that— (b)
the top of each rail is between 800 mm and 810 mm above finished floor level; and (i)
the rails are between 750 mm and 770 mm apart, measured centre-to-centre, and equidistant to the (ii)
centreline of the pan; and
at least 850 mm long; and (c)
with a diameter of between 30 mm and 40 mm; and (d)
securely fixed to withstand a force, in any direction, of not less than 1100 N; and (e)
provided with a toilet paper dispenser on one side; and (f)
capable of being lifted up or swung away when not in use, so as to allow unimpeded access to the toilet pan. (g)
S27C5 Washbasin and tap
[2019: Spec F2.9: 5]
(1) The washbasin must be installed so that the rim of the basin is between 800 mm and 830 mm above finished floor
level.
(2) Exposed heated water supply pipes must be insulated or located so as not to pose a hazard.
(3) Water supply or sanitary drainage pipes must not encroach on the space under the basin.
(4) The washbasin must have an integrated shelf not less than 300 mm long.
(5) Water taps must have a single lever flick-mixer handle or a sensor plate or the like.
(6) Where lever handles are provided, they must be installed with a clear space of not less than 50 mm between the tap
and any adjacent surface. S27C4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 356(7) Heated water must be provided and temperature controlled in accordance with Part B2 of NCC Volume Three.
S27C6 Fixtures and fittings
[2019: Spec F2.9: 6]
(1) A vertical mirror must be provided at the washbasin, with a reflective surface that—
is not less than 600 mm wide; and (a)
has its bottom edge not more than 900 mm above finished floor level; and (b)
has its top edge not less than 1850 mm above finished floor level. (c)
(2) If a second vertical mirror is provided in the facility
, it must have a reflective surface that—
is not less than 600 mm wide; and (a)
has its bottom edge not less than 600 mm above finished floor level; and (b)
has its top edge not less than 1850 mm above finished floor level. (c)
(3) T
owel dispensers, hand dryers, soap dispensers and the like must be operable using one hand, and must be installed
with their output or operative components—
between 900 mm and 1
100 mm above finished floor level; and (a)
not less than 500 mm from any internal corner
. (b)
(4) A
soap dispenser must be installed above the integrated shelf required by S27C5(4) .
(5) A
clothing hook must be installed so that it is located—
at a height of between 1200 mm and 1350 mm above finished floor level; and (a)
adjacent to the washbasin; and (b)
not less than 500 mm from any internal corner
. (c)
(6) A
sling hook with a minimum projection of 50 mm from the wall must be installed beside the change table at a height
of 1500 mm above finished floor level.
(7) Disposal bins must be provided as follows:
A
sanitary disposal bin in the corner adjacent to the toilet pan. (a)
An incontinence pad disposal bin in the corner adjacent to the change table. (b)
Explanatory Information
The purpose of the sling hook is to store the sling when it is not in use.
S27C7 Change table
[2019: Spec F2.9: 7]
(1) The change table must be—
permanently installed, with one of the long edges up against a wall and with a retractable safety rail on the (a)
opposite side; and
motorised for the purposes of height adjustment; and (b)
height adjustable between 450 mm and 900 mm above finished floor level; and (c)
not less than 700 mm wide; and (d)
not less than 1800 mm long. (e)
(2) The change table must have a maximum safe working load of not less than 180 kg, including when raising or lowering
the table.
(3) The change table must not encroach on any required circulation space.
(4) A
dispenser for sanitary wipes must be provided.S27C5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 357(5) A shelf not less than 400 mm long and 150 mm wide must be provided.
S27C8 Changing rails
[2019: Spec F2.9: 8]
Changing rails must be installed as two horizontal and parallel rails fixed to a wall, not less than 800 mm long, each with
a diameter between 30 mm and 40 mm, and—
the lower rail must be installed between 800 mm and 810 mm above finished floor level; and (a)
the upper rail must be installed between 1000 mm and 1010 mm above finished floor level; and (b)
the rails must be able to withstand a force of not less than 1100 N in any direction. (c)
S27C9 Door and door controls
[2019: Spec F2.9: 9]
The entrance door and associated door controls must be automated and must comply with the following:
The threshold must incorporate a smooth transition without a step or lip. (a)
The minimum clear opening width must be— (b)
1100 mm in locations where beach wheelchairs are likely to be used; or (i)
950 mm in all other locations. (ii)
The doorway must achieve a luminance contrast of at least 30% between— (c)
door leaf and door jamb; or (i)
door leaf and adjacent wall; or (ii)
architraves (where used) and adjacent wall; or (iii)
door leaf and architrave (where used); or (iv)
door jamb and adjacent wall. (v)
The operation of the door must be calibrated such that— (d)
it has a gentle opening and closing movement; and (i)
there is sufficient dwell time for a user to safely travel through the doorway. (ii)
The door must be fitted with a fail-safe opening mechanism that opens the door if an obstruction is detected (e)
during its closing movement.
Door controls must be located internally and externally— (f)
between 900 mm and 1200 mm above finished floor level; and (i)
not less than 500 mm from any internal corner. (ii)
Door control buttons must— (g)
have a minimum diameter of 25 mm; and (i)
be proud of the surrounding surface; and (ii)
activate the door operation before the button becomes level with the surrounding surface; and (iii)
be of a contrasting colour to the surrounding plate. (iv)
The surrounding plates of both internal and external door controls must include the words “Push to Open”. (h)
The following indicator lights must be provided: (i)
“Occupied” and “Vacant” on the external plate. (i)
“Locked” and “Unlocked” on the internal plate. (ii)
Braille and tactile signage complying with Specification 15 must identify the door controls. (j)S27C7
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 358 S27C10 Signage
[2019: Spec F2.9: 10]
(1) External signage must incorporate—
the symbol shown in Figure S27C10 ; and (a)
the words “Accessible Adult Change Facility”. (b)
(2) The symbol required by (1)(a) must have a blue (B21, ultramarine) background with the hoist and table elements
shown in white.
(3) Signage must be braille and tactile signage complying with Specification 15 .
Figure S27C10: Accessible adult change facility symbol
S27C11 Operating instructions
[2019: Spec F2.9: 11]
Signage provided within the facility must include the following information for the hoist and change table:
Operating instructions. (a)
Safe working load limits. (b)S27C10
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 359
NT S28C1
S28C1 Scope
[2019: Spec F5.2: 1(a) ]
This Specification lists the weighted sound reduction index RW for some common forms of construction.
NT S28C2
S28C2 Discontinuous construction
[2019: Spec F5.2: 1(b) ]
Wall systems listed in S28C4 to S28C7 having a minimum 20 mm cavity between 2 separate leaves are deemed to be
discontinuous construction if—
for masonry, where wall ties are required to connect leaves, the ties are of the resilient type; and (a)
for other than masonry, there is no mechanical linkage between leaves except at the periphery. (b)
NT S28C3
S28C3 Construction Deemed -to-Satisfy
[2019: Spec F5.2: 2]
(1) The forms of wall construction described in S28C4 to S28C7 and floor construction described in S28C8 to S28C10 ,
are considered to have the Rw, Rw + Ctr and Ln,w stated in those clauses.
(2) The forms of construction referred to in (1) must be installed as follows:
Masonry units must be laid with all joints filled solid, including those between the masonry and any adjoining (a)
construction.
Joints between concrete slabs or panels and any adjoining construction must be filled solid. (b)
For sheeting materials— (c)
if one layer is required on both sides of a wall, it must be fastened to the studs with joints staggered on (i)
opposite sides; and
if two layers are required , the second layer must be fastened over the first layer so that the joints do not (ii)
coincide with those of the first layer; and
joints between sheets or between sheets and any adjoining construction must be taped and filled solid. (iii)
Timber or steel-framed construction — perimeter framing members must be securely fixed to the adjoining (d)
structure and—
bedded in resilient compound; or (i)
the joints must be caulked so that there are no voids between the framing members and the adjoining (ii)
structure.
Services must not be chased into concrete or masonry elements. (e)
A door or panel required to have a certain Rw + Ctr that provides access to a duct, pipe or other service must— (f)
not open into any habitable room (other than a kitchen); and (i)
be firmly fixed so as to overlap the frame or rebate of the frame by not less than 10 mm, be fitted with a (ii)
sealing gasket along all edges and be constructed of—
wood, particleboard or blockboard not less than 33 mm thick; or (A)
compressed fibre-reinforced cement sheeting not less than 9 mm thick; or (B)Specification 28 Sound insulation for building elements
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 360other suitable material with a mass per unit area not less than 24.4 kg/m2. (C)
A water supply pipe must— (g)
only be installed in the cavity of discontinuous construction; and (i)
in the case of a pipe that serves only one sole-occupancy unit , not be fixed to the wall leaf on the side (ii)
adjoining any other sole-occupancy unit and have a clearance not less than 10 mm to the other wall leaf.
Electrical outlets must be offset from each other— (h)
in masonry walling, not less than 100 mm; and (i)
in timber or steel-framed walling, not less than 300 mm. (ii)
S28C4 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — masonry
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for masonry walls are set out in (2) to (9).
(2) Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a cavity of not less than 50 mm between leaves; and (a)
50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 or 50 mm thick polyester insulation with a density (b)
of 20 kg/m3 in the cavity ,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4a .
(3) Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a cavity of not less than 50 mm between leaves; and (a)
13 mm cement render on each outside face, (b)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, when constructed as shown in Figure S28C4b .
(4) A single leaf of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs or 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the masonry (a)
wall; and
50 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (b)
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs and outside face of masonry, (c)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4c .
(5) A single leaf of 90 mm clay brick masonry with—
a row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs or 64 mm steels studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from each face (a)
of the masonry wall; and
50 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs in each row; (b)
and
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to studs on each outside face, (c)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4d .
(6) A single leaf of 150 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw of not less than 50 if
constructed as shown in Figure S28C4e .
(7) A single leaf of 220 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50
and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4f .
(8) 110 mm thick brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw of not less than 45 if constructed as
shown in Figure S28C4g .
(9) 110 mm thick concrete brickwork has an Rw of not less than 45 if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4h . S28C3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 361 Figure S28C4a: Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry (met hod 1)
Figure S28C4b: Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry (met hod 2)
Figure S28C4c: Single leaf of 110 mm clay brick masonry
S28C4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 362 Figure S28C4d: Single leaf of 90 mm clay brick masonry
Figure S28C4e: Single leaf of 150 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face
Figure S28C4f: Single leaf of 220 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face
Figure S28C4g: 110 mm thick brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face
S28C4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 363 Figure S28C4h: 110 mm thick concrete brickwork
S28C5 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for concrete walls are set out in (3) to (12).
(2) For the purposes of this clause, the term ‘concrete panel’
is a reference to a solid in-situ concrete panel or solid pre-
cast concrete panel.
(3) A
150 mm thick concrete panel has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as
shown in Figure S28C5a .
(4) A
150 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 10 mm plasterboard fixed to 28 mm metal furring channels on each
face, has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5b .
(5) A
200 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 13 mm plasterboard or 13 mm cement render on each face has an
Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5c .
(6) A
100 mm thick concrete panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 25 mm from the concrete panel; and (a)
80 mm thick polyester insulation or 50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 1
1 kg/m3, positioned (b)
between studs; and
two layers of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs and one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to (c)
outside face of concrete panel,
has an with an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure
S28C5d .
(7) A 125 mm thick concrete panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the concrete panel; and (a)
70 mm polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3, positioned between studs; and (b)
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to the outside face of the studs, (c)
has an with an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure
S28C5e .
(8) A 125 mm thick concrete panel has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5f .
(9) A
100 mm concrete panel with 13 mm cement render or one layer of 13 mm plasterboard on each face has an Rw of
not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5g .
(10) A
190 mm thick concrete blockwork has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5h .
(1
1)140 mm thick concrete blockwork, the face shell thickness of the blocks being not less than 44 mm and with—
50 mm x 50 mm timber battens spaced at not more than 610 mm centres screw-fixed on one face of the blocks (a)
into resilient plugs with rubber inserts between battens and the wall; and
the face of the battens clad with 13 mm plasterboard, (b)
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5i .
(12) A
concrete panel, 100 mm thick, has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5j .S28C4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 364 Figure S28C5a: 150 mm thick concrete panel
Figure S28C5b: 150 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 10 mm plasterboard fixed to 28 mm metal
furring channels on each face
Figure S28C5c: 200 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 13 mm plasterboard or 13 mm cement
render on each face
Figure S28C5d: 100 mm thick concrete panel with studs, insulation and plasterboard
S28C5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 365 Figure S28C5e: 125 mm thick concrete panel with studs, insulation and plasterboard
Figure S28C5f: 125 mm thick concrete panel
Figure S28C5g: 100 mm concrete panel with 13 mm cement render or one layer of 13 mm plasterboard on
each face
Figure S28C5h: 190 mm thick concrete blockwork
Figure S28C5i: 140 mm thick concrete blockwork with timber battens and 13 mm plasterboard
S28C5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 366 Figure S28C5j: 100 mm thick concrete panel
S28C6 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — autoclaved aerated concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for autoclaved aerated concrete walls are set out in (2) to (5).
(2) A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel; (a)
and
75 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (b)
one layer of 10 mm moisture resistant plasterboard or 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to outside (c)
face of studs and outside face of autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6a .
(3) A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 35 mm from the autoclaved aerated concrete panel wall; (a)
and
28 mm metal furring channels fixed to the outside face of the autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel, with 50 (b)
mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3 positioned between furring channels and one layer of 13
mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to furring channels; and
105 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 7 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (c)
one layer of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to the outside face of the studs, (d)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6b .
(4) Two leaves of 75 mm autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a cavity not less than 30 mm between panels containing 50 mm glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3; (a)
and
one layer of 10 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of each panel, (b)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6c .
(5) A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
one layer of 10 mm moisture resistant plasterboard on one face; and (a)
28 mm metal furring channels and resilient mounts, 75 mm polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3 and 13 (b)
mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to the other face,
has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6d . S28C5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 367 Figure S28C6a: 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (met hod 1)
Figure S28C6b: 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (met hod 2)
Figure S28C6c: Two leaves of 75 mm autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel
S28C6
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 368 Figure S28C6d: 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (met hod 3)
S28C7 Acceptable forms of construction for walls — timber and steel framing
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for timber and steel framing walls are set out in (2) to (11).
(2) Two rows of 70 x 35 mm timber studs at 450 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 20 mm between the rows of studs; and (a)
75 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a density of 8 kg/m³ or 60 mm thick polyester insulation with (b)
a density of 11 kg/m³ positioned between one row of studs; and
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard or one layer of 6 mm fibre-cement sheet and one layer (c)
of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed to outside face of studs,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7a .
(3) One row of 70 mm x 35 mm staggered timber studs, without noggings between adjacent studs, at not less than 450
mm centres, fixed to 90 mm x 35 mm wall plates with—
75 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a minimum density of 8 kg/m³ positioned between studs; and (a)
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs, (b)
has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7b .
(4) One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 600 mm centres with—
75 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a minimum density of 8 kg/m³ positioned between studs; and (a)
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs, (b)
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7c .
(5) One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 450 mm centres with—
28 mm furring channels installed horizontally on one side; and (a)
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective plasterboard fixed on each face, (b)
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7d .
(6) Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 20 mm between the rows of studs; and (a)
50 mm thick glass wool insulation or 60 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 11 kg/m³ positioned (b)
between one row of studs; and
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard or one layer of 6 mm fibre-cement sheet and one layer (c)
of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed to outside face of studs,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7e .
(7) Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 80 mm between the rows of studs; and (a)
200 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 14 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (b)S28C6
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 369one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard and one layer 13 mm plasterboard on one outside face (c)
and one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on the other outside face,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7f .
(8) One row of 92 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres with—
50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 or 60 mm thick polyester insulation with a density (a)
of 8 kg/m3, positioned between studs; and
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard or one layer of 6 mm fibre-cement sheet and one layer (b)
of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed to each face,
has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7g .
(9) One row of 64 mm steel studs with 2 layers of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to each face has an Rw
of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7h .
(10) One row of 64 mm steel studs with—
one layer of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to one face; and (a)
50 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between the studs; and (b)
two layers of fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to the other face, the inner layer being 16 mm thick and the (c)
outer layer being 13 mm,
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7i .
(11) One row of 64 mm steel studs with two layers of 13 mm plasterboard on each face has an Rw of not less than 45, if
constructed as shown in Figure S28C7j .
Figure S28C7a: Two rows of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs
Figure S28C7b: One row of 70 mm x 35 mm staggered timber studs without noggings between adjacent
studs
S28C7
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 370 Figure S28C7c: One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 600 mm centres
Figure S28C7d: One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 450 mm centres
Figure S28C7e: Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres (Method 1)
Figure S28C7f: Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres (Method 2)
Figure S28C7g: One row of 92 mm steel studs
Figure S28C7h: One row of 64 mm steel studs with 2 layers of 16 mm fire -pr otective grade plasterboard
S28C7
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 371 Figure S28C7i: One row of 64 mm steel studs
Figure S28C7j: One row of 64 mm steel studs with two layers of 13 mm plasterboard on each face
S28C8 Acceptable forms of construction for floors — concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 3]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for concrete floors are set out in (2) to (4).
(2) 150 mm thick concrete slab with—
28 mm metal furring channels and isolation mounts fixed to underside of slab, at 600 mm centres; and (a)
65 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 8 kg/m3, positioned between furring channels; and (b)
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to furring channels, (c)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,w of not more than 62 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown
in Figure S28C8a .
(3) 200 mm thick concrete slab with carpet on underlay has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,w of not more than 62
and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C8b .
(4) 100 mm thick concrete slab has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 45 and an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown
in Figure S28C8c .
Figure S28C8a: 150 mm thick concrete slab
Figure S28C8b: 200 mm thick concrete slab with carpet on underlay
S28C7
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 372 Figure S28C8c: 100 mm thick concrete slab
S28C9 Acceptable forms of construction for floors — autoclaved aerated concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 3]
(1) An acceptable form of construction for autoclaved aerated concrete floors is set out in (2).
(2) 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete floor panel with—
8 mm ceramic tiles with flexible adhesive and waterproof membrane , located above the slab; and (a)
timber joists at 600 mm centres; and (b)
R1.5 glass wool insulation positioned between timber joists; and (c)
28 mm metal furring channels and resilient mounts fixed to underside of joists; and (d)
two layers of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to furring channels, (e)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,w of not more than 62 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown
in Figure S28C9 .
Figure S28C9: 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete floor panel
S28C10 Acceptable forms of construction for floors — timber
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 3]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for timber floors are set out in (2) and (3).
(2) 19 mm thick particleboard floor sheeting with—
190 mm x 45 mm timber joists at 450 mm centres; and (a)
R2.5 glass or mineral wool insulation positioned between timber joists; and (b)
28 mm metal furring channels and isolation mounts fixed to underside of joists, isolation mounts to be of natural (c)
rubber with a dynamic factor of not more than 1.1 and static deflection of not less than 3 mm at actual operating
load; andS28C8
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 373two layers of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to furring channels, (d)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,w of not more than 62 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown
in Figure S28C10a .
(3) Timber flooring with minimum 8.5 kg/m² mass, over 19 mm thick particleboard floor sheeting with—
190 mm x 45 mm timber joists at not less than 450 mm centres; and (a)
R2.5 glass or mineral wool insulation positioned between timber joists; and (b)
28 mm metal furring channels fixed to underside of joists at 600 mm centres by clip or mount; and (c)
one layer of 13 mm acoustic grade plasterboard fixed to furring channels, (d)
has an Rw + C of not less than 45 and an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C10b .
Figure S28C10a: 19 mm thick particleboard floor sheeting
Figure S28C10b: Timber flooring with minimum 8.5kg/m² mass, over 19 mm thick particleboard floor
sheeting S28C10
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 374NT S29C1
S29C1 Scope
[2019: Spec F5.5: 1]
This Specification describes a method of test to determine the comparative resistance of walls to the transmission of
impact sound.
NT S29C2
S29C2 Construction to be tested
[2019: Spec F5.5: 2]
(1) The test is conducted on a specimen of prototype wall construction and on a specimen of one or other of the
constructions specified in S28C4 to S28C7 .
(2) The testing of a construction specified in S28C4 to S28C7 need not be repeated for subsequent comparisons provided
complete records of the results, the test equipment and the technique of testing are kept so that identical equipment
can be employed and an identical technique can be adopted in the testing of specimens of prototype wall construction.
NT S29C3
S29C3 Method
[2019: Spec F5.5: 3]
(1) The wall constructions to be compared must be tested in accordance with AS 1191.
(2) A
horizontal steel platform 510 mm x 460 mm x 10 mm thick must be placed with one long edge in continuous and
direct contact with the wall to be tested on the side of the wall on which the impact sound is to be generated.
(3) A
tapping machine complying with ISO 140/6 — 1998 (E) must be mounted centrally on the steel platform.
(4) The sound transmission through the wall must be determined in accordance with
AS 1191 except that the tapping
machine as mounted on the steel platform must be used as the source of sound.
(5) The impact sound pressure levels measured in the receiving room must be converted into normalised levels using a
reference equivalent absorption area of 10 m2.Specification 29 Impact sound – test of equivalence
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 375
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components
Objectives
G1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
G1F1 Swimming pool drainage
G1F2 Swimming pools — access by young children and safety of recir -
culation systems
G1F3 Accidental locking in small spaces
G1F4 Early childhood centres
Performance Requirements
G1P1 Swimming pool drainage
G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
G1P3 Cool rooms
G1P4 Vaults
G1P5 Outdoor play spaces in early childhood centres
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
G1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
G1D2 Swimming pools
G1D3 Refrigerated chambers, strong -rooms and vaults
G1D4 Outdoor play spaces
Part G2 Boilers, pressure vessels, heating appliances, fireplaces, chimneys and
flues
Objectives
G2O1 Objective
Functional Statements
G2F1 Combustion appliances
G2F2 Boilers and pressure vessels
Performance Requirements
G2P1 Combustion heating appliances
G2P2 Boilers and pressure vessels
Verification Methods
G2V1 Combustion appliances
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
G2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
G2D2 Installation of appliances
G2D3 Open fireplaces
G2D4 Incinerator rooms
Part G3 Atrium construction
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
G3D1 Application of Part
G3D2 Dimensions of atrium well
G3D3 Separation of atrium by bounding walls
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 376G3D4 Construction of bounding walls
G3D5 Construction at balconies
G3D6 Separation at roof
G3D7 Means of egress
G3D8 Fire and smoke control systems
Part G4 Construction in alpine areas
Objectives
G4O1 Objective
Functional Statements
G4F1 Construction in alpine areas
Performance Requirements
G4P1 External doorways
G4P2 Structures forming pathways in snow conditions
G4P3 Control of falling ice and snow
G4P4 Fire safety systems in alpine areas
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
G4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
G4D2 Application of Part
G4D3 External doors
G4D4 Emergency lighting
G4D5 External trafficable structures
G4D6 Clear space around buildings
G4D7 Fire-fighting services and equipment
G4D8 Fire orders
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
Objectives
G5O1 Objective
Functional Statements
G5F1 Construction in bushfire prone areas
Performance Requirements
G5P1 Bushfire resistance
G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
Verification Methods
G5V1 Buildings in bushfire prone areas
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
G5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
G5D2 Application of Part
G5D3 Protection — residential buildings
G5D4 Protection — certain Class 9 buildings
Part G6 Occupiable outdoor areas
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
G6D1 Application of Part
G6D2 Fire hazard properties
G6D3 Fire separation
G6D4 Provision for escape
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 377G6D5 Construction of exits
G6D6 Fire fighting equipment
G6D7 Lift installations
G6D8 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
G6D9 Light and ventilation
G6D10 Fire orders
Part G7 Livable housing design
Objectives
G7O1 Objective
Functional Statements
G7F1 Livable housing design
Performance Requirements
G7P1 Livable housing design
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
G7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
G7D2 Livable housing design
Specification 30 Installation of boilers and pressure vessels
S30C1 Scope
S30C2 Explosion relief
S30C3 Floors and drainage
S30C4 Protection from heat
Specification 31 Fire and smoke control systems in buildings containing atriums
S31C1 Scope
S31C2 General requirement — automatic fire sprinkler system
S31C3 Roof protection
S31C4 Atrium floor protection
S31C5 Sprinkler systems to glazed walls
S31C6 Stop valves
S31C7 General requirements — smoke control system
S31C8 Operation of atrium mechanical air -handling systems
S31C9 Activation of smoke control system
S31C10 Smoke exhaust system
S31C11 Upward air velocity
S31C12 Exhaust fans
S31C13 Smoke-and-heat vents
S31C14 Make-up air supply
S31C15 General requirements—fire detection and alarm system
S31C16 Smoke detection system
S31C17 Smoke detection in spaces separated from the atrium by bound -
ing walls
S31C18 Alarm systems
S31C19 Emergency warning and intercom systems
S31C20 Standby power system
S31C21 System for excluding smoke from fire -isolated exits
Specification 43 Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 378S43C1 Scope
S43C2 Separation from classified vegetation
S43C3 Separation between buildings
S43C4 Separation from allotment boundaries and carparking areas
S43C5 Separation from hazards
S43C6 Non-combustible path around building
S43C7 Access pathways
S43C8 Exposed external areas
S43C9 Internal tenability
S43C10 Building envelope
S43C11 Supply of water for fire -fighting purposes
S43C12 Emergency power supply
S43C13 Signage
S43C14 Vehicular access
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 379
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the likelihood of illness or injury due to the design or construction of certain minor structur es
and components including swimming pool fencing, drainage and recirculation systems, cool rooms and vaults, and outdoor
play spaces in early childhood centres .
G1O1 Objective
[2019: GO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard people from illness caused by the discharge of swimming pool waste water; and (a)
protect other property from damage caused by the discharge of swimming pool waste water; and (b)
safeguard young children from drowning or injury in a swimming pool ; and (c)
safeguard people from drowning or injury due to suction by a swimming pool water recirculation system; and (d)
safeguard occupants from illness or injury resulting from being accidentally locked inside spaces which are (e)
designed to be entered for short periods of time only and in which occupation for longer periods may be
hazardous; and
safeguard young children in outdoor play spaces. (f)
Applications
G1O1(d) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm. (1)
G1O1(f) only applies to a Class 9b early childhood centre . (2)
G1F1 Swimming pool drainage
[2019: GF1.1]
Adequate means for the disposal of swimming pool water and drainage is to be provided to a swimming pool .
G1F2 Swimming pools — access by young children and safety of recirculation
systems
[2019: GF1.2]
A swimming pool is to be provided with—
means of restricting access by young children to it; and (a)
means to reduce the possibility of a person being entrapped or injured due to suction by a water recirculation (b)
system.
Part G1 Minor structures and components
Objectives
Functional Statements
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 380Applications
G1F2(b) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
G1F3 Accidental locking in small spaces
[2019: GF1.3]
Any refrigerated or cooling chamber, strong-room and vault or the like that is capable of accommodating a person is to
have safety measures to facilitate escape and for alerting people outside such a space in the event of an emergency.
G1F4 Early childhood centres
[2019: GF1.4]
An outdoor play space is to be provided with a means of restricting the passage of children to outside of the play space.
Applications
G1F4 only applies to a Class 9b early childhood centre .
NT G1P1
G1P1 Swimming pool drainage
[2019: GP1.1]
A swimming pool must have adequate means of draining the pool in a manner which will not—
cause illness to people; or (a)
affect other property . (b)
NSW G1P2
NT G1P2
QLD G1P2 SA G1P2 TAS G1P2
VIC G1P2
G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: GP1.2]
(1) A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and (a)
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and (b)
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and (c)
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed (d)
to automatically close and latch.
(2) A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a
person.
Performance RequirementsG1F2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 381Applications
G1P2(2) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
G1P3 Cool rooms
[2019: GP1.3]
Any refrigerated or cooling chamber, or the like which is of sufficient size for a person to enter must—
have adequate means of communicating with or alerting other occupants in the building in the case of an (a)
emergency; and
have a door which is— (b)
of adequate dimensions to allow occupants to readily escape; and (i)
openable from inside without a key at all times. (ii)
G1P4 Vaults
[2019: GP1.4]
Any strong-room, vault or the like which is of sufficient size for a person to enter must—
have adequate means of communicating with or alerting other occupants in the building in the case of an (a)
emergency; and
have internal lighting controllable only from within the room; and (b)
have an external indicator that the room is occupied. (c)
G1P5 Outdoor play spaces in early childhood centres
[2019: GP1.5]
Fencing or other barriers must be provided around any outdoor play space, in which the design and height of the fencing
or other barriers, including the—
design of gates and fittings; and (a)
proximity of the barriers to any permanent structure on the property, (b)
must ensure that children cannot go through, over or under the fencing or other barriers.
Applications
G1P5 only applies to a Class 9b early childhood centre .
TAS G1P6
G1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: G1.0]
(1) Performance Requirement G1P1 must be complied with.
TAS G1D1(2)
(2) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements G1P2 to G1P5 are satisfied by
complying with G1D2 to G1D4 .
(3) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsG1P2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 382accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
Explanatory Information
There are no Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for G1P1 .
NSW G1D2
NT G1D2
QLD G1D2
SA G1D2
TAS G1D2
VIC G1D2
G1D2 Swimming pools
[2019: G1.1]
(1) A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or
Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool
surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2.
(2) A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS
1926.3.
Explanatory Information: Cross -v olume considerations
Part C2 of NCC Volume Three sets out the requirements for pumped discharge from swimming pools .
G1D3 Refrigerated chambers, strong -r ooms and vaults
[2019: G1.2]
(1) A refrigerated or cooling chamber, strongroom or vault that is of sufficient size for a person to enter must have—
a door which is capable of being opened by hand from inside without a key; and (a)
internal lighting controlled only by a switch which is located adjacent to the entrance doorway inside the chamber, (b)
strongroom or vault; and
an indicator lamp positioned outside the chamber, strongroom or vault which is illuminated when the interior (c)
lights required by (b) are switched on; and
an alarm that is— (d)
located outside but controllable only from within the chamber, strongroom or vault; and (i)
able to achieve a sound pressure level outside the chamber, strongroom or vault of 90 dB(A) when (ii)
measured 3 m from the sounding device.
(2) A door required by (1)(a) in a refrigerated or cooling chamber must have a doorway with a clear width of not less than
600 mm and a clear height not less than 1.5 m.
G1D4 Outdoor play spaces
[2019: G1.3]
(1) Any outdoor play space in a Class 9b early childhood centre must be enclosed on all sides with a barrier which—
where the edge of the trafficable surface of the outdoor play space is at the same level or less than 2 m above (a)
the surface beneath — complies with AS 1926.1; and
where the edge of the trafficable surface of the outdoor play space is 2 m or more above the surface beneath— (b)
is not less than 1.8 m high, as measured from above the trafficable surface; and (i)G1D1
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 383is non-climbable and does not contain horizontal or other elements that could facilitate climbing; and (ii)
does not have any openings or apertures through which a 100 mm or greater sphere could pass; and (iii)
is not within 1.8 m, as measured directly from the top of the barrier, of any elements within the outdoor play (iv)
space that facilitate climbing; and
is not within 900 mm of elements in a wall that facilitate climbing; and (v)
has strength and rigidity complying with AS 1926.1. (c)
(2) For the purposes of (1)(a), AS 1926.1 is applied as if there is a swimming pool located outside the outdoor play space,
so that the barrier restricts children from exiting the premises without the knowledge of staff in the centre.
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a wall, including doors and windows , which form part of the Class 9b early
childhood centre , except where the wall is within a non-climbable zone for a barrier provided under (1)(a).
NSW G1D5G1D4
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 384
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the risk to building occupants from the operation, malfunction or failure of boilers , pressure
vessels and combustion appliances including components such as fireplaces, chimneys, flues, chutes, hoppers and the
like.
Explanatory Information
Part G2 does not contain requirements for gas heaters, gas appliances and associated flues.
G2O1 Objective
[2019: GO2]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury caused by— (a)
fire from combustion appliances installed within a building; and (i)
malfunction of a boiler or pressure vessel installed within a building; and (ii)
protect a building from damage caused by the malfunction of a boiler or pressure vessel installed within. (b)
G2F1 Combustion appliances
[2019: GF2.1]
Combustion appliances using controlled combustion located in a building are to be installed in a way which reduces
the likelihood of fire spreading beyond the appliance.
G2F2 Boilers and pressure vessels
[2019: GF2.2]
Boilers and pressure vessels located in a building are to be installed in a manner which will provide adequate safety for
occupants.
G2P1 Combustion heating appliances
[2019: GP2.1]
Where provided in a building, a combustion appliance and its associated components, including an open fire-place,
chimney, flue, chute, hopper or the like, must be installed—
to withstand the temperatures likely to be generated by the appliance; and (a)Part G2Boilers, pressure vessels, heating appliances, fireplaces,
chimneys and flues
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 385so that it does not raise the temperature of any building element to a level that would adversely affect the (b)
element’s physical or mechanical properties or function; and
so that hot products of combustion will not— (c)
escape through the walls of the associated components; and (i)
discharge in a position that will cause fire to spread to nearby combustible materials or allow smoke to (ii)
penetrate through nearby windows , ventilation inlets, or the like.
G2P2 Boilers and pressure vessels
[2019: GP2.2]
When located in a building, boilers and pressure vessels must be installed to avoid, during reasonably foreseeable
conditions, the likelihood of—
leakage from the vessel which could cause damage to the building; and (a)
rupture or other mechanical damage of the vessel which could cause damage to the building or injury to (b)
occupants.
G2V1 Combustion appliances
[2019: GV2]
Compliance with G2P1(a) and G2P1(b) is verified when—
components used within an appliance and its installation are constructed from— (a)
heat-resistant materials for maximum operating temperatures not less than 600 ℃, where the material (i)
complies with (c); or
heat-tolerant materials for maximum operating temperatures more than 150 ℃ and less than 600 ℃, where (ii)
the material complies with (c); and
the building elements surrounding the appliance maintain their designed function and material properties inclusive (b)
of a full range of thermal movements when exposed to the heat effects of the appliance; and
a sample of the material is tested to the maximum operating temperature, specified in (a)(i) or (a)(ii) for a (c)
minimum of 96 hours; and
the tested sample, when allowed to cool, is free from— (d)
visible cracks and fractures; and (i)
visible indication of de-lamination; and (ii)
linear distortion in excess of the equivalent of 10 mm per metre, and (iii)
deterioration of the appearance of any surface finish, when compared to an unheated sample. (iv)
G2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: G2.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements G2P1 and G2P2 are satisfied by
complying with G2D2 to G2D4 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable. Verification Methods
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsG2P1
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 386 G2D2 Installation of appliances
[2019: G2.2]
The installation of a stove, heater or similar appliance in a building must comply with:
Domestic solid-fuel burning appliances — installation: AS/NZS 2918. (a)
For boilers and pressure vessels : Specification 30 . (b)
G2D3 Open fireplaces
[2019: G2.3]
An open fireplace, or solid-fuel burning appliance in which the fuel-burning compartment is not enclosed, must have—
a hearth constructed of stone, concrete, masonry or similar non-combustible material so that— (a)
it extends not less than 300 mm beyond the front of the fireplace opening and not less than 150 mm beyond (i)
each side of that opening; and
it extends beyond the limits of the fireplace or appliance not less than 300 mm if the fireplace or appliance (ii)
is free-standing from any wall of the room; and
its upper surface does not slope away from the grate or appliance; and (iii)
combustible material situated below or around the external edge of the hearth, but not below that part (iv)
required to extend beyond the fireplace opening or the limits of the fireplace, is not less than 150 mm from
the upper surface of the hearth; and
walls forming the sides and back of the fireplace up to not less than 300 mm above the underside of the arch or (b)
lintel which—
are constructed in 2 separate leaves of solid masonry with a total combined thickness not less than 180 (i)
mm, excluding any cavity; and
do not consist of concrete block masonry in the construction of the inner leaf; and (ii)
walls of the chimney above the level referred to in (b)— (c)
constructed of masonry units with a net volume, excluding cored and similar holes, not less than 75% of (i)
their gross volume, measured on the overall rectangular shape of the units, and with an actual thickness of
not less than 100 mm; and
lined internally to a thickness of not less than 12 mm with rendering consisting of 1 part cement, 3 parts (ii)
lime, and 10 parts sand by volume, or other suitable material; and
suitable damp-proof courses or flashings to maintain weatherproofing. (d)
G2D4 Incinerator rooms
[2019: G2.4]
(1) If an incinerator is installed in a building, any hopper giving access to a charging chute must be—
non-combustible ; and (a)
gas-tight when closed; and (b)
designed to return to the closed position after use; and (c)
not attached to a chute that connects directly to a flue unless the hopper is located in the open air; and (d)
not located in a required exit. (e)
(2) A room containing an incinerator must be separated from other parts of the building by construction with an FRL of
not less than 60/60/60.G2D2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 387
Introduction to this Part
This Part provides additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for buildings that contain an atrium . The Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions of this Part cover atrium well dimensions, construction, fire separation, exits and fire and smoke control systems.
G3D1 Application of Part
[2019: G3.1]
This Part does not apply to an atrium which—
connects only 2 storeys ; or (a)
connects only 3 storeys if— (b)
each storey is provided with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying (i)
with Specification 17 throughout; and
one of those storeys is situated at a level at which there is direct egress to a road or open space . (ii)
G3D2 Dimensions of atrium well
[2019: G3.2]
An atrium well must have a width throughout the well that is able to contain a cylinder having a horizontal diameter of not
less than 6 m.
G3D3 Separation of atrium by bounding walls
[2019: G3.3]
An atrium must be separated from the remainder of the building at each storey by bounding walls set back not more than
3.5 m from the perimeter of the atrium well except in the case of the walls at not more than 3 consecutive storeys if—
one of those storeys is at a level at which direct egress to a road or open space is provided; and (a)
the sum of the floor areas of those storeys that are contained within the atrium is not more than the maximum (b)
area that is permitted in Table C3D3 .
G3D4 Construction of bounding walls
[2019: G3.4]
Bounding walls must—
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, and— (a)
extend from the floor of the storey to the underside of the floor next above or to the underside of the roof; (i)
and
have any door openings protected with self-closing or automatic –/60/30 fire doors; or (ii)
be constructed of fixed toughened safety glass, or wired safety glass in non-combustible frames, with— (b)
any door openings fitted with a self-closing smoke door complying with Specification 12 ; and (i)
the walls and doors protected with wall-wetting systems in accordance with Specification 31 ; and (ii)
a fire barrier with an FRL of not less than –/60/30 installed in any ceiling spaces above the wall. (iii)Part G3 Atrium construction
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 388 G3D5 Construction at balconies
[2019: G3.5]
If a bounding wall separating an atrium from the remainder of the building is set back from the perimeter of the atrium
well, a barrier that is imperforate, non-combustible , and not less than 1 m high, must be provided.
G3D6 Separation at roof
[2019: G3.6]
In an atrium —
the roof must have the FRL prescribed in Table S5C11g ; or (a)
the roof structure and membrane must be protected by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H (b)
system) complying with Specification 17 .
G3D7 Means of egress
[2019: G3.7]
All areas within an atrium must have access to at least 2 exits.
G3D8 Fire and smoke control systems
[2019: G3.8]
Sprinkler systems, smoke control systems, fire detection and alarm systems, and emergency warning and intercom
systems must be installed in compliance with Specification 31 .G3D5
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 389
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for buildings constructed in an alpine area to address the potential for snow
and ice to obstruct or delay evacuation and fire fighting or cause a hazard by falling on people.
G4O1 Objective
[2019: GO4]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants in alpine areas from illness or injury from an emergency while
evacuating a building.
Applications
G4O1 applies to a building constructed in an alpine area .
G4F1 Construction in alpine areas
[2019: GF4.1]
A building in an alpine area is to be provided with additional measures in view of the increased difficulties in fire-fighting
and maintaining access and means of egress in snow conditions.
Applications
G4F1 only applies to a building constructed in an alpine area .
G4P1 External doorways
[2019: GP4.1]
An external doorway from a building in an alpine area must be installed so that opening the door is not obstructed by snow
or ice.
Applications
G4P1 applies to a building constructed in an alpine area and overrules other Performance Requirements of NCC Volume
One.
G4P2 Structures forming pathways in snow conditions
[2019: GP4.2]
A building in an alpine area containing external trafficable structures forming part of the means of egress must be Part G4 Construction in alpine areas
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 390constructed so that those structures remain, as far as practicable, useable under snow conditions.
Applications
G4P2 applies to a building constructed in an alpine area and overrules other Performance Requirements of NCC Volume
One.
G4P3 Control of falling ice and snow
[2019: GP4.3]
A building in an alpine area must be constructed so that snow or ice is not shed from the building onto the allotment, any
adjoining allotment, road or public space in a location or manner that will—
obstruct a means of egress from any building to a road or open space ; or (a)
otherwise endanger people. (b)
Applications
G4P3 applies to a building constructed in an alpine area and overrules other Performance Requirements of NCC Volume
One.
G4P4 Fire safety systems in alpine areas
[2019: GP4.4]
A building in an alpine area must have a fire safety system installed to—
facilitate fire-fighting operations; and (a)
alert occupants in the event of an emergency. (b)
Applications
G4P4 applies to a building constructed in an alpine area and overrules other Performance Requirements of NCC Volume
One.
G4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: G4.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements G4P1 to G4P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
G4D2 to G4D8 ; and (a)
for a building containing an occupiable outdoor area , Part G6 . (b)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
G4D2 Application of Part
[2019: G4.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to any building constructed in an alpine area in addition to other
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume One.
(2) Where any Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions are in conflict, the provisions of this Part take precedence. Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsG4P2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 391 G4D3 External doors
[2019: G4.3]
External doors which may be subject to the build-up of snow must—
open inwards or slide; and (a)
if inward opening, be marked “OPEN INWARDS” on the inside face of the door in letters not less than 75 mm (b)
high in a colour contrasting with that of the background; and
be constructed so that the threshold is not less than 900 mm above the adjoining surface; and (c)
if it serves a corridor or stairway, be positioned in an alcove or recess with— (d)
no horizontal dimensions of the alcove or recess less than twice the width of the door; and (i)
the door positioned to open against a wall such that the distance from any part of its swing to the nearest (ii)
point of entry of the stairway or corridor is not less than the width of the door.
G4D4 Emergency lighting
[2019: G4.4]
In a Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building or Class 4 part of a building, a system of emergency lighting must be installed in
accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E4 —
in every stairway (other than those within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a (a)
building); and
in every public corridor or the like leading to an exit; and (b)
externally above every doorway opening to a road or open space ; and (c)
in any storey of the building if illumination sufficient for safe egress will not be available under conditions of (d)
emergency.
G4D5 External trafficable structures
[2019: G4.5]
External stairways, ramps, access bridges or other trafficable structures serving the building must—
have a floor surface that consists of expanded mesh if it is used as a means of egress; and (a)
have any required barrier designed so that its sides are not less than 75% open; and (b)
for a stairway, have goings (G), risers (R) and slope relationship quantity (2R + G) in accordance with— (c)
Table D3D14 ; or (i)
Table G4D5 ; and (ii)
for a ramp serving as an exit and not serving as an accessible ramp, have a gradient not steeper than 1:12; and (d)
where a ramp is also serving as an accessible ramp under Part D4 , be in accordance with AS 1428.1. (e)
Table G4D5: Alternate stair riser and going dimensions
Table Notes
Dimensions are in mm. Riser (R) Going (G) Slope relationship (2R + G)
Max Min Max Min Max Min
150 115 375 355 675 605G4D3
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 392 G4D6 Clear space around buildings
[2019: G4.6]
A building must be so constructed that—
if any part of an external wall is more than 3.6 m above the natural ground level — the distance of that part from (a)
a boundary other than a road alignment is not less than 2.5 m plus an additional 100 mm for each 300 mm or
part thereof by which that part of the wall exceeds a height of 3.6 m; and
if an exit doorway discharges into a court between wings of a building and that area may be used for vehicle (b)
access to the building, the distance between wings must be not less than 4 m; and
where an exit doorway discharges opposite a feature that could entrap snow or an embankment that is more (c)
than 900 mm above the threshold of the doorway, a distance of not less than 4 m must be provided between the
doorway and the feature.
G4D7 Fire -fighting ser vices and equipment
[2019: G4.8]
(1) Every Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building must have—
a manually operated fire alarm system with call-points complying with AS 1670.1; and (a)
fire hydrants installed in accordance with E1D2(2) ; and (b)
fire hose reels installed in accordance with E1D3(2) to (7), except that in a Class 2 or 3 building— (c)
for the purpose of E1D3(2) , a sole-occupancy unit is considered to be a fire compartment ; and (i)
for the purpose of E1D3(3)(b) , a sole-occupancy unit may be served by a single fire hose reel located at (ii)
the level of egress from that sole-occupancy unit ; and
for the purpose of E1D3(6) , a fire hose may pass through a doorway in bounding construction referred to (iii)
in C4D12 .
(2) The requirements of (1)(c) do not apply to a Class 8 electricity network substation .
G4D8 Fire orders
[2019: G4.9]
Every Class 2, 3 or 9 building must display a notice clearly marked “FIRE ORDERS” in suitable locations near the main
entrance and on each storey , explaining—
the method of operation of the fire alarm system and the location of all call-points; and (a)
the location and methods of operation of all fire-fighting equipment; and (b)
the location of all exits; and (c)
the procedure for evacuation of the building. (d)G4D6
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 393
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for the construction of buildings located in designated bushfire prone areas , to
address the additional risks posed by bushfire attack.
VIC G5O1
G5O1 Objective
[2019: GO5]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from injury from the effects of a bushfire; and (a)
protect buildings from the effects of a bushfire; and (b)
facilitate temporary shelter for building occupants who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to (c)
a bushfire.
Applications
G5O1(a) and (b) apply in a designated bushfire prone area to— (1)
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a Class 2 or 3 building. (b)
G5O1(a), (b) and (c) apply in a designated bushfire prone area to— (2)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (c)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (a) to (c). (d)
VIC G5F1
G5F1 Construction in bushfire prone areas
[2019: GF5.1]
A building constructed in a designated bushfire prone area —
is to provide a resistance to bushfires in order to reduce the danger to life and minimise the risk of the loss of (a)
the building; and
if occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire, is to be constructed (b)
so as to provide its occupants shelter from the direct and indirect actions of a bushfire.
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
Objectives
Functional Statements
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 394Applications
G5F1(a) applies in a designated bushfire prone area to— (1)
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a Class 2 or 3 building; or (b)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (2)(a), (b) or (c)
(c)
G5F1(a) and (b) apply in a designated bushfire prone area to— (2)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building . (c)
NSW G5P1
QLD G5P1
TAS G5P1
VIC G5P1
G5P1 Bushfire resistance
[2019: GP5.1]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area must be designed and constructed to—
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 (a)
years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
take account of the assessed duration and intensity of the fire actions of the design bushfire ; and (b)
be designed to prevent internal ignition of the building and its contents; and (c)
maintain the structural integrity of the building for the duration of the design bushfire . (d)
Applications
G5P1 applies in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b— (c)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (d)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (a) to (d). (e)
NSW G5P2
TAS G5P2
VIC G5P2 Performance RequirementsG5F1
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 395 G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily
evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the— (a)
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including— (i)
classified vegetation; and (A)
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and (B)
carparking areas and allotment boundaries; and (C)
other combustible materials; and (D)
number of occupants to be accommodated within the building; and (ii)
intensity of bushfire attack on the building; and (iii)
duration of occupancy; and (iv)
intensity of potential consequential fires; and (v)
occupant tenability within the building before, during and after the bushfire event; and (vi)
combined effects of structural, fire exposure and other effects to which the building may reasonably be (vii)
subjected; and
provision of fire fighting equipment and water supply to facilitate protection of the building; and (viii)
be provided with vehicular access to the site to enable firefighting and emergency personnel to defend or (b)
evacuate the building; and
have access to a sufficient supply of water for firefighting purposes on the site; and (c)
provide safe access within the site to the building (including carparking areas), as well as safe egress after the (d)
bushfire event.
Applications
G5P2 applies to the following buildings located in a designated bushfire prone area —
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building . (c)
Notes
G5P2 does not guarantee the safety of building occupants or the maintenance of tenable conditions within a building
during a bushfire event.
G5V1 Buildings in bushfire prone areas
[2019: GV5]
(1) Compliance with Performance Requirement G5P1 is verified if the ignition probability for a building exposed to a
design bushfire does not exceed 10%.
(2) Bushfire design actions must be determined in consideration of the annual probability of a design bushfire derived
from— Verification MethodsG5P2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 396assigning the building or structure with an Importance Level in accordance with (3); and (a)
determining the corresponding annual probability of exceedance in accordance with Table G5V1 . (b)
(3) A
building or structure’s Importance Level must be identified as one of the following:
Importance Level 1 — where the building or structure presents a low degree of hazard to life and other property (a)
in the case of failure.
Importance Level 2 — where the building or structure is not of Importance Level 1, 3 or 4 or is a Class 2 building (b)
accommodating 12 people or less.
Importance Level 3 — where the building is designed to contain a large number of people and is a— (c)
Class 2 building accommodating more than 12 people; or (i)
Class 3 boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging house or backpackers accommodation; or (ii)
Class 3 residential part of a hotel or motel; or (iii)
Class 3 residential part of a school . (iv)
Importance Level 4 — where the building or structure is— (d)
essential to emergency management or post-disaster recovery; or (i)
associated with hazardous facilities; or (ii)
subject to a necessary ‘defend in place’
strategy and is a— (iii)
Class 3 accommodation building for the aged, children or people with disabilities; or (A)
Class 3 residential part of a health-care building which accommodates members of staf
f; or (B)
Class 3 residential part of a detention centre ; or (C)
building that operates in the event of a bushfire emergency
, such as a public bushfire shelter or a (D)
bushfire emergency control centre.
(4) The ignition probability for a building must be assessed by application of the following:
An event tree analysis of relevant bushfire scenarios. (a)
Design bushfire conditions that include combinations of the following actions appropriate to the distance between (b)
the building and the bushfire hazard:
Direct attack from airborne burning embers. (i)
Burning debris and accumulated embers adjacent to a building element. (ii)
Radiant heat from a bushfire front. (iii)
Direct flame attack from a bushfire front. (iv)
(5) Applied fire actions must allow for reasonable variations in—
fire weather; and (a)
vegetation, including fuel load, burning behaviour of vegetation (including the potential for crown fires); and (b)
the distance of the building from vegetation; and (c)
topography
, including slopes and features that may shield; and (d)
ignition of adjacent buildings, building elements, plants, mulch and other materials; and (e)
ef
fective size of fire front; and (f)
duration of exposure; and (g)
flame height; and (h)
flame tilt; and (i)
flame adhesion to sloping land; and (j)
the height of the building and its elements. (k)
(6) The assessment process must include consideration of—
the probability of non-complying construction of critical aspects of an approved design; and (a)
the probability of critical aspects of an approved design being fully functional during the life of the building; and (b)G5V1
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 397inclusion of safety factors; and (c)
sensitivity analysis of critical aspects of a proposed design. (d)
Limitations
G5V1 does not apply to a Class 9 building.
Notes
For a building that is subject to G5P2 , and therefore outside the scope of G5V1, the building would need to comply with
either—
Performance Requirement G5P2 by means of a Performance Solution ; or (a)
the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of G5D4 if the building is located in an area subject to a Bushfire Attack Level (b)
(BAL) not exceeding BAL – 12.5.
Table G5V1 : Annual Probability of Exceedance (APE) for design bushfire actions
Table Notes
Complex analysis must consider the probability of ignition, fire spread to the urban interface and penetration of the
urban interface coincident with fire weather conditions.
G5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: G5.0]
SA G5D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements G5P1 and subject to G5D2 , G5P2 ,
are satisfied by complying with G5D3 and G5D4 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
NSW G5D2
QLD G5D2
VIC G5D2
G5D2 Application of Part
[2019: G5.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a building located in an area subject to a Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) not exceeding BAL—12.5, determined in (b)
accordance with AS 3959 that is—
a Class 9a health-care building ; or (i)
a Class 9b— (ii)Importance Level Complex analysis APE for bushfire exposure Simple analysis APE for weather conditions
(design bushfire )
1 No requirement No requirement
2 1:500 1:50
3 1:1000 1:100
4 1:2000 1:200
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsG5V1
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 398early childhood centre ; or (A)
primary or secondary school ; or (B)
a Class 9c residential care building ; or (iii)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a— (c)
Class 2 or 3 building; or (i)
a building of a type listed in (b). (ii)
Notes
If a building of a type listed in (b) or (c)(ii) is subject to a BAL exceeding BAL—12.5, the building would need to (1)
comply with Performance Requirement G5P2 by means of a Performance Solution . There are no Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions for these buildings.
NSW G5D3
G5D3 Protection — residential buildings
[2019: G5.2]
In a designated bushfire prone area the following must comply with AS 3959:
A Class 2 or 3 building. (a)
A Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a Class 2 or 3 building. (b)
NSW G5D4
VIC G5D4
G5D4 Protection — certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
(1) In a designated bushfire prone area the following must comply with Specification 43 :
A Class 9a health-care building . (a)
A Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; or (i)
primary or secondary school . (ii)
A Class 9c residential care building . (c)
(2) In a designated bushfire prone area , a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of
a type listed in (1) must comply with S43C2 and S43C13 .
SA G5D5G5D2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 399
Introduction to this Part
This Part provides additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for buildings that include an occupiable outdoor area .
G6D1 Application of Part
[2019: G6.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to buildings containing an occupiable outdoor area in addition to
the other Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume One.
(2) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part take precedence where there is a difference to the Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions of Sections C, D, E, F and G.
(3) Except for G6D2 , the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to—
an occupiable outdoor area of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building, Class 9c building or Class 4 part (a)
of a building; or
an occupiable outdoor area with an area less than 10m2. (b)
Explanatory Information
Part G6 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions additional to those contained in Sections C, D, E, F and G for occupiable
outdoor areas .
G6D2 Fire hazard properties
[2019: G6.2]
(1) Subject to (2), a lining, material or assembly in an occupiable outdoor area must comply with C2D11 as for an internal
element.
(2) The following fire hazard properties of a lining, material or assembly in an occupiable outdoor area are not required
to comply with C2D11 :
Average specific extinction area . (a)
Smoke-Developed Index . (b)
Smoke development rate . (c)
Smoke growth rate index (SMOGRARC). (d)
G6D3 Fire separation
[2019: G6.3]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of C3D8 , C3D9 and C3D10 , a reference to a storey includes an
occupiable outdoor area , however a fire wall cannot be used to separate an occupiable outdoor area into different fire
compartments . Part G6 Occupiable outdoor areas
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 400 G6D4 Provision for escape
[2019: G6.4]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part D2 , a reference to a storey or room includes an occupiable
outdoor area .
G6D5 Construction of exits
[2019: G6.5]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part D3 , a reference to a storey or room includes an occupiable
outdoor area .
G6D6 Fire fighting equipment
[2019: G6.6]
Except for S17C7(2)(a) , for the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E1 , a reference to a storey includes
an occupiable outdoor area .
Notes
An occupiable outdoor area is not a storey for the purposes of Schedule 2 of the NCC and therefore is not included in
the determination of rise in storeys .
G6D7 Lift installations
[2019: G6.7]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E3 , a reference to a storey includes an occupiable outdoor
area.
G6D8 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
[2019: G6.8]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E4 , a reference to a storey includes an occupiable outdoor
area.
G6D9 Light and ventilation
[2019: G6.9]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of F6D5 , F6D9 and F6D10 , a reference to a room includes an
occupiable outdoor area .
G6D10 Fire orders
[2019: G6.10]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of G4D8 , a reference to a storey includes an occupiable outdoor
area.G6D4
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 401
NSW Part G7
Introduction to this Part
This Part sets requirements for dwellings to include features that are designed to improve their accessibility and usability
for occupants and visitors, including those with a mobility-related disability.
Notes
Part G7 Livable housing design does not take effect until 1 October 2023.
Notes: Tasmania Part G7 Livable housing design
For Tasmania, Part G7 does not take effect until 1 October 2024.
G7O1 Objective
[New for 2022]
The Objective of this Part is to ensure that housing is designed to meet the needs of the community, including older
people and those with a mobility-related disability.
Applications
G7O1 only applies to a Class 2 sole-occupancy unit .
G7F1 Livable housing design
[New for 2022]
A Class 2 sole-occupancy unit is to be designed such that it is—
easy to enter; and (a)
easy to navigate in and around; and (b)
capable of easy and cost effective adaptation; and (c)
responsive to the changing needs of occupants. (d)
Applications
G7F1 only applies to a Class 2 sole-occupancy unit .
Part G7 Livable housing design
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 402 G7P1 Livable housing design
[New for 2022]
Each sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building must be provided with—
at least one level and step-free entrance door into the sole-occupancy unit from an accessible part of the floor (a)
on which it is located; and
internal doors and corridors which facilitate unimpeded movement between spaces; and (b)
a sanitary compartment that— (c)
facilitates independent access and use; and (i)
is located on the entry level of the sole-occupancy unit ; and (ii)
a shower that facilitates independent access and use; and (d)
the walls of a sanitary compartment referred to in (c), the shower referred to in (d) and a bath (where installed, (e)
other than a freestanding bath) constructed so as to facilitate future installation of grabrails, or the like, in a way
that minimises the removal of existing wall linings.
Applications
G7P1(a) only applies to a sole-occupancy unit that is located on an accessible floor.
G7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[New for 2022]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirement G7P1 is satisfied by complying with
G7D2 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
G7D2 Livable housing design
[New for 2022]
Each sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building must comply with the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design, except
for Part 1.
Explanatory Information
Part 1 of the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design requires a step-free access path from a parking space or
property boundary, to the dwelling entry door. For Class 2 buildings, this requirement is already addressed by Part D4
and the Disability (Access to Premises—Buildings) Standards 2010. Therefore, it is not necessary to apply Part 1 of
the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design to a Class 2 building. Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsG7P1
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 403
S30C1 Scope
[2019: Spec G2.2: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for the installation of boilers and pressure vessels in buildings.
S30C2 Explosion relief
[2019: Spec G2.2: 2.1]
The distance between the vent of any explosion relief device for a boiler or pressure vessel and any adjacent wall, roof,
ceiling or other solid construction shall be calculated in accordance with Table S30C2 .
Table S30C2 : Minimum clearances for explosion relief
Table Notes
is the internal volume of the boiler or pressure vessel being vented up to the connection of the flue.
S30C3 Floors and drainage
[2019: Spec G2.2: 2.2]
(1) Floor surfaces beneath boilers and pressure vessels shall be water resistant and formed to drain away from supports
and structural building elements.
(2) Where a safe tray is provided to trap liquids, it must be manufactured from a material resistant to corrosion from the
contents of the boiler or pressure vessel .
S30C4 Protection from heat
[2019: Spec G2.2: 2.3]
Building elements surrounding a boiler must be protected from any surface heat by refractory material or effective air
spaces so that—
steel elements do not exceed a temperature of more than 300°C; and (a)
concrete elements do not exceed a temperature of more than 200°C; and (b)
timber elements do not exceed a temperature of more than 150°C. (c)Specification 30 Installation of boilers and pressure vessels
Clearance from Minimum clearance (metres)
Adjacent wall or ceiling/roof
or 0.4 m, whichever is the greater 04V313
Two walls at right angles; or one wall and a
ceiling/roof or 0.6 m, whichever is the greater 06V313
V
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 404S30C4
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 405
S31C1 Scope
[2019: Spec G3.8: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for the design and operation of systems of fire and smoke control in buildings
containing an atrium .
S31C2 General requirement — automatic fire sprinkler system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.1]
A sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 must be installed in
every building containing an atrium , except where varied or superseded by this Specification.
S31C3 Roof protection
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.2]
(1) A roof of an atrium which does not have the FRL prescribed in Specification 5 or the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
of Part C3 must be protected by automatic sprinklers arranged to wet both the covering membrane and supporting
structure if the roof is—
less than 12 m above the floor of the atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding construction (a)
is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of a building is open to the atrium ; or
less than 20 m above the floor of the atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding construction (b)
is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of a building is open to the atrium .
(2) The temperature rating of sprinkler heads required by (1) must be within the range 79°C – 100°C
S31C4 Atrium floor protection
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.3]
The floor of the atrium must be protected by sprinklers with—
the use of sidewall pattern sprinkler heads together with overhead sprinklers where dictated by the dimensions (a)
of the atrium ; and
sprinkler heads of the quick response type. (b)
S31C5 Sprinkler systems to glazed walls
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.4.1 – 2.4.5]
(1) Where an atrium is separated from the remainder of the building by walls or doors incorporating glazing, a wall wetting
system must be provided to protect the glazing as follows:
On the atrium side of the glazing — to all glazed walls which are set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well . (a)
On the atrium side of the glazing — to all glazed walls which are not set back, or are set back 3.5 m or less, from (b)
the atrium well , for all levels which are less than—
12 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back (i)Specification 31Fire and smoke control systems in buildings
containing atriums
Automatic fire sprinkler system
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 406more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the atrium ; or
20 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back (ii)
more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium .
On the side of the glazing away from the atrium well — to all glazing forming part of the bounding wall at each (c)
storey .
(2) Sprinklers must be located in positions allowing full wetting of the glazing surfaces without wetting adjacent sprinkler
heads.
(3) Sprinkler heads must be of the quick response type and have a maximum temperature rating of 74°C.
(4) The rate of water discharge to protect glazing must be not less than—
on the atrium side of the glazing— (a)
0.25 L/s.m2 where glazing is not set back from the atrium well ; or (i)
0.167 L/s.m2 where glazing is set back from the atrium well ; and (ii)
on the side away from the atrium well — 0.167 L/s.m2. (b)
(5) In addition to that of the basic sprinkler protection for the building, the water supply to required wall wetting systems
must be of adequate capacity to accommodate the following on the atrium side of the glazing:
Where the bounding walls are set back less than 3.5 m from the atrium well — wall wetting of a part not less (a)
than 6 m long for a height of not less than—
12 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back (i)
more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the atrium ; or
20 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back (ii)
more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium .
Where the walls are set back 3.5 m or more from the atrium well — wetting of a part not less than 12 m long on (b)
one storey .
S31C6 Stop valves
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.5]
(1) Basic sprinkler and wall wetting systems protecting a building containing an atrium must be provided with easily
accessible and identified stop valves.
(2) Sprinkler and wall wetting systems must be provided with independent stop valves.
(3) Sprinkler heads protecting the roof of the atrium must be provided with a stop valve.
(4) Stop valves to wall wetting and roof sprinklers may be of the gate type.
(5) All sprinkler and wall wetting stop valves must be monitored to detect unauthorised closure.
S31C7 General requirements — smoke control system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.1]
Except where varied or superseded by this Specification, mechanical air-handling systems in a building containing an
atrium must comply with AS 1668.1.
S31C8 Operation of atrium mechanical air -handling syst ems
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.2]
Mechanical air-handling systems serving an atrium must be designed to operate so that during a fire—
a tenable atmosphere is maintained in all paths of travel along balconies to required exits during the period of (a)Smoke control systemS31C5
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 407evacuation; and
smoke exhaust fans serving the atrium are only activated when smoke enters the atrium ; and (b)
central plant systems do not use the atrium as a return air path; and (c)
central plant systems which use return air paths remote from the atrium — (d)
cycle to the full outside air mode; and (i)
stop supply air to the fire affected storey or fire compartment ; and (ii)
continue to fully exhaust the fire affected storey or fire compartment and reduce the exhaust from other (iii)
storeys or fire compartments by at least 75%; and
continue to supply air to fire compartments or storeys other than the fire affected storey or fire compartment ; (iv)
and
fans performing relief or exhaust duty from the atrium stop normal operation; and (e)
floor by floor, or unitary, air-handling plant serving a single fire compartment or storey — (f)
ceases normal operation in the fire affected storey or fire compartment ; and (i)
commences full relief or exhaust from that fire affected storey or fire compartment ; and (ii)
continue to supply air to fire compartments or storeys other than the fire affected storey or fire compartment . (iii)
S31C9 Activation of smoke control system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.3]
(1) The smoke control system must be activated by—
operation of an automatic fire alarm; or (a)
operation of the sprinkler system; or (b)
a manual start switch. (c)
(2) All controls for the smoke control system must be located—
in the fire control room; or (a)
in the emergency control centre (if any); or (b)
adjacent to the sprinkler control valves; or (c)
incorporated in the Fire Indicator Panel. (d)
S31C10 Smoke exhaust system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.4]
A smoke exhaust system serving an atrium must be designed on the basis of—
the sprinkler system limiting the size of a fire to— (a)
a heat output of 1.5 MW and perimeter of 7.5 m if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the (i)
atrium ; or
a heat output of 5 MW and perimeter of 12 m if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium ; (ii)
and
a smoke plume reaching a level 3 m above the highest storey having a path of travel to a required exit along a (b)
balcony bounding the atrium well , and not less than—
12 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back (i)
more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the atrium ; or
20 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding construction is set (ii)
back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium ; and
the smoke exhaust system discharging smoke at a rate of not less than that shown in Figure S31C10 for the (c)
appropriate height of smoke plume and fire size—
from the top of the atrium ; or (i)S31C8
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 408horizontally, where calculations of wind velocity induced pressure profiles for the building verify that the (ii)
exhaust system will operate effectively for all wind directions.
Figure S31C10 : Smoke exhaust rate
S31C11 Upward air velocity
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.5]
Notwithstanding S31C10(c) , the average upward air velocity in the atrium , due to the required smoke exhaust quantity
must—
be not less than 0.2 m/s at any level over an 18 m height above the floor of the atrium ; and (a)
not exceed the following maximum velocities in atriums of constant cross sectional plan area: (b)
For occupancy classification qualifying for 1.5 MW fire size — 3.5 m/s. (i)10 20 30 40 50100
4374114183206313325436493682
200300400500600700Smoke exhaust (m³/s)
Height of smoke plume from atrium floor (metres)1.5 MW5 MWS31C10
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 409For occupancy classifications qualifying for 5 MW fire size — 5 m/s. (ii)
S31C12 Exhaust fans
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.6]
(1) Smoke exhaust must be provided by fans capable of continuous and required operation for a period of not less than
1 hour when handling exhaust gases at 200°C.
(2) Where a Class 2, 3 or 9 part of a building adjoins an atrium , the atrium must be provided with a minimum of 3 fans
each capable of 50% of the total required smoke exhaust capacity.
(3) Atriums other than those referred to in (2) must be provided with a minimum of 2 fans each capable of 50% of the
total required smoke exhaust capacity.
S31C13 Smoke-and-heat vent s
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.7]
Notwithstanding S31C12 , automatic vents complying with AS 2665 may be used, except where a Class 6 part of a building
adjoins the atrium , in lieu of exhaust fans provided that—
the height from the atrium floor to the bottom of the highest vent is not more than 12 m; and (a)
the vents are fitted with a remote manual operation switch located adjacent to the sprinkler control valves or (b)
incorporated in the Fire Indicator Panel.
S31C14 Make-up air supply
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.8]
(1) Uniformly distributed make-up air must be provided to the atrium exhaust system from—
outside the atrium at or near the lowest storey level; and (a)
relief air from non-fire storeys . (b)
(2) A
discharge volume sufficient to maintain a velocity of not less than 0.1 m/s towards the atrium well must be provided
on all storeys where the bounding wall is set back from the atrium well .
(3) The requirements of (1)(a) are satisfied if make-up air is provided to the atrium exhaust system in such a manner as
to prevent, as far as possible, disturbance of the smoke layer due to turbulence created by the incoming air
, through—
openings directly from the outside air to the atrium and located as close as practicable to the lowest level of the (a)
atrium ; or
ducts from the outside air to the atrium which deliver air as close as practicable to the lowest level of the atrium (b)
and, where passing through any other fire compartment having an FRL of at least 60/60/60; or
a combination of (a) or (b). (c)
S31C15 General requirements—fire detection and alarm system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 4.1]
Except where superseded by this Specification, automatic fire detection and alarm systems in a building containing an
atrium must comply with AS 1670.1. Fire detection and alarm systemS31C11
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 410 S31C16 Smoke detection system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 4.2]
Smoke detection within an atrium —
must be provided within all outside air intakes and at individual floor return air intakes of all air-handling systems (a)
to initiate automatic fire mode operation, and where applicable, comply with the restart facilities in AS 1668.1;
and
must operate at an obscuration level not greater than 0.5% per metre with compensation for external airborne (b)
contamination as necessary; and
must sample air within the atrium and in storeys where the bounding wall is set back more than 3.5 m from the (c)
atrium well ; and
must be calibrated to compensate for smoke dilution where sampling occurs within return air path common to (d)
more than one room; and
may incorporate beam type detectors to sense smoke in an atrium in a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building with an effective (e)
height of not more than 25 m if the beam detectors are—
located at intervals of not more than 3 storeys ; and (i)
arranged to scan at 90 degrees orientation to adjacent beam units. (ii)
S31C17 Smoke detection in spaces separated from the atrium by bounding walls
[2019: Spec G3.8: 4.3]
Smoke detection systems must be located at all return and relief air openings associated with the building air-handling
systems and be—
of the sampling type system as required in S31C16 ; or (a)
of the point type photoelectric smoke detector. (b)
S31C18 Alarm systems
[2019: Spec G3.8: 4.4]
(1) A break-glass fire alarm point must be provided at each door to a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated ramp or fire-
isolated passageway .
(2) A staged alarm must be provided where an air sampling type smoke detection system is provided for the atrium , and
must operate as follows:
Alert building management when abnormal smoke levels of 0.03% obscuration per metre are detected. (a)
Initiate a second alarm to management and start all smoke control systems including pressurisation of escape (b)
routes when smoke levels of 0.07% obscuration per metre are detected.
Automatically call the fire brigade , activate the emergency warning and intercom system, and de-activate all (c)
plant not necessary for fire safety within the building when smoke levels of 0.09% obscuration per metre are
detected.
(3) Beam and point type smoke detectors required must simultaneously operate all functions referred to above and
activate at the level set out in AS 1670.1.
S31C19 Emergency warning and intercom systems
[2019: Spec G3.8: 5]
A building containing an atrium must be provided with an emergency warning and intercom system which— Additional requirementsS31C16
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 411complies with AS 1670.4; and (a)
incorporates visual warning devices that— (b)
operate upon the evacuation signal; and (i)
display the word “EVACUATE” in red with letters conforming with the requirements of the Deemed-to-Satisfy (ii)
Provisions of Part E4 for exit signs.
S31C20 Standby power system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 6]
(1) If a required path of travel to an exit is within an atrium , a suitable alternative power supply must be provided to
operate required safety systems, including sprinkler systems and fire hydrant pumps, air handling systems, alarms,
warning and communication systems and emergency lighting circuits.
(2) The alternative power supply must—
be connected automatically if the normal power supply fails; and (a)
if located within the building, be separated from the remainder of the building by an enclosure with an FRL of at (b)
least 120/120/120; and
be connected to the safety systems by means of cabling complying with C3D14(3) . (c)
(3) The requirements of (1) are satisfied by—
a single medium voltage supply taken from an electricity substation situated within, or adjacent to, the building (a)
concerned where the power supply to the substation consists of two or more high voltage cables each taking
electricity from separate transformers; or
two or more medium voltage supplies each taking electricity from separate electricity substations situated— (b)
outside the building concerned; and (i)
at a suitable distance from each other; or (ii)
a single medium voltage supply taken from an electricity substation together with an electricity generating plant (c)
capable of—
generating a medium voltage supply; and (i)
starting and taking the required electrical load within a period of not more than 30 seconds from the time of (ii)
normal supply failure.
S31C21 System for excluding smoke from fire -isolat ed exits
[2019: Spec G3.8: 7]
Required fire-isolated exits in a building containing an atrium must be protected from the entry of smoke in accordance
with E2D3 .S31C19
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 412 S43C1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Specification sets out bushfire protection measures for buildings described in G5D4 .
(2) Compliance with this Specification does not guarantee the safety of building occupants or the maintenance of tenable
conditions within a building during a bushfire event.
Explanatory Information
The measures set out in this Specification are intended to operate in conjunction with other bushfire safety measures
that lie outside the scope of the NCC. Information about these measures can be found in the Guide to NCC Volume
One for Part G5.
NSW S43C2
S43C2 Separation from classified vegetation
[New for 2022]
(1) The building must be separated from classified vegetation—
by not less than the minimum distances specified in Table S43C2 ; or (a)
such that radiant heat flux on exposed building elements will not exceed 10kW/m². (b)
(2) For the purposes of (1), the term ‘classified vegetation’
has the meaning that it has in AS 3959.
T
able S43C2 : Minimum distance of building to classified vegetation
T
able Notes
Table values are based on a Fire Danger Index of 100 in accordance with AS 3959.(1)
High risk equates to vegetation classification of forest and woodland in accordance with
AS 3959. (2)
Medium risk equates to vegetation classification of scrub and rainforest in accordance with
AS 3959. (3)
Low risk equates to vegetation classification of shrubland, mallee/mulga and grassland in accordance with
AS (4)
3959.
S43C3 Separation between buildings
[New for 2022]
(1) The building must be located not less than 12 m from any other building.
(2) The separation distance required by (1) need not be complied with if the building is constructed—Specification 43 Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings
Vegetation classification Slope Minimum distance (m) of the building
to classified vegetation
High risk Upslope and flat land 60
High risk Downslope max 20 degrees 110
Medium risk Upslope and flat land 40
Medium risk Downslope max 20 degrees 80
Low risk Upslope and flat land 30
Low risk Downslope max 20 degrees 50
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 413with external walls that have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the outside, including any (a)
openings protected in accordance with AS 3959 for BAL—19 or greater; or
for external walls and roof, using a material or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 for a radiant (b)
heat flux of 10 kW/m² or greater.
S43C4 Separation from allotment boundaries and carparking areas
[New for 2022]
(1) The building must be located not less than 10 m from any allotment boundary or open carparking area/spots.
(2) The separation distance required by (1) need not be complied with if the building is constructed—
with external walls that have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the outside, including any (a)
openings protected in accordance with AS 3959 for BAL—19 or greater; or
for external walls and roof, using a material or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 for a radiant (b)
heat flux of 10 kW/m² or greater.
S43C5 Separation from hazards
[New for 2022]
The external walls and roof of the building must be protected from potential hazards on the site such as liquefied petroleum
gas bottles, fuel storage, storage of combustible materials, waste bins, vehicles, machinery, and the like, by—
a separation distance of not less than 10 m; or (a)
where within the 10 m separation distance described in (a), constructed with external walls that have an FRL of (b)
not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the outside, including any openings protected in accordance with AS
3959 for BAL—19 or greater; or
for external walls and roof, using a material or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 for a radiant (c)
heat flux of 10 kW/m² or greater.
S43C6 Non -combustible pat h around building
[New for 2022]
A non-combustible pathway directly adjacent to the building and not less than 1.5 m wide must be provided around the
perimeter of the building.
S43C7 Access pathways
[New for 2022]
(1) Access pathways that lead to a road or open space must—
be readily identifiable; and (a)
have an even surface; and (b)
have a minimum clear width of not less than 1 m. (c)
(2) If the access pathway is an accessway that is required to comply with Part D4 , the requirements of Part D4 override
(1) to the extent of any inconsistency.
S43C8 Exposed external areas
[New for 2022]
An external area designed to hold people unable to be safely accommodated within the building, that may be exposed to
radiant heat flux from a fire front during a bushfire event, must not be exposed to an incident radiant heat flux from the fire
front exceeding 1 kW/m2 above background solar radiant heat flux. S43C3
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 414 S43C9 Internal tenability
[New for 2022]
To maintain internal tenability throughout the duration of occupancy during a bushfire event, the building must comply with
the following:
An air handling system must be provided that is capable of— (a)
being adjusted for full recycling of internal air for a period of not less than 4 hours to avoid the introduction (i)
of smoke into the building; and
maintaining an internal air temperature of not more than 25°C. (ii)
The building envelope must be designed such that if an air handling system required by (a) fails, then— (b)
internal air temperatures can be maintained below 39°C; and (i)
internal surface temperatures can be maintained below 60°C. (ii)
If the building is divided into separate compartments then, for the purposes of (a), each compartment must have (c)
a separate air handling system.
Each air handling system required by (a) must be designed to account for the activation of smoke detectors from (d)
low concentrations of smoke from external sources, so as to ensure that air-conditioning and other essential
systems remain operational.
S43C10 Building envelope
[New for 2022]
The building envelope must be constructed in accordance with AS 3959 – BAL 19 or greater, except that where the use
of combustible materials is permitted by AS 3959, they are not to be used unless permitted by C2D10(4) , (5) or (6).
NSW S43C11
S43C11 Supply of water for fire -fighting purposes
[New for 2022]
Water for fire-fighting purposes must be available and consist of—
a fire hydrant system complying with E1D2 , or (a)
a static water supply consisting of tanks, swimming pools , dams or the like, or a combination of these, together (b)
with suitable pumps, hoses and fittings, capable of providing the required flow rate for a period of not less than
4 hours, determined in consultation with the relevant fire brigade .
S43C12 Emergency power supply
[New for 2022]
(1) Emergency power must be provided to support, for not less than 4 hours before and 2 hours after the passing of the
fire front during a bushfire event, the ongoing operation of—
air handling systems to maintain internal tenability; and (a)
any pumps for fire-fighting; and (b)
any emergency lighting and exit signs; and (c)
any other emergency equipment listed in C3D14(6) and required to be provided. (d)
(2) Manual control for emergency back-up power supply must be provided to facilitate manual intervention where the
power supply fails or runs out. S43C9
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 415 S43C13 Signage
[New for 2022]
Signage must be provided to warn building occupants against storing combustible materials under or adjacent to the
building.
S43C14 Vehicular access
[New for 2022]
Vehicular access to the building must be provided in accordance C3D5(2) , as if the building were a large isolated building
for the purposes of C3D4 .S43C13
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 416
Section I Special use buildings
Part I1 Class 9b buildings
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
I1D1 Application of Part
I1D2 Separation
I1D3 Proscenium wall construction
I1D4 Seating area
I1D5 Exits from stages
I1D6 Access to platforms and lofts
I1D7 Aisle lights
Part I2 Public transport buildings
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
I2D1 Application of Part
I2D2 Accessways
I2D3 Ramps
I2D4 Handrails and grabrails
I2D5 Doorways and doors
I2D6 Lifts
I2D7 Stairways
I2D8 Unisex accessible toilet
I2D9 Location of accessible toilets
I2D10 Symbols and signs
I2D11 Tactile ground surface indicators
I2D12 Lighting
I2D13 Hearing augmentation
I2D14 Emergency warning systems
I2D15 Controls
Part I3 Farm buildings and farm sheds
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
I3D1 Application of Part
I3D2 Fire resistance and separation
I3D3 Provision for escape
I3D4 Construction of exits
I3D5 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
I3D6 Thresholds
I3D7 Swinging doors
I3D8 Fire fighting equipment
I3D9 Fire hydrants and water supplies
I3D10 Fire hose reels
I3D11 Portable fire extinguishers
I3D12 Emergency lighting requirements
I3D13 Exit signs
I3D14 Direction signs
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 417I3D15 Design and operation of exit signs
I3D16 Sanitary facilities
I3D17 Height of rooms and other spaces
I3D18 Artificial lighting
Specification 32 Construction of proscenium walls
S32C1 Scope
S32C2 Separation of stage areas, etc
S32C3 Proscenium wall construction
S32C4 Combustible materials not to cross proscenium wall
S32C5 Protection of openings in proscenium wall
S32C6 Proscenium curtains
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 418
Introduction to this Part
This Part provides additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for certain types of Class 9b buildings where large numbers
of people assemble and which contain a stage and backstage area.
NSW I1D1
I1D1 Application of Part
[2019: H1.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to every enclosed Class 9b building or part of a building which—
is a school assembly, church or community hall with a stage and any backstage area with a total floor area of (a)
more than 300 m2; or
otherwise, has a stage and any backstage area with a total floor area of more than 200 m2; or (b)
has a stage with an associated rigging loft. (c)
(2) Notwithstanding (1)—
I1D4 applies to every open or enclosed Class 9b building; and (a)
I1D7 applies to every enclosed Class 9b building. (b)
Explanatory Information
Part I1 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions additional to those contained in Sections C, D and E for Class 9b
buildings.
I1D2 Separation
[2019: H1.2]
A theatre, public hall or the like must—
have a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 ; or (a)
have the stage , backstage area and accessible under stage area separated from the audience by a proscenium (b)
wall in accordance with I1D3 .
I1D3 Proscenium wall construction
[2019: H1.3]
A proscenium wall must comply with Specification 32 .
I1D4 Seating area
[2019: H1.4]
In a seating area—
the gradient of the floor surface must not be steeper than 1 in 8, or the floor must be stepped so that— (a)
a line joining the nosings of consecutive steps does not exceed an angle of 30° to the horizontal; and (i)Part I1 Class 9b buildings
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 419the height of each step in the stepped floor is not more than 600 mm; and (ii)
the height of any opening in such a step is not more than 125 mm; and (iii)
if an aisle divides the stepped floor and the difference in level between any 2 consecutive steps— (b)
exceeds 230 mm but not 400 mm — an intermediate step must be provided in the aisle; and (i)
exceeds 400 mm — 2 equally spaced intermediate steps must be provided in the aisle; and (ii)
the going of intermediate steps must be not less than 270 mm and such as to provide as nearly as (iii)
practicable equal treads throughout the length of the aisle; and
the clearance between rows of fixed seats used for viewing performing arts, sport or recreational activities must (c)
be not less than—
300 mm if the distance to an aisle is not more than 3.5 m; or (i)
500 mm if the distance to an aisle is more than 3.5 m. (ii)
I1D5 Exits from stages
[2019: H1.5]
(1) The path of travel to an exit from a stage or performing area must not pass through the proscenium wall if the stage
area is separated from the audience area with a proscenium wall.
(2) Required exits from backstage and under- stage areas must be independent of those provided for the audience area.
I1D6 Access to platforms and lofts
[2019: H1.6]
A stairway that provides access to a service platform, rigging loft, or the like, must comply with AS 1657.
I1D7 Aisle lights
[2019: H1.7]
In every enclosed Class 9b building, where in any part of the auditorium, the general lighting is dimmed or extinguished
during public occupation and the floor is stepped or is inclined at a slope steeper than 1 in 12, aisle lights must be provided
to illuminate the full length of the aisle and tread of each step.I1D4
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 420
Introduction to this Part
This Part provides additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Class 9b and Class 10 buildings that are used as public
transport buildings. The provisions of this Part are based on the Disability Standards for Accessible Public Transport 2002
(Transport Standards).
I2D1 Application of Part
[2019: H2.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to the passenger use areas of a Class 9b or Class 10 building
used for public transport.
(2) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part take precedence where there is a difference to the Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions of Parts D4 , E3 and F4.
(3) For an airport that does not accept regular public transport services, as defined in the Disability Standards for
Accessible Public Transport 2002, only I2D8 , I2D9 , I2D10 , I2D11 , and I2D13 of this Part apply.
(4) Exemption (1) to A6G1(1) does not apply to this Part.
Explanatory Information
Part I2 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Class 9b and Class 10 public transport buildings additional to those
contained in Parts D4 , E3 and F4 that apply to public transport buildings.
I2D2 Accessways
[2019: H2.2]
(1) An accessway must comply with AS 1428.2.
(2) If an accessway branches into 2 or more parallel tracks—
the ends of each track must be on the main pedestrian traffic routes; and (a)
the parallel tracks must have equal convenience and be located as close as practicable to the main pedestrian (b)
branch.
(3) The minimum unobstructed width of an accessway must be 1.2 m, except that—
the minimum unobstructed width of a moving walkway forming part of an accessway may be not less than 850 (a)
mm; and
the minimum unobstructed width of a doorway in an accessway may be not less than 850 mm. (b)
(4) Poles, columns, stanchions, bollards and fixtures must not project into an accessway .
(5) Obstacles that abut an accessway must have a luminance contrast with a background of not less than 30%.
(6) Manoeuvring areas that allow a 180 degree wheelchair turn must comply with clause 6.2 of AS 1428.2.
(7) A passing area must be provided at least every 6 m along any two-way accessway that is less than 1800 mm wide.
(8) Ground and floor surfaces must comply with clause 9 of AS 1428.2 and AS 1428.1 Supplement 1 provides criteria for
the selection of floor surfaces.
(9) The requirements of D4D4(c)(ii) do not apply to Class 9b or Class 10 public transport buildings. Part I2 Public transport buildings
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 421 I2D3 Ramps
[2019: H2.3]
(1) A ramp forming part of an accessway must comply with clause 8 of AS 1428.2.
(2) The requirements of D4D12(a) do not apply to Class 9b or Class 10 public transport buildings.
I2D4 Handrails and grabrails
[2019: H2.4]
(1) A handrail must comply with clause 10.1 of AS 1428.2.
(2) Handrails must be placed along an accessway wherever passengers are likely to require additional support or passive
guidance.
(3) A grabrail must comply with clause 10.2 of AS 1428.2.
(4) A grabrail or handrail must be provided at fixed locations where passengers are required to pay fares.
I2D5 Doorways and doors
[2019: H2.5]
Doorways and doors must comply with clause 11 (except clause 11.5.2) of AS 1428.2.
I2D6 Lifts
[2019: H2.6]
Lift facilities must comply with AS 1735.12.
I2D7 Stairways
[2019: H2.7]
Stairs must comply with—
clause 9.1 of AS 1428.1, including the notes; and (a)
clause 9.2 of AS 1428.1; and (b)
clauses 13.2, 13.3 and Figures 8 and 9 of AS 1428.2. (c)
I2D8 Unisex accessible toilet
[2019: H2.8]
If toilets are provided, there must be at least one unisex accessible toilet without an airlock that complies with AS 1428.1
clause 10, sanitary facilities.
I2D9 Location of accessible toilets
[2019: H2.9]
Accessible toilets must be in the same location as other toilets.
I2D10 Symbols and signs
[2019: H2.10]
(1) The international symbols for accessibility and deafness in accordance with clauses 14.2 and 14.3 of AS 1428.1 must
be used to identify an accessway and which facilities and boarding points are accessible . I2D3
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 422(2) Signs must be placed in accordance with clause 17.4 of AS 1428.2.
(3) The size of accessibility symbols must comply with Table 1 of AS 1428.2.
(4) The symbol for accessibility must incorporate directional arrows and words or, if possible, pictograms, to show
passengers the way to accessible facilities such as toilets.
(5) Signs must comply with clause 17.1 and Figure 30 of AS 1428.2.
(6) If a sign incorporates raised lettering or symbols, they must be at least 0.8 mm above the surface of the sign.
(7) If an operator or provider supplements a notice with braille characters, they must be placed to the left of the raised
characters.
I2D11 Tactile ground surface indicators
[2019: H2.11]
Tactile ground surface indicators must be installed in accordance with AS 1428.4 on an accessway and must indicate
changes of direction in accordance with clause 18.1 of AS 1428.2.
I2D12 Lighting
[2019: H2.12]
Any lighting provided must comply with minimum levels of maintenance illumination for various situations shown in the
notes to clause 19.1 of AS 1428.2.
I2D13 Hearing augmentation
[2019: H2.13]
If a public address system is installed, it must comply with clause 21.1 of AS 1428.2.
I2D14 Emergency warning systems
[2019: H2.14]
(1) If an emergency warning system is installed, it must comply with clauses 18.2.1, 18.2.2 and 18.2.3 of AS 1428.2.
(2) In the event of an emergency, provision must be made for people with vision impairment to locate the exit path.
I2D15 Controls
[2019: H2.15]
Controls must comply with clause 11 of AS 1428.1.I2D10
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 423
SA Part I3
Introduction to this Part
This Part provides additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Class 7 and Class 8 buildings which are farm buildings or
farm sheds .
I3D1 Application of Part
[2019: H3.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to farm buildings and farm sheds .
(2) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part take precedence where there is a difference to the Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions of Sections C, D, E, and F.
(3) I3D1 to I3D5 , I3D8 and I3D11 to I3D18 apply to a farm shed .
(4) I3D1, I3D3 , I3D5 to I3D7 , I3D9 to I3D12 , I3D14 , I3D15 and I3D18 apply to a farm building .
Explanatory Information
Part I3 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions additional to those contained in Sections C, D, E and F for farm buildings
and farm sheds .
I3D2 Fire resistance and separation
[2019: H3.2]
A farm shed need not comply with the provisions of Parts C2 , C3 and C4, except for C2D12 , if it is separated from any
other building or allotment boundary by a distance of not less than 6 m.
I3D3 Provision for escape
[2019: H3.3]
(1) Except for D2D3 , D2D5 to D2D11 , D2D14 , D2D15(1) , D2D18(c) , D2D19 and D2D20 , the Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions of Part D2 do not apply to a farm shed .
(2) An open space adjacent to a farm building or a farm shed need not be directly connected with a public road.
I3D4 Construction of exits
[2019: H3.4]
Except for D3D14 , D3D15 , D3D17 to D3D21 , D3D22 and D3D29 , the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part D3 do not
apply to a farm shed .
I3D5 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
[2019: H3.5]
A fixed platform, stairway, ladder and any going and riser, landing, handrail or barrier may comply with AS 1657 in lieu of
D3D14 , D3D15 , D3D17 to D3D21 and D3D22 where it serves a farm building or a farm shed . Part I3 Farm buildings and farm sheds
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 424 I3D6 Thresholds
[2019: H3.6]
The threshold of a doorway that serves an area not required to be accessible by D4D2 in a farm building need not comply
with D3D16 where the door sill is not more than 700 mm above the finished surface of the ground, floor or the like, to
which the doorway opens.
I3D7 Swinging doors
[2019: H3.7]
A swinging door in a required exit or forming part of a required exit need not swing in the direction of egress if it serves a
farm building .
I3D8 Fire fighting equipment
[2019: H3.8]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E1 do not apply to a farm shed .
I3D9 Fire hydrants and water supplies
[2019: H3.9]
(1) This provision applies to a farm building —
with a total floor area greater than 500 m2; and (a)
located where a fire brigade station is— (b)
not more than 50 km from the building as measured along roads; and (i)
equipped with equipment capable of utilising a fire hydrant. (ii)
(2) A farm building referred to in (1) must be—
provided with a fire hydrant system installed in accordance with AS 2419.1, except reference to ‘4 hours’ water (a)
supply in clause 4.2 is replaced with ‘2 hours’; or
located on the same allotment as an access point to a water supply which— (b)
has a minimum total capacity of 144,000 litres; and (i)
is situated so as to enable emergency services vehicles access to within 4 m; and (ii)
is located within 60 m of the building and not more than 90 m from any part of the building. (iii)
(3) For the purposes of (2)(b), water supply for a farm building must consist of one or any number of the following:
A water storage tank. (a)
A dam. (b)
A reservoir. (c)
A river. (d)
A lake. (e)
A bore. (f)
A sea. (g)
(4) If the whole or part of the water supply referred to in (2)(b) is contained in a water storage tank, it must be—
located not less than 10 m from the building; and (a)
fitted with at least one small bore suction connection and one large bore suction connection where— (b)
each suction connection is located in a position so as to enable emergency service vehicles access to (i)
within 4 m; and
the suction connections are located not less than 10 m from the building; and (ii)I3D6
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 425‘small bore suction connection’ and ‘large bore suction connection’ have the meanings contained in AS (iii)
2419.1.
I3D10 Fire hose reels
[2019: H3.10]
A fire hose reel system need not be provided to serve a farm building where portable fire extinguishers are installed in
accordance with I3D11 .
I3D11 Portable fire extinguishers
[2019: H3.11]
(1) A farm building not provided with a fire hose reel system in accordance with E1D3 must be provided with—
one portable fire extinguisher rated at not less than 5ABE in each room containing flammable materials or (a)
electrical equipment; and
one portable fire extinguisher rated at not less than 4A60BE adjacent to every required exit door; and (b)
location signs complying with clauses 3.3 to 3.9 of
AS 2444 above each required portable fire extinguisher. (c)
(2) A farm shed must be provided with not less than one portable fire extinguisher for every 500 m2 of floor area or part
thereof, distributed as evenly as practicable throughout the building.
(3) A
portable fire extinguisher required by (2) must be—
of
ABE type; and (a)
not less than 4.5 kg in size; and (b)
installed in accordance with
Section 3
ofAS 2444. (c)
I3D12 Emergency lighting requirements
[2019: H3.12]
(1) An emergency lighting system need not be installed in a farm building —
with no artificial lighting as permitted by I3D18 ; or (a)
with artificial lighting where, if that lighting fails due to an emergency
, automatic power supply to the building is (b)
provided by a fuel-driven generator
.
(2) An emergency lighting system need not be installed in a farm shed .
I3D13 Exit signs
[2019: H3.13]
An exit serving a farm shed need not be provided with an exit sign where the exit is a permanent opening not less than 2
m wide.
I3D14 Direction signs
[2019: H3.14]
In a farm building or a farm shed , if an exit is not readily apparent to persons occupying or visiting the building, exit signs
complying with I3D15 must be installed in appropriate positions in corridors, hallways, lobbies and the like, indicating the
direction to a required exit. I3D9
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 426 I3D15 Design and operation of exit signs
[2019: H3.15]
(1) In a farm building , each required exit sign provided under E4D5 and I3D14 need not comply with E4D8 if—
the use of illuminated exit signs may adversely impact the behaviour or welfare of animals being kept in the (a)
building; and
non-illuminated exit signs are installed in accordance with the requirements of Appendix D of AS/NZS 2293.1 as (b)
for an externally illuminated exit sign, and clauses 5.6 and 5.8 of AS/NZS 2293.1.
(2) In a farm shed , each required exit sign provided under E4D5 and I3D14 need not comply with E4D8 if—
non-illuminated exit signs are installed in accordance with the requirements of Appendix D of AS/NZS 2293.1 as (a)
for an externally illuminated exit sign, and clauses 5.6 and 5.8 of AS/NZS 2293.1; and
the maximum viewing distance in clause 5.6 of
AS/NZS 2293.1 is not more than 24 m. (b)
I3D16 Sanitary facilities
[2019: H3.16]
F4D4 does not apply to a farm shed .
I3D17 Height of rooms and other spaces
[2019: H3.17]
F5D2 does not apply to a farm shed which has ceiling heights not less than—
in a room, corridor, passageway or the like — 2.1 m; and (a)
in a room or space with a sloping ceiling or projections — a height of not less than 2.1 m for at least two-thirds (b)
of the floor area of the room or space, and when calculating the floor area of the room or space, any part that
has a ceiling height of less than 1.5 m is not included; and
in a stairway
, ramp, landing or the like — 2.0 m measured vertically above the nosing line of stairway treads or (c)
the floor surface of the ramp, landing or the like.
I3D18 Artificial lighting
[2019: H3.18]
(1) An artificial lighting system need not be provided in a farm building where—
occupants are provided with visibility suf
ficient for safe movement through suitable alternative means; and (a)
the use of artificial lighting could adversely af
fect the function of the building including, but not limited to— (b)
the behaviour or welfare of animals being kept in the building; or (i)
the cultivating or propagating of plants or fungi. (ii)
(2) An artificial lighting system need not be provided in a farm shed .I3D15
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 427
S32C1 Scope
[2019: Spec H1.3: 1]
This Specification contains the requirements for the construction of proscenium walls for theatres, public halls, or the like.
S32C2 Separation of stage areas, etc
[2019: Spec H1.3: 2]
(1) Dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms, workshops, associated store rooms and other ancillary areas must
be—
located on the stage side of the proscenium wall; and (a)
separated from corridors and the like by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, and if of lightweight (b)
construction , complying with Specification 6 .
(2) The stage and backstage must be separated from other parts of the building other than the audience seating area by
construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, and if of lightweight construction , complying with Specification
6.
(3) Any doorway in the construction referred to in (1) and (2) must be protected by a self-closing –/60/30 fire door.
S32C3 Proscenium wall construction
[2019: Spec H1.3: 3]
A proscenium wall must—
extend to the underside of the roof covering or the underside of the structural floor next above; and (a)
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, and if of lightweight construction , comply with Specification 6 . (b)
S32C4 Combustible materials not to cross proscenium wall
[2019: Spec H1.3: 4]
Timber purlins or other combustible material must not pass through or cross any proscenium wall.
S32C5 Protection of openings in proscenium wall
[2019: Spec H1.3: 5]
Every opening in a proscenium wall must be protected—
at the principal opening, by a curtain in accordance with S32C6 which is— (a)
capable of closing the proscenium opening within 35 seconds either by gravity slide or motor assisted (i)
mechanisms; and
operated by a system of automatic heat activated devices, manually operated devices or push button (ii)
emergency devices; and
able to be operated from either the stage side or the audience side of the curtain; and (iii)
at any doorway in the wall, by a self-closing –/60/30 fire door. (b)Specification 32 Construction of proscenium walls
(1 May 2023)
Special use buildings
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 428 S32C6 Proscenium curtains
[2019: Spec H1.3: 6]
A curtain required by S32C5 must be—
a fire safety curtain— (a)
made of non-combustible material; and (i)
capable of withstanding a pressure differential of 0.5 kPa over its entire surface area; and (ii)
so fitted that when fully lowered it inhibits the penetration of smoke around the perimeter of the opening, (iii)
from the stage ; or
a curtain— (b)
having fire hazard properties complying with Specification 7 ; and (i)
protected by a deluge system of open sprinklers installed along the full width of the curtain. (ii)S32C6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 429
Section J Energy efficiency
Part J1 Energy efficiency performance requirements
Objectives
J1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
J1F1 Energy efficiency
Performance Requirements
J1P1 Energy use
J1P2 Thermal performance of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 build -
ing or a Class 4 part of a building
J1P3 Energy usage of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
J1P4 Renewable energy and electric vehicle charging
Verification Methods
J1V1 NABERS Energy
J1V2 Green Star
J1V3 Verification using a reference building
J1V4 Verification of building envelope sealing
J1V5 Verification using a reference building for a Class 2 sole -occu-
pancy unit
Part J2 Energy efficiency
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J2D2 Application of Section J
Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or
a Class 4 part of a building
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J3D2 Application of Part
J3D3 Reducing heating and cooling loads of a sole -occupancy unit of a
Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building using house en -
ergy rating software
J3D4 Ceiling fans in a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
J3D5 Roof thermal breaks of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 build -
ing or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D6 Wall thermal breaks of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 build -
ing or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D7 Roofs and ceilings of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D8 External walls of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
J3D9 Wall-glazing construction of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 430J3D10 Floors of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building
J3D11 External winter glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D12 External summer glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D13 Shading of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class
4 part of a building
J3D14 Net equivalent energy usage of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class
2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D15 Net equivalent energy usage for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class
2 building or Class 4 part of building – home energy rating soft -
ware
Part J4 Building fabric
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J4D2 Application of Part
J4D3 Thermal construction — general
J4D4 Roof and ceiling construction
J4D5 Roof lights
J4D6 Walls and glazing
J4D7 Floors
Part J5 Building sealing
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J5D2 Application of Part
J5D3 Chimneys and flues
J5D4 Roof lights
J5D5 Windows and doors
J5D6 Exhaust fans
J5D7 Construction of ceilings, walls and floors
J5D8 Evaporative coolers
Part J6 Air-conditioning and ventilation
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J6D2 Application of Part
J6D3 Air-conditioning system control
J6D4 Mechanical ventilation system control
J6D5 Fans and duct systems
J6D6 Ductwork insulation
J6D7 Ductwork sealing
J6D8 Pump systems
J6D9 Pipework insulation
J6D10 Space heating
J6D11 Refrigerant chillers
J6D12 Unitary air -conditioning equipment
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 431J6D13 Heat rejection equipment
Part J7 Artificial lighting and power
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J7D2 Application of Part
J7D3 Artificial lighting
J7D4 Interior artificial lighting and power control
J7D5 Interior decorative and display lighting
J7D6 Exterior artificial lighting
J7D7 Boiling water and chilled water storage units
J7D8 Lifts
J7D9 Escalators and moving walkways
Part J8 Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J8D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J8D2 Heated water supply
J8D3 Swimming pool heating and pumping
J8D4 Spa pool heating and pumping
Part J9 Energy monitoring and on-site distributed energy resources
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
J9D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
J9D2 Application of Part
J9D3 Facilities for energy monitoring
J9D4 Facilities for electric vehicle charging equipment
J9D5 Facilities for solar photovoltaic and battery systems
Specification 33 Additional requirements
S33C1 Scope
S33C2 Additional requirements — general
S33C3 Additional requirements — Green Star
Specification 34 Modelling parameters for J1V3
S34C1 Scope
S34C2 Reference building
S34C3 Proposed building and reference building
S34C4 Services — proposed and reference building
Specification 35 Modelling profiles for J1V3
S35C1 Scope
S35C2 Modelling profiles
Specification 36 Material properties
S36C1 Scope
S36C2 Construction Deemed -to-Satisfy
Specification 37 Calculation of U- Value and solar admittance
S37C1 Scope
S37C2 General
S37C3 U-Value — Method 1 (Single Aspect)
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 432S37C4 U-Value — Method 2 (Multiple Aspects)
S37C5 Solar admittance — Method 1 (Single Aspect)
S37C6 Solar admittance — Method 2 (Multiple Aspects)
S37C7 Shading
Specification 38 Spandrel panel thermal performance
S38C1 Scope
S38C2 Spandrel panel R-Value : Calculation method 1
S38C3 Spandrel panel R-Value : Calculation method 2
Specification 39 Sub-floor and soil thermal performance
S39C1 Scope
S39C2 Sub -floor space and soil thermal performance
Specification 40 Lighting and power control devices
S40C1 Scope
S40C2 Lighting timers
S40C3 Time switch
S40C4 Motion detectors
S40C5 Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device
Specification 44 Calculation of heating load limit, cooling load limit and thermal energy
load limit
S44C1 Scope
S44C2 Heating load limit
S44C3 Cooling load limit
S44C4 Thermal energy load limit
Specification 45 Modelling profiles for J1V5
S45C1 Scope
S45C2 Reference building sole -occupancy unit
S45C3 Proposed building and reference building
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 433NSW Part J1
NT Part J1
Introduction to this Part
This Part sets the thermal performance properties of building fabric , the energy efficiency of key energy using equipment
and the features a building must have to facilitate the future installation of distributed energy resources.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J1O1 Objective
[2019: JO1]
The Objective of this Section is to—
reduce energy consumption and energy peak demand; and (a)
reduce greenhouse gas emissions; and (b)
improve occupant health and amenity . (c)
J1F1 Energy efficiency
[2019: JF1]
A building must—
reduce the energy consumption and energy peak demand of key energy using equipment; and (a)
reduce the greenhouse gas emissions that occur as a result of a building’
s energy consumption and energy (b)
source; and
for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, improve occupant health and (c)
amenity by mitigating the impact of extreme hot and cold weather events and energy blackouts; and
for other than in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, protect occupant (d)
health and amenity by ensuring the building envelope assists in the maintenance of acceptable internal
conditions while the building is occupied; and
be able to accommodate the future installation of distributed energy resources. (e)Part J1 Energy efficiency performance requirements
Objectives
Functional Statements
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 434
J1P1 Energy use
[2019: JP1]
A building, other than a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, including its services ,
must have features that facilitate the efficient use of energy appropriate to—
the function and use of the building; and (a)
the level of human comfort required for the building use; and (b)
solar radiation being— (c)
utilised for heating; and (i)
controlled to minimise energy for cooling; and (ii)
the energy source of the services ; and (d)
the sealing of the building envelope against air leakage; and (e)
for a conditioned space , achieving an hourly regulated energy consumption, averaged over the annual hours of (f)
operation , of not more than—
for a Class 6 building, 80 kJ/m².hr; and (i)
for a Class 5, 7b, 8 or 9a building other than a ward area , or a Class 9b school , 43 kJ/m².hr; and (ii)
for all other building classifications, 15 kJ/m².hr. (iii)
NSW J1P2
J1P2 Thermal performance of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) The total heating load of the habitable rooms and conditioned spaces in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or a Class 4 part of a building must not exceed the heating load limit in Specification 44 .
(2) The total cooling load of the habitable rooms and conditioned spaces in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or a Class 4 part of a building must not exceed the cooling load limit in Specification 44 .
(3) The total thermal energy load of the habitable rooms and conditioned spaces in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building must not exceed the thermal energy load limit in Specification 44 .
NSW J1P3
J1P3 Energy usage of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) The energy value of the domestic services of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building
must not exceed the energy value with—
a 3-star ducted heat pump, rated under the 2019 GEMS determination, heating all spaces that are provided with (a)
heating; and
a 3-star ducted heat pump, rated under the 2019 GEMS determination, cooling all spaces that are provided with (b)
cooling; and
a 5-star instantaneous gas water heater, rated under the 2017 GEMS determination, providing all domestic hot (c)
water; and
a lighting power density of 4 W/m2 serving all internal spaces that are provided with artificial lighting. (d)
(2) Domestic services , including any associated distribution system and components must, to the degree necessary, Performance RequirementsJ1F1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 435have features that facilitate the efficient use of energy appropriate to—
the domestic service and its usage; and (a)
the geographic location of the building; and (b)
the location of the domestic service ; and (c)
the energy source. (d)
J1P4 Renewable energy and electric vehicle charging
[New for 2022]
A building must have features that facilitate the future installation of on-site renewable energy generation and storage and
electric vehicle charging equipment.
J1V1 NABERS Energy
[2019: JV1]
(1) For a Class 5 building, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 5.5-star NABERS Energy base building Commitment Agreement is obtained; and (a)
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates— (b)
the base building’
s greenhouse gas emissions are not more than 67% of the 5.5-star level when excluding— (i)
tenant supplementary heating and cooling systems; and (A)
external lighting; and (B)
carpark services ; and (C)
a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved across not less than 95% (ii)
of the floor area of all occupied zones for not less than 98% of the annual hours of operation of the building;
and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (c)
(2) For a Class 2 building, other than sole-occupancy units , compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4-star NABERS Energy for Apartment Buildings Commitment Agreement is obtained; and (a)
air-conditioning , which operates not less than 18 hours per day, is provided to all enclosed common lift lobbies (b)
and corridors; and
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates— (c)
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services are less than 90% of the 5-star level; and (i)
a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved across not less than 95% (ii)
of the floor area of the air-conditioned common area occupied zones, excluding indoor swimming pool
chambers, for not less than 98% of the annual hours of operation of the building; and
the space temperature in any indoor swimming pool chamber is maintained at 2°C above the pool (iii)
temperature during occupied hours of not less than 12 hours per day; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (d)
(3) For a Class 3 building, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4-star NABERS Energy for Hotels Commitment Agreement is obtained; and (a)
the operating hours of the services are not less than 12 hours per day in bedrooms, dining rooms and conference (b)
facilities, 24 hours per day in corridors and foyers and 18 hours per day in back-of-house areas; and
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates that— (c)
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services are less than 70% of the 5-star level; and (i)Verification MethodsJ1P3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 436a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved across not less than 95% (ii)
of the floor area of occupied zones, excluding indoor swimming pool chambers, for not less than 98% of
the annual hours of operation of the building; and
the space temperature in any indoor swimming pool chamber is maintained at 2°C above the pool (iii)
temperature during occupied hours of not less than 12 hours per day; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (d)
(4) For a Class 6 shopping centre, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4.5-stars NABERS Energy for Shopping Centres Commitment Agreement is obtained; and (a)
the building has: (b)
an air-conditioned common area of not less than 20% of the gross lettable area; and (i)
a gross lettable area greater than 15 000 m2; and (ii)
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates— (c)
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services covered within the scope of NABERS Energy for Shopping (i)
Centres ratings are less than 80% of the 4.5-star level; and
a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved across not less than 95% (ii)
of the floor area of air-conditioned spaces within the scope of the rating for not less than 98% of the annual
hours of operation the building; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (d)
(5) The calculation method for (1), (2), (3) and (4) must comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140.
J1V2 Green Star
[2019: JV2]
(1) For a Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building, or common area of a Class 2 building, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
the building complies with the simulation requirements, and is registered, for a Green Star – Design & As-Built (a)
or Green Star Buildings rating; and
the annual greenhouse gas emissions of the proposed building are less than 90% of the annual greenhouse (b)
gas emissions of the reference building ; and
in the proposed building, a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved (c)
across not less than 95% of the floor area of all occupied zones for not less than 98% of the annual hours of
operation of the building; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (d)
(2) The calculation method used for (1) must comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140.
J1V3 Verification using a reference building
[2019: JV3]
(1) For a Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building or common area of a Class 2 building, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
it is determined that the annual greenhouse gas emissions of the proposed building are not more than the annual (a)
greenhouse gas emissions of a reference building when—
the proposed building is modelled with the proposed services ; and (i)
the proposed building is modelled with the same services as the reference building ; and (ii)
in the proposed building, a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved (b)
across not less than 95% of the floor area of all occupied zones for not less than 98% of the annual hours of
operation of the building; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (c)
(2) The annual greenhouse gas emissions of the proposed building may be offset by—
renewable energy generated and used on site; and (a)J1V1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 437another process such as reclaimed energy, used on site. (b)
(3) The calculation method used for (1) and (2) must comply with—
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140; and (a)
Specification 34 . (b)
J1V4 Verification of building envelope sealing
[2019: JV4]
(1) Compliance with J1P1(e) and J1P2 is verified for building envelope sealing when the envelope is sealed at an air
permeability rate, tested in accordance with Method 1 of AS/NZS ISO 9972, of not more than—
for a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, 10 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure; or (a)
for a Class 5, 6, 8 or 9a or 9b building, other than a ward area , in climate zones 1, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa (b)
reference pressure; or
for a Class 3 or 9c building, or a Class 9a ward area in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa (c)
reference pressure.
(2) In a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where an air permeability rate of not
more than 5 m3/hr.m2 at 50 Pa reference pressure is achieved—
a mechanical ventilation system must be provided that— (a)
can be manually overridden; and (i)
provides outdoor air, either— (ii)
continuously; or (A)
intermittently, where the system has controls that enable operation for not less than 25 per cent of (B)
each 4 hour segment; and
provides a flow rate not less than that achieved with the following formula: , (iii)
where—
= the required air flow rate (L/s); and (A)
= the total area of the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building (m2); and (B)
= the number of bedrooms in the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building; and (C)
= the fraction of time within each 4 hour segment that the system is operational; and (D)
any space with a solid-fuel burning combustion appliance must be ventilated with permanent openings directly (b)
to outside with a free area of not less than half of the cross-sectional area of the appliance’s flue; and
any space with a gas-fueled combustion appliance must be ventilated in accordance with— (c)
clause 6.4 of AS/NZS 5601.1; and (i)
clause 6.4.5 of AS/NZS 5601.1. (ii)
(3) For the purposes of (2)(c), the volume of the space is considered to be 1 m3 for determining ventilation requirements.
NSW J1V5
J1V5 Verification using a reference building for a Class 2 sole -occupancy unit
[New for 2022]
(1) Compliance with J1P2 is verified when each Class 2 sole-occupancy unit of a proposed building—
in climate zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, has a heating load less than or equal to— (a)
that of a reference building ; and (i)
120% of J1P2(1) ; and (ii)
in climate zones 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, has a cooling load less than or equal to— (b)pNAQ005 A35N1p
QJ1V3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 438that of a reference building ; and (i)
120% of J1P2(2) ; and (ii)
complies with the additional requirements in Specifications 33 and 45 as applicable. (c)
(2) Compliance with J1P3 is determined when the energy value of the domestic services , including all centralised
domestic services infrastructure, of a proposed building is less than that of a reference building when—
each sole-occupancy unit of a reference building has— (a)
a 3-star ducted air-to-air heat pump, rated under the 2019 GEMS determination, heating all spaces that (i)
are provided with heating; and
a 3-star ducted heat pump, rated under the 2019 GEMS determination, cooling all spaces that are provided (ii)
with cooling; and
a 5-star instantaneous gas water heater, rated under the 2017 GEMS determination, providing all domestic (iii)
heated water ; and
a lighting power density of 4 W/m2 serving all internal spaces that are provided with artificial lighting; and (iv)
the proposed building and a reference building comply with the additional requirements in Specifications 33 and (b)
45 as applicable.
(3) The calculation method used for (1) and (2) must—
comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140; and (a)
not be house energy rating software . (b)J1V5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 439
NT Part J2
Introduction to this Part
This Part sets out the application of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in Parts J3 to J9.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building: (4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply (a)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies. (b)
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J0.0]
NSW J2D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)
J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)Part J2 Energy efficiency
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 440(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
NSW J2D2
J2D2 Application of Section J
[2019: J0.1]
(1) For a Class 2 to 9 building, other than a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building,
Performance Requirement J1P1 is satisfied by complying with—
Part J4 , for the building fabric ; and (a)
Part J5 , for building sealing; and (b)
Part J6 , for air-conditioning and ventilation; and (c)
Part J7 , for artificial lighting and power; and (d)
Part J8 , for heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant; and (e)
J9D3 , for facilities for energy monitoring. (f)
(2) For a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, Performance Requirement J1P2 is
satisfied by complying with—
J3D3 , using house energy rating software ; or (a)
the following— (b)
J3D4 , for ceiling fans; and (i)
J3D5 , J3D6 , J4D3 , J4D7(3) , J4D7(4) and Part J5 , for general thermal construction; and (ii)
J3D7 , for roofs; and (iii)
J3D8 and J3D11 to J3D13 , or J3D9 , for walls and glazing ; and (iv)
J3D10 , for floors. (v)
(3) For a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, Performance Requirement J1P3 is
satisfied by complying with—
for the net equivalent energy usage— (a)
J3D14 , for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building with a total floor area (i)
not greater than 500 m2; or
J3D15 , using house energy rating software ; and (ii)
Part J6 , for air-conditioning and ventilation; and (b)
Part J7 , for artificial lighting and power. (c)
(4) For a Class 2 to 9 building, Performance Requirement J1P4 is satisfied by complying with J9D4 and J9D5 .J2D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 441NT Part J3
T
AS Part J3
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions (elemental) for compliance with Part J1 . It sets out provisions for the
insulation of building fabric and the energy efficiency of domestic services of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or a Class 4 part of a building.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under V
ersion 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under V
ersion 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX
Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 V
olume One Amendment 1 applies.
J3D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[New for 2022]
NSW J3D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)
J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.Part J3Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 442NSW J3D2
J3D2 Application of Part
[New for 2022]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to building elements forming the external building fabric and domestic
services of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building.
NSW J3D3
J3D3 Reducing heating and cooling loads of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building using house energy rating software
[2019: J0.2]
(1) The sole-occupancy units of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building must—
for reducing the heating or cooling loads— (a)
collectively achieve an average energy rating of not less than 7 stars, including the separate heating and (i)
cooling load limits; and
individually achieve an energy rating of not less than 6 stars, including the separate heating and cooling (ii)
load limits; and
for thermal breaks, comply with J3D5 and J3D6 ; and (b)
for compensating for a loss of ceiling insulation, other than where the house energy rating software has (c)
compensated for a loss of ceiling insulation, comply with Table J3D7w ; and
for general thermal construction, comply with J4D3 ; and (d)
for floor edge insulation, comply with J3D10(3) , J3D10(5) and J3D10(6) ; and (e)
for building sealing, comply with Part J5 . (f)
(2) Energy ratings referred to in (1)(a)(i) and (ii) must be achieved using—
house energy rating software ; and (a)
the load limits specified in the ABCB Standard for NatHERS Heating and Cooling Load Limits. (b)
NSW J3D4
J3D4 Ceiling fans in a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 par t
of a building
[2019: J0.3]
(1) Ceiling fans must be installed in accordance with Table J3D4 in—
climate zones 1, 2 and 3; and (a)
climate zone 5 in New South Wales and Queensland. (b)
(2) Ceiling fans required by (1) must—
be permanently installed; and (a)
have a speed controller. (b)
Table J3D4 : Minimum ceiling fan requirements in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5
Size of room (m2) Minimum number and diameter (mm)
of ceiling fans required for a bedroom
in climate zones 1, 2 and 3Minimum number and diameter (mm)
of ceiling fans required in a habitable
room other than a bedroom in climate
zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 (NSW and Qld)
< 15 1 x 900 1 x 900J3D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 443 J3D5 Roof thermal breaks of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
[2019: J0.4]
(1) A roof that—
has metal sheet roofing directly fixed to metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens; and (a)
does not have a ceiling lining or has a ceiling lining fixed directly to those metal purlins, metal rafters or metal (b)
battens,
must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with an R-Value of greater than or equal to R0.2, installed between
the metal sheet roofing and its supporting metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
J3D6 Wall thermal breaks of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
[2019: J0.5]
(1) A metal-framed wall that forms part of the building envelope must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with
an R-Value of not less than R0.2, installed at all points of contact between the external cladding and the metal frame
if the wall—
does not have a wall lining or has a wall lining that is fixed directly to the same metal frame; and (a)
is clad with weatherboards, fibre-cement or the like, or metal sheeting fixed to a metal frame. (b)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to walls constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
NSW J3D7
J3D7 Roofs and ceilings of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class
4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) Roof and ceiling insulation must achieve the minimum R-Value —
in climate zone 1, in accordance with Tables J3D7a , J3D7b and J3D7c as applicable; and (a)
in climate zone 2, in accordance with Tables J3D7d , J3D7e and J3D7f as applicable; and (b)
in climate zone 3, in accordance with Tables J3D7g , J3D7h and J3D7i as applicable; and (c)
in climate zone 4, in accordance with Tables J3D7j , J3D7k and J3D7l as applicable; and (d)
in climate zone 5, in accordance with Tables J3D7m , J3D7n and J3D7o as applicable; and (e)
in climate zone 6— (f)Size of room (m2) Minimum number and diameter (mm)
of ceiling fans required for a bedroom
in climate zones 1, 2 and 3Minimum number and diameter (mm)
of ceiling fans required in a habitable
room other than a bedroom in climate
zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 (NSW and Qld)
≥ 15 to < 20 1 x 1200 1 x 1200
≥ 20 to < 25 1 x 1200 1 x 1400
≥ 25 to < 30 1 x 1400 2 x 1200
≥ 30 to < 45 1 x 1400 2 x 1400
≥ 45 to < 50 2 x 1400 3 x 1200
≥ 50 2 x 1400 3 x 1400J3D4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 444R3.5; or (i)
if the roof contains reflective insulation , R3.0; and (ii)
in climate zones 7 and 8, in accordance with Tables J3D7p , J3D7q and J3D7r as applicable. (g)
(2) Reflective insulation installed to comply with (1) must—
have a surface emittance of not more than 0.05; and (a)
be adjacent to a roof space of not less than 20 mm; and (b)
in climate zones 3 to 8, be downward facing. (c)
(3) The thermal bridging in a metal-framed roof must be addressed as follows—
for a pitched roof with a horizontal ceiling— (a)
achieving the Total R-Value in Table J3D7s , calculated using a method that accounts for the effects of (i)
thermal bridging; or
increasing the R-Value of the insulation between the ceiling frames by R0.5 more than the R-Value derived (ii)
from (1); or
adding a continuous ceiling insulation layer with a minimum R-Value of R0.13 above or below the ceiling (iii)
joists or the bottom chords of the trusses; or
achieving the required ceiling R-Value derived from (1) by stacking two layers of insulation immediately on (iv)
top of each other, such that the top layer is orientated to cover the ceiling joists or bottom chord of the
trusses and has an R-Value of at least R0.5; or
for a flat, skillion or cathedral roof— (b)
achieving the Total R-Value in Table J3D7t , calculated using a method that accounts for the effects of (i)
thermal bridging; or
complying with Table J3D7u . (ii)
(4) Where F8D5(1) applies, continuous insulation placed above the primary insulation layer to mitigate thermal bridging
must have a vapour permeance of not less than that of the primary insulation layer .
(5) Where, for operational or safety reasons, the area of ceiling insulation required is reduced, the loss of insulation must
be compensated for in accordance with Table J3D7w .
(6) Where the ceiling insulation required by (1) to (5) has an R-Value —
greater than R3.0 and less than or equal to R4.5, it may be reduced to R3.0 within 450 mm of an external wall ; (a)
or
greater than R4.5, it may be reduced to R3.0 within 450 mm of an external wall , provided all other required (b)
ceiling insulation is increased by R0.5.
(7) The requirements of (1) to (6) do not apply to roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
(8) Roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels must achieve the minimum Total R-Value in Table J3D7x .
(9) In climate zones 1 to 5, the solar absorptance of the upper surface of a roof must not be more than 0.64.
Table J3D7a: Flat concrete roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation: climate zone 1
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (2)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (3)Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤
0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Yes 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
No 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 445 Table J3D7b: Timber -framed pitched roof with horizontal ceiling — minimum R-Value for ceiling insula -
tion: climate zone 1
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof space is to be considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
X = not permitted. (6)
Table J3D7c: Timber -fr amed flat, skillion or cathedral roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation:
climate zone 1
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤ 0.32 SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes < 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0
No < 1.0 2.0 2.5 4.0 5.0 X
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Standard Yes < 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
No < 1.0 2.5 4.0 6.0 X X
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.0
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5
Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤
0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Yes 1.5 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0
No 1.5 3.5 5.0 X XJ3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 446X = not permitted.(5)
T
able J3D7d: Flat concrete roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation: climate zone 2
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (2)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (3)
T
able J3D7e: Timber -framed pitched roof with horizontal ceiling — minimum R-Value for ceiling insula -
tion: climat
e zone 2
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
A
roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’
roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
T
able J3D7f: Timber -framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation:
climat
e zone 2
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤
0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.5
No 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5
Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤ 0.32 SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes Any 2.5
No 0 to < 0.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5
≥ 0.5 2.5
Standard Yes Any 2.5
No 0 to < 0.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.0
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0
≥ 1.0 2.5
Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤
0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
No 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.0J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 447both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
Table J3D7g: Flat concrete roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation: climate zone 3
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (2)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (3)
Table J3D7h: Timber -fr amed pitched roof with horizontal ceiling — minimum R-Values for ceiling insu -
lation: climate zone 3
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-drive roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤
0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0
No 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤ 0.32 SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes < 0.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
No < 0.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 X
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
≥ 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
Standard Yes < 0.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0
≥ 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
No < 0.5 3.5 4.0 5.0 X X
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 448is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof.(3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
X = not permitted.(6)
T
able J3D7i: Timber -framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation:
climat
e zone 3
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
X = not permitted.(5)
T
able J3D7j: Flat concrete roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation: climate zone 4
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (2)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (3)
T
able J3D7k: Timber -framed pitched roof with horizontal ceiling — minimum R-Value for ceiling insula -
tion: climat
e zone 4
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
A
roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤
0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
No 3.5 4.0 5.0 X X
Reflective insulation under-roof ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.0
No 2.5
Roof ventilation Reflective insulation
under- roofUnder-roof insulation
R-ValueSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes < 0.5 3.0 3.5
≥ 0.5 3.0 3.0
No Any 3.5
Standard Yes Any 3.0
No < 0.5 3.5
≥ 0.5 3.0J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 449has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
Table J3D7l: Timber -fr amed flat, skillion or cathedral timber roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insu -
lation: climate zone 4
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
Table J3D7m: Flat concrete roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation: climate zone 5
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (2)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (3)
Table J3D7n: Timber -fr amed pitched roof with horizontal ceiling — minimum R-Value for ceiling insula -
tion: climate zone 5
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)Reflective insulation under-roof SA ≤ 0.64
Yes 3.0
No 3.5
Reflective insulation under-roof SA ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.64
Yes 3.0 3.5
No 4.0 4.0
Roof ventilation Reflective insulation
under- roofUnder-roof insulation
R-ValueSA ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes < 0.5 3.0 2.5
≥ 0.5 2.5
No 0 to < 2.0 3.0
≥ 2.0 2.5
Standard Yes Any 2.5
No 0 to < 1.0 3.0
≥ 1.0 to < 2.0 2.5
≥ 2.0 3.0J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 450is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
Table J3D7o: Timber -fr amed flat, skillion or cathedral roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation:
climate zone 5
Table Notes
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (1)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (2)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (3)
Table J3D7p: Flat concrete roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation: climate zones 7 and 8
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (2)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (3)
Table J3D7q: Timber -fr amed pitched roof with flat ceiling — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation:
climate zones 7 and 8
Reflective insulation under- roof R-Value
Yes 2.5
No 3.0
Reflective
insulation
under-roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to
≤ 0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64 SA > 0.64 to ≤ 0.73 SA > 0.73
Yes 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5
No 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.0
Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23 to
≤ 0.32SA >
0.32 to
≤ 0.42SA >
0.42 to
≤ 0.53SA >
0.53 to
≤ 0.64SA >
0.64 to
≤ 0.73SA >
0.73 to
≤ 0.85SA >
0.85
Standard Yes 0 to < 1.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
No 0 to < 1.0 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.0 to <
1.54.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Vented Yes 0 to < 1.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
No 0 to < 1.0 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 1.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 451Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
A
roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is ventilated to outdoor air through evenly distributed openings in accordance with Table F8D5 ; or (c)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (d)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’
roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
T
able J3D7r: Timber -framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation:
climat
e zones 7 and 8
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value for insulation. (4)
T
able J3D7s: Metal -framed pitched roof with horizontal ceiling — minimum Total R-Value of ceiling to
account f
or thermal bridging
T
able Notes
The Total R-Value calculation only includes the ceiling frame, insulation and ceiling lining. It is not to include the (1)
internal air films, roof space or roof lining.
Minimum ceiling Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (2)Reflective
insulation
under-roofSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23
to ≤ 0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64 SA > 0.64 to ≤ 0.73 SA > 0.73 to ≤ 0.85 SA > 0.85
Yes 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
No 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
Ceiling insulation R-Value from Tables J3D7a to J3D7r
and J3D7(1)(f) as applicableMinimum Total R-Value to account for thermal bridging
1.5 1.38
2.0 1.74
2.5 2.09
3.0 2.43
3.5 2.63
4.0 2.95
4.5 3.27
5.0 3.59
5.5 3.91
6.0 4.23J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 452 Table J3D7t: Metal -framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof — minimum Total R-Value to account for
thermal bridging
T
able Notes
Minimum Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (1)
Direction of heat flow must be determined in accordance with Table J3D7v . (2)
T
able J3D7u: Metal -framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof – thermal bridging mitigation
T
able Notes
Minimum R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (1)
X= not permitted.(2)
T
able J3D7v: Direction of heat flow
Climate zone Direction of heat flow
1 Down
2 – altitude less than 300 m Down
2 – altitude 300 m or more Down and upCeiling insulation R-Value from Tables
J3D7a to J3D7r , and J3D7(1)(f) as
applicableMinimum Total R-Value to account for
thermal bridging: heat flow downMinimum Total R-Value to account for
thermal bridging: heat flow up
1.0 1.40 1.32
1.5 1.86 1.78
2.0 2.29 2.21
2.5 2.71 2.63
3.0 3.11 3.02
3.5 3.31 3.22
4.0 3.66 3.57
4.5 3.98 3.90
5.0 4.32 4.22
5.5 4.63 4.53
6.0 4.93 4.82
Minimum ceiling R-Value from Tables
J3D7a to J3D7r , and J3D7(1)(f) as
applicableOption 1– increase insulation between
roof frame members to specified
minimum R-ValueOption 2 – add a layer of continuous
insulation with specified minimum R-
Value above or below the roof frame
members
1.0 1.5 0.13
1.5 2.5 0.30
2.0 3.5 0.30
2.5 5.0 0.40
3.0 6.0 0.60
3.5 X 0.60
4.0 X 0.60
4.5 X 0.60
5.0 X 0.60
5.5 X 0.60
6.0 X 0.60J3D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 453Climate zone Direction of heat flow
3 Down and up
4 Up
5 Up
6 Up
7 Up
8 UpJ3D7
(1 May 2023)
Table J3D7w: Adjusted minimum R-Value of ceiling insulation required to compensate for loss of ceiling insulation area
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown.(1)
X = not permitted.(2)Percentage of ceiling
area uninsulatedMinimum R-Value of ceiling insulation required to satisfy J3D7(1) and J3D7(3)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
0.5% to less than 1.0% 1.0 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 4.0 4.7 5.4 6.2 6.9
1.0% to less than 1.5% 1.1 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.6 4.4 5.2 6.1 7.0 X1.5% to less than 2.0% 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.8 5.8 6.8 X X2.0% to less than 2.5% 1.1 1.8 2.5 3.3 4.2 5.3 6.5 X X X2.5% to less than 3.0% 1.2 1.9 2.6 3.6 4.6 5.9 XXXX
3.0% to less than 4.0% 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.2 5.7 XXXXX
4.0% to less than 5.0% 1.3 2.2 3.4 5.0 XXXXXXEnergy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 454
(1 May 2023)
Page 455 Table J3D7x: Total R-Values for roofs constructed with insulated sandwich panels
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
Direction of heat flow must be determined in accordance with Table J3D7v . (2)
X = not permitted.(3)
NSW J3D8
J3D8 External walls of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) The Total R-Value of an external wall —
in climate zones 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6— (a)
where the ratio of the area of opaque external walls to the floor area of the sole-occupancy unit is less than (i)
20%, must be at least R1.15; and
where the ratio of the area of opaque external walls to the floor area of the sole-occupancy unit is greater (ii)
than or equal to 20% but less than 35%, must be at least R2.04; and
where the ratio of the area of opaque external walls to the floor area of the sole-occupancy unit is greater (iii)
than or equal to 35%, must be at least R2.24; and
in climate zones 4, 7 and 8, must be at least R2.24. (b)
(2) The Total R-Value of an external wall must be determined in accordance with—
for a spandrel panel in a curtain wall system, in accordance with Specification 38 ; and (a)
for all other walls, in accordance with
AS/NZS 4859.2. (b)
(3) The solar absorptance of an external wall must—
in climate zones 1 to 6, be in accordance with Table J3D8a ; and (a)
in climate zones 7 and 8, be in accordance with Table J3D8b . (b)Climate
zoneSA ≤ 0.23 SA > 0.23
to ≤ 0.32SA > 0.32 to ≤ 0.42 SA > 0.42 to ≤ 0.53 SA > 0.53 to ≤ 0.64 SA > 0.64 to ≤ 0.73 SA > 0.73 to ≤ 0.85 SA > 0.85
1 1.86 3.31 4.32 X X X X X
2 – heat
flow down3.11 3.11 3.31 3.66 3.66 X X X
2 – heat flow up 3.02 3.02 3.22 3.57 3.57 X X X
3 – heat flow down 3.31 3.66 4.32 X X X X X
3 – heat flow up 3.22 3.57 4.22 X X X X X
4 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 X X X
5 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 X X X
6 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57
7 4.22 3.90 3.90 3.57 3.57 3.22 3.22 3.22
8 3.90 3.57 3.57 3.22 3.22 3.02 3.02 3.02
(1 May 2023)
Page 456 Table J3D8a: Solar absorptance – climate zones 1 to 6
Table J3D8b: Solar absorptance – climate zones 7 and 8
Table Notes
X = not permitted
NSW J3D9
J3D9 Wall -glazing construction of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or
a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) The Total System U-Value of wall-glazing construction that forms part of the external building fabric must not be
greater than—
in climate zones 1 to 5, U2.2; or (a)
in climate zone 6, U2.0; or (b)
in climate zones 7 and 8, U1.4. (c)
(2) The Total System U-Value of wall-glazing construction that forms part of the external building fabric must be calculated
in accordance with Specification 37 .
(3) Wall components of wall-glazing construction must achieve a minimum Total R-Value of—
where the wall is less than 80% of the area of the wall-glazing construction , R1.0; or (a)
where the wall is 80% or more of the area of the wall-glazing construction , the value specified in Table J4D6a (b)
for a Class 3 building.
(4) In climate zones 1 to 6, the solar admittance of externally facing wall-glazing construction must be not greater than
that shown in Table J3D 9.
(5) In climate zones 7 and 8, glazing in a wall-glazing construction must have a Total System SHGC of at least 0.4.
(6) The solar admittance of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated in accordance with Specification 37 .
(7) The solar absorptance of an external wall must be in accordance with J3D8(3) . Climate zone Opaque external wall to net floor area
ratioPermitted solar absorptance
1 and 3 < 45% ≤ 0.8
≥ 45% ≤ 0.35
2 < 35% Any
≥ 35% Any, or ≤ 0.35, if shading device
overhang is < 300 mm
4 and 5 < 45% Any
≥ 45% ≤ 0.35, if shading device overhang is
< 1500 mm
6 Any Any
Opaque external wall to
net floor area ratioShading device overhang (mm)
≥ 0 to < 600 ≥ 600 to < 900 ≥ 900 to < 1200 ≥ 1200
< 20% Any Any ≥ 0.4 X
≥ 20% to < 35% Any Any X X
≥ 35% to < 45% Any ≥ 0.4 X X
≥ 45% Any ≥ 0.6 X XJ3D8
(1 May 2023)
Page 457 Table J3D9 : Maximum wall -glazing construction solar admittance
J3D10 Floors of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a
building
[New for 2022]
NSW J3D10(1)
(1) Where a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building has a concrete floor above an
unenclosed carpark , undercroft, or the like, underfloor insulation must be installed with an R-Value at least—
in climate zone 2 and climate zones 5 to 8, R2.0; and (a)
in climate zones 3 and 4, R1.5. (b)
NSW J3D10(2)
(2) Where a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building has a concrete floor above an enclosed
carpark , undercroft or the like, underfloor insulation must be installed with an R-Value at least—
in climate zone 2, R0.5; and (a)
in climate zones 4 and 5, R1.0; and (b)
in climate zone 6, R1.5; and (c)
in climate zones 7 and 8, R2.0. (d)
(3) A
concrete slab-on-ground with an in-slab or in-screed heating or cooling system must have insulation with an R-
Value at least 1.0 installed around the vertical edge of tis perimeter.
NSW J3D10(4)
(4) Except for a waffle-pod slab—
in climate zones 6 and 7— (a)
insulation with an R-Value of at least 0.64 must be installed around the vertical edge of its perimeter; and (i)
insulation with an R-Value of at least 0.64 must be installed underneath the slab; and (ii)
in climate zone 8— (b)
insulation with an R-Value of at least 1.0 must be installed around the vertical edge of its perimeter; and (i)
insulation with an R-Value of at least 2.0 must be installed underneath the slab. (ii)
(5) Insulation required by (3), (4)(a)(i) and (4)(b)(i) must—
be water resistant ; and (a)
be continuous from the adjacent finished ground level— (b)
to a depth of not less than 300 mm; or (i)
for at least the full depth of the vertical edge of the concrete slab-on-ground. (ii)
(6) The requirements of (3) do not apply to an in-screed heating or cooling system used solely in a bathroom, amenity
area or the like.Climate zone Eastern aspect solar
admittanceNorthern aspect solar
admittanceSouthern aspect solar
admittanceWestern aspect solar admittance
1 0.10 0.10 0.14 0.10
2 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
3 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11
4 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11
5 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
6 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14
7 N/A N/A N/A N/A
8 N/A N/A N/A N/AJ3D9
(1 May 2023)
Page 458NSW J3D11
J3D11 External winter glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) In climate zones 2 to 8, the ratio of the conductance (CU) and solar heat gain (CSHGC) of the glazing of each storey ,
including any mezzanine , of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building must—
not exceed the allowance obtained from Table J3D11a ; and (a)
be calculated in accordance with the following formula: (b)
(2) In the formula at (1)(b)—
= the area of each glazing element; and (a)
= the Total System U-Value of each glazing element; and (b)
= the Total System SHGC for each glazing element, not exceeding 0.7; and (c)
= the winter exposure factor for each glazing element obtained from Table J3D11b , J3D11c , J3D11d , (d)
J3D11e , J3D11f or J3D11g ; and
= the bedroom conductance factor obtained from Table J3D11h , J3D11i , J3D11j , J3D11k , J3D11l or (e)
J3D11m ; and
= the orientation sector conductance factor obtained from Table J3D11n ; and (f)
= the room type factor obtained from Table J3D11h , J3D11i , J3D11j , J3D11k , J3D11l or J3D11m ; and (g)
= the bedroom solar heat gain factor obtained from Table J3D11h , J3D11i , J3D11j , J3D11k , J3D11l (h)
or J3D11m ; and
= the frame factor obtained from Table J3D11o , J3D11p , J3D11q , J3D11r , J3D11s or J3D11t for each (i)
glazing element; and
= the floor factor obtained from Table J3D11h , J3D11i , J3D11j , J3D11k , J3D11l or J3D11m for each (j)
glazing element.
(3) For the purpose of J3D11—
orientation sectors must be determined in accordance with Figure 13.3.2a of the
ABCB Housing Provisions; and (a)
P/H must be determined in accordance with Figure S37C7 ; and (b)
For P/H between those in Tables J3D11b , J3D11c , J3D11d , J3D11e , J3D11f and J3D11g , either use the next (c)
highest P/H or interpolate.
T
able J3D11a: Maximum conductance to solar heat gain ratio (CU/CSHGC) [A1U1BC1OC1RW1A2U2BC2OC2RW2]
[A1SHGC1EW1BSW1FW1HW1RW1A2SHGC2EW2BSW2FW2HW2RW2]
A12etc
U12etc
SHGC12etc
EW12etc
BC12etc
OC12etc
RW12etc
BSW12etc
FW12etc
HW12etc
Climate zone Maximum conductance to solar heat gain ratio (CU/CSHGC)
2 16.95
3 19.88
4 13.34
5 11.83
6 6.27
7 12.90J3D10
(1 May 2023)
Page 459 T
able J3D11b: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW): climate zone 2
T
able J3D11c: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW): climate zone 3
T
able J3D11d: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW): climate zone 4
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.58 1.66 1.16 0.93 0.70 0.78 0.85 1.38
0.05 1.54 1.60 1.06 0.79 0.58 0.66 0.79 1.32
0.10 1.53 1.54 1.04 0.74 0.56 0.62 0.75 1.28
0.20 1.30 1.41 0.94 0.67 0.50 0.56 0.68 1.15
0.40 1.18 1.20 0.78 0.57 0.44 0.48 0.58 0.99
0.60 0.98 0.99 0.69 0.50 0.38 0.42 0.49 0.81
0.80 0.85 0.81 0.60 0.45 0.36 0.38 0.44 0.68Climate zone Maximum conductance to solar heat gain ratio (CU/CSHGC)
8 12.90
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.49 1.61 1.23 0.96 0.68 1.03 1.37 1.71
0.05 1.44 1.53 1.14 0.81 0.57 0.90 1.27 1.64
0.10 1.38 1.48 1.09 0.76 0.53 0.85 1.22 1.55
0.20 1.21 1.32 0.97 0.69 0.50 0.75 1.10 1.39
0.40 1.00 1.06 0.77 0.57 0.42 0.63 0.92 1.14
0.60 0.83 0.87 0.69 0.50 0.37 0.55 0.77 0.96
0.80 0.62 0.69 0.56 0.43 0.35 0.50 0.66 0.79
1.00 0.43 0.59 0.46 0.41 0.33 0.43 0.56 0.65
1.20 0.26 0.47 0.40 0.36 0.31 0.40 0.53 0.53
1.40 0.22 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.29 0.38 0.47 0.44
1.60 0.18 0.32 0.31 0.33 0.28 0.35 0.39 0.39
1.80 0.15 0.28 0.27 0.31 0.26 0.33 0.35 0.32
2.00 0.12 0.21 0.24 0.29 0.26 0.33 0.33 0.31
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.90 1.10 0.88 0.69 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.91
0.05 0.89 1.06 0.82 0.60 0.44 0.51 0.64 0.89
0.10 0.83 1.01 0.78 0.58 0.42 0.49 0.61 0.84
0.20 0.74 0.90 0.70 0.52 0.40 0.44 0.55 0.76
0.40 0.59 0.74 0.60 0.43 0.36 0.37 0.47 0.63
0.60 0.44 0.57 0.48 0.39 0.34 0.32 0.38 0.51
0.80 0.30 0.45 0.43 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.32 0.41
1.00 0.20 0.38 0.35 0.30 0.28 0.28 0.29 0.33
1.20 0.14 0.29 0.31 0.28 0.28 0.25 0.24 0.28
1.40 0.11 0.26 0.25 0.26 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.24
1.60 0.08 0.23 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.21 0.20 0.20
1.80 0.07 0.16 0.19 0.24 0.24 0.19 0.17 0.18
2.00 0.06 0.16 0.18 0.21 0.24 0.19 0.15 0.16J3D11
(1 May 2023)
Page 460 T
able J3D11e: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW): climate zone 5
T
able J3D11f: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW): climate zone 6
T
able J3D11g: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW): climate zones 7 and 8
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.66 1.53 0.90 0.82 0.74 0.78 0.83 1.43
0.05 1.61 1.47 0.83 0.69 0.61 0.66 0.76 1.37P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
1.00 0.68 0.73 0.52 0.41 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.58
1.20 0.49 0.56 0.46 0.36 0.32 0.32 0.34 0.50
1.40 0.38 0.52 0.42 0.33 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.42
1.60 0.27 0.45 0.39 0.33 0.28 0.28 0.26 0.37
1.80 0.21 0.39 0.35 0.31 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.32
2.00 0.19 0.35 0.31 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.26
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.61 1.34 1.08 0.87 0.67 0.76 0.85 1.23
0.05 1.56 1.29 0.98 0.74 0.56 0.64 0.78 1.17
0.10 1.56 1.23 0.92 0.69 0.54 0.62 0.75 1.14
0.20 1.30 1.10 0.83 0.63 0.49 0.54 0.67 1.03
0.40 1.19 0.91 0.69 0.54 0.41 0.47 0.55 0.86
0.60 0.97 0.75 0.56 0.47 0.38 0.41 0.47 0.70
0.80 0.78 0.62 0.49 0.42 0.34 0.37 0.42 0.57
1.00 0.64 0.47 0.39 0.38 0.32 0.33 0.36 0.49
1.20 0.43 0.42 0.35 0.36 0.31 0.31 0.29 0.39
1.40 0.32 0.31 0.29 0.34 0.29 0.29 0.28 0.33
1.60 0.22 0.27 0.27 0.31 0.25 0.25 0.23 0.28
1.80 0.18 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.25 0.25 0.20 0.25
2.00 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.19 0.19
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 3.04 2.50 1.52 1.51 1.51 1.63 1.76 2.75
0.05 2.94 2.36 1.39 1.28 1.26 1.38 1.62 2.61
0.10 2.91 2.28 1.33 1.21 1.19 1.30 1.52 2.55
0.20 2.50 2.05 1.18 1.08 1.05 1.16 1.40 2.34
0.40 2.29 1.77 1.01 0.91 0.91 0.98 1.20 1.98
0.60 1.95 1.51 0.86 0.77 0.81 0.83 1.04 1.71
0.80 1.73 1.28 0.72 0.71 0.74 0.80 0.92 1.42
1.00 1.38 1.02 0.65 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.78 1.24
1.20 1.12 0.95 0.55 0.61 0.60 0.65 0.72 1.04
1.40 0.85 0.72 0.49 0.54 0.60 0.62 0.64 0.93
1.60 0.70 0.65 0.42 0.50 0.56 0.54 0.56 0.79
1.80 0.51 0.53 0.40 0.47 0.53 0.51 0.54 0.72
2.00 0.40 0.47 0.38 0.44 0.49 0.51 0.48 0.58J3D11
(1 May 2023)
Page 461
Table J3D11h: Conductance and radiation factors: climate zone 2
Table J3D11i: Conductance and radiation factors: climate zone 3
Table J3D11j: Conductance and radiation factors: climate zone 4
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.10 1.61 1.44 0.79 0.64 0.59 0.62 0.73 1.34
0.20 1.51 1.34 0.73 0.58 0.53 0.55 0.66 1.22
0.40 1.30 1.17 0.63 0.49 0.44 0.47 0.55 1.07
0.60 1.19 1.02 0.54 0.43 0.40 0.41 0.48 0.91
0.80 1.02 0.88 0.48 0.39 0.36 0.37 0.43 0.79
1.00 0.93 0.78 0.44 0.34 0.34 0.33 0.37 0.67
1.20 0.73 0.66 0.37 0.32 0.32 0.31 0.33 0.60
1.40 0.66 0.64 0.36 0.30 0.29 0.29 0.30 0.46
1.60 0.51 0.46 0.32 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.28 0.43
1.80 0.42 0.44 0.26 0.26 0.27 0.25 0.25 0.37
2.00 0.31 0.37 0.26 0.24 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.31
Type of factor Factor
Bedroom conduction weighting factor (BC) 0.43
Room type multiplier (for bedroom and unconditioned
areas) (RW)1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain weighting factor (BSW) 0.40
Floor factor for tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW) 1.02
Floor factor for other than tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW)0.96
Type of factor Factor
Bedroom conduction weighting factor (BC) 0.42
Room type multiplier (for bedroom and unconditioned
areas) (RW)1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain weighting factor (BSW) 1.28
Floor factor for tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW) 1.02
Floor factor for other than tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW)0.97
Type of factor Factor
Bedroom conduction weighting factor (BC) 0.70
Room type multiplier (for bedroom and unconditioned
areas) (RW)1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain weighting factor (BSW) 0.60
Floor factor for tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW) 1.04
Floor factor for other than tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW)0.92J3D11
(1 May 2023)
Page 462 Table J3D11k: Conductance and radiation factors: climate zone 5
T
able J3D11l: Conductance and radiation factors: climate zone 6
T
able J3D11m: Conductance and radiation factors: climate zones 7 and 8
T
able J3D11n: Orientation sector conductance factor (OC)
T
able J3D11o: Frame factor (FW) — climate zone 2 Type of factor Factor
Bedroom conduction weighting factor (BC) 0.63
Room type multiplier (for bedroom and unconditioned
areas) (RW)1.10
Bedroom solar heat gain weighting factor (BSW) 0.81
Floor factor for tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW) 1.03
Floor factor for other than tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW)0.93
Type of factor Factor
Bedroom conduction weighting factor (BC) 0.81
Room type multiplier (for bedroom and unconditioned
areas) (RW)1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain weighting factor (BSW) 0.65
Floor factor for tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW) 1.02
Floor factor for other than tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW)0.98
Type of factor Factor
Bedroom conduction weighting factor (BC) 0.60
Room type multiplier (for bedroom and unconditioned
areas) (RW)1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain weighting factor (BSW) 0.51
Floor factor for tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW) 1.03
Floor factor for other than tiled or vinyl covered floors (HW)0.93
Climate
zoneNorth North east East South east South South west West North west
2 1.70 1.34 0.98 0.84 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40
3 1.30 1.10 0.90 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.90 1.10
4 1.30 1.25 1.20 1.03 0.85 0.92 0.99 1.15
5 1.20 1.15 1.10 1.05 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15
6 1.23 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.16
7 and 8 1.40 1.25 1.10 1.00 0.90 0.95 1.00 1.20
Frame solar absorptance Factor
≤ 0.40 0.97
> 0.40 to < 0.68 1.00
≥ 0.68 1.08J3D11
(1 May 2023)
Page 463Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown.
Table J3D11p: Frame factor (FW) — climate zone 3
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown.
Table J3D11q: Frame factor (FW) — climate zone 4
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown.
Table J3D11r: Frame factor (FW) — climate zone 5
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown.
Table J3D11s: Frame factor (FW) — climate zone 6
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown.
Table J3D11t: Frame factor (FW) — climate zones 7 and 8
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown. Frame solar absorptance Factor
≤ 0.40 0.98
> 0.40 to < 0.68 1.00
≥ 0.68 1.05
Frame solar absorptance Factor
≤ 0.40 0.99
> 0.40 to < 0.68 1.00
≥ 0.68 1.01
Frame solar absorptance Factor
≤ 0.40 1.00
> 0.40 to < 0.68 1.00
≥ 0.68 1.01
Frame solar absorptance Factor
≤ 0.40 0.92
> 0.40 to < 0.68 1.00
≥ 0.68 1.13
Frame solar absorptance Factor
≤ 0.40 0.97
> 0.40 to < 0.68 1.00
≥ 0.68 1.01J3D11
(1 May 2023)
Page 464
NSW J3D12
J3D12 External summer glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) In climate zones 1 to 7, the aggregate solar heat gain of the glazing in each storey , including any mezzanine , of a
sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building must—
not exceed the allowance resulting from multiplying the floor area of the storey , including any mezzanine , (a)
measured within the enclosing walls, by the constant CSHGC obtained from Table J3D12a ; and
be calculated in accordance with the following formula: (b)
(2) In the formula at (1)(b)—
= the area of each glazing element; and (a)
= the Total System SHGC for each glazing element, not exceeding 0.7; and (b)
= the summer exposure factor for each glazing element obtained from Table J3D12b , J3D12c , J3D12d , (c)
J3D12e , J3D12f , J3D12g or J3D12h .
= the factor obtained from Table J3D12i or Table J3D12j for each glazing element located in a bedroom (d)
or room which is not a conditioned space ; and
= the frame factor obtained from Table J3D12i or Table J3D12j for glazing element; and (e)
= the floor factor obtained from Table J3D12i or Table J3D12j for each glazing element. (f)
(3) For the purpose of J3D12—
orientation sectors must be determined in accordance with Figure 13.3.2a of the ABCB Housing Provisions; and (a)
P/H must be determined in accordance with Figure S37C7 ; and (b)
for P/H between those shown in Tables J3D12b , J3D12c , J3D12d , J3D12e , J3D12f , J3D12g , J3D12h , J3D12i (c)
and J3D12j , either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table J3D12a: Constant for Solar Heat Gain (CSHGC) — climate zones 1 to 7
Table Notes
The ventilation opening area is the total area of each ventilation opening divided by the floor area of the storey , (1)
including any mezzanine .
No window can have a design ventilation opening greater than 90% because the window frame will always obstruct (2)
some area of the opening.
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown. (3)A1SHGC1ES1RS1FS1HS1A2SHGC2ES2RS2FS2HS2
A12etc
SHGC12etc
ES12etc
RS12etc
FS12etc
HS12etc
% Ventilation
opening area
per m2Climate zone
1Climate zone
2 Climate zone
3Climate zone
4Climate zone
5Climate zone
6Climate zone
7
5% to <10% 0.0191 0.0245 0.0547 0.0506 0.0674 0.1472 0.0930
10% to
<15%0.0237 0.0532 0.0745 0.0946 0.1111 0.2969 0.2405
15% to <20% 0.0294 0.0700 0.0861 0.1203 0.1367 0.3845 0.3267
20% to 90% 0.0364 0.0819 0.0943 0.1385 0.1548 0.4466 0.3879J3D11
(1 May 2023)
Page 465 Table J3D12b: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (Es) — climate zone 1
Table J3D12c: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (Es) — climate zone 2
Table J3D12d: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (Es) — climate zone 3 P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.62 0.76 0.79 0.75 0.52 0.89 1.06 0.85
0.05 0.52 0.67 0.73 0.68 0.45 0.82 0.98 0.75
0.10 0.49 0.61 0.68 0.65 0.41 0.76 0.92 0.69
0.20 0.44 0.53 0.62 0.57 0.33 0.66 0.80 0.60
0.40 0.36 0.41 0.48 0.42 0.25 0.53 0.66 0.47
0.60 0.30 0.33 0.40 0.36 0.20 0.42 0.53 0.38
0.80 0.26 0.28 0.32 0.28 0.18 0.36 0.46 0.32
1.00 0.23 0.23 0.27 0.25 0.15 0.30 0.38 0.28
1.20 0.21 0.21 0.23 0.20 0.13 0.27 0.34 0.26
1.40 0.20 0.19 0.20 0.18 0.13 0.22 0.30 0.22
1.60 0.18 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.11 0.20 0.27 0.21
1.80 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.20 0.24 0.18
2.00 0.14 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.10 0.17 0.22 0.17
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.65 1.16 1.59 1.20 0.73 1.30 1.77 1.23
0.05 0.54 1.01 1.43 1.06 0.61 1.18 1.62 1.10
0.10 0.50 0.94 1.35 0.99 0.58 1.10 1.50 1.00
0.20 0.42 0.81 1.20 0.88 0.51 0.98 1.32 0.87
0.40 0.35 0.62 0.95 0.70 0.40 0.78 1.10 0.67
0.60 0.30 0.48 0.78 0.57 0.33 0.64 0.88 0.50
0.80 0.26 0.41 0.65 0.47 0.29 0.54 0.77 0.43
1.00 0.23 0.33 0.56 0.40 0.24 0.47 0.62 0.36
1.20 0.21 0.30 0.46 0.35 0.22 0.40 0.54 0.31
1.40 0.19 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.21 0.35 0.48 0.27
1.60 0.17 0.25 0.36 0.29 0.19 0.31 0.41 0.24
1.80 0.15 0.22 0.31 0.25 0.17 0.30 0.37 0.22
2.00 0.15 0.21 0.29 0.24 0.16 0.26 0.36 0.21
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.80 1.26 1.41 1.38 0.89 1.33 1.29 1.20
0.05 0.67 1.14 1.31 1.26 0.77 1.21 1.20 1.07
0.10 0.63 1.03 1.24 1.19 0.73 1.14 1.13 0.99
0.20 0.54 0.88 1.09 1.05 0.62 1.00 1.01 0.87
0.40 0.46 0.68 0.87 0.83 0.51 0.83 0.80 0.67
0.60 0.40 0.52 0.73 0.68 0.42 0.66 0.67 0.52
0.80 0.34 0.42 0.58 0.55 0.36 0.58 0.57 0.42
1.00 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.47 0.32 0.49 0.50 0.35
1.20 0.27 0.31 0.42 0.40 0.28 0.43 0.41 0.31
1.40 0.24 0.27 0.35 0.36 0.27 0.37 0.39 0.27J3D12
(1 May 2023)
Page 466 T
able J3D12e: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (Es) — climate zone 4
T
able J3D12f: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (Es) — climate zone 5
T
able J3D12g: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (Es) — climate zone 6
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 2.18 2.75 2.88 2.22 1.59 2.46 2.91 2.90
0.05 1.85 2.47 2.63 1.99 1.35 2.25 2.70 2.64
0.10 1.69 2.30 2.48 1.89 1.27 2.13 2.60 2.43
0.20 1.35 1.96 2.20 1.66 1.14 1.92 2.33 2.13
0.40 0.94 1.48 1.78 1.38 0.94 1.57 1.87 1.61P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
1.60 0.24 0.24 0.33 0.32 0.22 0.36 0.33 0.25
1.80 0.21 0.23 0.30 0.28 0.22 0.32 0.31 0.23
2.00 0.21 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.20 0.28 0.26 0.20
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.79 1.13 1.12 1.05 0.68 1.14 1.44 1.23
0.05 0.67 1.05 1.05 0.97 0.59 1.05 1.34 1.12
0.10 0.62 0.95 0.99 0.91 0.55 0.98 1.29 1.03
0.20 0.47 0.83 0.90 0.82 0.49 0.87 1.16 0.89
0.40 0.33 0.63 0.74 0.67 0.41 0.71 0.94 0.68
0.60 0.30 0.48 0.59 0.56 0.35 0.61 0.79 0.50
0.80 0.26 0.36 0.50 0.49 0.30 0.52 0.65 0.40
1.00 0.22 0.29 0.44 0.42 0.26 0.45 0.56 0.33
1.20 0.21 0.25 0.37 0.37 0.24 0.40 0.50 0.28
1.40 0.18 0.22 0.31 0.34 0.20 0.38 0.42 0.23
1.60 0.18 0.19 0.30 0.30 0.19 0.33 0.36 0.22
1.80 0.15 0.17 0.26 0.27 0.17 0.29 0.35 0.19
2.00 0.14 0.16 0.22 0.23 0.17 0.28 0.29 0.18
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.82 1.20 1.31 1.06 0.82 1.04 1.30 1.16
0.05 0.69 1.06 1.18 0.94 0.68 0.92 1.19 1.04
0.10 0.63 0.97 1.11 0.87 0.65 0.86 1.11 0.94
0.20 0.51 0.84 0.98 0.77 0.58 0.76 0.99 0.83
0.40 0.39 0.64 0.78 0.63 0.46 0.62 0.81 0.62
0.60 0.35 0.51 0.64 0.52 0.40 0.51 0.65 0.48
0.80 0.30 0.41 0.55 0.44 0.34 0.43 0.52 0.40
1.00 0.26 0.34 0.46 0.37 0.30 0.37 0.46 0.31
1.20 0.24 0.29 0.40 0.33 0.26 0.33 0.40 0.27
1.40 0.21 0.25 0.35 0.30 0.24 0.29 0.34 0.24
1.60 0.20 0.24 0.32 0.25 0.22 0.27 0.30 0.21
1.80 0.18 0.22 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.23 0.27 0.20
2.00 0.17 0.19 0.26 0.23 0.19 0.21 0.25 0.19J3D12
(1 May 2023)
Page 467
Table J3D12h: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (Es) — climate zone 7
Table J3D12i: Conductance factors — climate zone 1
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.60 0.78 1.10 1.53 1.15 0.81 1.36 1.58 1.19
0.80 0.68 0.89 1.25 0.97 0.68 1.17 1.37 0.94
1.00 0.57 0.74 1.05 0.82 0.60 0.98 1.16 0.84
1.20 0.52 0.61 0.93 0.74 0.60 0.91 1.00 0.68
1.40 0.47 0.56 0.80 0.66 0.49 0.80 0.87 0.61
1.60 0.42 0.48 0.70 0.61 0.47 0.73 0.79 0.49
1.80 0.39 0.46 0.65 0.56 0.44 0.66 0.71 0.47
2.00 0.36 0.43 0.60 0.54 0.44 0.61 0.64 0.40
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.89 1.06 1.06 0.93 0.70 0.91 1.06 1.07
0.05 0.77 0.95 0.97 0.82 0.59 0.81 0.97 0.97
0.10 0.71 0.88 0.92 0.79 0.56 0.76 0.92 0.89
0.20 0.58 0.77 0.82 0.69 0.50 0.68 0.81 0.78
0.40 0.37 0.59 0.67 0.57 0.42 0.55 0.66 0.58
0.60 0.30 0.46 0.57 0.50 0.36 0.47 0.56 0.46
0.80 0.26 0.36 0.48 0.44 0.31 0.41 0.47 0.36
1.00 0.23 0.30 0.42 0.37 0.28 0.35 0.39 0.29
1.20 0.20 0.25 0.36 0.34 0.25 0.31 0.34 0.25
1.40 0.18 0.21 0.32 0.30 0.23 0.28 0.29 0.22
1.60 0.17 0.19 0.29 0.27 0.22 0.26 0.28 0.19
1.80 0.16 0.18 0.25 0.24 0.20 0.24 0.24 0.17
2.00 0.15 0.17 0.24 0.23 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.16
Factor Value
Room type multiplier (for bedroom and unconditioned
areas) (RS)0.32
Frame solar absorptance multiplier Frame SA = 0.3 up to
0.4 (FS)0.83
Frame solar absorptance multiplier Frame SA = 0.4 up to
0.5 (FS)1.00
Frame solar absorptance multiplier Frame SA = 0.5 or
more (FS)1.20
Floor factor for tiled or vinyl covered floors (HS) 1.00
Floor factor for other than tiled or vinyl covered floors (HS)1.00J3D12
(1 May 2023)
Page 468 Table J3D12j: Conductance factors — climate zones 2 to 7
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown.
NSW J3D13
J3D13 Shading of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 par t of a
building
[New for 2022]
Where shading is required to comply with J3D11 or J3D12 , it must—
be provided by an external permanent projection, such as a verandah, balcony, fixed canopy, eaves, shading (a)
hood or carport, which—
extends horizontally on both sides of the glazing for a distance greater than or equal to the projection (i)
distance P in Figure S37C7 ; or
provide the equivalent shading to (i) with a reveal or the like; or (ii)
be provided by an external shading device, such as a shutter, blind, vertical or horizontal building screen with (b)
blades, battens or slats, which—
is capable of restricting at least 80% of the summer solar radiation; and (i)Type of factor Climate zone 2 Climate zone 3Climate zone 4Climate zone 5Climate zone 6Climate zone 7
Room type
multiplier (for
bedroom and
unconditioned
areas) (RS)0.40 0.56 0.71 0.91 0.87 1.11
Frame solar
absorptance
multiplier (for
metal frame
windows) (FS)
SA ≤ 0.401.00 0.89 0.87 0.85 0.74 0.86
Frame solar absorptance
multiplier (for
metal frame
windows) (F
S)
SA > 0.40 to <
0.681.06 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Frame solar absorptance
multiplier (for
metal frame
windows) (F
S)
SA ≥ 0.681.22 1.18 1.22 1.24 1.22 1.32
Floor factor for
tiled or vinyl
covered floors
(HS)1.06 1.06 1.13 1.13 1.04 1.21
Floor factor for
other than tiled
or vinyl
covered floors
(HS)0.97 0.97 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.90J3D12
(1 May 2023)
Page 469if adjustable, is readily operated either manually, mechanically or electronically by the building occupants. (ii)
NSW J3D14
J3D14 Net equivalent energy usage of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1) The net equivalent energy usage of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building, calculated
in accordance with (a), must not exceed the allowance calculated in accordance with (b)—
, where— (a)
= the floor area factor obtained from multiplying the total floor area by the adjustment factor in Table (i)
J3D14a ; and
= the main space conditioning and main water heater efficiency factor obtained from the ABCB Standard (ii)
for Whole-of-Home Efficiency Factors; and
= the swimming pool pump energy usage in (2); and (iii)
= the spa pump energy usage in (3); and (iv)
= the installed capacity of on-site photovoltaics apportioned to the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 (v)
building or Class 4 part of a building (kW); and
, where— (b)
= the floor area factor obtained from multiplying the total floor area by the adjustment factor in Table (i)
J3D14a ; and
= the energy factor obtained from Table J3D14b . (ii)
(2) The swimming pool pump energy usage (EP) must be determined in accordance with the following formula:
, where—
= the swimming pool pump energy usage; and (a)
= the volume of the swimming pool to the nearest 1000 litres; and (b)
= the swimming pool pump factor in Table 13.6.2c of the ABCB Housing Provisions. (c)
(3) The spa pump energy usage (ES) must be determined in accordance with the following formula:
,where—
= the spa pump energy usage; and (a)
= the volume of the spa to the nearest 100 litres; and (b)
= the spa pump factor in Table 13.6.2d of the ABCB Housing Provisions. (c)
Table J3D14a: Floor area adjustment factor for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building
Total floor
area m2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factor
< 50 0.0123 160–169 0.0097 280–289 0.0087 400–409 0.0080
50–59 0.0119 170–179 0.0096 290–299 0.0086 410–419 0.0079
60–69 0.0116 180–189 0.0095 300–309 0.0085 420–429 0.0079
70–79 0.0113 190–199 0.0094 310–319 0.0085 430–439 0.0078VVAAEEEPESER
A
EE
EP
ES
ER
AEF
EF
EPVFP1000
EP
FP
ESVFSB100
ES
FSBJ3D13
(1 May 2023)
Page 470
Table Notes
The total floor area is measured within the inside face of the external walls of the sole-occupancy unit and includes (1)
any conditioned attached Class 10a building.
Where values fall between ranges given, the floor area must be rounded up to the nearest whole square metres (2)
of floor area.
Table J3D14b: Energy factor for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 par t of a build -
ing
NSW J3D15
J3D15 Net equivalent energy usage for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or Class 4 part of building – home energy rating software
[New for 2022]
A sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building must achieve a whole-of-home rating of not less
than 50 using house energy rating software .Total floor
area m2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factor
80–89 0.0111 200–209 0.0093 320–329 0.0084 440–449 0.0078
90–99 0.0108 210–219 0.0092 330–339 0.0083 450–459 0.0077
100–109 0.0106 220–229 0.0091 340–349 0.0083 460–469 0.0077
110–119 0.0105 230–239 0.0090 350–359 0.0082 470–479 0.0077
120–129 0.0103 240–249 0.0090 360–369 0.0082 480–489 0.0076
130–139 0.0101 250–259 0.0089 370–379 0.0081 490–499 0.0076
140–149 0.0100 260–269 0.0088 380–389 0.0081 500 0.0075
150–159 0.0099 270–279 0.0087 390–399 0.0080 — —
Climate
zoneACT NSW NT QLD SA TAS Vic WA
1 — — 2.73 3.95 — — — 4.64
2 — 1.88 — 2.54 — — — —
3 — — 1.76 3.52 — — — 4.10
4 — 2.57 — — 2.65 — 1.79 3.34
5 — 2.50 — 3.26 2.56 — — 3.36
6 — 3.43 — — 3.58 — 2.32 4.58
7 3.66 3.32 — — — 4.41 2.32 —
8 — 5.70 — — — 5.60 4.02 —J3D14
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 471
NT Part J4
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for the building envelope
including roofs, ceilings, roof lights, walls, glazing and floors.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building: (4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply (i)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies. (ii)
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J1.0]
NSW J4D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)
J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)Part J4 Building fabric
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 472J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
NSW J4D2
J4D2 Application of Part
[2019: J1.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to building elements forming the envelope of a Class 2 to 9 building
other than J4D3(5) , J4D4 , J4D5 , J4D6 and J4D7 which do not apply to a Class 2 sole-occupancy unit or a Class 4 part of
a building.
NSW J4D3
J4D3 Thermal construction — general
[2019: J1.2]
(1) Where required , insulation must comply with AS/NZS 4859.1 and be installed so that it—
abuts or overlaps adjoining insulation other than at supporting members such as studs, noggings, joists, furring (a)
channels and the like where the insulation must be against the member; and
forms a continuous barrier with ceilings, walls, bulkheads, floors or the like that inherently contribute to the (b)
thermal barrier; and
does not affect the safe or effective operation of a service or fitting. (c)
(2) Where required , reflective insulation must be installed with—
the necessary airspace to achieve the required R-Value between a reflective side of the reflective insulation and (a)
a building lining or cladding; and
the reflective insulation closely fitted against any penetration, door or window opening; and (b)
the reflective insulation adequately supported by framing members; and (c)
each adjoining sheet of roll membrane being— (d)
overlapped not less than 50 mm; or (i)
taped together. (ii)
(3) Where required , bulk insulation must be installed so that—
it maintains its position and thickness, other than where it is compressed between cladding and supporting (a)
members, water pipes, electrical cabling or the like; and
in a ceiling, where there is no bulk insulation or reflective insulation in the wall beneath, it overlaps the wall by (b)
not less than 50 mm.
(4) Roof, ceiling, wall and floor materials, and associated surfaces are deemed to have the thermal properties listed in
Specification 36 .
(5) The required Total R-Value and Total System U-Value , including allowance for thermal bridging, must be—
calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.2 for a roof or floor; or (a)
determined in accordance with Specification 37 for wall-glazing construction ; or (b)
determined in accordance with Specification 39 or
Section 3
.5 of CIBSE Guide A for soil or sub-floor spaces. (c)J4D4 Roof and ceiling construction
[2019: J1.3]
(1) A roof or ceiling must achieve a Total R-Value greater than or equal to—
in climate zones 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, R3.7 for a downward direction of heat flow; and (a)J4D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 473in climate zone 6, R3.2 for a downward direction of heat flow; and (b)
in climate zone 7, R3.7 for an upward direction of heat flow; and (c)
in climate zone 8, R4.8 for an upward direction of heat flow. (d)
(2) In climate zones 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, the solar absorptance of the upper surface of a roof must be not more than
0.45.
J4D5 Roof lights
[2019: J1.4]
Roof lights must have—
a total area of not more than 5% of the floor area of the room or space served; and (a)
transparent and translucent elements, including any imperforate ceiling dif
fuser, with a combined performance (b)
of—
for Total system SHGC , in accordance with Table J4D5 ; and (i)
for Total system U-Value , not more than U3.9. (ii)
T
able J4D5: Roof lights – T otal syst em SHGC
T
able Notes
The roof light shaft index is determined by measuring the distance from the centre of the shaft at the roof to the (1)
centre of the shaft at the ceiling level and dividing it by the average internal dimension of the shaft opening at the
ceiling level (or the diameter for a circular shaft) in the same units of measurement.
The area of a roof light is the area of the roof opening that allows light to enter the building. (2)
The total area of roof lights is the combined area for all roof lights serving the room or space. (3)
NSW J4D6
J4D6 Walls and glazing
[2019: J1.5]
(1) The Total System U-Value of wall-glazing construction , including wall-glazing construction which wholly or partly forms
the envelope internally, must not be greater than—
for a Class 2 common area, a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a Class 9a building other than a ward area , U2.0; (a)
and
for a Class 3 or 9c building or a Class 9a ward area — (b)
in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6 or 7, U1.1; or (i)
in climate zones 2 or 5, U2.0; or (ii)
in climate zone 8, U0.9. (iii)
(2) The Total System U-Value of display glazing must not be greater than U5.8.
(3) The Total System U-Value of wall-glazing construction must be calculated in accordance with Specification 37 .
(4) W
all components of a wall-glazing construction must achieve a minimum Total R-Value of—
where the wall is less than 80% of the area of the wall-glazing construction , R1.0; or (a)Roof light shaft index Note
1Total area of roof lights up to 3.5% of the
floor area of the room or spaceTotal area of roof lights more than 3.5% and
up to 5% of the floor area of the room or
space
<1.0 ≤ 0.45 ≤ 0.29
≥ 1.0 to < 2.5 ≤ 0.51 ≤ 0.33
≥ 2.5 ≤ 0.76 ≤ 0.49J4D4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 474where the wall is 80% or more of the area of the wall-glazing construction , the value specified in Table J4D6a . (b)
(5) The solar admittance of externally facing wall-glazing construction , excluding wall-glazing construction which is wholly
internal, must not be greater than—
for a Class 2 common area, a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a Class 9a building other than a ward area , the (a)
values specified in Table J4D6b ; and
for a Class 3 or 9c building or a Class 9a ward area , the values specified in Table J4D6c . (b)
(6) The solar admittance of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated in accordance with Specification 37 .
(7) The Total system SHGC of display glazing must not be greater than 0.81 divided by the applicable shading factor
specified in S37C7 .
Table J4D6a: Minimum wall Total R-Value - Wall area 80% or more of wall -glazing construction ar ea
Table J4D6b: Maximum wall -glazing construction solar admittance - Class 2 common ar ea, Class 5, 6,
7 , 8 or 9b building or Class 9a building other than a ward area
Table J4D6c: Maximum wall -glazing construction solar admittance - Class 3 or 9c building or Class 9a
ward area Climate zone Class 2 common area, Class 5, 6, 7, 8
or 9b building or a Class 9a building
other than a ward areaClass 3 or 9c building or Class 9a
ward area
1 2.4 3.3
2 1.4 1.4
3 1.4 3.3
4 1.4 2.8
5 1.4 1.4
6 1.4 2.8
7 1.4 2.8
8 1.4 3.8
Climate zone Eastern aspect solar
admittanceNorthern aspect solar
admittanceSouthern aspect solar
admittance Western aspect solar admittance
1 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12
2 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
3 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
4 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
5 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
6 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
7 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
8 0.2 0.2 0.42 0.36
Climate zone Eastern aspect solar
admittanceNorthern aspect solar
admittanceSouthern aspect solar
admittanceWestern aspect solar admittance
1 0.07 0.07 0.10 0.07
2 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
3 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07
4 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07
5 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
6 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07J4D6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 475 J4D7 Floors
[2019: J1.6]
(1) A floor must achieve the Total R-Value specified in Table J4D7 .
(2) For the purposes of (1), a slab-on-ground that does not have an in-slab heating or cooling system is considered to
achieve a Total R-Value of R2.0, except—
in climate zone 8; or (a)
a Class 3, Class 9a ward area or Class 9b building in climate zone 7 that has a floor area to floor perimeter ratio (b)
of less than or equal to 2.
(3) A
floor must be insulated around the vertical edge of its perimeter with insulation having an R-Value greater than or
equal to 1.0 when the floor—
is a concrete slab-on-ground in climate zone 8; or (a)
has an in-slab or in-screed heating or cooling system, except where used solely in a bathroom, amenity area or (b)
the like.
(4) Insulation required by (3) for a concrete slab-on-ground must—
be water resistant ; and (a)
be continuous from the adjacent finished ground level— (b)
to a depth not less than 300 mm; or (i)
for the full depth of the vertical edge of the concrete slab-on-ground. (ii)
T
able J4D7 : Floors – Minimum T otal R- Value
T
able Notes
For the purpose of calculating the Total R-Value of a floor, the sub-floor and soil R-Value must be calculated in
accordance with Specification 39 or
Section 3
.5 of CIBSE Guide A.Climate zone Eastern aspect solaradmittanceNorthern aspect solar
admittanceSouthern aspect solar
admittanceWestern aspect solar admittance
7 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.07
8 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08
Location Climate zone 1—
upwards heat flowClimate zones 2 and 3 —
upwards and downwards
heat flowClimate zones 4, 5,
6 and 7 —
downwards heat
flowClimate zone 8 —
downwards heat flow
A floor
without an in-
slab heating
or cooling
system2.0 2.0 2.0 3.5
A floor with an in-slab
heating or
cooling
system3.25 3.25 3.25 4.75J4D6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 476
NT Part J5
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for the sealing of a
building’s glazing , doors, exhaust fans and the like in order to increase thermal comfort for occupants and reduce the
energy consumption of any installed air-conditioning systems.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building: (4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply (i)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies. (ii)
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J3.0]
NSW J5D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)Part J5 Building sealing
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 477J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
NSW J5D2
J5D2 Application of Part
[2019: J3.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to elements forming the envelope of a Class 2 to 9 building, other
than—
a building in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 where the only means of air-conditioning is by using an evaporative (a)
cooler; or
a permanent building opening, in a space where a gas appliance is located, that is necessary for the safe (b)
operation of a gas appliance; or
a building or space where the mechanical ventilation required by Part F6 provides sufficient pressurisation to (c)
prevent infiltration.
J5D3 Chimneys and flues
[2019: J3.2]
The chimney or flue of an open solid-fuel burning appliance must be provided with a damper or flap that can be closed to
seal the chimney or flue.
J5D4 Roof lights
[2019: J3.3]
(1) A roof light must be sealed, or capable of being sealed, when serving—
a conditioned space ; or (a)
a habitable room in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (b)
(2) A roof light required by (1) to be sealed, or capable of being sealed, must be constructed with—
an imperforate ceiling diffuser or the like installed at the ceiling or internal lining level; or (a)
a weatherproof seal; or (b)
a shutter system readily operated either manually, mechanically or electronically by the occupant. (c)
NSW J5D5
J5D5 Windows and doors
[2019: J3.4]
(1) A door, openable window or the like must be sealed—
when forming part of the envelope ; or (a)
in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (b)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
a window complying with AS 2047; or (a)
a fire door or smoke door; or (b)
a roller shutter door, roller shutter grille or other security door or device installed only for out-of-hours security. (c)J5D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 478(3) A seal to restrict air infiltration—
for the bottom edge of a door
, must be a draft protection device; and (a)
for the other edges of a door or the edges of an openable window or other such opening, may be a foam or (b)
rubber compression strip, fibrous seal or the like.
(4) An entrance to a building, if leading to a conditioned space must have an airlock, self-closing door, rapid roller door ,
revolving door or the like, other than—
where the conditioned space has a floor area of not more than 50 m2; or (a)
where a café, restaurant, open front shop or the like has— (b)
a 3 m deep un-conditioned zone between the main entrance, including an open front, and the conditioned (i)
space ; and
at all other entrances to the café, restaurant, open front shop or the like, self-closing doors. (ii)
(5) A
loading dock entrance, if leading to a conditioned space , must be fitted with a rapid roller door or the like.
J5D6 Exhaust fans
[2019: J3.5]
An exhaust fan must be fitted with a sealing device such as a self-closing damper or the like when serving—
a conditioned space ; or (a)
a habitable room in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (b)
J5D7 Construction of ceilings, walls and floors
[2019: J3.6]
(1) Ceilings, walls, floors and any opening such as a window frame, door frame, roof light frame or the like must be
constructed to minimise air leakage in accordance with (2)—
when forming part of the envelope ; or (a)
in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (b)
(2) Construction required by (1) must be—
enclosed by internal lining systems that are close fitting at ceiling, wall and floor junctions; or (a)
sealed at junctions and penetrations with— (b)
close fitting architrave, skirting or cornice; or (i)
expanding foam, rubber compressible strip, caulking or the like. (ii)
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to openings, grilles or the like required for smoke hazard management.
J5D8 Evaporative coolers
[2019: J3.7]
An evaporative cooler must be fitted with a self-closing damper or the like—
when serving a heated space; or (a)
in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (b)J5D5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 479
NT Part J6
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out the provisions for the efficiency
and control of air-conditioning , space heating and ventilation equipment, the efficiency, sealing and insulation requirements
for ductwork systems containing fans, and for the efficiency and insulation of pipework and pump systems.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building: (4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply (i)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies. (ii)
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J5.0]
NSW J6D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)Part J6 Air-conditioning and ventilation
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 480J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
NSW J6D2
J6D2 Application of Part
[2019: J5.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to a Class 8 electricity network substation .
J6D3 Air-conditioning system contr ol
[2019: J5.2]
(1) An air-conditioning system—
must be capable of being deactivated when the building or part of a building served by that system is not (a)
occupied; and
when serving more than one air-conditioning zone or area with different heating or cooling needs, must— (b)
thermostatically control the temperature of each zone or area; and (i)
not control the temperature by mixing actively heated air and actively cooled air; and (ii)
limit reheating to not more than— (iii)
for a fixed supply air rate, a 7.5 K rise in temperature; and (A)
for a variable supply air rate, a 7.5 K rise in temperature at the nominal supply air rate but increased (B)
or decreased at the same rate that the supply air rate is respectively decreased or increased; and
which provides the required mechanical ventilation, other than in climate zone 1 or where dehumidification control (c)
is needed, must have an outdoor air economy cycle if the total air flow rate of any airside component of an air-
conditioning system is greater than or equal to the flow rates in Table J6D3 ; and
which contains more than one water heater
, chiller or coil, must be capable of stopping the flow of water to those (d)
not operating; and
with an airflow of more than 1000 L/s, must have a variable speed fan when its supply air quantity is capable of (e)
being varied; and
when serving a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 3 building, must not operate when any external door of the sole- (f)
occupancy unit that opens to a balcony or the like, is open for more than one minute; and
must have the ability to use direct signals from the control components responsible for the delivery of comfort (g)
conditions in the building to regulate the operation of central plant; and
must have a control dead band of not less than 2°C, except where a smaller range is required for specialised (h)
applications; and
must be provided with balancing dampers and balancing valves, as required to meet the needs of the system at (i)
its maximum operating condition, that ensure the maximum design air or fluid flow is achieved but not exceeded
by more than 15% above design at each—
component; or (i)
group of components operating under a common control in a system containing multiple components; and (ii)
must ensure that each independently operating space of more than 1 000 m2 and every separate floor of the (j)
building has provision to terminate airflow independently of the remainder of the system suf
ficient to allow for
dif
ferent operating times; and
must have automatic variable temperature operation of heated water and chilled water circuits; and (k)
when deactivated, must close any motorised outdoor air or return air damper that is not otherwise being actively (l)
controlled.
(2) When two or more air-conditioning systems serve the same space they must use control sequences that prevent theJ6D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 481systems from operating in opposing heating and cooling modes.
(3) Time switches — the following applies:
A
time switch must be provided to control— (a)
an air-conditioning system of more than 2 kWr; and (i)
a heater of more than 1 kWheating used for air-conditioning . (ii)
The time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and of
f at variable pre-programmed times and (b)
on variable pre-programmed days.
The requirements of (a) and (b) do not apply to— (c)
an air-conditioning system that serves— (i)
only one sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2, 3 or 9c building; or (A)
a Class 4 part of a building; or (B)
a conditioned space where air-conditioning is needed for 24 hour continuous use. (ii)
T
able J6D3 : Requirement for an outdoor air economy cycle
J6D4 Mechanical ventilation system control
[2019: J5.3]
(1) General — A mechanical ventilation system, including one that is part of an air-conditioning system, except where
the mechanical system serves only one sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or serves only a Class 4 part of a
building, must—
be capable of being deactivated when the building or part of the building served by that system is not occupied; (a)
and
when serving a conditioned space , except in periods when evaporative cooling is being used— (b)
where specified in Table J6D4 , have— (i)
an energy reclaiming system that preconditions outdoor air at a minimum sensible heat transfer (A)
ef
fectiveness of 60%; or
demand control ventilation in accordance with
AS 1668.2 if appropriate to the application; and (B)
not exceed the minimum outdoor air quantity required by Part F6 by more than 20%, except where— (ii)
additional unconditioned outdoor air is supplied for free cooling; or (A)
additional mechanical ventilation is needed to balance the required exhaust or process exhaust; or (B)
an energy reclaiming system preconditions all the outdoor air ; and (C)
for an airflow of more than 1000 L/s, have a variable speed fan unless the downstream airflow is required by (c)
Part F6 to be constant.
(2) Exhaust systems —
An exhaust system with an air flow rate of more than 1000 L/s must be capable of stopping the
motor when the system is not needed, except for an exhaust system in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2, 3 or 9c
building.
(3) Carpark exhaust systems — Carpark exhaust systems must have a control system in accordance with—Climate zone Total air flow rate requiring an economy cycle (L/s)
2 9000
3 7500
4 3500
5 3000
6 2000
7 2500
8 4000J6D3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 482clause 4.11.2 of AS 1668.2; or (a)
clause 4.11.3 of AS 1668.2. (b)
(4) Time switches — The following applies:
A time switch must be provided to a mechanical ventilation system with an air flow rate of more than 1000 L/s. (a)
The time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed times and (b)
on variable pre-programmed days.
The requirements of (a) and (b) do not apply to— (c)
a mechanical ventilation system that serves— (i)
only one sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2, 3 or 9c building; or (A)
a Class 4 part of a building; or (B)
a building where mechanical ventilation is needed for 24 hour occupancy. (ii)
Table J6D4: Required outdoor air treatment
J6D5 Fans and duct systems
[2019: J5.4]
(1) Fans, ductwork and duct components that form part of an air-conditioning system or mechanical ventilation system
must—
separately comply with (2), (3), (4) and (5); or (a)
achieve a fan motor input power per unit of flowrate lower than the fan motor input power per unit of flowrate (b)
achieved when applying (2), (3), (4) and (5) together.
(2) Fans:
Fans in systems that have a static pressure of not more than 200 Pa must have an efficiency at the full load (a)
operating point not less than the efficiency calculated with the following formula:
In the formula at (a)— (b)
= the minimum required system static efficiency for installation type A or C or the minimum required (i)
system total efficiency installation type B or D; and
= the static pressure of the system (Pa); and (ii)
= natural logarithm. (iii)
Fans in systems that have a static pressure above 200 Pa must have an efficiency at the full load operating (c)
point not less than the efficiency calculated with the following formula:
In the formula at (c)— (d)lnClimate zone Outdoor air flow (L/s) Required measure
1 >500 Modulating control
2 Not applicable No required measure
3 >1000 Modulating control
4 and 6 >500 Modulating control or energy
reclaiming system
5 >1000 Modulating control or energy
reclaiming system
7 and 8 >250 Modulating control or energy
reclaiming system
min013 lnp03
min
p
min085alnPbN100J6D4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 483 = the minimum required system static efficiency for installation type A or C or the minimum required (i)
system total efficiency installation type B or D; and
= the motor input power of the fan (kW); and (ii)
= the minimum performance grade obtained from Table J6D5a ; and (iii)
= regression coefficient a, obtained from Table J6D5b ; and (iv)
= regression coefficient b, obtained from Table J6D5c ; and (v)
= natural logarithm. (vi)
The requirements of (a), (b), (c) and (d) do not apply to fans that need to be explosion proof. (e)
(3) Ductwork:
The pressure drop in the index run across all straight sections of rigid ductwork and all sections of flexible (a)
ductwork must not exceed 1 Pa/m when averaged over the entire length of straight rigid duct and flexible duct.
The pressure drop of flexible ductwork sections may be calculated as if the flexible ductwork is laid straight.
Flexible ductwork must not account for more than 6 m in length in any duct run. (b)
The upstream connection to ductwork bends, elbows and tees in the index run must have an equivalent diameter (c)
to the connected duct. Turning vanes must be included in all rigid ductwork elbows of 90° or more acute than 90° in the index run except (d)
where—
the inclusion of turning vanes presents a fouling risk; or (i)
a long radius bend in accordance with AS 4254.2 is used. (ii)
(4) Ductwork components in the index run:
The pressure drop across a coil must not exceed the value specified in
Table J6D5d . (a)
A high efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) air filter must not exceed the higher of— (b)
a pressure drop of 200 Pa when clean; or (i)
the filter design pressure drop when clean at an air velocity of 1.5 m/s. (ii)
Any other air filter must not exceed— (c)
the pressure drop specified in Table J6D5e when clean; or (i)
the filter design pressure drop when clean at an air velocity of 2.5 m/s. (ii)
The pressure drop across intake louvres must not exceed the higher of— (d)
for single stage louvres, 30 Pa; and (i)
for two stage louvres, 60 Pa; and (ii)
for acoustic louvres, 50 Pa; and (iii)
for other non-weatherproof louvres, 30 Pa. (iv)The pressure drop across a variable air volume box, with the damper in the fully open position, must not exceed— (e)
for units with electric reheat, 100 Pa; and (i)
for other units, 25 Pa not including coil pressure losses. (ii)
Rooftop cowls must not exceed a pressure drop of 30 Pa. (f)
Attenuators must not exceed a pressure drop of 40 Pa. (g)
Fire dampers must not exceed a pressure drop of 15 Pa when open. (h)
Balancing and control dampers in the index run must not exceed a pressure drop of 25 Pa when in the fully (i)
open position.
Supply air diffusers and grilles must not exceed a pressure drop of 40 Pa. (j)
Exhaust grilles must not exceed a pressure drop of 30 Pa. (k)
Transfer ducts must not exceed a pressure drop of 12 Pa. (l)
Door grilles must not exceed a pressure drop of 12 Pa. (m)InbaNmin
PJ6D5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 484Active chilled beams must not exceed a pressure drop of 150 Pa. (n)
(5) The requirements of (1), (2), (3) and (4) do not apply to—
fans in unducted air-conditioning systems with a supply air capacity of less than 1000 L/s; and (a)
smoke spill fans, except where also used for air-conditioning or ventilation; and (b)
the power for process-related components; and (c)
kitchen exhaust systems. (d)
Table J6D5a: Minimum fan performance grade
Table Notes
Installation type A means an arrangement where the fan is installed with free inlet and outlet conditions. (1)
Installation type B means an arrangement where the fan is installed with a free inlet and a duct at its outlet. (2)
Installation type C means an arrangement where the fan is installed with a duct fitted to its inlet and with free outlet (3)
conditions.
Installation type D means an arrangement where the fan is installed with a duct fitted to its inlet and outlet. (4)
Table J6D5b: Fan regression coefficient a
Table J6D5c: Fan regression coefficient b
Table J6D5d: Maximum coil pressure drop
Number of rows Maximum pressure drop (Pa)
1 30Fan type Installation type A or C Installation type B or D
Axial — as a component of an air handling unit or fan
coil unit46.0 51.5
Axial — other 42.0 61.0
Mixed flow — as a component of an air handling unit
or fan coil unit46.0 51.5
Mixed flow — other 52.5 65.0
Centrifugal forward — curved 46.0 51.5
Centrifugal radial bladed 46.0 51.5
Centrifugal backward-curved 64.0 64.0
Fan type Fan motor input power < 10 kW Fan motor input power ≥ 10 kW
Axial 2.74 0.78
Mixed flow 4.56 1.1
Centrifugal forward-curved 2.74 0.78
Centrifugal radial bladed 2.74 0.78
Centrifugal backward-curved 4.56 1.1
Fan type Fan motor input power < 10 kW Fan motor input power ≥ 10 kW
Axial 6.33 1.88
Mixed flow 10.5 2.6
Centrifugal forward-curved 6.33 1.88
Centrifugal radial bladed 6.33 1.88
Centrifugal backward-curved 10.5 2.6J6D5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 485
Table J6D5e: Maximum clean filter pressure drop
J6D6 Ductwork insulation
[2019: J5.5]
(1) Ductwork and fittings in an air-conditioning system must be provided with insulation—
complying with AS/NZS 4859.1; and (a)
having an insulation R-Value greater than or equal to— (b)
for flexible ductwork, 1.0; or (i)
for cushion boxes, that of the connecting ductwork; or (ii)
that specified in Table J6D6 . (iii)
(2) Insulation must—
be protected against the effects of weather and sunlight; and (a)
be installed so that it— (b)
abuts adjoining insulation to form a continuous barrier; and (i)
maintains its position and thickness, other than at flanges and supports; and (ii)
when conveying cooled air— (c)
be protected by a vapour barrier on the outside of the insulation; and (i)
where the vapour barrier is a membrane, be installed so that adjoining sheets of the membrane— (ii)
overlap by at least 50 mm; and (A)
are bonded or taped together. (B)
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
ductwork and fittings located within the only or last room served by the system; or (a)
fittings that form part of the interface with the conditioned space ; or (b)
return air ductwork in, or passing through, a conditioned space ; or (c)
ductwork for outdoor air and exhaust air associated with an air-conditioning system; or (d)
the floor of an in-situ air-handling unit; or (e)
packaged air conditioners, split systems, and variable refrigerant flow air-conditioning equipment complying with (f)
MEPS ; or
flexible fan connections. (g)
(4) For the purposes of (1), (2) and (3), fittings—
include non-active components of a ductwork system such as cushion boxes; and (a)Number of rows Maximum pressure drop (Pa)
2 50
4 90
6 130
8 175
10 220
Filter minimum efficiency reporting value Maximum pressure drop (Pa)
9 55
11 65
13 95
14 110J6D5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 486exclude active components such as air-handling unit components. (b)
T
able J6D6: Ductwork and fittings – Minimum insulation R- V alue
J6D7 Ductwork sealing
[2019: J5.6]
Ductwork in an air-conditioning system with a capacity of 3000 L/s or greater, not located within the only or last room
served by the system, must be sealed against air loss in accordance with the duct sealing requirements of AS 4254.1 and
AS 4254.2 for the static pressure in the system.
J6D8 Pump systems
[2019: J5.7]
(1) General — Pumps and pipework that form part of an air-conditioning system must either—
separately comply with (2), (3) and (4); or (a)
achieve a pump motor power per unit of flowrate lower than the pump motor power per unit of flowrate achieved (b)
when applying (2), (3) and (4) together
.
(2) Circulator pumps —
A glandless impeller pump, with a rated hydraulic power output of less than 2.5 kW and that is
used in closed loop systems must have an energy ef
ficiency index (EEI) not more than 0.27 calculated in accordance
with European Union Commission Regulation No. 622/2012.
(3) Other pumps — Pumps that are in accordance with
Articles 1 and 2 of European Union Commission Regulation No.
547/2012 must have a minimum ef
ficiency index (MEI) of 0.4 or more when calculated in accordance with European
Union Commission Regulation No. 547/2012.
(4) Pipework — Straight segments of pipework along the index run, forming part of an air-conditioning system—
in pipework systems that do not have branches and have the same flow rate throughout the entire pipe network, (a)
must achieve an average pressure drop of not more than—
for constant speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8a ; or (i)
for variable speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8b ; or (ii)
in any other pipework system, must achieve an average pressure drop of not more than— (b)
for constant speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8c ; or (i)
for variable speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8d . (ii)
(5) The requirements of (4) do not apply—
to valves and fittings; or (a)
where the smallest pipe size compliant with (4) results in a velocity of 0.7 m/s or less at design flow
. (b)
T
able J6D8a: Maximum pipework pressure drop – Non-distributiv e constant speed syst ems
Nominal pipe diameter (mm) Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating 5000 hours/annum or less
(Pa/m)Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating more than 5000
hours/annum (Pa/m)
Not more than 20 400 400
25 400 400
32 400 400Location of ductwork and fittings Climate zone 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 Climate zone 8
Within a conditioned space 1.2 2.0
Where exposed to direct sunlight 3.0 3.0
All other locations 2.0 3.0J6D6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 487
Table J6D8b: Maximum pipework pressure drop – Non-distributiv e variable speed systems
Table J6D8c: Maximum pipework pressure drop – Distributiv e constant speed systems
Nominal pipe diameter (mm) Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating 5000 hours/annum or less
(Pa/m)Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating more than 5000
hours/annum (Pa/m)
40 400 400
50 400 350
65 400 350
80 400 350
100 400 200
125 400 200
150 or more 400 200
Nominal pipe diameter (mm) Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating 5000 hours/annum or less
(Pa/m)Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating more than 5000
hours/annum (Pa/m)
Not more than 20 400 400
25 400 400
32 400 400
40 400 400
50 400 400
65 400 400
80 400 400
100 400 300
125 400 300
150 or more 400 300
Nominal pipe diameter
(mm)Maximum pressure drop in
systems operating 2000
hours/annum or less (Pa/m)Maximum pressure drop in
systems operating between
2000 hours/annum and
5000 hrs/yr (Pa/m)Maximum pressure drop in
systems operating more
than 5000 hours/annum
(Pa/m)
Not more than 20 400 300 150
25 400 220 100
32 400 220 100
40 400 220 100
50 400 220 100
65 400 400 170
80 400 400 170
100 400 400 170
125 400 400 170
150 or more 400 400 170J6D8
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 488 Table J6D8d: Maximum pipework pressure drop – Distributiv e variable speed systems
J6D9 Pipework insulation
[2019: J5.8]
(1) Piping , vessels, heat exchangers and tanks containing heating or cooling fluid, where the fluid is held at a heated or
cooled temperature, that are part of an air-conditioning system, other than in appliances covered by MEPS , must be
provided with insulation—
complying with AS/NZS 4859.1; and (a)
for piping of heating and cooling fluids, having an insulation R-Value in accordance with Table J6D9a ; and (b)
for vessels, heat exchangers or tanks, having an insulation R-Value in accordance with Table J6D9b ; and (c)
for refill or pressure relief piping , having an insulation R-Value equal to the required insulation R-Value of the (d)
connected pipe, vessel or tank within 500 mm of the connection.
(2) Insulation must—
be protected against the effects of weather and sunlight; and (a)
be able to withstand the temperatures within the piping , vessel, heat exchanger or tank. (b)
(3) Insulation provided to piping , vessels, heat exchangers or tanks containing cooling fluid must be protected by a vapour
barrier on the outside of the insulation.
(4) The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply to piping , vessels or heat exchangers—
located within the only or last room served by the system and downstream of the control device for the regulation (a)
of heating or cooling service to that room; or
encased within a concrete slab or panel which is part of a heating or cooling system; or (b)
supplied as an integral part of a chiller, boiler or unitary air-conditioner complying with the requirements of J6D10 , (c)
J6D11 and J6D12 ; or
inside an air-handling unit, fan-coil unit, or the like. (d)
(5) For the purposes of (1), (2), (3) and (4)—
heating fluids include refrigerant, heated water, steam and condensate; and (a)
cooling fluids include refrigerant, chilled water, brines and glycol mixtures, but do not include condenser cooling (b)
water. Nominal pipe diameter (mm) Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating 5000 hours/annum or less
(Pa/m)Maximum pressure drop in systems
operating more than 5000
hours/annum (Pa/m)
Not more than 20 400 250
25 400 180
32 400 180
40 400 180
50 400 180
65 400 300
80 400 300
100 400 300
125 400 300
150 or more 400 300J6D8
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 489 Table J6D9a: Piping — Minimum insulation R-Value
Table Notes
The minimum required R-Value may be halved for piping penetrating a structural member.
Table J6D9b: Vessels, heat exchangers and tanks — Minimum insulation R- Value
J6D10 Space heating
[2019: J5.9]
(1) A heater used for air-conditioning or as part of an air-conditioning system must be—
a solar heater; or (a)
a gas heater; or (b)
a heat pump heater; or (c)
a heater using reclaimed heat from another process such as reject heat from a refrigeration plant; or (d)
an electric heater if— (e)
the heating capacity is not more than— (i)
10 W/m2 of the floor area of the conditioned space in climate zone 1; or (A)
40 W/m2 of the floor area of the conditioned space in climate zone 2; or (B)
the value specified in Table J6D10 where reticulated gas is not available at the allotment boundary; or (C)
the annual energy consumption for heating is not more than 15 kWh/m2 of the floor area of the conditioned (ii)
space in climate zones 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5; or
the in-duct heater complies with J6D3(1)(b)(iii) ; or (iii)
any combination of (a) to (e). (f)
NSW J6D10(2)
(2) An electric heater may be used for heating a bathroom in a Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c building if the heating capacity is not
more than 1.2 kW and the heater has a timer.
(3) A fixed heating or cooling appliance that moderates the temperature of an outdoor space must be configured to
automatically shut down when—
there are no occupants in the space served; or (a)Fluid temperature Minimum insulation
R-Value nominal pipe
diameter ≤ 40 mmMinimum insulation R-
Value — nominal pipe
diameter > 40 mm
and ≤ 80 mmMinimum insulation R-
Value — nominal pipe
diameter between >
80 mm and ≤ 150 mmMinimum insulation
R-Value — nominal
pipe diameter > 150
mm
Low temperature
chilled — ≤ 2°C1.3 1.7 2.0 2.7
Chilled — > 2°C but ≤
20°C1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0
Heated — > 30°C but
≤ 85°C1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
High Temperature
heated — > 85°C2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
Fluid temperature range Minimum insulation R-Value
Low temperature chilled — ≤ 2°C 2.7
Chilled — > 2°C but ≤ 20°C 1.8
Heated — > 30°C but ≤ 85°C 3.0
High temperature heated — > 85°C 3.0J6D9
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 490a period of one hour has elapsed since the last activation of the heater; or (b)
the space served has reached the design temperature. (c)
(4) A gas water heater, that is used as part of an air-conditioning system, must—
if rated to consume 500 MJ/hour of gas or less, achieve a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 86%; or (a)
if rated to consume more than 500 MJ/hour of gas, achieve a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 90%. (b)
Table J6D10 : Maximum electric heating capacity
J6D11 Refrigerant chillers
[2019: J5.10]
An air-conditioning system refrigerant chiller must comply with MEPS and the full load operation energy efficiency ratio
and integrated part load energy efficiency ratio in Table J6D11a or Table J6D11b when determined in accordance with
AHRI 551/591.
Table J6D11a: Minimum energy efficiency ratio for refrigerant chillers – Option 1
Floor area of the
conditioned spaceW/m2 of floor area
in climate zone 3W/m2 of floor area
in climate zone 4W/m2 of floor area
in climate zone 5W/m2 of floor area
in climate zone 6W/m2 of floor area
in climate zone 7
≤ 500 m250 60 55 65 70
> 500 m240 50 45 55 60
Chiller type Full load operation (Wr/Winput power) Integrated part load (Wr/Winput power)
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity ≤
528 kWr2.985 4.048
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity >
528 kWr2.985 4.137
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity ≤ 264 kW r4.694 5.867
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 264 kWr but ≤
528 kWr4.889 6.286
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr but ≤
1055 kWr5.334 6.519
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 1055 kWr but
≤ 21 10 kWr5.800 6.770
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 2110 kWr6.286 7.041
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity ≤ 528 kW r5.771 6.401
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity > 528 kWr but ≤ 1055 kW r5.771 6.519
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity > 1055 kWr but ≤ 1407 kW r6.286 6.770
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity > 1407 kWr6.286 7.041J6D10
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 491 Table J6D11b: Minimum energy efficiency ratio for refrigerant chillers – Option 2
J6D12 Unitary air -conditioning equipment
[2019: J5.11]
Unitary air-conditioning equipment including packaged air-conditioners, split systems, and variable refrigerant flow systems
must comply with MEPS and for a capacity greater than or equal to 65 kWr—
where water cooled, have a minimum energy efficiency ratio of 4.0 Wr/Winput power for cooling when tested in (a)
accordance with AS/NZS 3823.1.2 at test condition T1, where input power includes both compressor and fan
input power; or
where air cooled, have a minimum energy efficiency ratio of 2.9 Wr/Winput power for cooling when tested in (b)
accordance with AS/NZS 3823.1.2 at test condition T1, where input power includes both compressor and fan
input power.
J6D13 Heat rejection equipment
[2019: J5.12]
(1) The motor rated power of a fan in a cooling tower, closed circuit cooler or evaporative condenser must not exceed
the allowances in Table J6D13 .
(2) The fan in an air-cooled condenser must have a motor rated power of not more than 42 W for each kW of heat rejected
from the refrigerant, when determined in accordance with AHRI 460 except for—
a refrigerant chiller in an air-conditioning system that complies with the energy efficiency ratios in J6D11 ; or (a)
packaged air-conditioners, split systems, and variable refrigerant flow air-conditioning equipment that complies (b)
with the energy efficiency ratios in J6D12 . Chiller type Full load operation (Wr/Winput power) Integrated part load (Wr/Winput power)
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity ≤
528 kWr2.866 4.669
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity >
528 kWr2.866 4.758
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity ≤ 264 kW r4.513 7.041
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 264 kWr but ≤
528 kWr4.694 7.184
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr but ≤
1055 kWr5.177 8.001
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 1055 kWr but
≤ 21 10 kWr5.633 8.586
Water-cooled positive displacement
chiller with a capacity > 2110 kWr6.018 9.264
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity ≤ 528 kW r5.065 8.001
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity > 528 kWr but ≤ 1055 kW r5.544 8.001
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity > 1055 kWr but ≤ 1407 kW r5.917 9.027
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a
capacity > 1407 kWr6.018 9.264J6D11
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 492 Table J6D13 : Maximum fan motor power – Cooling towers, closed circuit coolers and evaporative con -
densers
Table Notes
A closed circuit, forced draft cooling tower must not be used.Type Cooling tower maximum fan
motor input power (W/kWrej)Closed circuit cooler
maximum fan motor input
power (W/kWrej)Evaporative condenser
maximum fan motor input
power (W/kWrej)
Induced draft 10.4 16.9 11.0
Forced draft 19.5 Note 11.0J6D13
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 493NT Part J7
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for the design and
configuration of artificial lighting and power, boiling and chilled water units, lifts and escalators and moving walkways.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under V
ersion 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under V
ersion 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX
Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 V
olume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:(4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 V
olume One Amendment 1 may apply (i)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 V
olume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 V
olume One applies. (ii)
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J7D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: J6.0]
NSW J7D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)
J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)Part J7 Artificial lighting and power
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 494J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
NSW J7D2
J7D2 Application of Part
[2019: J6.1]
J7D3 , J7D4 and J7D6(1)(b) do not apply to a Class 8 electricity network substation .
J7D3 Artificial lighting
[2019: J6.2]
NSW J7D3(1)
(1) In a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building—
the lamp power density or illumination power density of artificial lighting must not exceed the allowance of— (a)
5 W/m2 within a sole-occupancy unit ; and (i)
4 W/m2 on a verandah, balcony or the like attached to a sole-occupancy unit ; and (ii)
the illumination power density allowance in (a) may be increased by dividing it by the illumination power density (b)
adjustment factor for a control device in Table J7D3b as applicable; and
when designing the lamp power density or illumination power density , the power of the proposed installation (c)
must be used rather than nominal allowances for exposed batten holders or luminaires; and
halogen lamps must be separately switched from fluorescent lamps. (d)
NSW J7D3(2)
(2) In a building other than a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building—
for artificial lighting, the aggregate design illumination power load must not exceed the sum of the allowances (a)
obtained by multiplying the area of each space by the maximum illumination power density in Table J7D3a ; and
the aggregate design illumination power load in (a) is the sum of the design illumination power loads in each of (b)
the spaces served; and
where there are multiple lighting systems serving the same space, the design illumination power load for (b) is— (c)
the total illumination power load of all systems; or (i)
where a control system permits only one system to operate at a time based on the highest illumination (ii)
power load; or determined by the formula—
In the formula at (c)(ii)— (d)
= the highest illumination power load; and (i)
= the time for which the maximum illumination power load will occur, expressed as a percentage; and (ii)
= the predominant illumination power load. (iii)
(3) The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply to the following:
Emergency lighting provided in accordance with Part E4 . (a)
Signage, display lighting within cabinets and display cases that are fixed in place. (b)
Lighting for accommodation within the residential part of a detention centre . (c)
A heater where the heater also emits light, such as in bathrooms. (d)
Lighting of a specialist process nature such as in a surgical operating theatre, fume cupboard or clean (e)
workstation. PT HT2P100 T210
0
HJ7D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 495Lighting of performances such as theatrical or sporting. (f)
Lighting for the permanent display and preservation of works of art or objects in a museum or gallery other than (g)
for retail sale, purchase or auction.
Lighting installed solely to provide photosynthetically active radiation for indoor plant growth on green walls and (h)
the like.
(4) For the purposes of Table J7D3b , the following control devices must comply with Specification 40 :
Lighting timers. (a)
Motion detectors. (b)
Daylight sensors and dynamic lighting control devices. (c)
Table J7D3a: Maximum illumination power density
Space Maximum illumination power density (W/m2)
Auditorium, church and public hall 8
Board room and conference room 5
Carpark - general 2
Carpark - entry zone (first 15 m of travel) during the
daytime11.5
Carpark - entry zone (next 4 m of travel) during the day 2.5
Carpark - entry zone (first 20 m of travel) during night time 2.5
Common rooms, spaces and corridors in a Class 2
building4.5
Control room, switch room and the like - intermittent
monitoring3
Control room, switch room and the like - constant
monitoring4.5
Corridors 5
Courtroom 4.5
Dormitory of a Class 3 building used for sleeping only 3
Dormitory of a Class 3 building used for sleeping and
study4
Entry lobby from outside the building 9
Health-care - infants’ and children’s wards and emergency
department4
Health-care - examination room 4.5
Health-care - examination room in intensive care and high
dependency ward6
Health-care - all other patient care areas including wards
and corridors2.5
Kitchen and food preparation area 4
Laboratory - artificially lit to an ambient level of 400 lx or
more6
Library - stack and shelving area 2.5
Library - reading room and general areas 4.5
Lounge area for communal use in a Class 3 or 9c building 4.5
Museum and gallery - circulation, cleaning and service
lighting2.5
Office - artificially lit to an ambient level of 200 lx or more 4.5
Office - artificially lit to an ambient level of less than 200 lx 2.5J7D3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 496
Table Notes
In areas not listed above, the maximum illumination power density is— (1)
for an illuminance not more than 80 lx, 2 W/m2; and (i)
for an illuminance more than 80 lx and not more than 160 lx, 2.5 W/m2; and (ii)
for an illuminance more than 160 lx and not more than 240 lx, 3 W/m2; and (iii)
for an illuminance more than 240 lx and not more than 320 lx, 4.5 W/m2; and (iv)
for an illuminance more than 320 lx and not more than 400 lx, 6 W/m2; and (v)
for an illuminance more than 400 lx and not more than 600 lx, 10 W/m2; and (vi)
for an illuminance more than 600 lx and not more than 800 lx, 11.5 W/m2. (vii)
For enclosed spaces with a Room Aspect Ratio of less than 1.5, the maximum illumination power density may be (2)
increased by dividing it by an adjustment factor for room aspect which is 0.5 + (Room Aspect Ratio/3).
The Room Aspect Ratio of the enclosed space is determined by the formula: A/(H x C), where— (3)
A is the area of the enclosed space; and (i)
H is the height of the space measured from the floor to the highest part of the ceiling; and (ii)
C is the perimeter of the enclosed space at floor level. (iii)
In addition to 2, the maximum illumination power density may be increased by dividing it by the illumination power (4)
density adjustment factor in Table J7D3b and Table J7D3c and where the control device is not installed to comply
with J6D4 .
Circulation spaces are included in the allowances listed in the Table. (5)
Table J7D3b: Illumination power density adjustment factor for a control device
Item Notes 1 and 2Description illumination power density adjustment
factor
Motion detector In a toilet or change room, other than
a public toilet, in a Class 6 building0.4
Motion detector Where a group of light fittings serving
less than 100 m2 is controlled by one
or more detectors0.6Space Maximum illumination power density (W/m2)
Plant room where an average of 160 lx vertical
illuminance is required on a vertical panel such as in
switch rooms4
Plant rooms with a horizontal illuminance target of 80 lx 2
Restaurant, café, bar, hotel lounge and a space for the
serving and consumption of food or drinks14
Retail space including a museum and gallery whose
purpose is the sale of objects14
School - general purpose learning areas and tutorial
rooms4.5
Sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3 or 9c building 5
Storage 1.5
Service area, cleaner’s room and the like 1.5
Toilet, locker room, staff room, rest room and the like 3
Wholesale storage area with a vertical illuminance target
of 160 lx4
Stairways, including fire-isolated stairways 2
Lift cars 3J7D3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 497Table Notes
A
maximum of two illumination power density adjustment factors for a control device can be applied to an area. (1)
Where more than one illumination power density adjustment factor (other than for room aspect) applies to an area, (2)
they are to be combined using the following formula:
A x (B + [(1 - B)/2]), where—
A
is the lowest applicable illumination power density adjustment factor; and (i)
B is the second lowest applicable illumination power density adjustment factor. (ii)
The adjustment factor does not apply to tungsten, halogen or other incandescent sources.(3)
Includes luminaires with a pre-programmed function which provides dimming from ON to OFF (one-stage dimming).(4)
The illumination power density adjustment factor is only applied to lights controlled by daylight sensors between (5)
8:00 am and 7:00 pm.Item Notes 1 and 2Description illumination power density adjustment
factor
Motion detector Where a group of light fittings serving
100 m2 or more is controlled by one or
more detectors0.7
Programmable dimming system Note 3Where not less than 75% of the area
of a space is controlled by
programmable dimmers0.85
Fixed dimming Notes 3 and 4All fittings with fixed dimming Whichever is greater of (a) 0.5; or (b)
0.2+0.8L where L = the illuminance
turndown for the fixed dimming.
Lumen depreciation dimming Note 3All fittings with lumen depreciation
dimming0.85
Two stage sensor - equipped lights
with minimum power of 30 % of peak
power or lessFire stairs and other spaces not used
for regular transit0.4
Two stage sensor - equipped lights
with minimum power of 30% of peak
power or lessTransitory spaces in regular use or in
a carpark0.7
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting
control device - dimmed or stepped
switching of lights adjacent windows
Notes 3 and 5In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a
Class 9a building, other than a ward
area, where the lights are adjacent
windows , other than roof lights , for a
distance from the window equal to the
depth of the floor to window head
height0.5 Note 3
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting
control device - dimmed or stepped
switching of lights adjacent windows
Notes 3 and 5Serving a Class 3 or 9c building, or a
Class 9a ward area , where the lights
are adjacent windows , other than roof
lights , for a distance from the window
equal to the depth of the floor to
window head height0.75 Note 3
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting
control device - dimmed or stepped
switching of lights adjacent windows
Notes 3 and 5In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a
Class 9a building, other than a ward
area, where the lights are adjacent
roof lights0.6 Note 3
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting
control device - dimmed or stepped
switching of lights adjacent windows
Notes 3 and 5In a Class 3 or 9c building, or a Class
9a ward area , where the lights are
adjacent roof lights0.8 Note 3J7D3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 498 Table J7D3c: Illumination power density adjustment factor for light colour
Table Notes
Includes luminaires that can adjust their CCT to 3500 K or below.
J7D4 Interior artificial lighting and power control
[2019: J6.3]
(1) All artificial lighting of a room or space must be individually operated by–
a switch; or (a)
other control device; or (b)
a combination of (a) and (b). (c)
(2) An occupant activated device, such as a room security device, a motion detector in accordance with Specification
40, or the like, must be provided in the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3 building, other than where providing
accommodation for people with a disability or the aged, to cut power to the artificial lighting, air-conditioner, local
exhaust fans and bathroom heater when the sole-occupancy unit is unoccupied.
(3) An artificial lighting switch or other control device in (1) must—
if an artificial lighting switch, be located in a visible and easily accessed position— (a)
in the room or space being switched; or (i)
in an adjacent room or space from where 90% of the lighting being switched is visible; and (ii)
for other than a single functional space such as an auditorium, theatre, swimming pool , sporting stadium or (b)
warehouse—
if in a Class 5 building or a Class 8 laboratory, not operate lighting for an area of more than 250 m2; or (i)
if in a Class 3, 6, 7, 8 (other than a laboratory) or 9 building, not operate lighting for an area of more than— (ii)
250 m2 for a space of not more than 2000 m2; or (A)
1000 m2 for a space of more than 2000 m2. (B)
NSW J7D4(4)
(4) 95% of the light fittings in a building or storey of a building, other than a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a
building, of more than 250 m2 must be controlled by—
a time switch in accordance with Specification 40 ; or (a)
an occupant sensing device such as— (b)
a security key card reader that registers a person entering and leaving the building; or (i)
a motion detector in accordance with Specification 40 . (ii)
(5) In a Class 5, 6 or 8 building of more than 250 m2, artificial lighting in a natural lighting zone adjacent to windows must
be separately controlled from artificial lighting not in a natural lighting zone in the same storey except where—
the room containing the natural lighting zone is less than 20 m2; or (a)
the room’s natural lighting zone contains less than 4 luminaires; or (b)
70% or more of the luminaires in the room are in the natural lighting zone. (c)
(6) Artificial lighting in a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp , must be controlled by a Light source Description Illumination power density adjustment
factor
CRI ≥ 90 Where lighting with good colour
rendering is used0.9
CCT ≤ 3500 K NoteWhere lighting with a warm
appearance is used0.8
CCT ≥ 4500 K Where lighting with a cool appearance
is used1.1J7D3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 499motion detector in accordance with Specification 40 .
(7) Artificial lighting in a foyer, corridor and other circulation spaces—
of more than 250 W within a single zone; and (a)
adjacent to windows , (b)
must be controlled by a daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device in accordance with Specification 40 .
(8) Artificial lighting for daytime travel in the first 19 m of travel in a carpark entry zone must be controlled by a daylight
sensor in accordance with Specification 40 .
(9) The requirements of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) do not apply to the following:
Emergency lighting in accordance with Part E4 . (a)
Where artificial lighting is needed for 24 hour occupancy such as for a manufacturing process, parts of a hospital, (b)
an airport control tower or within a detention centre .
(10) The requirements of (4) do not apply to the following:
Artificial lighting in a space where the sudden loss of artificial lighting would cause an unsafe situation such as— (a)
in a patient care area in a Class 9a building or in a Class 9c building; or (i)
a plant room or lift motor room; or (ii)
a workshop where power tools are used. (iii)
A heater where the heater also emits light, such as in bathrooms. (b)
J7D5 Interior decorative and display lighting
[2019: J6.4]
(1) Interior decorative and display lighting, such as for a foyer mural or art display, must be controlled—
separately from other artificial lighting; and (a)
by a manual switch for each area other than when the operating times of the displays are the same in a number (b)
of areas such as in a museum, art gallery or the like, in which case they may be combined; and
by a time switch in accordance with Specification 40 where the display lighting exceeds 1 kW. (c)
(2) Window display lighting must be controlled separately from other display lighting.
J7D6 Exterior artificial lighting
[2019: J6.5]
(1) Exterior artificial lighting attached to or directed at the facade of a building, must—
be controlled by— (a)
a daylight sensor; or (i)
a time switch that is capable of switching on and off electric power to the system at variable pre-programmed (ii)
times and on variable pre-programmed days; and
when the total lighting load exceeds 100 W— (b)
use LED luminaires for 90% of the total lighting load; or (i)
be controlled by a motion detector in accordance with Specification 40 ; or (ii)
when used for decorative purposes, such as façade lighting or signage lighting, have a separate time switch (iii)
in accordance with Specification 40 .
(2) The requirements of (1)(b) do not apply to the following:
Emergency lighting in accordance with Part E4 . (a)
Lighting around a detention centre . (b)J7D4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 500 J7D7 Boiling water and chilled water storage units
[2019: J6.6]
Power supply to a boiling water or chilled water storage unit must be controlled by a time switch in accordance with
Specification 40 .
J7D8 Lifts
[2019: J6.7]
Lifts must—
be configured to ensure artificial lighting and ventilation in the car are turned off when it is unused for 15 minutes; (a)
and
achieve the idle and standby energy performance level in Table J7D8a ; and (b)
achieve— (c)
the energy efficiency class in Table J7D8b ; or (i)
if a dedicated goods lift, energy efficiency class D in accordance with ISO 25745-2. (ii)
Table J7D8a: Lift idle and standby energy performance level
Table Notes
Applies to the standby power used after 30 minutes.
Table J7D8b: Lift energy efficiency class
J7D9 Escalators and moving walkways
[2019: J6.8]
Escalators and moving walkways must have the ability to slow to between 0.2 m/s and 0.05 m/s when unused for more
than 15 minutes.Rated load Idle and standby energy performance level in accordance
with ISO 25745-2 Note
Less than or equal to 800 kg 2
801 kg to less than or equal to 2000 kg 3
2001 kg to less than or equal to 4000 kg 4
Greater than 4000 kg 5
Usage category in accordance with ISO 25745-2 Energy efficiency class in accordance with ISO 25745-2
1-4 C
> 5 DJ7D7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 501NT Part J8
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for ensuring water
heaters, swimming pool and spa heaters and pump systems use energy efficiently.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under V
ersion 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under V
ersion 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX
Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 V
olume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:(4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 V
olume One Amendment 1 may apply (i)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 V
olume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 V
olume One applies. (ii)
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J8D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: J7.0]
NSW J8D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)
J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)Part J8 Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 502J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
J8D2 Heated water supply
[2019: J7.2]
A heated water supply system for food preparation and sanitary purposes must be designed and installed in accordance
with Part B2 of NCC Volume Three — Plumbing Code of Australia.
NSW J8D3
J8D3 Swimming pool heating and pumping
[2019: J7.3]
(1) Heating for a swimming pool must be by—
a solar heater; or (a)
a heater using reclaimed heat from another process such as reject heat from a refrigeration plant; or (b)
a geothermal heater; or (c)
a gas heater that— (d)
if rated to consume 500 MJ/hour or less, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 86%; or (i)
if rated to consume more than 500 MJ/hour, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 90%; or (ii)
a heat pump; or (e)
a combination of (a) to (e). (f)
(2) Where some or all of the heating required by (1) is by a gas heater or a heat pump, the swimming pool must have—
a cover with a minimum R-Value of 0.05; and (a)
a time switch to control the operation of the heater. (b)
(3) A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a swimming pool .
(4) Where required , a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed
times and on variable pre-programmed days.
(5) Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a swimming pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9 .
(6) For the purpose of J8D3, a swimming pool does not include a spa pool.
NSW J8D4
J8D4 Spa pool heating and pumping
[2019: J7.4]
(1) Heating for a spa pool that shares a water recirculation system with a swimming pool must be by—
a solar heater; or (a)
a heater using reclaimed heat from another process such as reject heat from a refrigeration plant; or (b)
a geothermal heater; or (c)
a gas heater that— (d)
if rated to consume 500 MJ/hour or less, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 86%; or (i)
if rated to consume more than 500 MJ/hour, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 90%; or (ii)
a heat pump; or (e)
a combination of (a) to (e). (f)J8D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 503(2) Where some or all of the heating required by (1) is by a gas heater or a heat pump, the spa pool must have—
a cover with a minimum R-Value of 0.05; and (a)
a push button and a time switch to control the operation of the heater
. (b)
(3) A
time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a spa pool having a capacity of 680
L
or more.
(4) Where required , a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed
times and on variable pre-programmed days.
(5) Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a spa pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9 .J8D4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 504
NT Part J9
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions that enable the
monitoring of energy use (other than for billing purposes) and facilitate easy retrofit of renewable energy and electric
vehicle charging equipment.
Notes
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of
Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Notes: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building: (4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply (i)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies. (ii)
Notes: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019
Amendment 1.
J9D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J8.0]
NSW J9D1(1)
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements J1P1 to J1P4 are satisfied by
complying with—
J2D2 ; and (a)
J3D2 to J3D15 ; and (b)
J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (c)
J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (d)
J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (e)
J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (f)Part J9 Energy monitoring and on -site distributed energy resources
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 505J8D2 to J8D4 ; and (g)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (h)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
J9D2 Application of Part
[2019: J8.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply—
within a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building; or (a)
to a Class 8 electricity network substation . (b)
J9D3 Facilities for energy monitoring
[2019: J8.3]
(1) A building or sole-occupancy unit with a floor area of more than 500 m2 must have energy meters configured to record
the time-of-use consumption of gas and electricity.
(2) A building with a floor area of more than 2 500 m2 must have energy meters configured to enable individual time-of-
use energy data recording, in accordance with (3), of—
air-conditioning plant including, where appropriate, heating plant, cooling plant and air handling fans; and (a)
artificial lighting; and (b)
appliance power; and (c)
central hot water supply; and (d)
internal transport devices including lifts, escalators and moving walkways where there is more than one serving (e)
the building; and
on-site renewable energy equipment; and (f)
on-site electric vehicle charging equipment; and (g)
on-site battery systems ; and (h)
other ancillary plant. (i)
(3) Energy meters required by (2) must be interlinked by a communication system that collates the time-of-use energy
data to a single interface monitoring system where it can be stored, analysed and reviewed.
(4) The provisions of (2) do not apply to energy meters serving—
a Class 2 building where the total floor area of the common areas is less than 500 m2; or (a)
individual sole-occupancy units with a floor area of less than 2 500 m2. (b)
J9D4 Facilities for electric vehicle charging equipment
[New for 2022]
(1) Subject to (2), a carpark associated with a Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7b, 8 or 9 building must be provided with electrical
distribution boards dedicated to electric vehicle charging—
in accordance with Table J9D4 in each storey of the carpark ; and (a)
labelled to indicate use for electric vehicle charging equipment. (b)
(2) Electrical distribution boards dedicated to serving electric vehicle charging in a carpark must—
be fitted with a charging control system with the ability to manage and schedule charging of electric vehicles in (a)
response to total building demand; and
when associated with a Class 2 building, have capacity for each circuit to support an electric vehicle charger (b)
able to deliver a minimum of 12 kWh from 11:00 pm to 7:00 am daily; and J9D1
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 506when associated with a Class 5 to 9 building, have capacity for each circuit to support an electric vehicle charger (c)
able to deliver a minimum of 12 kWh from 9:00 am to 5:00 pm daily; and
when associated with a Class 3 building, have capacity for each circuit to support an electric vehicle charger (d)
able to deliver a minimum of 48 kWh from 1
1:00 pm to 7:00 am daily; and
be sized to support the future installation of a 7 kW (32
A) type 2 electric vehicle charger in— (e)
100% of the car parking spaces associated with a Class 2 building; or (i)
10% of car parking spaces associated with a Class 5 or 6 building; or (ii)
20% of car parking spaces associated with a Class 3, 7b, 8 or 9 building; and (iii)
contain space of at least 36 mm width of DIN rail per outgoing circuit for individual sub-circuit electricity metering (f)
to record electricity use of electric vehicle charging equipment; and
be labelled to indicate the use of the space required by (f) is for the future installation of metering equipment. (g)
Limitations
J9D4 does not apply to a stand-alone Class 7a building.
Table J9D4: Electric vehicle distribution board requirement for each storey of a carpark
T
able Notes
Where there are more than 168 carpark spaces per storey , one additional distribution board must be provided for each
additional 24 spaces or part thereof.
J9D5 Facilities for solar photovoltaic and battery systems
[New for 2022]
(1) The main electrical switchboard of a building must—
contain at least two empty three-phase circuit breaker slots and four DIN rail spaces labelled to indicate the use (a)
of each space for—
a solar photovoltaic system; and (i)
a battery system ; and (ii)
be sized to accommodate the installation of solar photovoltaic panels producing their maximum electrical output (b)
on at least 20% of the building roof area.
(2) At least 20% of the roof area of a building must be left clear for the installation of solar photovoltaic panels, except
for buildings—
with installed solar photovoltaic panels on— (a)
at least 20% of the roof area; or (i)
an equivalent generation capacity elsewhere on-site; or (ii)where 100% of the roof area is shaded for more than 70% of daylight hours; or
(b)Carpark spaces per storey for electric vehicles Electrical distribution boards for electric vehicle charging
per storey
0 - 9 0
10 - 24 1
25 - 48 2
49 - 72 3
73 - 96 4
97 - 120 5
121 - 144 6
145 - 168 7J9D4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 507with a roof area of not more than 55 m2; or (c)
where more than 50% of the roof area is used as a terrace, carpark , roof garden, roof light or the like. (d)
Limitations
The requirements of J9D5(1)(a)(i) and (b) do not apply to a building with solar photovoltaic panels installed on at (1)
least 20% of the roof area.
The requirements of J9D5(1)(a)(ii) and (b) do not apply to a building with battery systems installed. (2)J9D5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 508
S33C1 Scope
[2019: Spec JVa : 1]
This Specification contains requirements that must be complied with in addition to the modelling requirements of J1V1 ,
J1V2 , J1V3 and J1V5 .
S33C2 Additional requirements — general
[2019: Spec JVa : 2]
In addition to the modelling requirements for J1V1 , J1V2 , J1V3 and J1V5 , a building must comply with—
for general thermal construction, J4D3 ; and (a)
for floor edge insulation, J4D7(2) and J4D7(3) ; and (b)
for building sealing, J1V4 or J5; and (c)
for deactivation, control and insulation of air-conditioning and mechanical ventilation systems— (d)
J6D3(1)(a) ; and (i)
J6D3(1)(b)(i) ; and (ii)
J6D3(1)(d) ; and (iii)
J6D3(1)(f) ; and (iv)
J6D3(2) ; and (v)
J6D3(3) ; and (vi)
J6D4(2) ; and (vii)
J6D4(4) ; and (viii)
J6D5 ; and (ix)
J6D6 ; and (x)
J6D9 ; and (xi)
for testing package air-conditioning equipment not less than 65 kWr, AS/NZS 3823.1.2 at test condition T1; and (e)
for testing a refrigeration chiller, AHRI 551/591; and (f)
for interior artificial lighting and power control, J7D4 ; and (g)
for interior decorative and display lighting, J7D5 ; and (h)
for artificial lighting around the exterior of a building, J7D6 ; and (i)
for boiling water and chilled water storage units, J7D7 ; and (j)
for deactivation of swimming pool heating and pumping, J8D3(2)(b) and J8D3(3) ; and (k)
for deactivation of spa pool heating and pumping, J8D4(2)(b) and J8D4(3) ; and (l)
for facilities for energy monitoring, Part J9 ; and (m)
for deactivation of fixed outdoor space heating appliances, clause J6D10(3) . (n)
S33C3 Additional requirements — Gr een Star
[2019: Spec JVa : 4]
Where not included in the building energy simulation to satisfy J1V2(1) , compliance must be achieved with—
for heating, cooling and ventilation equipment outside the scope of the Green Star model, Part J 6; and (a)Specification 33 Additional requirements
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 509for artificial lighting outside the scope of the Green Star model, Part J7 . (b)S33C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 510 S34C1 Scope
[2019: Spec JVb : 1]
This Specification contains the required modelling parameters for J1V3 .
S34C2 Reference building
[2019: Spec JVb : 2]
The annual greenhouse gas emissions must be calculated for the reference building in accordance with the following:
The reference building must— (a)
comply with Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in Parts J4 to J8; and (i)
have the minimum amount of mechanical ventilation required by Part F6 . (ii)
The external walls must have a solar absorptance of 0.6. (b)
The air-conditioning must— (c)
for 98% of the annual hours of operation , achieve temperatures between— (i)
18°CDB to 25°CDB for conditioned spaces with transitory occupancy; and (A)
subject to (ii), 21°CDB to 24°CDB in all other conditioned spaces ; and (B)
if the proposed building has no mechanically provided cooling or has mixed mode cooling, have the same (ii)
method of control and control set points for non-mechanical cooling as the proposed building.
The infiltration rate in each zone must be— (d)
0.7 air changes per hour throughout all zones when there is no mechanically supplied outdoor air ; and (i)
0.35 air changes per hour throughout all zones at all other times. (ii)
The artificial lighting must achieve the required maximum illumination power density in Part J7 without applying (e)
the control device adjustment factors.
Minimum Energy Performance Standards must be applied to services not covered by Parts J6 to J8. (f)
S34C3 Proposed building and reference building
[2019: Spec JVb : 3]
(1) The annual greenhouse gas emissions must be calculated for the proposed building and the reference building using
the same—
annual greenhouse gas emissions calculation method; and (a)
greenhouse gas emissions factors in accordance with (2); and (b)
location in accordance with (3); and (c)
adjacent structures and features; and (d)
orientation; and (e)
building form in accordance with (4); and (f)
testing standards including for insulation, glazing , water heater and unitary air-conditioning equipment; and (g)
fabric and glazing in accordance with (5); and (h)
services in accordance with (6) and S34C4 . (i)
(2) For the purposes of (1)(b), greenhouse gas emissions factors must be based on either—
the factors in Table S34C3 ; or (a)Specification 34 Modelling parameters for J1V3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 511the current full fuel cycle emissions factors published by the Australian Government, except, where the (b)
greenhouse gas intensity of electricity is less than half the greenhouse gas intensity of natural gas—
electricity is to be weighted as 1; and (i)
natural gas is to be weighted as 2. (ii)
(3) For the purposes of (1)(c), location must be either—
location where the building is to be constructed if appropriate climatic data is available; or (a)
the nearest location with similar climatic conditions, for which climatic data is available. (b)
(4) For the purposes of (1)(f), building form must include—
the roof geometry; and (a)
the floor plan; and (b)
the number of storeys ; and (c)
the location, extent and configuration of ground floors and basements; and (d)
the size and location of glazing ; and (e)
external doors. (f)
(5) For the purposes of (1)(h), fabric and glazing must include—
quality of insulation installation; and (a)
thermal resistance of air films including any adjustment factors, moisture content of materials and the like; and (b)
dimensions of external, internal and separating walls; and (c)
internal shading devices, their colour and their criteria for operation. (d)
(6) For the purposes of (1)(i), services must include—
range and type of services and energy sources, other than renewable energy generated on site; and (a)
assumptions and means of calculating the temperature dif
ference across air-conditioning zone boundaries; and (b)
floor coverings and furniture and fittings density; and (c)
internal artificial lighting illumination levels; and (d)
internal heat gains including people, lighting, appliances, meals and other electric power loads; and (e)
air-conditioning , including chiller, fan and boiler equipment, system configuration and zones; and (f)
profiles for occupancy
, air-conditioning , lighting and internal heat gains from people, hot meals, appliances, (g)
equipment and heated water supply systems based on—
Specification 35 ; or (i)
NABERS Energy simulation requirements; or (ii)
Green Star simulation requirements; or (iii)
the actual building if— (iv)
the operating hours per year are not less than 2 500; or (A)
the daily operating profiles are not listed in Specification 35 ; and (B)
supply heated water temperature and rate of use; and (h)
infiltration values, subject to (7); and (i)
sequencing for water heaters, refrigeration chillers and heat rejection equipment such as cooling towers; and (j)
representation of clothing and metabolic rate of the occupants; and (k)
control of air-conditioning except— (l)
the reference building must have variable temperature control for chilled and heated water that modulates (i)
the chilled water and heated water temperatures as required to maximise the ef
ficiency of the chiller or
boiler operation during periods of low load; and
if the controls for the proposed building are not adequately specified or cannot be simulated, the sample (ii)
control specifications in
Appendix B of AIRAH-DA28 must be used; and
environmental conditions such as ground reflectivity
, sky and ground form factors, temperature of external (m)S34C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 512bounding surfaces, air velocities across external surfaces and the like; and
number, sizes, floors and traffic served by lifts and escalators. (n)
(7) For the purposes of (6)(i), the intended building leakage at 50 Pa may be converted into a whole building infiltration
value for the proposed building infiltration using Tables 4.16 to 4.24 of CIBSE Guide A if all of the following have been
specified:
Additional sealing provisions to those required by Part J5 . (a)
An intended building leakage of less than 10 m3/hr.m2 at 50 Pa. (b)
Pressure testing to verify achievement of the intended building leakage. (c)
Table S34C3 : Greenhouse gas emissions factors (k gCO2-e/GJ)
Table Notes
National emissions factors are not applicable to calculations for buildings in the ACT as they do not take into account (1)
investments in renewable electricity generation in the national electricity market made by the ACT.
Values for the ACT can be found in the ACT Appendix. (2)
S34C4 Services — proposed and reference building
[2019: Spec JVb : 4]
For the modelling of services for the purposes of calculating annual greenhouse gas emissions —
system demand and response for all items of plant must be calculated on a not less frequent than hourly basis; (a)
and
energy usage of all items of plant must be calculated with allowances for— (b)
part load performance; and (i)
staging to meet system demand; and (ii)
energy usage of cooling plant must be calculated with allowances for— (c)
the impact of chilled water temperature on chiller efficiency; and (i)
the impact of condenser water temperature on water-cooled plant efficiency; and (ii)
the impact of ambient temperature on air-cooled plant efficiency; and (iii)
the energy use of primary pumps serving individual chillers; and (iv)
the energy use of auxiliary equipment, including controls and oil heating for chillers; and (v)
thermal losses in the chilled water system; and (vi)
the impact of chilled water temperature on thermal losses in the chilled water system; and (vii)
energy usage of water heating systems for space heating must be calculated with allowances for— (d)
the impact of water temperature on water heater efficiency; and (i)
the energy use of primary or feedwater pumps serving individual water heaters; and (ii)
thermal losses in water heating systems; and (iii)
the thermal mass of water heating systems, accounting for thermal losses during periods when the system (iv)
is not operating; and
energy usage of fan and pump systems must be calculated with allowances for— (e)
the method of capacity regulation; and (i)
the use of either fixed or variable pressure control; and (ii)Energy
SourceACT NSW NT QLD SA TAS VIC WA
Electricity - 236 162 254 101 44 279 191
Gas - 51.53 51.53 51.53 51.53 51.53 51.53 51.53S34C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 513energy usage of pump systems must be calculated with allowances for the system fixed static pressure head; (f)
and
energy usage of auxiliary equipment associated with co-generation and tri-generation systems, including pumps, (g)
cooling towers and jacket heaters, must be calculated; and
where the energy usage of the heated water supply for food preparation and sanitary purposes or the energy (h)
usage of lifts and escalators is the same in the proposed building and the reference building , they may be omitted
from the calculation of both the proposed building and the reference building ; and
energy use of a lift in a building with more than one classification may be apportioned according to the number (i)
of storeys of the part for which the annual greenhouse gas emissions and thermal comfort level are being
calculated.S34C4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 514
S35C1 Scope
[2019: Spec JVc : 1]
This Specification contains modelling profiles as referenced in S34C3(6)(g) .
S35C2 Modelling profiles
[2019: Spec JVc : 2]
(1) The air-conditioning , must be modelled on the basis of—
the daily occupancy and operation profiles in Tables S35C2a , S35C2b , S35C2c , S35C2d , S35C2e , S35C2f , (a)
S35C2g , S35C2h , S35C2i , S35C2j and S35C2k ; and
the internal heat gains in a building— (b)
from occupants and hot meals, in accordance with one of the options in Table S35C2n ; and (i)
from appliances and equipment, in accordance with Table S35C2l ; and (ii)
from artificial lighting, determined in accordance with (2). (iii)
(2) The artificial lighting, must be modelled on the basis of the proposed level of artificial lighting in the building with the
daily profile in Tables S35C2a , S35C2b , S35C2c , S35C2d , S35C2e , S35C2f , S35C2g , S35C2h , S35C2i , S35C2j and
S35C2k .
(3) The heated water supply, must be modelled on the basis of the consumption rates of Table S35C2m .
Table S35C2a: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 2 common area Specification 35 Modelling profiles for J1V3
Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting
(Daily)Appliances and
equipment (Daily)Air-conditioning
(Daily)
12:00am to 1:00am 0% 30% 0% On
1:00am to 2:00am 0% 30% 0% On
2:00am to 3:00am 0% 30% 0% On
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 30% 0% On
4:00am to 5:00am 0% 30% 0% On
5:00am to 6:00am 0% 30% 0% On
6:00am to 7:00am 0% 50% 0% On
7:00am to 8:00am 0% 50% 0% On
8:00am to 9:00am 0% 50% 0% On
9:00am to 10:00am 0% 50% 0% On
10:00am to 11:00am 0% 50% 0% On
11:00am to 12:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
1:00pm to 2:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
4:00pm to 5:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 515
Table Notes
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted under
Part J7 .
Table S35C2b: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 3 hotel
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the Class 3 building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (3)Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting
(Daily)Appliances and
equipment (Daily)Air-conditioning
(Daily)
7:00pm to 8:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
8:00pm to 9:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
9:00pm to 10:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
10:00pm to 11:00pm 0% 50% 0% On
11:00pm to 12:00am 0% 30% 0% On
Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting
(Daily)Appliances and
equipment (Daily)Air-conditioning
(Daily)
12:00am to 1:00am 90% 5% 20% On
1:00am to 2:00am 90% 5% 20% On
2:00am to 3:00am 90% 5% 15% On
3:00am to 4:00am 90% 5% 15% On
4:00am to 5:00am 90% 5% 15% On
5:00am to 6:00am 80% 25% 15% On
6:00am to 7:00am 70% 80% 40% On
7:00am to 8:00am 60% 80% 80% On
8:00am to 9:00am 60% 50% 50% On
9:00am to 10:00am 30% 20% 30% On
10:00am to 11:00am 10% 20% 20% Off
11:00am to 12:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off
12:00pm to 1:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off
1:00pm to 2:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off
2:00pm to 3:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off
3:00pm to 4:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off
4:00pm to 5:00pm 20% 20% 20% On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 30% 50% 40% On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 40% 50% 40% On
7:00pm to 8:00pm 50% 50% 50% On
8:00pm to 9:00pm 60% 50% 60% On
9:00pm to 10:00pm 70% 50% 60% On
10:00pm to 11:00pm 70% 50% 40% On
11:00pm to 12:00am 90% 50% 20% OnS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 516 Table S35C2c: Weekday occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 5 building, a Class 7 warehouse, a
Class 8 Laboratory or a Class 9a clinic, day surgery or procedure unit
T
able Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated(1)
in the building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The appliances and equipment profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum internal heat gain in Table (3)
S35C2I .
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (4)
T
able S35C2d: Weekend occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 5 building, a Class 7 warehouse, a
Class 8 Laboratory or a Class 9a clinic, day surgery or procedure unit
Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Saturday,
Sunday and holidays)Artificial lighting
(Saturday, Sunday and holidays)Appliances and
equipment (Saturday,
Sunday and holidays)Air-conditioning
(Saturday, Sunday and holidays)
12:00am to 1:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
1:00am to 2:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
2:00am to 3:00am 0% 15% 25% OffTime period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Monday
to Friday)Artificial lighting
(Monday to Friday)Appliances and
equipment (Monday
to Friday)Air-conditioning
(Monday to Friday)
12:00am to 1:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
1:00am to 2:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
2:00am to 3:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
4:00am to 5:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
5:00am to 6:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
6:00am to 7:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
7:00am to 8:00am 10% 40% 65% On
8:00am to 9:00am 20% 90% 80% On
9:00am to 10:00am 70% 100% 100% On
10:00am to 11:00am 70% 100% 100% On
11:00am to 12:00pm 70% 100% 100% On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 70% 100% 100% On
1:00pm to 2:00pm 70% 100% 100% On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 70% 100% 100% On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 70% 100% 100% On
4:00pm to 5:00pm 70% 100% 100% On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 35% 80% 80% On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 10% 60% 65% Off
7:00pm to 8:00pm 5% 60% 55% Off
8:00pm to 9:00pm 5% 50% 25% Off
9:00pm to 10:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
10:00pm to 11:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
11:00pm to 12:00am 0% 15% 25% OffS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 517Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated(1)
in the building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The appliances and equipment profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum internal heat gain in Table (3)
S35C2l .
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (4)
T
able S35C2e: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 6 shop or shopping centre
Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting
(Daily)Appliances and
equipment (Daily)Air-conditioning
(Daily)
12:00am to 1:00am 0% 25% 25% Off
1:00am to 2:00am 0% 25% 25% Off
2:00am to 3:00am 0% 25% 25% Off
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 25% 25% Off
4:00am to 5:00am 0% 25% 25% Off
5:00am to 6:00am 0% 25% 25% Off
6:00am to 7:00am 0% 25% 25% Off
7:00am to 8:00am 10% 100% 70% On
8:00am to 9:00am 20% 100% 70% On
9:00am to 10:00am 20% 100% 70% OnTime period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Saturday,
Sunday and holidays)Artificial lighting
(Saturday, Sunday and holidays)Appliances and
equipment (Saturday,
Sunday and holidays)Air-conditioning
(Saturday, Sunday and holidays)
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
4:00am to 5:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
5:00am to 6:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
6:00am to 7:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
7:00am to 8:00am 0% 15% 25% Off
8:00am to 9:00am 5% 25% 25% Off
9:00am to 10:00am 5% 25% 25% Off
10:00am to 11:00am 5% 25% 25% Off
11:00am to 12:00pm 5% 25% 25% Off
12:00pm to 1:00pm 5% 25% 25% Off
1:00pm to 2:00pm 5% 25% 25% Off
2:00pm to 3:00pm 5% 25% 25% Off
3:00pm to 4:00pm 5% 25% 25% Off
4:00pm to 5:00pm 5% 25% 25% Off
5:00pm to 6:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
6:00pm to 7:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
7:00pm to 8:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
8:00pm to 9:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
9:00pm to 10:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
10:00pm to 11:00pm 0% 15% 25% Off
11:00pm to 12:00am 0% 15% 25% OffS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 518
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The appliances and equipment profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum internal heat gain in S35C2l . (3)
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (4)
Table S35C2f: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 6 restaurant or cafe Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting
(Daily)Appliances and
equipment (Daily)Air-conditioning
(Daily)
10:00am to 11:00am 15% 100% 70% On
11:00am to 12:00pm 25% 100% 70% On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 25% 100% 70% On
1:00pm to 2:00pm 15% 100% 70% On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 15% 100% 70% On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 15% 100% 70% On
4:00pm to 5:00pm 15% 100% 70% On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 5% 100% 70% On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 5% 100% 70% Off
7:00pm to 8:00pm 0% 10% 10% Off
8:00pm to 9:00pm 0% 10% 10% Off
9:00pm to 10:00pm 0% 10% 10% Off
10:00pm to 11:00pm 0% 10% 10% Off
11:00pm to 12:00am 0% 10% 10% Off
Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Monday
to Saturday)Artificial lighting
(Monday to Saturday)Appliances and
equipment (Monday
to Saturday)Air-conditioning
(Monday to Saturday)
12:00am to 1:00am 0% 5% 15% Off
1:00am to 2:00am 0% 5% 15% Off
2:00am to 3:00am 0% 5% 15% Off
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 5% 15% Off
4:00am to 5:00am 0% 5% 15% Off
5:00am to 6:00am 0% 5% 15% Off
6:00am to 7:00am 5% 40% 40% Off
7:00am to 8:00am 5% 40% 40% On
8:00am to 9:00am 5% 60% 60% On
9:00am to 10:00am 5% 60% 60% On
10:00am to 11:00am 20% 90% 90% On
11:00am to 12:00pm 50% 90% 90% On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 80% 90% 90% On
1:00pm to 2:00pm 70% 90% 90% On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 40% 90% 90% On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 20% 90% 90% On
4:00pm to 5:00pm 25% 90% 90% OnS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 519
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The appliances and equipment profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum internal heat gain in S35C2l . (3)
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (4)
Sunday profile is 5% continuous artificial lighting and 5% continuous appliances and equipment where there is no (5)
occupancy and the air-conditioning is “off”.
Table S35C2g: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 9a ward area Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Monday
to Saturday)Artificial lighting
(Monday to Saturday)Appliances and
equipment (Monday
to Saturday)Air-conditioning
(Monday to Saturday)
5:00pm to 6:00pm 50% 90% 90% On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 80% 90% 90% On
7:00pm to 8:00pm 80% 90% 90% On
8:00pm to 9:00pm 80% 90% 90% On
9:00pm to 10:00pm 50% 90% 90% On
10:00pm to 11:00pm 35% 50% 50% On
11:00pm to 12:00am 20% 30% 30% On
Time period (local standard
time)Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting (Daily) Air-conditioning (Daily)
12:00am to 1:00am 70% 5% On
1:00am to 2:00am 70% 5% On
2:00am to 3:00am 70% 5% On
3:00am to 4:00am 70% 5% On
4:00am to 5:00am 70% 5% On
5:00am to 6:00am 70% 25% On
6:00am to 7:00am 70% 80% On
7:00am to 8:00am 70% 80% On
8:00am to 9:00am 70% 50% On
9:00am to 10:00am 70% 20% On
10:00am to 11:00am 70% 20% On
11:00am to 12:00pm 70% 20% On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 70% 20% On
1:00pm to 2:00pm 70% 20% On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 70% 20% On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 70% 20% On
4:00pm to 5:00pm 70% 20% On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 70% 50% On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 70% 50% On
7:00pm to 8:00pm 70% 50% On
8:00pm to 9:00pm 70% 50% On
9:00pm to 10:00pm 70% 50% On
10:00pm to 11:00pm 70% 50% OnS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 520
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (3)
Table S35C2h: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 9b theatre or cinema Time period (local standard
time)Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting (Daily) Air-conditioning (Daily)
11:00pm to 12:00am 70% 5% On
Time period
(local
standard
time)Occupancy
(Monday to Friday)Occupancy (Saturday and
Sunday)Artificial lighting
(Monday to Friday)Artificial lighting
(Saturday and
Sunday)Air-conditioning
(Monday to Friday)Air-conditioning
(Saturday and
Sunday)
12:00am to
1:00am0% 0% 5% 5% Off Off
1:00am to
2:00am0% 0% 5% 5% Off Off
2:00am to
3:00am0% 0% 5% 5% Off Off
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 0% 5% 5% Off Off
4:00am to
5:00am0% 0% 5% 5% Off Off
5:00am to
6:00am0% 0% 5% 5% Off Off
6:00am to
7:00am0% 0% 5% 5% Off Off
7:00am to
8:00am0% 0% 5% 5% Off On
8:00am to 9:00am 0% 20% 100% 100% Off On
9:00am to 10:00am 0% 70% 10% 10% Off On
10:00am to 11:00am 0% 70% 10% 10% Off On
11:00am to 12:00pm 0% 70% 10% 10% On On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 20% 20% 100% 100% On On
1:00pm to
2:00pm70% 70% 5% 5% On On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 70% 70% 5% 5% On On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 70% 70% 5% 5% On On
4:00pm to
5:00pm70% 70% 5% 5% On OnS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 521
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (3)
Table S35C2i: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 9b conference facility Time period
(local
standard
time)Occupancy
(Monday to
Friday)Occupancy
(Saturday and
Sunday)Artificial lighting
(Monday to
Friday)Artificial
lighting
(Saturday and
Sunday)Air-conditioning
(Monday to
Friday)Air-conditioning
(Saturday and
Sunday)
5:00pm to
6:00pm20% 20% 100% 100% On On
6:00pm to
7:00pm20% 20% 100% 100% On On
7:00pm to
8:00pm70% 70% 100% 100% On On
8:00pm to 9:00pm 70% 70% 5% 5% On On
9:00pm to 10:00pm 70% 70% 5% 5% On On
10:00pm to 11:00pm 70% 70% 5% 5% On On
11:00pm to 12:00am 10% 10% 100% 100% On On
Hour Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting and
equipment (Daily)Air-conditioning (Monday to
Friday)
12:00am to 1:00am 0% 15% Off
1:00am to 2:00am 0% 15% Off
2:00am to 3:00am 0% 15% Off
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 15% Off
4:00am to 5:00am 0% 15% Off
5:00am to 6:00am 0% 15% Off
6:00am to 7:00am 5% 25% On
7:00am to 8:00am 10% 45% On
8:00am to 9:00am 20% 45% On
9:00am to 10:00am 20% 45% On
10:00am to 11:00am 25% 60% On
11:00am to 12:00pm 30% 60% On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 30% 60% On
1:00pm to 2:00pm 35% 60% On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 30% 45% On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 30% 60% On
4:00pm to 5:00pm 35% 60% On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 25% 60% On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 20% 60% On
7:00pm to 8:00pm 15% 25% OnS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 522
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The appliances and equipment profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum internal heat gain in S35C2l . (3)
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (4)
Table S35C2j: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 9b school
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the building. Hour Occupancy (Daily) Artificial lighting and
equipment (Daily)Air-conditioning (Monday to
Friday)
8:00pm to 9:00pm 10% 25% On
9:00pm to 10:00pm 10% 25% On
10:00pm to 11:00pm 10% 25% On
11:00pm to 12:00am 5% 25% Off
Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy (Monday
to Friday)Artificial lighting
(Monday to Friday)Appliances and
equipment (Monday
to Friday)Air-conditioning
(Monday to Friday)
12:00am to 1:00am 0% 5% 5% Off
1:00am to 2:00am 0% 5% 5% Off
2:00am to 3:00am 0% 5% 5% Off
3:00am to 4:00am 0% 5% 5% Off
4:00am to 5:00am 0% 5% 5% Off
5:00am to 6:00am 0% 5% 5% Off
6:00am to 7:00am 0% 5% 5% Off
7:00am to 8:00am 5% 30% 30% On
8:00am to 9:00am 75% 85% 85% On
9:00am to 10:00am 90% 95% 95% On
10:00am to 11:00am 90% 95% 95% On
11:00am to 12:00pm 90% 95% 95% On
12:00pm to 1:00pm 50% 80% 70% On
1:00pm to 2:00pm 50% 80% 70% On
2:00pm to 3:00pm 90% 95% 95% On
3:00pm to 4:00pm 70% 90% 80% On
4:00pm to 5:00pm 50% 70% 60% On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 20% 20% 20% Off
6:00pm to 7:00pm 20% 20% 20% Off
7:00pm to 8:00pm 20% 20% 20% Off
8:00pm to 9:00pm 10% 10% 10% Off
9:00pm to 10:00pm 5% 5% 5% Off
10:00pm to 11:00pm 5% 5% 5% Off
11:00pm to 12:00am 5% 5% 5% OffS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 523The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)
under Part J7 .
The appliances and equipment profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum internal heat gain in S35C2l . (3)
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (4)
Saturday and Sunday profiles are 5% continuous artificial lighting and 5% continuous appliances and equipment, (5)
where there is no occupancy and the air-conditioning is “off”.
Table S35C2k: Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 9c aged care facility
Table Notes
The occupancy profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum number of people that can be accommodated (1)
in the Class 9c building.
The artificial lighting profile is expressed as a percentage of the maximum illumination power density permitted (2)Time period (local
standard time)Occupancy
(Monday to Friday)Occupancy (Saturday, Sunday and
holidays)Artificial lighting
(Daily)Air-conditioning
(Monday to Friday)Air-conditioning
(Saturday, Sunday and
holidays)
12:00am to
1:00am85% 85% 5% On On
1:00am to 2:00am 85% 85% 5% On On
2:00am to 3:00am 85% 85% 5% On On
3:00am to 4:00am 85% 85% 5% On On
4:00am to 5:00am 85% 85% 5% On On
5:00am to 6:00am 85% 85% 25% On On
6:00am to 7:00am 85% 85% 80% On On
7:00am to 8:00am 80% 85% 80% On On
8:00am to 9:00am 50% 50% 50% On On
9:00am to
10:00am10% 50% 20% Off On
10:00am to 11:00am 10% 20% 20% Off Off
11:00am to 12:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off Off
12:00pm to 1:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off Off
1:00pm to 2:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off Off
2:00pm to 3:00pm 10% 20% 20% Off Off
3:00pm to 4:00pm 10% 30% 20% Off Off
4:00pm to 5:00pm 50% 50% 20% On On
5:00pm to 6:00pm 50% 50% 50% On On
6:00pm to 7:00pm 70% 50% 50% On On
7:00pm to 8:00pm 70% 70% 50% On On
8:00pm to 9:00pm 80% 80% 50% On On
9:00pm to 10:00pm 85% 80% 50% On On
10:00pm to 11:00pm 85% 85% 50% On On
11:00pm to
12:00am85% 85% 5% On OnS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 524under Part J7 .
The air-conditioning profile is expressed as the plant status. (3)
Table S35C2l: Internal heat gains for appliances and equipment
Table S35C2m: Heated water supply consumption rates
Table S35C2n: Internal heat gains for occupants and hot meals
Table Notes
The number of people must be calculated in accordance with D2D18 . (1)Application Internal sensible heat gain rate
Class 9a building ward area 5 W/m2 averaged for 24 hours per day, 7 days per week,
continuous operation
Class 8 laboratory and a Class 9a clinic, day surgery and
a procedure unit15 W/m2
Class 6 shop and shopping centre, Class 6 cafe and
restaurant and Class 9b school5 W/m2
Other applications No load
Class 3 ( sole-occupancy unit ) 160 W per room
Class 3 dormitories No load
Class 5 building 11 W/m2
Class 9c building 160 W per room
Class 9b (conference facilities only) 150 W per room plus 10 W per person
Application Daily consumption rate at 60°C
Residential part of a hotel or motel 100 L/ sole-occupancy unit
Dormitory, boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging
house and backpackers accommodation50 L/person
Residential part of a school , accommodation for the aged,
children or people with a disability and a detention centre
or a health-care building which accommodates members
of staff
Class 9c building
Office, laboratory, shop and assembly building 4 L/person
Dining room, restaurant and cafe 9 L/meal
Health-care building , ward area 70 L/patient
School 7 L/person
Other applications 4 L/person
Application Internal heat gains per person
Dining room, restaurant or cafe 80 W sensible heat gain and 80 W latent heat gain
The average adjusted metabolic rate for sedentary work
from Table 45 of AIRAH-DA09
The heat emission rate for sedentary work from Table 6.3
of CIBSE Guide A
Other applications 75 W sensible heat gain and 55 W latent heat gain
An average adjusted metabolic rate from Table 45 of
AIRAH-DA09
A heat emission rate from Table 6.3 of CIBSE Guide AS35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 525For a dining room, restaurant or cafe, the internal heat gains per person account for heat gains from both occupants (2)
and hot meals.
For other applications, the internal heat gains per person only account for heat gains from occupants.(3)S35C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 526
S36C1 Scope
[2019: Spec J1.2: 1]
This Specification lists the thermal properties of some common construction materials.
S36C2 Construction Deemed -to-Satisfy
[2019: Spec J1.2: 2]
(1) Tables S36C2a , S36C2b , S36C2c , S36C2d and S36C2e list the thermal conductivity considered to be achieved by
some common construction materials.
(2) For the purposes of Tables S36C2a , S36C2b , S36C2c , S36C2d and S36C2e :
For materials which incorporate cores or hollows in regular patterns (such as cored brickwork, hollow blockwork (a)
and cored floor or wall panels), the tabulated material densities and thermal conductivities are based on the
gross density (mass divided by external dimensions).
The R-Value of a material is determined by dividing the thickness of the material in metres by the thermal (b)
conductivity in Wm-1K-1.
(3) Tables S36C2f , S36C2g , S36C2h , S36C2i , S36C2j , S36C2k , S36C2l and S36C2m list the R-Value considered to be
achieved by air films and airspaces.
(4) For an envelope that contains a ventilated airspace, the Total R-Value of the building fabric must be reduced based
on the area of ventilation openings in accordance with clause 6.3 of AS/NZS 4859.2.
(5) The requirements of (4) do not apply to a roof with an airspace greater than 300 mm or a pitched roof greater than
5° with a horizontal ceiling.
Table S36C2a: Thermal conductivity of typical framing materials
Table S36C2b: Thermal conductivity of typical roof cladding materials
Table S36C2c: Thermal conductivity of typical wall cladding materials
Description Density (kg/m3) Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Aluminium sheeting 2680 210
Autoclaved aerated concrete 350 0.10
510 0.15
900 0.27Specification 36 Material properties
Description Density (kg/m3) Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Steel 7850 47.5
Timber – kiln dried hardwood (across
the grain)677 0.16
Timber – Radiata pine (across the
grain)506 0.12
Description Density (kg/m3) Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Aluminium sheeting 2680 210
Concrete or terra cotta tiles 1922 0.81
Steel sheeting 7850 47.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 527
Table S36C2d: Thermal conductivity of typical flooring materials
Table S36C2e: Thermal conductivity of other materials not listed in Tables S36C2a to S36C2d
Description Density (kg/m3) Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Cement render (1 part cement to 4
parts sand)1570 0.53
Clay brick: 2.75 kg 1430 0.55
Clay brick: 3.25 kg 1690 0.65
Clay brick: 3.75 kg 1950 0.78
Concrete block: 190 mm dense or 90
mm dense solid1100/2200 1.1
Concrete block: 140 mm dense or
190 mm lightweight1250/910 0.85
Concrete block: 90 mm dense hollow
or 90 mm lightweight solid1650 / 1800 0.75
Concrete block: 140 mm lightweight 1050 0.67
Concrete block: 90 mm lightweight 1360 0.55
Fibre-cement 1360 0.25
Gypsum plasterboard 880 0.17
Pine weatherboards 506 0.10
Plywood 530 0.14
Solid concrete 2400 1.44
Steel sheeting 7850 47.5
Prestressed hollow core concrete
panel1680 0.80
Description Density (kg/m3) Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Carpet underlay - 0.04
Carpet - 0.05
Prestressed hollow core concrete
planks1680 0.80
Particleboard 640 0.12
Plywood 530 0.14
Timber – kiln dried hardwood (across
the grain)677 0.16
Timber – Radiata pine (across the
grain)506 0.10
Solid concrete 2400 1.44
Vinyl floor tiles 2050 0.79
Description Density (kg/m3) Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Clay soil (10% moisture content) 1300 0.6
PMMA (polymethylmethacrylate) 1180 1.0
Polycarbonates 1200 0.2
Sand (6% moisture content) 1800 1.64
Soda lime glass 2500 1.0S36C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 528 Table S36C2f: Typical R-Values for air films: surfaces other than outdoor surfaces
Table S36C2g: Typical R-Values for air films: outdoor surfaces
Table S36C2h: Typical R-Values for airspaces: non -r eflective non -ventilated
Table Notes
Linear interpolation may be used to calculate the R-Value of the airspace in a roof with an intermediate pitch. (1)
A non-ventilated airspace in a roof is one with continuous cover, such as metal or sarked tiles, and no specific (2)
provision for ventilation.
R-Values are calculated using AS/NZS 4859.2 based on the following: (3)
summer temperatures of 24°C internally and 36°C externally for heat transfer down; and (a)
winter temperatures of 18°C internally and 12°C externally for heat transfer up; and (b)
average of summer and winter results for horizontal heat transfer (e.g. in walls). (c)
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall is one where there is no express provision for airflow through it and openings (4)
to the external environment do not exceed more than 500 mm2 per metre of length in the horizontal direction.
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall for the purposes of Note (4) includes a wall with drainage openings or weepholes (5)
that are open vertical joints in the outer leaf of a cavity masonry wall, which are not regarded as ventilation openings.
Table S36C2i: Typical R-Values for airspaces: reflective non -v entilated Position of air film Direction of heat flow R-Value
On a surface with a pitch of not more
than 5°Up 0.11
Down 0.16
On a surface with a pitch of more than
5° but not more than 30°Up 0.11
Down 0.15
On a surface with a pitch of more than
30° but not more than 45°Up 0.11
Down 0.13
On a wall Horizontal 0.12
Position of air film Direction of heat flow R-Value
Any Any 0.03
Position of airspace Direction of heat flow R-Value
In a roof with a pitch not more than 5°
or cathedral ceiling with a 20 mm to
50 mm thick roof airspaceUp 0.15
Down 0.15
In a roof with a pitch not more than 5°
or cathedral ceiling with a more than
50 mm to 300 mm thick roof airspaceUp 0.15
Down 0.17
In a roof airspace greater than 300
mm thick or with a horizontal ceiling
and a roof pitch more than 5°Up 0.18
Down 0.28
In a wall Horizontal 0.16
Position of airspace Direction of heat flow R-Value
In a wall with an inner reflective
surface of 0.05 emittance and a 20
mm to 100 mm airspace to the wall
liningHorizontal 0.61S36C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 529
Table Notes
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall is one where there is no express provision for airflow through it and openings (1)
to the external environment do not exceed 500 mm2 per metre of length in the horizontal direction.
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall for the purposes of Note (1) includes a wall with drainage openings or weepholes (2)
that are open vertical joints in the outer leaf of a cavity masonry wall, which are not regarded as ventilation openings.
R-Values are calculated using AS/NZS 4859.2 based on the following: (3)
summer temperatures of 24°C internally and 36°C externally for heat transfer down; and (a)
winter temperatures of 18°C internally and 12°C externally for heat transfer up; and (b)
average of summer and winter results for horizontal heat transfer (e.g. in walls); and (c)
emittances are normal emittances of bounding surfaces in accordance with AS 4200.1. (d)
Table S36C2j: Typical R-Values for airspaces: non -r eflective ventilated
Table S36C2k: Typical R-Values for roof spaces with a reflective surface: Roof space > 300 mm thick or
pitched roof with a horizontal ceiling
Table Notes
A non-ventilated airspace in a roof is one with continuous cover, such as metal or sarked tiles, and no specific (1)
provision for ventilation.
A reflective surface is a surface with normal emittance of 0.05 or less, in accordance with AS 4200.1. (2)
Table S36C2l: Typical R-Values for non -v entilated roof spaces with a reflective surface: Flat, skillion or
pitched roof (≤5° ) wit h horizontal ceiling, roof space not more than 300 mm thick Position of airspace Direction of heat flow R-Value
In a wall with a central reflective
membrane with an inner surface
emittance of 0.05 and a 20 mm to 100
mm airspace from the membrane to
the wall lining, and an outer anti-glare
emittance of 0.08 and a 20 mm to 100
mm airspace to the wall claddingHorizontal 1.1
In a wall with an outer anti-glare
reflective surface of 0.08 emittance
and a 20 mm to 100 mm airspace to
the wall claddingHorizontal 0.53
Position of airspace Direction of heat flow R-Value
In a roof airspace greater than 300
mm thick or with a horizontal ceiling
and a pitch more than 5°Up Nil
Down 0.46
Direction of heat flow R-Value of reflective airspace
Ventilated roof space Non-ventilated roof space
Up 0.34 0.56
Down 1.36 1.09
Emittance of airspace
bounding surfacesThickness of roof space Direction of heat flow R-Value of reflective
airspace
Surface 1 emittance 0.9,
Surface 2 emittance 0.05≤ 300 mm Up 0.43
Surface 1 emittance 0.9,
Surface 2 emittance 0.0520 mm Down 0.60S36C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 530
Table Notes
A non-ventilated airspace in a roof is one with continuous cover, such as metal, and no specific provision for (1)
ventilation.
Linear interpolation may be used to calculate the R-Value of an airspace of intermediate thickness. (2)
R-Values are calculated using AS/NZS 4859.2 based on the following: (3)
summer temperatures of 24°C internally and 36°C externally for heat transfer down; and (a)
winter temperatures of 18°C internally and 12°C externally for heat transfer up; and (b)
emittances are normal emittances of bounding surfaces in accordance with AS 4200.1. (c)
Table S36C2m: Typical R-Values for non -v entilated roof spaces with a reflective surface: Pitched roof
with cathedral ceiling, roof space not more than 300 mm thick
Table Notes
A non-ventilated airspace in a roof is one with continuous cover, such as metal or sarked tiles, and no specific (1)
provision for ventilation.
Linear interpolation may be used to calculate the R-Value of the airspace in a roof with an intermediate pitch. (2)
R-Values are calculated using AS/NZS 4859.2 based on the following: (3)
summer temperatures of 24°C internally and 36°C externally for heat transfer down; and (a)
winter temperatures of 18°C internally and 12°C externally for heat transfer up; and (b)
emittances are normal emittances of bounding surfaces in accordance with AS 4200.1. (c)
Explanatory Information
Section F of NCC Volume One may require ventilation of roof space in climate zones 6, 7 and 8 to manage risks
associated with condensation . Emittance of airspace
bounding surfacesThickness of roof space Direction of heat flow R-Value of reflective
airspace
Surface 1 emittance 0.9,
Surface 2 emittance 0.0560 mm Down 1.16
Surface 1 emittance 0.9,
Surface 2 emittance 0.05100 mm to ≤ 300 mm Down 1.30
Emittance of airspace
bounding surfacesThickness of roof space Direction of heat flow R-Value of reflective
airspace
15° to
not
more than 25°
pitchmore than 25°
to not more
than 35°
pitchmore
than
35° to not
more
than 45°
pitch
Surface 1 emittance 0.9,
Surface 2 emittance 0.05≤ 300 mm Up 0.43 0.43 0.43
Surface 1 emittance 0.9,
Surface 2 emittance 0.0520 mm Down 0.59 0.59 0.59
Surface 1 emittance 0.9, Surface 2 emittance 0.05 60 mm Down 0.91 0.82 0.75
Surface 1 emittance 0.9, Surface 2 emittance 0.05 100 mm to ≤ 300 mm Down 0.96 0.85 0.76S36C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 531 S37C1 Scope
[2019: Spec J1.5a : 1]
This specification describes the methods of calculating the U-Value and solar admittance of a wall-glazing construction .
S37C2 General
[2019: Spec J1.5a : 2]
For determining the aspect of a wall-glazing construction —
the northern aspect is at or within 45° of true north; and (a)
the southern aspect is at or within 45° of true south; and (b)
the eastern aspect is within 45° of true east; and (c)
the western aspect is within 45° of true west. (d)
S37C3 U-Value — Method 1 (Single A spect)
[2019: Spec J1.5a : 3]
(1) For the purposes of this method, a wall-glazing construction only includes the walls and glazing facing a single aspect.
(2) The Total System U-Value of the wall component of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated as the inverse of
the Total R-Value , including allowance for thermal bridging, in accordance with—
AS/NZS 4859.2; or (a)
Specification 38 for spandrel panels . (b)
(3) The Total System U-Value of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated as the area-weighted average of the
Total System U-Value of each of the components of the wall-glazing construction .
(4) The Total System U-Value must not exceed the applicable value in J4D6(1) .
S37C4 U-Value — Method 2 (Multiple A spects)
[2019: Spec J1.5a : 4]
(1) For the purposes of this method, a wall-glazing construction only includes the walls and glazing facing multiple
aspects.
(2) The Total System U-Value of the wall component of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated as the inverse of
the Total R-Value , including allowance for thermal bridging, in accordance with—
AS/NZS 4859.2; or (a)
Specification 38 for spandrel panels . (b)
(3) The Total System U-Value of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated as the area-weighted average of the
Total System U-Value of each of the components of the wall-glazing construction .
(4) The Total System U-Value must not exceed the applicable value in J4D6(1) .
S37C5 Solar admittance — Method 1 (Single A spect)
[2019: Spec J1.5a : 5]
(1) The solar admittance of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated in accordance with the following formula:Specification 37 Calculation of U-Value and solar admittance
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 532
(2) In the formula at (1)—
= the wall-glazing construction solar admittance ; and (a)
= the area of each glazing element; and (b)
= the shading multiplier for each glazing element in accordance with S37C7 ; and (c)
= the total system SHGC of each glazing element; and (d)
= the total wall-glazing construction area. (e)
(3) The solar admittance of the wall-glazing construction must not exceed the applicable value in J4D6(5) .
S37C6 Solar admittance — Met hod 2 (Multiple Aspects)
[2019: Spec J1.5a : 6]
(1) The solar admittance of wall-glazing construction must achieve a representative air-conditioning energy value less
than that achieved by the reference solar admittance , when using the following formula:
(2) In the formula at (1)—
= the representative air-conditioning energy value; and (a)
= the area of the wall-glazing construction facing each aspect; and (b)
= the solar admittance weighting coefficient of each aspect equal to— (c)
where the glazing area on an aspect is less than 20% of the wall-glazing construction area, 0; and (i)
the values in Table S37C6a and Table S37C6b ; and (ii)
= the wall-glazing construction solar admittance of each aspect— (d)
equal to the applicable value in J4D6(5) in the reference case; and (i)
calculated in accordance with S37C5(1) in the proposed case. (ii)
Table S37C6a: Solar admittance weighting coefficient — Class 2 common ar ea, Class 5, 6, 7 , 8 or 9b
building or Class 9a building other than a ward area
Table S37C6b: Solar admittance weighting coefficient — Class 3 or 9c building or Class 9a war d area SAAW1SW1SHGCW1
AWALLAW2SW2SHGCW2
AWALL
SA
AW1AW2
SW1SW2
SHGCW1W2
AWAL L
ERANNSANAEESAEASSSASAWWSAW
ER
ANESW
NESW
SANESW
Aspect Climate
zone 1Climate
zone 2Climate
zone 3Climate
zone 4Climate
zone 5Climate
zone 6Climate
zone 7Climate
zone 8
Northern 1.47 1.95 1.95 2.05 2.28 2.12 2.40 1.88
Southern 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Eastern 1.39 1.58 1.63 1.72 1.72 1.62 1.84 1.92
Western 1.41 1.68 1.65 1.69 1.75 1.67 1.92 1.25
Aspect Climate
zone 1Climate
zone 2Climate
zone 3Climate
zone 4Climate
zone 5Climate
zone 6Climate
zone 7Climate
zone 8
Northern 1.42 1.77 1.72 1.55 1.88 1.52 1.60 1.24
Southern 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Eastern 1.30 1.49 1.48 1.37 1.48 1.28 1.35 1.26S37C5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 533
S37C7 Shading
[2019: Spec J1.5a : 7]
For the purpose of calculating solar admittance , the shading multiplier is—
for shading provided by an external permanent projection that extends horizontally on both sides of the glazing (a)
for the same projection distance P, as shown in Figure S37C7 —
the value in Table S37C7a for shading on the northern, eastern or western aspects; or (i)
the value in Table S37C7b for shading on the southern aspect; or (ii)
0.35 for shading that is provided by an external shading device such as a shutter, blind, vertical or horizontal (b)
building screen with blades, battens or slats, which—
is capable of restricting at least 80% of summer solar radiation; and (i)
if adjustable, will operate automatically in response to the level of solar radiation. (ii)
Table S37C7a: Shading multipliers — Nor thern, eastern and western aspects
Table S37C7b: Shading multipliers — Sout hern aspect
Aspect Climate
zone 1Climate
zone 2Climate
zone 3Climate
zone 4Climate
zone 5Climate
zone 6Climate
zone 7Climate
zone 8
Western 1.37 1.54 1.50 1.36 1.52 1.33 1.40 1.05
G/H P/H = 0 P/H =
0.1P/H = 0.2 P/H = 0.3 P/H = 0.4 P/H = 0.5 P/H = 0.6 P/H = 0.7 P/H = 0.8 P/H = 0.9 P/H = 1
0 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.72 0.64 0.57 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.38 0.35
0.1 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.81 0.74 0.66 0.59 0.52 0.47 0.42 0.40
0.2 1.00 0.98 0.94 0.89 0.82 0.75 0.68 0.62 0.56 0.51 0.47
0.3 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.94 0.89 0.84 0.78 0.72 0.66 0.61 0.57
0.4 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.86 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.68
0.5 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97 0.95 0.92 0.90 0.86 0.83 0.79
G/H P/H = 0 P/H =
0.1P/H = 0.2 P/H = 0.3 P/H = 0.4 P/H = 0.5 P/H = 0.6 P/H = 0.7 P/H = 0.8 P/H = 0.9 P/H = 1
0 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.69 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58
0.1 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.79 0.75 0.71 0.67 0.64 0.62
0.2 1.00 0.98 0.96 0.93 0.89 0.85 0.81 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.68
0.3 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.96 0.93 0.90 0.87 0.83 0.80 0.77 0.74
0.4 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.91 0.89 0.86 0.84 0.81
0.5 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.96 0.95 0.93 0.91 0.90 0.88S37C6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 534 Figure S37C7 : Permanent external shading – measurement of P, G and H
Shading projection
Shading projectionP
(upper story
glazing)
PH
H(upper storey
glazing)
(upper storey
glazing)
(lower storey
glazing)(lower storey glazing)G
(lower storey
glazing)GS37C7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 535 S38C1 Scope
[2019: Spec J1.5b : 1]
This Specification describes methods of determining the thermal performance of spandrel panels .
S38C2 Spandrel panel R-Value: Calculation method 1
[2019: Spec J1.5b : 2]
Spandrel panels are deemed to have the thermal properties nominated in Table S38C2 , where—
Configuration 1 consists of— (a)
a thermally unbroken (bridged) frame; and (i)
a centre of spandrel panel consisting of— (ii)
a single-glazed opaque or clear face; and (A)
a 100 mm air gap; and (B)
a 3 mm aluminium, 0.8 mm galvanised steel or zinc back pan; and (C)
Configuration 2 consists of— (b)
a thermally unbroken (bridged) frame; and (i)
a centre of spandrel panel consisting of— (ii)
a double-glazed opaque face; and (A)
a 50 mm air gap; and (B)
a 3 mm aluminium, 0.8 mm galvanised steel or zinc back pan; and (C)
Configuration 3 consists of— (c)
a thermally broken (unbridged) frame; and (i)
a centre of spandrel panel consisting of— (ii)
a double-glazed clear face; and (A)
a 50 mm air gap; and (B)
a 3 mm aluminium, 0.8 mm galvanised steel or zinc back pan; and (C)
Configuration 4 consists of— (d)
a thermally broken (unbridged) frame; and (i)
a centre of spandrel panel consisting of— (ii)
a double-glazed low-e clear face; and (A)
a 50 mm air gap; and (B)
a 3 mm aluminium, 0.8 mm galvanised steel or zinc back pan. (C)
T
able S38C2 : Achieved Total R-Value of spandrel panels Specification 38 Spandrel panel thermal performance
Type No insulation R0.5 insulation R1.0 insulation R1.5 insulation R2.0 insulation
Configuration 1 0.3 0.39 0.42 0.44 0.45
Configuration 2 0.35 0.41 0.43 0.44 0.45
Configuration 3 0.84 0.96 1.03 1.07 1.09
Configuration 4 0.91 1.00 1.05 1.09 1.11
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 536 S38C3 Spandrel panel R-Value: Calculation method 2
[2019: Spec J1.5b : 3]
(1) The Total system U-Value of a spandrel panel is determined in accordance with the following formula:
(2) In the formula at (1)—
= the area of the centre region of the spandrel panel ; and (a)
= the area of the edge region of the spandrel panel , where the edge has a defined width of 127 mm; and (b)
= the area of the frame region of the spandrel panel ; and (c)
= the U-value of the centre region of the spandrel panel ; and (d)
= the U-value of the edge region of the spandrel panel , where the edge has a defined width of 127 mm; and (e)
= the U-value of the frame region of the spandrel panel ; and (f)
= the Total System U-Value of the spandrel panel . (g)UspUcsAcsUesAesUfsAfs
AcsAesfs
Acs
Aes
Afs
Ucs
Ues
Ufs
UspS38C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 537
S39C1 Scope
[2019: Spec J1.6: 1]
This Specification describes the thermal performance of sub-floor spaces and soil in direct contact with a floor for the
purposes of calculating the Total R-Value of a floor.
S39C2 Sub -floor space and soil t hermal performance
[2019: Spec J1.6: 2]
(1) Table S39C2a details the R-Values considered to be achieved by enclosed sub-floor spaces that are—
mechanically ventilated by not more than 1.5 air changes per hour; or (a)
provided with not more than 150% of the aggregate sub-floor ventilation area required by Part F1 and are not (b)
mechanically ventilated.
(2) Table S39C2b details the R-Values considered to be achieved by the soil for floors that are in direct contact with the
ground.
Table S39C2a: R-Value of sub -floor spaces
Table Notes
Where the ratio of floor area to floor perimeter is between the values stated, interpolation may be used to determine
the sub-floor space R-Values .
Table S39C2b: R-Value of soil in contact with a floor
Ratio of floor
area (m2) to
floor perimeter
(m)Wall thickness
of 50 mmWall thickness
of 100 mmWall thickness
of 150 mmWall thickness
of 200 mmWall thickness
of 250 mmWall thickness
of 300 mm
1.0 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
1.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
2.0 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3Specification 39 Sub -floor and soil thermal performance
Ratio of floor area (m2) to floor perimeter (m) Sub-floor space R-Value
1.0 0.10
1.5 0.15
2.0 0.20
2.5 0.25
3.0 0.30
3.5 0.35
4.0 0.40
4.5 0.45
5.0 0.50
5.5 0.55
6.0 0.60
6.5 0.65
7.0 0.70
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 538
Table Notes
Where a wall thickness or ratio of floor area to floor perimeter is between the values stated, interpolation may be (1)
used to determine the soil R-Value .
Wall thickness means the thickness of the envelope wall that sits on or around the slab. (2)Ratio of floor
area (m2) to
floor perimeter
(m)Wall thickness
of 50 mmWall thickness
of 100 mmWall thickness
of 150 mmWall thickness
of 200 mmWall thickness
of 250 mmWall thickness
of 300 mm
2.5 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.5
3.0 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.7
3.5 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.9
4.0 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.2
4.5 1.5 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.4
5.0 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.6
5.5 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8
6.0 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.9
6.5 2.0 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.1
7.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.7 3.0 3.3S39C2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 539
S40C1 Scope
[2019: Spec J6: 1]
This Specification contains the requirements for lighting and power control devices including timers, time switches, motion
detectors and daylight control devices.
S40C2 Lighting timers
[2019: Spec J6: 2]
A lighting timer must—
be located within 2 m of every entry door to the space; and (a)
have an indicator light that is illuminated when the artificial lighting is off; and (b)
not control more than— (c)
an area of 100 m2 with a single push button timer; and (i)
95% of the lights in spaces of area more than 25 m2; and (ii)
be capable of maintaining the artificial lighting— (d)
for not less than 5 minutes; and (i)
for not more than 12 hours if the timer is reset. (ii)
S40C3 Time switch
[2019: Spec J6: 3]
(1) A time switch must be—
capable of switching on and off electric power at variable pre-programmed times and on variable pre-programmed (a)
days; and
configured so that the lights are switched off at any time the space is designated to be unoccupied. (b)
(2) A time switch for internal lighting must be capable of being overridden by—
a means of turning the lights on, either by— (a)
a manual switch, remote control or an occupant sensing device that on sensing a person’s presence, (i)
overrides the time switch for a period of up to 2 hours, after which if there is no further presence detected,
the time switch must resume control; or
an occupant sensing device that overrides the time switch upon a person’s entry and returns control to the (ii)
time switch upon the person’s exiting, such as a security card reader or remote control; and
a manual “off” switch. (b)
(3) A time switch for external lighting must be—
configured to limit the period the system is switched on to between 30 minutes before sunset and 30 minutes (a)
after sunrise is determined or detected including any pre-programmed period between these times; and
capable of being overridden by a manual switch, remote control or a security access system for a period of up (b)
to 8 hours, after which the time switch must resume control.
(4) A time switch for boiling water or chilled water storage units must be capable of being overridden by a manual switch
or a security access system that senses a person’s presence, overrides for a period of up to 2 hours, after which if
there is no further presence detected, the time switch must resume control. Specification 40 Lighting and power control devices
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 540 S40C4 Motion detectors
[2019: Spec J6: 4]
(1) In a Class 2, 3 or 9c residential care building other than within a sole-occupancy unit , a motion detector must—
be capable of sensing movement such as by infra-red, ultrasonic or microwave detection or by a combination of (a)
these means; and
be capable of detecting a person before they are 1 m into the space; and (b)
other than within a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3 building, not control more than— (c)
an area of 100 m2; and (i)
95% of the lights in spaces of area more than 25 m2; and (ii)
be configured so that the lights are turned of
f when the space is unoccupied for more than 15 minutes; and (d)
be capable of being overridden by a manual switch only enabling the lights to be turned of
f. (e)
(2) In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a or 9b building, a motion detector must—
be capable of sensing movement such as by infra-red, ultrasonic or microwave detection or by a combination of (a)
these means; and
be capable of detecting— (b)
a person before they have entered 1 m into the space; and (i)
movement of 500 mm within the useable part of the space; and (ii)not control more than—
(c)
in other than a carpark , an area of 500 m2 with a single sensor or group of parallel sensors; and (i)
75% of the lights in spaces using high intensity discharge; and (ii)
be configured so that the lights are turned of
f when the space is unoccupied for more than 15 minutes; and (d)
be capable of being overridden by a manual switch that only enables the lights to be turned of
f. (e)
(3) When outside a building, a motion detector must—
be capable of sensing movement such as by pressure, infra-red, ultrasonic or microwave detection or by a (a)
combination of these means; and
be capable of detecting a person within a distance from the light equal to— (b)
twice the mounting height; or (i)
80% of the ground area covered by the light’
s beam; and (ii)not control more than five lights; and
(c)
be operated in series with a photoelectric cell or astronomical time switch so that the light will not operate in (d)
daylight hours; and
be configured so that the lights are turned of
f when the area is unoccupied for more than 15 minutes; and (e)
have a manual override switch which is reset after a maximum period of 4 hours. (f)
(4) When in a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp , a motion detector must—
be capable of sensing movement such as by infra-red, ultrasonic or microwave detection or by a combination of (a)
these means; and
be capable of detecting— (b)
movement of 500 mm within the useable part of the space; and (i)
a person before they have entered 1 m into the space; and (ii)
be configured so that the lights dim to a 30% peak power or less when the space is unoccupied for more than (c)
15 minutes.S40C4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 541 S40C5 Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device
[2019: Spec J6: 5]
(1) A daylight sensor and dynamic control device for artificial lighting must—
for switching on and off— (a)
be capable of having the switching level set point adjusted between 50 and 1000 lux; and (i)
have— (ii)
a delay of more than 2 minutes; and (A)
a differential of more than 100 lux for a sensor controlling high pressure discharge lighting, and 50 lux (B)
for a sensor controlling other than high pressure discharge lighting; and
for dimmed or stepped switching, be capable of reducing the power consumed by the controlled lighting in (b)
proportion to the incident daylight on the working plane either—
continuously down to a power consumption that is less than 50% of full power; or (i)
in no less than 4 steps down to a power consumption that is less than 50% of full power. (ii)
(2) Where a daylight sensor and dynamic control device has a manual override switch, the manual override switch must
not be able to switch the lights permanently on or bypass the lighting controls.S40C5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 542
S44C1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Specification contains the method of calculating the heating load limit, cooling load limit and thermal energy load limit
for compliance with J1P2 and H6P1.
S44C2 Heating load limit
[New for 2022]
The heating load limit of a space, measured in MJ/m2.annum, is equal to the greater of—
4; and (a)
, where— (b)
= the total annual heating degree hours of the building location; and (i)
= the area adjustment factor for the heating load limit, determined in accordance with Table S44C2 . (ii)
Table S44C2 : Area adjustment factors for the heating load limit
S44C3 Cooling load limit
[New for 2022]
(1) The cooling load limit of a space, measured in MJ/m2.annum, is calculated in accordance with the following formula:
(2) In the formula at (1)—
= the cooling load limit (MJ/m2.annum); and (a)
= the total annual cooling degree hours of the building location; and (b)
= the total annual dehumidification gram hours of the building location; and (c)
= the area adjustment factor for the cooling load limit, determined in accordance with Table S44C3 . (d)
Table S44C3 : Area adjustment factors for the cooling load limit Specification 44Calculation of heating load limit, cooling load limit
and thermal energy load limit
00044 HDH59FH
HDH
FH
Total area of habitable rooms (AH) Area adjustment factor (FH)
≤ 50 m21.37
> 50 m2 to ≤ 350 m2
511 106AH2382103AH155
> 350 m20.84
CLL54000617CDH185DGHFC
CLL
CDH
DGH
FC
Total area of the habitable rooms (AH) Area adjustment factor (FC)
≤ 50 m21.34
> 50 m2 and ≤ 200 m2
129 105AH2555 103AH158
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 543
S44C4 Thermal energy load limit
[New for 2022]
(1) The thermal energy load limit of a space, measured in MJ/m2.annum, is calculated in accordance with the following
formula:
(2) In the formula at (1)—
= the thermal energy load limit; and (a)
= the heating load limit; and (b)
= the cooling load limit; and (c)
= the annual average daily outdoor temperature range . (d)Total area of the habitable rooms (AH) Area adjustment factor (FC)
> 200 m2 and ≤ 1000 m2
376 107AH2782 104AH112
> 1000 m20.71
TLL193HLL226CLL84
Tr107415
TLL
HLL
CLL
TrS44C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 544S44C4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 545
S45C1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Specification contains the required modelling parameters for J1V5 .
S45C2 Reference building sole -occupancy unit
[New for 2022]
The heating loads and cooling loads must be calculated for the reference building sole-occupancy unit in accordance with
the following:
J3D7 , for roofs. (a)
J3D9 , for wall-glazing construction . (b)
J3D10 , for floors. (c)
J4D5 , for roof lights . (d)
Solar absorptance of 0.6 for external walls and roofs. (e)
Open area of 3.8 x 10-4 m2 per m2 of zone façade area for façade air infiltration, separate to designed natural (f)
ventilation openings .
S45C3 Proposed building and reference building
[New for 2022]
(1) The heating load , cooling load and energy value for J1V5(1) and (2) must be calculated for both the proposed building
and the reference building sole-occupancy unit using the same—
heating load or cooling load limits, calculated using heating degree hours , cooling degree hours and (a)
dehumidification gram hours from Table S45C3a ; and
energy value factors from Tables S45C3b and S45C3c ; and (b)
location, in accordance with S34C3(3) ; and (c)
climatic data, using the Typical Meteorological Year weather files drawn from the years 1990 to 2015 published (d)
by CSIRO; and
adjacent structures and features; and (e)
orientation; and (f)
building form, including— (g)
roof geometry; and (i)
floor plan; and (ii)
number of storeys ; and (iii)
location, extent and configuration of ground floors and basements; and (iv)
the size and location of glazing ; and (v)
external doors; and (vi)
walls between or bounding sole-occupancy units ; and (vii)
balconies; and (viii)
testing standards, including for insulation, glazing , water heater and unitary air-conditioning equipment; and (h)
fabric and glazing , including— (i)
thermal resistance of air films including any adjustment factors, moisture content of materials and the like; (i)Specification 45 Modelling profiles for J1V5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 546and
internal shading devices, including their colour and criteria for operation; and (ii)
system configuration and control of air-conditioning services and energy sources other than renewable energy (j)
generated on-site where present; and
capacity and water usage, for on-site domestic heated water systems, assuming— (k)
a consumption rate in accordance with Table A.6.2 of AS/NZS 4234 of 10 L plus 1.25 L per m2 of floor area (i)
per sole-occupancy unit per day; and
a seasonal load profile in accordance with Table A.6.3 of AS/NZS 4234; and (ii)
a water inlet temperature of the monthly ground temperature in accordance with Table A.8 of AS/NZS 4234; (iii)
and
a water outlet temperature of 60°C; and (iv)
the same calculation method for standing losses; and (v)
internal heating loads , in accordance with Table S45C3d ; and (l)
occupancy profiles, in accordance with Tables S45C3e , S45C3f , S45C3g , S45C3h , S45C3i , S45C3j , S45C3k (m)
and S45C3l ; and
internal zoning, assuming— (n)
daytime air-conditioned zones include at least one living space and one dining space; and (i)
kitchen zones are a separate zone using virtual wall partitions at all times, and are only air-conditioned if (ii)
adjacent to an external façade; and
each bedroom is a night-time air-conditioned zone; and (iii)
all other zones, including pantries, corridors, en-suites, walk-in robes, bathrooms, toilets, laundries and (iv)
adjacent roof space or basement are unconditioned; and
the same assumptions and means of calculating the temperature difference across air-conditioning zone (o)
boundaries; and
the same floor coverings, furniture and fittings density; and (p)
the same internal artificial lighting illumination levels. (q)
(2) Where present, the air-conditioning services , including all centralised domestic services infrastructure, of each sole-
occupancy unit of both the proposed building and the reference building must be modelled with—
in climate zone 2 to 8, a heating thermostat setting of— (a)
20°C for all conditioned zones from 6:00 am to 12:00 am; and (i)
18°C at all other times; and (ii)
a cooling thermostat setting of— (b)
in climate zones 1, 2 and 3, 27°C for all daytime conditioned zones from 6:00 am to 11:00 pm; and (i)
in climate zone 4, 26°C for all daytime conditioned zones from 6:00 am to 11:00 pm; and (ii)
in climate zone 5, 25°C for all daytime conditioned zones from 6:00 am to 11:00 pm; and (iii)
in climate zones 6 and 7, 24°C for all daytime conditioned from 6:00 am to 11:00pm; and (iv)
in climate zone 8, 23°C for all daytime conditioned zones from 6:00 am to 11:00 pm; and (v)
in all climate zones , a constant cooling thermostat setting of 24°C for all night-time conditioned zones. (vi)
(3) Natural ventilation of each sole-occupancy unit of the proposed building and the reference building must be modelled
with the same—
frequency of data output, being at least hourly; and (a)
opening flow properties in accordance with Table S45C3m ; and (b)
wind pressure coefficients in accordance with Tables S45C3n and S45C3o ; and (c)
infiltration values, unless building sealing is verified using J1V4 , in which case infiltration values equal to the (d)
intended building air change rate at 50 Pa divided by 20 may be used for the proposed building only; and
operation settings as follows: (e)S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 547openings must shut when the external dry bulb temperature is less than or equal to a temperature 1°C (i)
higher than the air-conditioning service cooling set point; and
openings must shut when the external dry bulb temperature is greater than or equal to a temperature 1°C (ii)
lower than the air-conditioning service heating set point; and
openings must remain open for all hours of the year that do not meet the above closing conditions. (iii)
Table S45C3a: Annual heating degree hours, cooling degree hours and dehumidification gram hours for
various locations
Climate zone Location Annual heating
degree hoursAnnual cooling
degree hoursAnnual
dehumidification gram
hours
1 Darwin 0 15770 15364
1 Port Hedland 859 16540 8011
1 Townsville 595 6392 5843
1 Weipa 4 12144 12565
1 Wyndham 126 26975 9184
1 Willis Island N/A N/A N/A
1 Cairns 268 6411 6030
1 Broome 624 14749 14083
2 Rockhampton 3283 6717 1701
2 Amberley 10958 4483 290
2 Brisbane 4744 2228 1415
2 Coffs Harbour 7137 1309 231
2 Mackay 976 3183 5214
2 Gladstone 568 4307 3543
2 Oakey 15392 3979 40
3 Longreach 6002 14634 505
3 Carnarvon 2260 4810 1023
3 Alice Springs 11767 13149 125
3 Charleville 11284 9580 230
3 Halls Creek 611 19571 2109
3 Tennant Creek 1171 18644 1747
3 Mount Isa 3060 15813 1797
3 Newman 6286 15240 645
4 Moree 13986 7291 151
4 Wagga 24833 4678 0
4 Mildura 19003 6300 11
4 Meekatharra 6883 12766 67
4 Oodnadatta 8352 13845 18
4 Kalgoorlie 13048 7763 31
4 Woomera 11754 8434 3
4 Cobar 13663 7616 101
4 Dubbo 20431 5332 36
4 Giles 6259 13082 81
5 Geraldton 6846 6365 10
5 Perth 11024 6084 0S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 548
Table Notes
If location is not listed, use the nearest appropriate. Climate zone Location Annual heating
degree hoursAnnual cooling
degree hoursAnnual
dehumidification gram
hours
5 Williamtown 11713 2802 276
5 Adelaide 13066 5132 0
5 Sydney RO
(Observatory Hill)7079 1466 129
5 Bickley 15664 4015 34
5 Swanbourne 6322 3332 63
5 Ceduna 14061 5212 53
5 Mandurah 6081 3131 2
5 Esperance 11009 1884 0
5 Manjimup 20910 2531 0
5 Mascot (Sydney Airport) 6357 1596 110
6 Nowra 14813 2801 56
6 Melbourne RO 14494 2416 0
6 East Sale 27229 1259 0
6 Katanning 21496 3566 14
6 Forrest 15294 8410 14
6 Albany 16131 932 0
6 Mount Lofty 41095 1626 0
6 Tullamarine
(Melbourne Airport)23496 2764 0
6 Mount Gambier 28496 2764 0
6 Moorabbin 20249 2291 0
6 Warnambool 27285 1406 1
6 Cape Otway 19279 960 3
6 Richmond 15607 3917 60
7 Armidale 33374 1039 9
7 Launceston (Ti Tree
Bend)30952 833 0
7 Canberra 35153 2863 0
7 Cabramurra 65831 79 0
7 Hobart 28542 451 0
7 Orange 40325 1192 2
7 Ballarat 37873 2585 2
7 Low Head 26047 80 0
7 Launceston Airport 39444 456 0
7 Learmonth 1646 14048 958
8 Thredbo (Village) 61209 147 0S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 549 Table S45C3b: Energy factors based on fuel type
Table S45C3c: Electricity usage — timing for categories of usage
Fuel type ACT NSW NT Qld SA Tas Vic WA
Electricity:
peak (kWh)1.55 1.53 1.54 1.53 1.54 1.55 1.53 1.54
Electricity:
shoulder
(kWh)1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Electricity:
off-peak
(kWh)0.78 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.78 0.78 0.79 0.79
Electricity: cont. load
(kWh)0.68 0.54 1.11 0.76 0.62 0.70 0.82 0.47
Natural gas
(MJ)0.18 0.14 0.16 0.24 0.13 0.21 0.10 0.16
Electricity: PV export
(kWh)0.42 0.39 1.10 0.51 0.35 0.50 0.53 0.29
Hour Hour span Weekday
1 24-1 Off-peak
2 1-2 Off-peak
3 2-3 Off-peak
4 3-4 Off-peak
5 4-5 Off-peak
6 5-6 Off-peak
7 6-7 Off-peak
8 7-8 Peak
9 8-9 Peak
10 9-10 Shoulder
11 10-11 Shoulder
12 11-12 Shoulder
13 12-13 Shoulder
14 13-14 Shoulder
15 14-15 Shoulder
16 15-16 Shoulder
17 16-17 Peak
18 17-18 Peak
19 18-19 Peak
20 19-20 Peak
21 20-21 Shoulder
22 21-22 Shoulder
23 22-23 Off-peak
24 23-24 Off-peakS45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 550 Table S45C3d: Internal heat loads for lighting, cooking and appliances
T
able S45C3e: Lighting schedules for daytime zones Sole-occupancy
unit area
(excluding
garage) (m2)Occupancy (m
2/person)Day time lighting
power density
(6:00 am to 6:00 pm) (W/m
2)Night-time lighting
power density
(6:00 pm to 6:00 am) (W/m
2)Cooking in
kitchen zone only
(W/m2 kitchen
area)Appliances
(except oven) in
whole sole-
occupancy unit
(W/m2)
≤ 100 41.2 4.0 4.0 36.2 4.38
> 100 to ≤ 125 44.3 4.0 4.0 34.7 3.52
> 125 to ≤ 150 47.8 4.0 4.0 28.9 2.99
> 150 to ≤ 175 51.7 4.0 4.0 24.8 2.60
> 175 to ≤ 200 55.8 4.0 4.0 25.3 2.26
> 200 to ≤ 225 60.0 4.0 4.0 22.5 2.02
> 225 to ≤ 250 64.4 4.0 4.0 20.2 1.84
> 250 to ≤ 275 68.9 4.0 4.0 18.4 1.68
> 275 to ≤ 300 73.3 4.0 4.0 16.9 1.55
> 300 to ≤ 325 77.5 4.0 4.0 15.6 1.44
> 325 to ≤ 350 81.6 4.0 4.0 14.5 1.34
> 350 to ≤ 375 85.4 4.0 4.0 13.5 1.26
> 375 89.0 4.0 4.0 12.7 1.19
Time period (local standard
time)December to February June to August March to May, September
to November
12:00 am to 1:00 am 0% 0% 0%
1:00 am to 2:00 am 0% 0% 0%
2:00 am to 3:00 am 0% 0% 0%
3:00 am to 4:00 am 0% 0% 0%
4:00 am to 5:00 am 0% 0% 0%
5:00 am to 6:00 am 0% 0% 0%
6:00 am to 7:00 am 5% 10% 5%
7:00 am to 8:00 am 5% 10% 5%
8:00 am to 9:00 am 0% 0% 0%
9:00 am to 10:00 am 0% 0% 0%
10:00 am to 11:00 am 0% 0% 0%
11:00 am to 12:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm 5% 5% 5%
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm 15% 20% 20%
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm 25% 30% 25%
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm 30% 35% 30%
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm 25% 30% 30%
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm 20% 25% 25%S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 551
Table S45C3f: Lighting schedules for night -time z ones
Table S45C3g: Cooking schedules
Time period (local standard
time)December to February June to August March to May, September
to November
12:00 am to 1:00 am 0% 0% 0%
1:00 am to 2:00 am 0% 0% 0%
2:00 am to 3:00 am 0% 0% 0%
3:00 am to 4:00 am 0% 0% 0%
4:00 am to 5:00 am 0% 0% 0%
5:00 am to 6:00 am 0% 0% 0%
6:00 am to 7:00 am 0% 0% 0%
7:00 am to 8:00 am 5% 5% 5%
8:00 am to 9:00 am 10% 10% 10%Time period (local standard
time)December to February June to August March to May, September
to November
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm 10% 15% 15%
11:00 pm to 12:00 am 0% 0% 0%
Time period (local standard
time)December to February June to August March to May, September
to November
12:00 am to 1:00 am 0% 0% 0%
1:00 am to 2:00 am 0% 0% 0%
2:00 am to 3:00 am 0% 0% 0%
3:00 am to 4:00 am 0% 0% 0%
4:00 am to 5:00 am 0% 0% 0%
5:00 am to 6:00 am 0% 0% 0%
6:00 am to 7:00 am 5% 10% 5%
7:00 am to 8:00 am 5% 10% 5%
8:00 am to 9:00 am 0% 0% 0%
9:00 am to 10:00 am 0% 0% 0%
10:00 am to 11:00 am 0% 0% 0%
11:00 am to 12:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm 0% 0% 0%
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm 15% 20% 20%
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm 25% 30% 25%
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm 30% 35% 30%
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm 25% 30% 30%
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm 20% 25% 25%
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm 10% 15% 10%
11:00 pm to 12:00 am 0% 0% 0%S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 552
Table S45C3h: Appliance schedule for all zones
Time period (local standard
time)December to February June to August March to May, September
to November
9:00 am to 10:00 am 15% 15% 15%
10:00 am to 11:00 am 10% 15% 10%
11:00 am to 12:00 pm 15% 15% 15%
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm 15% 20% 20%
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm 15% 25% 20%
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm 15% 20% 20%
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm 15% 15% 15%
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm 20% 25% 20%
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm 30% 50% 40%
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm 60% 100% 80%
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm 70% 90% 80%
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm 40% 40% 40%
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm 20% 20% 20%
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm 10% 10% 10%
11:00 pm to 12:00 am 5% 5% 5%
Time period (local standard
time)December to February June to August March to May, September
to November
12:00 am to 1:00 am 45% 45% 45%
1:00 am to 2:00 am 40% 40% 40%
2:00 am to 3:00 am 35% 40% 35%
3:00 am to 4:00 am 35% 40% 35%
4:00 am to 5:00 am 35% 40% 35%
5:00 am to 6:00 am 40% 40% 40%
6:00 am to 7:00 am 50% 55% 50%
7:00 am to 8:00 am 60% 75% 65%
8:00 am to 9:00 am 50% 55% 50%
9:00 am to 10:00 am 45% 50% 50%
10:00am to 11:00 am 45% 55% 50%
11:00 am to 12:00 pm 45% 50% 45%
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm 45% 50% 45%
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm 45% 50% 45%
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm 45% 50% 45%
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm 45% 50% 45%
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm 70% 85% 75%
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm 85% 100% 90%
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm 75% 85% 80%
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm 60% 70% 65%
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm 65% 75% 70%
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm 60% 70% 65%
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm 55% 60% 55%
11:00 pm to 12:00 am 50% 55% 50%S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 553 Table S45C3i: Occupancy schedules
Table S45C3j: Heating, ventilation and air -conditioning schedules f or daytime zones
Time period (local standard time) Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning on/off
12:00 am to 1:00 am Off
1:00 am to 2:00 am Off
2:00 am to 3:00 am Off
3:00 am to 4:00 am Off
4:00 am to 5:00 am Off
5:00 am to 6:00 am Off
6:00 am to 7:00 am On
7:00 am to 8:00 am On
8:00 am to 9:00 am On
9:00 am to 10:00 am On
10:00 am to 11:00 am On
11:00 am to 12:00 pm On
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm On
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm On
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm OnTime period (local standard time) Weekdays Weekends
12:00 am to 1:00 am 0% 0%
1:00 am to 2:00 am 0% 0%
2:00 am to 3:00 am 0% 0%
3:00 am to 4:00 am 0% 0%
4:00 am to 5:00 am 0% 0%
5:00 am to 6:00 am 0% 0%
6:00 am to 7:00 am 30% 30%
7:00 am to 8:00 am 30% 30%
8:00 am to 9:00 am 100% 30%
9:00 am to 10:00 am 100% 100%
10:00 am to 11:00 am 50% 100%
11:00 am to 12:00 pm 50% 100%
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm 50% 100%
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm 50% 50%
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm 50% 50%
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm 50% 50%
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm 100% 50%
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm 100% 50%
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm 100% 100%
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm 100% 100%
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm 100% 100%
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm 30% 100%
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm 30% 30%
11:00 pm to 12:00 am 0% 0%S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 554
Table Notes
If windows are open in accordance with S45C3(3)(e), the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning schedule must be
Off.
Table S45C3k: Occupancy schedules for night -time z ones
Table S45C3l: Heating, ventilation and air -conditioning schedules f or night -time zones
Time period (local standard time) All days, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning on/off
12:00 am to 1:00 am OnTime period (local standard time) Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning on/off
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm On
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm On
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm On
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm On
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm On
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm On
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm On
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm On
11:00 pm to 12:00 am Off
Time period (local standard time) Weekdays Weekends
12:00 am to 1:00 am 100% 100%
1:00 am to 2:00 am 100% 100%
2:00 am to 3:00 am 100% 100%
3:00 am to 4:00 am 100% 100%
4:00 am to 5:00 am 100% 100%
5:00 am to 6:00 am 100% 100%
6:00 am to 7:00 am 50% 50%
7:00 am to 8:00 am 50% 50%
8:00 am to 9:00 am 50% 50%
9:00 am to 10:00 am 0% 0%
10:00 am to 11:00 am 0% 0%
11:00 am to 12:00 pm 0% 0%
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm 0% 0%
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm 0% 0%
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm 0% 0%
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm 0% 0%
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm 0% 0%
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm 0% 0%
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm 50% 50%
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm 50% 50%
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm 50% 50%
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm 100% 100%
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm 100% 100%
11:00 pm to 12:00 am 100% 100%S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 555
Table Notes
If windows are open in accordance with S45C3(3)(e), the Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning schedule must be
Off.
Table S45C3m: Window opening area percentage
Table S45C3n: Wind pressure coefficients for natural ventilation of low -rise buildings (t otal height less
than 12 m)
Exposure type Façade
componentWind direction (0° perpendicular to face)
0 45 90 135 180
Exposed Wall 0.70 035 -0.50 -0.40 -0.20
Roof pitch < 10
degrees-0.80 -0.70 -0.60 -0.50 -0.40
Roof pitch 10
to 30 degrees-0.40 -0.50 -0.60 -0.50 -0.40Time period (local standard time) All days, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning on/off
1:00 am to 2:00 am On
2:00 am to 3:00 am On
3:00 am to 4:00 am On
4:00 am to 5:00 am On
5:00 am to 6:00 am On
6:00 am to 7:00 am On
7:00 am to 8:00 am On
8:00 am to 9:00 am On
9:00 am to 10:00 am Off
10:00 am to 11:00 am Off
11:00 am to 12:00 pm Off
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm Off
1:00 pm to 2:00 pm Off
2:00 pm to 3:00 pm Off
3:00 pm to 4:00 pm Off
4:00 pm to 5:00 pm Off
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm Off
6:00 pm to 7:00 pm On
7:00 pm to 8:00 pm On
8:00 pm to 9:00 pm On
9:00 pm to 10:00 pm On
10:00 pm to 11:00 pm On
11:00 pm to 12:00 am On
Window type Opening area
Any window with restricted opening due to safety
requirements10%
Sliding and double hung 45%
Casement, awning, louvre, bi-fold, pivot, tilt and turn and
French90%S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 556
Table Notes
Pressure coefficient exposure categories are defined as follows:
Exposed – no obstructions surrounding the building (e.g. open fields or bodies of water). (a)
Semi-exposed – some obstructions comparable to the height of the building on some but not all sides. (b)
Sheltered – obstructions comparable to the height of the building on all sides. (c)
Table S45C3o: Wind pressure coefficients for natural ventilation of high -rise building (t otal height more
than 12 m)
Exposure type Façade
componentWind direction (0° perpendicular to face)
0 45 90 135 180
Exposed Wall h/H = 0.0 0.30 0.22 -0.23 -0.43 -0.24
Wall h/H = 0.2 0.32 0.22 -0.43 -0.44 -0.25
Wall h/H = 0.4 0.39 0.16 -0.56 -0.43 -0.27
Wall h/H = 0.6 0.55 0.24 -0.62 -0.41 -0.29
Wall h/H = 0.8 0.65 0.32 -0.65 -0.39 -0.28
Wall h/H = 1.0 0.40 0.15 -0.65 -0.38 -0.26
Flat roof h/H =
0.0-0.23 -0.23 -0.23 -0.23 -0.23
Flat roof h/H = 0.2 -0.43 -0.43 -0.43 -0.43 -0.43
Flat roof h/H = 0.4 -0.56 -0.56 -0.56 -0.56 -0.56
Flat roof h/H = 0.6 -0.62 -0.62 -0.62 -0.62 -0.62
Flat roof h/H = 0.8 -0.65 -0.65 -0.65 -0.65 -0.65
Flat roof h/H = 1.0 -0.65 -0.65 -0.65 -0.65 -0.65Exposure type Façade
componentWind direction (0° perpendicular to face)
0 45 90 135 180
Roof pitch > 30
degrees0.30 -0.40 -0.60 -0.40 -0.50
Semi-exposed Wall 0.40 0.10 -0.30 -0.35 -0.20
Roof pitch < 10
degrees-0.60 -0.50 -0.40 -0.50 -0.60
Roof pitch 10
to 30 degrees-0.35 -0.45 -0.55 -0.45 -0.35
Roof pitch > 30
degrees0.30 -0.50 -0.60 -0.50 -0.50
Sheltered Wall 0.20 0.05 -0.25 -0.30 -0.25
Roof pitch < 10
degrees-0.50 -0.50 -0.40 -0.50 -0.50
Roof pitch 10
to 30 degrees-0.30 -0.40 -0.50 -0.40 -0.30
Roof pitch > 30
degrees0.25 -0.30 -0.50 -0.30 -0.40S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 557
Table Notes
Pressure coefficient exposure categories are defined as follows: (1)
Exposed – no obstructions surrounding the building (e.g. open fields or bodies of water). (a)
Semi-exposed – some obstructions comparable to the height of the building on some but not all sides. (b)
Sheltered – obstructions comparable to the building height on all sides. (c)
h = height of natural ventilation opening above ground. (2)
H = height of roof of building above ground.(3)Exposure type Façade
componentWind direction (0° perpendicular to face)
0 45 90 135 180
Semi-exposed Wall h/H = 0.0 0.19 0.08 -0.15 -0.28 -0.15
Wall h/H = 0.2 0.20 0.08 -0.28 -0.29 -0.16
Wall h/H = 0.4 0.25 0.10 -0.36 -0.28 -0.18
Wall h/H = 0.6 0.36 0.16 -0.40 -0.27 -0.19
Wall h/H = 0.8 0.42 0.20 -0.42 -0.25 -0.18
Wall h/H = 1.0 0.26 0.10 -0.42 -0.25 -0.17
Flat roof h/H =
0.0-0.15 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15
Flat roof h/H = 0.2 -0.28 -0.28 -0.28 -0.28 -0.28
Flat roof h/H =
0.4-0.36 -0.36 -0.36 -0.36 -0.36
Flat roof h/H =
0.6-0.40 -0.40 -0.40 -0.40 -0.40
Flat roof h/H = 0.8 -0.42 -0.42 -0.42 -0.42 -0.42
Flat roof h/H = 1.0 -0.42 -0.42 -0.42 -0.42 -0.42
Sheltered Wall h/H = 0.0 0.10 0.04 -0.08 -0.15 -0.08
Wall h/H = 0.2 0.11 0.04 -0.15 -0.15 -0.08
Wall h/H = 0.4 0.13 0.05 -0.19 -0.15 -0.09
Wall h/H = 0.6 0.19 0.08 -0.21 -0.14 -0.10
Wall h/H = 0.8 0.22 0.11 -0.22 -0.13 -0.09
Wall h/H = 1.0 0.32 0.05 -0.22 -0.13 -0.09
Flat roof h/H =
0.0-0.08 -0.08 -0.08 -0.08 -0.08
Flat roof h/H =
0.2-0.15 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15
Flat roof h/H = 0.4 -0.19 -0.19 -0.19 -0.19 -0.19
Flat roof h/H = 0.6 -0.21 -0.21 -0.21 -0.21 -0.21
Flat roof h/H = 0.8 -0.22 -0.22 -0.22 -0.22 -0.22
Flat roof h/H = 1.0 -0.22 -0.22 -0.22 -0.22 -0.22S45C3
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 558
Schedule 1 Definitions
Abbreviations
Symbols
Glossary
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 559
Abbreviation Definitions
ABCB Australian Building Codes Board
AC Alternating Current
ACC Acrylic conformal coating
ACL Acrylic latex
ACP Aluminium Composite Panel
AIRAH Australian Institute of Refrigeration, Air conditioning and Heating
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AS Australian Standard
ASET Available Safe Egress Time
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BAL Bushfire Attack Level
BCA Building Code of Australia
BE Fire blocks evacuation route
CAN National Standard of Canada
CCT Correlated Colour Temperature
CF Challenging fire
CHF Critical Heat Flux
CIBSE Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
CRF Critical Radiant Flux
CRI Colour Rendering Index
CS Fire starts in a concealed space
CSHGCConstant for solar heat gain
CSIRO Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
CUConstant for conductance
DC Direct Current
FED Fractional Effective Dose
FI Fire brigade intervention
FRL Fire Resistance Level
FZ Flame Zone
GEMS Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards
GRP Glass fibre reinforced polyester
HDG Hot dip galvanising
HRR Heat Release Rate
HS Horizontal fire spread
IS Rapid fire spread involving internal surface linings
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
IZS Inorganic zinc silicate
LED Light-Emitting Diode
MEPS Minimum Energy Performance StandardsAbbreviations
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 560Abbreviation Definitions
NABERS National Australian Built Environment Rating System
NASH National Association of Steel-Framed Housing
NATA National Association of Testing Authorities Australia
NatHERS Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme
NCC National Construction Code
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
PBDB Performance-based design brief
PCA Plumbing Code of Australia
PMV Predicted Mean Vote
ppm parts per million
PUR Polyurethane
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
RC Robustness check
RSET Required Safe Egress Time
RWWeighted sound reduction index
SF Smouldering fire
SHGC Solar Heat Gain Coefficient
SL Square mesh
SS Structural stability and other property
STC Sound Transmission Class
TM Trench mesh
UF Unexpected catastrophic failure
UPVC Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride
UT Fire in normally unoccupied room threatening occupants of other rooms
U-Value Thermal transmittance
VS Vertical fire spread involving external cladding or external openings
WC Water closet
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 561
Symbols Definitions
° degree(s)
°C degree(s) Celsius
°CDB degree(s) Celsius Dry Bulb
°CWB degree(s) Celsius Wet Bulb
-e/MJ equivalent per Megajoule(s)
μm micrometre
µg/N.s Micrograms per newton-second
dB(A) decibels “A” scale weighting network
f’c Characteristic compressive strength of concrete at 28 days
f’y Yield stress used in design
G Permanent load
J Joule(s)
J/kg.K Joules per kilogram degree Kelvin
J/s.m2Joules per second square metre
K Kelvin(s)
kg kilogram(s)
kg/m kilogram(s) per metre
kg/m2kilogram(s) per square metre
kg/m3kilogram(s) per cubic metre
kJ/m2.hour kilojoules per square metre hour
km kilometre(s)
kPa kilopascal(s)
kW/m2kilowatt(s) per square metre
kWheatingkilowatt(s) of heating
kWr kilowatt(s) of refrigeration
L litre(s)
L/min litre(s) per minute
L/s litre(s) per second
L/s.m2litre(s) per second square metre
Lumens/W Lumens per Watt
lx lux
m metre(s)
m/s metre(s) per second
m2square metre(s)
m2.K/W square metre Kelvin(s) per Watt
m3cubic metre(s)
m3/hour cubic metre(s) per hour
m3/s cubic metre(s) per second
mcd/m2millicandelas per square metre
min minute(s)Symbols
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 562Symbols Definitions
MJ/hour Megajoules per hour
MJ/m2.annum Megajoules per square metre annum
mm millimetre(s)
mm2square millimetre(s)
MW megawatt(s)
N newton(s)
N/m Newton(s) per metre
Pa pascal(s)
Pa/m pascal(s) per metre
Q Imposed load
s second(s)
ULS Ultimate limit state
V Volt(s)
W Watt(s)
Winput powerWatts of input power
Wr/Winput powerWatts of thermal refrigeration per watt of input power
W/kWrejWatts per kilowatt of heat rejected
Wm-1K-1Watts per metre degree Kelvin
W/m2Watts per square metre
°south degree south
% percent
> greater than
< less than
≤ less than or equal to
≥ equal to or more than
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 563
Above ground rainwater tank: A rainwater tank that is not in any way set into the ground.
Accessible: Having features to enable use by people with a disability.
Accessway: A continuous accessible path of travel (as defined in AS 1428.1) to, into or within a building.
Accredited Testing Laboratory: One of the following:
An organisation accredited by the National Association of Testing Authorities Australia (NATA) to undertake the (a)
relevant tests.
An organisation outside Australia accredited to undertake the relevant tests by an authority recognised by NATA (b)
through a mutual recognition agreement.
An organisation recognised as being an Accredited Testing Laboratory under legislation at the time the test was (c)
undertaken.
Activity support level: The degree to which occupants can undertake activities with respect to the likely activity traits
and occupant traits .
Explanatory Information
This term is used to articulate whether the height of a room or space is sufficient and by what degree. This is achieved
by having regard to the room or space’s intended use by occupants, through consideration of the defined terms ‘ activity
traits ’ and ‘ occupant traits ’.
Activity traits: For the purposes of—
Volume One, the features of the activities that will be undertaken in a habitable room or space; or (a)
Volume Two, the features of the activities that will be undertaken in a room or space. (b)
Explanatory Information
This term is used to describe the characteristics of the activities that will be undertaken in a room or space.
For example, the activities likely to be undertaken in a bedroom, and the associated features are—
sleeping — a person laying horizontally; and •
resting — a person laying horizontally or sitting upright on the bed; and •
leisure activities, such as reading a book — a person sitting upright on the bed, with enough space to stretch •
their arms vertically; and
dressing/changing clothes — a person standing with enough space to stretch their arms vertically. •
Administering body: The body responsible for administering the WaterMark Certification Scheme .
Aged care building: A Class 9c building for residential accommodation of aged persons who, due to varying degrees of
incapacity associated with the ageing process, are provided with personal care services and 24 hour staff assistance
to evacuate the building during an emergency.
NSW Aisle
SA Agriculture
Air-conditioning: For the purposes of Section J of Volume One, a service that actively cools or heats the air within a
space, but does not include a service that directly—
cools or heats cold or hot rooms; or (a)
maintains specialised conditions for equipment or processes, where this is the main purpose of the service . (b)
Alarm zone: For the purposes of Specification 23 , an area of a building protected by one or more smoke alarms connected
to one alarm circuit.
Alpine area: An area given in Figure 1 and in Table 1 for specific locations, and is—
likely to be subject to significant snowfalls; and (a)Glossary
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 564in New South Wales, the ACT or Victoria more than 1200 m above the Australian Height Datum; and (b)
in Tasmania more than 900 m above the Australian Height Datum. (c)
Table 1 : Alpine areas where snow loads are significant
Location Map identifier
Kiandra (NSW) 1
Mount Kosciuszko (NSW) 2
Perisher Valley (NSW) 3
Thredbo (NSW) 4
Cabramurra (NSW) 5
Charlotte Pass Village (NSW) 6
Diggers Creek (NSW) 7
Guthega Village (NSW) 8
Mount Blue Cow (NSW) 9
Mount Selwyn (NSW) 10
Perisher Range (NSW) 11
Rules Point (NSW) 12
Sawpit Creek (NSW) 13
Smiggin Holes (NSW) 14
Smiggin Range (NSW) 15
Three Mile Dam (NSW) 16
Wilsons Valley (NSW) 17
Falls Creek (Vic.), including Summit Area, Sun Valley and
Village Bowl18
Mount Baw Baw (Vic.) 19
Mount Buffalo (Vic.), including Chalet, Dingo Dell and
Tatra20
Mount Buller (Vic.), including Baldy and Village 21
Mount Hotham (Vic.), including Davenport and Village
Centre22
Dinner Plain (Vic.) 23
Lake Mountain (Vic.) 24
Mount Stirling (Vic.) 25
Ben Lomond Ski Field (Tas.) 26
Cradle Valley (Tas.) 27
Great Lake Area (Tas.) 28
Mount Field Ski Field (Tas.) 29
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 565 Figure 1 : Alpine areas
Figure Notes
This map is approximate only and altitude above Australian Height Datum must be used to determine whether the building
falls into an alpine area region.
Explanatory Information
Alpine areas are located in New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.
Alpine areas are areas 1200 m or more above Australian Height Datum (AHD) for New South Wales, Australian Capital
Territory and Victoria, and 900 m or more above AHD for Tasmania, as shown in Figure 1.
Alpine areas are considered to receive significant snowfalls (snowfalls that result in an average snow accumulation on Northern Tableland
Central Tableland
Sydney32º
34º
36º
38º150º 148º148º144º
142º40º
42ºMelbourne21
24
1925222023185161
6
210
12
89
41711 151413Southern Tableland73
Alpine >1200 m (NSW, ACT
and Vic), >900 m (Tas)
2728
26
29
HobartLEGEND:
Alpine
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 566the ground of 175 mm or greater). Regions in New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory and Victoria between
600 – 1200 m AHD are considered to be sub-alpine areas and may receive significant snowfalls, however unlike alpine
areas the snow is unlikely to accumulate.
It is recommended that the appropriate authority be consulted to determine whether the building is located in an alpine
area. AS/NZS 1170.3 also contains further detail in the identification of alpine areas and the altitude of the alpine regions
of Australia.
In the Australian Capital Territory, Canberra is not designated as an alpine area as snow loads are not considered
significant.
Alteration: In relation to a building, includes an addition or extension to a building.
Aluminium Composite Panel (ACP): Flat or profiled aluminium sheet material in composite with any type of materials.
Amenity: An attribute which contributes to the health, physical independence, comfort and well-being of people.
Ancillary element: An element that is secondary to and not an integral part of another element to which it is attached.
Annual exceedance probability: The probability that a given rainfall total accumulated over a given duration will be
exceeded in any one year.
Annual greenhouse gas emissions: The theoretical amount of greenhouse gas emissions attributable to the energy
used annually by a building’s services , excluding kitchen exhaust and the like.
Appropriate authority: For the purposes of the Fire Safety Verification Method, means the relevant authority with the
statutory responsibility to determine the particular matter satisfies the relevant Performance Requirement .
Explanatory Information
The Appropriate Authority is typically the building surveyor or building certifier charged with the statutory responsibility
to determine building compliance and issue the building permit / approval and occupancy certificate / approval.
NSW Appropriate authority
Appropriate authority: The relevant authority with the statutory responsibility to determine the particular matter.
Appropriately qualified person: A person recognised by the appropriate authority as having qualifications and/or
experience in the relevant discipline in question.
Approved disposal system: A system for the disposal of sewage, sullage or stormwater approved by an authority having
jurisdiction.
Articulated masonry: Masonry construction in which special provisions have been made for movement by articulation.
NSW Assembly building
SA Assembly building
Assembly building: A building where people may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes including a library, theatre, public hall or place of worship; (a)
or
educational purposes in a school , early childhood centre , preschool, or the like; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes including— (c)
a discotheque, nightclub or a bar area of a hotel or motel providing live entertainment or containing a dance (i)
floor; or
a cinema; or (ii)
a sports stadium, sporting or other club; or (iii)
transit purposes including a bus station, railway station, airport or ferry terminal. (d)
Assessment Method: A method that can be used for determining that a Performance Solution or Deemed-to-Satisfy
Solution complies with the Performance Requirements .
Assumed cooling thermostat set point: The cooling thermostat set point used to calculate cooling degree hours , and
equal to , where is the mean January outdoor air temperature measured in degrees Celsius.
Atrium: A space within a building that connects 2 or more storeys and— 178031Tm Tm
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 567is enclosed at the top by a floor or roof (including a glazed roof structure); and (a)
includes any adjacent part of the building not separated by an appropriate barrier to fire; but (b)
does not include a stairwell, rampwell or the space within a shaft ; and (c)
for the purposes of (a) a space is considered enclosed if the area of the enclosing floor or roof is greater than (d)
50% of the area of the space, measured in plan, of any of the storeys connected by the space.
Atrium well: A space in an atrium bounded by the perimeter of the openings in the floors or by the perimeter of the floors
and the external walls .
NSW Auditorium
Automatic: Designed to operate when activated by a heat, smoke or fire sensing device.
Available safe egress time (ASET)
The time between ignition of a fire and the onset of untenable conditions in a specific part of a building. (1)
The time referred to in (1) is the calculated interval between the time of ignition of a fire and the time at which (2)
conditions become such that the occupant is unable to take effective action to escape to a place of safety.
Average daylight factor: The ratio of the illumination level within a room provided by daylight to the level of daylight
outside the building during overcast conditions.
Average specific extinction area: The average specific extinction area for smoke as determined by AS 5637.1.
Backflow prevention device: An air gap, break tank or mechanical device that is designed to prevent the unplanned
reversal of flow of water or contaminants into the water service or a Network Utility Operator’s water supply.
Backpressure: A reversal of water flow caused by the downstream pressure becoming greater than the supply pressure.
Backsiphonage: A reversal of flow of water caused by negative pressure in the distributing pipes of a water service or
supply.
Backstage: A space associated with, and adjacent to, a stage in a Class 9b building for scenery, props, equipment,
dressing rooms, or the like.
Battery system: One or more chemical cells connected in series, parallel or a combination of the two for the purpose of
electrical energy storage.
Blockage: An obstruction within a water service or sanitary plumbing or drainage system.
Boiler: A vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, wherein steam or other vapour is generated, or
water or other liquid is heated at a pressure above that of the atmosphere, by the application of fire, the products of
combustion, electrical power, or similar high temperature means, and—
includes superheaters, reheaters, economisers, boiler piping, supports, mountings, valves, gauges, fittings, (a)
controls, the boiler settings and directly associated equipment; but
excludes a fully flooded or pressurised system where water or other liquid is heated to a temperature lower than (b)
the normal atmospheric boiling temperature of the liquid.
Bond breaker: A material used as part of a waterproofing system that prevents the membrane bonding to the substrate,
bedding or lining.
Breaking surf: Any area of salt water in which waves break on an average of at least 4 days per week but does not
include white caps or choppy water.
Explanatory Information
Breaking surf normally occurs in areas exposed to the open sea. Breaking surf does not normally occur in sheltered
areas, such as that which occurs around Port Phillip Bay, Sydney Harbour, Swan River, Derwent River and similar
locations.
Building complexity criteria: Are used to determine the building complexity level of all or part of a building in accordance
with Table 2 , where building complexity criteria are as follows:
Attributes — the building is designed or constructed with any of the following sub-criteria: (a)
An effective height of more than 25 m. (i)
One or more Performance Solutions are used to demonstrate compliance with the Performance (ii)
Requirements relating to material and systems for structural safety.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 568One or more Performance Solutions are used to demonstrate compliance with the Performance (iii)
Requirements relating to material and systems for fire safety.
Is located in an area prone to natural disaster or adverse environmental conditions. (iv)
Class 2 — all or part of the building is Class 2 of three or more storeys . (b)
Occupant numbers — the building is to be occupied by more than 100 people determined in accordance with (c)
D2D18 .
Occupant characteristics — the building is to be occupied by more than 10 people who will require assistance (d)
to evacuate the building in an emergency.
Importance Level — the building is determined to be Importance Level 4 or 5. (e)
Notes
The NCC currently does not include corresponding technical requirements relating to the defined term ‘building
complexity criteria’ and the various building complexity levels. It is intended that these terms will be integrated into future
editions of the NCC.
Table 2: Building complexity level
Buried rainwater tank: A rainwater tank that is set into and completely covered by earth.
Burnout: Exposure to fire for a time that includes fire growth , full development, and decay in the absence of intervention
or automatic suppression, beyond which the fire is no longer a threat to building elements intended to perform
loadbearing or fire separation functions, or both.
SA Brush fence
SA Bulk grain storage facility
Carpark: A building that is used for the parking of motor vehicles but is neither a private garage nor used for the servicing
of vehicles, other than washing, cleaning or polishing.
Cavity: A void between 2 leaves of masonry, or in masonry veneer construction, a void between a leaf of masonry and
the supporting frame.
Cavity wall: For the purposes of F3V1 and H2V1, a wall that incorporates a drained cavity.
SA Cell type silo
TAS Centre-based care class 4 facility
TAS Centre-based care class 5 facility
Certificate of Accreditation: A certificate issued by a State or Territory accreditation authority stating that the properties
and performance of a building material or method of construction or design fulfil specific requirements of the NCC.
Certificate of Conformity: A certificate issued under the ABCB scheme for products and systems certification stating
that the properties and performance of a building material or method of construction or design fulfil specific
requirements of the NCC.
Certification body: A person or organisation operating in the field of material, product, form of construction or design Building complexity level Criteria
Low The building meets only one of the following building
complexity criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c)
(Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
Medium The building meets two of the following building
complexity criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c)
(Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
High The building meets three of the following building
complexity criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c)
(Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
Very high The building meets all of the following building complexity
criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c) (Occupant
numbers) and (d) (Occupant characteristics); or (e)
(Building Importance Level 4 or 5)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 569certification that has been accredited by the Joint Accreditation System of Australia and New Zealand (JAS-ANZ),
and is accredited for a purpose other than as part of the CodeMark Australia Certification Scheme or WaterMark
Certification Scheme .
Characteristic: The occupant data to be used in the modelling of access solutions which define how an occupant interacts
with a building, i.e. occupant movement speeds, turning ability, reach capability, perception of luminance contrast
and hearing threshold.
VIC Children’s service
Clad frame: Timber or metal frame construction with exterior timber or sheet wall cladding that is not sensitive to minor
movement and includes substructure masonry walls up to 1.5 m high.
Climate zone: An area defined in Figure 2 and in Table 3 for specific locations, having energy efficiency provisions based
on a range of similar climatic characteristics.
Table 3 : Climate zones for thermal design
State Location Climate zone
ACT Canberra 7
NSW Albury 4
NSW Armidale 7
NSW Batemans Bay 6
NSW Bathurst 7
NSW Bega 6
NSW Bellingen Shire - Dorrigo Plateau 7
NSW Bellingen Shire - Valley & seaboard 2
NSW Bourke 4
NSW Broken Hill 4
NSW Byron Bay 2
NSW Cobar 4
NSW Coffs Harbour 2
NSW Dubbo 4
NSW Goulburn 7
NSW Grafton 2
NSW Griffith 4
NSW Ivanhoe 4
NSW Lismore 2
NSW Lord Howe Island 2
NSW Moree 4
NSW Newcastle 5
NSW Nowra 6
NSW Orange 7
NSW Perisher - Smiggins 8
NSW Port Macquarie 5
NSW Sydney East 5
NSW Sydney West 6
NSW Tamworth 4
NSW Thredbo 8
NSW Wagga Wagga 4
NSW Williamtown 5
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 570State Location Climate zone
NSW Wollongong 5
NSW Yass 6
NT Alice Springs 3
NT Darwin 1
NT Elliot 3
NT Katherine 1
NT Renner Springs 3
NT Tennant Creek 3
QLD Birdsville 3
QLD Brisbane 2
QLD Bundaberg 2
QLD Cairns 1
QLD Cooktown 1
QLD Cunnamulla 3
QLD Gladstone 2
QLD Hervey Bay 2
QLD Hughenden 3
QLD Longreach 3
QLD Mackay 2
QLD Mount Isa 3
QLD Normanton 1
QLD Rockhampton 2
QLD Roma 3
QLD Southport 2
QLD Toowoomba 5
QLD Townsville 1
QLD Warwick 5
QLD Weipa 1
SA Adelaide 5
SA Bordertown 6
SA Ceduna 5
SA Cook 4
SA Elliston 5
SA Kingscote 6
SA Leigh Creek 5
SA Lobethal 6
SA Loxton 5
SA Naracoorte 6
SA Marree 4
SA Mount Gambier 6
SA Murray Bridge 6
SA Oodnadatta 4
SA Port Augusta 4
SA Port Lincoln 5
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 571State Location Climate zone
SA Renmark 5
SA Tarcoola 4
SA Victor Harbour 6
SA Whyalla 4
TAS Burnie 7
TAS Bicheno 7
TAS Deloraine 7
TAS Devonport 7
TAS Flinders Island 7
TAS Hobart 7
TAS Huonville 7
TAS King Island 7
TAS Launceston 7
TAS New Norfolk 7
TAS Oatlands 7
TAS Orford 7
TAS Rossarden 7
TAS Smithton 7
TAS St Marys 7
TAS Zeehan 7
VIC Anglesea 6
VIC Ararat 7
VIC Bairnsdale 6
VIC Ballarat 7
VIC Benalla 6
VIC Bendigo 6
VIC Bright 7
VIC Colac 6
VIC Dandenong 6
VIC Echuca 4
VIC Geelong 6
VIC Hamilton 7
VIC Horsham 6
VIC Melbourne 6
VIC Mildura 4
VIC Portland 6
VIC Sale 6
VIC Shepparton 4
VIC Swan Hill 4
VIC Traralgon 6
VIC Wangaratta 7
VIC Warrnambool 6
VIC Wodonga 6
WA Albany 6
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 572
Figure 2: Climate zones for thermal design
Figure Notes
This map can be viewed in enlargeable form on the ABCB website at abcb.gov.au . (1)
A Zone 4 area in South Australia, other than a council area, at an altitude greater than 300 m above the (2)State Location Climate zone
WA Balladonia 4
WA Broome 1
WA Bunbury 5
WA Carnarvon 3
WA Christmas Island 1
WA Cocos Island 1
WA Derby 1
WA Esperance 5
WA Exmouth 1
WA Geraldton 5
WA Halls Creek 3
WA Kalgoorlie-Boulder 4
WA Karratha 1
WA Meekatharra 4
WA Northam 4
WA Pemberton 6
WA Perth 5
WA Port Hedland 1
WA Wagin 4
WA Wyndham 1
Lord Howe Island
SydneyBrisbaneDarwin
Perth
Adelaide
Canberra
HobartMelbourneWollongongNewcastle
Launceston
Swansea
SouthportDevonport
StrahanAlice Springs
Whyalla
Burra
Renmark
Mount GambierBunbury
Margaret RiverYalgoo
Merredin
NewdegateEuclaW arbur ton
Wiluna
Kalgoorlie–BoulderGeraldton
Mildura
Horsham
Lakes EntranceBallaratBroken Hill
Albury–Wodonga
SheppartonPort Macquarie
DubboMount IsaTownsville
Mackay
Rockhampton
Maryborough
Bourke
Ivanhoe
GriffithBathurstCoffs HarbourCoober Pedy
Leigh Creek
NullarborWyndham
BroomeDerby
NewmanTelfer
NorsemanPort Hedland
CarnarvonExmouthDampier
Gascoyne
Junction
Esperance
AlbanyCeduna
Port Lincoln
Kingscote
Kingston SEKatherine
Tennant CreekCairnsCooktown
GoondiwindiTaroomLongreach
CharlevilleBirdsvilleBurketown
Thargomindah
TibooburraTimber Creek
Borroloola
Elliot
Yulara
Amata
Oodnadatta
InnaminckaKulgeraOenpelliNhulunbuy
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4Zone 5
Zone 6
Zone 7
Zone 8
Local Government Area boundary
Developed from a map produced
by the Bureau of Meteorology
VC00031.340°
145°145°
140°140°
135°135°
130°130°
125°125°
120°120°
115°115°
110°110°
105° 150°150°
155°155°
160°160°
165°40°35°35°30°30°25°25°20°20°15°15°10°10°
Last amended: August 2015Halls Creek
Climate Zones
www.abcb.gov.auTamworthWeipa
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 573Australian Height Datum is to be considered as Zone 5.
The areas referred to in (2) have been defined in an enlarged format on the following maps produced by the (3)
Department of Planning, Transport and Infrastructure (these maps can be viewed on the Government of South
Australia website at www.sa.gov.au ):
Adelaide Hills Climate Zone Map. (a)
Barossa Council Climate Zone Map. (b)
Regional Council of Goyder Climate Zone Map. (c)
Locations in climate zone 8 are in alpine areas . (4)
Combustible: Applied to—
a material — means combustible as determined by AS 1530.1; and (a)
construction or part of a building — means constructed wholly or in part of combustible materials. (b)
VIC Combustible cladding product
Common wall: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a wall that is common to adjoining buildings. (a)
Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions, a wall that is common to adjoining buildings other than Class 1 (b)
buildings.
Condensation: The formation of moisture on the surface of a building element or material as a result of moist air coming
into contact with a surface which is at a lower temperature.
Conditioned space: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a space within a building, including a ceiling or under-floor supply air plenum or return air plenum, (a)
where the environment is likely, by the intended use of the space, to have its temperature controlled by air-
conditioning ; or
Volume Two, a space within a building that is heated or cooled by the building’s domestic services , excluding a (b)
non-habitable room in which a heater with a capacity of not more than 1.2 kW or 4.3 MJ/hour is installed.
Construction activity actions: Actions due to stacking of building materials or the use of equipment, including cranes
and trucks, during construction or actions which may be induced by floor to floor propping.
Containment protection: The installation of a backflow prevention device at the point of connection of a Network Utility
Operator’s water supply to a site.
Contaminant: Any substance (including gases, liquids, solids or micro-organisms), energy (excluding noise) or heat, that
either by itself or in combination with the same, similar or other substances, energy or heat, changes or is likely to
change the physical, chemical or biological condition of water.
NSW Continental seating
Controlled fill: Material that has been placed and compacted in layers with compaction equipment (such as a vibrating
plate) within a defined moisture range to a defined density requirement.
Cooling degree hours: For any one hour when the mean outdoor air temperature is above the assumed cooling
thermostat set point , the degree Celsius air temperature difference between the mean outdoor air temperature and
the assumed cooling thermostat set point .
Cooling load: The calculated amount of energy removed from the cooled spaces of the building annually by artificial
means to maintain the desired temperatures in those spaces.
Critical radiant flux (CRF): The critical heat flux at extinguishment (CHF in kW/m2) as determined by AS ISO 9239.1.
Cross-connection: Any actual or potential connection between a water supply and any contaminant .
NSW Cross-over
Curtain wall: A non- loadbearing external wall that is not a panel wall .
Daily outdoor temperature range: The difference between the maximum and minimum temperatures that occur in a
day.
Damp-proof course (DPC): A continuous layer of impervious material placed in a masonry wall or pier, or between a wall
or pier and a floor, to prevent the upward or downward migration of water.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions: Provisions which are deemed to satisfy the Performance Requirements .
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 574Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution: A method of satisfying the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Defined flood event (DFE): The flood event selected for the management of flood hazard for the location of specific
development as determined by the appropriate authority .
Defined flood level (DFL): The flood level associated with a defined flood event relative to a specified datum (see Figure
3).
Figure 3 : Identification of defined flood level, flood hazard level and freeboard
Dehumidification gram hours: For any one hour when the mean humidity is more than 15.7g/kg, the grams per kilogram
of absolute humidity difference between the mean outdoor absolute humidity and 15.7g/kg.
NSW Designated bushfire prone area
Designated bushfire prone area: Land which has been designated under a power of legislation as being subject, or
likely to be subject, to bushfires.
Design bushfire: The characteristics of a bushfire, its initiation, spread and development, which arises from weather
conditions, topography and fuel (vegetation) in a given setting, used to determine fire actions .
Design fire: The quantitative description of a representation of a fire within the design scenario .
Design scenario: The specific scenario of which the sequence of events is quantified and a fire safety engineering analysis
is conducted against.
WA Design wind speed
Design wind speed: The design gust wind speed for the area where the building is located, calculated in accordance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 or AS 4055 (see Table 4 for wind classes). Habitable floor area
Non-habitable floor areaHabitable floor level
Non-habitable floor levelFlood
hazard level
Definedflood levelFreeboard
Not more
than 1.0 m
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 575 Table 4 : Wind classes
T
able Notes
Wind classification map identifying wind regions is contained in ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2 (see Figure(1)
2.2.3).
Information on wind classes for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority . (2)
“N” = non-cyclonic winds and “C” = cyclonic winds.(3)
Detention centre:
A building in which persons are securely detained by means of the built structure including a prison,
remand centre, juvenile detention centre, holding cells or psychiatric detention centre.
NSW Development consent
Direct fix cladding wall: For the purposes of F3V1 and H2V1, means a wall with cladding attached directly to the wall
framing without the use of a drained cavity.
Discontinuous construction: Means—
a wall having a minimum 20 mm cavity between 2 separate leaves, and— (a)
for masonry
, where wall ties are used to connect leaves, the ties are of the resilient type; and (i)
for other than masonry
, there is no mechanical linkage between the leaves, except at the periphery; and (ii)
a staggered stud wall is not deemed to be discontinuous construction. (b)
Display glazing: Glazing used to display retail goods in a shop or showroom directly adjacent to a walkway or footpath,
but not including that used in a café or restaurant.
Domestic services: The basic engineering systems that use energy or control the use of energy; and—
includes— (a)
heating, air-conditioning , mechanical ventilation and artificial lighting; and (i)
pumps and heaters for swimming pools and spa pools; and (ii)
heated water systems; and (iii)
on-site renewable energy equipment; but (iv)
excludes cooking facilities and portable appliances. (b)
Drainage:
Any part of—
a sanitary drainage system, including any liquid trade waste drainage; or (a)
a stormwater drainage system. (b)
Drainage flange:
A flange connected to a waste pipe, at the point at which it passes through the floor substrate, to prevent
leakage and which enables tile bed drainage into the waste pipe.
Drainage riser: A waste pipe between the floor waste and the drainage system.
Drinking water: Water intended primarily for human consumption but which has other domestic uses.
Explanatory Information
See also the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines produced by the National Health and Medical Research Council.
TAS Early childhood centre
VIC Early childhood centre
Early childhood centre: Any premises or part thereof providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and
care service within the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010 (Vic), the Education and
Care Services National Regulations and centre-based services that are licensed or approved under State and Territory
children’s services law, but excludes education and care primarily provided to school aged children in outside school Non-cyclonic Region A and B Cyclonic Region C and D
N1, N2, N3 C1
N4, N5, N6 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2).C2, C3, C4 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2).
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 576hours settings.
Effective height: The vertical distance between the floor of the lowest storey included in the calculation of rise in storeys
and the floor of the topmost storey (excluding the topmost storey if it contains only heating, ventilating, lift or other
equipment, water tanks or similar service units).
Efficacy: The degree to which a system achieves a design objective given that it performs to a level consistent with the
system specification during the relevant fire scenario.
Electricity network substation: A building in which high voltage supply is converted or transformed and which is
controlled by a licensed network service provider designated under a power of legislation.
Electric passenger lift: A power-operated lift for raising or lowering people in a car in which the motion of the car is
obtained from an electric motor mechanically coupled to the hoisting mechanism.
Electrohydraulic passenger lift: A power-operated lift for raising or lowering people in a car in which the motion of the
car is obtained from the action of liquid under pressure acting on a piston or ram, the pressure being generated by a
pump driven by an individual electric motor.
Energy value: The net cost to society including, but not limited to, costs to the building user, the environment and energy
networks.
Engaged pier: A pier bonded to a masonry wall by course bonding of masonry units or by masonry ties.
NSW Entertainment venue
Envelope: For the purposes of—
Section J in NCC Volume One, the parts of a building’s fabric that separate a conditioned space or habitable (a)
room from—
the exterior of the building; or (i)
a non- conditioned space including— (ii)
the floor of a rooftop plant room, lift-machine room or the like; and (A)
the floor above a carpark or warehouse; and (B)
the common wall with a carpark , warehouse or the like; or (C)
Part H6 in NCC Volume Two and
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions, the parts of a building’s fabric (b)that separate artificially heated or cooled spaces from—
the exterior of the building; or (i)
other spaces that are not artificially heated or cooled. (ii)
Equivalent: Equivalent to the level of health, safety and amenity provided by the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Evacuation route: The continuous path of travel (including exits, public corridors and the like) from any part of a building,
including within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part, to a safe place .
Evacuation time: The time calculated from when the emergency starts for the occupants of the building to evacuate to a
safe place .
Exit: Means—
Any, or any combination of the following if they provide egress to a road or open space : (a)
An internal or external stairway. (i)
A ramp. (ii)
A fire-isolated passageway . (iii)
A doorway opening to a road or open space ; or (iv)
A horizontal exit or a fire-isolated passageway leading to a horizontal exit . (b)
TAS Expert judgement
Expert judgement: The judgement of an expert who has the qualifications and experience to determine whether a
Performance Solution or Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution complies with the Performance Requirements .
Explanatory Information
Contemporary and relevant qualifications and/or experience are necessary to determine whether a Performance
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 577Solution complies with the Performance Requirements . The level of qualification and/or experience may differ depending
on the complexity of the proposal and the requirements of the regulatory authority. Practitioners should seek advice
from the authority having jurisdiction or appropriate authority for clarification as to what will be accepted.
External wall: For the purposes of—
Volume One, an outer wall of a building which is not a common wall ; or (a)
Volume Two, an outer wall of a building which is not a separating wall . (b)
Extra-low voltage: A voltage not exceeding 50 V AC or 120 V ripple-free DC.
Fabric: The basic building structural elements and components of a building including the roof, ceilings, walls, glazing
and floors.
SA Farm building
Farm building: A Class 7 or 8 building located on land primarily used for farming —
that is— (a)
used in connection with farming ; or (i)
used primarily to store one or more farm vehicles ; or (ii)
a combination of (i) and (ii); and (iii)
in which the total number of persons accommodated at any time does not exceed one person per 200 m² of (b)
floor area or part thereof, up to a maximum of 8 persons; and
with a total floor area of not more than 3500 m². (c)
Farming: Includes—
cultivating, propagating and harvesting plants or fungi or their products or parts, including seeds, spores, bulbs (a)
or the like, but does not include forestry; or
maintaining animals in any physical environment for the purposes of— (b)
breeding them; or (i)
selling them; or (ii)
acquiring and selling their bodily produce such as milk, wool, eggs or the like; or (iii)
a combination of (a) and (b), (c)
but does not include forestry or maintaining animals for sport or recreational purposes.
Farm shed: A single storey Class 7 or 8 building located on land primarily used for farming —
that is— (a)
used in connection with farming ; or (i)
used primarily to store one or more farm vehicles ; or (ii)
a combination of (i) and (ii); and (iii)
occupied neither frequently nor for extended periods by people; and (b)
in which the total number of persons accommodated at any time does not exceed 2; and (c)
with a total floor area of more than 500 m² but not more than 2000 m². (d)
Farm vehicle: A vehicle used in connection with farming .
NSW Film
Finished ground level: The ground level adjacent to footing systems at the completion of construction and landscaping.
Fire actions: Each of the following:
airborne embers; and (a)
burning debris and/or accumulated embers adjacent to building elements; and (b)
heat transfer from combustible materials within the site; and (c)
radiant heat from a bushfire front; and (d)
flame contact from a bushfire front; and (e)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 578the period of time post fire front subject to collapsing vegetation due to persistent combustion. (f)
Fire brigade: A statutory authority constituted under an Act of Parliament having as one of its functions, the protection of
life and property from fire and other emergencies.
Fire brigade station: For the purposes of E1D2(1)(b) and I3D9 , means a state or territory government operated premises
which is a station for a fire brigade .
Fire compartment: Either—
the total space of a building; or (a)
when referred to in— (b)
the Performance Requirements — any part of a building separated from the remainder by barriers to fire (i)
such as walls and/or floors having an appropriate resistance to the spread of fire with any openings
adequately protected; or
the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions — any part of a building separated from the remainder by walls and/or (ii)
floors each having an FRL not less than that required for a fire wall for that type of construction and where
all openings in the separating construction are protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions of the relevant Part.
Fire growth: The stage of fire development during which the heat release rate and the temperature of the fire are generally
increasing.
Fire hazard: The danger in terms of potential harm and degree of exposure arising from the start and spread of fire and
the smoke and gases that are thereby generated.
Fire hazard properties: The following properties of a material or assembly that indicate how they behave under specific
fire test conditions:
Average specific extinction area , critical radiant flux and Flammability Index , determined as defined in Schedule (a)
1.
Smoke-Developed Index , smoke development rate and Spread-of-Flame Index , determined in accordance with (b)
Specification 3 .
Group number and smoke growth rate index (SMOGRARC), determined in accordance with Specification 7 . (c)
Fire intensity: The rate of release of calorific energy in watts, determined either theoretically or empirically, as applicable.
Fire-isolated passageway: A corridor, hallway or the like, of fire-resisting construction , which provides egress to or from
a fire-isolated stairway or fire-isolated ramp or to a road or open space .
Fire-isolated ramp: A ramp within a fire-resisting enclosure which provides egress from a storey .
Fire-isolated stairway: A stairway within a fire-resisting shaft and includes the floor and roof or top enclosing structure.
Fire load: The sum of the net calorific values of the combustible contents which can reasonably be expected to burn
within a fire compartment , including furnishings, built-in and removable materials, and building elements.
Notes
The calorific values must be determined at the ambient moisture content or humidity (the unit of measurement is MJ).
Fire-protected timber: Fire-resisting timber building elements that comply with Specification 10 .
Fire-protective covering: Any one or more of the following:
13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard. (a)
12 mm cellulose cement flat sheeting complying with AS/NZS 2908.2 or ISO 8336. (b)
12 mm fibrous plaster reinforced with 13 mm x 13 mm x 0.7 mm galvanised steel wire mesh located not more (c)
than 6 mm from the exposed face.
Other material not less fire-protective than 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed in accordance with (d)
the normal trade practice for a fire-protective covering.
Fire-resistance level (FRL): The grading periods in minutes determined in accordance with Specifications 1 and 2, for
the following criteria—
structural adequacy ; and (a)
integrity ; and (b)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 579insulation , (c)
and expressed in that order
.
Notes
A dash means there is no requirement for that criterion. For example, 90/–/– means there is no requirement for an FRL
for integrity and insulation , and –/–/– means there is no requirement for an FRL.
Fire-resisting construction: For the purposes of Volume One, means one of the Types of construction referred to in Part
C2 of Volume One.
Fire-resisting: For the purposes of—
Volume One, applied to a building element, having an FRL appropriate for that element; or (a)
V
olume Two, applied to a structural member or other part of a building, having the FRL required for that structural (b)
member or other part.
Fire safety engineering:
Application of engineering principles, rules and expert judgement based on a scientific
appreciation of the fire phenomenon, often using specific design scenario , of the effects of fire and of the reaction
and behaviour of people in order to—
save life, protect property and preserve the environment and heritage from destructive fire; and (a)
quantify the hazards and risk of fire and its ef
fects; and (b)
mitigate fire damage by proper design, construction, arrangement and use of buildings, materials, structures, (c)
industrial processes and transportation systems; and
evaluate analytically the optimum protective and preventive measures, including design, installation and (d)
maintenance of active and passive fire and life safety systems, necessary to limit, within prescribed levels, the
consequences of fire.
Fire safety system: One or any combination of the methods used in a building to—
warn people of an emergency; or (a)
provide for safe evacuation; or (b)
restrict the spread of fire; or (c)
extinguish a fire, (d)
and includes both active and passive systems.
Fire-source feature:
Any one or more of the following:
The far boundary of a road, river, lake or the like adjoining the allotment. (a)
A
side or rear boundary of the allotment. (b)
An external wall of another building on the allotment which is not a Class 10 building. (c)
Fire wall:
A wall with an appropriate resistance to the spread of fire that divides a storey or building into fire compartments .
Fixed wired: For the purposes of Specification 23 , a system of electrical wiring (either AC or DC), in which cables are
fixed or supported in position.
Flammability Index: The index number as determined by AS 1530.2.
VIC Flashing
Flashing: A strip or sleeve of impervious material dressed, fitted or built-in to provide a barrier to water movement, or to
divert the travel of water, or to cover a joint where water would otherwise penetrate to the interior of a building, and
includes the following:
Perimeter flashing: a flashing used at the floor-wall junction. (a)
V
ertical flashing: a flashing used at wall junctions within shower areas . (b)
Flashover:
In relation to fire hazard properties , means a heat release rate of 1 MW.
Flight: That part of a stair that has a continuous series of risers , including risers of winders , not interrupted by a landing
or floor.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 580Explanatory Information
A flight is the part of a stair that has a continuous slope created by the nosing line of treads. The length of a flight is
limited to restrict the distance a person could fall down a stair.
Quarter landings , as shown in Explanatory Figure 1 , are considered sufficient to halt a person’s fall and therefore are
considered for the purposes of NCC Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions not to be part of the flight .
Figure 1 ( e xplanatory ): Identification of stair flights — Plan view
VIC Flood hazard area
Flood hazard area: The site (whether or not mapped) encompassing land lower than the flood hazard level which has
been determined by the appropriate authority .
Flood hazard level (FHL): The flood level used to determine the height of floors in a building and represents the defined
flood level plus the freeboard (see Figure 3 ).
Floor area: For the purposes of—
Volume One— (1)
in relation to a building — the total area of all storeys ; and (a)
in relation to a storey — the area of all floors of that storey measured over the enclosing walls, and includes— (b)
the area of a mezzanine within the storey , measured within the finished surfaces of any external walls ; (i)
and
the area occupied by any internal wall or partitions, any cupboard, or other built-in furniture, fixture or (ii)
fitting; and
if there is no enclosing wall, an area which has a use that contributes to the fire load or impacts on the (iii)
safety, health or amenity of the occupants in relation to the provisions of the BCA; and
in relation to a room — the area of the room measured within the internal finished surfaces of the walls, and (c)
includes the area occupied by any cupboard or other built-in furniture, fixture or fitting; and
in relation to a fire compartment — the total area of all floors within the fire compartment measured within (d)
the finished internal surfaces of the bounding construction, and if there is no bounding construction, includes
an area which has a use which contributes to the fire load ; and
in relation to an atrium — the total area of all floors within the atrium measured within the finished surfaces (e)(a) Quarter landing stairway – 2 flights (b) Continuous stairway – 1 flight
(90º change in direction)
(c) Half landing stairway – 2 flights (d) Continuous stairway – 1 flight (180º change in direction)Quarter
Landing
Flight number 2
Flight number 1Max. 3 winders
Flight
number 1
Half LandingFlight
number 2
Max. 6
winders30°30°30°
12345612 34 5
1234567 89 1 0 11 12 13 14 6
30°30°30°
12345678
30°30°30°
16151413121110 9
17123456
654321winders
windersFlight
Flight FlightFlightFlight
LandingLanding
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 581of the bounding construction and if no bounding construction, within the external walls .
Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions, in relation to a room, the area of the room measured within the (2)
finished surfaces of the walls, and includes the area occupied by any cupboard or other built-in furniture, fixture
or fitting (see Figure 4 ).
Figure 4 : Identification of floor area of a room
Floor waste: A grated inlet within a graded floor intended to drain the floor surface.
NSW Flying scenery
Foundation: The ground which supports the building (see Figure 5 ).
Figure 5: Identification of foundation
Fractional effective dose (FED): The fraction of the dose (of thermal effects) that would render a person of average
susceptibility incapable of escape.
Explanatory Information
The definition for FED has been modified from the ISO definition to be made specific for the Fire Safety Verification
Method . The use of CO or CO2 as part of FED is not part of that Verification Method . This is because the ability to
measure CO in a repeatable test varies by two orders of magnitude for common cellosic fuel.
VIC Freeboard
Freeboard: The height above the defined flood level as determined by the appropriate authority , used to compensate for
effects such as wave action and localised hydraulic behaviour.
Fully developed fire: The state of total involvement of the majority of available combustible materials in a fire.
NSW Garage top dwelling
Glazing: For the purposes of—
Section J of Volume One, except for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building— (a)
a transparent or translucent element and its supporting frame located in the envelope ; and (i)
includes a window other than a roof light ; or (ii)
Section J of NCC Volume One, for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building— (b)Built in wardrobe
Measured from the
inner surface of thewallsBuilt in desk
Floor area to
be measured
Footing
Foundation
Section
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 582a translucent element and its supporting frame located in the external fabric of the building; and (i)
includes a window other than a roof light ; or (ii)
Part H6 of NCC Volume Two and
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions— (c)a transparent or translucent element and its supporting frame located in the external fabric of the building; (i)
and
includes a window other than a roof light . (ii)
Going: The horizontal dimension from the front to the back of a tread less any overhang from the next tread or landing
above (see Figure 11.2.2f in the ABCB Housing Provisions).
Green Star: The building sustainability rating scheme managed by the Green Building Council of Australia.
NSW Grid
Group number: The number of one of 4 groups of materials used in the regulation of fire hazard properties and applied
to materials used as a finish, surface, lining, or attachment to a wall or ceiling.
Habitable room: A room used for normal domestic activities, and—
includes a bedroom, living room, lounge room, music room, television room, kitchen, dining room, sewing room, (a)
study, playroom, family room, home theatre and sunroom; but
excludes a bathroom, laundry, water closet, pantry, walk-in wardrobe, corridor, hallway, lobby, photographic (b)
darkroom, clothes-drying room, and other spaces of a specialised nature occupied neither frequently nor for
extended periods.
Hazard Rating: A level of potential toxicity that may cause contamination in a drinking water system, having a rating of
Low Hazard , Medium Hazard or High Hazard , determined in accordance with NCC Volume Three.
Health-care building: A building whose occupants or patients undergoing medical treatment generally need physical
assistance to evacuate the building during an emergency and includes—
a public or private hospital; or (a)
a nursing home or similar facility for sick or disabled persons needing full-time care; or (b)
a clinic, day surgery or procedure unit where the effects of the predominant treatment administered involve (c)
patients becoming non-ambulatory and requiring supervised medical care on the premises for some time after
the treatment.
Heated water: Water that has been intentionally heated; normally referred to as hot water or warm water.
Heating degree hours: For any one hour when the mean outdoor air temperature is less than 15°C, the degrees Celsius
temperature difference between the mean outdoor air temperature and 15°C.
Heating load: The calculated amount of energy delivered to the heated spaces of the building annually by artificial means
to maintain the desired temperatures in those spaces.
Heat release: The thermal energy produced by combustion (measured in kJ).
Heat release rate (HRR): The rate of thermal energy production generated by combustion, measured in kW (preferred)
or MW.
High Hazard: Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, has the potential to cause death.
High wind area: A region that is subject to design wind speed more than N3 or C1 (see Table 4 ).
Hob: The upstand at the perimeter of a shower area .
Horizontal exit: A required doorway between 2 parts of a building separated from each other by a fire wall .
VIC Hotel offering shared accommodation
Hours of operation: The number of hours when the occupancy of the building is greater than 20% of the peak occupancy.
House energy rating software: For the purposes of—
Volume One, software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS); or (a)
Volume Two— (b)
applied to H6V2—software accredited or previously accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating (i)
Scheme (NatHERS) and the additional functionality provided in non-regulatory mode; and
applied to Specification 42—software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (ii)
(NatHERS).
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 583
Explanatory Information
The Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) refers to the Australian Governments’ scheme that facilitates
consistent energy ratings from software tools which are used to assess the potential thermal efficiency of dwelling
envelopes.
Illuminance: The luminous flux falling onto a unit area of surface.
Illumination power density: The total of the power that will be consumed by the lights in a space, including any lamps,
ballasts, current regulators and control devices other than those that are plugged into socket outlets for intermittent
use such as floor standing lamps, desk lamps or work station lamps, divided by the area of the space, and expressed
in W/m2.
Explanatory Information
Illumination power density relates to the power consumed by the lighting system and includes the light source or
luminaire and any control device. The power for the lighting system is the illumination power load. This approach is
more complicated than the lamp power density approach but provides more flexibility for a dwelling with sophisticated
control systems.
The area of the space refers to the area the lights serve. This could be considered a single room, open plan space,
verandah, balcony or the like, or the total area of all these spaces.
Inclined lift: A power-operated device for raising or lowering people within a carriage that has one or more rigid guides
on an inclined plane.
Individual protection: The installation of a backflow prevention device at the point where a water service connects to a
single fixture or appliance.
NSW Information and education facility
Insulation: In relation to an FRL, the ability to maintain a temperature on the surface not exposed to the furnace below
the limits specified in AS 1530.4.
Integrity: In relation to an FRL, the ability to resist the passage of flames and hot gases specified in AS 1530.4.
Internal wall: For the purposes of—
Volume One, excludes a common wall or a party wall; or (a)
Volume Two, excludes a separating wall , common wall or party wall. (b)
Interstitial condensation: The condensation of moisture on surfaces between material layers inside the building
component.
Irrigation system: An irrigation system of the following types:
Type A— all permanently open outlets and piping more than 150 mm above finished surface level, not subject (a)
to ponding or backpressure and not involving injection systems.
Type B— irrigation systems in domestic or residential buildings with piping or outlets installed less than 150 mm (b)
above finished surface level and not involving injection systems.
Type C— irrigation systems in other than domestic or residential buildings with piping outlets less than 150 mm (c)
above finished surface level and not involving injection systems.
Type D— irrigation systems where fertilizers, herbicides, nematicides or the like are injected or siphoned into (d)
the system.
JAS-ANZ: The Joint Accreditation System of Australia and New Zealand.
Lamp power density: The total of the maximum power rating of the lamps in a space, other than those that are plugged
into socket outlets for intermittent use such as floor standing lamps, desk lamps or work station lamps, divided by the
area of the space, and expressed in W/m2.
Explanatory Information
Lamp power density is a simple means of setting energy consumption at an efficient level for Class 1 and associated
Class 10a buildings.
Lamp refers to the globe or globes that are to be installed in a permanently wired light fitting. The maximum power of
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 584a lamp is usually marked on the fitting as the maximum allowable wattage.
The area of the space refers to the area the lights serve. This could be considered a single room, open plan space,
verandah, balcony or the like, or the total area of all these spaces.
Landing: An area at the top or bottom of a flight or between two flights .
Latent heat gain: The heat gained by the vapourising of liquid without change of temperature.
Lateral support: A support (including a footing, buttress, cross wall, beam, floor or braced roof structure) that effectively
restrains a wall or pier at right angles to the face of the wall or pier.
Lead free: Where a plumbing product or material in contact with drinking water has a weighted average lead content of
not more than 0.25%.
NSW Licensed premises
WA Licensed premises
Lightweight construction: Construction which incorporates or comprises—
sheet or board material, plaster, render, sprayed application, or other material similarly susceptible to damage (a)
by impact, pressure or abrasion; or
concrete and concrete products containing pumice, perlite, vermiculite, or other soft material similarly susceptible (b)
to damage by impact, pressure or abrasion; or
masonry having a width of less than 70 mm. (c)
Loadbearing: Intended to resist vertical forces additional to those due to its own weight.
Loadbearing wall: For the purposes of H1D4 and H2D3 of NCC Volume Two and
Section 4
of the ABCB HousingProvisions, means any wall imposing on the footing a load greater than 10 kN/m.
Loss: Physical damage, financial loss or loss of amenity .
Low Hazard: Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, would constitute a nuisance by
colour, odour or taste but does not have the potential to injure or endanger health.
Low rainfall intensity area: An area with a 5 minute rainfall intensity for an annual exceedance probability of 5% of not
more than 125 mm/hour.
Explanatory Information
Rainfall intensity figures can be obtained from Table 7.4.3d in the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lift: A power-operated low-rise, low-speed device for raising or lowering people
with limited mobility on a carriage that is controlled by the application of constant pressure to a control.
Low-rise platform lift: A power-operated device for raising or lowering people with limited mobility on a platform, that is
controlled automatically or by the application of constant pressure to a control.
Low voltage: A voltage exceeding extra-low voltage , but not exceeding 1000 V AC or 1500 V DC.
Luminance contrast: The light reflected from one surface or component, compared to the light reflected from another
surface or component.
Main water heater: The domestic hot water unit in a dwelling that is connected to at least one shower and the largest
number of hot water outlets.
Main space conditioning: Either—
the heating or cooling equipment that serves at least 70% of the conditioned space of a dwelling; or (a)
if no one heating or cooling equipment serves at least 70% of the conditioned space of the dwelling, the (b)
equipment that results in the highest net equivalent energy usage when calculated in accordance with
J3D14(1)(a) of NCC Volume One or 13.6.2(1)(a) of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Notes
If a multi-split air-conditioning unit is installed, it is considered to be a single heating or cooling service . (1)
A series of separate heaters or coolers of the one type can be considered a single heater or cooler type with a (2)
performance level of that of the unit with the lowest efficiency.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 585Explanatory Information
The purpose of defining for main space conditioning is to provide criteria upon which the heating or cooling equipment
should be selected when showing compliance with J3D14(1)(a) of NCC Volume One and 13.6.2(1)(a) of the ABCB
Housing Provisions when more than one type and efficiency of equipment is present. In J3D14(1)(a) the formula that
determines ER allows the selection of only one heating or cooling system. This definition requires that if any one system
serves at least 70% of the floor area that is heated or cooled it should be used as the basis of determining ER. If,
however, no one system serves at least 70% of the floor area , then the appliance that results in the highest net equivalent
energy usage, when calculated in accordance with J3D14(1)(a) /13.6.2(1)(a), should be selected.
Massive timber: An element not less than 75 mm thick as measured in each direction formed from solid and laminated
timber.
Maximum retained water level: The point where surface water will start to overflow out of the shower area .
Medium Hazard: Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, has the potential to injure or
endanger health.
Membrane: A barrier impervious to moisture.
Explanatory Information
A barrier may be a single or multi-part system.
Mezzanine: An intermediate floor within a room.
Minimum Energy Performance Standards (MEPS): The Minimum Energy Performance Standards for equipment and
appliances established through the Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards Act 2012.
NSW Minimum lateral clearance
Mixed construction: A building consisting of more than one form of construction, particularly in double-storey buildings.
Mould: A fungal growth that can be produced from conditions such as dampness, darkness, or poor ventilation.
NABERS Energy: The National Australian Built Environment Rating Systems for energy efficiency, which is managed by
the New South Wales Government.
Network Utility Operator: A person who—
undertakes the piped distribution of drinking water or non-drinking water for supply; or (a)
is the operator of a sewerage system or a stormwater drainage system. (b)
Explanatory Information
A Network Utility Operator in most States and Territories is the water and sewerage authority licensed to supply water
and receive sewage and/or stormwater. The authority operates or proposes to operate a network that undertakes the
distribution of water for supply and undertakes to receive sewage and/or stormwater drainage. This authority may be a
licensed utility, local government body or council.
Non-combustible: Applied to—
a material — means not deemed combustible as determined by AS 1530.1 — Combustibility Tests for Materials; (a)
or
construction or part of a building — means constructed wholly of materials that are not deemed combustible . (b)
Non-drinking water: Water which is not intended primarily for human consumption.
Occupant traits: For the purposes of—
Volume One, the features, needs and profile of the occupants in a habitable room or space; or (a)
Volume Two, the features, needs and profile of the occupants in a room or space. (b)
Explanatory Information
For the purpose of Volume Two, this term is used to describe the characteristics of the occupants and their associated
requirements in relation to a room or space.
For example, in relation to a bedroom, the following occupant characteristics and associated requirements should be
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 586considered:
Characteristics: height, mobility and how often the space will be used. •
Requirements: a sleeping space and a space to undertake leisure activities. •
Occupiable outdoor area: A space on a roof, balcony or similar part of a building—
that is open to the sky; and (a)
to which access is provided, other than access only for maintenance; and (b)
that is not open space or directly connected with open space . (c)
VIC On-site wastewater management system
On-site wastewater management system: A system that receives and/or treats wastewater generated and discharges
the resulting effluent to an approved disposal system or re-use system.
Open-deck carpark: A carpark in which all parts of the parking storeys are cross-ventilated by permanent unobstructed
openings in not fewer than 2 opposite or approximately opposite sides, and—
each side that provides ventilation is not less than 1/6 of the area of any other side; and (a)
the openings are not less than ½ of the wall area of the side concerned. (b)
Open space: A space on the allotment, or a roof or similar part of a building adequately protected from fire, open to the
sky and connected directly with a public road.
Open spectator stand: A tiered stand substantially open at the front.
Other property: All or any of the following—
any building on the same or an adjoining allotment; and (a)
any adjoining allotment; and (b)
a road. (c)
Outdoor air: Air outside the building.
Outdoor air economy cycle: A mode of operation of an air-conditioning system that, when the outdoor air thermodynamic
properties are favourable, increases the quantity of outdoor air used to condition the space.
Outfall: That part of the disposal system receiving surface water from the drainage system and may include a natural
water course, kerb and channel, or soakage system.
Overflow device: A device that provides relief to a water service, sanitary plumbing and drainage system, rainwater
service or stormwater system to avoid the likelihood of uncontrolled discharge .
Panel wall: A non- loadbearing external wall , in frame or similar construction, that is wholly supported at each storey .
Partially buried rainwater tank: A rainwater tank that is not completely covered by earth but is partially set into the
ground.
Patient care area: A part of a health-care building normally used for the treatment, care, accommodation, recreation,
dining and holding of patients including a ward area and treatment area .
Performance-based design brief (PBDB): The report that defines the scope of work for the performance-based analysis,
the technical basis for analysis, and the criteria for acceptance of any relevant Performance Solution as agreed by
stakeholders.
Performance Requirement: A requirement which states the level of performance which a Performance Solution or
Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution must meet.
Performance Solution: A method of complying with the Performance Requirements other than by a Deemed-to-Satisfy
Solution .
Perimeter of building: For the purposes of
Section 8
of the Housing Provisions, means the external envelope of a building.TAS Permit Authority
Personal care services: Any of the following:
The provision of nursing care. (a)
Assistance or supervision in— (b)
bathing, showering or personal hygiene; or (i)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 587toileting or continence management; or (ii)
dressing or undressing; or (iii)
consuming food. (iv)
The provision of direct physical assistance to a person with mobility problems. (c)
The management of medication. (d)
The provision of substantial rehabilitative or development assistance. (e)
Piping: For the purposes of Section J in V
olume One or Part H6 in Volume Two, and
Section 13
of the Housing Provisions,means an assembly of pipes, with or without valves or other fittings, connected together for the conveyance of liquids
and gases.
NSW Planning for Bush Fire Protection
Pliable building membrane: A water barrier as classified by AS 4200.1.
VIC Plumbing
Plumbing: Any water service plumbing or sanitary plumbing system.
Plumbing or Drainage Solution: A solution which complies with the Performance Requirement and is a—
Performance Solution ; or (a)
Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution ; or (b)
combination of (a) and (b). (c)
Point of connection: Any of the following:
For a cold water service, means the point where the cold water service connects to— (a)
the Network Utility Operator’s water supply system; or (i)
the point of isolation to an alternative water source where there is no Network Utility Operator’s water supply (ii)
available or is not utilised.
For a heated water service, means the point where the water heater connects to the cold water service (b)
downstream of the isolation valve.
For sanitary drainage , means the point where the on-site sanitary drainage system connects to— (c)
the Network Utility Operator’s sewerage system; or (i)
an on-site wastewater management system . (ii)
For sanitary plumbing , means the point where the sanitary plumbing system connects to the sanitary drainage (d)
system.
For a rainwater service , means the point where the rainwater service — (e)
connects to the point of isolation for the rainwater storage ; or (i)
draws water from the rainwater storage . (ii)
For stormwater disposal, means the point where the on-site stormwater drainage system connects to— (f)
the Network Utility Operator’s stormwater system; or (i)
an approved on-site disposal system. (ii)
For a fire-fighting water service, means the point where the service connects to— (g)
a cold water service, downstream of a backflow prevention device ; or (i)
the Network Utility Operator’s water supply system; or (ii)
the point of isolation to an alternative water source. (iii)
Notes
A domestic fire sprinkler service conforming to FPAA101D is considered part of the cold water service.
Explanatory Information
The point of connection is usually determined by the Network Utility Operator according to the water and sewerage
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 588Acts, Regulations and codes that apply within the Network Utility Operator’s licensed area and/or jurisdiction.
WA Potable water
Predicted Mean Vote (PMV): The Predicted Mean Vote of the thermal perception of building occupants determined in
accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55.
Preformed shower base: A preformed, prefinished vessel installed as the finished floor of a shower compartment, and
which is provided with a connection point to a sanitary drainage system.
Explanatory Information
Preformed shower bases are commonly made of plastics, composite materials, vitreous enamelled pressed steel, or
stainless steel.
Pressure vessel: A vessel subject to internal or external pressure, including interconnected parts and components, valves,
gauges and other fittings up to the first point of connection to connecting piping, and—
includes fire heaters and gas cylinders; but (a)
excludes— (b)
any vessel that falls within the definition of a boiler ; and (i)
storage tanks and equipment tanks intended for storing liquids where the pressure at the top of the tank is (ii)
not exceeding 1.4 kPa above or 0.06 kPa below atmospheric pressure; and
domestic-type hot water supply heaters and tanks; and (iii)
pressure vessels installed for the purposes of fire suppression or which serve a fire suppression system. (iv)
QLD Primary building element
Primary building element: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the loads specified in B1D3 and includes (a)
roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the
specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; or
Part 3.4 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the building (b)
loads and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members
designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members.
Explanatory Information
The loads to which a building may be subjected are dead, live, wind, snow and earthquake loads. Further information
on building loads can be found in the AS 1170 series of Standards.
Primary insulation layer: The most interior insulation layer of a wall or roof construction.
Private bushfire shelter: A structure associated with, but not attached to, or part of a Class 1a dwelling that may, as a
last resort, provide shelter for occupants from immediate life threatening effects of a bushfire.
Private garage: For the purposes of—
Volume One— (a)
any garage associated with a Class 1 building; or (i)
any single storey of a building of another Class containing not more than 3 vehicle spaces, if there is only (ii)
one such storey in the building; or
any separate single storey garage associated with another building where such garage contains not more (iii)
than 3 vehicle spaces; or
Volume Two— (b)
any garage associated with a Class 1 building; or (i)
any separate single storey garage associated with another building where such garage contains not more (ii)
than 3 vehicle spaces.
Product: Plumbing and drainage items within the scope of Volume Three including but not limited to—
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 589materials, fixtures and components used in a plumbing or drainage installation; and (a)
appliances and equipment connected to a plumbing or drainage system. (b)
Product Technical Statement: A form of documentary evidence stating that the properties and performance of a building
material, product or form of construction fulfil specific requirements of the NCC, and describes—
the application and intended use of the building material, product or form of construction; and (a)
how the use of the building material, product or form of construction complies with the requirements of the NCC (b)
Volume One and Volume Two; and
any limitations and conditions of the use of the building material, product or form of construction relevant to (b). (c)
Professional engineer: A person who is—
if legislation is applicable — a registered professional engineer in the relevant discipline who has appropriate (a)
experience and competence in the relevant field; or
if legislation is not applicable— (b)
registered in the relevant discipline on the National Engineering Register (NER) of the Institution of (i)
Engineers Australia (which trades as ‘Engineers Australia’); or
eligible to become registered on the Institution of Engineers Australia’s NER and has appropriate experience (ii)
and competence in the relevant field.
NSW Projection suite
TAS Public
WA Public building
Public corridor: An enclosed corridor, hallway or the like which—
serves as a means of egress from 2 or more sole-occupancy units to a required exit from the storey concerned; (a)
or
is required to be provided as a means of egress from any part of a storey to a required exit. (b)
Rainwater service: A water service which distributes water from the isolation valve of the rainwater storage to the rainwater
points of discharge for purposes such as for clothes washing, urinal and water closet flushing and external hose
cocks.
Rainwater storage: Any storage of rainwater collected from a roof catchment area which is used to supply water for the
primary purposes of drinking, personal hygiene or other uses.
Explanatory Information
Generally this applies to alternative water sources not supplied by a Network Utility Operator . This does not include
rainwater storage for non-drinking purposes.
SA Rainwater tank
Rapid roller door: A door that opens and closes at a speed of not less than 0.5 m/s.
Recognised expert: A person with qualifications and experience in the area of plumbing or drainage in question
recognised by the authority having jurisdiction.
Explanatory Information
A recognised expert is a person recognised by the authority having jurisdiction as qualified to provide evidence under
A5G4(5) . Generally, this means a hydraulic consultant or engineer, however the specific requirements are determined
by the authority having jurisdiction.
Under A5G4(5) , a report from a recognised expert may be used as evidence of suitability that a product listed on the
WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products , or a plumbing or drainage system, complies with a Performance
Requirement or Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Reference building: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a hypothetical building that is used to calculate the maximum allowable— (a)
annual greenhouse gas emissions for the common area of a Class 2 building or a Class 3 to 9 building; or (i)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 590heating load , cooling load and energy value for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 (ii)
part of a building; or
Volume Two, a hypothetical building that is used to determine the maximum allowable heating load and cooling (b)
load for the proposed building.
Reflective insulation: A building membrane with a reflective surface such as a reflective foil laminate, reflective barrier,
foil batt or the like capable of reducing radiant heat flow.
Explanatory Information
For Volume Two:
Typical R-Values achieved by adding reflective insulation are given in the explanatory information accompanying •
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions. Information on specific products may be obtained from reflectiveinsulation manufacturers.
The surface of reflective insulation may be described in terms of its emittance (or infra-red emittance) or in terms •
of its reflectance (or solar reflectance). Generally, for the surface of a particular reflective insulation : emittance
+ reflectance = 1.
Some types of reflective insulation may also serve the purposes of waterproofing or vapour proofing. •
Regulated energy: The energy consumed by a building’s services minus the amount of renewable energy generated
and used on site.
Reinforced masonry: Masonry reinforced with steel reinforcement that is placed in a bed joint or grouted into a core to
strengthen the masonry.
Reliability: The probability that a system performs to a level consistent with the system specification.
Renewable energy: Energy that is derived from sources that are regenerated, replenished, or for all practical purposes
cannot be depleted and the energy sources include, but are not limited to, solar, wind, hydroelectric, wave action and
geothermal.
Required: Required to satisfy a Performance Requirement or a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision of the NCC as appropriate.
Required safe egress time (RSET): The time required for safe evacuation of occupants to a place of safety prior to the
onset of untenable conditions.
Residential aged care building: A Class 3 or 9a building whose residents, due to their incapacity associated with the
ageing process, are provided with physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building
during an emergency.
Residential care building: A Class 3, 9a or 9c building which is a place of residence where 10% or more of persons who
reside there need physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an
emergency (including any aged care building or residential aged care building ) but does not include a hospital.
VIC Residential care building (Vic)
Resident use area: Part of a Class 9c building normally used by residents, and—
includes sole-occupancy units , lounges, dining areas, activity rooms and the like; but (a)
excludes offices, storage areas, commercial kitchens, commercial laundries and other spaces not for the use of (b)
residents.
Resistance to the incipient spread of fire: In relation to a ceiling membrane, means the ability of the membrane to
insulate the space between the ceiling and roof, or ceiling and floor above, so as to limit the temperature rise of
materials in this space to a level which will not permit the rapid and general spread of fire throughout the space.
Explanatory Information
Resistance to the incipient spread of fire refers to the ability of a ceiling to prevent the spread of fire and thermally
insulate the space between the ceiling and the roof or floor above. “Resistance to the incipient spread of fire” is superior
to “fire-resistance” because it requires a higher standard of heat insulation.
The definition is used in Volume Two for separating floors/ceilings for a Class 1a dwelling located above a non-
appurtenant private garage .
Rise in storeys: The greatest number of storeys calculated in accordance with C2D3 of Volume One.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 591Riser: The height between consecutive treads and between each landing and continuous tread.
VIC Restricted children’s service
Rolled fill: Material placed in layers and compacted by repeated rolling by an excavator.
SA Roof catchment area
Roof light: For the purposes of Section J and Part F6 in NCC Volume One, Part H6 in NCC Volume Two, and Part 10.5
and
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a skylight, window or the like installed in a roof—to permit natural light to enter the room below; and (a)
at an angle between 0 and 70 degrees measured from the horizontal plane. (b)
NSW Row
R-Value: The thermal resistance of a component calculated by dividing its thickness by its thermal conductivity, expressed
in m2.K/W.
Safe place: Either—
a place of safety within a building— (a)
which is not under threat from a fire; and (i)
from which people must be able to safely disperse after escaping the ef
fects of an emergency to a road or (ii)
open space ; or
a road or open space . (b)
Sanitary compartment:
A room or space containing a closet pan or urinal (see Figures 6a and 6b).
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 592 Figure 6a: Identification of a sanitary compartment (diagr am a )
Sanitary
compartment
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 593 Figure 6b: Identification of a sanitary compartment (diagr am b )
Sarking-type material: A material such as a reflective insulation or other flexible membrane of a type normally used for
a purpose such as waterproofing, vapour management or thermal reflectance.
School: Includes a primary or secondary school, college, university or similar educational establishment.
TAS School age care facility
Screed: A layer of material (usually cement based) which sets in situ between a structural base and the finished floor
material.
Self-closing: For the purposes of—
Volume One, applied to a door, means equipped with a device which returns the door to the fully closed position (a)
immediately after each opening; or
Volume Two, applied to a door or window , means equipped with a device which returns the door or window to (b)
the fully closed and latched position immediately after each manual opening.
Sensible heat gain: The heat gained which causes a change in temperature.
Separating element: A barrier that exhibits fire integrity , structural adequacy , insulation , or a combination of these for a
period of time under specified conditions (often in accordance with AS 1530.4).
Separating wall: A wall that is common to adjoining Class 1 buildings (see Figure 7 ). NOT a
sanitary
compartment
Sanitary
compartment
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 594 Figure 7 : Separating wall
Figur
e Notes
In Volume Two a separating wall may also be known as a party wall and typically is required to be fire-resisting
construction (see ABCB Housing Provisions Parts 9.2 and 9.3).
Service: For the purposes of Section J in Volume One, means a mechanical or electrical system that uses energy to
provide air-conditioning , mechanical ventilation, heated water supply, artificial lighting, vertical transport and the like
within a building, but which does not include—
systems used solely for emergency purposes; and (a)
cooking facilities; and (b)
portable appliances. (c)
Service station: A
garage which is not a private garage and is for the servicing of vehicles, other than only washing,
cleaning or polishing.
Shaft: The walls and other parts of a building bounding—
a well, other than an atrium well ; or (a)
a vertical chute, duct or similar passage, but not a chimney or flue. (b)
VIC Shared accommodation building
Shower area: The area affected by water from a shower, including a shower over a bath and for a shower area that is—
Enclosed – the area enclosed by walls or screens including hinged or sliding doors that contain the spread of (a)
water to within that space; or
Unenclosed – the area where, under normal use, water from the shower rose is not contained within the shower (b)
area.
Shower screen:
The panels, doors or windows enclosing or partially enclosing a shower area .
Single leaf masonry: Outer walls constructed with a single thickness of masonry unit.
Site: The part of the allotment of land on which a building stands or is to be erected.
Sitework: Work on or around a site, including earthworks, preparatory to or associated with the construction, alteration ,
demolition or removal of a building.
NSW Small live music or arts venue
SA Small arts venue
Small-scale Technology Certificate: A certificate issued under the Commonwealth Government’s Small-scale Renewable
Energy Scheme.
Small-sized, low-speed automatic lift: A restricted use power-operated device for the infrequent raising or lowering of
people with limited mobility on a platform that is controlled automatically but has the capability of being electrically
isolated by a key-lockable control.
Smoke-and-heat vent: A vent, located in or near the roof for smoke and hot gases to escape if there is a fire in the
building.
Smoke-Developed Index: The index number for smoke as determined by AS/NZS 1530.3. Separating walls
ElevationClass 1 building Class 1 building Class 1 building
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 595Smoke development rate: The development rate for smoke as determined by testing flooring materials in accordance
with AS ISO 9239.1.
Smoke growth rate index (SMOGRARC): The index number for smoke used in the regulation of fire hazard properties
and applied to materials used as a finish, surface, lining or attachment to a wall or ceiling.
Solar admittance: The fraction of incident irradiance on a wall-glazing construction that adds heat to a building’s space.
Sole-occupancy unit: A room or other part of a building for occupation by one or joint owner, lessee, tenant, or other
occupier to the exclusion of any other owner, lessee, tenant, or other occupier and includes—
a dwelling; or (a)
a room or suite of rooms in a Class 3 building which includes sleeping facilities; or (b)
a room or suite of associated rooms in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building; or (c)
a room or suite of associated rooms in a Class 9c building, which includes sleeping facilities and any area for (d)
the exclusive use of a resident.
NSW Spa pool
Spandrel panel: For the purposes of Section J, means the opaque part of a façade in curtain wall construction which is
commonly adjacent to, and integrated with, glazing .
NSW Special fire protection purpose
Spiral stairway: A stairway with a circular plan, winding around a central post with steps that radiate from a common
centre or several radii (see Figures 11.2.2d and 11.2.2e in the ABCB Housing Provisions).
Spread-of-Flame Index: The index number for spread of flame as determined by AS/NZS 1530.3.
Sprinkler alarm switch: For the purposes of Specification 23 , a device capable of sending an electrical signal to activate
an alarm when a residential sprinkler head is activated (e.g. a flow switch).
Stack bonded pier: A pier where the overlap of a masonry unit is not more than 25% of the length of the masonry unit
below.
Stage: A floor or platform in a Class 9b building on which performances are presented before an audience.
Stairway platform lift: A power-operated device for raising or lowering people with limited mobility on a platform (with or
without a chair) in the direction of a stairway.
Standard Fire Test: The Fire-resistance Tests of Elements of Building Construction as described in AS 1530.4.
SA Storage shed
Storey: A space within a building which is situated between one floor level and the floor level next above, or if there is no
floor above, the ceiling or roof above, but not—
a space that contains only— (a)
a lift shaft , stairway or meter room; or (i)
a bathroom, shower room, laundry, water closet, or other sanitary compartment ; or (ii)
accommodation intended for not more than 3 vehicles; or (iii)
a combination of the above; or (iv)
a mezzanine . (b)
Structural adequacy: In relation to an FRL, means the ability to maintain stability and adequate loadbearing capacity as
determined by AS 1530.4.
Structural member: A component or part of an assembly which provides vertical or lateral support to a building or
structure.
Surface water: All naturally occurring water, other than sub-surface water, which results from rainfall on or around the
site or water flowing onto the site.
Swimming pool: Any excavation or structure containing water and principally used, or that is designed, manufactured or
adapted to be principally used for swimming, wading, paddling, or the like, including a bathing or wading pool, or spa.
Tapered tread: A stair tread with a walking area that grows smaller towards one end.
NSW Temporary structure
TAS Temporary structure
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 596Thermal comfort level: The level of thermal comfort in a building expressed as a PMV sensation scale.
Thermal energy load: The sum of the heating load and the cooling load .
Total R-Value: The sum of the R-Values of the individual component layers in a composite element including any building
material, insulating material, airspace, thermal bridging and associated surface resistances, expressed in m2.K/W.
Total System Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): For the purposes of—
Volume One, the fraction of incident irradiance on a wall-glazing construction or a roof light that adds heat to a (a)
building’
s space; or
V
olume Two, the fraction of incident irradiance on glazing or a roof light that adds heat to a building’s space. (b)
T
otal System U-Value: The thermal transmittance of the composite element allowing for the effect of any airspaces,
thermal bridging and associated surface resistances, expressed in Wm-2K-1.
Treatment area: An area within a patient care area such as an operating theatre and rooms used for recovery, minor
procedures, resuscitation, intensive care and coronary care from which a patient may not be readily moved.
Uncontrolled discharge: Any unintentional release of fluid from a plumbing and drainage system and includes leakage
and seepage.
Unique wall: For the purposes of F3V1 in Volume One and H2V1 in Volume Two, a wall which is neither a cavity wall nor
a direct fix cladding wall .
Unobstructed opening: For the purposes of
Section 8
of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a glazed area that a personcould mistake for an open doorway or clearway and walk into the glazed panel.
Unprotected water service: Unprotected water service means that the water service may be contaminated from a
surrounding hazard.
Unreinforced masonry: Masonry that is not reinforced.
Vapour permeance: The degree that water vapour is able to diffuse through a material, measured in µg/N.s and tested
in accordance with the ASTM-E96 Procedure B – Water Method at 23°C 50% relative humidity.
Vapour pressure: The pressure at which water vapour is in thermodynamic equilibrium with its condensed state.
Ventilation opening: An opening in the external wall , floor or roof of a building designed to allow air movement into or
out of the building by natural means including a permanent opening, an openable part of a window , a door or other
device which can be held open.
Verification Method: A test, inspection, calculation or other method that determines whether a Performance Solution
complies with the relevant Performance Requirements .
Vessel: For the purposes of Volume One and Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, an open, pre-formed, pre-finished
concave receptacle capable of holding water, usually for the purpose of washing, including a basin, sink, bath, laundry
tub and the like.
Visibility: The maximum distance at which an object of defined size, brightness and contrast can be seen and recognised.
Voltage: A difference of potential, measured in Volts (V) and includes extra-low voltage and low voltage .
Volume: In relation to—
a building — the volume of the total space of the building measured above the lowest floor (including, for a (a)
suspended floor
, any subfloor space), over the enclosing walls, and to the underside of the roof covering; or
a fire compartment — the volume of the total space of the fire compartment measured within the inner finished (b)
surfaces of the enclosing fire-resisting walls and/or floors, and—
if there is no fire-resisting floor at the base of the fire compartment , measured above the finished surface (i)
of the lowest floor in the fire compartment ; and
if there is no fire-resisting floor at the top of the fire compartment , measured to the underside of the roof (ii)
covering of the fire compartment ; and
if there is no fire-resisting wall, measured over the enclosing wall and if there is no enclosing wall, includes (iii)
any space within the fire compartment that has a use which contributes to the fire load ; or
an atrium — the volume of the total space of the atrium measured within the finished surfaces of the bounding (c)
construction and if there is no bounding construction, within the external walls .
W
affle raft: A stiffened raft with closely spaced ribs constructed on the ground and with slab panels supported between
ribs.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 597Wall-glazing construction: For the purposes of Section J in Volume One, the combination of wall and glazing components
comprising the envelope of a building, excluding—
display glazing ; and (a)
opaque non-glazed openings such as doors, vents, penetrations and shutters. (b)
W
ard area: That part of a patient care area for resident patients and may contain areas for accommodation, sleeping,
associated living and nursing facilities.
Water control layer: A pliable building membrane or the exterior cladding when no pliable building membrane is present.
WaterMark Certification Scheme: The ABCB scheme for certifying and authorising plumbing and drainage products .
WaterMark Conformity Assessment Body (WMCAB): A conformity assessment body registered with and accredited
by the JAS-ANZ to conduct evaluations leading to product certification and contracted with the administering body to
issue the WaterMark Licence .
WaterMark Licence: A licence issued by a WaterMark Conformity Assessment Body .
WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products: The list maintained by the administering body of products excluded from
the WaterMark Certification Scheme .
WaterMark Schedule of Products: The list maintained by the administering body of products included in the WaterMark
Certification Scheme , and the specifications to which the products can be certified.
Explanatory Information
The WaterMark Schedule of Products and the WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products can be viewed on the ABCB
website at www.abcb.gov.au .
Waterproof: The property of a material that does not allow water to penetrate through it.
Waterproofing system: A combination of elements that are required to achieve a waterproof barrier as required by H4D2
and H4D3 including substrate, membrane , bond breakers, sealants, finishes and the like.
Water resistant: The property of a system or material that restricts water movement and will not degrade under conditions
of water.
Water sensitive materials: Materials that have an inherent capacity to absorb water vapour and include timber,
plasterboard, plywood, oriented strand board and the like.
Waterstop: A vertical extension of the waterproofing system forming a barrier to prevent the passage of water in a floor
or other horizontal surfaces.
Watertight: Will not allow water to pass from the inside to the outside of the component or joint and vice versa.
Weighted average: Is calculated across the wetted surface area of a pipe, pipe fitting or plumbing fixture.
WA WELS
Wet area: An area within a building supplied with water from a water supply system, which includes bathrooms, showers,
laundries and sanitary compartments and excludes kitchens, bar areas, kitchenettes or domestic food and beverage
preparation areas.
Wetted surface area: Is calculated by the total sum of diameter (D) in contact with drinking water .
Winders: Treads within a straight flight that are used to change direction of the stair (see Explanatory Figure 1 ).
Window: Includes a roof light , glass panel, glass block or brick, glass louvre, glazed sash, glazed door, or other device
which transmits natural light directly from outside a building to the room concerned when in the closed position.
Yield: The mass of a combustion product generated during combustion divided by the mass loss of the test specimen as
specified in the design fire .
Zone protection: The installation of a backflow prevention device at the point where a water service is connected to
multiple fixtures or appliances, with no backflow prevention device installed as individual protection downstream of
this point.
(1 May 2023)
Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 598Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 599The Standards and other documents listed in this Schedule are referenced in the NCC.Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS/NZS ISO 717
Part 12004 Acoustics — Rating of sound insulation in
buildings and of building elements — Airborne sound insulation. (See Note 1)F7V1 , F7V2 ,
F7V3 , F7V4 ,
F7D3H4V4 10.7.2 N/A
AS ISO 717 Part 2 2004 Acoustics — Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements — Impact sound insulation F7V1 , F7V3 ,
F7D4N/A N/A N/A
AS 1056 Part 1 1991 Storage water heaters — General requirements (incorporating amendments 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5)N/A N/A N/A B2D2
AS/NZS 1170 Part 02002 Structural design actions — General
principles (incorporating amendments 1, 3 and 4)
B1V1 , B1D2 ,
Spec 4H1V1, H1D7 2.2.2 N/A
AS/NZS 1170 Part 12002 Structural design actions — Permanent,
imposed and other actions (incorporating amendments 1 and 2) B1D3 N/A 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 8.3.1, 11.2.2, 11.2.3, 11.3.4N/A
AS/NZS 1170 Part 22021 Structural design actions — Wind actions
B1D3 , B1D4 ,
Spec 4 , F3V1 ,
Schedule 1 H1D7, H2V1, Schedule 12.2.3, Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS/NZS 1170 Part 32003 Structural design actions — Snow and ice
actions (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)
B1D3 N/A 2.2.3
AS 1170 Part 4 2007 Structural design actions — Earthquake
actions in Australia (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)B1D3 H1D4, H1D5, H1D6, H1D92.2.3 N/A
AS 1191 2002 Acoustics — Method for laboratory
measurement of airborne sound transmission insulation of building elements Spec 29 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1273 1991 Unplasticized PVC (UPVC) downpipe and
fittings for rainwaterN/A N/A 7.4.2 N/A
AS 1288 2021 Glass in buildings — Selection and
installation B1D4 , Spec 11 ,
Spec 12H1D8 8.3.1 N/A
AS 1289.6.3.3 1997 Methods of testing soils for engineering
purposes — Method 6.3.3: Soil strength and consolidation tests — Determination of the penetration resistance of a soil — Perth sand penetrometer test (incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A 4.2.4 N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 600
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 1397 2021 Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel
sheet and strip — Coatings of zinc and zinc
alloyed with aluminium and magnesium (See Note 10)N/A N/A 7.2.2 N/A
AS 1428 Part 1 2009 Design for access and mobility — General requirements for access — New building work (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)
D3D11 , D3D16 ,
D3D22 , D4D2 ,
D4D3 , D4D4 ,
D4D7 , D4D10 ,
D4D11 , D4D13 ,
Spec 16 , E3D10 ,
F4D5 , G4D5 ,
Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1,
E1D2
AS 1428 Part 1 2001 Design for access and mobility — General
requirements for access — New building workI2D7 , I2D8 ,
I2D10 , I2D15N/A N/A E1D2
AS 1428 Part 1 (Supplement 1)1993 Design for access and mobility — General
requirements for access — Buildings — Commentary I2D2 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1428 Part 2 1992 Design for access and mobility — Enhanced and additional requirements — Buildings and facilities I2D2 , I2D3 , I2D4 ,
I2D5 , I2D7 ,
I2D10 , I2D11 ,
I2D12 , I2D13 ,
I2D14N/A N/A E1D2
AS 1428 Part 4 1992 Design for access and mobility — Tactile ground surface indicators for the orientation of people with vision impairment I2D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1428 Part 4.12009 Design for access and mobility — Means to
assist the orientation of people with vision impairment — Tactile ground surface indicators (incorporating amendments 1 and 2) D4D9 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1530 Part 1 1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Combustibility test for materialsSchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS 1530 Part 2 1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Test for flammability of materials (incorporating amendment 1)Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 601
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS/NZS 1530 Part
31999 Methods for fire tests on building materials,
components and structures — Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and smoke releaseSchedule 1,
Spec
3Schedule 1, Spec
3Schedule 1 Schedule 1,
Spec 3
AS 1530 Part 4 2014 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Fire resistance tests for elements of construction C4D15 , C4D16 ,
Spec 9 , Spec 10 ,
Spec 13 , Spec
14, Schedule 1,
Spec 39.3.2, Schedule 1,
Spec 3Schedule 1 Schedule 1,
Spec 3
AS 1530 Part 8.1 2018 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack — Radiant heat and small flaming sources Spec 43 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1546 Part 12008 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units
- Septic tanksN/A N/A N/A C3D2
AS/NZS 1546 Part 22008 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units
- Waterless composting toiletsN/A N/A N/A C3D3
AS 1546 Part 3 2017 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units - Secondary treatment systems(incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A N/A C3D4
AS 1546 Part 4 2016 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units - Domestic greywater treatment systemsN/A N/A N/A C3D5
AS/NZS 1547 2012 On-site domestic wastewater management N/A N/A N/A C3D6
AS 1562 Part 1 2018 Design and installation of sheet roof and wall cladding — Metal (See Note 2)
B1D4 , F3D2 ,
F3D5H1D7 N/A N/A
AS1562 Part 3 2006 Design and installation of sheet roof and wall
cladding — PlasticB1D4 , F3D2 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS 1657 2018 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and
ladders — Design, construction and installationD2D21 , D2D22 ,
D3D23 , I1D6 ,
I3D5N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1664 Part 11997 Aluminium structures — Limit state design
(incorporating amendment 1) B1D4 N/A 2.2.4 N/A
AS/NZS 1664 Part 21997 Aluminium structures — Allowable stress
design (incorporating amendment 1) B1D4 N/A 2.2.4 N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 602
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 1668 Part 1 2015 The use of ventilation and air conditioning in
buildings — Fire and smoke control in buildings (incorporating amendment 1)C3D13 , C4D15 ,
Spec 11 , D2D12 ,
Spec 19 , E2D3 ,
E2D4 , E2D6 ,
E2D7 , E2D8 ,
E2D9 , E2D11 ,
E2D12 , E2D13 ,
E2D16 , E2D17 ,
E2D19 , F6D12 ,
Spec 21 , Spec
31N/A N/A N/A
AS 1668 Part 2 2012 The use of ventilation and air conditioning in buildings — Mechanical ventilation in buildings (incorporating amendments 1 and 2) E2D12 , F6V1 ,
F6D6 , F6D11 ,
F6D12 , F8D4 ,
J6D4H4V3, H4D7 10.8.2 N/A
AS 1668 Part 4 2012 The use of ventilation and air conditioning in buildings — Natural ventilation of buildings F6D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1670 Part 1 2018 Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3) C4D6 , C4D7 ,
C4D8 , C4D9 ,
C4D12 , D3D26 ,
E2D3 , E2D10 ,
G4D7 , Spec 12 ,
Spec 20 , Spec
23, Spec 31N/A 9.5.1 N/A
AS 1670 Part 3 2018 Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire alarm monitoring (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3) Spec 20 , Spec
23N/A N/A N/A
AS 1670 Part 4 2018 Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Emergency warning and intercom systems (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3) E3V2 , E4D9 ,
Spec 31N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1680 Part 02009 Interior lighting — Safe movement
F6D5 N/A 10.5.2 N/A
AS 1684 Part 2 2021 Residential timber-framed construction — Non-cyclonic areas B1D4 , B1D5 ,
F1D8H1D6 2.2.5, 4.2.13, 5.6.6,
6.2.1, 6.3.6, 7.5.2, 7.5.3, 7.5.4, 10.2.19, 10.2.20N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 603
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 1684 Part 3 2021 Residential timber-framed construction —
Cyclonic areas B1D4 , B1D5 ,
F1D8H1D6 2.2.5, 4.2.13, 5.6.6,
6.2.1, 6.3.6, 7.5.2, 7.5.3, 7.5.4, 10.2.19, 10.2.20N/A
AS 1684 Part 4 2010 Residential timber-framed construction — Simplified — Non-cyclonic areas (incorporating amendment 1)
B1D4 , B1D5 ,
F1D8H1D6 2.2.5, 4.2.13, 5.6.6,
6.2.1, 7.5.2, 7.5.3, 7.5.4, 10.2.19, 10.2.20N/A
AS 1720 Part 1 2010 Timber structures — Design methods (incorporating amendments 1, 2 and 3)
B1V1 , B1D4 H1V1, H1D6 4.2.13, 5.3.3 N/A
AS/NZS 1720 Part 42019 Timber structures — Fire resistance of
timber elements Spec 1 Spec 1 N/A Spec 1
AS 1720 Part 5 2015 Timber structures — Nailplated timber roof trusses (incorporating amendment 1) B1D4 H1D6 N/A N/A
AS 1735 Part 11 1986 Lifts, escalators and moving walks — Fire
rated landing doorsC4D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1735 Part 12 1999 Lifts, escalators and moving walks —
Facilities for persons with disabilities (incorporating amendment 1)E3D8 , I2D6 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1859 Part 42018 Reconstituted wood based panels —
Specifications — Wet process fibreboardN/A N/A 7.5.3, 7.5.4 N/A
AS 1860 Part 2 2006 Particleboard flooring — Installation (incorporating amendment 1)
B1D4 H1D6 N/A N/A
AS 1905 Part 1 2015 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant walls — Fire-resistant doorsets (incorporating amendment 1) C4D7 , Spec 12 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1905 Part 2 2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant walls — Fire-resistant roller shutters Spec 12 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1926 Part 1 2012 Swimming pool safety — Safety barriers for swimming pools G1D2 , G1D4 H7D2 N/A N/A
AS 1926 Part 2 2007 Swimming pool safety — Location of safety barriers for swimming pools (incorporating amendments 1 and 2) G1D2 H7D2 N/A N/A
AS 1926 Part 3 2010 Swimming pool safety — Water recirculation systems (incorporating amendment 1) G1D2 H7D2 N/A N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 604
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 2047 2014 Windows and external glazed doors in
buildings (incorporating amendments 1 and
2) (See Note 4)B1D4 , F3V1 ,
F3D4 , J5D5H1D8, H2V1 13.4.4 N/A
AS 2049 2002 Roof tiles (incorporating amendment 1) F3D2 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS 2050 2018 Installation of roof tiles B1D4 , F3D2 H1D7 7.3.2 N/A
AS 2118 Part 1 2017 Automatic fire sprinkler systems — General
systems (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)C1V3 , Spec 17 ,
Spec 18N/A N/A N/A
AS 2118 Part 4 2012 Automatic fire sprinkler systems — Sprinkler
protection for accommodation buildings not exceeding four storeys in heightSpec 17 , Spec
18N/A N/A B4D3
AS 2118 Part 5 2008 (R 2020) Automatic fire sprinkler systems - Home fire
sprinkler systemsN/A N/A N/A B4D3
AS 2118 Part 6 2012 Automatic fire sprinkler systems —
Combined sprinkler and hydrant systems in multistorey buildingsSpec 17 N/A N/A B4D3
AS 2159 2009 Piling — Design and installation
(incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 H1D12 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 2179 Part 12014 Specifications for rainwater goods,
accessories and fasteners — Metal shape or sheet rainwater goods, and metal accessories and fastenersN/A N/A 7.4.2 N/A
AS/NZS 2269 Part 02012 Plywood — Structural — Specifications
(incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A 7.5.4 N/A
AS/NZS 2293 Part 12018 Emergency lighting and exit signs for
buildings — System design, installation and operation (incorporating amendment 1)
E4D4 , E4D8 ,
Spec 25 , I3D15N/A N/A N/A
AS 2312 Part 1 2014 Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Paint coatingsN/A N/A 6.3.9 N/A
AS/NZS 2312 Part 22014 Guide to the protection of structural steel
against atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Hot dip galvanizingN/A N/A 6.3.9 N/A
AS/NZS 2327 2017 Composite structures — Composite steel-
concrete construction in buildings (incorporating amendment 1)
B1D4 , Spec 1 Spec 1 2.2.4 Spec 1Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 605
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 2419 Part 1 2021 Fire hydrant installations — System design,
installation and commissioning C3D13 , E1D2 ,
Spec 18 , I3D9 N/A N/A B4D4
AS 2441 2005 Installation of fire hose reels (incorporating
amendment 1)E1D3 N/A N/A B4D5
AS 2444 2001 Portable fire extinguishers and fire blankets
— Selection and locationE1D14 , I3D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS 2665 2001 Smoke/heat venting systems — Design,
installation and commissioningSpec 22 , Spec
31N/A N/A N/A
AS 2699 Part 1 2020 Built-in components for masonry construction — Wall ties (See Note 9) C2D10 N/A 5.6.5 N/A
AS 2699 Part 3 2020 Built-in components for masonry construction — Lintels and shelf angles (durability requirements) (See Note 9) C2D10 N/A 5.6.7 N/A
AS 2870 2011 Residential slabs and footings F1D7 H1D4, H1D5 3.4.2, 4.2.2, 4.2.6,
4.2.8, 4.2.11, 4.2.14, 4.2.15, 10.2.9N/A
AS/NZS 2890 Part 62009 Parking facilities — Offstreet parking for
people with disabilities
D4D6 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 2904 1995 Damp-proof courses and flashings
(incorporating amendments 1 and 2)F1D6 N/A 5.7.3, 7.5.6, 12.3.3 N/A
AS/NZS 2908 Part 12000 Cellulose-cement products — Corrugated
sheets B1D4 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 2908 Part 22000 Cellulose-cement products — Flat sheets Schedule 1 Schedule 1 7.5.3, 7.5.4, 7.5.5,
10.2.9,10.2.10, Schedule 1Schedule 1
AS/NZS 2918 2018 Domestic solid fuel burning appliances —
Installation (See Note 8)
G2D2 H7D5 12.4.4, 12.4.5 N/A
AS/NZS 3013 2005 Electrical installations — Classification of the
fire and mechanical performance of wiring system elementsC3D14 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 3500 Part 02021 Plumbing and drainage — Glossary of terms
A1G4 A1G4 N/A A1G4
AS/NZS 3500 Part 12018 Plumbing and drainage — Water services N/A N/A N/A B5D6Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 606
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS/NZS 3500 Part
12021 Plumbing and drainage — Water services N/A N/A N/A B1D3, B1D5,
B1D6, B3D3, B5V1, B5D2, B5D3, B5D4, Spec 41, B6D2, B6D3, B6D5, B7D3,
AS/NZS 3500 Part 22021 Plumbing and drainage — Sanitary plumbing
and drainage (incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A N/A C1D3, C1V1,
C1V2, C1V3, C1V4, C1V5, C2V2, C2D3, C2D4, C3D7
AS/NZS 3500 Part 32021 Plumbing and drainage — Stormwater
drainage (See Note 11)
F1D3 H2D2, H2D6 7.4.3 N/A
AS/NZS 3500 Part 42021 Plumbing and drainage — Heated water
services (incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A N/A B2D2, B2D6, B2D7, B2D8, B2D9, B2D11
AS 3600 2018 Concrete structures (incorporating
amendments 1 and 2)
B1V1 , B1D4 ,
Spec 1H1V1, H1D4,
Spec 13.4.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.10, 4.2.13, 5.3.3, 10.2.9 Spec 1
AS 3660 Part 1 2014 Termite management — New building work (incorporating amendment 1) B1D4 , F1D6 N/A 3.4.1, 3.4.2 N/A
AS 3660 Part 3 2014 Termite management — Assessment criteria for termite management systemsN/A N/A 3.4.2 N/A
AS/NZS 3666 Part 12011 Air-handling and water systems of buildings
— Microbial control — Design, installation and commissioning
F4D10 , F6D6 N/A N/A N/A
AS 3700 2018 Masonry structures B1D4 , F3D5 ,
Spec 1 , Spec 2H1D5, H2D4,
Spec 1 , Spec 25.3.3, 5.4.2, 5.6.3, 6.3.6, 10.2.9, 10.2.19, 10.2.20, 12.4.3 Spec 1 , Spec 2
AS 3740 2021 Waterproofing of domestic wet areas F2D2 H4D2, H4D3 10.2.20 N/A
AS 3786 2014 Smoke alarms using scattered light,
transmitted light or ionization (incorporating amendment 1 and 2) (See Note 5)Spec 20 N/A 9.5.1 N/A
AS/NZS 3823 Part 1.22012 Performance of electrical appliances — Air
conditioners and heat pumps — Ducted air conditioners and air-to-air heat pumps — Testing and rating for performance Spec 33 , J6D12 N/A N/A N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 607
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 3959 2018 Construction of buildings in bushfire-prone
areas (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)C2D14 , F8D5,
G5D2 , G5D3 ,
Spec 43H7D4 10.8.3 B1D4, B2D10,
B3D4, C1D4,
C2D5
AS/NZS 4020 2018 Testing of products for use in contact with
drinking water (See Note 6)A5G4 A5G4 N/A A5G4
AS 4055 2021 Wind loads for housing Schedule 1 H1D6, H1D8,
Schedule 12.2.3, Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS 4072 Part 1 2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant separating elements — Service penetrations and control joints (incorporating amendment 1) C4D15 , C4D16 N/A 9.3.2 N/A
AS 4100 2020 Steel structures B1D4 , Spec 1 H1D6, Spec 1 4.2.13, 5.6.7 Spec 1
AS 4200 Part 1 2017 Pliable building membranes and underlays
— Materials (incorporating amendment 1)F3D3 , F8D3 ,
Spec 36 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1 7.3.4, 7.5.2, 7.5.8,
10.8.1, Schedule 1Schedule 1
AS 4200 Part 2 2017 Pliable building membranes and underlays
— Installation requirements (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)F3D3 , F8D3 N/A 10.8.1 N/A
AS/NZS 4234 2021 Heated water systems — Calculation of
energy consumption Spec 45 N/A N/A B2D2
AS 4254 Part 1 2021 Ductwork for air-handling systems in buildings — Flexible duct Spec 7 , J6D7 H3D2 13.7.4 N/A
AS 4254 Part 2 2012 Ductwork for air-handling systems in buildings — Rigid duct Spec 7 , J6D5 ,
J6D7N/A 13.7.4 N/A
AS/NZS 4284 2008 Testing of building facades F3V1 H2V1 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 4505 2012 Garage doors and other large access doors
(incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 N/A 2.2.4 N/A
AS 4552 2005 Gas fired water heaters for hot water supply
and/or central heatingN/A N/A N/A B2D2
AS 4586 2013 Slip resistance classification of new
pedestrian surface materials (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 7)D3D11 , D3D14 ,
D3D15 . Spec 27N/A 11.2.4 N/A
AS 4597 1999 Installation of roof slates and shingles (Non-
interlocking type)B1D4 , F3D2 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 4600 2018 Cold-formed steel structures B1D4 , Spec 1 H1D6, Spec 1 5.3.3, 6.3.6 Spec 1Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 608
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 4654 Part 1 2012 Waterproofing membranes for external
above-ground use — MaterialsF1D5 H2D8 N/A N/A
AS 4654 Part 2 2012 Waterproofing membranes for external above-ground use — Design and installation C2D14 , F1D4 ,
F1D5H2D8 N/A N/A
AS 4678 2002 Earth-retaining structures N/A H1D3 N/A N/A
AS 4773 Part 1 2015 Masonry in small buildings — Design
(incorporating amendment 1)N/A H1D5, H2D4 5.6.3, 12.4.3 N/A
AS 4773 Part 2 2015 Masonry in small buildings — Construction (incorporating amendment 1)N/A H1D5, H2D4 5.6.3, 12.4.3 N/A
AS/NZS 4859 Part 12018 Thermal insulation materials for buildings —
General criteria and technical provisions
J4D3 , J6D6 ,
J6D9N/A 13.2.2, 13.7.2, 13.7.4 N/A
AS/NZS 4859 Part 22018 Thermal insulation materials for buildings —
Design J3D8 , J4D3 ,
Spec 36 , Spec
37N/A 13.2.5, 13.2.6 N/A
AS/NZS 4858 2004 Wet area membranes N/A N/A 10.2.8 N/A
AS 5113 2016 Classification of external walls of buildings
based on reaction-to-fire performance (incorporating amendment 1)C1V3 N/A N/A N/A
AS 5146 Part 1 2015 Reinforced autoclaved aerated concrete — Structures (incorporating amendment 1) B1D4 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS 5146 Part 3 2018 Reinforced autoclaved aerated concrete — Construction B1D4 , F3D5 N/A N/A N/A
AS 5216 2021 Design of post-installed and cast-in
fastenings in concreteB1D4 N/A 2.2.4 N/A
AS/NZS 5601 Part 1 2013 Gas installations — General installations
J1V4 H6V3 N/A N/A
AS 5637 Part 1 2015 Determination of fire hazard properties — Wall and ceiling linings Spec 7 , Schedule
1Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS ISO 9239 Part 1 2003 Reaction to fire tests for floorings —
Determination of the burning behaviour using a radiant heat sourceSchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS/NZS ISO 9972 2015 Thermal performance of buildings —
Determination of air permeability of buildings — Fan pressurization method J1V4 H6V3 N/A N/A
AIRAH-DA07 2021 Criteria for moisture control design analysis
in buildingsF8V1 H4V5 N/A N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 609
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AIRAH-DA09 1998 Air conditioning load estimation Spec 35 N/A N/A N/A
AIRAH-DA28 2011 Building management and control systems Spec 34 N/A N/A N/A
ANSI/ASHRAE
Standard 552013 Thermal environmental conditions for human
occupancySchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 1402007 Standard method of test for the evaluation of
building energy analysis computer programs J1V1 , J1V2 ,
J1V3 , J1V5H6V2 N/A N/A
ASTM E2073-10 2010 Standard Test Method for Photopic
Luminance of Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent) MarkingsSpec 25 N/A N/A N/A
ASTM E72-15 2015 Standard Test Methods of Conducting
Strength Tests of Panels for Building ConstructionSpec 6 N/A N/A N/A
ASTM E695-03 2003 Standard Test Method of Measuring Relative
Resistance of Wall, Floor and Roof Construction to Impact LoadingSpec 6 N/A N/A N/A
ASTM E96 2016 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor
Transmission of MaterialsSchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AHRI 460 2005 Performance rating of remote mechanical-
draft air-cooled refrigerant condensersJ6D13 N/A N/A N/A
AHRI 551/591 2015 Performance rating of water-chilling and heat
pump water-heating packages using the vapor compression cycle.Spec 33 , J6D11 N/A N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Fire Safety Verification Method C1V4 N/A N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Housing Provisions Standard N/A Throughout Throughout N/A
ABCB 2022 Livable Housing Design G7D2 H4D3 , H8D2 3.3.3 , 11.2.3 N/A
ABCB 2011 Protocol for Structural Software, Version
2011.2B1D5 H1D6 2.2.5 N/A
ABCB 2012 Standard for Construction of Buildings in
Flood Hazard Areas, Version 2012.3B1D6 H1D10 N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Standard for NatHERS Heating and Cooling
Load Limits, Version 2022.1J3D3 Spec 42 N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Standard for Whole-of-Home Efficiency
FactorsJ3D14 N/A 13.6.2 N/A
CIBSE Guide A 2015 Environmental design Spec 34 , Spec
35, J4D3 , J4D7N/A N/A N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 610
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
N/A 2002 Disability Standards for Accessible Public
TransportF4D12 , I2D1 N/A N/A N/A
N/A 2010 Education and Care Services National Law
Act (Vic)Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
European Union
Commission Regulation 547/20122012 Eco-design requirements for water pumps
J6D8 N/A N/A N/A
European Union Commission Regulation 622/Annexx II, point 22012 Eco-design requirements for glandless
standalone circulators and glandless circulators integrated in products
J6D8 N/A N/A N/A
FPAA101D 2021 Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and
Installation — Drinking Water SupplyC1V3 , C2D6 ,
C2D13 , C3D2 ,
C3D7 , C3D8 ,
C4D6 , C4D7 ,
C4D8 , C4D9 ,
C4D12 , Spec 5 ,
Spec 7 , D2D4 ,
D2D17 , D3D26 ,
D3D30 , E2D8 ,
E2D9 , E2D13 ,
E2D14 , E2D15 ,
E2D16 , E2D17 ,
E2D19 , E2D20 ,
Spec 17 , Spec
18, Spec 20 ,
G3D1 , G3D6 ,
Spec 31 , I1D2 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1 Schedule 1 B4D3, Schedule
1, B1D5Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 611
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
FPAA101H 2018 Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and
Installation — Hydrant Water Supply
(incorporating amendment 1)C1V3 , C2D6 ,
C2D13 , C3D2 ,
C3D7 , C3D8 ,
Spec 5 , Spec 7 ,
Spec 17 , Spec
18, E2D8 , E2D9 ,
E2D13 , E2D14 ,
E2D15 , E2D16 ,
E2D17 , E2D19 ,
E2D20 , Spec 20 ,
G3D1 , G3D6 ,
Spec 31 , I1D2N/A N/A B4D3
ISO 140 Part 6 1998E Acoustics — Measurement of sound
insulation in buildings and of building elements — Laboratory measurements of impact sound insulation of floorsSpec 29 N/A N/A N/A
ISO 540 2008 Hard coal and coke — Determination of ash
fusibilitySpec 13 N/A N/A N/A
ISO 8336 1993E Fibre-cement flat sheets Schedule 1 Schedule 1 7.5.3, 7.5.4, 7.5.5,
Schedule 1Schedule 1
ISO 25745 Part 2 2015 Energy performance of lifts, escalators and moving walks: Energy calculation and classification for lifts (elevators) J7D8 N/A N/A N/A
NASH Standard 2021 Steel Framed Construction in Bushfire Areas N/A H7D4 N/A N/A
NASH Standard Part 12005 Residential and Low Rise Steel Framing —
Design Criteria (incorporating amendments A, B and C) B1D4 H1D6 N/A N/A
NASH Standard Part 22014 Residential and Low Rise Steel Framing —
Design Solutions (incorporating amendment A) B1D4 , B1D5 ,
F1D8H1D6 2.2.5, 6.2.1, 6.3.6,
7.5.2, 7.5.3, 7.5.4, 10.2.19, 10.2.20N/A
NSF/ ANSI/ CAN 3722020 Drinking Water System Components - Lead
Content
A5G4 A5G4 N/A A5G4
N/A N/A Northern Territory Deemed to Comply Standards ManualN/A N/A 2.2.4 N/A
SA TS 5344 2019 Permanent labelling for Aluminium Composite Panel (ACP) products
A5G8 A5G8 N/A A5G8
TN 61 N/A Cement Concrete and Aggregates Australia — Technical note — Articulated wallingN/A H1D4 N/A N/AReferenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 612
(1 May 2023)
T
able Notes
For AS/NZS ISO 717.1:(1)
Test reports based on AS 1276—1979 and issued prior to AS/NZS 1276.1—1999 being referenced in the NCC remain valid.(a)
The STC values in reports based on AS 1276—1979 must be considered to be equivalent to Rw values.(b)
Test reports based on AS/NZS 1276.1 prepared after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS 1276.1—1999 must be based on that version.(c)
Test reports based on ISO 717-1—1996 and issued prior to AS/NZS ISO 717.1—2004 being referenced in the NCC remain valid.(d)
Reports based on AS/NZS ISO 717.1 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS ISO 717.1—2004 must relate to the amended(e)
Standard.
For AS 1562.1, tests carried out based on AS 1562.1—1992 and issued prior to AS 1562.1—2018 being referenced in the NCC remain valid. Reports relating to(2)
tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 1562.1 must relate to the revised Standard.
For AS 1670.1, AS 1670.3 and AS1670.4, notwithstanding A4G1(5) , until the adoption of NCC 2025 the editions of the documents listed in Table 1.8 of AS 1670.1, (3)
AS 1670.3 and AS 1670.4 may be used to meet the requirements of AS 1670.1, AS 1670.3 and AS 1670.4 as applicable.
For AS 2047:(4)
Tests carried out under earlier editions of AS 2047 remain valid.(a)
Reports based on AS 2047 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 2047—2014 Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.(b)
For AS 3786:(5)
Tests carried out under AS 3786—2014 Amendment 1 remain valid.(a)
Reports based on AS 3786 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 3786—2014 Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.(b)
Test reports based on the 2005 edition of AS/NZS 4020 will continue to be accepted until 1 May 2024. Test reports prepared afte r the NCC reference date for the (6)
2018 edition of AS/NZS 4020 must be based on the 2018 edition.
For AS 4586:(7)
Test reports based on the 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4586 and issued prior to the 2013 edition of AS 4586 being referenced in the NCC remain valid.(a)
Test reports prepared after the NCC reference date of the 2013 edition of AS 4586 must be based on that version.(b)
For the purposes of assessing compliance, the slip-resistance classifications of V, W and X in reports based on the 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4586 may be(c)
considered to be equivalent to slip-resistance classifications of P5, P4 and P3 respectively in the 2013 edition of AS 4586.
Test reports based on Appendix D of AS 4586—2013 and issued prior to the NCC reference date for AS 4586—2013 (incorporating Ame ndment 1) remain (d)
valid.
Test reports based on Appendix D of AS 4586—2013 and prepared after the NCC reference date for AS 4586—2013 (incorporating Amendment 1) must be(e)
based on that version.No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
WMK NOD
2021/4.22021 WaterMark Notice of Direction 2021/4.2
Certification transition arrangements for lead free plumbing productsA5G4 A5G4 N/A A5G4Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 613
(1 May 2023)
Tests carried out based on AS/NZS 2918—2001 and issued prior to AS/NZS 2918—2018 being referenced in the NCC remain valid. Repo rts relating to tests (8)
carried out after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS 2918 must relate to the revised Standard.
For AS 2699 Parts 1 and 3:(9)
For AS 2699.1, the 2000 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 30 April 2025.(a)
For AS 2699.3, the 2002 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 30 April 2025.(b)
For AS 1397, the 2011 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 31 August 2023. (10)
For AS/NZS 3500.3, the 2018 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 31 August 2023. (11)Referenced documents
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 614
(1 May 2023)
Page 615NSW Table 1
NT Table 1
QLD Table 1 SA Table 1 TAS Table 1 VIC Table 1 WA Table 1
(1 May 2023)
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia
Commonwealth of Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 616Schedule 3 Commonwealth of Australia
Footnote: Other legislation and policies affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Commonwealth of Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 617
In addition to any applicable provisions of this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements and
policies affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of,
including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such as regulations, codes an d
standards may exist under the legislation listed.
1. Aged Care Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Aged Care
Relevant Legislation
Aged Care Act 1997
2. Australian Capital Territory
Administering Agency
Department of Finance, section 27 insofar as it relates to the declaration of land in the Australian Capital Territory to be
National Land where the land is required for Commonwealth purposes other than for the special purposes of Canberra as
the National Capital.
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts, except to the extent
administered by the Minister for Finance.
Relevant Legislation
Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988
National Capital Plan (established under the Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988)
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications and the Arts.
Relevant Legislation
Parliament Act 1974
Australian Capital Territory National Land (Leased) Ordinance 2022
Australian Capital Territory National Land (Unleased) Ordinance 2022
3. Indian Ocean Territories
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts
Relevant Legislation
Christmas Island Act 1958
Cocos (Keeling) Islands Act 1955
4. Communications and Information Technology
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts Footnote: Other legislation and policies affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Commonwealth of Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 618Relevant Legislation
Australian Postal Corporation Act 1989
National Transmission Network Sale Act 1998
Telecommunications Act 1997
Telstra Corporation Act 1991
Telecommunications (Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act 1999
Relevant Policy
Telecommunications Infrastructure in New Development (TIND) Policy
5. Defence Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Defence
Relevant Legislation
Defence Act 1903
Relevant Regulations
Defence Regulation 2016, Part 11A
Relevant Codes, Standards and Publications
Manual of Fire Protection Engineering
Building Works Manual
Manual of Infrastructure Engineering - Electrical
The Defence Estate Quality Management System (DEQMS) https://defence.gov.au/EstateManagement/
6. Disability Discrimination
Administering Agency
Attorney-General’s Department
Relevant Legislation
Disability (Access to Premises - Buildings) Standards 2010
Disability Discrimination Act 1992
Disability Standards for Accessible Public Transport 2002
Disability Standards for Education 2005, noting this:
does not affect the application of premises standards to building work (including construction of a new building)•
undertaken as an adjustment or part of an adjustment; and
does not require the building work to meet specifications more onerous than those required by the premises standards.•
7 . Environment
Administering Agency
Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water
Relevant Policy
Energy Efficiency in Government Operations (2007)
(1 May 2023)
Commonwealth of Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 619Relevant Legislation
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
8. Federal Airports
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts
Relevant Legislation
Airports Act 1996
Airports Regulations 1997
Airports (Building Control) Regulations 1996
Airports (Control of On-Airport Activities) Regulations 1997
Airports (Environmental Protection) Regulations 1997
Airports (Protection of Airspace) Regulations 1996
9. Jervis Bay Territory
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts
Relevant Legislation
Jervis Bay Territory Acceptance Act 1915
10. Occupational Health and Safety
Administering Agency
Department of Employment and Workplace Relations
Relevant Legislation
Work Health and Safety Act 2011
Work Health and Safety Regulations 2011
11. Australian Antarctic Territory
Administering Agency
Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (Australian Antarctic Division)
Relevant Legislation
Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980
Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 1993
Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) (Waste Management) Regulations 1994
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
(1 May 2023)
Commonwealth of Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 62012. Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands
Administering Agency
Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (Australian Antarctic Division)
Relevant Legislation
Environment Protection and Management Ordinance 1987 (HIMI)
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Heard Island and McDonald Islands Marine Reserve management plan in operation under the Environment Protection
and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
13. National or World Heritage Places
Administering Agency
Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water
Relevant Legislation
Environment Protection and Management Ordinance 1987 (HIMI)
Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 1993
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Heard Island and McDonald Islands Marine Reserve management plan in operation under the Environment Protection
and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
14. National Parks
Administering Agency
Director of National Parks, Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water Portfolio
Relevant Legislation
Commonwealth Reserve management plans in operation under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
15. Commonwealth funding for building work
Administering Agency
Department of Employment and Workplace Relations
Australian Building and Construction Commission (ABCC)
Office of the Federal Safety Commissioner (OFSC)
Relevant Legislation
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) Act 2016 (BCIIP Act) (See Notes 1, 2 and 3)
Code for the Tendering and Performance of Building Work 2016 (Building Code 2016) •
Building and Construction (Improving Productivity) (Accreditation Scheme) Rules 2019 (WHS Accreditation Scheme) •
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) (Federal Safety Officers) General Directions 2017 •
(1 May 2023)
Commonwealth of Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 62116. Commonwealth buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Employment and Workplace Relations
Office of the Federal Safety Commissioner
Relevant Legislation
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) Act 2016 (BCIIP Act) (See Notes 1, 2 and 3)
Building and Construction (Improving Productivity) (Accreditation Scheme) Rules 2019
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) (Federal Safety Officers) General Directions 2017
Notes
The BCIIP Act is concerned with the regulation of Workplace Relations in the building industry, it also establishes the (1)
Australian Building and Construction Commission (ABCC) (as the workplace relations regulator for the industry) and
the Office of the Federal Safety Commissioner (OFSC).
The BCIIP Act legislates additional requirements for those building contractors undertaking Commonwealth funded (2)
building work through the Building Code 2016, regulated by the ABCC, and the Work Health and Safety Accreditation
Scheme (WHS Accreditation Scheme), administered by the OFSC. Of direct relevance to the NCC: Provisions in BCIIP
Act include a requirement that the Federal Safety Commissioner audits building contractors’ compliance with the NCC
in relation to building materials, which is a condition of accreditation under the WHS Accreditation Scheme.
The Australian Government has committed to abolish the ABCC and the Building Code 2016. To achieve this, the (3)
Government has introduced the Fair Work Legislation Amendment (Secure Jobs, Better Pay) Bill 2022 (the Bill) which
would repeal provisions of the BCIIP Act that provide for the ABCC and the Building Code 2016. The Bill would also
retain provisions of the BCIIP Act that provide for the OFSC and the WHS Accreditation Scheme in a renamed Act,
the Federal Safety Commissioner Act 2022. Builders undertaking Commonwealth-funded building work would still be
required to comply with the NCC.
(1 May 2023)
Australian Capital Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 622Schedule 4 Australian Capital Territory
Introduction
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Australian Capital Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 623The
Australian Capital Territory Appendix to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) forms part of the ACT Building Code
published in accordance with the Building Act 2004. This Appendix contains variations and additions to the BCA that apply
to building work undertaken in the ACT and information about the application of the BCA in the ACT. The ACT Appendix
is notified on the ACT Legislation Register and can be found at https://www.legislation.act.gov.au/a/2004-11/ under the
Regulations and Instruments tab.
While the BCA text includes indicators of potential ACT-specific clauses, including variations and additions, not all current
ACT-specific clauses may be indicated. Users of the BCA must check that they are using the version of the ACT Appendix
currently in force and are applying all relevant variations and additions. Historical version of the ACT Appendix are also
available on the register.ACT Introduction
(1 May 2023)
Australian Capital Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 624
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 2004 and this Code, there are other legislative technical
requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware
of. A list of relevant legislation and links to where it can be found on the ACT Legislation Register can be found in the ACT
Appendix at https://www.legislation.act.gov.au/a/2004-11/ under the Regulations and Instruments tab.
In addition to this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction,
installation, replacement, repair, alteration and maintenance of a building that practitioners may need to be aware of
including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list.
1. Plumbing and Drainage
Administering Agency
Environment, Planning and Sustainable Development Directorate
Chief Minister, Treasury and Economic Development Directorate (regulator)
Relevant Legislation
Water and Sewerage Act 2000
2. Building
Administering Agency
Environment, Planning and Sustainable Development Directorate
Chief Minister, Treasury and Economic Development Directorate (regulator)
Relevant Legislation
Building Act 2004
3. Health
Administering Agency
ACT Health Directorate
Canberra Health Services
Relevant Legislation
Health Act 1993
4. Environment
Administering Agency
Environment, Planning and Sustainable Development Directorate
Relevant Legislation
Environment Protection Act 1997
5. Gas
Administering Agency
Environment, Planning and Sustainable Development Directorate
Chief Minister, Treasury and Economic Development Directorate (regulator) ACT Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Australian Capital Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 625Relevant Legislation
Gas Safety Act 2000
6. Electrical
Administering Agency
Environment, Planning and Sustainable Development Directorate
Chief Minister, Treasury and Economic Development Directorate (regulator)
Relevant Legislation
Electricity Safety Act 1971
7 . Utilities
Administering Agency
Environment, Planning and Sustainable Development Directorate
Justice and Community Safety Directorate
Transport Canberra and City Services Directorate
Chief Minister, Treasury and Economic Development Directorate (regulator)
Relevant Legislation
Utilities Act 2000
8. Planning
Administering Agency
Environment, Planning and Sustainable Development Directorate
Relevant Legislation
Planning and Development Act 2007
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 626
Schedule 5 New South Wales
Introduction
Section A Governing requirements
Part A6 Building classification
NSW A6G7 Class 6 buildings
Section C Fire resistance
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
NSW C2D11 Fire hazard properties
Part C3 Compartmentation and separation
C3D6 Class 9 buildings
Part C4 Protection of openings
C4D12 Bounding construction: Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts
Specification 7 Fire hazard properties
S7C7 Other materials
Section D Access and egress
Part D2 Provision for escape
D2D3 Number of exits required
D2D8 Width of exits and paths of travel to exits
NSW D2D9 Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
D2D15 Discharge from exits
D2D18 Number of persons accommodated
Part D3 Construction of exits
NSW D3D2 Application of Part
D3D14 Goings and risers
NSW D3D16 Thresholds
D3D18 Height of barriers
D3D24 Doorways and doors
D3D26 Operation of latch
NSW D3D31 Doors in paths of travel to an entertainment venue
Section E Services and equipment
Part E2 Smoke hazard management
NSW E2D10 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height : large isolated
buildings subject to C3D4
NSW E2D16 Class 9b – assembly buildings: all
NSW E2D17 Class 9b – assembly buildings: night clubs, discotheques and the
like
NSW E2D18 Class 9b – assembly buildings: exhibition halls, museums and art
galleries
NSW E2D19 Class 9b – assembly buildings: other assembly buildings (not
listed in NSW E2D16 to E2D18 )
NSW E2D20 Class 9b assembly buildings: other assembly buildings (not listed
in E2D16 to E2D19)
Part E4 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 627NSW E4D6 Direction signs
Specification 20 Smoke detection and alarm systems
NSW S20C8 System monitoring
Section F Health and amenity
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
NSW F4P6 Microbial control for water systems
F4D4 Facilities in Class 3 to 9 buildings
NSW F4D10 Microbial (legionella) control
Part F6 Light and ventilation
NSW F6D6 Ventilation of rooms
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components
NSW G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
NSW G1D2 Swimming pools
NSW G1D5 Provision for cleaning windows
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
NSW G5P1 Bushfire resistance
NSW G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for Class 9 buildings that are a
special fire protection purpose
NSW G5D2 Application of Part
NSW G5D3 Protection
NSW G5D4 Protection – Class 9 buildings used as a special fire protection
purpose
NSW Part G7 Livable housing design
Specification 43 Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings
NSW S43C2 Separation from classified vegetation
NSW S43C11 Supply of water for fire -fighting purposes
Section I Special use buildings
Part I1 Class 9b buildings
NSW I1D1 Application of Part
NSW Part I4 Entertainment venues other than temporary structures and drive-in
theatres
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW I4D1 Application of Part
NSW I4D2 Fire separation
NSW I4D3 Foyer space
NSW I4D4 Sprinkler systems for common foyers
NSW I4D5 Conventional stages: application
NSW I4D6 Conventional stages: extent of stage area
NSW I4D7 Conventional stages: small stages
NSW I4D8 Conventional stages: large stages
NSW I4D9 Conventional stages: fire separation of stages
NSW I4D10 Non-conventional stages: application
NSW I4D11 Non-conventional stages: small stages
NSW I4D12 Non-conventional stages: large stages
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 628NSW I4D13 Flying scenery
NSW I4D14 Load notice
NSW I4D15 Safety curtains
NSW I4D16 Safety curtains — additional requirements
NSW I4D17 Seating in rows: application
NSW I4D18 Seating in rows: number of seats
NSW I4D19 Seating in rows: chairs used for seating
NSW I4D20 Seating in rows: chairs in auditoriums — level floors
NSW I4D21 Seating in rows: chairs in auditoriums — sloping floors
NSW I4D22 Seating in rows: radiating aisles in seating areas
NSW I4D23 Seating in rows: aisles and cross-overs
NSW I4D24 Seating in rows: platforms and steps
NSW I4D25 Seating in rows: stepped platforms
NSW I4D26 Continental seating : application
NSW I4D27 Continental seating : seating to be fastened
NSW I4D28 Continental seating : maximum seats per row
NSW I4D29 Continental seating : depth of seating
NSW I4D30 Continental seating : clearance between rows
NSW I4D31 Continental seating : chairs used for seating
NSW I4D32 Continental seating : egress doorways
NSW I4D33 Continental seating : clear areas
NSW I4D34 Continental seating : minimum clear space
NSW I4D35 Continental seating : doors
NSW I4D36 Provision of guardrails: location
NSW I4D37 Provision of guardrails: fixed back seats
NSW I4D38 Provision of guardrails: steps between platforms
NSW I4D39 Guardrails for seating areas : application
NSW I4D40 Guardrails for seating areas : continental seating
NSW I4D41 Guardrails for seating areas : balconies and boxes
NSW I4D42 Guardrails for seating areas : cross-overs
NSW I4D43 Dressing rooms
NSW I4D44 Storerooms
NSW I4D45 Projection suites: Application
NSW I4D46 Projection suites: rooms to be provided
NSW I4D47 Projection suites: fire separation
NSW I4D48 Projection suites: concession for protection of some openings
NSW I4D49 Basement storeys
NSW I4D50 Basement storeys : more than two
NSW I4D51 Electric mains installation : main switchboard
NSW I4D52 Electric mains installation : circuit protection
NSW I4D53 Electric mains installation : separate sub-mains
NSW I4D54 Lighting: lighting switches
NSW I4D55 Lighting: lighting levels
NSW I4D56 Lighting: provision of aisle lighting
NSW I4D57 Lighting: aisle lighting power supply
NSW I4D58 Lighting: aisle lighting alternative lighting supply
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 629NSW I4D59 Automatic smoke-and-heat vents for stages
NSW I4D60 Solid fuel burning stoves and open fire places
NSW I4D61 Fuel gas cylinders : general
NSW I4D62 Fuel gas cylinders : enclosures
NSW Part I5 Temporary structures
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW I5D1 Application of Part
NSW I5D2 Exits — exclusions
NSW I5D3 Location of exits
NSW I5D4 Exits to be provided
NSW I5D5 Vertical clearance for exits
NSW I5D6 Curtains across exits
NSW I5D7 Curtains and blinds
NSW I5D8 Fabrics
NSW I5D9 Guardrails
NSW I5D10 Seating
NSW I5D11 Sanitary accommodation
NSW I5D12 Projection suites
NSW I5D13 Fireplaces and heating
NSW I5D14 Electrical services
NSW I5D15 Artificial lighting : general
NSW I5D16 Emergency lighting
NSW I5D17 Emergency lighting power supply
NSW I5D18 Exit signs
NSW I5D19 Fire-fighting services
NSW Part I6 Drive-in theatres
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW I6D1 Application of Part
NSW I6D2 Speaker standards
NSW I6D3 Lines of speaker standards
NSW I6D4 Electrical services
NSW I6D5 Vehicular entrances
NSW I6D6 Lighting
Section J Energy efficiency
Part J2 Energy efficiency
J2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW J2D2 Application of Section J
Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW J3D2 Application of Part
NSW J3D3 Reducing heating and cooling loads of a sole -occupancy unit of
a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building using house en -
ergy rating software
NSW J3D4 Ceiling fans in a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 630Class 4 part of a building
NSW J3D7 Roofs and ceilings of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or a Class 4 part of a building
NSW J3D8 External walls of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
NSW J3D9 Wall-glazing construction of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
J3D10 Floors of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building
NSW J3D11 External winter glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
NSW J3D12 External summer glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
NSW J3D13 Shading of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class
4 part of a building
NSW J3D14 Net equivalent energy usage of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class
2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
NSW J3D15 Net equivalent energy usage for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class
2 building or Class 4 part of building – home energy rating soft -
ware
Part J4 Building fabric
J4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW J4D2 Application of Part
NSW J4D3 Thermal construction—general
NSW J4D6 Walls and glazing
Part J5 Building sealing
J5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW J5D2 Application of Part
NSW J5D5 Windows and doors
Part J6 Air-conditioning and ventilation
J6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW J6D2 Application of Part
J6D10 Space heating
Part J7 Artificial lighting and power
J7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW J7D2 Application of Part
J7D3 Artificial lighting
J7D4 Interior artificial lighting and power control
Part J8 Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant
J8D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW J8D3 Swimming pool heating and pumping
NSW J8D4 Spa pool heating and pumping
Part J9 Energy monitoring and on -site distributed energy resources
J9D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW Part J1 Energy efficiency
Objectives
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 631NSW J1O1 Objective
Functional Statements
NSW J1F1 Energy efficiency
Performance Requirements
NSW J1P1 Energy use
NSW J1P4 Renewable energy and electric vehicle charging
NSW J1P5 Building fabric—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
NSW J1P6 Building sealing—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
NSW J1P7 Services—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
Verification Methods
NSW J1V1 NABERS Energy
NSW J1V2 Green star
NSW J1V3 Verification using a reference building
NSW J1V4 Verification of building envelope sealing
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 632
The NSW Building Code technical package consists of—
the Building Code of Australia (BCA) Volume One and Volume Two; and (a)
the New South Wales BCA Appendix which contains variations to the requirements of the BCA and additional (b)
provisions applicable in New South Wales.
The technical package is accompanied by administrative provisions contained within the Environmental Planning and
Assessment (EP&A) Act 1979, the Environmental Planning and Assessment (EP&A) Regulation 2021 and the
Environmental Planning and Assessment (EP&A) (Development Certification and Fire Safety) Regulation 2021.
Note:
Where NSW has inserted or replaced a whole clause or part, the clause or part reference will be preceded by the prefix
NSW. i.e. NSW C3D6(3). All table and image references which are replaced or inserted will also have a similar prefix.
Where NSW has not replaced a complete clause but modified, inserted or replaced part of a clause, the prefix has been
omitted and the parent clause reference remains unchanged.NSW Introduction
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 633 Part A6 Building classification
Delete A6G7 and insert NSW A6G7 as follows:
NSW A6G7 Class 6 buildings
[2019: NSW A6.6]
A Class 6 building is a shop or other building for sale of goods by retail or the supply of services direct to the public,
including—
an eating room, cafe, restaurant, milk or soft drink bar; or (a)
a dining room, bar
, shop or kiosk part of a hotel or motel; or (b)
a hairdresser
’s or barber’s shop, public laundry, or undertaker’s establishment; or (c)
market or sale room, showroom, or service station ; or (d)
small live music or arts venue . (e)Section A Governing requirements
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 634 Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
Delete C2D11 and insert NSW C2D11 as follows:
NSW C2D11 Fire hazard properties
[2019: C1.10 and NSW C1.10]
(1) The fire hazard properties of the following internal linings, materials and assemblies within a Class 2 to 9 building
must comply with Specification 7 :
Floor linings and floor coverings. (a)
W
all linings and ceiling linings. (b)
Air-handling ductwork. (c)
Lift cars. (d)
In Class 9b buildings used as— (e)
an entertainment venue , a material used to cover closed back upholstered seats; and (i)
a public hall or the like, a proscenium curtain required by Specification 32 . (ii)
Escalators, moving walkways and non- required non fire-isolated stairways or pedestrian ramps subject to (f)
Specification 14 .
Sarking-type materials . (g)
Attachments to floors, ceilings, internal walls , common walls , fire walls and to internal linings of external walls . (h)
Other materials including insulation materials other than sarking-type materials . (i)
(2) Paint or fire-retardant coatings must not be used in order to make a material comply with a required fire hazard
property , except in respect of a material referred to in NSW Specification 7 , NSW Table S7C7 and to which Notes 4
and 5 are applicable.
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a material or assembly if it is—
plaster
, cement render, concrete, terrazzo, ceramic tile or the like; or (a)
a fire-protective covering ; or (b)
a timber-framed window ; or (c)
a solid timber handrail or skirting; or (d)
a timber-faced door; or (e)
an electrical switch, socket-outlet, cover plate or the like; or (f)
a material used for— (g)
a roof insulating material applied in continuous contact with a substrate; or (i)
an adhesive; or (ii)
a damp-proof course , flashing , caulking, sealing, ground moisture barrier, or the like; or (iii)
a paint, varnish, lacquer or similar finish, other than nitro-cellulose lacquer; or (h)
a clear or translucent roof light of glass fibre-reinforced polyester if— (i)
the roof in which it is installed forms part of a single storey building required to be Type C construction; and (i)
the material is used as part of the roof covering; and (ii)
it is not closer than 1.5 m from another roof light of the same type; and (iii)
each roof light is not more than 14 m2 in area; and (iv)
the area of the roof lights per 70 m2 of roof surface is not more than 14 m2; or (v)
a face plate or neck adaptor of supply and return air outlets of an air handling system; or (j)Section C Fire resistance
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 635a face plate or diffuser plate of light fitting and emergency exit signs and associated electrical wiring and electrical (k)
components; or
a joinery unit, cupboard, shelving, or the like; or (l)
an attached non-building fixture and fitting such as— (m)
a curtain, blind, or similar decor
, other than— (i)
a proscenium curtain required by Specification 32 ; or (A)
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , a material regulated under NSW Table S7C7 ; (B)
and
a whiteboard, window treatment or the like; or (ii)
timber treads, risers, landings and associated supporting framework installed in accordance with D3D30 where (n)
the Spread-of-Flame Index and the Smoke-Developed Index of the timber does not exceed 9 and 8 respectively;
or
any other material that does not significantly increase the hazards of fire. (o)
Part C3 Compartmentation and separation
C3D6 Class 9 buildings
[2019: C2.5]
Delete C3D6(3) and insert NSW C3D6(3) as follows:
(3) A Class 9c building must comply with the following:
A
building must be divided into areas not more than 500 m2 by smoke proof walls complying with Specification (a)
11.
A fire compartment must be separated from the remainder of the building by fire walls and notwithstanding C3D8 (b)
and Specification 5 , floors with an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
Except for walls provided in accordance with (3)(a) and (b), non-loadbearing internal walls , and if a building is (c)
of
Type C construction — all internal walls , between and bounding sole-occupancy units and bounding a public
corridor in a resident use area must:
be lined on each side with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or a material with at least (i)
an equivalent level of fire protection; and
if provided with cavity insulation, contain only non-combustible insulation; and (ii)
extend to the underside of— (iii)
the floor next above; or (A)
a ceiling lined with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or an equivalent non- (B)
combustible material; or
a non-combustible roof covering; and (C)
not incorporate any penetrations above door head height unless the penetrations are adequately stopped (iv)
to prevent the free passage of smoke; and
be smoke sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material at any construction joint, space or the (v)
like between the top of the wall and the floor
, ceiling or roof.
Loadbearing internal walls must comply with the requirements of Specification 5 and (c)(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) (d)
above.
Ancillary use areas containing equipment or materials that are a high potential fire hazard , must be separated (e)
from the sole-occupancy units by smoke proof walls complying with Specification 11 .
The ancillary use areas referred to in (e) include, but are not limited to, the following: (f)
A
kitchen and related food preparation areas having a combined floor area of more than 30 m2. (i)
A
laundry, where items of equipment are of the type that are potential fire sources (e.g. gas fire dryers). (ii)
Storage rooms greater than 10 m2 used predominantly for the storage of administrative records. (iii)NSW C2D11
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 636Openings in fire walls must be protected as follows: (g)
Doorways — self-closing or automatic closing –/60/30 fire doors. (i)
Windows — automatic or permanently fixed closed –/60/– fire windows or –/60/– automatic fire shutters. (ii)
Other openings — construction having an FRL not less than –/60/–. (iii)
Part C4 Protection of openings
C4D12 Bounding construction: Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts
[2019: C3.11]
Delete C4D12(4) and insert NSW C4D12(4) as follows:
(4) Except as provided for in NSW C4D12(5), protection for a doorway required under (1), (2) or (3) must be at least—
in a building of Type A construction — a self-closing –/60/30 fire door; and (a)
in a building of Type B or C construction — a self-closing , tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick. (b)
Delete C4D12(5) and insert NSW C4D12(5) as follows:
(5) In a Class 3 building used as a residential care building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification
17, protection for a doorway must be at least a tight fitting solid core door not less than 35 mm thick that is—
self-closing ; or (a)
fitted with a free-arm action closing device which closes the door or causes the door to remain closed (without (b)
preventing manual re-opening), upon the detection of smoke caused by a smoke detector located within the
room.
Insert subclause NSW C4D12(10) in clause C4D12 as follows:
(10) In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , openings in construction required to separate one space
from another must be protected in accordance with C4D5 .
Specification 7 Fire hazard properties
S7C7 Other materials
[2019: Spec C1.10: 7]
Delete Table S7C7 and insert NSW Table S7C7 as follows:
NSW Table S7C7 :Other materials
Material or assembly
locationFlammability Index Spread-of-Flame Index Smoke-Developed Index
Fire control rooms subject
to Specification 19 and fire-
isolated exits, other than a
sarking-type material used
in a ceiling or used as an
attachment or part of an
attachment to a building
element. Note 1N/A 0 2C3D6
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 637
Table Notes
In a fire control room or fire-isolated stairway , a material used as an attachment or part of an attachment to a (1)
building element must, if combustible , be attached directly to a non-combustible substrate and not exceed 1 mm
finished thickness.
A material, other than one located within a fire-isolated exit or fire control room, may be covered on all faces by (2)
concrete or masonry not less than 50 mm thick, as an alternative to meeting the specified indices.
In the case of a composite member or assembly, the member or assembly must be constructed so that when (3)Material or assembly
locationFlammability Index Spread-of-Flame Index Smoke-Developed Index
Class 9b buildings used as
an entertainment venue , a
material used to cover
closed back upholstered
seats in any part available
to the public—where
smoking is permitted; or
flame is exposed in
connection with the
preparation of meals Note 4N/A 6 5
Class 9b buildings used as
an entertainment venue , a
material used as a curtain,
blind or similar decor in any
part available to the public.
Notes 4 and 56 N/A N/A
Class 9b buildings used as
an entertainment venue , a
material used to form a
cinematograph screen. Notes
4, 5 and 612 0 7
Class 9b buildings used as
a public hall or the like: A
proscenium curtain required
by Specification 32 .N/A 0 3
Escalators, moving
walkways or non- required
non fire-isolated stairways
or pedestrian ramps subject
to Specification 14 .N/A 0 5
Sarking-type materials : In a
fire control room subject to
Specification 19 or a fire-
isolated exit used in the
form of an exposed wall or
ceiling.0 N/A N/A
Sarking-type materials
other than in a fire control
room subject to
Specification 19 or a fire-
isolated exit used in the
form of an exposed wall or
ceiling. Note 25 N/A N/A
Other materials or locations
and insulation materials
other than Sarking-type
materials . Notes 2 and 3N/A 9 8 if the Spread-of-Flame
Index is more than 5S7C7
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 638assembled as proposed in a building—
any material which does not comply with this Table is protected on all sides and edges from exposure to the (a)
air; and
the member or assembly, when tested in accordance with Specification 3 , has a Spread-of-Flame Index and (b)
Smoke-Developed Index not exceeding those prescribed in this Table; and
the member or assembly retains the protection in position so that it prevents ignition of the material and (c)
continues to screen it from access to free air for a period of not less than 10 minutes.
Any fire-retardant coating used in an entertainment venue to make a material comply with a required Flammability (4)
Index , Spread-of-Flame Index or Smoke-Developed Index must be certified by—
its manufacturer or distributor— (a)
as approved for use with the fabric to achieve the required indices; and (i)
to retain its retardancy effect after a minimum of 5 commercial dry cleaning or laundering operations carried (ii)
out in accordance with AS 2001.5.4, Procedure 7A, using non-phosphate ECE reference detergent A
(without optical brightener); and
the applicator as having been carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s specification. (b)
Materials used in an entertainment venue must have a label affixed to a representative sample of each different (5)
material indicating, in legible characters—
name of manufacturer; and (a)
trade name and description of material’s composition; and (b)
retardant treatment (if any), name of applicator and date of application; and (c)
AS 1530 Part 2 and/or AS/NZS 1530 Part 3 test number and its Flammability Index , Spread-of-Flame Index (d)
and Smoke-Developed Index ; and
approved methods of cleaning. (e)
A cinematograph screen must have a supporting frame of metal construction.(6)S7C7
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 639 Part D2 Provision for escape
D2D3 Number of exits required
[2019: D1.2]
Delete D2D3(4) and insert NSW D2D3(4) as follows:
(4) Class 9 buildings—
In addition to any horizontal exit , not less than 2 exits must be provided from the following: (a)
Each storey if the building has a rise in storeys of more than 6 or an effective height of more than 25 m. (i)
Any storey which includes a patient care area in a Class 9a health-care building . (ii)
Any storey that contains sleeping areas in a Class 9c building. (iii)
Any storey used as a Class 9b early childhood centre , or any Class 9b early childhood centre which forms (iv)
part of a storey .
Each storey in a primary or secondary school with a rise in storeys of 2 or more. (v)
Any storey or mezzanine that accommodates more than 50 persons, calculated under D2D18 . (vi)
Any storey or mezzanine within an auditorium in an entertainment venue . (vii)
The requirements of (a) do not apply to a part of a storey that— (b)
is a plant room, machinery room, storeroom, lift-machine room or the like; and (i)
is provided with direct egress to a road, open space or a fire-isolated exit complying with D2D12(2) ; and (ii)
satisfies D2D5 by the provision of 1 exit. (iii)
D2D8 Width of exits and paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6(b), (c), (d) and (e) ]
Insert subclause NSW D2D8(5) in clause D2D8 as follows:
(5) In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue —
the aggregate width must be not less than 2 m plus 500 mm for every 50 persons or part in excess of 200; and (a)
D2D8(1) , (2) and (3) do not apply; and (b)
where one or more paths of travel merge, the width of the combined path of travel must be not less than the (c)
sum of the required widths of those paths of travel; and
the required widths of those paths of travel connecting the exits from the building to a public road or open space (d)
must comply with (c); or
Delete D2D9 and insert NSW D2D9 as follows:
NSW D2D9 Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6, NSW D1.6(f)(vi)]
In a required exit or path of travel to an exit, the unobstructed width of a doorway must be not less than—
in patient care areas through which patients would normally be transported in beds— (a)
if the doorway provides access to, or from, a corridor of width— (i)
less than 2.2 m — 1200 mm; or (A)
2.2 m or greater — 1070 mm; and (B)
where the doorway referred to in (i) is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position (ii)
in accordance with D3D26(3)(e) , the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 800 mmSection D Access and egress
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 640wide; or
in patient care areas in a horizontal exit — 1250 mm; or (b)
the unobstructed width of each exit provided to comply with D2D8(1) , (2), (3) or (4), minus 250 mm; or (c)
in a Class 9c building, 800 mm, except— (d)
in resident use areas the minimum unobstructed width must be 870 mm; and (i)
for doorways leading from a public corridor to a sole-occupancy unit the minimum unobstructed width must (ii)
be 1070 mm; and
where the doorway is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position in accordance (iii)
with D3D26(3)(e) , the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 870 mm wide in resident
use areas and 800 mm wide in non- resident use areas ; or
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue — (e)
in parts of the building used by the public, the width of the required exit or path of travel, and the (i)
unobstructed width of each doorway must not be less than 1 m and not more than 3 m; and
in other parts of the building, doorways must comply with NSW D2D9; or (ii)
in any other case except where it opens to a sanitary compartment or bathroom — 750 mm wide. (f)
D2D15 Discharge from exits
[2019: D1.10]
Delete D2D15(6) and insert NSW D2D15(6) as follows:
(6) In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , at least half of the required number of exits from each storey
or mezzanine , and at least half of the aggregate width of such exits must discharge otherwise than through the main
entrance, or the area immediately adjacent to the main entrance to the building.
D2D18 Number of persons accommodated
[2019: D1.13]
Delete Table D2D18 and insert NSW Table D2D18 as follows:
NSW Table D2D18: Area per person according to use
Type of use Area per person
Art gallery, exhibition area, museum 4 m2
Auditorium — bench seating 450 mm/person
Auditorium — fixed seating count seats
Auditorium — removable seating 1 m2
Auditorium — standing area 0.5 m2
Bar — standing 0.5m2
Bar — other 1 m2
Board room 2 m2
Boarding house 15 m2
Cafe, church, dining room 1 m2
Carpark 30 m2
Computer room 25 m2
Court room — judicial area 10 m2
Court room — public seating 1 m2
Dance floor 0.5 m2
Dormitory 5 m2
Early childhood centre 4 m2NSW D2D9
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 641Type of use Area per person
Entertainment venue — other than auditorium 1.2 m2
Factory — machine shop, fitting shop or like place for
cutting, grading, finishing or fitting of metals or glass,
except in the fabrication of structural steelwork or
manufacture of vehicles or bulky products5 m2
Factory — areas used for fabrication and processing
other than a machine shop, fitting shop or the like50 m2
Factory — a space in which the layout and natural use of
fixed plant or equipment determines the number of
persons who will occupy the space during working hoursArea per person determined by the use of the plant or
equipment
Gymnasium 3 m2
Hostel, hotel, motel, guest house 15 m2
Indoor sports stadium—arena 10 m2
Kiosk 1 m2
Kitchen, laboratory, laundry 10 m2
Library — reading space 2 m2
Library — storage space 30 m2
Office, including one for typewriting or document copying 10 m2
Patient care areas 10 m2
Plant room —ventilation, electrical or other service units 30 m2
Plant room — boilers or power plant 50 m2
Reading room 2 m2
Restaurant 1 m2
School — general classroom 2 m2
School — multi-purpose hall 1 m2
School — staff room 10 m2
School — trade and practical area — primary 4 m2
School — trade and practical area — secondary As for workshop
Shop — space for sale of goods — at a level entered
direct from the open air or any lower level3 m2
Shop — space for sale of goods — all other levels 5 m2
Showroom — display area, covered mall or arcade 5 m2
Skating rink, based on rink area 1.5 m2
Small live music or arts venue – dance floor 0.5 m2
Small live music or arts venue – Information and
education facility4 m2
Small live music or arts venue – other 1 m2
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — standing
viewing area0.3 m2
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — removable
seating1 m2
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — fixed seating Per number of seats
Spectator stand, audience viewing area — bench seating 450 mm/person
Storage space 30 m2
Swimming pool , based on pool area 1.5 m2
Switch room, transformer room 30 m2D2D18
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 642
Table Notes
Bar standing is an area used by the standing patrons and extends not less than 1.5 m wide from the outside edge of
the bar top for the length of the serving area of the bar.
Part D3 Construction of exits
Delete D3D2 and insert NSW D3D2 as follows:
NSW D3D2 Application of Part
[2019: NSW D2.1(c)]
(1) Except for—
D3D14 , D3D15(a) , D3D17 , D3D18 , D3D19 , D3D20 , D3D22(5) , D3D22(6) , D3D26 and D3D29 , the Deemed-to- (a)
Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 3 building;
and
D3D14 , D3D15(a) , D3D17 , D3D18 , D3D19 , D3D20 , D3D22(5) , D3D22(6) , D3D23 and D3D29 , the Deemed-to- (b)
Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or
Class 4 part of a building.
(2) In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue —
Clauses NSW D3D14(1)(i) , (j), and (k), NSW D3D16(d) , NSW D3D18(1)(d) , and NSW D3D24(2)(e) apply to (a)
only those parts of the building used by the public; and
the general requirements of Part D3 apply to all other parts of the building. (b)
D3D14 Goings and risers
[2019: D2.13]
Delete D3D14(1) and insert NSW D3D14(1) as follows:
(1) A stairway must have—
not more than 18 and not less than 2 risers in each flight ; and (a)
going (G), riser (R) and quantity (2R + G) in accordance with Table D3D14 , except as permitted by (2) and (3); (b)
and
constant goings and risers throughout each flight , except as permitted by (2) and (3), and the dimensions of (c)
goings (G) and risers (R) in accordance with (1)(b) are considered constant if the variation between—
adjacent risers, or between adjacent goings, is no greater than 5 mm; and (i)
the largest and smallest riser within a flight, or the largest and smallest going within a flight, does not exceed (ii)
10 mm; and
risers which do not have any openings that would allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through between the treads; (d)
and
treads which have— (e)
a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in (i)
accordance with AS 4586; or
a nosing strip with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in (ii)
accordance with AS 4586; and Type of use Area per person
Telephone exchange — private 30 m2
Theatre dressing room 4 m2
Transport terminal 2 m2
Workshop — for maintenance staff 30 m2
Workshop — for manufacturing processes As for factoryD2D18
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 643treads of solid construction (not mesh or other perforated material) if the stairway is more than 10 m high or (f)
connects more than 3 storeys ; and
in a Class 9b building, not more than 36 risers in consecutive flights without a change in direction of at least 30°; (g)
and
in the case of a required stairway, no winders in lieu of a landing; and (h)
conspicuous edges to the treads of steps in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue ; and (i)
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , not more than one helical stairway serving as a required (j)
exit and that stairway must—
have a width of not less than 1500 mm; and (i)
be of constant radius; and (ii)
be constructed so that each tread, when measured 500 mm in from its narrow end, has a width of at least (iii)
280 mm; and
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , in a curved stairway serving as a required exit — an (k)
internal radius of not less than twice the width of the stair.
Delete D3D16 and insert NSW D3D16 as follows:
NSW D3D16 Thresholds
[2019: D2.15, NSW D2.15(d), (e) ]
The threshold of a doorway must not incorporate a step or ramp at any point closer to the doorway than the width of the
door leaf unless—
in patient care areas in a Class 9a health-care building , the door sill is not more than 25 mm above the finished (a)
floor level to which the doorway opens; or
in resident use areas in a Class 9c building, a ramp is provided with a maximum gradient of 1:8 for a maximum (b)
height of 25 mm over the threshold; or
in a building required to be accessible by Part D4 , the doorway— (c)
opens to a road or open space ; and (i)
is provided with a threshold ramp or step ramp in accordance with AS 1428.1; or (ii)
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , the door sill of a doorway opening to a road, open space , (d)
external stair landing or external balcony is not more than 50 mm above the finished floor level to which the
doorway opens; or
in other cases— (e)
the doorway opens to a road or open space , external stair landing or external balcony; and (i)
the door sill is not more than 190 mm above the finished surface of the ground, balcony, or the like, to which (ii)
the doorway opens.
D3D18 Height of barriers
[2019: Table D2.16a]
Delete D3D18(1) and insert NSW D3D18(1) as follows:
(1) The height of a barrier required by D3D17 must be not less than the following:
For stairways or ramps with a gradient of 1:20 or steeper — 865 mm. (a)
For landings to a stair or ramp where the barrier is provided along the inside edge of the landing and does not (b)
exceed 500 mm in length — 865 mm.
In front of fixed seating on a mezzanine or balcony within an auditorium in a Class 9b building— (c)
1 m; or (i)
700 mm where the horizontal projection extends not less than 1 m outwards from the top of the barrier; or (ii)
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , the height prescribed for guardrails in NSW I4D41 (iii)
or NSW I5D9 . D3D14
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 644In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , for stairways and ramps and the floor of any access (d)
path, balcony, landing or the like—
1 m when provided inside the building; and (i)
1200 mm when provided externally to the building. (ii)
For all other locations — 1 m. (e)
D3D24 Doorways and doors
[2019: D2.19]
Delete D3D24(2) and insert NSW D3D24(2) as follows:
(2) A doorway serving as a required exit or forming part of a required exit, or a doorway in a patient care area of a Class
9a health-care building —
must not be fitted with a revolving door; and (a)
must not be fitted with a roller shutter or tilt-up door unless— (b)
it serves a Class 6, 7 or 8 building or part with a floor area not more than 200 m2; and (i)
the doorway is the only required exit from the building or part; and (ii)
it is held in the open position while the building or part is lawfully occupied; and (iii)
must not be fitted with a sliding door unless— (c)
it leads directly to a road or open space ; and (i)
the door is able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N; and (ii)
if fitted with a door which is power-operated— (d)
it must be able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N if there is a malfunction or (i)
failure of the power source; and
if it leads directly to a road or open space it must open automatically if there is a power failure to the door (ii)
or on the activation of a fire or smoke alarm anywhere in the fire compartment served by the door; and
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue — (e)
must not be fitted with a collapsible gate, accordion door, turnstile or rigid barrier; and (i)
if fitted with a door, must be— (ii)
a swing door which opens in the direction of egress; and (A)
doors hung in two folds where the unobstructed width of the doorway is more than 1 m; and (B)
a doorway or opening within sight of the audience but not intended for egress must have a notice displayed (iii)
clearly indicating its purpose and such a notice must not be internally illuminated; and
notwithstanding (2)(c), a sliding door may be fitted where— (iv)
it leads directly to a road or open space and forms a main entrance; and (A)
it is capable of swinging in the direction of egress when pressure is applied to the inside face of the (B)
door; and
the door is provided with signage that clearly indicates to persons seeking egress, the potential for (C)
swinging the door open in an emergency.
D3D26 Operation of latch
[2019: D2.21]
Delete D3D26(5) and insert NSW D3D26(5) as follows:
(5) The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply in a Class 9b building (other than a school , an early childhood centre or
a building used for religious purposes) to a door in a required exit, forming part of a required exit or in the path of
travel to a required exit serving a storey or room accommodating more than 100 persons, determined in accordance
with D2D18 , in which case it must be readily openable—
without a key from the side that faces a person seeking egress; and (a)D3D18
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 645by a single hand pushing action on a single device such as a panic bar located between 900 mm and 1.2 m (b)
from the floor; and
where a two-leaf door is fitted, the provisions of (a) and (b) need only apply to one door leaf if the appropriate (c)
requirements of D2D9 are satisfied by the opening of that one leaf; and
where the door is a door in a path of travel providing re-entry to the building from a balcony, terrace or the like, (d)
it may be fitted with key-operated fastenings only, the tongues of which must be locked in the retracted position
whenever the building is occupied by the public, so the door can yield to pressure.
Insert subclause NSW D3D26(6) in clause D3D26 as follows:
(6) The requirements of (1), (2) and (5) do not apply to a door serving a Class 9b building used as an entertainment
venue where the following provisions apply to a door or gate used by the public—
on a door, the single device operating the latch or bolts must be a panic bar if those doors are to be secured; or (a)
an exit door or gate used by the public as the main entrance may be fitted with key-operated fastenings only, (b)
the tongues of which must be locked in the retracted position whenever the building is occupied by the public so
the door or gate can yield to pressure from within; or
a door from a balcony, terrace or the like, being a door in a path of travel providing re-entry to the building, may (c)
comply with the locking provision of (b) above.
Insert NSW D3D31 as follows:
NSW D3D31 Doors in paths of travel to an entertainment venue
[2019: NSW D2.101]
In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue , a doorway in a path of travel must comply with NSW D3D24(2)(e) .D3D26
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 646
Part E2 Smoke hazard management
Delete E2D10 and insert NSW E2D10 as follows:
NSW E2D10 Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: large isolated buildings
subject to C3D4
[2019: NSW Table E2.2a]
(1) In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building of not more than 25 m in effective height , and which exceeds 18 000 m2 in floor area
or 108 000 m3 in volume , the building must be provided with—
if the ceiling height of the fire compartment is not more than 12 m— (a)
an automatic smoke exhaust system in accordance with Specification 21 ; or (i)
automatic smoke-and-heat vents in accordance with Specification 22 ; or (ii)
if the ceiling height of the fire compartment is more than 12 m, an automatic smoke exhaust system in accordance (b)
with Specification 21 .
(2) For the purposes of (1), reference to ‘the building’ being provided with specified measures, means to the nominated
classes within the building.
Notes
Refer to E2D14 and E2D15 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 building or part of a building (in a fire (1)
compartment having a floor area of more than 2000 m2).
Refer to NSW E2D16 to NSW E2D19 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 9b building or part of a building. (2)
Refer to E2D5 and E2D8 where a Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9b building contains a Class 2, 3 or 4 part. (3)
Delete E2D16 and insert NSW E2D16 as follows:
NSW E2D16 Class 9b – assembly buildings: all
[2019: NSW Table E2.2b ]
The following provisions apply to all Class 9b assembly buildings :
A building or part of a building used as an assembly building must be provided with automatic shutdown of any (a)
air-handling system (other than non-ducted individual room units with a capacity not more than 1000 L/s and
miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not
form part of the smoke hazard management system, on the activation of—
smoke detectors installed complying with S20C6 ; and (i)
any other installed fire detection and alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D (ii)
or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 .
A basement not counted in the rise in storeys in accordance with C2D3 , less than 2000 m2 used as an assembly (b)
building or part of an assembly building containing an auditorium or other public area, must be equipped with—
an automatic smoke detection system in accordance with Specification 20 ; or (i)
an automatic zone pressurisation system in accordance with AS 1668.1 if the basement has more than one (ii)
fire compartment ; or if the basement forms part of a multi fire compartmented building served by the zone
pressurisation system; or
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 . (iii)
Stages and backstages : (c)
For the purposes of this clause, where a stage is separated from the auditorium by a proscenium wall (i)
incorporating a proscenium opening, a backstage room or area that is not separated from the stage by
construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, is taken to form part of the stage . Section E Services and equipment
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 647A building or part of a building used as an assembly building which has a stage with a floor area of more (ii)
than 50 m2 and not more than 150 m2 must, over the stage , be provided with—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 (including Figure S21C2 ); or (A)
roof mounted automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with NSW I4D59 , in a single storey building (B)
or the top storey of a multi storey building.
A building or part of a building used as an assembly building which has a stage with a floor area of more (iii)
than 150 m2 must, over the stage, be provided with an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with
Specification 21 (including Figure S21C2 ).
A building or part of a building used as an assembly building which has a stage equipped with means of (iv)
flying scenery must, over the stage , be provided with an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with
Specification 21 (including Figure S21C2 ).
Explanatory Information
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all the
relevant provisions of NSW E2D16, NSW E2D17 , NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
Delete E2D17 and insert NSW E2D17 as follows:
NSW E2D17 Class 9b – assembly buildings: night clubs, discotheques and the like
[2019: NSW Table E2.2b ]
A building or part of a building being a night club, discotheque or the like, must be provided with—
in an auditorium— (a)
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (i)
roof mounted automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 , in a single storey building (ii)
or the top storey of a multi storey building; or
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 with (iii)
fast response sprinkler heads; and
in all other areas— (b)
where a building or part of a building has a floor area not more than 2000 m2— (i)
one of the smoke hazard management measures listed under (a) above; or (A)
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (B)
where a building or part of a building has a floor area of more than 2000 m2, smoke hazard management (ii)
measures as provided for under NSW E2D19 .
Notes
Paragraph (a) applies only to an auditorium designed principally to accommodate an audience to an entertainment. (1)
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all (2)
the relevant provisions of NSW E2D16 , NSW E2D17, NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
Delete E2D18 and insert NSW E2D18 as follows:
NSW E2D18 Class 9b – assembly buildings: exhibition halls, museums and art galleries
[2019: NSW Table E2.2b ]
A building or part of a building used as an exhibition hall, museum, art gallery or the like, must be provided with—
where the floor area is more than 2000 m2 and not more than 3500 m2— (a)
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (i)
roof mounted automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 in a single storey building (ii)
or the top storey of a multi storey building; or NSW E2D16
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 648a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 ; and (iii)
where the floor area is more than 3500 m2, a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) (b)
complying with Specification 17 and—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (i)
roof mounted automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 , in a single storey building (ii)
or the top storey of a multi storey building.
Notes
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all the
relevant provisions of NSW E2D16 , NSW E2D17 , NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
Delete E2D19 and insert NSW E2D19 as follows:
NSW E2D19 Class 9b – assembly buildings: other assembly buildings (not listed in NSW
E2D16 t
o E2D18)
[2019: NSW Table E2.2b ]
(1) Unless otherwise described in (2), in a building or part of a building used as an assembly building (not being a night
club, discotheque or the like; or an exhibition hall, museum or art gallery) where the floor area of a fire compartment
is more than 2000 m2, the fire compartment must be provided with—
an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 ; or (a)
roof mounted automatic smoke-and-heat vents complying with Specification 22 , in a single storey building or (b)
the top storey of a multi storey building; or
if the floor area of the fire compartment is not more than 5000 m2 and the building has a rise in storeys of not (c)
more than 2—
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 ; or (i)
a sprinkler system (other than a FP
AA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 . (ii)
(2) The following buildings are exempt from the provisions of (1):
Sporting complexes, (including sports halls, gymnasiums, swimming pools , ice and roller rinks, and the like) (a)
other than indoor sports stadiums with total spectator seating for more than 1000 persons.
Churches and other places used solely for religious worship. (b)
School classrooms. (c)
(3) A
building containing a Class 9b early childhood centre must be provided with an automatic smoke detection and
alarm system complying with Specification 20 throughout the whole building, including any part of another Class.
Notes
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all the
relevant provisions of NSW E2D16 , NSW E2D17 , NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
Delete E2D20 and insert NSW E2D20 as follows:
NSW E2D20 Class 9b assembly buildings: other assembly buildings (not listed in E2D16
t
o E2D19)
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
E2D20 does not apply in NSW. This clause is deleted from the BCA in NSW, as requirements for Class 9b – Assembly
buildings in NSW are covered under NSW E2D16 to NSW E2D19. NSW E2D18
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 649 Part E4 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
Delete E4D6 and insert NSW E4D6 as follows:
NSW E4D6 Direction signs
[2019: NSW E4.6]
If an exit is not readily apparent to persons occupying or visiting the building, then exit signs must be installed—
in appropriate positions in corridors, hallways, lobbies, foyers, auditoria, and the like, indicating the direction to (a)
a required exit; and
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue — in any external egress path to a road where the exit (b)
does not open directly onto a road.
Specification 20 Smoke detection and alarm systems
Delete S20C8 and insert NSW S20C8 as follows:
NSW S20C8 System monitoring
[2019: NSW Spec E2.2a : 8]
The following installations must be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or fire station
dispatch centre in accordance with AS 1670.3:
A smoke detection system in a Class 3 building provided in accordance with S20C2(b)(i) or S20C2(b)(ii) . (a)
A smoke detection system in a Class 9a health-care building , if the building accommodates more than 20 (b)
patients.
A smoke detection system in a Class 9c building. (c)
Smoke detection in accordance with S20C6 provided to activate— (d)
a smoke exhaust system in accordance with Specification 21 ; or (i)
smoke-and-heat vents in accordance with Specification 22 . (ii)Part E4
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 650
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
Delete F4P6 and insert NSW F4P6 as follows:
NSW F4P6 Microbial control for water systems
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
F4P6 does not apply in NSW as the installation of hot water, warm water and cooling water systems (and their operation
and maintenance) is regulated in the Public Health Regulation 2012, under the Public Health Act 2010.
F4D4 Facilities in Class 3 to 9 buildings
[2019: F2.3]
Delete Table F4D4d and insert NSW Table F4D4d as follows:
NSW Table F4D4d: Sanitary facilities in Class 6 buildings – restaurants, cafes, bars, small live music or arts
venues
Table Notes
Sanitary facilities need not be provided for patrons if the total number of persons accommodated in the building is (1)
not more than 20.
Sanitary facilities need not be provided for patrons in a small live music or arts venue that is not a licensed premises . (2)Section F Health and amenity
User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Male patrons Closet pans 1 - 100 1
101 - 300 2
>300 Add 1 per 200
Urinals 1 - 50 1
51 - 100 2
101 - 150 3
151 - 200 4
201 - 250 5
>250 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 50 1
51 - 200 2
>200 Add 1 per 200
Female patrons Closet pans 1 - 25 1
26 - 50 2
51 - 100 3
101 - 150 4
151 - 200 5
201 - 250 6
>250 Add 1 per 100
Washbasins 1 - 50 1
51 - 150 2
>150 Add 1 per 200
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 651Delete F4D10 and insert NSW F4D10 as follows:
NSW F4D10 Microbial (legionella ) contr ol
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
F4D10 does not apply in NSW as the installation of hot water, warm water and cooling water systems (and their operation
and maintenance) is regulated in the Public Health Regulation 2012, under the Public Health Act 2010.
Part F6 Light and ventilation
Delete F6D6 and insert NSW F6D6 as follows:
NSW F6D6 Ventilation of rooms
[2019: NSW F4.5(b) ]
A habitable room , office, shop, factory, workroom, sanitary compartment , bathroom, shower room, laundry and any other
room occupied by a person for any purpose must have—
natural ventilation complying with F6D7 ; or (a)
a mechanical ventilation or air-conditioning system complying with AS 1668.2. (b)
Notes
The reference to AS/NZS 3666.1 is deleted from the BCA in NSW, as the need to comply with this standard is regulated
in the Public Health Regulation 2012, under the Public Health Act 2010. F4D4
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 652 Part G1 Minor structures and components
Delete G1P2 and insert NSW G1P2 as follows:
NSW G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: NSW GP1.2]
(1) A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and (a)
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and (b)
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and (c)
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed (d)
to automatically close and latch.
(2) A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a
person.
Applications
NSW G1P2(1) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm, in conjunction with the (1)
Swimming Pools
Act 1992 and the Swimming Pools Regulation 2018.
NSW G1P2(2) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm. (2)
Delete G1D2 and insert NSW G1D2 as follows:
NSW G1D2 Swimming pools
[2019: NSW G1.1]
(1) NSW G1D2(2) applies to the technical construction requirements for barriers to restrict access to swimming pools ,
subject to—
out-of-ground pool walls and the walls of above ground pools, including inflatable pools, not being considered (a)
to be ef
fective barriers; and
the reference in clause 2.3.1 of
AS 1926.1 to a barrier within a property including a boundary barrier. (b)
(2) A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or
Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool
surrounds in accordance with—
AS 1926.1 and
AS 1926.2; or (a)
if the swimming pool is a spa pool — (b)
the requirements of (a); or (i)
clause 9 of the Swimming Pools Regulation 2018. (ii)
(3) A
water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS
1926.3.
Notes
The Swimming Pools Act 1992 and the Swimming Pools Regulation 2018, applicable to swimming pool with a depth of
water of more than 300 mm, regulate the circumstances in which a barrier is required and prevail in the case of any
inconsistency. Section G Ancillary provisions
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 653Insert NSW G1D5 as follows:
NSW G1D5 Provision for cleaning windows
[2019: NSW G1.101]
(1) A building must provide for a safe manner of cleaning any windows located 3 or more storeys above ground level.
(2) A building satisfies (1) where—
the windows can be cleaned wholly from within the building; or (a)
provision is made for the cleaning of the windows by a method complying with the Work Health and Safety Act (b)
2011 and regulations made under that Act.
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
Delete G5P1 and insert NSW G5P1 as follows:
NSW G5P1 Bushfire resistance
[2019: NSW GP5.1]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area must be designed and constructed to—
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 (a)
years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
take account of the assessed duration and intensity of the fire actions of the design bushfire ; and (b)
prevent internal ignition of the building and its contents; and (c)
maintain the structural integrity of the building for the duration of the design bushfire . (d)
Applications
NSW G5P1 only applies in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a Class 4 part of a building; or (b)
a Class 9 building that is a special fire protection purpose ; or (c)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building or part of a type listed in (a), (b) or (d)
(c).
Delete G5P2 and insert NSW G5P2 as follows:
NSW G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for Class 9 buildings that are a special fire
protection purpose
[New for 2022]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily
evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the— (a)
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including— (i)
classified vegetation; and (A)
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and (B)
carparking areas and allotment boundaries; and (C)
other combustible materials; and (D)
number of occupants to be accommodated within the building; and (ii)
intensity of bushfire attack on the building; and (iii)
duration of occupancy; and (iv)NSW G1D2
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 654intensity of potential consequential fires; and (v)
occupant tenability within the building before, during and after the bushfire event; and (vi)
combined effects of structural, fire exposure and other effects to which the building may reasonably be (vii)
subjected; and
provision of fire fighting equipment and water supply to facilitate protection of the building; and (viii)
be provided with vehicular access to the site to enable firefighting and emergency personnel to defend or (b)
evacuate the building; and
have access to a sufficient supply of water for firefighting purposes on the site; and (c)
provide safe access within the site to the building (including carparking areas), as well as safe egress after the (d)
bushfire event.
Applications
NSW G5P2 applies to a Class 9 building that is a special fire protection purpose located in a designated bushfire prone
area.
Notes
NSW G5P2 does not guarantee the safety of building occupants or the maintenance of tenable conditions within a
building during a bushfire event.
Delete G5D2 and insert NSW G5D2 as follows:
NSW G5D2 Application of Part
[2019: NSW G5.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a Class 4 part of a building; or (b)
a Class 9 building that is a special fire protection purpose located in an area subject to a Bushfire Attack Level (c)
(BAL) not exceeding BAL—12.5, determined in accordance with Planning for Bush Fire Protection ; or
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building or part of a type in (a), (b) or (c). (d)
Notes
If a building of a type listed in (c) or (d) where associated with a building listed in (c) is subject to a BAL exceeding (1)
BAL—12.5, the building would need to comply with Performance Requirement NSW G5P2 by means of a
Performance Solution .
There are no Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for these buildings. (2)
Delete G5D3 and insert NSW G5D3 as follows:
NSW G5D3 Protection
[2019: NSW G5.2]
In a designated bushfire prone area , a Class 2 building, a Class 3 building, a Class 4 part of a building or a Class 10a
building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to such a building or part, must comply with the following—
AS 3959 except— (a)
as amended by Planning for Bush Fire Protection ; and (i)
for
Section 9
Construction for Bushfire Attack Level FZ (BAL-FZ), buildings subject to BAL-FZ must comply (ii)with specific conditions of development consent for construction at this level; or
the requirements of (a) above as modified by the development consent following consultation with the NSW (b)
Rural Fire Service under section 4.14 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 if required; or NSW G5P2
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 655the requirements of (a) above as modified by development consent with a bushfire safety authority issued under (c)
section 100B of the Rural Fires Act 1997 for the purposes of integrated development.
Delete G5D4 and insert NSW G5D4 as follows:
NSW G5D4 Protection – Class 9 buildings used as a special fir e protection purpose
[New for 2022]
In a designated bushfire prone area , a Class 9 building that is a special fire protection purpose or a Class 10a building or
deck immediately adjacent or connected to a such a building or part, must comply with—
for a Class 9 building that is special fire protection purpose , Specification 43 except as amended by Planning (a)
for Bush Fire Protection ; or
for a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a Class 9 building that is a special fire (b)
protection purpose —
AS 3959 except as amended by Planning for Bush Fire Protection ; and (i)
S43C13 ; or (ii)
the requirements of (a) or (b) above as modified by the development consent with a bushfire safety authority (c)
issued under section 100B of the Rural Fires Act 1997 for the purposes of integrated development.
NSW Part G7 Livable housing design
This Part has deliberately been left blank. Part G7 does not apply in NSW as livable housing design requirements do not
apply to sole-occupancy units in a Class 2 building in NSW.
Specification 43 Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings
Delete S43C2 and insert NSW S43C2 as follows:
NSW S43C2 Separation from classified vegetation
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
S43C2 does not apply in NSW as Asset Protection Zones must be determined in accordance with Planning for Bush
Fire Protection.
Delete S43C11 and insert NSW S43C11 as follows:
NSW S43C11 Supply of water for fire -fighting purposes
[New for 2022]
Water for fire-fighting purposes must be available and consist of—
A fire hydrant system complying with E1D2 ; or (a)
A static water supply consisting of tanks, swimming pools , dams or the like, or a combination of these, together (b)
with suitable pumps, hoses and fittings, determined in consultation with the relevant fire brigade that—
is capable of providing the required flow rate for a period of not less than 4 hours; or (i)
has a volume of 10 000 litres for each occupied building. (ii)NSW G5D3
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 656
Part I1 Class 9b buildings
Delete I1D1 and insert NSW I1D1 as follows:
NSW I1D1 Application of Part
[2019: NSW H1.1]
(1) For a Class 9b building or part of a building that is not an entertainment venue —
the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part I1 apply to every enclosed Class 9b building or part of a building (a)
which—
is a school assembly, church or community hall with a stage and any backstage area with a total floor area (i)
of more than 300 m2; or
otherwise, has a stage and any backstage area with a total floor area of more than 200 m2; or (ii)
has a stage with an associated rigging loft; and (iii)
notwithstanding (1)(a)— (b)
I1D4 applies to every open or enclosed Class 9b building; and (i)
I1D7 applies to every enclosed Class 9b building. (ii)
(2) For a Class 9b building that is an entertainment venue , NSW Part I4 applies in replacement of Part I1 .Section I Special use buildings
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 657
Introduction to this Part
NSW Part I4 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions additional to those contained in Sections C, D, E, F and G for buildings
containing or used as an entertainment venue other than temporary structures and drive-in theatres.
NSW I4D1 Application of Part
[2019: NSW H101.1]
This Part applies to every entertainment venue as described in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation
2021.
NSW I4D2 Fire separation
[2019: NSW H101.2]
If an entertainment venue forms part only of a building, then—
the whole of the entertainment venue ; or (a)
the part containing the stage , backstage area and auditorium , (b)
must be separated from the other parts of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
NSW I4D3 Foyer space
[2019: NSW H101.3]
Where an entertainment venue is used principally for the purpose of—
exhibiting films; or (a)
conducting live stage productions, (b)
foyer space (excluding stairways and concession areas) must be provided on the basis of at least 0.25 m2 for each person
that the auditorium accommodates.
NSW I4D4 Sprinkler systems for common foyers
[2019: NSW H101.4]
In an entertainment venue , where multiple auditoriums have a foyer in common, the following applies:
If the foyer serves not more than 2 auditoriums , that foyer must be separated from any adjoining foyer by (a)
construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
If the foyer serves more than 2 auditoriums , a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) (b)
complying with Specification 17 must be installed—
throughout the storey containing the foyer; and (i)
throughout each storey in the building below that storey . (ii)
NSW I4D5 Conventional stages: application
[2019: NSW H101.5]
NSW I4D6 to NSW I4D9 apply to a conventional stage , that is, a stage which is separated from the auditorium by a
proscenium wall incorporating a proscenium opening. NSW Part I4Entertainment venues other than temporary structures
and drive -in t heatres
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 658 NSW I4D6 Conventional stages: extent of stage area
[2019: NSW H101.5.1]
If a room or area is not separated from the remainder of a conventional stage by construction having an FRL of not less
than 60/60/60, the room or area is, for the purposes of this Part, to be taken to form part of the stage .
NSW I4D7 Conventional stages: small stages
[2019: NSW H101.5.2]
A stage which is more than 50 m2 but not more than 150 m2 in area must have 2 or more means of egress from the stage
and backstage area provided otherwise than through the proscenium wall.
NSW I4D8 Conventional stages: large stages
[2019: NSW H101.5.3]
A stage which is more than 150 m2 in area—
must have installed directly above the stage a suitable sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H (a)
system) complying with Specification 17 ; and
must have the proscenium opening protected by a safety curtain that complies with NSW I4D15 and NSW I4D16 ; (b)
and
must have a line of open drenchers or open sprinklers provided above the proscenium opening on the stage (c)
side and in such a position as to be able to discharge over the inside face of the safety curtain; and
must have 2 or more means of egress from the stage and backstage area provided otherwise than through the (d)
proscenium wall.
NSW I4D9 Conventional stages: fire separation of stages
[2019: NSW H101.5.4]
A stage which is more than 50 m2 in area, and all areas below such a stage , must (with the exception of the proscenium
opening) be separated from the backstage and the remainder of the building by construction having an FRL of not less
than 60/60/60.
NSW I4D10 Non -con ventional stages: application
[2019: NSW H101.6]
NSW I4D11 and NSW I4D12 apply to a stage that is not a conventional stage within the meaning of NSW I4D5 .
NSW I4D11 Non -con ventional stages: small stages
[2019: NSW H101.6.1]
A stage which is more than 50 m2 but not more than 150 m2 in area must have at least 2 means of egress from the
backstage area.
NSW I4D12 Non -con ventional stages: large stages
[2019: NSW H101.6.2]
A stage which is more than 150 m2 in area must have at least 2 means of egress from the backstage area.
NSW I4D13 Flying scenery
[2019: NSW H101.7]
(1) Where there is a grid or other means of flying scenery over a conventional stage or non-conventional stage —
the stage must be provided with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying (a)
with Specification 17 ; and
a fly gallery, bridge grid, rigging loft, tie gallery or electric light perch must— (b)NSW I4D6
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 659comply with AS 1657; and (i)
be of non-combustible construction; and (ii)
a fly gallery must be provided with at least 2 means of egress, one on each side of the stage ; and (c)
a grid or rigging loft must be provided with at least 2 means of egress; and (d)
if exposed steel is used in the construction of a roof, fly or tie gallery, the roof, fly or tie gallery must be so (e)
designed that, in the event of its structural failure due to fire, the wall structure of the building will not be affected;
and
structural steel supporting the stage tower must be enclosed by masonry or concrete and have an FRL of not (f)
less than 120/120/120.
(2) In addition to (1), in the case of a conventional stage , the following additional requirements apply:
The proscenium wall must— (a)
have an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and (i)
have the proscenium opening protected by a rigid safety curtain in accordance with NSW I4D16 . (ii)
The walls forming the stage area, and the area beneath the stage , must be constructed of masonry or concrete (b)
and have an FRL of not less than 120/120/120.
NSW I4D14 Load notice
[2019: NSW H101.8]
(1) A notice indicating the actual distributed and concentrated load for which the stage floor has been designed must be
conspicuously and permanently displayed in a position adjacent to the stage floor.
(2) The notice must be in legible letters and figures—
at least 50 mm high; and (a)
on a contrasting background. (b)
NSW I4D15 Safety curtains
[2019: NSW H101.10]
A safety curtain required by NSW I4D8 must—
be made of non-combustible material; and (a)
be so fitted that, when it is closed, it forms an efficient smoke seal between the stage and the auditorium ; and (b)
be capable of withstanding a pressure differential of 0.5 kPa over its entire surface area; and (c)
be run on steel guides located on each side of the proscenium opening; and (d)
remain engaged in its guides if the guides, together with their fittings and attachments and that part of the curtain (e)
engaged in the guides, are subjected to a pressure differential of 1 kPa; and
be of sufficiently robust construction to withstand damage by scenery, stage properties and falling debris; and (f)
be capable of closing the proscenium opening within 30 seconds, either by gravity slide or by motor assisted (g)
mechanisms; and
have manual controls, located on each side of the stage , for the closing of the curtains; and (h)
have a notice displayed adjacent to the operating controls, in clear and legible letters and symbols of adequate (i)
size, indicating its use and operation; and
when operated, actuate a distinctive warning alarm audible to persons on the stage and must not be reliant for (j)
its operation solely on the primary electricity supply; and
have the words “Safety Curtain” exhibited on the curtain in clear and legible letters of adequate size to enable (k)
them to be read from all parts of the auditorium . NSW I4D13
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 660 NSW I4D16 Safety curtains — additional requirements
[2019: NSW H101.10.1]
A rigid safety curtain required by NSW I4D13 must comply with the requirements of NSW I4D15 and it must—
be vertically hung from steel cables; and (a)
be framed with structural steel that complies with AS 4100; and (b)
be sheeted and finished on both sides with sheet steel or other non-combustible material of such gauge, and so (c)
fastened to its frame, as to ensure that its frame is capable of withstanding distortion arising from heat; and
when closed, overlap the proscenium opening by not less than 300 mm at each side and by not less than 600 (d)
mm at the top.
NSW I4D17 Seating in rows: application
[2019: NSW H101.11]
NSW I4D18 to NSW I4D25 do not apply to continental seating or seating at tables.
NSW I4D18 Seating in rows: number of seats
[2019: NSW H101.11.1]
Subject to NSW I4D22 , where seating is arranged in rows , the maximum number of seats in each row must not exceed—
8 where there is an aisle at one end only of the row; or (a)
16 where there are aisles on both ends of the row. (b)
NSW I4D19 Seating in rows: chairs used for seating
[2019: NSW H101.11.2]
Chairs used for seating must—
where they have arms, be at least 500 mm from centre to centre; and (a)
where they do not have arms, be at least 450 mm from centre to centre; and (b)
have a minimum lateral clearance of at least 300 mm between— (c)
the front of each chair and the back of the chair in front; or (i)
if a guardrail is provided in front of the chairs, between the front of each chair and the guardrail; and (ii)
have a distance of at least 950 mm between the back of the chair and the back of the chair in front. (d)
NSW I4D20 Seating in rows: chairs in auditoriums — level floors
[2019: NSW H101.11.3]
Chairs in an auditorium that has a level floor must be—
securely fastened to the floor; or (a)
secured together in groups of not less than 4 and not more than 16. (b)
NSW I4D21 Seating in rows: chairs in auditoriums — sloping floors
[2019: NSW H101.11.4]
Chairs in an auditorium having a sloping floor, or having stepped or inclined platforms, must be securely fastened to the
floor or platform.
NSW I4D22 Seating in rows: radiating aisles in seating areas
[2019: NSW H101.11.5]
Where seating is securely fastened to the floor and arranged in rows of concentric circles, semi-circles or segments of
circles, with radiating aisles — NSW I4D16
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 661the number of seats in each row between 2 aisles must not exceed 24; and (a)
each seat must— (b)
have a minimum lateral clearance of at least 325 mm between the front of the seat and the back of the seat (i)
in front; and
have a distance of at least 975 mm between the back of the seat and the back of the seat in front; and (ii)
the rows may be curved or straight. (c)
NSW I4D23 Seating in rows: aisles and cross -o vers
[2019: NSW H101.11.6]
Where aisles and cross-overs are provided—
each aisle must have a width of at least 1000 mm and each cross-over must have a width of at least 1500 mm; (a)
and
the floor of each aisle must not have a grade of more than 1 in 8 at any part; and (b)
if there is a step from a row to an aisle or from a landing to an aisle, the step must not project into the aisle. (c)
NSW I4D24 Seating in rows: platforms and steps
[2019: NSW H101.11.7]
Where an aisle contains platforms or steps—
the platforms and steps must extend for the full width of the aisle; and (a)
if there are no intervening steps between levels of platforms, the height of the platform riser must not be more (b)
than 200 mm; and
if there are one or more intervening steps between the levels of platforms— (c)
each riser must be at least 100 mm but not more than 200 mm high; and (i)
each going must be at least 250 mm deep; and (ii)
risers and goings must be uniform; and (iii)
goings which are more than 450 mm deep at platform level must have a grade of not more than 1 in 50; and (d)
at the entrance from the aisle to each row there must be a clear level floor space, extending the full width of the (e)
aisle, of at least 300 mm, measured from the back of the row in front; and
any going projecting in front of a seat adjacent to an aisle must be protected by a guardrail. (f)
NSW I4D25 Seating in rows: stepped platforms
[2019: H101.11.8]
Where stepped platforms without chairs or stepped platforms with bench seats, are used for seating—
each platform must be at least 700 mm deep; and (a)
each seating space must be at least 450 mm wide, measured along the front of the platform or bench seat; and (b)
each seating space must be numbered consecutively; and (c)
at the entrance from the aisle to each row there must be a clear level floor space, extending the full width of the (d)
aisle, of at least 300 mm, measured from the back of the row in front; and
any going projecting in front of a seat adjacent to an aisle must be protected by a guardrail; and (e)
in the case of stepped platforms with bench seats, there must be at least 300 mm between the back of each (f)
seat and the front of the platform behind, or the front of the bench seat behind, whichever is the closer.
NSW I4D26 Continental seating: application
[2019: NSW H101.12]
NSW I4D27 to NSW I4D35 apply to continental seating . NSW I4D22
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 662 NSW I4D27 Continental seating: seating to be fastened
[2019: NSW H101.12.1]
Seating must be securely fastened to the floor.
NSW I4D28 Continental seating: maximum seats per row
[2019: NSW H101.12.2]
The number of seats in a row must not exceed 120.
NSW I4D29 Continental seating: depth of seating
[2019: NSW H101.12.3]
The depth of each row of seating (that is, the distance between the back of the row in front or, if there is a guardrail in
front, between the back of the row and the guardrail) must, in respect of a row containing a number of seats specified in
Column 1 of NSW Table I4D29 , be not less than the distance specified in Column 2 of that Table in respect of that number
of seats.
Insert NSW Table I4D29 as follows:
NSW Table I4D29: Spacing of auditorium seating
NSW I4D30 Continental seating: clearance between rows
[2019: NSW H101.12.4]
The minimum lateral clearance between each row of seating must, in respect of a row containing a number of seats
specified in Column 1 of NSW Table I4D29 be not less than the clearance specified in Column 3 of that Table in respect
of that number of seats.
NSW I4D31 Continental seating: chairs used for seating
[2019: NSW H101.12.5]
Chairs used for seating must comply with NSW I4D19(a) and (b).
NSW I4D32 Continental seating: egress doorways
[2019: NSW H101.12.6]
Egress doorways through the walls of the auditorium —
must have an aggregate width of at least twice the sum of the clearances specified in Column 3 of NSW Table (a)
I4D29 for each row of the auditorium to be served by those doorways; and
must be provided at each end of every fifth row, excluding the first 2 rows and the last 2 rows in the auditorium (b)
if those rows each contain no more than 16 seats; and
must lead— (c)
directly to a road or open space ; or (i)Column 1: number of seats in rows Column 2: depth of rows (mm) Column 3: clearance between rows
(mm)
Not exceeding 16 950 300
17 - 30 975 325
31 - 45 1000 350
46 - 60 1025 375
61 - 75 1050 400
76 - 90 1075 425
91 - 105 1100 450
106 - 120 1125 475NSW I4D27
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 663into a foyer or other area giving access to a road or open space ; and (ii)
must be provided with exit signs if the egress doorways are not sufficiently conspicuous. (d)
NSW I4D33 Continental seating: clear areas
[2019: NSW H101.12.7]
A clear area—
must be provided from each end of each row to an egress doorway in the wall of the auditorium ; and (a)
must have a width of at least the greater of— (b)
the sum of the clearances specified in Column 3 of NSW Table I4D29 for each row; or (i)
500 mm; and (ii)
if it contains platforms or steps, must comply with NSW I4D24(a), (b), (c), (d) and (f) . (c)
NSW I4D34 Continental seating: minimum clear space
[2019: NSW H101.12.8]
At the entrance from a row to a clear area, there must be a clear level floor space having a width of at least the clearance
specified for the row in Column 3 of NSW Table I4D29 .
NSW I4D35 Continental seating: doors
[2019: NSW H101.12.9]
A door fitted to the egress doorway in the wall of an auditorium must comply with NSW D3D16 and NSW D3D24(2) .
NSW I4D36 Provision of guardrails: location
[2019: NSW H101.13.1]
Guardrails must be provided—
along the fascia of each balcony or box; and (a)
if there is a stepped floor, along the front edge of each cross-over ; and (b)
where NSW I4D37 and NSW I4D38 apply. (c)
NSW I4D37 Provision of guardrails: fixed back seats
[2019: NSW H101.13.2]
If seats with fixed backs are provided, guardrails that extend for the full width of the seating, must be provided at least 500
mm above the platform unless—
fixed back seats of the next lower level project at least 500 mm above the level of the stepped platform; and (a)
there is only one riser between the platform and next lower cross-over . (b)
NSW I4D38 Provision of guardrails: steps between platforms
[2019: NSW H101.13.3]
If—
there is more than one intervening step in an aisle between levels of platforms, a guardrail must be provided (at (a)
a vertical height of at least 660 mm measured above the nosing of each tread and of the upper platform) to the
sides of the aisle adjacent to those steps; and
there is more than one intervening step in an aisle between levels of platforms, and that aisle is along a wall, a (b)
continuous guardrail must be affixed to that wall at a height of at least 865 mm above the nosing of each tread;
and
the end of the platform or the back of the highest platform does not abut a wall that extends at least 660 mm (c)
above the floor level of the platform, a guardrail not less than 660 mm high must be provided— NSW I4D32
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 664at the ends of the platform, extending from the front of the first riser to the back of the highest platform; and (i)
at the back of the highest platform, extending the full width of the platform; and (ii)
there is an inclined floor, the raised section of which is not bounded by walls at least 660 mm high, a guardrail (d)
must be provided that extends around the perimeter of the raised section at a height of at least 660 mm above
the inclined floor level; and
seating at tables is provided on a stepped platform, a guardrail at least 500 mm high must be provided along the (e)
front edge of the platform.
NSW I4D39 Guardrails for seating areas: application
[2019: NSW H101.14]
NSW I4D40 to NSW I4D42 apply to seating areas.
NSW I4D40 Guardrails for seating areas: continental seating
[2019: NSW H101.14.1]
Where a guardrail is provided in front of a row of chairs—
the distance between the back of each chair in that row, and the guardrail must be not less than the distance (a)
specified in Column 2 of NSW Table I4D29 for the number of chairs in that row; and
the minimum lateral clearance between the front of each chair in that row and the guardrail must be not less (b)
than the clearance specified in Column 3 of NSW Table I4D29 for the number of chairs in that row.
NSW I4D41 Guardrails for seating areas: balconies and boxes
[2019: NSW H101.14.2]
A guardrail provided along the fascia of a balcony or box—
if it is located at the foot of a stepped aisle, must have its top surface at least 900 mm above the floor of the (a)
balcony or box; and
if it is not located at the foot of a stepped aisle, must have its top surface at least 750 mm above the floor; and (b)
if it has a ledge more than 70 mm wide, must have the top surface of the ledge sloping downwards towards the (c)
floor of the balcony or box at an angle of at least 30 degrees from the horizontal; and
must have an unperforated kerb or toe guard extending for at least 300 mm above the floor. (d)
NSW I4D42 Guardrails for seating areas: cross -o vers
[2019: NSW H101.14.3]
A guardrail provided along the front edge of a cross-over on a stepped floor—
must be at least 750 mm high; and (a)
must extend the full distance between aisles , or between a wall and an aisle , or for such other distance as (b)
considered necessary.
NSW I4D43 Dressing rooms
[2019: NSW H101.15]
A dressing room or two or more adjoining dressing rooms, having a total floor area of more than 50 m2, must—
be separated from other parts of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and (a)
have at least 2 means of egress as remote from each other as possible, one of which must discharge— (b)
directly to a road or open space ; or (i)
through a fire-isolated exit to a road or open space . (ii)NSW I4D38
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 665 NSW I4D44 Storerooms
[2019: NSW H101.16]
A storeroom must be separated from other parts of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
NSW I4D45 Projection suites: Application
[2019: NSW H101.17]
(1) NSW I4D45 to NSW I4D48 apply to projection suites .
(2) A projection suite must be provided in an entertainment venue intended to be used for the showing of films.
NSW I4D46 Projection suites: rooms to be provided
[2019: NSW H101.17.1]
A projection suite in accordance with the staffing requirements of Schedule 72 of the Environmental Planning and
Assessment Regulation 2021 must contain either—
a projection room and sanitary accommodation comprising at least 1 closet pan and 1 washbasin, where the (a)
projection suite is continually staffed; or
a projection room fitted with the following equipment— (b)
an automatic fire suppression system in accordance with SSL Appraisal Specification FAS 102 or a sprinkler (i)
system complying with AS 2118; and
a smoke detection system which will— (ii)
comply with AS 1670.1; and (A)
be connected to a fire station or other approved monitoring service where arrangements are in place (B)
to initiate fire brigade response; and
close down all shutters fitted to projection or observation ports; and (C)
activate sufficient general lighting to provide a minimum of 40 lux measured at floor level in any (D)
auditorium affected; and
operate a public address system to automatically announce a suitable message from the management (E)
of the premises; and
activate an audible alarm to immediately indicate to management the presence of smoke in the (F)
projection room.
NSW I4D47 Projection suites: fire separation
[2019: NSW H101.17.2]
A projection suite must be separated from all other internal parts of the building in which it is located by construction having
an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
NSW I4D48 Projection suites: concession for protection of some openings
[2019: NSW H101.17.3]
If a projection or observation port is not more than 0.1 m2 in area—
a metal shutter not less than 1.5 mm thick may be fitted thereto instead of the protection required under NSW (a)
C4D12 ; and
any metal shutter or protection system must be equipped with a device to permit the closing of the shutter or the (b)
protection system from easily accessible operating positions adjacent to each egress doorway from the projection
room.
NSW I4D49 Basement storeys
[2019: NSW H101.18]
Where an entertainment venue includes not more than 2 basement storeys — NSW I4D44
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 666all required exits from the basement must be enclosed in non-combustible construction, with the exception of (a)
the main entry or exit; and
any auditorium and other public areas in the basement must be equipped with an air-handling system that (b)
complies with AS 1668.2.
NSW I4D50 Basement storeys: more than two
[2019: NSW H101.18.1]
If the entertainment venue includes more than 2 basement storeys —
the construction must be of at least Type B; and (a)
all required exits from the basement must be enclosed in a fire-resisting shaft having an FRL as required by the (b)
relevant Type of construction; and
the building must be equipped with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying (c)
with Specification 17 .
NSW I4D51 Electric mains installation: main switchboard
[2019: NSW H101.19.1]
The switchboard containing the main isolation switch must—
be located in a position that is readily accessible to authorised persons, and to the fire brigade in the case of an (a)
emergency; and
be enclosed by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60. (b)
NSW I4D52 Electric mains installation: circuit protection
[2019: NSW H101.19.2]
Protection of the final sub-circuit originating at a switchboard or distribution board must be by means of circuit breakers.
NSW I4D53 Electric mains installation: separate sub -mains
[2019: NSW H101.19.3]
Where an entertainment venue has its mains supply in common with that of another building or where it is a part of a
building—
the entertainment venue must be served by a separate and independent sub-main from the main switchboard; (a)
and
each sub-main, the consumer’s main and the supply authority’s conductors within the building must be protected (b)
against fire by means of—
mineral-insulated metal-sheathed cables or other cables that provide at least 2 hours’ fire protection; or (i)
heavy-duty PVC conduit or metallic pipe, concrete encased in walls or slabs with a minimum of 50 mm (ii)
cover; or
heavy-duty PVC conduit or metallic pipe, buried at least 500 mm below ground level, for underground (iii)
cabling.
NSW I4D54 Lighting: lighting switches
[2019: NSW H101.20.1]
(1) Any switch controlling the lighting system must not be accessible.
(2) Where, during normal use, general lighting may be dimmed or switched off, an override switch to switch on all of the
general lighting instantaneously must be installed in the auditorium in a position accessible to management. NSW I4D49
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 667 NSW I4D55 Lighting: lighting levels
[2019: NSW H101.20.2]
Where the lamps utilised in the general lighting are of a type that will not relight immediately after the restoration of the
primary electricity supply to those lamps—
a time delay or other suitable means must be provided to maintain the emergency lighting for a period not less (a)
than that necessary to allow the general lighting lamps to restrike; or
lamps of a type that will provide immediate lighting must be installed and— (b)
arranged in such a manner as to ensure visual conditions not inferior to those required to be provided by (i)
the emergency lighting; and
capable of being switched in common with the general lighting and of being controlled also by the override (ii)
switch required by NSW I4D54(2) .
NSW I4D56 Lighting: provision of aisle lighting
[2019: NSW H101.20.3]
Where general lighting is to be either dimmed or extinguished when the public is in attendance and where the floor is
stepped or at an inclination greater than 1 in 12, aisle lights must be provided to illuminate the length of each aisle and the
tread of each step therein.
NSW I4D57 Lighting: aisle lighting power supply
[2019: NSW H101.20.4]
Where an aisle light is installed in a seat frame, it must be supplied at a voltage of not more than 32 volts AC or 115 volts
DC.
NSW I4D58 Lighting: aisle lighting alternative lighting supply
[2019: NSW H101.20.5]
Aisle lighting must be provided with an alternative electricity supply that—
is capable of being automatically energised in the event of failure of the primary lighting electricity supply; and (a)
complies with the provisions applying to emergency lighting. (b)
NSW I4D59 Automatic smoke -and-heat v ents for stages
[2019: NSW H101.22]
An automatic smoke-and-heat vent system required by NSW E2D16(c) for stages and backstages must—
be capable of automatic operation by the inclusion of a heat sensing device designed to activate the system at (a)
a temperature of not more than 71°C; and
be capable of being released manually from positions at either side of the stage and of being fully activated from (b)
either position; and
have a notice, prominently displayed at each position referred to in (b), clearly indicating the method of activation; (c)
and
have an openable area of not less than 10 percent of the total area of the stage . (d)
NSW I4D60 Solid fuel burning stoves and open fire places
[2019: NSW H101.23]
Solid fuel burning stoves and open fire places must not be installed in premises designed for the purpose of—
exhibiting films; or (a)
conducting live theatre productions. (b)NSW I4D55
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 668 NSW I4D61 Fuel gas cylinders: general
[2019: NSW H101.24.1]
Fuel gas cylinders must—
be housed in an enclosure that is located outside the building; and (a)
comply with the ventilation requirements of AS/NZS 1596. (b)
NSW I4D62 Fuel gas cylinders: enclosures
[2019: NSW H101.24.2]
An enclosure referred to in NSW I4D61 —
must be located not less than 3 m from any window , door, vent or other opening; and (a)
if located 3 m or more from a building must— (b)
have a concrete base; and (i)
be constructed from heavy-gauge chain-wire mesh or other suitable material; and (ii)
be at least 1.8 m high; and (iii)
be so designed as to securely contain the gas cylinders in a single line; and (iv)
be so designed as to allow cross ventilation; and (v)
if located less than 3 m from a building must— (c)
have a concrete base; and (i)
have 3 sides constructed from concrete or masonry; and (ii)
have a concrete roof; and (iii)
be so designed as to securely contain the gas cylinders in a single line; and (iv)
have a hinged, heavy-gauge chain-wire door capable of being secured against unauthorised entry; and (v)
have its roof at least 600 mm above the uppermost fitting of any fuel gas cylinder housed therein. (vi)NSW I4D61
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 669
Introduction to this Part
NSW Part I5 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for temporary structures used as an entertainment venue .
NSW I5D1 Application of Part
[2019: NSW H102.1]
This Part applies to temporary structures used as entertainment venues .
NSW I5D2 Exits — exclusions
[2019: NSW H102.2]
In this Part, a reference to an entrance or exit does not include a reference to an entrance or exit provided for persons or
animals performing in a temporary structure .
NSW I5D3 Location of exits
[2019: NSW H102.3]
Exits must be so provided and arranged as to afford a ready means of egress from all parts of a temporary structure .
NSW I5D4 Exits to be provided
[2019: NSW H102.4]
Without limiting the generality of NSW I5D3 —
the number of exits to be provided for a temporary structure designed to accommodate a number of persons (a)
specified in Column 1 of NSW Table I5D4 must be not less than the number of exits specified in Column 2 of
that Table in respect of that number of persons; and
the aggregate width of the exits to a temporary structure designed to accommodate a number of persons (b)
specified in Column 1 of NSW Table I5D4 must be not less than the width specified in Column 3 of that Table in
respect of that number of persons.
Insert NSW Table I5D4 as follows:
NSW Table I5D4: Number of exits and widths NSW Part I5 Temporary structures
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
Column 1: accommodation provided
(persons)Column 2: number of exits required Column 3: Aggregate width of exits
(mm)
1 - 25 1 - 2 1000
26 - 50 2 1500
51 - 75 2 2000
76 - 100 2 2500
101 - 200 2 3000
201 - 400 3 4500
401 - 600 4 6000
601 - 800 5 7500
801 - 1000 5 9000
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 670
Table Notes
Where only one exit is provided that exit must be at least 1000 mm wide. (1)
Where 2 exits are provided each must be at least 500 mm wide. (2)
NSW I5D5 Vertical clearance for exits
[2019: NSW H102.5]
Every part of an entrance or exit must provide a minimum unobstructed height of 2000 mm and, where the entrance or
exit is beneath a stepped seating platform, infilled risers or other approved overhead protection must be provided above
the entrance or exit.
NSW I5D6 Curtains across exits
[2019: NSW H102.6]
A flap or curtain used to cover an exit must be so designed that, when it is secured, it will not obstruct or impede egress.
NSW I5D7 Curtains and blinds
[2019: NSW H102.7]
Curtains and blinds for use in a temporary structure must comply with NSW Table S7C7 .
NSW I5D8 Fabrics
[2019: NSW H102.8]
Fabric that is used in the construction of a temporary structure must have—
a Flammability Index of not more than 6 where used— (a)
within a height of 4 m from the base of the temporary structure ; or (i)
in an air-supported temporary structure without other supporting framework; and (ii)
a Flammability Index of not more than 25 in any other case. (b)
NSW I5D9 Guardrails
[2019: NSW H102.9]
(1) A rigid guardrail must be provided at each end of a stepped or inclined platform, at least 750 mm high above the floor
of the platform, and must extend—
in the case of a stepped platform, from the front of the first riser; and (a)
in the case of an inclined platform, from the front of the first row of seating, (b)
to the back of the highest platform and along the rear of that platform for its full width.
(2) A rigid guardrail must not obstruct any aisle, cross-over or exit.
NSW I5D10 Seating
[2019: NSW H102.10]
Seating must be provided in accordance with NSW I4D18 , NSW I4D19 , NSW I4D20(b) , NSW I4D22(a) and (c) , NSW
I4D23(a) and NSW I4D25(a), (b), (c) and (d) . Column 1: accommodation provided
(persons)Column 2: number of exits required Column 3: Aggregate width of exits
(mm)
Over 1000 5 exits plus one additional exit for
each additional 450 persons, or part
thereof.9000 mm, plus 500 mm for each
additional 50 persons or part thereof.NSW I5D4
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 671 NSW I5D11 Sanitary accommodation
[2019: NSW H102.11]
Suitable sanitary accommodation must be provided at a location convenient to the temporary structure .
NSW I5D12 Projection suites
[2019: NSW H102.12]
Any projection suite must comply with NSW I4D47 and NSW I4D48 .
NSW I5D13 Fireplaces and heating
[2019: NSW H102.13]
No fireplace or other form of heating equipment may be installed in a temporary structure , without the consent of the
approval authority.
NSW I5D14 Electrical services
[2019: NSW H102.14]
Electrical services connected to the local supply authority’s mains, to a generating plant or to a battery supply must comply
with—
the requirements of the local supply authority; and (a)
AS 3002; and (b)
where applicable, AS/NZS 3000; and (c)
NSW I4D51(a) and NSW I4D53(a) . (d)
NSW I5D15 Artificial lighting: general
[2019: NSW H102.15]
Artificial lighting must be provided, and must comply with NSW I4D54 and NSW I4D55 .
NSW I5D16 Emergency lighting
[2019: NSW H102.15.1]
Emergency lighting must be provided to the areas provided with artificial lighting under NSW I5D15 and must include a
sufficient number of lamps to give a minimum illumination of 0.2 lux at floor level.
NSW I5D17 Emergency lighting power supply
[2019: NSW H102.15.2]
Where emergency lighting is provided, the capacity of the battery and charging system must be sufficient to provide the
illumination required by NSW I5D16 for—
30 minutes, in respect of a temporary structure designed to accommodate not more than 1000 persons; and (a)
60 minutes, in respect of a temporary structure designed to accommodate more than 1000 persons. (b)
NSW I5D18 Exit signs
[2019: NSW H102.16]
Exit signs must be provided above all exits and in such other locations as may be required by NSW E4D6 and must comply
with E4D5 and E4D8 . NSW I5D11
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 672 NSW I5D19 Fire -fighting ser vices
[2019: NSW H102.17]
(1) Fire-fighting services and appliances must be so provided as to afford adequate protection and must be so located
as the approving authority, on the advice of the Commissioner of Fire and Rescue NSW, may require.
(2) Where required by the approving authority, the fire-fighting services and appliances must comply with Part E1 .NSW I5D19
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 673
Introduction to this Part
NSW Part I6 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for drive-in theatres.
NSW I6D1 Application of Part
[2019: NSW H103.1]
This Part applies to drive-in theatres.
NSW I6D2 Speaker standards
[2019: NSW H103.2]
Speaker standards must—
be placed at a minimum of 5.5 m centres in a line along each parking ramp; and (a)
be capable of being illuminated throughout any performance so as to be easily distinguishable at all times. (b)
NSW I6D3 Lines of speaker standards
[2019: NSW H103.2.1]
Lines of speaker standards along parking ramps must be placed at a distance of not less than 12.2 m apart.
NSW I6D4 Electrical services
[2019: NSW H103.3]
The following electrical services must be installed underground—
the supply authority’s conductors within the site and the consumer’s mains, unless otherwise approved; and (a)
electrical wiring external to any building on the site; and (b)
all wiring to the speaker standards. (c)
NSW I6D5 Vehicular entrances
[2019: NSW H103.4]
Each public vehicular entrance to or exit from the drive-in theatre must be capable of being fully illuminated by flood lights
that are so placed and so focussed as not to interfere with the vision of the driver of any motor vehicle.
NSW I6D6 Lighting
[2019: NSW H103.5]
(1) Driveways — Entrance and exit driveways, and the perimeter of the holding area, must be capable of being
continuously illuminated by lamps capable of producing a minimum illumination of 0.5 lux at ground level.
(2) Ramp areas — The whole of the ramp area of a drive-in theatre must be capable of being floodlit by means of area
flood lights to an illumination of at least 10 lux.NSW Part I6 Drive -in theatres
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 674
Part J2 Energy efficiency
J2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J0.0]
Delete J2D1(1) and insert NSW J2D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)
Delete J2D2 and insert NSW J2D2 as follows:
NSW J2D2 Application of Section J
[2019: J0.1]
(1) For a Class 3 and 5 to 9 building, Performance Requirement NSW J1P1 is satisfied by complying with—
Part J4 , for the building fabric ; and (a)
Part J5 , for building sealing; and (b)
Part J6 , for air-conditioning and ventilation; and (c)
Part J7 , for artificial lighting and power; and (d)
Part J8 , for heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant; and (e)
J9D3 , for facilities for energy monitoring. (f)
(2) For a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, Performance Requirement NSW J1P5
is satisfied by complying with—
J3D5 and J3D6 , for thermal breaks; and (a)
J4D3 , for general thermal construction; and (b)
J3D10(3) , J3D10(5) and J3D10(6) , for floor edge insulation. (c)
(3) For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, Performance Requirement NSW J1P6 is satisfied by complying
with Part J5 for building sealing.
(4) For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, Performance Requirement NSW J1P7 is satisfied by complying
with—
Part J6 , for air-conditioning and ventilation; and (a)
J8D2 , for heated water supply; and (b)
J9D3 , for facilities for energy monitoring. (c)
(5) For a Class 2 to 9 building, Performance Requirement NSW J1P4 is satisfied by complying with J9D4 and J9D5 .
Section J Energy efficiency
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 675 Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
J3D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[New for 2022]
Delete J3D1(1) and insert NSW J3D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)
Delete J3D2 and insert NSW J3D2 as follows:
NSW J3D2 Application of Part
[New for 2022]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to building elements forming the external building fabric of a sole-
occupancy unit of a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building.
Delete J3D3 and insert NSW J3D3 as follows:
NSW J3D3 Reducing heating and cooling loads of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building using house energy rating software
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D3 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D4 and insert NSW J3D4 as follows:
NSW J3D4 Ceiling fans in a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 par t
of a building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D4 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D7 and insert NSW J3D7 as follows:
NSW J3D7 Roofs and ceilings of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class
4 part of a building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D7 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D8 and insert NSW J3D8 as follows: Part J3
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 676 NSW J3D8 External walls of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D8 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D9 and insert NSW J3D9 as follows:
NSW J3D9 Wall -glazing construction of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or
a Class 4 part of a building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D9 does not apply in NSW.
J3D10 Floors of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 par t of a
building
[New for 2022]
Delete J3D10(1) and insert NSW J3D10(1) as follows:
(1) This subclause does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D10(2) and insert NSW J3D10(2) as follows:
(2) This subclause does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D10(4) and insert NSW J3D10(4) as follows:
(4) This subclause does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D11 and insert NSW J3D11 as follows:
NSW J3D11 External winter glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D11 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D12 and insert NSW J3D12 as follows:
NSW J3D12 External summer glazing of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D12 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D13 and insert NSW J3D13 as follows:
NSW J3D13 Shading of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 par t of a
building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D13 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D14 and insert NSW J3D14 as follows: NSW J3D8
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 677 NSW J3D14 Net equivalent energy usage of a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or a Class 4 part of a building
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J3D14 does not apply in NSW.
Delete J3D15 and insert NSW J3D15 as follows:
NSW J3D15 Net equivalent energy usage for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building
or Class 4 part of building – home energy rating software
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
Part J4 Building fabric
J4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J1.0]
Delete J4D1(1) and insert NSW J4D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)
Delete J4D2 and insert NSW J4D2 as follows:
NSW J4D2 Application of Part
[2019: J1.1, NSW J(A)1.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to building elements forming the envelope of a Class 3 and Class
5 to 9 building.
(2) NSW J4D3 , applies to building elements forming the envelope of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building and a
Class 4 part of a building.
(3) (2) only applies to thermal insulation in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building
where a development consent specifies that the insulation is to be provided as part of the development.
Delete J4D3 and insert NSW J4D3 as follows:
NSW J4D3 Thermal construction—general
[2019: J1.2, NSW J (A)1.2]
(1) Where required , insulation must comply with AS/NZS 4859.1 and be installed so that it—
abuts or overlaps adjoining insulation other than at supporting members such as studs, noggings, joists, furring (a)
channels and the like where the insulation must be against the member; and
forms a continuous barrier with ceilings, walls, bulkheads, floors or the like that inherently contribute to the (b)
thermal barrier; and NSW J3D14
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 678does not affect the safe or effective operation of a service or fitting. (c)
(2) Where required , reflective insulation must be installed with—
the necessary airspace to achieve the required R-Value between a reflective side of the reflective insulation and (a)
a building lining or cladding; and
the reflective insulation closely fitted against any penetration, door or window opening; and (b)
the reflective insulation adequately supported by framing members; and (c)
each adjoining sheet of roll membrane being— (d)
overlapped not less than 50 mm; or (i)
taped together. (ii)
(3) Where required , bulk insulation must be installed so that—
it maintains its position and thickness, other than where it is compressed between cladding and supporting (a)
members, water pipes, electrical cabling or the like; and
in a ceiling, where there is no bulk insulation or reflective insulation in the wall beneath, it overlaps the wall by (b)
not less than 50 mm.
(4) Roof, ceiling, wall and floor materials, and associated surfaces are deemed to have the thermal properties listed in
Specification 36 .
(5) The required Total R-Value and Total System U-Value , including allowance for thermal bridging, must be—
calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.2 for a roof or floor; or (a)
determined in accordance with Specification 37 for wall-glazing construction ; or (b)
determined in accordance with Specification 39 or
Section 3
.5 of CIBSE Guide A for soil or sub-floor spaces. (c)Notes
Where required is deemed to refer to “Where a development consent specifies that insulation is to be provided as part
of the development.”.
Delete J4D6 and insert NSW J4D6 as follows:
NSW J4D6 Walls and glazing
[2019: J1.5]
(1) The Total System U-Value of wall-glazing construction , including wall-glazing construction which wholly or partly forms
the envelope internally, must not be greater than—
for a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a Class 9a building other than a ward area , U2.0; and (a)
for a Class 3 or 9c building or a Class 9a ward area — (b)
in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6 or 7, U1.1; or (i)
in climate zones 2 or 5, U2.0; or (ii)
in climate zone 8, U0.9. (iii)
(2) The Total System U-Value of display glazing must not be greater than U5.8.
(3) The Total System U-Value of wall-glazing construction must be calculated in accordance with Specification 37 .
(4) Wall components of a wall-glazing construction must achieve a minimum Total R-Value of—
where the wall is less than 80% of the area of the wall-glazing construction , R1.0; or (a)
where the wall is 80% or more of the area of the wall-glazing construction , the value specified in NSW Table (b)
J4D6a .
(5) The solar admittance of externally facing wall-glazing construction , excluding wall-glazing construction which is wholly
internal, must not be greater than—
for a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a Class 9a building other than a ward area , the values specified in NSW (a)
Table J4D6b ; and NSW J4D3
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 679for a Class 3 or 9c building or a Class 9a ward area , the values specified in NSW Table J4D6c . (b)
(6) The solar admittance of a wall-glazing construction must be calculated in accordance with Specification 37 .
(7) The Total system SHGC of display glazing must not be greater than 0.81 divided by the applicable shading factor
specified in S37C7 .
Insert NSW Table NSW J4D6a as follows:
NSW Table NSW J4D6a: Minimum wall Total R-Value - Wall area 80% or more of wall -glazing construc-
tion area
Insert NSW Table J4D6b as follows:
NSW Table J4D6b: Maximum wall -glazing construction solar admittance - Class 5, 6, 7 , 8 or 9b building or
Class 9a building other than a ward area
Insert Table J4D6c as follows:
Table J4D6c: Maximum wall -glazing construction solar admittance - Class 3 or 9c building or Class 9a
ward area
Climate zone Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a
Class 9a building other than a ward
areaClass 3 or 9c building or Class 9a
ward area
1 2.4 3.3
2 1.4 1.4
3 1.4 3.3
4 1.4 2.8
5 1.4 1.4
6 1.4 2.8
7 1.4 2.8
8 1.4 3.8
Climate zone Eastern aspect solar
admittanceNorthern aspect solar
admittanceSouthern aspect solar
admittance Western aspect solar admittance
1 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12
2 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
3 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
4 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
5 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
6 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
7 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
8 0.2 0.2 0.42 0.36
Climate zone Eastern aspect solar
admittanceNorthern aspect solar
admittanceSouthern aspect solar
admittanceWestern aspect solar admittance
1 0.07 0.07 0.10 0.07
2 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
3 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07
4 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07
5 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
6 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07
7 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.07
8 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08NSW J4D6
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 680
Part J5 Building sealing
J5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J3.0]
Delete J5D1(1) and insert NSW J5D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)
Delete J5D2 and insert NSW J5D2 as follows:
NSW J5D2 Application of Part
[2019: J3.1, NSW J(A)2.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to elements forming the envelope of a Class 2 to 9 building, other
than—
a building in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 where the only means of air-conditioning is by using an evaporative (a)
cooler; or
a permanent building opening, in a space where a gas appliance is located, that is necessary for the safe (b)
operation of a gas appliance; or
in a Class 3 or Class 5 to 9 building, a building or space where the mechanical ventilation required by Part F6 (c)
provides sufficient pressurisation to prevent infiltration; or
parts of buildings that cannot be fully enclosed. (d)
Delete J5D5 and insert NSW J5D5 as follows:
NSW J5D5 Windows and doors
[2019: J3.4]
(1) A door, openable window or the like must be sealed—
when forming part of the envelope ; or (a)
in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (b)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
a window complying with AS 2047; or (a)
a fire door or smoke door; or (b)
a roller shutter door, roller shutter grille or other security door or device installed only for out-of-hours security. (c)
(3) A seal to restrict air infiltration—
for the bottom edge of a door, must be a draft protection device; and (a)
for the other edges of a door or the edges of an openable window or other such opening, may be a foam or (b)
rubber compression strip, fibrous seal or the like.
(4) An entrance to a building, if leading to a conditioned space must have an airlock, self-closing door, rapid roller door , Part J5
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 681revolving door or the like, other than—
where the conditioned space has a floor area of not more than 50 m2; or (a)
where a café, restaurant, open front shop or the like has— (b)
a 3 m deep un-conditioned zone between the main entrance, including an open front, and the conditioned (i)
space ; and
at all other entrances to the café, restaurant, open front shop or the like, self-closing doors. (ii)
(5) A loading dock entrance, if leading to a conditioned space , must be fitted with a rapid roller door or the like.
Applications
NSW J5D5(5) does not apply to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
Part J6 Air-conditioning and v entilation
J6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J5.0]
Delete J6D1(1) and insert NSW J6D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)
Delete J6D2 and insert NSW J6D2 as follows:
NSW J6D2 Application of Part
[2019: J5.1, NSW J (A)3.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to a Class 8 electricity network substation .
(2) J6D10 does not apply to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
J6D10 Space heating
[2019: J5.9]
Delete J6D10(2) and insert NSW J6D10(2) as follows:
(2) An electric heater may be used for heating a bathroom in a Class 3, 9a or 9c building if the heating capacity is not
more than 1.2 kW and the heater has a timer.
NSW J5D5
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 682 Part J7 Artificial lighting and power
J7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J6.0]
Delete J7D1(1) and insert NSW J7D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)
Delete J7D2 and insert NSW J7D2 as follows:
NSW J7D2 Application of Part
[2019: J6.1, NSW J (A)4.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
(2) J7D3 , J7D4 and J7D6(1)(b) do not apply to a Class 8 electricity network substation .
J7D3 Artificial lighting
[2019: J6.2]
Delete J7D3(1) and insert NSW J7D3(1) as follows:
(1) This subclause does not apply in NSW.
Delete J7D3(2) and insert NSW J7D3(2) as follows:
(2) In a Class 3 or Class 5 to 9 building—
for artificial lighting, the aggregate design illumination power load must not exceed the sum of the allowances (a)
obtained by multiplying the area of each space by the maximum illumination power density in Table J7D3a ; and
the aggregate design illumination power load in (a) is the sum of the design illumination power loads in each of (b)
the spaces served; and
where there are multiple lighting systems serving the same space, the design illumination power load for (b) is— (c)
the total illumination power load of all systems; or (i)
where a control system permits only one system to operate at a time based on the highest illumination (ii)
power load; or determined by the formula—
In the formula at (c)(ii)— (d)
= the highest illumination power load; and (i)
= the time for which the maximum illumination power load will occur, expressed as a percentage; and (ii)
= the predominant illumination power load. (iii) PT HT2P100 T210
0
HPart J7
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 683 J7D4 Interior artificial lighting and power control
[2019: J6.3]
Delete J7D4(4) and insert NSW J7D4(4) as follows:
(4) 95% of the light fittings in a building or storey of a building, other than a Class 3 building of more than 250 m2 must
be controlled by—
a time switch in accordance with Specification 40 ; or (a)
an occupant sensing device such as— (b)
a security key card reader that registers a person entering and leaving the building; or (i)
a motion detector in accordance with Specification 40 . (ii)
Part J8 Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant
J8D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J7.0]
Delete J8D1(1) and insert NSW J8D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)
J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)
Delete J8D3 and insert NSW J8D3 as follows:
NSW J8D3 Swimming pool heating and pumping
[2019: J7.3]
(1) Heating for a swimming pool must be by—
a solar heater; or (a)
a heater using reclaimed heat from another process such as reject heat from a refrigeration plant; or (b)
a geothermal heater; or (c)
a gas heater that— (d)
if rated to consume 500 MJ/hour or less, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 86%; or (i)
if rated to consume more than 500 MJ/hour, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 90%; or (ii)
a heat pump; or (e)
a combination of (a) to (e). (f)
(2) Where some or all of the heating required by (1) is by a gas heater or a heat pump, the swimming pool must have—
a cover with a minimum R-Value of 0.05; and (a)
a time switch to control the operation of the heater. (b)
(3) A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a swimming pool .
(4) Where required , a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed
times and on variable pre-programmed days. J7D4
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 684(5) Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a swimming pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9 .
(6) For the purpose of J8D3, a swimming pool does not include a spa pool.
Applications
NSW J8D3 does not apply to a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building.
Delete J8D4 and insert NSW J8D4 as follows:
NSW J8D4 Spa pool heating and pumping
[2019: J7.4]
(1) Heating for a spa pool that shares a water recirculation system with a swimming pool must be by—
a solar heater; or (a)
a heater using reclaimed heat from another process such as reject heat from a refrigeration plant; or (b)
a geothermal heater; or (c)
a gas heater that— (d)
if rated to consume 500 MJ/hour or less, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 86%; or (i)
if rated to consume more than 500 MJ/hour, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 90%; or (ii)
a heat pump; or (e)
a combination of (a) to (e). (f)
(2) Where some or all of the heating required by (1) is by a gas heater or a heat pump, the spa pool must have—
a cover with a minimum R-Value of 0.05; and (a)
a push button and a time switch to control the operation of the heater. (b)
(3) A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a spa pool having a capacity of 680
L or more.
(4) Where required , a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed
times and on variable pre-programmed days.
(5) Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a spa pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9 .
Applications
J8D4 does not apply to a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building.
Part J9 Energy monitoring and on -sit e distributed energy resources
J9D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: J8.0]
Delete J9D1(1) and insert NSW J9D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements NSW J1P1 to NSW J1P7 are satisfied
by complying with—
NSW J2D2 ; and (a)
NSW J3D2 to J3D10 ; and (a)
NSW J4D2 to J4D7 ; and (b)
NSW J5D2 to J5D8 ; and (c)
NSW J6D2 to J6D13 ; and (d)
NSW J7D2 to J7D9 ; and (e)
J8D2 to NSW J8D4 ; and (f)NSW J8D3
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 685J9D2 to J9D5 . (g)J9D1
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 686
Introduction to this Part
This NSW Part J1 replaces Part J1.
This Part sets the thermal performance properties of building fabric , the energy efficiency of key energy using equipment
and the features a building must have to facilitate the future installation of distributed energy resources.
Notes
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (1)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (2)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate
issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for (3)
a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW
Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building: (4)
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply (a)
instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies. (b)
Notes
In NSW, Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of buildings are subject to BASIX (the Building Sustainability Index),
however Class 3 buildings are not.
BASIX is the web-based planning tool designed to assess the potential performance of certain residential buildings
against a range of sustainability indices including thermal comfort and energy. Commitments made under BASIX become
a condition of the relevant development consent or complying development certificate.
BASIX applies in NSW to all new Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of buildings; and to alterations and additions to
buildings of those classes where the work is subject to BASIX and also where an applicant elects to comply with BASIX.
The provisions of Section J are therefore designed to complement requirements that arise under BASIX and which are
implemented via the development consent .
Where BASIX is not applied to alterations and additions to these buildings, the provisions will also complement council
development controls that require energy efficiency measures to be incorporated as part of the alterations and additions.
NSW J1O1 Objective
[2019: JO1]
The Objective of this Section is to—
reduce energy consumption and energy peak demand; and (a)
reduce greenhouse gas emissions; and (b)
improve occupant health and amenity . (c)
NSW Part J1 Energy efficiency
Objectives
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 687
NSW J1F1 Energy efficiency
[2019: JF1]
A building must—
reduce the energy consumption and energy peak demand of key energy using equipment; and (a)
reduce the greenhouse gas emissions that occur as a result of a building’s energy consumption and energy (b)
source; and
for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, improve occupant health and (c)
amenity by mitigating the impact of extreme hot and cold weather events and energy blackouts; and
for other than in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, protect occupant (d)
health and amenity by ensuring the building envelope assists in the maintenance of acceptable internal
conditions while the building is occupied; and
be able to accommodate the future installation of distributed energy resources. (e)
NSW J1P1 Energy use
[2019: JP1]
A building including its services , must have features that facilitate the efficient use of energy appropriate to—
the function and use of the building; and (a)
the level of human comfort required for the building use; and (b)
solar radiation being— (c)
utilised for heating; and (i)
controlled to minimise energy for cooling; and (ii)
the energy source of the services ; and (d)
the sealing of the building envelope against air leakage; and (e)
for a conditioned space , achieving an hourly regulated energy consumption, averaged over the annual hours of (f)
operation , of not more than—
for a Class 6 building, 80 kJ/m².hr; and (i)
for a Class 5, 7b, 8 or 9a building other than a ward area , or a Class 9b school , 43 kJ/m².hr; and (ii)
for all other building classifications, 15 kJ/m².hr. (iii)
Applications
NSW J1P1 does not apply to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
NSW J1P4 Renewable energy and electric vehicle charging
[New for 2022]
A building must have features that facilitate the future installation of on-site renewable energy generation and storage and
electric vehicle charging equipment.
NSW J1P5 Building fabric—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
[2019: NSW J(A)P1]
(1) Thermal insulation in a building must be installed in a manner and have characteristics, which facilitate the efficient
use of energy for artificial heating and cooling. Functional Statements
Performance RequirementsNSW J1O1
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 688(2) A building must have, to the degree necessary, thermal breaks installed between the framing and external cladding,
to facilitate efficient thermal performance of the building envelope.
Explanatory Information
NSW J1P5 only applies to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building. (1)
NSW J1P5(1) only applies to thermal insulation in a building where a development consent specifies that the (2)
insulation is to be provided as part of the development.
NSW J1P5(2) only applies to a metal framed roof and metal framed wall. (3)
NSW J1P6 Building sealing—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
[2019: NSW J(A) P2]
A building must have, to the degree necessary, a level of building sealing against air leakage to facilitate the efficient use
of energy for artificial heating and cooling appropriate to—
the function and use of the building; and (a)
the internal environment; and (b)
the geographic location of the building. (c)
Applications
NSW J1P6 only applies to a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building, except—
a building in climate zones 2 and 5 where the only means of air-conditioning is by using an evaporative cooler; (a)
and
a permanent building opening in a space where a gas appliance is located, that is necessary for the safe operation (b)
of a gas appliance; and
parts that cannot be fully enclosed. (c)
NSW J1P7 Services—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
[2019: NSW J(A)P3]
A building’s services must have features that, to the degree necessary, facilitate the efficient use of energy appropriate
to—
the function and use of the service ; and (a)
the internal environment; and (b)
the geographic location of the building; and (c)
the energy source of the service . (d)
Applications
NSW J1P7 only applies to a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
NSW J1V1 NABERS Energy
[2019: JV1]
(1) For a Class 5 building, compliance with NSW J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 5.5-star NABERS Energy base building Commitment Agreement is obtained; and (a)
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates— (b)Verification MethodsNSW J1P5
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 689the base building’s greenhouse gas emissions are not more than 67% of the 5.5-star level when excluding— (i)
tenant supplementary heating and cooling systems; and (A)
external lighting; and (B)
carpark services ; and (C)
a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved across not less than 95% (ii)
of the floor area of all occupied zones for not less than 98% of the annual hours of operation of the building;
and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (c)
(2) For a Class 3 building, compliance with NSW J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4-star NABERS Energy for Hotels Commitment Agreement is obtained; and (a)
the operating hours of the services are not less than 12 hours per day in bedrooms, dining rooms and conference (b)
facilities, 24 hours per day in corridors and foyers and 18 hours per day in back-of-house areas; and
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates that— (c)
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services are less than 70% of the 5-star level; and (i)
a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved across not less than 95% (ii)
of the floor area of occupied zones, excluding indoor swimming pool chambers, for not less than 98% of
the annual hours of operation of the building; and
the space temperature in any indoor swimming pool chamber is maintained at 2°C above the pool (iii)
temperature during occupied hours of not less than 12 hours per day; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (d)
(3) For a Class 6 shopping centre, compliance with NSW J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4.5-stars NABERS Energy for Shopping Centres Commitment Agreement is obtained; and (a)
the building has: (b)
an air-conditioned common area of not less than 20% of the gross lettable area; and (i)
a gross lettable area greater than 15 000 m2; and (ii)
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates— (c)
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services covered within the scope of NABERS Energy for Shopping (i)
Centres ratings are less than 80% of the 4.5-star level; and
a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved across not less than 95% (ii)
of the floor area of air-conditioned spaces within the scope of the rating for not less than 98% of the annual
hours of operation the building; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (d)
(4) The calculation method for (1), (2) and (3) must comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140.
NSW J1V2 Green star
[2019: JV2]
(1) For a Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building, compliance with NSW J1P1 is verified when—
the building complies with the simulation requirements, and is registered, for a Green Star – Design & As-Built (a)
or Green Star Buildings rating; and
the annual greenhouse gas emissions of the proposed building are less than 90% of the annual greenhouse (b)
gas emissions of the reference building ; and
in the proposed building, a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved (c)
across not less than 95% of the floor area of all occupied zones for not less than 98% of the annual hours of
operation of the building; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (d)
(2) The calculation method used for (1) must comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140. NSW J1V1
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 690 NSW J1V3 Verification using a reference building
[2019: JV3]
(1) For a Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building, compliance with NSW J1P1 is verified when—
it is determined that the annual greenhouse gas emissions of the proposed building are not more than the annual (a)
greenhouse gas emissions of a reference building when—
the proposed building is modelled with the proposed services ; and (i)
the proposed building is modelled with the same services as the reference building ; and (ii)
in the proposed building, a thermal comfort level of between a Predicted Mean Vote of -1 to +1 is achieved (b)
across not less than 95% of the floor area of all occupied zones for not less than 98% of the annual hours of
operation of the building; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33 . (c)
(2) The annual greenhouse gas emissions of the proposed building may be offset by—
renewable energy generated and used on site; and (a)
another process such as reclaimed energy, used on site. (b)
(3) The calculation method used for (1) and (2) must comply with—
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140; and (a)
Specification 34 . (b)
NSW J1V4 Verification of building envelope sealing
[2019: JV4]
(1) Compliance with NSW J1P1(e) and NSW J1P6 is verified for building envelope sealing when the envelope is sealed
at an air permeability rate, tested in accordance with Method 1 of AS/NZS ISO 9972, of not more than—
for a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, 10 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure; or (a)
for a Class 5, 6, 8 or 9a or 9b building, other than a ward area , in climate zones 1, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa (b)
reference pressure; or
for a Class 3 or 9c building, or a Class 9a ward area in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa (c)
reference pressure.
(2) In a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where an air permeability rate of not
more than 5 m3/hr.m2 at 50 Pa reference pressure is achieved—
a mechanical ventilation system must be provided that— (a)
can be manually overridden; and (i)
provides outdoor air, either— (ii)
continuously; or (A)
intermittently, where the system has controls that enable operation for not less than 25 per cent of (B)
each 4 hour segment; and
provides a flow rate not less than that achieved with the following formula: , (iii)
where—
= the required air flow rate (L/s); and (A)
= the total area of the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building (m2); and (B)
= the number of bedrooms in the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building; and (C)
= the fraction of time within each 4 hour segment that the system is operational; and (D)
any space with a solid-fuel burning combustion appliance must be ventilated with permanent openings directly (b)
to outside with a free area of not less than half of the cross-sectional area of the appliance’s flue; and
any space with a gas-fueled combustion appliance must be ventilated in accordance with— (c)
clause 6.4 of AS/NZS 5601.1; and (i)pNAQ005 A35N1p
QNSW J1V3
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 691clause 6.4.5 of AS/NZS 5601.1. (ii)
(3) For the purposes of (2)(c), the volume of the space is considered to be 1 m3 for determining ventilation requirements.NSW J1V4
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 692
Aisle: A walkway at the end of rows of seating, not being continental seating , leading to a cross-over or to an egress
doorway.
Appropriate authority
The relevant authority with the responsibility to determine the particular matter.
Assembly building
A building where people may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes including a library, theatre, public hall or place of worship; (a)
or
educational purposes in a school , early childhood centre , preschool, or the like; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes including— (c)
a cinema; or (i)
a sports stadium, sporting or other club; or (ii)
transit purposes including a bus station, railway station, airport or ferry terminal. (d)
Auditorium: A part of an entertainment venue used or intended to be used for the purposes of accommodating an
audience to an entertainment.
Continental seating: Rows of seating in which the rows extend the full width of an auditorium without intervening aisles .
Cross-over: In relation to an entertainment venue or temporary structure , means a walkway between aisles or between
an aisle and an egress doorway.
Designated bushfire prone area
Land that:
has been designated under legislation; or (a)
has been identified under an environmental planning instrument, development control plan or in the course of (b)
processing and determining a development application,
as land that can support a bushfire or is likely to be subject to bushfire attack.
Development consent: Is as defined in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
Entertainment venue: Is as defined in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021.
Film: A cinematograph film of a size of 35 mm or greater.
Flying scenery: Scenery of a kind that is lifted above the stage floor by means of lines run from a grid.
Garage top dwelling: A Class 1a dwelling located above a Class 10a private garage which is not associated with that
Class 1a dwelling and includes any internal entry stair serving the garage top dwelling.
Grid: A framework from which lines are run for the purpose of lifting flying scenery above the stage floor.
Information and education facility: Is as defined in the Standard Instrument—Principal Local Environment Plan.
Licensed premises: Is as defined in the Liquor Act 2007.
Minimum lateral clearance: A permanently unobstructed space having a height above floor level of not less than 2000
mm and a width of not less than the specified measurement.
Planning for Bush Fire Protection: Is as prescribed by the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021.
Projection suite: Such part of an entertainment venue as is designed to accommodate apparatus used for projecting
films.
Row: A row of seating—
between a wall or other barrier and an aisle; or (a)
between 2 aisles . (b)
Small live music or arts venue: The whole or part of a building— Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 693in which cultural activities including live music, visual arts’ displays, dancing, poetry and spoken word (a)
performances are provided to the public; and
that has a floor area of not more than 300 square metres; and (b)
that has a rise in storeys of not more than 2; and (c)
that occupies not more than 2 storeys including the ground floor storey ; and (d)
where pyrotechnics or theatrical smoke (smoke machines, hazers or the like) are not used. (e)
Spa pool: Is as defined in the Swimming Pools Act 1992.
Special fire protection purpose: (As per
Section 100
B(6) of the Rural Fires Act 1997) means any of the followingpurposes:
a school, (a)
a child care centre, (b)
a hospital (including a hospital for the mentally ill or mentally disordered), (c)
a hotel, motel or other tourist accommodation, (d)
a building wholly or principally used as a home or other establishment for mentally incapacitated persons, (e)
seniors housing within the meaning of State Environmental Planning Policy (Housing for Seniors or People with (f)
a Disability) 2004 (now SEPP (Housing) 2021),
a group home within the meaning of State Environmental Planning Policy No 9 - Group Homes (now SEPP (g)
(Housing) 2021),
a retirement village, (h)
any other purpose prescribed by the regulations (Rural Fires Regulation 2022). (i)
Notes
For application of this definition in the BCA, the term “school” does not include a college, university or similar tertiary
educational establishment.
Temporary structure: Either—
a booth, tent or other temporary enclosure, whether or not a part of the booth, tent or enclosure is permanent; (a)
or
a mobile structure. (b)
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 694
Insert NSW Table 1 as follows:
NSW Table 1 : Schedule of referenced documents Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS/NZS 1596 2014 The Storage and
Handling of LP
GasNSW I4D61 N/A N/A
AS 1603 2018 Automatic fire
detection and
alarm systems —
Heat alarms (See
Note 1)N/A N/A NSW 9.5.1
AS 2001 Part 5.4 2005 Methods of test
for textiles:
Dimensional
washing and
drying procedures
for textile textingNSW S7C7 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 3000 2018 Electrical
installations
(known as the
Australian/New
Zealand Wiring
Rules)NSW I5D14 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 3002 2008 Electrical
installations —
Shows and
carnivalsNSW I5D14 N/A N/A
SSL N/A Appraisal
Specification
FAS102NSW I4D46 N/A N/A
NSW Legislation 1979 Environmental
Planning and
Assessment ActNSW G5D3 , NSW
Schedule 1NSW H7D4, NSW
Schedule 1NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 2021 Environmental
Planning and
Assessment RegulationNSW I4D1 , NSW
I4D46 , NSW
Schedule 1NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 2007 Liquor Act NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 1997 Rural Fires Act NSW G5D3 , NSW
G5D4 , NSW
Schedule 1NSW Schedule 1,
NSW H7D4NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation N/A Standard
Instrument—
Principal Local
Environmental
PlanNSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 1992 Swimming Pools
ActNSW G1P2 , NSW
G1D2 , NSW
Schedule 1NSW H7P1, NSW
H7D2, NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 695
Table Notes
Heat alarms complying with AS 1603.3 must be a class type A1 or A2.(1)No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
NSW Legislation 2018 Swimming Pools
RegulationNSW G1P2 , NSW
G1D2NSW H7P1, NSW
H7D2N/A
NSW Legislation 2011 Work Health and
Safety ActNSW G1D5 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 696
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, the Environmental
Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021 and this Code, there is a variety of other regulatory provisions, including
legislation, regulation and departmental policies that impose requirements affecting the design, construction and/or
performance of buildings in NSW.
The following is a non-definitive list of such provisions. It does not include Commonwealth provisions that may apply in
NSW, nor planning and environmental standards that may impose building requirements in individual circumstances. It is
meant as an indicative guide only and is not to be relied upon in any way as a substitute for further research, investigation
and legal advice needed to determine building standards in individual circumstances.
1. Abattoirs, Knackeries and Meat Premises
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
2. Boarding Houses
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service and Department of Communities and Justice
Relevant Legislation
Boarding Houses Regulation 2013
3. Children’s Services
Administering Agency
Department of Education
Relevant Legislation
Children (Education and Care Services National Law Application) Act 2010
Children (Education and Care Services) Supplementary Provisions Regulation 2019
4. Crematoria, Vaults, Mortuary Churches etc.
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
5. Crown Land — Construction Approval
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Crown Land Management Act 2016 NSW Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 697Crown Land Management Regulation 2018
Administering Agency
NSW Rural Fire Service
Relevant Legislation
Rural Fires Act 1997
6. Dairies
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
7 . Dangerous Goods (including Gas Installations )
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Gas Supply Act 1996
Gas Supply (Safety and Network Management) Regulation 2013
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Explosives Regulation 2013
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act 2017
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Regulation 2018
8. Dining Rooms and Bars
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
9. Electrical Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Regulation 2018
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act 2017
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 69810. Fire Prevention in Existing Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment and Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021
Environmental Planning and Assessment (Development Certification and Fire Safety) Regulation 2021
11. Food Premises
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
12. Foundries
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Gas Supply Act 1996
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
13. Historic Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Heritage Regulation 2012
14. Hospitals, Nursing Homes and Health Care Buildings
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Private Health Facilities Regulation 2017
Poisons and Therapeutic Goods Regulation 2008
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 69915. Hot or Warm Water Systems and Air Handling Systems
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
16. Lift Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
17 . Moveable Dwellings (in Caravan Parks )
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Local Government Act 1993
Local Government (Manufactured Home Estates, Caravan Parks, Camping Grounds and Moveable Dwellings) Regulation
2021
18. Work Health and Safety
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
19. Pharmacies
Administering Agency
Pharmacy Council of New South Wales
Relevant Legislation
Health Practitioner Regulation National Law Regulation 2018
Health Practitioner Regulation (New South Wales) Regulation 2016
20. Planning Controls
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 70021. Premises for Activities Involving Skin Penetration
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
22. Sanitary Plumbing, Water Supply and Sewerage
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Local Government Act 1993
Local Government (General) Regulation 2021
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Plumbing and Drainage Act 2011
Plumbing and Drainage Regulation 2017
Approval to Connect to Network Utility Operator’s System
Refer to the Network Utility Operator for the current Act & Regulation
Hunter Water Act 1991
Sydney Water Act 1994 Water Industry Competition Act (WICA) 2006
23. Septic Tank Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Local Government Act 1993
Local Government (General) Regulation 2021
24. Sleeping Accommodation
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
25. Smoking Restrictions
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 701Relevant Legislation
Smoke-free Environment Regulation 2016
Smoke-free Environment Act 2000
Public Health (Tobacco) Act 2008
26. Subdivision of Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Conveyancing Act 1919
Conveyancing (General) Regulation 2013
Strata Scheme Development Act 2015
Strata Scheme Development Regulation 2016
Community Land Development Act 2021
Community Land Development Regulation 2021
27 . Swimming Pool Fences
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Swimming Pools Act 1992
Swimming Pools Regulation 2018
28. Temporary Structures
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021
Environmental Planning and Assessment (Development Certification and Fire Safety) Regulation 2021
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 702Schedule 6 Northern Territory
Introduction
Section B Structure
Part B1 Structural provisions
NT B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
Specification 4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
NT S4C3 Strengthened area
Section E Services and equipment
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
NT E1D10 Where sprinklers are required : Class 9a and 9c buildings
Section F Health and amenity
Specification 28 Sound insulation for building elements
NT S28C1 Scope
NT S28C2 Construction deemed -to-satisfy
NT S28C3 RW applicable to construction
Specification 29 Impact sound – test of equivalence
NT S29C1 Scope
NT S29C2 Construction to be tested
NT S29C3 Method
NT Part F7 Sound transmission and insulation
Performance Requirements
NT F7P1 Sound transmission through floors
NT F7P2 Sound transmission through walls
NT F7P3 Sound transmission through wall and floor penetrations
NT F7P4 Sound transmission through walls in residential care buildings
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
NT F7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
NT F7D2 Application of Part
NT F7D3 Weighted sound reduction index : interpretation
NT F7D4 Sound insulation of floors between units
NT F7D5 Sound insulation of walls between units
NT F7D6 Walls between a bathroom, sanitary compartment, laundry or
kitchen and a habitable room in adjoining unit
NT F7D7 Soil and waste pipes to be separated
NT F7D8 Isolation of pumps
NT F7D9 Walls between a bedroom and kitchen or laundry in a Class 9c
building
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components
NT G1P1 Swimming pool drainage
NT G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
NT G1D2 Swimming pools
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 703Section J Energy efficiency
NT Part J1 Energy efficiency performance requirements
NT Part J2 Energy efficiency
NT Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
NT Part J4 Building fabric
NT Part J5 Building sealing
NT Part J6 Air-conditioning and ventilation
NT Part J7 Artificial lighting and power
NT Part J8 Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant
NT Part J9 Energy monitoring and on -site distributed energy resources
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 704
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered
necessary for the effective application of the Code in the Northern Territory.NT Introduction
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 705
Part B1 Structural provisions
Delete B1D4 and insert NT B1D4 as follows:
NT B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
[2019: NT B1.4(i) ]
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as
appropriate:
Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700, except— (a)
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and (i)
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with
Section 7
, the member (ii)must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS 3700.
Concrete: (b)
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600. (i)
Autoclaved aerated concrete: AS 5146.1. (ii)
Post-installed and cast-in fastenings: AS 5216. (iii)
Steel construction: (c)
Steel structures: AS 4100. (i)
Cold-formed steel structures: AS/NZS 4600. (ii)
Residential and low-rise steel framing: NASH Standard – Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing Part 1 (iii)
or Part 2.
Composite steel and concrete: AS/NZS 2327. (d)
Aluminium construction: AS/NZS 1664.1 or AS/NZS 1664.2. (e)
Timber construction: (f)
Design of timber structures: AS 1720.1. (i)
Timber structures: AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4. (ii)
Nailplated timber roof trusses: AS 1720.5. (iii)
Piling: AS 2159. (g)
Glazed assemblies: (h)
The following glazed assemblies in an external wall must comply with AS 2047: (i)
Windows excluding those listed in (ii). (A)
Sliding and swinging glazed doors with a frame, including french and bi-fold doors with a frame. (B)
Adjustable louvres. (C)
Shopfronts. (D)
Window walls with one piece framing. (E)
All glazed assemblies not covered by (i) and the following glazed assemblies must comply with AS 1288: (ii)
All glazed assemblies not in an external wall . (A)
Revolving doors. (B)
Fixed louvres. (C)
Skylights, roof lights and windows in other than the vertical plane. (D)
Sliding and swinging doors without a frame. (E)Section B Structure
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 706Windows constructed on site and architectural one-off windows, which are not design tested in (F)
accordance with AS 2047.
Second-hand windows, re-used windows and recycled windows. (G)
Heritage windows. (H)
Glazing used in balustrades and sloping overhead glazing. (I)
Termite Risk Management: Where a primary building element is subject to attack by subterranean termites— (i)
AS 3660.1 with additional protection measures to be used in areas where Mastrotermes Darwiniensis are (i)
prevalent; and
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any (ii)
of the following materials is considered not to be subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals. (A)
Concrete. (B)
Masonry. (C)
Fibre-reinforced cement. (D)
Timber in areas where Mastrotermes Darwiniensis are not prevalent — naturally termite resistant in (E)
accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1.
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1; and (F)
where a termite risk management system in accordance with AS 3660.1 is used, a durable notice must be (iii)
permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or the like, indicating—
the method of termite risk management; and (A)
the date of installation of the system; and (B)
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register (C)
label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections (D)
for termite activity.
Roof construction (except in cyclonic areas): (j)
Roof tiling: AS 2050. (i)
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS/NZS (ii)
1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (g) for plastic sheeting.
Metal roofing: AS 1562.1. (iii)
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings (k)
determined as being located in wind region C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2: AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must— (l)
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the (i)
pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft , other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and (A)
low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lifts ; and (B)
small-sized, low-speed automatic lifts ; and (C)
in atrium and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height— (ii)
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any (A)
vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not (B)
less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
be of non-brittle material; and (iii)
where glazing is used— (iv)
comply with Table B1D4 ; or (A)
not fail the deflection criteria required by S6C11(c)(iii) . (B)NT B1D4
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 707Insert NT Table B1D4 as follows:
NT Table B1D4 : Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Specification 4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
Insert NT S4C3 as follows:
NT S4C3 Strengthened area
[2019: Spec B1.2: NT3]
(1) Where a residential building of Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c, in Region C as defined by AS/NZS 1170.2, is designed to be
used by the Aged or Infirm it shall incorporate a “strengthened area” for use as shelter during cyclonic conditions and
must comply with the following criteria:
The floor area of the “strengthened area” is to be calculated at the rate of 1.2 m2 per person normally (a)
accommodated within the building.
The design wind pressure for the overall “strengthened area” is for an Importance Level 3 building. (b)
The minimum standard of debris protection to walls, floors and ceilings (or roof) bounding the “strengthened (c)
area” shall be that which resists (without complete penetration) the impact loading specified in AS/NZS 1170.2,
using a regional wind speed associated with an Importance Level 3 building.
All doors, windows, vents and the like in walls bounding the “strengthened area” are to be protected against (d)
windborne debris with permanently installed screens in accordance with (c).
Consideration must be given to the selection of materials and fittings to ensure doors, windows and vents can (e)
withstand the required design wind pressures.
All doors serving as required entries/exits to a “strengthened area” are to be inward opening with locking devices (f)
suitably noted for use in a cyclone emergency.
(2) The term “strengthened area” is defined as the strengthening of an area to increase its potential to facilitate debris
protection.Application Lift shaft vision panels more than
65,000 mm2, door panels, and lift
shaftsLift shaft vision panels less than or
equal to 65,000 mm2
Laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security
polyester film coating10 mm 6 mm
Safety wire glass Not applicable Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet 13 mm 6 mmNT B1D4
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 708
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
Delete E1D10 and insert NT E1D10 as follows:
NT E1D10 Where sprinklers are required: Class 9a and 9c buildings
[2019: NT Table E1.5]
(1) In a Class 9a health-care building used as a residential care building , sprinklers are required throughout the building
and in any fire compartment containing a Class 9a part used for residential care.
(2) In a Class 9a building, other than as described in (1), sprinklers are required if the building has more than one storey .
(3) In a Class 9c building, sprinklers are required throughout the building and in any fire compartment containing a Class
9c part.Section E Services and equipment
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 709
Specification 28 Sound insulation for building elements
Delete S28C1 and insert NT S28C1 as follows:
NT S28C1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Specification lists the weighted sound reduction index RW for some common forms of construction.
Delete S28C2 and insert NT S28C2 as follows:
NT S28C2 Construction deemed -to-satisfy
[2019: NT Spec F5.2: 2]
The forms of construction listed in NT S28C3 are considered to have the RW stated in that clause if installed as follows:
Masonry: units must be laid with all joints filled solid, including those between the masonry and any adjoining (a)
construction.
Concrete slabs: joints between concrete slabs and any adjoining construction must be filled solid. (b)
Plasterboard— (c)
if one layer is required under this Specification, it must be screw-fixed to the studs with joints staggered on (i)
opposite faces; and
if 2 layers are required , the first layer must be fixed according to (i) and the second layer must be fixed to (ii)
the first layer with nails, screws or adhesive so that the joints do not coincide with those of the first layer;
and
joints between sheets or between sheets and any adjoining construction must be taped and filled solid; and (iii)
fire-protective grade plasterboard must be the special grade manufactured for use in fire-resisting (iv)
construction.
Steel studs and perimeter members— (d)
the section of steel must be not less than 0.6 mm thick; and (i)
studs must be not less than 63 mm in depth unless another depth is listed in NT S28C3; and (ii)
studs must be fixed to steel top and bottom plates of sufficient depth to permit secure fixing of the (iii)
plasterboard; and
all steel members at the perimeter of the wall must be securely fixed to the adjoining structure and be (iv)
bedded in resilient compound or the joints must be caulked so that there are no voids between the steel
members and the wall.
Delete S28C3 and insert NT S28C3 as follows:
NT S28C3 RW applicable to construction
[2019: NT Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1) Construction in accordance with the following has an RW of not less than 45:
Walls — clay brickwork: (a)
230 mm thick in one or more leaves and with a mass per unit area of not less than 290 kg/m2. (i)
110 mm thick rendered 13 mm thick on both sides with a mass per unit area of the unrendered wall being (ii)
not less than 190 kg/m2.
110 mm thick, of semi-dry-pressed bricks and rendering 13 mm on one side, the mass per unit area being (iii)
not less than 215 kg/m2.
110 mm thick, of extruded brick and rendered 13 mm on one side, the mass per unit area being not less (iv)Section F Health and amenity
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 710than 180 kg/m2.
Walls — concrete brickwork: 110 mm thick with a mass per unit area of not less than 195 kg/m2. (b)
W
alls — concrete blockwork: (c)
190 mm thick with a mass per unit area of not less than 215 kg/m2. (i)
140 mm thick, the wall thickness of the blocks being not less than 44 mm and with— (ii)
50 mm x 50 mm timber battens spaced at not more than 610 mm centres screw-fixed on one face of (A)
the blocks into resilient plugs with rubber inserts between the battens and the wall; and
the face of the battens clad with 13 mm thick standard plasterboard; and (B)
a mass per unit area of the whole system of not less than 220 kg/m2. (C)
W
alls — concrete: (d)
In-situ concrete — 125 mm thick and with a density of not less than 2200 kg/m3. (i)
In-situ concrete — 100 mm thick and with a density of not less than 2500 kg/m3. (ii)
Precast concrete — 100 mm thick and without joints. (iii)
W
alls — steel stud walling: (e)
With 2 layers of 16 mm thick fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to each face. (i)
With— (ii)
1 layer of 13 mm thick fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to one face, and before fixing, 50 mm (A)
thick mineral or glass wool blanket or batts stapled to the back of each sheet so that the sheet is
completely covered; and
2 layers of 13 mm thick fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to the other face. (B)With—
(iii)
1 layer of 16 mm thick fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to one face; and (A)
50 mm thick mineral or glass wool blanket or batts wedged firmly between the studs; and (B)
2 layers of fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to the other face, the inner layer being 16 mm thick (C)
and the outer layer being 13 mm.
With 2 layers of 13 mm plasterboard on both sides of 75 mm studs. (iv)Floors — concrete:
(f)
In-situ concrete slab — 125 mm thick and with a density of not less than 2200 kg/m3. (i)
In-situ concrete slab — 100 mm thick and with a density of not less than 2500 kg/m3. (ii)
Pre-cast concrete slab — 100 mm thick and without joints. (iii)Floors — timber
, comprising— (g)
timber joists not less than 175 mm x 50 mm; and (i)
75 mm thick mineral or glass wool blanket or batts cut to fit tightly between joists and laid on 10 mm thick (ii)
plasterboard fixed to underside of joists; and
25 mm thick mineral or glass wool blanket or batts laid over entire floor
, including tops of joists before (iii)
flooring is laid; and
tongued and grooved boards not less than 19 mm thick, secured to 75 mm x 50 mm battens; and (iv)
the assembled flooring laid over the joists, but not fixed to them, with the battens lying between the joists. (v)
(2) Ducts or other construction separating soil and waste pipes from units, constructed in accordance with the following,
have an RW of not less than 30:
Masonry — not less than 90 mm thick. (a)
Plasterboard — 2 layers of plasterboard: (b)
Each 10 mm thick, fixed to timber studs not less than 75 mm x 50 mm and spaced at not more than 400 (i)
mm centres.
Each 13 mm thick, one on each side of steel studs not less than 50 mm deep and spaced at not more than (ii)
400 mm centres.NT S28C3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 711
Specification 29 Impact sound – test of equivalence
Delete S29C1 and insert NT S29C1 as follows:
NT S29C1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Specification describes a method of test to determine the comparative resistance of walls to the transmission of
impact sound.
Delete S29C2 and insert NT S29C2 as follows:
NT S29C2 Construction to be tested
[2019: NT Spec F5.5: 2]
(1) The test is conducted on a specimen of prototype wall construction and on a specimen of one or other of the
constructions specified in NT S28C3 .
(2) The testing of construction specified in NT S28C3 need not be repeated for subsequent comparisons provided
complete records of the results, the test equipment and the technique of testing are kept so that identical equipment
can be employed and an identical technique can be adopted in the testing of specimens of prototype wall construction.
Delete S29C3 and insert NT S29C3 as follows:
NT S29C3 Method
[2019: Spec F5.5: 3]
(1) The wall constructions to be compared must be tested in accordance with AS 1191.
(2) A horizontal steel platform 510 mm x 460 mm x 10 mm thick must be placed with one long edge in continuous and
direct contact with the wall to be tested on the side of the wall on which the impact sound is to be generated.
(3) A tapping machine complying with ISO 140/6 — 1998 (E) must be mounted centrally on the steel platform.
(4) The sound transmission through the wall must be determined in accordance with AS 1191 except that the tapping
machine as mounted on the steel platform must be used as the source of sound.
(5) The impact sound pressure levels measured in the receiving room must be converted into normalised levels using a
reference equivalent absorption area of 10m2.Specification 29
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 712Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the likelihood of illness or loss of amenity as result of undue noise transmission between
different parts of a building or adjoining buildings. This part contains minimum requirements for sound insulation for walls,
floors and penetrations through walls and floors for services such as pipework.
NT F7P1 Sound transmission through floors
[2019: NT FP5.1]
Floors separating sole-occupancy units must provide insulation against the transmission of airborne and impact generated
sound sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
Applications
NT F7P1 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 9c building.
NT F7P2 Sound transmission through walls
[2019: NT FP5.2]
Walls separating—
sole-occupancy units ; or (a)
a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft , stairway, public corridor , public lobby or the like, (b)
must provide suf
ficient insulation against the transmission or airborne or impact generated sound sufficient to prevent
illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
Applications
NT F7P2 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building.
NT F7P3 Sound transmission through wall and floor penetrations
[2019: NT FP5.3]
The required sound insulation of floors and walls must not be compromised by the incorporation or penetration of a pipe
or other service element.
Applications
NT F7P3 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 9c building.
NT F7P4 Sound transmission through walls in residential care buildings
[2019: NT FP5.4]
(1) Walls separating—
sole-occupancy units ; or (a)
a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment (not being an associated ensuite), laundry, (b)
plant room or utilities room,NT Part F7 Sound transmission and insulation
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 713must provide insulation against the transmission of airborne sound sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to
the occupants.
(2) Wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen or laundry, must provide insulation against the transmission of
impact generated sound sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
Applications
NT F7P4 only applies to a Class 9c building.
NT F7D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: NT F5.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F7P1 to F7P4 are satisfied by
complying with NT F7D2 to NT F7D9 .
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
NT F7D2 Application of Part
[2019: NT F5.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 9c aged care buildings .
NT F7D3 Weighted sound reduction index: interpretation
[2019: NT F5.2]
A form of construction required to have a certain weighted sound reduction index (RW) must—
have the required value determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; or (a)
comply with NT Specification 28 . (b)
NT F7D4 Sound insulation of floors between units
[2019: NT F5.3]
A floor separating sole-occupancy units must have an RW not less than 45.
NT F7D5 Sound insulation of walls between units
[2019: NT F5.4]
A wall must have an RW not less than 45 if it separates—
sole-occupancy units ; or (a)
a sole-occupancy unit not within a Class 9c building from a plant room, lift shaft , stairway, public corridor , hallway (b)
or the like; or
a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 9c building from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment (not being an (c)
associated ensuite), laundry, plant room or utilities room.
NT F7D6 Walls between a bathroom, sanitary compartment, laundry or kitchen and a
habitable room in adjoining unit
[2019: NT F5.5 and NT Table F5.5]
(1) Except for a Class 9c building, a wall separating a bathroom, sanitary compartment , laundry or kitchen in one sole-
occupancy unit from a habitable room (other than a kitchen) in an adjoining unit must— Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsNT F7P4
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 714have an RW of not less than 50; and (a)
provide satisfactory insulation against impact sound; and (b)
not incorporate a duct which reduces the RW of the wall to less than 50. (c)
(2) A wall satisfies (1)(a) and (b) if it is—
in accordance with (3); or (a)
for other than masonry, in 2 or more separate leaves without rigid mechanical connection except at their (b)
periphery; or
identical to a prototype that is no less resistant to the transmission of impact sound when tested in accordance (c)
with NT Specification 29 than a wall listed in (3).
(3) For the purposes of (2)(a) and (c), the construction of walls to reduce the transmission of impact sound must be as
follows:
Cavity brickwork: two leaves of 90 mm brick masonry with— (a)
all joints filled solid with mortar; and (i)
an air space not less than 40 mm between the leaves; and (ii)
the leaves connected only by ties in accordance with AS 3700. (iii)
Single leaf brickwork: 110 mm thick brick masonry with— (b)
each face rendered 13 mm thick; and (i)
50 mm x 12 mm thick timber battens at not more than 610 mm centres fixed to each face but not recessed (ii)
into the render; and
one layer of 12 mm thick softboard nailed to the battens; and (iii)
6 mm thick medium density hardboard adhesive-fixed to the softboard. (iv)
Concrete blockwork: 190 mm thick concrete block masonry with— (c)
each face of the blocks fitted with 50 mm x 50 mm timber battens, spaced at not more than 610 mm centres, (i)
screw-fixed into resilient plugs with rubber inserts; and
the space between the battens completely filled with mineral or glass wool blanket or batts not less than 50 (ii)
mm thick; and
the outer face of the battens finished with plasterboard not less than 10 mm thick or other material with a (iii)
mass per unit area not less than 7.3 kg/m2.
NT F7D7 Soil and waste pipes to be separated
[2019: NT F5.6]
If a soil or waste pipe, including a pipe that is embedded in or passes through a floor, serves or passes through more than
one sole-occupancy unit —
the pipe must be separated from the rooms of any sole-occupancy unit by construction with an RW not less (a)
than—
45 if the adjacent room is a habitable room (other than a kitchen); or (i)
30 if the adjacent room is a kitchen or any other room; and (ii)
a door or panel provided access to the pipe must not open into any habitable room (other than a kitchen); and (b)
an access door or panel in any other part must be firmly fixed so as to overlap the frame or rebate of the frame (c)
by not less than 10 mm, be fitted with a sealing gasket along all edges and be constructed of—
wood, particleboard or blockboard not less than 38 mm thick; or (i)
compressed fibre reinforced cement sheeting not less than 9 mm thick; or (ii)
other suitable material with a mass per unit area not less than 24.4 kg/m2. (iii)NT F7D6
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 715 NT F7D8 Isolation of pumps
[2019: NT F5.7]
A flexible coupling must be used at the point of connection between the service pipes in a building and any circulating or
other pump.
NT F7D9 Walls between a bedroom and kitchen or laundry in a Class 9c building
[2019: NT F5.8]
In addition to NT F7D5 , a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 9c building from a kitchen or laundry must—
for other than masonry, be two or more separate leaves without rigid mechanical connection except at their (a)
periphery; or
be identical with a prototype that is no less resistant to the transmission of impact sound when tested in (b)
accordance with NT Specification 29 than a wall listed in NT S28C3 .NT F7D8
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 716 Part G1 Minor structures and components
Delete G1P1 and insert NT G1P1 as follows:
NT G1P1 Swimming pool drainage
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
Delete G1P2 and insert NT G1P2 as follows:
NT G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: NT GP1.2]
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a
person.
Applications
NT G1P2 only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
Delete G1D2 and insert NT G1D2 as follows:
NT G1D2 Swimming pools
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
Barriers and fences for swimming pools are regulated by the Northern Territory of Australia Swimming Pool Safety Act
2004.Section G Ancillary provisions
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 717
NT Part J1 Energy efficiency performance requirements
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J2 Energy efficiency
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J4 Building fabric
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J5 Building sealing
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J6 Air-conditioning and v entilation
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J7 Artificial lighting and power
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J8 Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J9 Energy monitoring and on -sit e distributed energy resources
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and
Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.Section J Energy efficiency
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 718
Insert NT Table 1 as follows:
NT Table 1 : Schedule of referenced documents
Table Notes
For AS 2047:
Tests carried out under earlier editions of AS 2047 remain valid. (a)
Reports based on AS 2047 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 2047—2014 (b)
Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS/NZS 1170
Part 22011 Structural design
actions: Wind
actions Amdt 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5NT S4C3 N/A N/A
AS 2047 2014 Windows and
external glazed
doors in buildings
(incorporating
amendments 1
and 2) See NoteB1D4 , F3V1 ,
F3D4H1D8, H2V1 NT 13.4.4
AS 3660 Part 1 2014 Termite
management:
New building workNT B1D4 N/A NT 3.4.1(2) , NT
3.4.2
AS 4254 Part 1 2012 Ductwork for air
handling systems
in buildings —
Flexible ductN/A N/A NT 13.7.4
AS 4254 Part 2 2012 Ductwork for air
handling systems
in buildings —
Rigid ductSpec 7 N/A NT 13.7.4
AS/NZS 4859.1 2018 Thermal
insulation
materials for
buildings —
General criteria
and technical
provisionsN/A N/A NT 13.2.2 , NT
13.7.4
BCA 2009 May 2009 Building Code of
AustraliaNT Section J N/A N/A
BCA 2019 May 2009 Building Code of
AustraliaNT Section J N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 719
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act, Building Regulations and this Code, there are a number of
other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners
may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such
as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
1. Accommodation/Food Premises/Skin Penetration Activities/Mortuaries
Administering Agency
Department of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public and Environmental Health Act
Public and Environmental Health Regulations
Food Act
2. Child Care
Administering Agency
Department of Education
Relevant Legislation
Education and Care Services National Law
Education and Care Services National Regulations
3. Crown Land
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics
Relevant Legislation
Crown Lands Act
4. Dangerous Goods and Gas Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Attorney-General and Justice (NT Worksafe)
Relevant Legislation
Dangerous Goods Act
5. Electrical Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Attorney-General and Justice (NT Worksafe)
Relevant Legislation
Electrical Workers and Contractors Act
Electricity Reform Act NT Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 720Electricity Reform (Safety and Technical) Regulations
6. Fences — dividing
Administering Agency
Department of Attorney-General and Justice (NT Worksafe)
Relevant Legislation
Fences Act
7 . Fire Prevention
Administering Agency
Northern Territory Fire and Rescue Service
Relevant Legislation
Fire and Emergency Act
8. Historic Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Tourism and Culture
Relevant Legislation
Heritage Act
9. Liquor — licensing
Administering Agency
Department of Attorney-General and Justice
Relevant Legislation
Liquor Act
10. Occupational Health and Safety
Administering Agency
Department of Attorney-General and Justice (NT Worksafe)
Relevant Legislation
Work health and Safety (National Uniform Legislation) Act
11. Planning Controls
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics
Relevant Legislation
Planning Act
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 72112. Plumbing Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics
Department of Attorney-General and Justice
Relevant Legislation
Building Act
Building Regulations
Plumbers and Drainers Licensing Act
13. Stormwater Drainage (Municipal Roads )
Administering Agency
Council or Municipality in which building is located
Relevant Legislation
Local Government Act
14. Stormwater Drainage (Territory Roads )
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics
Relevant Legislation
Control of Roads Act
15. Swimming Pools
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics
Relevant Legislation
Swimming Pool Safety Act
16. Water Supply and Sewage Services
Administering Agency
Power and Water Corporation
Relevant Legislation
Water Supply and Sewerage Services Act
Water Supply and Sewerage Services Regulations
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 722
Schedule 7 Queensland
Introduction
Section B Structure
Part B1 Structural provisions
QLD B1P4 Buildings in flood areas
QLD B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
QLD B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components
QLD G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
QLD G1D2 Swimming pools
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
QLD G5P1 Bushfire resistance
QLD G5D2 Application of Part
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 723This
Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered
necessary for the effective application of the Code in Queensland and shall be treated as amendments to the Code.QLD Introduction
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 724
Part B1 Structural provisions
Delete B1P4 and insert QLD B1P4 as follows:
QLD B1P4 Buildings in flood areas
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
Building work in designated flood areas is regulated by the Building Act 1975 and the Queensland Development Code
3.5 - Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
Delete B1D4 and insert QLD B1D4 as follows:
QLD B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
[2019: QLD B1.4(f)(v)]
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as
appropriate:
Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700, except— (a)
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and (i)
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with
Section 7
, the member (ii)must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS 3700.
Concrete: (b)
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600. (i)
Autoclaved aerated concrete: AS 5146.1. (ii)
Post-installed and cast-in fastenings: AS 5216. (iii)
Steel construction: (c)
Steel structures: AS 4100. (i)
Cold-formed steel structures: AS/NZS 4600. (ii)
Residential and low-rise steel framing: NASH Standard – Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing Part 1 (iii)
or Part 2.
Composite steel and concrete: AS/NZS 2327. (d)
Aluminium construction: AS/NZS 1664.1 or AS/NZS 1664.2. (e)
Timber construction: (f)
Design of timber structures: AS 1720.1. (i)
Timber structures: AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4. (ii)
Nailplated timber roof trusses: AS 1720.5. (iii)
Timber used for structural purposes: a species scheduled for the appropriate use in Schedules A, B or C (iv)
of Book 2 of the ‘Queensland Government, Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry - Construction
timbers in Queensland, Book 1 and Book 2 - Properties and specifications for satisfactory performance of
construction timbers in Queensland - Class 1 and 10 buildings (Houses, carports, garages, greenhouses
and sheds)’.
Piling: AS 2159. (g)
Glazed assemblies: (h)
The following glazed assemblies in an external wall must comply with AS 2047: (i)
Windows excluding those listed in (ii). (A)Section B Structure
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 725Sliding and swinging glazed doors with a frame, including french and bi-fold doors with a frame. (B)
Adjustable louvres. (C)
Shopfronts. (D)
Window walls with one piece framing. (E)
All glazed assemblies not covered by (i) and the following glazed assemblies must comply with AS 1288: (ii)
All glazed assemblies not in an external wall . (A)
Revolving doors. (B)
Fixed louvres. (C)
Skylights, roof lights and windows in other than the vertical plane. (D)
Sliding and swinging doors without a frame. (E)
Windows constructed on site and architectural one-off windows, which are not design tested in (F)
accordance with AS 2047.
Second-hand windows, re-used windows and recycled windows. (G)
Heritage windows. (H)
Glazing used in balustrades and sloping overhead glazing. (I)
Termite Risk Management: Where a primary building element is subject to attack by subterranean termites: AS (i)
3660.1, and—
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any (i)
of the following materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals. (A)
Concrete. (B)
Masonry. (C)
Fibre-reinforced cement. (D)
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1. (E)
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1; and (F)
a durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or (ii)
the like, indicating—
the termite management system used; and (A)
the date of installation of the system; and (B)
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register (C)
label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections (D)
for termite activity.
Roof construction (except in cyclonic areas): (j)
Roof tiling: AS 2050. (i)
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS/NZS (ii)
1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (g) for plastic sheeting.
Metal roofing: AS 1562.1. (iii)
Particleboard structural flooring: AS 1860.2. (k)
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings (l)
determined as being located in wind region C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2: AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must— (m)
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the (i)
pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft , other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and (A)
low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lifts ; and (B)QLD B1D4
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 726small-sized, low-speed automatic lifts ; and (C)
in atrium and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height— (ii)
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any (A)
vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not (B)
less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
be of non-brittle material; and (iii)
where glazing is used— (iv)
comply with Table B1D4 ; or (A)
not fail the deflection criteria required by S6C11(c)(iii) . (B)
Insert QLD Table B1D4 as follows:
QLD Table B1D4: Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Delete B1D6 and insert QLD B1D6 as follows:
QLD B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
Building work in designated flood hazard areas is regulated by the Building Act 1975, and the Queensland Development
Code 3.5 - Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas.Application Lift shaft vision panels more than
65,000 mm2, door panels, and lift
shaftsLift shaft vision panels less than or
equal to 65,000 mm2
Laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security
polyester film coating10 mm 6 mm
Safety wire glass Not applicable Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet 13 mm 6 mmQLD B1D4
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 727
Part G1 Minor structures and components
Delete G1P2 and insert QLD G1P2 as follows:
QLD G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: QLD GP1.2]
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a
person.
Applications
QLD G1P2 only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
Delete G1D2 and insert QLD G1D2 as follows:
QLD G1D2 Swimming pools
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
Barriers and fences for swimming pools are regulated by the Building Act 1975 and the Building Regulation 2006.
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
Delete G5P1 and insert QLD G5P1 as follows:
QLD G5P1 Bushfire resistance
[2019: QLD GP5.1]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area must be designed and constructed to—
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 (a)
years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
take account of the assessed duration and intensity of the fire actions of the design bushfire ; and (b)
be designed to prevent internal ignition of the building and its contents; and (c)
maintain the structural integrity of the building for the duration of the design bushfire . (d)
Applications
G5P1 applies in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b— (c)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (d)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (a) to (d) (e)
but does not apply when the classified vegetation is Group F rainforest (excluding wet sclerophyll forest types),
mangrove communities and grasslands under 300 mm high.
Section G Ancillary provisions
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 728Delete G5D2 and insert QLD G5D2 as follows:
QLD G5D2 Application of Part
[2019: QLD G5.1]
(1) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; or (b)
a Class 9b— (c)
an early childhood centre ; or (i)
a primary or secondary school ; or (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; or (d)
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a building of a type listed in (a) to (d). (e)
(2) The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply when the classified vegetation is Group F rainforest
(excluding wet sclerophyll forest types), mangrove communities and grasslands under 300 mm high.QLD G5P1
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 729
Primary building element
For the purposes of—
Volume One, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the loads specified in B1D3 and includes (1)
roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the
specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; or
Volume Two— (2)
A member of a building specifically designed to take part of the building loads and includes roof, ceiling, (a)
floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific
purpose of acting as a brace to those members; and
door jambs, window frames and reveals, architraves and skirtings. (b)
Explanatory Information
The loads to which a building may be subjected are dead, live, wind, snow and earthquake loads. Further information
on building loads can be found in the AS 1170 series of Standards. Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 730
Insert QLD Table 1 as follows:
QLD Table 1 : Schedule of referenced documents Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
BCA 2009 May 2009 Building Code of
AustraliaQLD Section J N/A N/A
N/A December 2017 Queensland
Government,
Department of
Agriculture,
Fisheries and
Forestry – Construction
timbers in Queensland:
Book 1 and Book
2: Properties and
specifications for
satisfactory performance of
construction
timbers in Queensland –
Class 1 and 10
buildings
(Houses, carports, garages,
greenhouses and
sheds)QLD B1D4 QLD H1D6 N/A
N/A N/A Building Act 1975 N/A QLD H7P1, QLD
H7D2N/A
Queensland
Development
Code MP 4.1 – Sustainable
buildingsSection J Part H6
Section 13
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 731
All legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings are consolidated
into the Building Act 1975 and other legislative instruments under that Act, such as regulations, codes (including this Code)
and standards. Building work for the energy efficiency of Class 2 buildings is also regulated by the Queensland
Development Code MP 4.1-Sustainable buildings.QLD Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 732Schedule 8 South Australia
Introduction
Section A Governing requirements
Part A6 Building classification
SA A6G7 Class 6 buildings
Section B Structure
Part B1 Structural provisions
SA B1P4 Buildings in flood areas
SA B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
Section C Fire resistance
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
C2D2 Type of construction required
SA C2D16 Class 7b bulk grain storage facilities
Part C3 Compartmentation and separation
SA C3D16 Class 2 external walls exposed to brush fences
SA C3D17 Bulk grain storage facilities
Part C4 Protection of openings
SA C4D18 Protection of openings – bulk grain storage facilities
Section D Access and egress
Part D2 Provision for escape
D2D3 Number of exits required
D2D4 When fire -isolated stairways and ramps are required
D2D5 Exit travel distances
SA D2D6 Distance between alternative exits
D2D14 Travel by non-fire-isolated stairways or ramps
D2D21 Plant rooms, lift machine rooms and electricity network substa-
tions : Concession
Part D3 Construction of exits
SA D3D16 Thresholds
SA D3D23 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
D3D25 Swinging doors
Part D4 Access for people with a disability
D4D2 General building access requirements
SA D4D5 Exemptions
Section E Services and equipment
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
E1D2 Fire hydrants
E1D3 Fire hose reels
E1D14 Portable fire extinguishers
Part E2 Smoke hazard management
E2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
SA E2D22 Smoke venting in bulk grain storage facilities
Part E4 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 733SA E4D2 Emergency lighting requirements
SA E4D5 Exit signs
SA E4D8 Design and operation of exit signs
Section F Health and amenity
Part F1 Surface water management, rising damp and external water -
proofing
SA F1P4 Rising damp
F1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F1D6 Damp-proofing
SA F1D7 Damp-proofing of floors on the ground
Part F2 Wet areas and overflow protection
SA F2P1 Wet area overflows
SA F2P3 Prevention of surface water accumulation
F2D2 Wet area construction
SA F2D4 Provision of floor wastes
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
F4D6 Accessible unisex sanitary compartments
F4D7 Accessible unisex showers
Part F6 Light and ventilation
SA F6D6 Ventilation of rooms
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components
SA G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
SA G1D2 Swimming pools
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
G5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
SA G5D5 Bushfire attack levels
SA Part G8 Access for maintenance
Objectives
SA G8O1 Objective
Functional Statements
SA G8F1 Window cleaning
SA G8F2 Hazardous conditions
Performance Requirements
SA G8P1 Window cleaning
SA G8P2 Hazardous conditions
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
SA G8D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
SA G8D2 Application of Part
SA G8D3 Access for window cleaning
SA G8D4 Access for inspection and maintenance between buildings
SA Part G9 Miscellaneous provisions
Performance Requirements
SA G9P1 Attachments to buildings
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 734SA G9D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
SA G9D2 Application of Part
SA G9D3 Attachments to buildings
Section I Special use buildings
SA Part I3 Farm buildings
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
SA I3D1 Application of Part
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 735
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the BCA provisions which are considered necessary for the effective
application of the Code in South Australia.
These variations and additions are to be treated as amendments to the BCA and apply to the construction or alteration of
all buildings requiring approval under the Planning, Development and Infrastructure Act 2016 and the Planning,
Development and Infrastructure (General) Regulations 2017.SA Introduction
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 736 Part A6 Building classification
Delete A6G7 and insert SA A6G7 as follows:
SA A6G7 Class 6 buildings
[2019: SA A6.6]
A Class 6 building is a shop or other building for the sale of goods by retail or the supply of services direct to the public,
including—
an eating room, cafe, restaurant, milk or soft drink bar; or (a)
a dining room, bar
, shop or kiosk part of a hotel or motel; or (b)
a hairdresser
’s or barber’s shop, public laundry, or undertaker’s establishment; or (c)
market or sale room, showroom, or service station ; or (d)
a small arts venue . (e)Section A Governing requirements
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 737
Part B1 Structural provisions
Delete B1P4 and insert SA B1P4 as follows:
SA B1P4 Buildings in flood areas
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
Delete B1D6 and insert SA B1D6 as follows:
SA B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
This clause has deliberately been left blank.Section B Structure
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 738
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
C2D2 Type of construction required
[2019: C1.1]
Delete C2D2(1) and insert SA C2D2(1) as follows:
(1) The minimum Type of fire-resisting construction of a building must be determined in accordance with Table C2D2 ,
except as allowed for—
certain Class 2, 3 or 9c buildings, in C2D6 ; and (a)
a Class 4 part of a building located on the top storey, in C2D4(2) ; and (b)
open spectator stands and indoor sports stadiums, in C2D8 ; and (c)
Class 2 buildings located within 3 m of a brush fence and Class 10b brush fences located within 3 m of a Class (d)
2 building, in SA C2D2(3) and (4); and
a Class 7b bulk grain storage facility in SA C2D16 . (e)
Insert subclause SA C2D2(3) in clause C2D2 as follows:
(3) In addition to the minimum fire-resisting construction requirements of Table C2D2 and Specification 5 a Class 2
building must not be constructed within 3 m of a Class 10b brush fence unless any part of the building within 3 m of
the brush fence complies with the fire-resisting requirements of SA C2D16 .
Insert subclause SA C2D2(4) in clause C2D2 as follows:
(4) A Class 10b brush fence must not be constructed within 3 m of a Class 2 building unless any part of the building
within 3 m of the brush fence complies with the fire-resisting construction requirements of SA C3D16 .
Insert SA C2D16 as follows:
SA C2D16 Class 7b bulk grain storage facilities
[2019: SA C1.15]
The external walls of a bulk grain storage facility need not be of fire-resisting construction if—
The external walls are 3 m or more from an allotment boundary and more than 6 m from any other building on (a)
the same allotment, other than a Class 10 building; and
a fire separation space of not less than 2 m is provided between cell type silos ; and (b)
the external walls are— (c)
of non-combustible construction; or (i)
of Type C construction. (ii)
Part C3 Compartmentation and separation
Insert SA C3D16 as follows:
SA C3D16 Class 2 external walls exposed to brush fences
[2019: SA C2.15]
Where the distance between the external wall of a Class 2 building and a brush fence is less than 3 m, the Class 2 building
must comply with the following:
An external wall or part of an external wall exposed to the brush fence must be fire-resisting and extend to the (a)
underside of a non-combustible roof covering or a non-combustible eaves lining or to a point at which exposure
to the brush fence no longer exists and must—
have a FRL of at least 60/60/60 when tested from the outside; or (i)Section C Fire resistance
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 739be of masonry veneer construction in which the external masonry veneer is not less than 90 mm thick; or (ii)
be of masonry construction not less than 90 mm thick; and (iii)
have any exposed openings protected in accordance with C4D5 . (iv)
Where an external wall is required by (a) to be fire-resisting , only that part of the wall, including openings within (b)
the specified distance, need to be constructed in that manner.
The requirements of (a) do not apply to subfloor vents, roof vents, weepholes, control joints, construction joints (c)
and penetrations for pipes, conduits and the like.
The following are permitted to encroach within 3 m of a brush fence — (d)
non-combustible fascias, gutters, downpipes; and (i)
eaves with non-combustible roof cladding and non-combustible lining; and (ii)
flues, chimneys, pipes, domestic fuel tanks, cooling or heating appliances or other services; and (iii)
light fittings, electricity or gas meters, aerials or antennas; and (iv)
pergolas, sun blinds or water tanks; and (v)
unroofed terraces, landings, steps and ramps, not more than 1 m in height. (vi)
The distance from any point on an external wall of a building to a brush fence is measured in any direction from (e)
the external wall .
Insert SA C3D17 as follows:
SA C3D17 Bulk grain storage facilities
[2019: SA C2.16]
Underground passageways in a bulk grain storage facility must be separated from other parts of the building by smoke-
proof walls and smoke-proof doors complying with Specification 11 .
Part C4 Protection of openings
Insert SA C4D18 as follows:
SA C4D18 Protection of openings – bulk grain storage facilities
[2019: SA C3.18]
Where external stairs, ramps or ladders are used as an exit in a bulk grain storage facility , any window or door opening
within 6 m of the stairway or ladder—
must be protected in accordance with C4D5 ; or (a)
the stairway, ramp or ladder must be enclosed for its full height above the lowest level of the window or door (b)
opening with non-combustible construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.SA C3D16
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 740
Part D2 Provision for escape
D2D3 Number of exits required
[2019: D1.2]
Delete D2D3(2) and insert SA D2D3(2) as follows:
(2) Class 2 to 8 buildings — In addition to any horizontal exit , not less than 2 exits must be provided from the following:
Each storey if the building has an effective height of more than 25 m. (a)
A Class 2 or 3 building subject to C2D6 . (b)
A storage shed in a bulk grain storage facility if the distance of travel to an exit is more than 150 m. (c)
The gallery level in a cell type silo in a bulk grain storage facility . (d)
D2D4 When fire -isolat ed stairways and ramps are required
[2019: D1.3]
Delete D2D4(2) and insert SA D2D4(2) as follows:
(2) Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings — Every stairway or ramp serving as a required exit must be fire-isolated unless—
in a Class 9a health-care building — it connects, or passes through or passes by not more than 2 consecutive (a)
storeys in areas other than patient care areas ; or
it is part of an open spectator stand ; or (b)
in any other case except in a Class 9b early childhood centre or a Class 9c building, it connects, passes through (c)
or passes by not more than 2 consecutive storeys and one extra storey of any classification may be included
if—
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 (i)
installed throughout; or
the required exit does not provide access to or egress for, and is separated from, the extra storey by (ii)
construction having—
an FRL of –/60/60, if non- loadbearing ; and (A)
an FRL of 90/90/90 for Type A construction or 60/60/60 for Type B or C construction, if loadbearing ; (B)
and
no opening that could permit the passage of fire or smoke; or (C)
it is a required exit from a bulk grain storage facility and there are no window or door openings within 3 m of the (d)
stairway, ramp or ladder.
D2D5 Exit travel distances
[2019: D1.4]
Insert subclause SA D2D5(7) in clause D2D5 as follows:
(7) Farm buildings — Notwithstanding (3), in a farm building —
no point on the floor must be more than 20 m from an exit, or a point from which travel in different directions to (a)
2 exits is available, in which case the maximum distance to one of those exits must not exceed 60 m; and
in a machinery room, plant-room or the like, the distance to a single exit serving a storey at the level of access (b)
to a road or open space may be increased to 30 m.
Insert subclause SA D2D5(8) in clause D2D5 as follows:
(8) Bulk grain storage facilities — Notwithstanding (3), in a bulk grain storage facility — where required exits are spaced
not more than 100 m apart, the travel distance to an exit in a cell type silo or a storage shed is not limited. Section D Access and egress
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 741Delete D2D6 and insert SA D2D6 as follows:
SA D2D6 Distance between alternative exits
[2019: SA D1.5(e) ]
Exits that are required as alternative means of egress must be—
distributed as uniformly as practicable within or around the storey served and in positions where unobstructed (a)
access to at least 2 exits is readily available from all points on the floor including lift lobby areas; and
not less than 9 m apart; and (b)
not more than— (c)
in a Class 2 or 3 building — 45 m apart; or (i)
in a Class 9a health-care building , if such required exit serves a patient care area — 45 m apart; or (ii)
in all other cases — 60 m apart; and (iii)
located so that alternative paths of travel do not converge such that they become less than 6 m apart; and (d)
notwithstanding (c), exits that are required as alternative means of egress in a farm building must not be more (e)
than 80 m apart.
D2D14 Travel by non -fir e-isolated stairways or ramps
[2019: D1.9]
Insert subclause SA D2D14(7) in clause D2D14 as follows:
(7) In a bulk grain storage facility , the distance from any point on the floor to a point of egress to a road or open space
by way of a non- fire-isolated stairway , non- fire-isolated ramp or ladder is not limited.
D2D21 Plant rooms, lift machine rooms and electricity network substations:
Concession
[2019: D1.16]
Insert subclause SA D2D21(3) in clause D2D21 as follows:
(3) In a bulk grain storage facility , a stair or ladder complying with AS 1657 may be used as an alternative means of
egress from a cell type silo .
Part D3 Construction of exits
Delete D3D16 and insert SA D3D16 as follows:
SA D3D16 Thresholds
[2019: SA D2.15(e) ]
(1) The threshold of a doorway must not incorporate a step or ramp at any point closer to the doorway than the width of
the door leaf unless—
in patient care areas in a Class 9a health-care building , the door sill is not more than 25 mm above the finished (a)
floor level to which the doorway opens; or
in resident use areas a Class 9c building, a ramp is provided with a maximum gradient of 1:8 for a maximum (b)
height of 25 mm over the threshold; or
in a building required to be accessible by Part D4 , the doorway— (c)
opens to a road or open space ; and (i)
is provided with a threshold ramp or step ramp in accordance with AS 1428.1; or (ii)
in other cases— (d)
the doorway opens to a road or open space , external stair landing or external balcony; and (i)
the door sill is not more than 190 mm above the finished surface of the ground, balcony, or the like, to which (ii)
the doorway opens. D2D5
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 742(2) Notwithstanding the requirements of (1), where necessary due to the operational requirements of the building, a
doorway serving a farm building may incorporate a step that is no more than 700 mm above the finished floor level.
Delete D3D23 and insert SA D3D23 as follows:
SA D3D23 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
[2019: SA D2.18(c) ]
A fixed platform, walkway, stairway, ladder and any going and riser, landing, handrail or barrier attached thereto may
comply with AS 1657 in lieu of D3D14 , D3D15 , D3D17 , D3D18 , D3D19 , D3D20 , D3D21 and D3D22 if it only serves—
machinery rooms, boiler houses, lift-machine rooms, plant-rooms, and the like; or (a)
non-habitable rooms , such as attics, storerooms and the like that are not used on a frequent or daily basis in the (b)
internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; or
areas within a farm building . (c)
D3D25 Swinging doors
[2019: D2.20]
Delete D3D25(1) and insert SA D3D25(1) as follows:
(1) A swinging door in a required exit or forming part of a required exit—
must not encroach— (a)
at any part of its swing by more than 500 mm on the required width (including any landings) of a required (i)
stairway, ramp or passageway if it is likely to impede the path of travel of the people already using the exit;
and
when fully open, by more than 100 mm on the required width of the required exit; and (ii)
must swing in the direction of egress unless— (b)
it serves a building or part with a floor area not more than 200 m2, it is the only required exit from the building (i)
or part and it is fitted with a device for holding it in the open position; or
it serves a sanitary compartment or airlock (in which case it may swing in either direction); or (ii)
it serves a farm building ; and (iii)
must not otherwise impede the path or direction of egress. (c)
Part D4 Access for people with a disability
D4D2 General building access requirements
[2019: D3.1, Table D3.1]
Delete D4D2(4) and insert SA D4D2(4) as follows:
(4) For a Class 2 building, access requirements are as follows:
Common areas: (a)
From a pedestrian entrance required to be accessible to at least 1 floor containing sole-occupancy units (i)
and to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit located on that level.
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including (ii)
a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool , common laundry, games room, individual shop, eating
area, or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed— (iii)
to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit ; and (A)
to and within rooms or spaces for use in common by the residents. (B)
The requirements of (iii) only apply where the space referred to in (iii)(A) or (iii)(B) is located on the levels (iv)
served by the lift or ramp. SA D3D16
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 743In developments consisting of 20 or more residential sole-occupancy units — to and within one residential sole- (b)
occupancy unit or 5% of the total number of residential sole-occupancy units provided, whichever is the greater,
must be accessible .
Delete D4D5 and insert SA D4D5 as follows:
SA D4D5 Exemptions
[2019: SA D3.4(d)]
The following areas are not required to be accessible :
An area where access would be inappropriate because of the particular purpose for which the area is used. (a)
An area that would pose a health or safety risk for people with a disability. (b)
Any path of travel providing access only to an area exempted by (a) or (b). (c)
In a farm building and a bulk grain storage facility it is not necessary to provide access for people with disabilities (d)
to any area if access would be inappropriate because of the particular purpose for which the area is used.D4D2
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 744
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
E1D2 Fire hydrants
[2019: E1.3]
Insert subclause SA E1D2(5) in clause E1D2 as follows:
(5) In a farm building , in lieu of providing a fire hydrant system in accordance with (2), the building may be provided
with—
a fire hydrant system installed in accordance with AS 2419.1 with the following variations— (a)
in lieu of 4 hour water supply the minimum on-site water supply quantity must be as set out in Table SA (i)
E1D2 for the particular building group; and
for Group A and B buildings over 1000 m2 in floor area each tank used must have a capacity of not less (ii)
than 72,000 litres; and
for single tank systems compliance with clause 4.3.3 is not required ; and (iii)
compliance with clause 4.3.1 of AS 2419.1 is not required ; and (iv)
for buildings incorporating non- fire-resistant polystyrene sandwich panel construction, the minimum water (v)
supply quantities in Table SA E1D2 must be increased by 50%; and
an on-site pumpset is not required if the design performance of section 2.3 of AS 2419.1 is achieved based (vi)
on use of a fire truck pump with a capacity of 1,900 litres per minute at 1,000 kPa; and
in lieu of the coverage specified in AS 2419.1, external fire hydrants are located so that every part of the (vii)
perimeter of a building is within 100 m from a hydrant outlet measured along the shortest distance of travel
between or around buildings; or
a water supply system comprising single or multiple on-site water storage tanks with connections for use by the (b)
fire brigade and complying with the requirements of AS 2419.1 for water supplies and water storage, except
that—
in lieu of 4 hour water supply the minimum on-site water supply quantity must be as set out in Table SA (i)
E1D2 for the particular building group;
for Group A and B buildings over 1000 m2 in floor area each tank used must have a capacity of not less (ii)
than 72,000 litres;
for single tank systems compliance with clause 4.3.3 of AS 2419.1 is not required ; (iii)
for buildings incorporating non- fire-resistant polystyrene sandwich panel construction, the minimum water (iv)
supply quantities in Table SA E1D2 must be increased by 50%;
an on-site pumpset need not be provided; (v)
for Group A or B buildings water storage tanks must be distributed so every part of the perimeter of a building (vi)
is not more than 100 m from a tank suction point, measured along the shortest distance of travel between
or around buildings;
for Group C buildings water storage tanks must be distributed so that every part of the perimeter of a (vii)
building is within a 200 m radius of a tank suction point;
all pipes, valves and fittings for water storage tanks and connections must comply with section 5 and (viii)
sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7 of AS 2419.1 as relevant;
a hardstand area and vehicular approach from the site entrance, suitable for use by the fire brigade must (ix)
be provided adjacent to each water storage tank.
Insert subclause SA E1D2(6) in clause E1D2 as follows:
(6) A dam may be regarded as a water storage tank if it complies with the requirements of section 5 of AS 2419.1 and
the water level is maintained above the top of the highest fire brigade suction point at all times. Section E Services and equipment
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 745Insert subclause SA E1D2(7) in clause E1D2 as follows:
(7) The requirements of (1), (2), (3), (4) and SA E1D2(5) and (6) do not apply to a farm shed .
Insert subclause SA E1D2(8) in clause E1D2 as follows:
(8) In a bulk grain storage facility , on-site hydrants are not required where—
street hydrants are available adjacent to the site which can supply water at not less than 5 litres per second; or (a)
a water supply system comprising single or multiple on-site water storage tanks with connections for use by the (b)
fire brigade and complying with the requirements of AS 2419.1 for water supplies and water storage, except
that—
in lieu of a 4 hour water supply
, an on-site water storage tank containing not less than 25,000 litres is (i)
provided within 90 m of a dry booster connection Figure SA E1D2 ; and
one dry riser is provided for each cell type silo in a bulk grain storage facility , located in the middle of the (ii)
longest side of the facility and within 4 m of a required exit; and
all areas to be protected are within 60 m of a riser outlet, measured around obstacles; and (iii)
metal or high pressure plastic pipe can used for the dry riser; and (iv)
all pipes, valves and fittings for water storage tanks and connections must comply with section 5 and (v)
sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7 of
AS 2419.1 as relevant; and
a hardstand area and vehicular approach from the site entrance, suitable for use by the fire brigade must (vi)
be provided adjacent each water storage tank.
Insert SA Table E1D2 as follows:
SA Table E1D2: Minimum quantities for on -site water supplies for farm buildings
T
able Notes
A single water supply with the minimum water quantity outlined in Table SA E1D2 can serve more than one building.
Insert SA Figure E1D2 as follows:
SA Figure E1D2: Location of hydrants, tanks, booster connections and dry risers Building Group Floor area (m2) Minimum water supply quantity (L)
Group A 500 to 1,000 36,000
1,001 to 2,000 72,000
2,001 to 5,000 144,000
Group B 500 to 1,000 72,000
1,001 to 2,000 144,000
Group C 5 L/m2 or 36,000 L at each location, whichever is greater
vehicular a
ccess≤ 90 m≤ 90 m
either≤ 4 m from exit dry risers
booster connection
street hydrant
(5 l/s)
orstorage tank
(25000 litres)≤ 60 m (around obstacles) ≤ 60 mE1D2
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 746 E1D3 Fire hose reels
[2019: E1.4]
Delete E1D3(1) and insert SA E1D3(1) as follows:
(1) E1D3 does not apply to—
a Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building; or (a)
a Class 8 electricity network substation ; or (b)
a Class 9c building; or (c)
classrooms and associated corridors in a primary or secondary school ; or (d)
a farm building not used for hay storage exceeding 500 m2 or 1,000 m3; or (e)
a bulk grain storage facility . (f)
E1D14 Portable fire extinguishers
[2019: E1.6 and Table E1.6]
Insert subclause SA E1D14(7) in clause E1D14 as follows:
(7) For Class A fire risks in a farm building the requirements of (1) need not be provided if—
portable fire extinguishers for Class A fire risks are provided in accordance with SA E1D14(8) ; or (a)
notwithstanding the exemption provided by SA E1D3(1)(e) , a fire hose reel system is provided in accordance (b)
with E1D3 , or wash-down hoses or similar hoses that are—
not more than 36 m long; and (i)
equipped with a spray nozzle suitable for fighting a fire at the incipient stage; and (ii)
permanently connected to a water supply which is sufficient to supply two hoses discharging at the rate of (iii)
20 litres per minute for 60 minutes; and
arranged to provide coverage to all points on the floor within. (iv)
Insert subclause SA E1D14(8) in clause E1D14 as follows:
(8) Portable fire extinguishers provided to comply with SA E1D14(7)(a) must be—
located at or adjacent to every required exit; or (a)
in open walled farm buildings , one extinguisher is provided for every 500 m2 of floor area , or part thereof. (b)
Part E2 Smoke hazard management
E2D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: E2.0]
Delete E2D1(1) and insert SA E2D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements E2P1 and E2P2 are satisfied by
complying with—
E2D2 to SA E2D22 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
in a building in an alpine area , Part G4 ; and (c)
for additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 . (d)
Insert SA E2D22 as follows:
SA E2D22 Smoke venting in bulk grain storage facilities
[2019: SA E2.4]
In bulk grain storage facility — E1D3
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 747suitable natural smoke venting by fixed vents must be provided at the top of elevator towers and overhead (a)
galleries in a cell type silo ; and
smoke venting is not required in a storage shed . (b)
Part E4 Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
Delete E4D2 and insert SA E4D2 as follows:
SA E4D2 Emergency lighting requirements
[2019: SA E4.2(b)(iii), (j) ]
An emergency lighting system must be installed—
in every fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp ; and (a)
in every storey of a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building where the storey has a floor area more than 300 m2— (b)
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, that is part of the path of travel to an exit; and (i)
in any room having a floor area more than 100 m2 that does not open to a corridor or space that has (ii)
emergency lighting or to a road or open space ; and
in any room having a floor area more than 300 m2, except that— (iii)
in a farm building any area primarily used for the storage of hay can be excluded when calculating the (A)
floor area of the storey or room of the building for the purpose of determining emergency lighting
requirements; and
emergency lighting is not required in a farm building where automatic back-up power is provided by a (B)
fuel driven back-up generator or where no artificial lighting is provided in the building; and
an emergency lighting system is not required in a farm shed , Group C farm building or at ground floor (C)
level in cell type silos or storage sheds ; and
in a bulk grain storage facility the spacing of emergency lights can be increased to twice the distance (D)
required for Class 7 buildings; and
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, having a length of more than 6 m from the entrance doorway (c)
of any sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building to the nearest doorway opening
directly to—
a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp ; or (i)
an external stairway serving instead of a fire-isolated stairway under D2D13 ; or (ii)
an external balcony leading to a fire-isolated stairway , fire-isolated passageway or fire-isolated ramp ; or (iii)
a road or open space ; and (iv)
in every required non- fire-isolated stairway ; and (d)
in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 5, 6 or 9 building if— (e)
the floor area of the unit is more than 300 m2; and (i)
an exit from the unit does not open to a road or open space or to an external stairway, passageway, balcony (ii)
or ramp, leading directly to a road or open space ; and
in every room or space to which there is public access in every storey in a Class 6 or 9b building if— (f)
the floor area in that storey is more than 300 m2; or (i)
any point on the floor of that storey is more than 20 m from the nearest doorway leading directly to a stairway, (ii)
ramp, passageway, road or open space ; or
egress from that storey involves a vertical rise within the building of more than 1.5 m, or any vertical rise if (iii)
the storey concerned does not admit sufficient light; or
the storey provides a path of travel from any other storey required by (i), (ii) or (iii) to have emergency (iv)
lighting; and
in a Class 9a health-care building — (g)
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, serving a treatment area or a ward area ; and (i)SA E2D22
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 748in every room having a floor area of more than 120 m2 in a patient care area ; and (ii)
in every Class 9c building excluding within sole-occupancy units ; and (h)
in every required fire control centre; and (i)
in an underground passage in a bulk grain storage facility . (j)
Delete E4D5 and insert SA E4D5 as follows:
SA E4D5 Exit signs
[2019: SA E4.5(e) ]
An exit sign must be clearly visible to persons approaching the exit, and must be installed on, above or adjacent to each—
door providing direct egress from a storey to— (a)
an enclosed stairway, passageway or ramp serving as a required exit; and (i)
an external stairway, passageway or ramp serving as a required exit; and (ii)
an external access balcony leading to a required exit; and (iii)
door from an enclosed stairway, passageway or ramp at every level of discharge to a road or open space ; and (b)
horizontal exit ; and (c)
door serving as, or forming part of, a required exit in a storey required to be provided with emergency lighting in (d)
accordance with E4D2 ; and
required exit in a farm building . (e)
Delete E4D8 and insert SA E4D8 as follows:
SA E4D8 Design and operation of exit signs
[2019: SA E4.8(c) ]
(1) Every required exit sign must—
comply with— (a)
AS/NZS 2293.1; or (i)
for a photoluminescent exit sign, Specification 25 ; and (ii)
be clearly visible at all times when the building is occupied by any person having the right of legal entry to the (b)
building.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
a farm building where— (a)
the use of illuminated exit signs could adversely affect the behaviour or welfare of animals being kept in the (i)
building; and
non-illuminated exit signs are provided that comply with clauses 5.5, 5.6 and 5.8 of AS/NZS 2293.1; or (ii)
a farm shed . (b)SA E4D2
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 749
Part F1 Surface water management, rising damp and external waterproofing
Delete F1P4 and insert SA F1P4 as follows:
SA F1P4 Rising damp
[2019: SA FP1.5]
(1) Moisture from the ground must be prevented from causing—
undue dampness or deterioration of building elements; and (a)
unhealthy or dangerous conditions, or loss of amenity for occupants. (b)
(2) Barriers installed to prevent transfer of moisture from the ground must have—
high resistance to moisture penetration; and (a)
high resistance to damage during construction; and (b)
high resistance to degradation by dissolved salts. (c)
F1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: F1.0]
Delete F1D1(1) and insert SA F1D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F1P1 to F1P3 and SA F1P4 are
satisfied by complying with F1D2 to F1D5 , F1D6 (1) and (3), SA F1D6(2) , SA F1D7 and F1D8 .
F1D6 Damp -pr oofing
[2019: F1.9]
Delete F1D6(2) and insert SA F1D6(2) as follows:
(2) Damp-proof courses must exhibit long term resistance to degradation by dissolved salts in groundwater and consist
of—
embossed black polyethylene film meeting the requirements of clause 7.6 of AS/NZS 2904; or (a)
polyethylene coated aluminium meeting the requirements of clause 7.4 of AS/NZS 2904; or (b)
bitumen impregnated materials of not less than 2.5 mm thickness, meeting the requirements of clause 7.5 of (c)
AS/NZS 2904, when used in walls not higher than 7.8 m above the level of the damp-proof course .
Delete F1D7 and insert SA F1D7 as follows:
SA F1D7 Damp -pr oofing of floors on the ground
[2019: SA F1.10]
(1) If a floor of a room is laid on the ground or on fill, a damp-proofing membrane complying with
Section 5
.3.3 of AS2870 must be installed.
(2) A damp-proofing membrane need not be provided if—
weatherproofing is not required ; or (a)
the floor is the base of a stair, lift or similar shaft which is adequately drained by gravitation or mechanical means. (b)
Section F Health and amenity
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 750 Part F2 Wet areas and overflow protection
Delete F2P1 and insert SA F2P1 as follows:
SA F2P1 Wet area overflows
[2019: SA FP1.6]
Overflow from a bathroom, laundry facility or the like must be prevented from penetrating to adjoining rooms or spaces.
Insert SA F2P3 as follows:
SA F2P3 Prevention of surface water accumulation
[2019: SA FP1.8]
In laundries, bathrooms or rooms containing shower facilities the floors must be installed in a manner that will prevent
accumulation of surface water which could create unhealthy or hazardous conditions.
F2D2 Wet area construction
[2019: F1.7(a) and (b) ]
Delete F2D2(1) and insert SA F2D2(1) as follows:
(1) In a Class 2 and 3 building and a Class 4 part of a building, building elements in wet areas must—
be water resistant or waterproof in accordance with Specification 26 , except that— (a)
in any room containing a washing machine, the wall area from finished floor to a minimum of 75 mm above (i)
and 75 mm each side of the washing machine tap outlets must be water resistant ; and
where a vessel is inset into a bench top in a kitchen, bar area, kitchenette or domestic food and beverage (ii)
preparation area, the perimeter edges of the vessel must be water resistant for the extent of the vessel ;
and
penetrations in horizontal surfaces for tap and spout outlets in kitchens, bar areas, kitchenettes or domestic (iii)
food and beverage preparation areas must be waterproof ; and
comply with AS 3740. (b)
Delete F2D4 and insert SA F2D4 as follows:
SA F2D4 Provision of floor wastes
[2019: SA F1.11]
(1) A wet area provided with a vessel in accordance with F4D2 , F4D4 and F4D5 must have the floor graded to a floor
waste to permit drainage of water.
(2) With the exception of a bathroom or laundry located at any level above a sole-occupancy unit or public space in a
Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, a floor need not be graded to a floor waste in accordance with (1)
if—
all vessels in the wet area are provided with in-built overflow protection or have permanent open trapped (a)
connection to the plumbing and drainage system (such as a WC pan); or
the vessel is a clinical hand washing basin in a Class 9c building; or (b)
the floor waste is provided solely for the connection of plumbing fixtures and all vessel in the wet area are (c)
provided with in-built overflow protection or have permanent open trapped connection to the plumbing and
drainage system (such as a WC pan).
(3) The fall of the floor surface to a floor waste required by (1) or (2) must be in accordance with F2D4(2) .
Part F2
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 751 Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
F4D6 Accessible unisex sanitary compartments
[2019: Table F2.4a]
Delete F4D6(1) and insert SA F4D6(1) as follows:
(1) Where required by F4D5(a) , the minimum number of accessible unisex sanitary compartments for each Class of
building is as follows:
For a Class 1b building— (a)
not less than 1; and (i)
where private accessible unisex sanitary compartments are provided for every accessible bedroom, (ii)
common accessible unisex sanitary compartments need not be provided.
For a Class 2 building— (b)
where sanitary compartments are provided in common areas, not less than 1; and (i)
in every sole-occupancy unit required by SA D4D2(4) to be accessible , not less than 1. (ii)
For Class 3 and Class 9c buildings— (c)
in every accessible sole-occupancy unit provided with sanitary compartments within the accessible sole- (i)
occupancy unit , not less than 1; and
at each bank of sanitary compartments containing male and female sanitary compartments provided in (ii)
common areas, not less than 1.
For Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings except for within a ward area of a Class 9a health-care building , where F4D4 (d)
requires closet pans—
1 on every storey containing sanitary compartments ; and (i)
where a storey has more than 1 bank of sanitary compartments containing male and female sanitary (ii)
compartments , at not less than 50% of those banks.
For a Class 10a building appurtenant to another Class of building, at each bank of sanitary compartments (e)
containing male and female sanitary compartments , not less than 1.
F4D7 Accessible unisex showers
[2019: Table F2.4b ]
Delete F4D7(1) and insert SA F4D7(1) as follows:
(1) Where required by F4D5(b) , the minimum number of accessible unisex showers for each Class of building is as
follows:
For a Class 1b building— (a)
not less than 1; and (i)
where private accessible unisex showers are provided for every accessible bedroom, common accessible (ii)
unisex showers need not be provided.
For a Class 2 building— (b)
where showers are provided in common areas, not less than 1; and (i)
in every sole-occupancy unit required by SA D4D2(4) to be accessible , not less than 1. (ii)
For Class 3 and 9c buildings— (c)
in every accessible sole-occupancy unit provided with showers within the accessible sole-occupancy unit , (i)
not less than 1; and
1 for every 10 showers or part thereof provided in common areas. (ii)
For Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings, where F4D4 requires 1 or more showers, not less than 1 for every 10 showers (d)
or part thereof.
For a Class 10a building, where showers are provided, 1 for every 10 showers or part thereof. (e)
Part F4
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 752 Part F6 Light and ventilation
Delete F6D6 and insert SA F6D6 as follows:
SA F6D6 Ventilation of rooms
[2019: SA F4.5(b) and (c) ]
A habitable room , office, shop, factory, workroom, sanitary compartment , bathroom, shower room, laundry and any other
room occupied by a person for any purpose must have—
natural ventilation complying with F6D7 ; or (a)
a mechanical ventilation or air-conditioning system complying with AS 1668.2 and AS/NZS 3666.1; or (b)
in a storage shed or bulk grain storage facility , a ventilation system that provides one air change every six hours (c)
using openings that have a total area of the lesser of—
35 m2; or (i)
one percent of the total floor area . (ii)Part F6
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 753
Part G1 Minor structures and components
Delete G1P2 and insert SA G1P2 as follows:
SA G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: SA GP1.2]
(1) A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and (a)
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and (b)
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and (c)
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed (d)
to automatically close and latch.
(2) A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a
person.
(3) A swimming pool must have prominent and visible signage that assists persons to provide first aid and to perform
cardiopulmonary resuscitation on young children.
Applications
SA G1P2 only applies to a swimming pool associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, with a
depth of water more than 300 mm.
Delete G1D2 and insert SA G1D2 as follows:
SA G1D2 Swimming pools
[2019: SA G1.1]
(1) A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or
Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool
surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2.
(2) A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS
1926.3.
(3) For the purpose of clause 6.1.1 of AS 1926.3, a skimmer box is an outlet, and must have a means of releasing the
vacuum pressure should the suction become blocked.
(4) A first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation sign must—
be attached to the safety barrier of the swimming pool , or displayed near the swimming pool ; and (a)
be at least 300 mm by 300 mm in size; and (b)
be made of durable and weatherproof material; and (c)
show information about the procedures for providing first aid, including performing cardiopulmonary resuscitation. (d)
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
G5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: G5.0]
Delete G5D1(1) and insert SA G5D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements G5P1 and subject to G5D2 , G5P2 , Section G Ancillary provisions
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 754are satisfied by complying with G5D3 to SA G5D5 .
Insert SA G5D5 as follows:
SA G5D5 Bushfire attack levels
[New for 2022]
Where a site is located in a designated bushfire prone area , the bushfire attack level that applies to the site is—
for areas identified as general bushfire risk areas in the Planning and Design Code, the BAL-Low bushfire attack (a)
level; and
for areas identified as medium bushfire risk areas in the Planning and Design Code, the BAL-12.5 bushfire attack (b)
level; and
for areas identified as high bushfire risk areas in the Planning and Design Code, the bushfire attack level (c)
assessed for the site in accordance with the requirements of AS 3959; and
for areas identified as urban interface in the Planning and Design Code that are within 500 m of a high bushfire (d)
risk area, the BAL-Low bushfire attack level; and
for areas identified as urban interface in the Planning and Design Code that are within 100 m of a high bushfire (e)
risk area, the bushfire attack level assessed for the site in accordance with AS 3959.G5D1
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 755Introduction to this Part
This Part sets out additional requirements for access for maintenance.
SA G8O1 Objective
[2019: SA GO7]
The Objectives of this Part are—
to safeguard people from injury while cleaning windows ; and (a)
to safeguard people from injury or illness resulting from the creation of hazardous spaces between buildings. (b)
SA G8F1 Window cleaning
[2019: SA GF7.1]
A building is to provide people with safe conditions for carrying out window cleaning operations.
SA G8F2 Hazardous conditions
[2019: SA GF7.2]
The space between buildings must not allow hazardous conditions to arise due to accumulation of rubbish that cannot
readily be removed.
SA G8P1 Window cleaning
[2019: SA GP7.1]
Where any part of a window in a building is more than 5.5 m above ground level, provision must be made for safe access
to the external surface of the window for minor maintenance and cleaning.
SA G8P2 Hazardous conditions
[2019: SA GP7.2]
The space between buildings must be sufficient to allow access for inspection and maintenance, to avoid hazardous
conditions arising due to accumulation of rubbish that could—
bridge termite barriers; or (a)
harbour vermin; or (b)
create a fire hazard . (c)SA Part G8 Access for maintenance
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 756 SA G8D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: SA G7.0]
Performance Requirements SA G8P1 and SA G8P2 are satisfied by complying with SA G8D2 to SA G8D4 .
SA G8D2 Application of Part
[2019: SA G7.1]
SA G8D3 and SA G8D4 apply to Class 2 to 9 buildings.
SA G8D3 Access for window cleaning
[2019: SA G7.2]
(1) Where any part of a window in a building is more than 5.5 m above ground level, access to the external surface of
the window for minor maintenance and cleaning must be provided.
(2) Any of the following methods are acceptable—
by means of a movable gantry; or (a)
by means of reversible pivoting sashes, each of which has catches that secure the mesh in either the normal or (b)
reversed position and give visual indication that the window is secure, provided that where a window sill is less
than 900 mm above floor level, safety anchorages are provided; or
by means of safety harness, having all anchorages— (c)
designed and installed in accordance with
AS/NZS 1891.4; and (i)
constructed of approved corrosion resistant material; or (ii)
by means of opening sashes, in which the maximum reach to the farthest part of the window must not exceed (d)
500 mm upwards or 1 m sideways or downwards and provided that where the window sill is less than 900 mm
above floor level, safety anchorages are provided.
SA G8D4 Access for inspection and maintenance between buildings
[2019: SA G7.3]
Every part of an external wall of a building must be not less than 600 mm from—
the external wall of any other building on the same allotment, unless the two buildings are abutting; or (a)
any boundary of the allotment, unless that wall is on or abutting the boundary
, (b)
unless the space between external columns is not infilled.SA G8D1
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 757
Introduction to this Part
This Part sets out miscellaneous addition requirements.
SA G9P1 Attachments to buildings
[2019: SA GP8.1]
An attachment to a building must incorporate features that will—
protect it against corrosion; and (a)
collect and discharge water run-off safely; and (b)
prevent its projection affecting adjacent road safety conditions or pedestrian traffic; and (c)
provide resistance to the spread of fire if it overhangs a street boundary, (d)
to the degree necessary to avoid creating hazardous conditions that may cause injury to people passing below or driving
past.
SA G9D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: SA G8.0]
Performance Requirement SA G9P1 is satisfied by complying with SA G9D2 and SA G9D3 .
SA G9D2 Application of Part
[2019: SA G8.1]
SA G9D3 applies to Class 2 to 9 buildings.
SA G9D3 Attachments to buildings
[2019: SA G8.2]
(1) An attachment to a building that is in the nature of a balcony or awning, bridge, gangway, hoarding or trade sign, sky
sign, mast, flagpole, tower, aerial or antenna, lantern, cathead, crane, chimney, flue or duct, or an installation for
cleaning and maintenance must—
have all metal parts of corrosion resistant metal, or other metal suitably protected; and (a)
not overhang any street boundary at a height less than 2.5 m above the footpath, or 4 m above the roadway; (b)
and
be provided with drainage to prevent rainwater or condensate falling onto or running across the footpath, unless (c)
either it is a retractable awning in the nature of a sun blind, or unless the total catchment area for run-off is less
than 1.5 m2.
(2) A balcony or awning that overhangs a street boundary—
must not extend closer than 450 mm to the kerb of the roadway; and (a)
must be constructed of non-combustible or fire-retardant materials throughout, except that timber battens may (b)
be used to support the soffit lining.SA Part G9 Miscellaneous provisions
Performance Requirements
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 758Section I Special use buildings
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 759Introduction to this Part
This Part references SA requirements for farm buildings.
SA I3D1 Application of Part
[2019: SA H3.1]
The provisions of Part I3 do not apply in South Australia.
Notes
Additional requirements for farm buildings are contained in individual SA variation clauses that are applicable to farm
buildings . SA Part I3 Farm buildings
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 760
Agriculture: Cropping, grazing, animal husbandry, intensive animal keeping, horticulture, aquaculture, wool shearing or
dairy, but not viticulture or forestry.
Assembly building
A building where people may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes including a library, theatre, public hall or place of worship; (a)
or
educational purposes in a school , early childhood centre , preschool, or the like; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes including— (c)
a discotheque or nightclub; or (i)
a cinema; or (ii)
a sports stadium, sporting or other club; or (iii)
transit purposes including a bus station, railway station, airport or ferry terminal. (d)
Brush fence: A fence or gate that is primarily constructed of Broombrush (Melalueca Uncinata).
Bulk grain storage facility: A building or structure used for the commercial bulk handling or storage of granular materials
such as grain, ore, or the like, where only a small number of occupants are present at one time and includes cell type
silos and storage sheds .
Cell type silo: A type of bulk grain storage facility similar to that illustrated in diagram (a) of Figure SA 1 .
Insert SA Figure 1 as follows:
SA Figure 1 : Two types of bulk grain storage facilities
Farm building
A single storey Class 7 or 8 building that is—
primarily associated with agriculture and located on land used primarily for agriculture ; and (a)Schedule 1 Definitions
C 1 conveyorC 4 conveyorC 6 escape hatch
reclaim tunnel
feedshoes and valves
elevator boot pitC 1 escape
hatchroad hoppershelter
tunnelgridsE 2 elevatortoweroutloader chutesdistributorelevator
discharge hoodcell chutes C 3 conveyor
oversilo gallery
cell top level
main cells
(a) Cell type silo (b) Storage shed
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 761the total number of people accommodated in the building does not exceed one person per 200 m2 of total floor (b)
area, or six people, whichever is greater; and
the floor area of each building does not exceed the maximum floor area and volume specified in Table SA 1 for (c)
the type of farm building ; and
the building does not contain occupancies of excessive fire hazard as listed in E1D5 to E1D13 ; and (d)
if the building is used for the storage of hay, an open space complying with C3D5(1) is provided around the (e)
perimeter of each building.
Insert SA Table SA 1 as follows:
SA Table SA 1 : Farm building categories and maximum floor area
Rainwater tank: A vessel for the storage of surface water collected from the roof catchment area of the building.
Roof catchment area: The area of the roof (expressed in square metres), measured on the horizontal (no allowance for
slope or vertical surfaces) and includes the plan area of the gutters.
Small arts venue: The whole or the only part of a building that has a rise in storeys of not more than 2—
in which cultural activities including live music, visual arts displays, dancing, poetry and spoken word (a)
performances are provided to the public; and
the floor area used as a small arts venue does not exceed 300 m2; and (b)
no pyrotechnics or theatrical smoke (smoke machines, hazers or the like) are used. (c)
Storage shed: A type of bulk grain storage facility similar to that illustrated in diagram (b) of Figure SA 1 .Building group Type of farm building Maximum floor area Maximum volume
Group A Buildings used for keeping,
growing and/or harvesting
of animals and/or plants,
and includes greenhouses
with rigid covering material
and large implement/vehicle
storage sheds.5,000 m230,000 m3
Group B Buildings used for packing,
sorting and/or storage of
produce and may include
workshops.2,000 m212,000 m3
Group C Greenhouses with non-rigid,
plastic or fabric covering
material.5,000 m230,000 m3
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 762
Insert SA Table 1 as follows:
SA Table 1 : Schedule of referenced documents
Table Notes
The Planning and Design Code is the version current at the time of project documentation approval, unless noted (1)
otherwise.Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS 1260 2017 PVC-U pipes
and fittings for
drain, waste
and vent
applications
Amdt 1N/A N/A N/A C1D3
AS 1428 Part 1 2001 Design for
access and
mobility –
General
requirements
for access –
New building
workN/A SA H10D4 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1891 Part 4 2000 Industrial fall-arrest systems and devices:
Selection, use
and maintenanceSA G8D3 N/A N/A N/A
enHealth
Council,
Department of
Health and
Ageing2004 Guidance on
the use of
rainwater tanksN/A SA H9D5 N/A N/A
— See Note 1 Planning and
Design CodeSA G5D5 SA H7D4(3) N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 763
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Planning, Development and Infrastructure Act 2016 and, the Planning,
Development and Infrastructure (General) Regulations 2017, the Planning, Development and Infrastructure (Swimming
Pool Safety) Regulations 2019 and this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the
design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not
necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may
exist under the legislation listed.
1. Abattoirs
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
Relevant legislation
Food Act 2001
Food Regulations 2017
2. Accommodation
Administering agency
Department for Human Services
Relevant legislation
Supported Residential Facilities Act 1992
Supported Residential Facilities Regulations 2009
3. Asbestos Removal
Administering agency
SafeWork SA
Relevant legislation
Work, Health and Safety Act 2012
Work, Health and Safety Regulations 2012
4. Children’s Services
Administering agency
Department for Education
Relevant legislation
Education and Children’s Services Act 2019
Education and Children’s Services Regulations 2020
5. Crown Land
Administering agency
Department for Environment and Water SA Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 764Relevant legislation
Crown Land Management Act 2009
Crown Land Management Regulations 2010
6. Dangerous Goods
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
Relevant legislation
Controlled Substances Act 1984
Controlled Substances (Pesticides) Regulations 2017
Controlled Substances (Poisons) Regulations 2011
Administering agency
SafeWork SA
Relevant legislation
Dangerous Substances Act 1979
Dangerous Substances (General) Regulations 2017
Explosives Act 1936
Explosives Regulations 2011
Explosives (Fireworks) Regulations 2016
Explosives (Security Sensitive Substances) Regulations 2021
7 . Electrical Installations
Administering agency
Office of the Technical Regulator, Department for Energy and Mining
Relevant legislation
Electricity Act 1996
Electricity (General) Regulations 2012
Energy Products (Safety and Efficiency) Act 2000
Energy Products (Safety and Efficiency) Regulations 2012
8. Encroachments
Administering agency
Attorney-General’s Department
Relevant legislation
Encroachments Act 1944
9. Fences
Administering agency
Attorney-General’s Department
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 765Relevant legislation
Fences Act 1975
Fences Regulations 2018
10. Fire Prevention in Existing Buildings
Administering agency
Department for Trade and Investment
Relevant legislation
Development Act 1993
Development Regulations 2008
Planning, Development and Infrastructure Act 2016
Planning, Development and Infrastructure (General) Regulations 2017
Administering agency
SA Fire and Emergency Services Commission
Relevant legislation
Fire and Emergency Services Act 2005
Fire and Emergency Services Regulations 2021
11. Food Premises
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
Relevant legislation
Food Act 2001 Food Regulations 2017
12. Gas Installations
Administering agency
Office of the Technical Regulator, Department for Energy and Mining
Relevant legislation
Gas Act 1997 Gas Regulations 2012
Energy Products (Safety and Efficiency) Act 2000
Energy Products (Safety and Efficiency) Regulations 2012
13. Historic Buildings
Administering agency
Department of Environment and Water
Relevant legislation
Heritage Places Act 1993
Heritage Places Regulations 2020
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 76614. Hospitals, Nursing Homes and Health Care Buildings
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
Relevant legislation
Health Care Act 2008
Health Care Regulations 2008
15. Housing
Administering agency
Department of Human Services
Relevant legislation
Housing Improvement Act 2016
Housing Improvement Regulations 2017
16. Licensed Premises
Administering agency
Office of Liquor and Gambling Commissioner, Attorney-General’s Department
Relevant legislation
Liquor Licensing Act 1997
Liquor Licensing (General) Regulations 2012
17 . Lift Installations
Administering agency
SafeWork SA
Relevant legislation
Work, Health and Safety Act 2012
Work, Health and Safety Regulations 2012
18. Occupational Health and Safety
Administering agency
SafeWork SA
Relevant legislation
Work, Health and Safety Act 2012
Work, Health and Safety Regulations 2012
19. Pharmacies
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 767Relevant legislation
Health Practitioner Regulation National Law (South Australia) Act 2010
Health Practitioner Regulation National Law (South Australia) Regulations 2010
20. Radiation Safety
Administering agency
Environment Protection Authority
Relevant legislation
Radiation Protection and Control Act 1982
Radiation Protection and Control (Ionising Radiation) Regulations 2015
21. Sanitary Plumbing, Water Supply and Sewerage
Administering agency
Office of the Technical Regulator, Department for Energy and Mining
Relevant legislation
Water Industry Act 2012
Water Industry Regulations 2012
22. School (non -government )
Administering agency
Department for Education
Relevant legislation
Education and Children’s Services Act 2019
Education and Children’s Services Regulations 2020
23. Septic Tank and Grey Water Installations
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
Relevant legislation
South Australian Public Health Act 2011
South Australian Public Health (Wastewater) Regulations 2013
South Australian Public Health (Legionella) Regulations 2013
24. Smoking Restrictions
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
Relevant legislation
Tobacco and E-Cigarette Act 1997
Tobacco and E-Cigarette Regulations 2019
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 76825. Subdivision of Property
Administering agency
Land Services SA, Attorney-General’s Department and Department for Trade and Investment
Relevant legislation
Community Titles Act 1996
Community Titles Regulations 2011
Real Property Act 1886
Real Property Regulations 2009
Strata Titles Act 1988
Strata Titles Regulations 2018
26. Waste Management and Environment Protection
Administering agency
Environment Protection Authority
Relevant legislation
Environment Protection Act 1993
Environment Protection Regulations 2009
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 769
Schedule 9 Tasmania
Introduction
Section A Governing requirements
Part A1 Interpreting the NCC
A1G4 Interpretation
Part A4 Referenced documents
A4G1 Referenced documents
Part A5 Documentation of design and construction
A5G4 Evidence of suitability ─ Volume Three (PCA)
Section D Access and egress
Part D1 Access and egress
TAS D1P10 Standards made under the Disability Discrimination Act
Part D4 Access for people with a disability
D4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS D4D5 Exemptions
TAS D4D14 Compliance with Premises Standards
Section E Services and equipment
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
TAS E1P7 Automatic fire detection system
TAS E1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS E1D17 Fire detection and alarm system
Section F Health and amenity
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
TAS F4D13 Non-flushed urinals
TAS F4D14 Installation of closet fixtures
Part F8 Condensation management
TAS F8P1 Condensation and water vapour management
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components
TAS G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
TAS G1P6 Swimming pools
G1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS G1D2 Swimming pools
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
TAS G5P1 Bushfire resistance
TAS G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
Section I Special use buildings
TAS Part I4 Food premises
Objectives
TAS I4O1 Objective
Functional Statements
TAS I4F1 Food premises
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 770Performance Requirements
TAS I4P1 Application of Part
TAS I4P2 Design and construction
TAS I4P3 Water supply
TAS I4P4 Sewage and waste water disposal
TAS I4P5 Storage of garbage and recyclables
TAS I4P6 Ventilation
TAS I4P7 Lighting
TAS I4P8 Floors
TAS I4P9 Walls and ceilings
TAS I4P10 Hand washing facilities
TAS I4P11 Fixtures, fittings and equipment
TAS I4P12 Storage facilities
TAS I4P13 Refrigerated and cooling chambers
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I4D1 Application of Part
TAS I4D2 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I4D3 General requirements
TAS I4D4 Pests and contaminants
TAS I4D5 Drains and pipes
TAS I4D6 Offensive material and trade waste
TAS I4D7 Ventilation
TAS I4D8 Lighting
TAS I4D9 Floors, walls and ceilings
TAS I4D10 Separation of work place
TAS I4D11 Washbasins
TAS I4D12 Sinks
TAS I4D13 Design, construction and installation of fixtures, fittings and
equipment
TAS I4D14 Storage of materials and equipment
TAS I4D15 Food store
TAS I4D16 Meat premises
TAS I4D17 Dairy produce
TAS I4D18 Refrigerated and cooling chambers
TAS Part I5 Dining rooms and bar rooms
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I5D1 Application of Part
TAS I5D2 Sanitary facilities
TAS I5D3 Separation from other areas
TAS Part I6 Meat premises
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I6D1 Application of Part
TAS I6D2 Premises processing animals and meat
TAS Part I7 Farm dairy premises
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 771TAS I7D1 Application of Part
TAS I7D2 Milking sheds and holding yards
TAS I7D3 Milk receiving area and milk storage room
TAS I7D4 Water supply
TAS Part I8 Pharmacies
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I8D1 Application of Part
TAS I8D2 Definition
TAS I8D3 Pharmacy premises
TAS I8D4 Dispensary
TAS I8D5 Security of dispensary
TAS Part I9 Health service establishments
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I9D1 Application of Part
TAS I9D2 Design and construction of health service establishments
TAS Part I10 Mortuaries
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I10D1 Application of Part
TAS I10D2 Layout of mortuary
TAS I10D3 Construction of body preparation room
TAS I10D4 Water supply and sewerage
TAS Part I11 Foundries
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I11D1 Application of Part
TAS I11D2 General
TAS I11D3 Cupola charging platform
TAS I11D4 Deep moulds and pits
TAS I11D5 Pot furnaces
TAS Part I12 Premises for manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I12D1 Application of Part
TAS I12D2 Separation from other buildings
TAS I12D3 Rise in storeys
TAS I12D4 Maximum floor areas
TAS I12D5 Required exits
TAS I11D6 Hand laminating and spray depositing
TAS I12D7 Ventilation
TAS I12D8 Smoke and heat roof vents
TAS Part I13 Premises for production of processing of isocyanates
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I13D1 Application of Part
TAS I13D2 Areas of work places
TAS I13D3 Separation from other areas and buildings
TAS I13D4 Rise in storeys
TAS I13D5 Maximum floor areas
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 772TAS I13D6 Required exits
TAS I13D7 Bulk stores for polyols and isocyanates
TAS I13D8 Curing room
TAS Part I14 Premises for electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or etching
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I14D1 Application of Part
TAS I14D2 Floors
TAS I14D3 Height of plating area
TAS I14D4 Air space
TAS I14D5 Ceiling construction
TAS Part I15 Premises for lead processing
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I15D1 Application of Part
TAS I15D2 Floors
TAS I15D3 Height of lead processing areas
TAS I15D4 Air space and floor space
TAS I15D5 Interior of lead processing areas
TAS I15D6 Dust collection
TAS I15D7 Isolation of certain processes
TAS I15D8 Drying room shelves
TAS I15D9 Washing facilities
TAS I15D10 Change rooms
TAS Part I16 Early childhood centres and school age care facilities
Objectives
TAS I16O1 Objective
Functional Statements
TAS I16F1 Early childhood centres and school age care facilities
Performance Requirements
TAS I16P1 Design and construction
TAS I16P2 Health and amenity
TAS I16P3 Perimeter fencing and barriers
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I16D1 Application of Part
TAS I16D2 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS Part I18 Temporary structures
Performance Requirements
TAS I18P1 Application of Part
TAS I18P2 Safety and serviceability
TAS I18P3 Resistance to the spread of fire
TAS I18P4 Access
TAS I18P5 Exits
TAS I18P6 Fall prevention
TAS I18P7 Lighting
TAS I18P8 Identification of exits
TAS I18P9 Fire-fighting equipment
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 773TAS I18P10 Sanitary facilities
TAS I18P11 Artificial lighting
TAS I18P12 Ventilation
TAS I18P13 Electrical services
TAS I18P14 Heating appliances
TAS I18P15 Tiered seating
TAS I18P16 Safe environment
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I18D1 Application of Part
TAS I18D2 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I18D3 Access
TAS I18D4 Lighting
TAS I18D5 Ventilation
TAS I18D6 Electrical
TAS I18D7 Heating appliances
TAS Part I17 Premises where work is undertaken on gas-fuelled vehicles
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I17D1 Application of Part
TAS I17D2 Working areas
Section J Energy efficiency
TAS Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2
building or a Class 4 part of a building
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 774
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered
necessary for the effective application of the BCA in Tasmania and shall be treated as amendments to the Code.TAS Introduction
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 775
Part A1 Interpreting the NCC
A 1G4 Interpretation
[2019: A1.0]
Insert subclause TAS A1G4(7) in clause A1G4 as follows:
(7) The Director of Building Control may issue written advice to deal with arising issues such as interpretation of codes,
standards and regulations.
Part A4 Referenced documents
A4G1 Referenced documents
[2019: A4.0]
Delete A4G1(3) and insert TAS A4G1(3) as follows:
(3) The following applies:
All Tasmanian legislative documents referenced within the PCA are taken to be the latest published versions (a)
thereof unless noted otherwise.
Part A5 Documentation of design and construction
A5G4 Evidence of suitability ─ Volume Three (PCA)
[2019: A5.3]
Insert subclause TAS A5G4(7) in clause A5G4 as follows:
(7) A product used in roof plumbing, heating ventilation and air-conditioning or on-site liquid trade waste are deemed fit
to be for their intended purpose if it has evidence of suitability in the form of—
WaterMark Licence issued in accordance with the WaterMark Certification Scheme ; or (a)
a current certificate issued by a certification body stating that the properties and performance of a product meet (b)
the requirements of the NCC Volume Three; or
authorisation from the Director of Building Control. (c)
Insert subclause TAS A5G4(8) in clause A5G4 as follows:
(8) A product used in On-site wastewater management systems are deemed to be fit for their intended purpose if it has
evidence of suitability in the form of—
an On-site wastewater management system used in a plumbing installation must be issued with a Certificate of (a)
Accreditation in accordance with the AS 1546 series of Standards; or
a current certificate issued by a JAS-ANZ accredited certification body stating that the properties and (b)
performance of a product meets the requirement of NCC Volume Three; and
accreditation from the Director of Building Control. (c)
Insert subclause TAS A5G4(9) in clause A5G4 as follows:
(9) A holding tank or collection well for use in a plumbing or drainage installation may be verified as meeting the
Performance Requirements of the Director of Building Control if complies with AS/NZS 1546.1.
Insert subclause TAS A5G4(10) in clause A5G4 as follows:
(10) Under the Tasmanian Building Act, the Director of Building Control may accredit an On-site wastewater management
system . On-site wastewater management systems larger than that covered by the Australian Standards AS/NZS
1546 Series are exempt from accreditation and a Performance Solution is required. Section A Governing requirements
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 776Products accredited by the Director of Building Control are published in a list available at www.cbos.tas.gov.au .A5G4
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 777
Part D1 Access and egress
Insert TAS D1P10 as follows:
TAS D1P10 Standards made under the Disability Discrimination Act
[2019: Tas DP10]
A building or part of a building must be accessible in accordance with the requirements of a Standard made under the
Disability Discrimination Act 1992 (Cth).
Part D4 Access for people with a disability
D4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: D3.0]
Delete D4D1(1) and insert TAS D4D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements D1P1 to D1P6 , D1P8 , D1P9 and TAS
D1P10 are satisfied by complying with—
D2D2 to D2D23 , D3D2 to D3D30 , D4D2 to D4D13 and TAS D4D14 ; and (a)
in a building containing an atrium , Part G3 ; and (b)
additional requirements for Class 9b buildings, Part I1 ; and (c)
for public transport buildings, Part I2 . (d)
Delete D4D1(3) and insert TAS D4D1(3) as follows:
(3) This sub-clause has deliberately been left blank.
Delete D4D5 and insert TAS D4D5 as follows:
TAS D4D5 Exemptions
[2019: TAS D3.4(d)]
The following areas are not required to be accessible :
An area where access would be inappropriate because of the particular purpose for which the area is used. (a)
An area that would pose a health or safety risk for people with a disability. (b)
Any path of travel providing access only to an area exempted by (a) or (b). (c)
The Class 2 parts of a building where— (d)
the building is an existing building with a rise in storeys of two; and (i)
the storey at ground level is Class 5 or 6; and (ii)
the upper storeys is comprised of two or more Class 2 sole-occupancy units that are not made available for (iii)
short-term rental.
Insert TAS D4D14 as follows:
TAS D4D14 Compliance with Premises Standards
[2019: TAS D3.13]
(1) A building solution must comply with the Disability (Access to Premises - Buildings) Standards 2010.
(2) A building solution complies with TAS D4D1(1)(a) if it complies with the applications, exemptions and concessions in
the Disability (Access to Premises - Buildings) Standards 2010.Section D Access and egress
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 778
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
Insert TAS E1P7 as follows:
TAS E1P7 Automatic fire detection system
[2019: TAS EP1.7]
An automatic fire detection system must be installed to the degree necessary to alert the fire brigade of fire so that fire
fighting operations may be undertaken at the earliest possible time to limit property and environmental damage appropriate
to—
the building functions and use; and (a)
the fire hazard ; and (b)
the height of the building; and (c)
the building floor area . (d)
Applications
Tas E1P7 only applies to—
a Class 5 building or Class 6 building having an aggregate floor area of more than 1000 m2; and (a)
a Class 7 building having a floor area of more than 1000 m2 in which furniture is stored; and (b)
a Class 8 building which is a special fire hazard building and in which more than 25 persons are employed; and (c)
a Class 9b building which is a school or early childhood centre or a creche which— (d)
is of more than 1 storey ; or (i)
has a storey with a floor area more than 500 m2; and (ii)
a Class 9b building which is a theatre. (e)
Delete E1D1 and insert TAS E1D1 as follows:
TAS E1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: TAS E1.0]
Performance Requirements E1P1 to E1P6 and TAS E1P7 are satisfied by complying with E1D2 to E1D16 , TAS E1D17 ,
and for farm buildings and farm sheds , Part I3 .
Insert TAS E1D17 as follows:
TAS E1D17 Fire detection and alarm system
[2019: TAS E1.101]
An automatic fire detection and alarm system must comply with S20C4 and S20C8 .Section E Services and equipment
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 779 Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
Insert TAS F4D13 as follows:
TAS F4D13 Non-flushed urinals
[2019: TAS F2.101]
Non-flushed urinals not connected to a sewerage system must comply with TAS F4D14 .
Insert TAS F4D14 as follows:
TAS F4D14 Installation of closet fixtures
[2019: TAS F2.102]
(1) If a sufficient sewerage system is not available, an authorised alternative means of disposal of sewage may be
installed.
(2) If sanitary facilities are not water-flushed, the following provisions apply:
A
pit latrine, an incinerating toilet, a chemical toilet, a removable pan or a non-flushing urinal must not be within (a)
2 m of a building containing habitable rooms.
The floor on which a removable pan is placed must be impervious. (b)
A
room containing a composting toilet must be separated from habitable rooms by way of a permanently (c)
ventilated air lock (which may be a circulation space).
The minimum ventilation required under (c) shall be the greater of— (d)
8000 mm2; or (i)
1/500th of the floor area of the circulation space. (ii)
Access for maintenance or removal of waste from a composting toilet must be by way of an access door which (e)
opens directly to the outside of the building.
Part F8 Condensation management
Delete F8P1 and insert TAS F8P1 as follows:
TAS F8P1 Condensation and water vapour management
[2019: TAS FP6.1]
In a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, risks associated with water vapour and
condensation must be managed to minimise their impact on the health of occupants.
Notes
Refer to the guidance in the “Condensation in Buildings Tasmanian Designers’ Guide” – current version available(1)
at www
.cbos.tas.gov.au. This Guide must be read in conjunction with the NCC.
The strategies listed in the Guide exceed the NCC requirements for condensation management, however are(2)
strongly recommended to assist in minimising condensation in cool climates like
Tasmania.Section F Health and amenity
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 780
Part G1 Minor structures and components
Delete G1P2 and insert TAS G1P2 as follows:
TAS G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: TAS GP1.2]
(1) A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and (a)
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and (b)
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and (c)
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed (d)
to automatically close and latch.
(2) A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a
person.
Applications
TAS G1P2(1) only applies to a swimming pool associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, (1)
with a depth of water of more than 300 mm.
TAS G1P2(2) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm. (2)
Insert TAS G1P6 as follows:
TAS G1P6 Swimming pools
[2019: TAS GP1.6]
Swimming pools must be suitable and safe to use and be provided with appropriate facilities.
Limitations
TAS G1P6 does not apply to a swimming pool associated with a Class 2 building.
G1D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: G1.0]
Delete G1D1(2) and insert TAS G1D1(2) as follows:
(2) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements G1P2 to G1P5 and TAS G1P6 are
satisfied by complying with TAS G1D2 to G1D4 .
Delete G1D2 and insert TAS G1D2 as follows:
TAS G1D2 Swimming pools
[2019: TAS G1.1]
(1) A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or
Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool
surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2.
(2) A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS
1926.3.
(3) Swimming pools for the use of the public, a club, or an association, or in connection with Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 Section G Ancillary provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 781buildings must—
be constructed of durable materials with smooth finishes; and (a)
have sides vertical; and (b)
in that part of the pool where the water depth is not more than 1.5 m, have the bottom or floor slope not steeper (c)
than 1 vertical to 15 horizontal; and
have the depth of water marked clearly and conspicuously on each side of the pool (at the shallow end and at (d)
the deep end); and
not have diving boards installed where the water depth is less than 3.5 m; and (e)
have scum-gutters with opening not less than 150 mm if they are to provide hand-holds; and (f)
have the floor or bottom of the pool, except for the guide lines, of such colours that the light reflectance is not (g)
less than 60%.
(4) For a public swimming pool or pool in which competitions are held—
all steps into the pool must be recessed; and (a)
fittings must not project into the water area; and (b)
piping must not be bracketed to the sides to provide hand-holds; and (c)
surrounding concourses must be provided not less than 2 m wide, with a suitable non-slip surface, graded away (d)
from the pool and drained to waste; and
dressing rooms with sanitary accommodation must be so located that bathers pass through that accommodation (e)
enroute to the swimming pool .
(5) If the volume of a swimming pool exceeds 15 m3—
an adequate water recirculation, disinfection and filtration system must be installed; and (a)
(the inlet and outlet openings in a swimming pool for the purpose of water recirculation must be so located that (b)
water movement is continuous from inlet to outlet; and
recirculation of water in a swimming pool must be so designed that the pool contents are recirculated not less (c)
than once in the period shown in TAS Table G1D2a ; and
water filtration rates must not exceed 12 250 L/m2 of sand filter bed per hour, or an equivalent rate in other filter (d)
media.
(6) Where no other suitable sanitary accommodation is provided, sanitary facilities must be provided in accordance with
TAS Table G1D2b .
(7) Where no other suitable shower facilities are provided, showers must be provided so that each shower serves up to
40 persons.
Insert TAS Table G1D2a as follows:
TAS Table G1D2a: Recirculation of water in swimming pools
Insert TAS Table G1D2b as follows:
TAS Table G1D2b: Sanitary facilities at swimming pools
Pool type Period (hours)
Outdoor swimming pool 6
Indoor swimming pool 4
Wading pool 2
Gender Maximum
number served
by 1 closet fixtureMaximum number served
by each extra closet fixtureMaximum number served
by 1 urinalMaximum number served
by each extra urinalMaximum number served
by 1 wash basinMaximum number served
by each extra wash basin
Males 60 60 60 60 60 60
Females 40 40 N/A N/A 60 60TAS G1D2
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 782 Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
Delete G5P1 and insert TAS G5P1 as follows:
TAS G5P1 Bushfire resistance
[2019: GP5.1]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area must be designed and constructed to—
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 (a)
years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
take account of the assessed duration and intensity of the fire actions of the design bushfire ; and (b)
be designed to prevent internal ignition of the building and its contents; and (c)
maintain the structural integrity of the building for the duration of the design bushfire . (d)
Applications
G5P1 applies in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b— (c)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (d)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (a) to (d). (e)
Notes
For additional requirements relating to bushfire prone areas, refer to the Director’s Determinations on Bushfire Hazard
Areas – current versions available at www.cbos.tas.gov.au
Delete G5P2 and insert TAS G5P2 as follows:
TAS G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily
evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the— (a)
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including— (i)
classified vegetation; and (A)
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and (B)
carparking areas and allotment boundaries; and (C)
other combustible materials; and (D)
number of occupants to be accommodated within the building; and (ii)
intensity of bushfire attack on the building; and (iii)
duration of occupancy; and (iv)
intensity of potential consequential fires; and (v)
occupant tenability within the building before, during and after the bushfire event; and (vi)
combined effects of structural, fire exposure and other effects to which the building may reasonably be (vii)
subjected; and
provision of fire fighting equipment and water supply to facilitate protection of the building; and (viii)Part G5
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 783be provided with vehicular access to the site to enable firefighting and emergency personnel to defend or (b)
evacuate the building; and
have access to a sufficient supply of water for firefighting purposes on the site; and (c)
provide safe access within the site to the building (including carparking areas), as well as safe egress after the (d)
bushfire event.
Applications
TAS G5P2 applies to the following buildings located in a designated bushfire prone area —
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building . (c)
Notes
TAS G5P2 does not guarantee the safety of building occupants or the maintenance of tenable conditions within a (1)
building during a bushfire event.
For additional requirements relating to bushfire prone areas, refer to the Director’s Determinations on Bushfire (2)
Hazard Areas – current versions available at www.cbos.tas.gov.au TAS G5P2
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 784Section I Special use buildings
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 785
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for food premises.
TAS I4O1 Objective
[2019: TAS H102 O1]
The objective of this Part is to facilitate the safe manufacture, preparation, storage and packing of food for sale for
human consumption.
TAS I4F1 Food premises
[2019: TAS H102 F1]
Each building or part of a building constructed as a food premise must be able to be used in such a manner that
minimises opportunities for food contamination.
TAS I4P1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H102 (Application) ]
(1) TAS I4P2 to TAS I4P13 applies to any premises where food intended for human consumption is manufactured,
processed, prepared, packed, stored or sold and to which the following apply—
Food Act 2003; or (a)
Liquor Licensing Act 1990; or (b)
Primary Produce Safety Act 2011; or (c)
Dairy Industry Act 1994. (d)
(2) TAS I4P2 to TAS I4P13 includes, but is not limited to—
bakehouses; and (a)
bar service areas; and (b)
premises for boning, curing, canning, pre-packing or other similar processes of preparation of meat for sale; and (c)
retail meat premises; and (d)
eating houses and tea shops; and (e)
fish shops; and (f)
kitchens in eating houses, restaurants, guest houses, motels and hotels; and (g)
rooms for processing, manufacturing, packing, etc. of fruit and vegetables, dairy products, ice blocks, ices, meat- (h)
for-sale, or other fish; and
primary produce business premises regulated by or under a Food Safety Scheme made under the Primary (i)
Produce Safety Act; and
take-away-food stores; and (j)TAS Part I4 Food premises
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 786breweries and wineries. (k)
(3) In TAS I4P2 to TAS I4P13 , words and meanings as defined in the Food Act 2003, Food Standards Code and Liquor
Licensing
Act 1990, Dairy Industry Act 1994 and Primary Produce Safety Act 2011 apply.
(4) TAS I4P2 to TAS I4P13 do not apply to—
domestic dwellings classified as Class 1 buildings; or (a)
boarding houses or the like classified as Class 1 buildings; or (b)
tents, buildings or other structures used temporarily for serving meats to the public at any fair
, show, race meeting (c)
or other public sports, games or amusements; or
meat premises covered by TAS Part I6 ; or (d)
dairies covered by TAS Part I7 ; or (e)
live shellfish premises where live shellfish are being packed or handled for transport or transferral to shellfish (f)
processing premises; or
premises that only sell pre-packaged food that is not potentially hazardous. (g)
TAS I4P2 Design and construction
[2019: TAS H102 P1]
The design and construction of food premises must—
be appropriate for the activities for which the premises are used; and (a)
provide adequate space for the activities to be conducted on the food premises and for the fixtures, fittings and (b)
equipment used for those activities; and
permit the food premises to be ef
fectively cleaned and, if necessary, sanitised; and (c)
to the extent that is practicable— (d)
exclude dirt, dust, odours, fumes, smoke and other contaminants; and (i)
not permit the entry of pests; and (ii)
not provide harbourage for pests; and (iii)
provide that the food premises is able to be used in such a manner that minimises opportunities for food (e)
contamination.
TAS I4P3 Water supply
[2019: TAS H102 P2]
(1) Food premises must have an adequate supply of water if water is to be used at the food premises for any of the
activities conducted on the food premises.
(2) A
food premises must use potable water for all activities that use water that are conducted on the food premises.
Limitations
If a food business demonstrates that the use of non-potable water for a purpose will not adversely affect the safety of
the food handled by the food business TAS I4P3(2) does not apply.
TAS I4P4 Sewage and waste water disposal
[2019: TAS H102 P3]
Food premises must have a sewage and waste water disposal system that—
will effectively dispose of all sewage and waste water; and (a)
is constructed and located so that there is no likelihood of the sewage and waste water polluting the water supply (b)
or contaminating food.TAS I4P1
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 787 TAS I4P5 Storage of garbage and recyclables
[2019: TAS H102 P4]
Food premises must have facilities for the storage of garbage and recyclable matter that—
adequately contain the volume and type of garbage and recyclable matter on the food premises; and (a)
enclose the garbage or recyclable matter, if this is necessary to keep pests and animals away from it; and (b)
are designed and constructed so that they may be effectively cleaned. (c)
TAS I4P6 Ventilation
[2019: TAS H102 P5]
Food premises must have sufficient natural or mechanical ventilation to remove fumes, smoke and vapours from the food
premises.
TAS I4P7 Lighting
[2019: TAS H102 P6]
Food premises must have lighting systems that provide sufficient natural or artificial light for the activities conducted on
the food premises.
TAS I4P8 Floors
[2019: TAS H102 P7]
(1) Floors must be designed and constructed in a way that is appropriate for the activities conducted on the food premises.
(2) Floors must—
be able to be effectively cleaned; and (a)
be unable to absorb grease, food particles or water; and (b)
be laid so that there is no ponding of water; and (c)
to the extent that is practicable, be unable to provide harbourage for pests. (d)
Applications
The requirements for floors apply to the floors of all areas used for food handling, cleaning, sanitising and personal
hygiene except the following areas—
dining areas; and (a)
drinking areas; and (b)
other areas to which members of the public usually have access. (c)
Exemptions
The following floors do not have to comply with TAS I4P8(2)—
floors of temporary food premises, including ground surfaces, that are unlikely to pose any risk of contamination (a)
of food handled on the food premises; and
floors of food premises that are unlikely to pose any risk of contamination of food handled on the food premises (b)
provided the food business has obtained approval for their use.
TAS I4P9 Walls and ceilings
[2019: TAS H102 P8]
Walls and ceilings—
must be designed and constructed in a way that is appropriate for the activities conducted on the food premises; (a)
and TAS I4P5
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 788must be provided where they are necessary to protect food from contamination; and (b)
provided in accordance with (b) must be— (c)
sealed to prevent the entry of dirt, dust and pests; and (i)
unable to absorb grease, food particles or water; and (ii)
able to be easily and effectively cleaned; and (iii)
must— (d)
be able to be effectively cleaned; and (i)
to the extent that is practicable, be unable to provide harbourage for pests. (ii)
Applications
The requirements for walls and ceilings apply to the walls and ceilings of all areas used for food handling, cleaning,
sanitising and personal hygiene except for the following areas—
dining areas; and (a)
drinking areas; and (b)
other areas to which members of the public usually have access. (c)
TAS I4P10 Hand washing facilities
[2019: TAS H102 P9]
(1) Food premises must have hand washing facilities that are located where they can be easily accessed by food
handlers—
within areas where food handlers work if their hands are likely to be a source of contamination of food; and (a)
if there are toilets on the food premises — immediately adjacent to the toilets or toilet cubicles. (b)
(2) Hand washing facilities must be—
permanent fixtures; and (a)
provided with a supply of warm running potable water; and (b)
of a size that allows easy and effective hand washing; and (c)
clearly designated for the sole purpose of washing hands, arms and face. (d)
TAS I4P11 Fixtures, fittings and equipment
[2019: TAS H102 P10]
Fixtures, fittings and equipment must—
be adequate for the production of wholesome food; and (a)
be fit for their intended use; and (b)
be designed, constructed, located and installed, and equipment must be located and, if necessary, installed, so (c)
that—
there is no likelihood that they will cause food contamination; and (i)
they are able to be easily and effectively cleaned; and (ii)
adjacent floors, walls, ceilings and other surfaces are able to be easily and effectively cleaned; and (iii)
to the extent that is practicable, they do not provide harbourage for pests; and (iv)
have food contact surfaces— (d)
able to be easily and effectively cleaned and, if necessary, sanitised if there is a likelihood that they will (i)
cause food contamination; and
unable to absorb grease, food particles and water if there is a likelihood that they will cause food (ii)
contamination; and
made of a material that will not contaminate food. (iii)TAS I4P9
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 789 TAS I4P12 Storage facilities
[2019: TAS H102 P11]
Food premises must have adequate storage facilities—
for the storage of items that are likely to be the source of contamination of food, including chemicals, clothing (a)
and personal belongings; and
located where there is no likelihood of stored items contaminating food or food contact surfaces. (b)
TAS I4P13 Refrigerated and cooling chambers
[2019: TAS H102 P12]
All refrigerated and cooling chambers must be constructed so that the stored products will not be contaminated.
TAS I4D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H102.0]
(1) This Part applies to any premises where food intended for human consumption is manufactured, processed or sold
and to which the following apply—
Food Act 2003; or (a)
Liquor Licensing Act 1990; or (b)
Primary Produce Safety Act 2011; or (c)
Dairy Industry Act 1994. (d)
(2) This Part includes, but is not limited to—
bakehouses; and (a)
bar service areas; and (b)
premises for boning, curing, canning, mincing, pre-packing or other similar processes of preparation of meat for (c)
sale; and
retail meat premises; and (d)
eating houses and tea shops; and (e)
fish shops; and (f)
kitchens in eating houses, restaurants, guest-houses, motels and hotels; and (g)
rooms for processing, manufacturing, packing, etc. of fruit and vegetables, dairy products, ice blocks, ices, meat- (h)
for-sale or other fish; and
primary produce business premises regulated by or under a Food Safety Scheme made under the Primary (i)
Produce Safety Act 2011; and
take-away-food stores; and (j)
breweries and wineries. (k)
(3) This Part does not apply to—
boarding houses or the like classified as Class 1 buildings; or (a)
tents, buildings or other structures used temporarily for serving meals to the public at any fair, show, race meeting (b)
or other public sports, games or amusements; or
dairies covered by TAS Part I7 ; or (c)
live shellfish premises where live shellfish are being packed or handled for transport or transferral to shellfish (d)
processing premises; or
premises that only sell pre-packaged food that is not potentially hazardous. (e)
(4) In this Part, words and meanings as defined in the Food Act 2003, Food Standards Code and Liquor Licensing Act Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsTAS I4P12
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 7901990, Dairy Industry Act 1994 and Primary Produce Safety Act 2011 apply.
TAS I4D2 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: TAS H102.1]
Performance Requirements TAS I4P1 to TAS I4P13 are satisfied by complying with the relevant provisions of TAS I4D3
to TAS I4D18 .
TAS I4D3 General requirements
[2019: TAS H102.2]
(1) The provision of—
close-fitting windows and doors; and (a)
air intakes that do not draw in contaminated air; and (b)
air locks and self-closing doors to separate toilet areas, laundries and living areas from food handling areas; (c)
and
mechanical ventilation that removes sources of contamination, (d)
satisfies TAS I4P2(d)(i) .
(2) The provision of—
self-closing or pest-screened external doors; and (a)
mesh screens at opening windows or other ventilation openings; and (b)
sealing to drains, grease traps and ventilation pipes; and (c)
sealing to openings where pipes pass through external walls; and (d)
the installation of pest-proof flashings to doors, (e)
satisfies TAS I4P2(d)(ii) .
(3) The provision of—
vermin-proof sealing; or (a)
filling; or (b)
access for inspection and cleaning of boxed-in areas, (c)
satisfies TAS I4P2(d)(iii) .
(4) The provision of a reticulated water supply from—
a regulated entity; or (a)
a private water supply with on-site treatment, (b)
which meets the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines, satisfies TAS I4P3(2) .
Notes
‘Regulated entity’ has the same meaning as Water and Sewerage Industry Act 2008.
TAS I4D4 Pests and contaminants
[2019: TAS H102.3]
Premises where customers are served outside the premises through an opening, that has an appliance for the elimination
of flies and mechanical ventilation adequate to exhaust air through the opening at a rate of not less than 5 litres per second
for each square metre of opening, satisfies TAS I4P2(d) . TAS I4D1
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 791 TAS I4D5 Drains and pipes
[2019: TAS H102.4]
Premises satisfy TAS I4P4 where—
a grease trap, an overflow (relief) gully or an untrapped opening connected directly with a drain or sewer, is not (a)
installed in a room used for preparation, processing, packing or storing of food for sale; and
as far as is practicable, service pipes are concealed beneath the surface of walls, floors or ceilings, or are fixed (b)
clear of the wall, floor or ceiling, at such distance as to facilitate cleaning.
TAS I4D6 Offensive material and trade waste
[2019: TAS H102.5]
Where offensive material or trade waste is stored, a separate area or room which—
is paved and easily cleanable; and (a)
is graded to drain to a suitable drainage system; and (b)
has available a supply of water under pressure, (c)
satisfies TAS I4P5 .
TAS I4D7 Ventilation
[2019: TAS H102.6]
A mechanical ventilating exhaust system complying with the requirements of AS/NZS 1668.1 and AS 1668.2 satisfies TAS
I4P6.
TAS I4D8 Lighting
[2019: TAS H102.7]
A lighting system that—
complies with AS 1680.1 and AS/NZS 1680.2.4; and (a)
in areas where open food is handled or stored, has light fittings which are— (b)
designed and constructed to prevent the contamination of food should the globe or tube shatter; and (i)
free from any features that would harbour dirt, dust or insects or make the fitting difficult to clean, (ii)
satisfies TAS I4P7 .
TAS I4D9 Floors, walls and ceilings
[2019: TAS H102.8]
(1) Floors, walls and ceilings constructed in accordance with
Section 3
of AS 4674, satisfy TAS I4P8 and TAS I4P9 .(2) The wall and ceiling provisions of (1) do not apply to areas in which all food for sale is completely enclosed and
otherwise protected from contamination by processing plants, other appliances or other means.
TAS I4D10 Separation of work place
[2019: TAS H102.9]
(1) A room where food for sale is processed, manufactured, prepared, deposited, treated, stored or packed, that does
not have direct communication with a room containing sanitary facilities, living quarters, laundry, bathroom or garage
or a room where animals are housed, satisfies TAS I4P9(b) .
(2) ‘Direct communication’ means a doorway, a window or other opening in a wall between a food preparation or storage
area opening directly on to a room described in (1).
(3) Access between the areas referred to in (2) via another room, a hallway, or an airlock, satisfies TAS I4P9(b) . TAS I4D5
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 792 TAS I4D11 Washbasins
[2019: TAS H102.10]
(1) Premises or places for preparation or storage of food for sale provided with not less than one washbasin complying
with (2) within five metres of any activities where hands are likely to be a source of contamination of food, satisfies
TAS I4P10 .
(2) Each washbasin must—
have hot and cold water through a common outlet; and (a)
have a capacity of at least 1
1 litres; and (b)
provide not less than 250 mm between the spout and the bottom of the basin; and (c)
be in a position that is not obstructed. (d)
TAS I4D12 Sinks
[2019: TAS H102.11]
(1) Where equipment and utensils are required to be manually cleaned and sanitised, or food preparation requires a
sink, premises that are provided with a suitably sized double bowl sink for equipment washing and a separate suitably
sized sink for food preparation of stainless steel supplied with—
hot and cold water; and (a)
in integral drainer on at least one side or a third bowl, (b)
satisfies TAS I4P11 .
(2) A
sink installed adjacent to a wall or other vertical surface, that is fitted with an integral flashing to that wall or vertica l
surface to a height of not less than 150 mm, satisfies TAS I4P11 .
(3) A
sink provided with an integral surround not less than 150 mm wide except on sides with an integral flashing as in
(2), satisfies TAS I4P11 .
(4) A
cleaner’s sink separated from food storage and handling areas provided for the emptying of cleaning water, satisfies
TAS I4P11 .
TAS I4D13 Design, construction and installation of fixtures, fittings and equipment
[2019: TAS H102.12]
(1) The provision of fixtures, fittings and equipment designed, constructed and installed in accordance with clause 4.2
and clause 4.3 of
AS 4674 satisfies TAS I4P11 .
(2) The provision of—
automatic equipment that uses water to sanitise utensils or other equipment and only operate for the purposes (a)
of sanitation when the water is at a temperature that will sanitise the utensils or equipment; or
a sink that meets TAS I4D12 , (b)
satisfies TAS I4P11 .
TAS I4D14 Storage of materials and equipment
[2019: TAS H102.13]
(1) Separate areas for the storage of fuel, cleaning compounds and general maintenance equipment provided so as to
prevent contamination of the product in the event of a spillage of any other form of breakdown, satisfies TAS I4P12 .
(2) A
separate area for the storage of staff clothing and personal effects, satisfies TAS I4P12 .
TAS I4D15 Food store
[2019: TAS H102.14]
An eating house provided with a dry-food store, satisfies TAS I4P12 . TAS I4D11
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 793 TAS I4D16 Meat premises
[2019: TAS H102.15]
Premises used for the preparation or sale of red meat, other than those licensed under the Primary Produce Safety Act
2011, that comply with—
TAS Part I6 ; or (a)
the provisions of TAS I4D3 to TAS I4D14 and I4D18 , satisfy in relation to building construction, the requirements (b)
of TAS I4P2 to TAS I4P13 .
TAS I4D17 Dairy produce
[2019: TAS H102.16]
Definition:
Dairy produce products include milk, colostrum, liquid milk products, cream and thickened cream, butter, butter (a)
concentrate, buttermilk, concentrated buttermilk, dairy blend, ghee, anhydrous milk fat (butter oil), casein,
caseinate, cheese, whey, whey cream, concentrated whey cream, cultured milk, yoghurt, ice cream, ice cream
mix, buttermilk powder, lactose powder, milk sugar, powdered milk, skim milk powder, whey powder, milk protein
powder and other milk concentrates.
Premises designed and constructed in compliance with the Export Control (Milk and Dairy) Orders, satisfy the (b)
special requirements of this code for premises to be used for the manufacture of dairy produce.
TAS I4D18 Refrigerated and cooling chambers
[2019: TAS H102.17]
The construction of a refrigerated chamber or cooling chamber installed in premises for storage of food complying with
the requirements for that premises, satisfies TAS I4P13 where they have—
internal and external panels adhered directly to the insulated core material to form an integral wall section with (a)
tight fitting edges resistant to penetration by liquids; and
every joint caulked with a water-resistant, flexible sealer and finished in such a manner as to prevent migration (b)
of liquids into the core; and
every intersection of walls with floors and walls with walls coved with a radius not less than 25 mm; and (c)
exposed slot-head screws or open-headed pop rivets filled with sealer; and (d)
service pipes and conduits concealed in floors, walls or ceilings, if practicable, or fixed on brackets to provide (e)
clearances of not less than 25 mm between the pipe and a wall and 100 mm between the pipe and a floor; and
fittings not fixed over exposed pipes nor in a position to make difficult the cleaning of the pipe and surrounding (f)
area; and
rat proof construction, and any inaccessible spaces between the low temperature room and surrounding walls, (g)
ceilings and fixtures proof against rats an vermin; and
floor graded, as shown in Table TAS I4D18a , to drains located outside the chamber as near as practicable to (h)
the door opening; and
drainage from cooling units within the chamber constructed in accordance with Table TAS I4D18b , draining to a (i)
trapped outlet located outside the chamber.
Insert TAS Table I4D18a as follows:
TAS Table I4D18a: Floor drainage of refrigerated cooling chambers
Chiller type Floor slope
Active chillers Not less than 1:50
Other chambers Not less than 1:100TAS I4D16
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 794Insert TAS Table I4D18b as follows:
TAS Table I4D18b: Drainage from cooling units within refrigerated chambers or cooling chambers
Cooling unit type Drainage requirements
Wall-mounted Drain water must be contained and removed by either a
wall-mounted channel or a spoon drain located under the
coil.
Floor-mounted Drain water must be confined by kerbs, of a height not
less than 150 mm, and directed to a trapped drain outlet.
Ceiling-mounted Drain water must be confined by suitable insulated drip
trays directly connected to the drainage system.TAS I4D18
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 795
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for dining rooms and bar rooms.
TAS I5D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H103.1]
(1) This Part applies to all dining rooms and bar rooms (excluding bar service areas) on licensed premises covered by
the Liquor Licensing Act 1990.
(2) Dining rooms and bar rooms must provide for the comfort, convenience and health of customers.
TAS I5D2 Sanitary facilities
[2019: TAS H103.2]
(1) Separate sanitary facilities for male sand females must be provided in close proximity to each dining room and bar
room in licensed premises.
(2) Where the sanitary facilities are not accessed from within the dining room or bar room, reasonable fixed protection
from the elements must be provided.
TAS I5D3 Separation from other areas
[2019: TAS H103.3]
A dining room must not have a direct opening to living quarters, a laundry, bathroom or garage or a room where animals
are housed.TAS Part I5 Dining rooms and bar rooms
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 796
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for meat premises.
TAS I6D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H106.1]
(1) This Part is applicable to—
meat premises processing animals, including game and poultry, and producing meat and meat products for (a)
human consumption; and
pet food works licensed under the Primary Produce Safety Act 2011. (b)
(2) Meat premises must be constructed in such a manner that—
does not jeopardise animal welfare; and (a)
provides for hygienic processing of animals; and (b)
ensures the wholesomeness of meat and meat products. (c)
TAS I6D2 Premises processing animals and meat
[2019: TAS H106.2]
Premises used for the processing of animals and meat for human consumption must comply with the relevant Parts and
Sections of the Australian Standards listed below:
Hygienic Production and Transportation of Meat and Meat Products for Human Consumption, AS 4696 - Part 7, (a)
Sections 19 to 21.
Hygienic Production of Game Meat for Human Consumption, AS 4464 -
Section 6
. (b)Construction of Premises and Hygienic Production of Poultry Meat for Human Consumption, AS 4465 - Part A, (c)
Sections 3 to 12.
Hygienic Production of Rabbit Meat for Human Consumption, AS 4466 -
Section 5
. (d)Hygienic Rendering of Animal Products, AS 5008 -
Section 3
. (e)Hygienic Production of Ratite (Emu/Ostrich) Meat for Human Consumption, AS 5010 -
Section 5
. (f)Hygienic Production of Natural Casings for Human Consumption, AS 5011 -
Section 4
. (g)Hygienic Production of Pet Meat, PISC - Technical Report 88 - Sections, 6.1 to 6.7, 6.9 and 6.11. (h)TAS Part I6 Meat premises
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 797
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for farm dairy premises.
TAS I7D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H107.1]
(1) This Part is applicable to every farm dairy as covered by the Dairy Industry Act 1994.
(2) Dairies must be constructed in such a manner that contamination of milk can be avoided.
TAS I7D2 Milking sheds and holding yards
[2019: TAS H107.2]
(1) The walls (including the walls of a pit of a herringbone design milking shed) must be non-absorbent and easy to
clean.
(2) The floor of a holding yard and a milking shed must be non-absorbent, easy to clean and free-draining.
(3) The lighting of a holding yard and a milking shed must be adequate for proper milking.
(4) The working space in a milking shed is to be sufficient to minimise the risk of contamination of milk during milking.
(5) Effluent from a holding yard and a milking shed is to be drained to a suitable point for disposal.
(6) The requirements of (1), (2) and (3) are satisfied if—
the walls are constructed of well-compacted smooth finish concrete or other material sealed to be impervious to (a)
moisture; and
the floors are constructed of well-compacted smooth finish concrete and are graded to a drain; and (b)
joints between wall sections and walls and walls and floors are sealed to prevent entry of water and pests; and (c)
artificial lighting is designed to comply with AS 1680. (d)
TAS I7D3 Milk receiving area and milk storage room
[2019: TAS H107.3]
(1) A Milk Receiving Area and Milk Storage Room must—
have internal surfaces that are smooth, non-absorbent, free-draining and easy to clean; and (a)
be constructed so as to prevent the entry of dust, insects, pests, birds and animals; and (b)
have adequate artificial lighting that— (c)
is located to provide a clear view of the milk for grading and measuring purposes; and (i)
the lights over a bulk vat are to be protected to prevent glass entering the vat if the light is broken; and (ii)
have switches appropriately located in milk collection areas; and (iii)
have adequate ventilation to aid the drying of floors and walls between milkings. (d)
(2) The requirements of (1) are satisfied if—
the floors are constructed of well-compacted, smooth finish concrete and graded to a drain; and (a)
the internal surfaces are smooth, sealed and washable; and (b)
joists between wall sections and walls and floors are sealed to prevent entry of water and pests; and (c)
artificial lighting is designed to comply with AS 1680; and (d)TAS Part I7 Farm dairy premises
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 798all openings are fitted with doors, windows or screens; and (e)
ventilation is provided in accordance with F6D6 . (f)
TAS I7D4 Water supply
[2019: TAS H107.4]
An adequate and suitable supply of water must be available for plant sanitation, teat washing, milk cooling and vat rinsing.TAS I7D3
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 799Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for pharmacies.
TAS I8D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H108.1]
(1) This Part applies to all pharmacy business premises registered under the Pharmacy Control Act.
(2) Pharmacies must be able to be secured against entry and the interior must be able to be supervised by a pharmacist.
TAS I8D2 Definition
[2019: TAS H108.2]
In this Part the term “dispensary” means the room or area within a pharmacy or other premises which a registered
pharmaceutical chemist uses for the compounding or dispensing of prescriptions, medicines or drugs.
TAS I8D3 Pharmacy premises
[2019: TAS H108.3]
(1) Each premises used as a pharmacy must have—
a dispensary for the compounding or dispensing of drugs and for the storage of material used in dispensing; (a)
and
space for the storage of narcotic substances and poisons as required by the Poisons Regulations; and (b)
a place for unpacking of containers or cases and goods; and (c)
a room for storing merchandise not used in dispensing. (d)
(2) A
pharmacy may have one area set aside for retailing merchandise that is not compounded or dispensed.
TAS I8D4 Dispensary
[2019: TAS H108.4]
(1) A dispensary must be located—
within a pharmacy in a position to enable a person in the dispensary to supervise the dispensary
, storage areas (a)
for narcotic substances and poisons, the entrances to unpacking areas and areas for storing other substances,
and the retail area; and
separate from any place where goods are unpacked or where general merchandise, not used in dispensing, is (b)
stored.
(2) Each dispensary must be provided with—
a sink and drainage board of impervious material moulded or manufactured in one piece; and (a)
a reticulated supply of hot and cold water capable of providing to the sink adequate quantities of water for (b)
dispensing purposes; and
space for a dispensing bench with a working area not less than 1.4 m2. (c)TAS Part I8 Pharmacies
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 800 TAS I8D5 Security of dispensary
[2019: TAS H108.5]
(1) Every dispensary and enclosure set aside for the storage of narcotic substances and poisons must be able to be
secured against entry
.
(2) If a dispensary is located in a pharmacy that is capable of being secured against entry at all times while the dispensary
is not in use, then the dispensary is deemed to be secured against entry
.TAS I8D5
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 801
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for health service establishments.
TAS I9D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H109.1]
(1) This Part applies to health service establishments as defined in the Health Service Establishment Act 2006 including—
a day procedure centre; or (a)
a private hospital; or (b)
a residential care service building. (c)
(2) Health service establishments must be able to be easily cleaned and must have adequate space for patients.
TAS I9D2 Design and construction of health service establishments
[2019: TAS H109.2]
Every health service establishment must be constructed and maintained in accordance with the Australasian Health Facility
Guidelines.TAS Part I9 Health service establishments
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 802
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for mortuaries.
TAS I10D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H112.1]
(1) This Part applies to any premises used for the storage or preparation for burial, cremation or disposal by other means,
of bodies of deceased persons.
(2) Mortuaries must be constructed in a manner that will ensure the health of staff and the general public.
TAS I10D2 Layout of mortuary
[2019: TAS H112.2]
(1) A mortuary may be integral with the remainder of a building but must be separated physically from all public areas of
that building.
(2) Each mortuary at which bodies are prepared for burial, cremation or other disposal must be provided with a body
preparation room—
capable of being isolated from the remainder of the premises; and (a)
having a floor area not less than 10m2. (b)
(3) A vehicle reception area or garage must be provided adjacent to and with direct access to the storage room or body
preparation room to ensure that the transfer of uncoffined bodies is screened from public view.
(4) Access to toilet and shower facilities from any other part of the mortuary premises must be only by way of an air lock.
TAS I10D3 Construction of body preparation room
[2019: TAS H112.3]
(1) The floor must be—
of impervious material with a smooth, unbroken surface; and (a)
uniformly graded to a floor drain. (b)
(2) All walls and partitions must be of concrete or masonry with a smooth, unbroken finish for ease of cleaning.
(3) All joints between the floor, walls, partitions, ceiling, ventilation grilles, fittings, pipework, windows and light fittings
must be sealed with impervious material for ease of cleaning.
(4) All joints between the floor and walls or partitions must be coved for ease of cleaning.
(5) The body preparation room must be provided with at least one washbasin, fitting with elbow or foot-operated taps,
and an adequate supply of hot and cold water.
(6) The body preparation room must be provided with refrigerated storage facilities—
With sufficient capacity for the storage of at least two adult bodies; and (a)
Capable of maintaining an internal temperature between 1°C and 5°C. (b)
TAS I10D4 Water supply and sewerage
[2019: TAS H112.4]
Each mortuary with a body preparation room must be connected to— TAS Part I10 Mortuaries
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 803a permanent water supply with a physical discontinuity, provided by a registered break tank or reduced pressure (a)
zone device, between the water supply and all equipment, appliances, fittings and areas in the mortuary; and
a water carriage sewerage system. (b)TAS I10D4
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 804
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for foundries.
TAS I11D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H113.1]
(1) This Part is applicable to every building or premises on which foundry operations are undertaken.
(2) Foundries must provide for the comfort and safety of workers on the premises.
TAS I11D2 General
[2019: TAS H113.2]
(1) Every floor in a foundry must be level and, in places other than where molten metal is poured, must be composed or
similar material or wooden blocks.
(2) Every part of a foundry must be not less than 4.2 m high—
where a ceiling is provided, measured from the floor to the ceiling; or (a)
where a ceiling is not provided, measured from the floor to the lowest part of the roof. (b)
TAS I11D3 Cupola charging platform
[2019: TAS H113.3]
(1) The floors of cupola charging platforms must be—
of heavy timber or non-slip steel plate; and (a)
securely fixed in position; and (b)
level. (c)
(2) All parts of the cupola charging platform must be covered by a roof not less than 3 m above the platform.
(3) A cupola charging platform must have—
a wall, not less than 1 m high, measured from the floor of the platform, constructed to surround the platform; (a)
and
the side between the top of the wall and the roof suitably waterproofed an ventilated. (b)
(4) A properly constructed access stair or ramp must be provide to give access to every cupola charging platform and
must comply with AS 1657.
TAS I11D4 Deep moulds and pits
[2019: TAS H113.4]
Deep moulds or pits, for permanent use—
must be lined with bricks, concrete, or other suitable material in such a manner as to provide adequate (a)
reinforcement and to keep the pit or mould in a dry condition; and
must be securely fenced by means of a wall of adequate construction, railings or chains and stanchions raised, (b)
in each case, to a height not less than 1 m above the surface of the surrounding floor. TAS Part I11 Foundries
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 805 TAS I11D5 Pot furnaces
[2019: TAS H113.5]
Where pot furnaces are below ground level, the pit must be covered by a substantial grating at the point at which metal is
removed from the furnace, and must at all other times be securely fenced as in TAS I11D4(b)TAS I11D5
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 806
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for the manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics.
TAS I12D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H114.1]
(1) This Part is applicable to every building in which glass reinforced plastics are manufactured or processed.
(2) Premises for manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastic must—
provide for the safety and comfort or workers; and (a)
be constructed in a manner that will avoid the spread of fire within the building and to other buildings. (b)
TAS I12D2 Separation from other buildings
[2019: TAS H114.2]
A building for the manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics must be—
separated from other buildings or parts of an occupancy by means of impervious walls with FRL at least (a)
120/120/120; or
separated from all other buildings by a clear space of not less than 6 m. (b)
TAS I12D3 Rise in storeys
[2019: TAS H114.3]
The building must be of single storey construction.
TAS I12D4 Maximum floor areas
[2019: TAS H114.4]
The floor area of any building or fire-separated section must not exceed the relevant maximum floor area set out in Table
TAS I12D4 .
Insert TAS Table I12D4 as follows:
TAS Table I12D4: Maximum floor area of buildings for manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plas -
tics or isocyanates
TAS I12D5 Required exits
[2019: TAS H114.5]
(1) Each fire-separated section of a building which is a work place must have at least two exits for escape purposes and
the number and location of exits must be such that any point on the floor is not further than 20 m from one of the
exits. TAS Part I12Premises for manufacture or processing of glass
reinforced plastics
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
Type A building construction Type B building construction Type C building construction
Not sprinklered: 1500 m2Not sprinklered: 1200 m2Not sprinklered: 1000 m2
Sprinklered: 6000 m2Sprinklered: 5000 m2Sprinklered: 3000 m2
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 807(2) Only exits with vertically hinged swinging doors may be considered as exits for the purposes of this clause.
TAS I11D6 Hand laminating and spray depositing
[2019: TAS H114.6]
The walls and floors of areas to be used for hand laminating and spray depositing must be constructed of non-combustible
materials.
TAS I12D7 Ventilation
[2019: TAS H114.7]
(1) Mechanical or natural ventilation must be via low-level, exhaust ducting in a wall and a fixed, open, floor-level, fresh-
air inlet ducting in the opposite wall such as to ensure a cross flow of the ventilation over the complete working area.
(2) Mechanical ventilation must provide not less than 6 air changes per hour.
(3) The ventilation fan and exhaust ducting must be arranged in such a manner as to—
produce a negative pressure within any exhaust ducting within the work place so that a leak in the ducting will (a)
not vent exhaust air back in to the work place; and
vent the exhaust air to the atmosphere so as to prevent recirculation of that exhaust air. (b)
TAS I12D8 Smoke and heat roof vents
[2019: TAS H114.8]
Each fire-separated section must be provided with automatic smoke and heat roof vents.TAS I12D5
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 808
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for the production of processing of isocyanates.
TAS I13D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H115.1]
(1) This Part is applicable to every building in which isocyanate production or processing is undertaken.
(2) Premises for production or processing of isocyanates must—
provide for the safety and comfort of workers; and (a)
be constructed in a manner that will avoid the spread of fire within the building and to other buildings. (b)
TAS I13D2 Areas of work places
[2019: TAS H115.2]
Work places in which an isocyanate industry is carried out must be divided into the following divisional areas:
Administration and staff amenities. (a)
Workshop. (b)
Bulk stores. (c)
Curing room. (d)
Processing plant. (e)
Raw materials plant. (f)
Manufacture. (g)
TAS I13D3 Separation from other areas and buildings
[2019: TAS H115.3]
(1) Each of the divisional areas required by TAS I13D2 other than the administration and staff amenities building, must
be—
separated from each of the other divisional areas by means of an impervious wall with an FRL of not less than (a)
120/120/120; or
separated from all other buildings by a clear space of not less than 6 m. (b)
(2) Notwithstanding the distance requirements of (1), bulk stores of polyols and bulk stores of isocyanates must comply
with the requirements of the Work Health and Safety Act.
TAS I13D4 Rise in storeys
[2019: TAS H115.4]
The building must be of single storey construction.
TAS I13D5 Maximum floor areas
[2019: TAS H115.5]
The floor area of any building or fire-separated section must not exceed the area shown in Table TAS I12D4 . TAS Part I13 Premises for production of processing of isocyanates
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 809 TAS I13D6 Required exits
[2019: TAS H115.6]
(1) Every building and divisional area of a work place must have not less than 2 exits for escape purposes.
(2) The number and location of the exits must be such that any point on the floor is not more than 20 m from one of the
exits.
(3) Only exits with vertically hinged swinging doors may be considered as exits for the purposes of this clause.
TAS I13D7 Bulk stores for polyols and isocyanates
[2019: TAS H115.7]
(1) A bulk store for polyols must be constructed from non-combustible materials and have a smooth impervious concrete
floor and it must protect the polyols from direct exposure to the sun’
s radiation.
(2) A
bulk store for isocyanates must—
be constructed from non-combustible materials, have a smooth impervious concrete floor, and must protect the (a)
isocyanate containers from direct exposure to the sun; and
if it is used for the storage of either
TDI or HDI and is not an open sided building, be fitted with mechanical (b)
ventilation so that the
TLV is not exceeded at any time provided that the ventilation must provide not less than
6 air changes per hour
.
(3) The area around both a polyol bulk store and an isocyanate bulk store must be bunded, the bund or bunds must
ensure separation of the polyol and isocyanate areas and each bund must have a capacity of 10% more than the
storage capacity of the largest tank it protects.
TAS I13D8 Curing room
[2019: TAS H115.8]
The curing room for the storage of newly produced flexible polyurethane foam must be constructed of non-combustible
materials with a smooth impervious concrete floor and fitted automatic fire vents in the roof.TAS I13D6
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 810
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or etching.
TAS I14D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H116.1]
(1) This Part is applicable to every building where any of the processes of electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or
etching are undertaken.
(2) Premises for electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or etching must—
provide for the safety and comfort of workers; and (a)
be constructed in a manner that will prevent the escape of liquids and atmospheric contaminants to other areas (b)
of the building.
TAS I14D2 Floors
[2019: TAS H116.2]
The floor of every plating area must be—
so graded as to— (a)
permit easy flushing with water; and (i)
prevent liquids from flowing from the area into other parts or the work place; and (ii)
chemically resistant to the solutions used in the process. (b)
TAS I14D3 Height of plating area
[2019: TAS H116.3]
Every part of a plating area must be not less than 2.7 m in height—
measured from the floor to the ceiling if a ceiling is provided; or (a)
measured from the floor to the lowest part of the roof if a ceiling is not provided. (b)
TAS I14D4 Air space
[2019: TAS H116.4]
In every plating area there must be not less than 14 m3 of air space for each person employed and, in the calculation of
such space, the height taken into account must not exceed 4.2 m.
TAS I14D5 Ceiling construction
[2019: TAS H116.5]
The ceiling of a plating area must be so constructed as to prevent, so far as is practicable, atmospheric contaminants
from escaping into rooms or work places, situated above the level of the ceiling.TAS Part I14Premises for electro -plating, electro -polishing, anodising
or etching
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 811
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for lead processing.
TAS I15D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H117.1]
(1) This Part is applicable to every building in which lead processes are used.
(2) Premises used for lead processing must—
provide for the safety and comfort of workers; and (a)
be constructed in a manner that will minimise the lodgement of dust and must be capable of being flushed with (b)
water.
TAS I15D2 Floors
[2019: TAS H117.2]
(1) The floor of every work place where a lead process is used must be—
so constructed of concrete or other suitable material as to be smooth and impervious to fluids; and (a)
graded and properly drained to permit flushing with water. (b)
(2) The mater of which the floor is constructed must be applied to the walls to a height of not less than 75 mm in such a
fashion that the angle between the walls and the floor is coved for easy cleaning.
TAS I15D3 Height of lead processing areas
[2019: TAS H117.3]
Every part of a lead processing area must be not less than 2.7 m in height—
where a ceiling is provided, measured from the floor to the ceiling; or (a)
where a ceiling is not provided, measured from the floor to the lowest part of the roof. (b)
TAS I15D4 Air space and floor space
[2019: TAS H117.4]
(1) In every lead processing area there must be not less than 14 m3 of air space for each person employed therein, and
in the calculation of such space the maximum height taken must be not greater than 4.2 m.
(2) The total floor space for the persons employed in such area, exclusive of space used for storage, must be not less
than 3.3 m2 for each person so employed.
TAS I15D5 Interior of lead processing areas
[2019: TAS H117.5]
(1) The inner surfaces of the walls of every lead processing area must be of a smooth material impervious to fluids and
must not contain any projections on which dust may lodge.
(2) The interior construction of the ceiling or roof must, so far as is practicable, be such that dust will not settle on it. TAS Part I15 Premises for lead processing
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 812 TAS I15D6 Dust collection
[2019: TAS H117.6]
Any areas in which dust-forming lead particles are manipulated, moved or treated must be served by a mechanical exhaust
ventilation system capable of safely and effectively collecting all dust.
TAS I15D7 Isolation of certain processes
[2019: TAS H117.7]
Where any process of pasting of electric accumulator plates or drying of paste plates, or melting down of pasted plates or
of formation with tacking in the electric accumulator industry or of manipulation of dry oxide or lead, is to be carried out in
the same room as any other lead process, the process of pasting, drying, melting, formation or manipulation must be
isolated from one another and from any other lead process—
by a partition extending from the floor to the ceiling in the case of a room having a ceiling not more than 3.6 m (a)
in height, or to a height of 2.7 m in any other case; or
by some other suitable method. (b)
TAS I15D8 Drying room shelves
[2019: TAS H117.8]
The racks or shelves provided in any drying room must be not more than 2.6 m from the floor nor more than 650 mm in
width except that, in the case of racks or shelves set or drawn from both sides, the total width must not exceed 1.3 m.
TAS I15D9 Washing facilities
[2019: TAS H117.9]
Washing facilities served with running hot and cold water for the use of all employees engaged in a lead process must be
provided consisting of—
one washbasin for each 5 employees, or part thereof; and (a)
one shower bath for each 8 employees, or part thereof. (b)
TAS I15D10 Change rooms
[2019: TAS H117.10]
In every work place in which lead is processed there must be provided two suitable furnished change rooms for the use
of employees as follows—
one of the change rooms must be used for taking off, storing, and putting on of the street clothing of employees; (a)
and
the other of the change rooms must be used for taking, storing, and putting on of overalls or other clothing work (b)
in any work room; and
each change room must be so constructed and situated as to prevent the entry into the room of dust and fumes (c)
generated in a work room; and
each change room must be in close proximity to the washing facilities required in TAS I15D9 . (d)TAS I15D6
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 813
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for early childhood centres and school age care facilities .
TAS I16O1 Objective
[2019: TAS H122 O1]
The Objective of this Part is to regulate the physical specification of early childhood centres and school age care facilities
at which education and care is provided.
TAS I16F1 Early childhood centres and school age care facilities
[2019: TAS H122 F1]
An early childhood centre and school age care facility must be designed and constructed to provide a safe environment
and provide for the health, safety and well-being of the children, parents and staff using the centre.
TAS I16P1 Design and construction
[2019: TAS H122 P1]
The design and construction of an early childhood centre and school age care facility must to the degree necessary,
provide an environment that is spacious enough to prevent overcrowding, and supports a range of daily activities and
routines including—
indoor playing; and (a)
outdoor playing; and (b)
sleeping. (c)
Applications
TAS I16P1 applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care
Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2001.
TAS I16P2 Health and amenity
[2019: TAS H122 P2]
An early childhood centre and school age care facility , must to the degree necessary, have sufficient space and facilities
to ensure a healthy, safe and comfortable environment for children, staff and parents including—
sanitary facilities; and (a)
nappy changing facilities; and (b)
laundry facilities; and (c)
food preparation facilities; and (d)TAS Part I16 Early childhood centres and school age care facilities
Objectives
Functional Statements
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 814reception, administration and staff facilities; and (e)
storage facilities; and (f)
suitable— (g)
floor surfaces; and (i)
lighting and ventilation; and (ii)
fire safety provisions; and (iii)
windows and glazing; and (iv)
heating and cooling. (v)
Applications
TAS I16P2 applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care
Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2001.
TAS I16P3 Perimeter fencing and barriers
[2019: TAS H122 P3]
An early childhood centre and school age care facility must to the degree necessary, have fencing around the perimeter
of any outdoor play space, and any identified hazard isolated by fences, barriers and gates.
Applications
TAS I16P3 applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care
Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2001.
TAS I16D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H122.0]
This Part applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care Services
National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2001.
TAS I16D2 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: TAS H122.1]
(1) Performance Requirement TAS I16P1 is satisfied by complying with the relevant provisions of the Early Childhood
Centre and School Age Care Facilities Code.
(2) Performance Requirement TAS I16P2 is satisfied by complying with the relevant provisions of the Early Childhood
Centre and School Age Care Facilities Code.
(3) Performance Requirement TAS I16P3 is satisfied by complying with the relevant provisions of the Early Childhood
Centre and School Age Care Facilities Code.Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsTAS I16P2
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 815
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for temporary structures .
TAS I18P1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H123 (Application) ]
TAS I18P2 to TAS I18P16 only apply to a temporary structure that—
is used by the public as a place of assembly as described in the Public Health Act 1997; and (a)
is a temporary structure as described in the Building Act 2016. (b)
TAS I18P2 Safety and serviceability
[2019: TAS H123 P1]
A temporary structure must, to the degree necessary, be capable of sustaining at an acceptable level of safety and
serviceability the most adverse combination of loads and other actions to which it may reasonably be expected to be
subjected.
TAS I18P3 Resistance to the spread of fire
[2019: TAS H123 P2]
The material used in a temporary structure must, to the degree necessary, be capable of resisting the spread of fire to
limit the generation of smoke and heat, and any toxic gases likely to be produced.
TAS I18P4 Access
[2019: TAS H123 P3]
(1) Access must be provided, to the degree necessary, to enable safe, equitable and dignified movement of people to
and within a temporary structure .
(2) So that people can move safely to and within a temporary structure , it must have—
walking surfaces with safe gradients; and (a)
stairways and ramps with slip-resistant walking surfaces; and (b)
suitable handrails where necessary to assist and provide stability to people using a stairway or ramp. (c)
(3) Access for people with disabilities must be provided to and within a temporary structure , including to any public
sanitary facilities and all areas normally used by the public .
(4) If fixed seating is provided in a temporary structure , an appropriate number of wheelchair spaces must be provided.
TAS I18P5 Exits
[2019: TAS H123 P4]
(1) Exits must be provided to the degree necessary, from a temporary structure to enable the safe evacuation of
occupants, with their number, location and dimensions being appropriate to the—
travel distances to exits; and (a)
number, mobility and other characteristics of the occupants; and (b)
function or use of the structure. (c)TAS Part I18 Temporary structures
Performance Requirements
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 816(2) So that occupants can safely evacuate a temporary structure , paths of travel to exits must have dimensions
appropriate to the—
number
, mobility and other characteristics of the occupants; and (a)
function or use of the structure. (b)
TAS I18P6 Fall prevention
[2019: TAS H123 P5]
Where a person could fall 1 m or more, due to a sudden change of level within or associated with a temporary structure ,
a barrier must to the degree necessary, be provided which must be—
continuous and extend for the full extent of the hazard; and (a)
of a height to protect people from accidentally falling from the level; and (b)
constructed to prevent people falling through the barrier; and (c)
capable of restricting the passage of children; and (d)
of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people and where appropriate, the static pressure (e)
or people pressing against it.
TAS I18P7 Lighting
[2019: TAS H123 P6]
A level of illumination for safe evacuation from a temporary structure in an emergency must be provided, to the degree
necessary, appropriate to the—
function or use of the structure; and (a)
size of the structure; and (b)
distance of travel to an exit. (c)
TAS I18P8 Identification of exits
[2019: TAS H123 P7]
To facilitate evacuation from a temporary structure suitable signs or other means of identification must, to the degree
necessary—
be provided to identify the location of exits; and (a)
guide the occupants to the exits; and (b)
be clearly visible to the occupants; and (c)
operate in the event of power failure for a suf
ficient time for occupants to safely evacuate. (d)
TAS I18P9 Fire -fighting equipment
[2019: TAS H123 P8]
Fire equipment must be installed in a temporary structure to the degree necessary, to allow the occupants to undertake
initial attack on a fire appropriate to the—
function or use of the structure; and (a)
fire hazard. (b)
TAS I18P10 Sanitary facilities
[2019: TAS H123 P9]
Sanitary facilities for personal hygiene must be provided in a convenient location associated with a temporary structure ,
to the degree necessary, appropriate to the—
function or use of the structure; and (a)TAS I18P5
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 817number and gender of the occupants; and (b)
disability or other particular needs of the occupants. (c)
TAS I18P11 Artificial lighting
[2019: TAS H123 P10]
(1) A temporary structure must be provided with natural or artificial lighting to enable the safe use and movement of
people using the structure.
(2) Lighting must be installed to the degree necessary, to provide a level of illumination appropriate to the function or
use of a temporary structure to enable safe use and movement by the occupants.
TAS I18P12 Ventilation
[2019: TAS H123 P11]
(1) A temporary structure must be provided with a means of ventilation which will maintain adequate air quality.
(2) Ventilation must be provided to the degree necessary, to a level appropriate to the function or use of a temporary
structure .
TAS I18P13 Electrical services
[2019: TAS H123 P12]
Electrical services must be installed to the degree necessary, to provide a level of safety appropriate to the environment
and function or use of a temporary structure by the occupants.
TAS I18P14 Heating appliances
[2019: TAS H123 P13]
Where provided for a temporary structure , a heating appliance and its associated components must be installed to the
degree necessary—
to withstand the temperatures likely to be generated by the appliance; and (a)
so that it does not raise the temperature of any structural element to a level that would adversely affect the (b)
element’s physical or mechanical properties or function; and
so that hot products of combustion will not— (c)
escape through the walls of the associated components; and (i)
discharge to a position that will cause fire to spread to nearby combustible materials or allow smoke to (ii)
penetrate the temporary structure ; and
to reduce the likelihood of fire and harmful emissions spreading beyond the appliance. (d)
TAS I18P15 Tiered seating
[2019: TAS H123 P14]
A temporary structure of tiered seating must be designed and constructed to the degree necessary, to provide for the
safety of occupants and orderly means of evacuation in an emergency.
TAS I18P16 Safe environment
[2019: TAS H123 P15]
A temporary structure must, to the degree necessary, be a safe and hazard free environment for the people using the
structure.
Deemed -to-Satisfy ProvisionsTAS I18P10
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 818 TAS I18D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H123.0]
This Part only applies to a temporary structure that—
is used by the public as a place of assembly as described in the Public Health Act 1997; and (a)
is a temporary structure as described in the Building Act 2016. (b)
TAS I18D2 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: TAS H123.1]
Performance Requirements TAS I18P1 to TAS I18P16 are satisfied by complying with the provisions of the ABCB
Temporary Structures Standard, except for the following:
Disability access requirements, which are included in TAS I18D3 . (a)
Lighting requirements, which are included in TAS I18D4 . (b)
V
entilation requirements, which are included in TAS I18D5 . (c)
Electrical requirements, which are included in TAS I18D6 . (d)
Heating appliance requirements, which are included in TAS I18D7 . (e)
TAS I18D3 Access
[2019: TAS H123.4]
(1) Access for people with disabilities must be provided to and within a temporary structure by means of a continuous
path of travel.
(2) Access for people with disabilities must be provided to—
any public sanitary facilities; and (a)
all areas normally used by the public but excluding those areas only used by persons working in the temporary (b)
structure .
(3) If fixed seating is provided, in a temporary structure , wheelchair spaces must be provided not less than—
1 wheelchair space for up to 100 seats; and (a)
2 wheelchair spaces for 100 - 200 seats; and (b)
an additional wheelchair space for each additional 200 seats or part thereof. (c)
(4) Parts of a temporary structure required to be accessible must comply with AS 1428.1.
TAS I18D4 Lighting
[2019: TAS H123.11]
(1) Natural or artificial lighting must be provided to all enclosed areas in a temporary structure .
(2) Natural lighting must as far as practicable be not less than 10% of the floor area of the enclosed area.
(3) The artificial lighting system must as far as practicable comply with the relevant provisions of
AS 1680 Parts 1, 2.0,
2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.
TAS I18D5 Ventilation
[2019: TAS H123.12]
(1) Natural ventilation or mechanical ventilation must be provided to all enclosed areas in a temporary structure .
(2) Natural ventilation must as far as practicable consist of openings or devices which can be opened with an aggregate
opening of not less than 5% of the floor area of the enclosed area.
(3) Mechanical ventilation must as far as practicable comply with the relevant provisions of
AS 1668.2.TAS I18D1
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 819 TAS I18D6 Electrical
[2019: TAS H123.13]
All electrical installations in a temporary structure must be installed in accordance with AS/NZS 3000.
TAS I18D7 Heating appliances
[2019: TAS H123.14]
The installation of a stove, heater or similar appliance in a temporary structure must as far as practicable comply with the
following standards:
Domestic oil-fired appliances – Installation: AS 1691. (a)
Domestic solid-fuel burning appliances – Installation: AS/NZS 2918. (b)
LP gas portable mobile appliances: AS 2658. (c)TAS I18D6
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 820
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises where work is undertaken on gas-fuelled vehicles.
TAS I17D1 Application of Part
[2019: TAS H124.1]
This Part is applicable to every building where work is undertaken on gas-fuelled vehicles.
TAS I17D2 Working areas
[2019: TAS H124.2]
The working area of a building where work is undertaken on a gas-fuelled vehicle is to be designed and constructed to
comply with the requirements for premises in AS 2746 Working areas for gas-fuelled vehicles.TAS Part I17Premises where work is undertaken on gas -fuelled
vehicles
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 821
TAS Part J3 Elemental provisions for a sole -occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a
Class 4 part of a building
This Part is deleted from the BCA in Tasmania. In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section
J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.Section J Energy efficiency
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 822
Centre-based care class 4 facility: A facility as defined in Centre Based Care Class 4 Standards.
Centre-based care class 5 facility: A facility as defined in Centre Based Care Class 5 Standards.
Early childhood centre
Any premises or part thereof providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within the
meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010 (Vic), the Education and Care Services National
Regulations and centre-based services that are licensed or approved under State and Territory children’s services
law, but excludes—
education and care primarily provided to school aged children in outside school hours settings; and (a)
services licensed as centre-based care class 4 under the Child Care Act 2001. (b)
Expert judgement
For Volume Three, the judgement of a person who has the qualifications and expertise to determine whether a Plumbing
or Drainage Solution complies with the Performance Requirements .
Explanatory Information
The level of qualification and/or experience required to determine whether a Plumbing or Drainage Solution complies
with the Performance Requirements may differ depending on the degree of complexity and the requirements of the
Tasmanian Building Act. Practitioners should seek advice from the Permit Authority .
Permit Authority: A permit authority as defined in the Building Act 2016.
Public: Includes any person working in an enclosed public place.
School age care facility: Is a facility providing care for children (primarily) 5 years or older in an outside of school hours
setting, either approved or licenced under Education and Care Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or the
Child Care Act 2001.
Temporary structure: Includes any–
booth, tent or other temporary enclosure, whether or not part of the booth, tent or enclosure is permanent; or (a)
temporary seating structure; or (b)
other structure prescribed under the Building Act 2016. (c)Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 823
Insert TAS Table 1 as follows:
TAS Table 1 : Schedule of referenced documents Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS 1657 2018 Fixed platforms,
walkways,
stairways and
ladders – Design,
construction and
installationTAS I10D3 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1668
Part 12015 The use of ventilation and
air-conditioning in
buildings: Fire
and smoke
control in multi-compartment buildingsTAS I4D7 N/A N/A
AS 1668 Part 2 2012 The use of
ventilation and
air-conditioning in
buildings:
Mechanical
ventilation in
buildingsTAS I4D7 , TAS
I16D5N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1680
Part 12006 Interior lighting:
General principles
and
recommendationsTAS I4D8 , TAS
I7D2 , TAS I7D3 ,
TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part
2.12008 Interior lighting:
Circulation
spaces and other
general areasTAS I7D2 , TAS
I7D3 , TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part
2.22008 Interior lighting:
Office and screen based tasksTAS I7D2 , TAS
I7D3 , TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part
2.32008 Interior lighting:
Education and
training facilitiesTAS I7D2 , TAS
I7D3 , TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part
2.42017 Interior lighting:
Industrial tasks
and processesTAS I4D8 , TAS
I7D2 , TAS I7D3N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part
2.52018 Interior lighting:
Hospitals and
medical tasksTAS I7D2 , TAS
I7D3N/A N/A
AS 2658 2008 LP Gas –
Portable and
mobile appliancesTAS I16D7 N/A N/A
AS 2746 2008 Working areas for
gas fuelled
vehiclesTAS I17D2 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 824No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS/NZS 3000 2018 Electrical
installations
(known as the
Australian/New
Zealand Wiring
Rules)TAS I16D6 N/A N/A
AS 4464 2007 Hygienic
production of
game meat for
human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 4465 2006 Construction of
premises and
hygienic
production of
poultry meat for
human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 4466 1998 Hygienic
production of
rabbit meat for
human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 4674 2004 Design,
construction and
fit-out of food
premises
(Clauses 4.2 and
4.3)TAS I4D9 , TAS
I4D13N/A N/A
AS 4696 2007 Hygienic
production and
transportation of
meat and meat
products for human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 5008 2007 Hygienic
rendering of
animal productsTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 5010 2001 Hygienic
production of
ratite
(emu/ostrich)
meat for human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 5011 2001 Hygienic
production of
natural casings
for human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
ABCB — Temporary
Structures
StandardTAS I16D2 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 825No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
Australasian
Health Facility
Guidelines— N/A TAS I9D2 N/A N/A
BCA 2019
Amendment 12019 Building Code of
AustraliaTAS Section J TAS Part H6 TAS
Section 13
Centre Based
Care Class 4
StandardsN/A Tasmanian
Licencing
Standards for
Centre Based
Child Care Class
4TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1
Centre Based
Care Class 5
StandardsN/A Tasmanian
Licencing
Standards for
Centre Based
Child Care Class
5 (0-12 years)TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1
Child Care Act 2001 N/A TAS I16P1 , TAS
I16P2 , TAS
I16P3 , TAS
I16D1 , TAS
Schedule 1TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1
Condensation in
Buildings
Tasmanian
Designers Guide— N/A TAS F8P1 TAS H4D9 N/A
Dairy Industry Act 1994 N/A TAS I4P1 , TAS
I4D1 , TAS I7D1N/A N/A
Disability (Access
to Premises –
Buildings)
Standards2010 N/A TAS D4D14 N/A N/A
Disability
Discrimination Act
(Cth)1992 N/A TAS D1P10 N/A N/A
Early Childhood
Centre and
School Age Care
Facilities CodeN/A N/A TAS I5D2 N/A N/A
Education and
Care Services
National Law
(Application) Act2011 N/A TAS I16P1 , TAS
I16P2 , TAS
I16P3 ,TAS I16D1 ,
TAS Schedule 1TAS Schedule 1 N/A
Export Control
(Milk and Diary)
OrdersN/A N/A TAS I4D17 N/A N/A
Health Service
Establishments
Act2006 N/A TAS I9D1 N/A N/A
Hygienic
Production of Pet
MeatN/A Technical Report
88TAS I6D2 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 826
Table Notes
All legislation referenced in this Schedule is Tasmanian State Legislation unless noted otherwise. (1)
All referenced documents including legislation, codes, Australian Standards, guidelines and codes of practice are (2)
the version at the time of the project documentation approval, unless noted otherwise.No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
Liquor Licensing
Act1990 N/A TAS I4P1 , TAS
I4D1 , TAS I5D1N/A N/A
Primary Produce
Safety Act2011 N/A TAS I4P1 , TAS
I4D1 , TAS I4D16N/A N/A
Water and
Sewerage
Industry Act2008 N/A TAS I4D3 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 827
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 2016 and other legislative and regulatory instruments under
that Act, such as regulations, determinations, guidelines, codes and standards there are a number of other legislative
technical requirements, and regulatory instruments affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that
practitioners may need to be aware of, including but not limited to, the following list. Additional legislative and regulatory
instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation and regulatory instruments listed.
1. Administering Agency
Department of Justice – Consumer, Building and Occupational Services
Relevant legislation
Director’s determinations and guidelines
2. Work Places
Administering agency
WorkSafe Tasmania – Department of Justice
Relevant Tasmanian legislation and regulatory instruments
Work Health and Safety Act 2012
Code of Practice – Managing Risks of Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace – WorkSafe Tasmania publication CP120
Code of Practice – Managing the Work Environment and Facilities – WorkSafe Tasmania publication CP124
Code of Practice – Safe Design of Structures – WorkSafe Tasmania publication CP128TAS Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 828
Schedule 10 Victoria
Introduction
Section A Governing requirements
Part A2 Compliance with the NCC
A2G2 Performance Solution
Section B Structure
Part B1 Structural provisions
VIC B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
Section C Fire resistance
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
C2D11 Fire hazard properties
Section D Access and egress
Part D2 Provision for escape
D2D5 Exit travel distances
VIC D2D9 Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
Part D3 Construction of exits
D3D26 Operation of latch
Section E Services and equipment
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
VIC E1D7 Where sprinklers are required : Class 3 building
E1D13 Where sprinklers are required : occupancies of excessive hazard
Specification 17 Fire sprinkler systems
VIC S17C2 Application of automatic fire sprinkler standards
Specification 18 Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective height
S18C3 System requirements
Specification 20 Smoke detection and alarm systems
S20C4 Smoke detection system
VIC S20C8 System monitoring
Section F Health and amenity
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
VIC F4P2 Laundry facilities
F4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
F4D4 Facilities in Class 3 to 9 buildings
F4D8 Construction of sanitary compartments
VIC F4D13 First aid rooms
Part F5 Room heights
VIC F5P1 Room or space heights
F5V1 Room or space heights
VIC F5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
VIC F5D3 Class 3, 9a and 9c residential aged care buildings – size of rooms
Section G Ancillary provisions
Part G1 Minor structures and components
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 829VIC G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
VIC G1D2 Swimming pools
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
VIC G5O1 Objective
VIC G5F1 Construction in bushfire prone areas
VIC G5P1 Bushfire resistance
VIC G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
VIC G5D2 Application of Part
VIC G5D4 Protection — certain Class 9 buildings
Section I Special use buildings
VIC Part I4 Class 3 and 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c buildings
Performance Requirements
VIC I4P1 Communication systems
VIC I4P2 Electrical power outlets
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
VIC I4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
VIC I4D2 Application of Part
VIC I4D3 Doorway width
VIC I4D4 Windows
VIC I4D5 Grab rails
VIC I4D6 Electronic communication system
VIC I4D7 Electrical power outlets
VIC Part I5 Places of public entertainment
Performance Requirements
VIC I5P1 Temporary tiered seating, concourses and embankments
VIC I5P2 Motor vehicle racing
VIC I5P3 Sanitary and amenity facilities
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
VIC I5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
VIC I5D2 Application of Part
VIC I5D3 Temporary tiered seating, concourses and embankments
VIC I5D4 Motor vehicle racing
VIC I5D5 Sanitary and amenity facilities
VIC Part I6 Class 9b children’s services
Performance Requirements
VIC I6P1 Doorways to a children’s room
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
VIC I6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
VIC I6D2 Application of Part
VIC I6D3 Doorways to a children’s room
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 830
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered
necessary for the effective application of the Code in Victoria and shall be treated as amendments to the Code.VIC Introduction
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 831
Part A2 Compliance with the NCC
A2G2 Performance Solution
[2019: A2.2]
Insert subclause VIC A2G2(5) in clause A2G2 as follows:
(5) A Performance Solution cannot be used to satisfy a relevant Performance Requirement for the installation of a
combustible cladding product in an external wall of a—
Class 2, 3 or 9 building with a rise in storeys of 2 that does not comply with C2D6 ; and (a)
Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building with a rise in storeys of 3 or more. (b)Section A Governing requirements
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 832
Part B1 Structural provisions
Delete B1D6 and insert VIC B1D6 as follows:
VIC B1D6 Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
[2019: VIC B1.6]
(1) A Class 2 or 3 building, Class 9a health-care building , Class 9c building or Class 4 part of a building, in a flood hazard
area must comply with the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings in Flood Hazard Areas.
(2) The definitions of flood hazard area and freeboard in the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings in Flood Hazard
Areas are replaced with those in VIC Schedule 1.
(3) The definition of defined flood level in the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings in Flood Hazard Areas is
replaced with that in VIC Schedule 1.Section B Structure
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 833
Part C2 Fire resistance and stability
C2D11 Fire hazard properties
[2019: C1.10]
Delete C2D11(3) and insert VIC C2D11(3) as follows:
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a material or assembly if it is—
plaster, cement render, concrete, terrazzo, ceramic tile or the like; or (a)
a fire-protective covering ; or (b)
a timber-framed window ; or (c)
a solid timber handrail or skirting; or (d)
a timber-faced door; or (e)
an electrical switch, socket-outlet, cover plate or the like; or (f)
a material used for— (g)
a roof insulating material applied in continuous contact with a substrate; or (i)
an adhesive; or (ii)
a damp-proof course , flashing , caulking, sealing, ground moisture barrier, or the like; or (iii)
a paint, varnish, lacquer or similar finish, other than nitro-cellulose lacquer; or (h)
a clear or translucent roof light of glass fibre-reinforced polyester if— (i)
the roof in which it is installed forms part of a single storey building required to be Type C construction; and (i)
the material is used as part of the roof covering; and (ii)
it is not closer than 1.5 m from another roof light of the same type; and (iii)
each roof light is not more than 14 m2 in area; and (iv)
the area of the roof lights per 70 m2 of roof surface is not more than 14 m2; or (v)
a face plate or neck adaptor of supply and return air outlets of an air handling system; or (j)
a face plate or diffuser plate of light fitting and emergency exit signs and associated electrical wiring and electrical (k)
components; or
a joinery unit, cupboard, shelving, or the like; or (l)
an attached non-building fixture and fitting such as— (m)
a curtain, blind, or similar decor, other than a proscenium curtain required by Specification 32 ; and (i)
a whiteboard, window treatment or the like; or (ii)
timber treads, risers, landings and associated supporting framework installed in accordance with D3D30 where (n)
the Spread-of-Flame Index and the Smoke-Developed Index of the timber does not exceed 9 and 8 respectively.Section C Fire resistance
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 834
Part D2 Provision for escape
D2D5 Exit travel distances
[2019: D1.4]
Delete D2D5(4) and insert VIC D2D5(4) as follows:
(4) Class 9 buildings — in a patient care area in a Class 9a building and in a children’s service —
no point on the floor must be more than 12 m from a point from which travel in different directions to 2 of the (a)
required exits is available; and
the maximum distance to one of those exits must not be more than 30 m from the starting point. (b)
Delete D2D9 and insert VIC D2D9 as follows:
VIC D2D9 Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
[2019: VIC D1.6(f)(iv) ]
In a required exit or path of travel to an exit, the unobstructed width of a doorway must be not less than—
in patient care areas through which patients would normally be transported in beds— (a)
if the doorway provides access to, or from, a corridor of width— (i)
less than 2.2 m — 1200 mm; or (A)
2.2 m or greater — 1070 mm; and (B)
where the doorway referred to in (i) is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position (ii)
in accordance with D3D26(3)(e) , the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 800 mm
wide; or
in patient care areas in a horizontal exit — 1250 mm; or (b)
the unobstructed width of each exit provided to comply with D2D8(1) , (2), (3) or (4), minus 250 mm; or (c)
in any other case except where it opens to a sanitary compartment or bathroom — 750 mm wide. (d)
Part D3 Construction of exits
D3D26 Operation of latch
[2019: D2.21]
Insert subclause VIC D3D26(6) in clause D3D26 as follows:
(6) For the purposes of (1), an exit door from a children’s service which does not open to an outdoor space enclosed in
accordance with G1D4 , must have the device located between 1.5 m and 1.65 m above the floor and the door must
be self-closing .Section D Access and egress
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 835
Part E1 Fire fighting equipment
Delete E1D7 and insert VIC E1D7 as follows:
VIC E1D7 Where sprinklers are required: Class 3 building
[2019: VIC Table E1.5]
Sprinklers are required throughout—
a Class 3 building used as a residential care building ; and (a)
any fire compartment containing a Class 3 part used for residential care; and (b)
any shared accommodation building . (c)
E1D13 Where sprinklers are required: occupancies of excessive hazard
[2019: Table E1.5 (Note 4)]
Delete E1D13(2) and insert VIC E1D13(2) as follows:
(2) For the purposes of (1), occupancies of excessive fire hazard comprise buildings which contain—
hazardous process risks including the following: (a)
Aircraft hangars. (i)
Electrical/electronic manufacturing and assembly (predominantly plastic components). (ii)
Fire-lighter manufacturing. (iii)
Fireworks manufacturing. (iv)
Flammable liquid spraying. (v)
Foam plastic goods manufacturing and/or processing. (vi)
Foam rubber goods manufacturing and/or processing. (vii)
Hydrocarbon based sheet product manufacturing and/or processing. (viii)
Nitrocellulose and nitrocellulose goods manufacturing. (ix)
Paint and varnish works, solvent based. (x)
Plastic goods manufacturing and/or processing works. (xi)
Resin and turpentine manufacturing. (xii)
Vehicle repair shops. (xiii)
combustible goods with an aggregate volume exceeding 2000 m3 and stored to a height greater than 4 m such (b)
as the following:
Aerosol packs with flammable contents. (i)
Cartons and associated packing material excluding cartons with densely packed non-combustible content. (ii)
Electrical appliances where the components are predominantly plastic. (iii)
Foamed rubber or plastics including wrappings or preformed containers. (iv)
Paper products. (v)
Plastic, rubber, vinyl and other sheets in the form of offcuts, random pieces or rolls. (vi)
Textiles raw and finished. (vii)
Timber products. (viii)
Section E Services and equipment
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 836 Specification 17 Fire sprinkler systems
Delete S17C2 and insert VIC S17C2 as follows:
VIC S17C2 Application of automatic fire sprinkler standards
[2019: VIC Spec E1.5: 2]
Subject to this Specification, an automatic fire sprinkler system must comply with—
for a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building: AS 2118.1; or (a)
for a Class 2, 3, 4 9a or 9c building: AS 2118.1, except clause 5.9.10 of AS 2118.1 does not apply and is replaced (b)
with ‘Covered balconies shall be sprinkler protected’; or
for a Class 2 or 3 building with an effective height of not more than 25 m and a rise in storeys of 4 or more; (c)
Specification 18 and the relevant provisions of this Specification as applicable; or
for Class 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential care building (Vic) ) or 9b parts of a building less than 25 m in (d)
effective height , which also contains Class 2 or 3 parts: a sprinkler system in accordance with Specification 18
as for a Class 2 or 3 building and the relevant provisions of this Specification except—
a FPAA101D sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential (i)
care building (Vic) ) or 9b parts—
contain more than 2 storeys ; or (A)
are more than 25% of the total floor area of the building; or (B)
are located above the fourth storey ; and (C)
a FPAA101D or FPAA101H sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 7a part (other than an open- (ii)
deck carpark ) accommodates more than 40 vehicles; or
for a Class 2 or 3 building with a rise in storeys of not more than 3: AS 2118.4 as applicable; or (e)
for a combined sprinkler and hydrant system: AS 2118.6; or (f)
for a Class 9a health-care building used as a residential care buildiing (Vic) : AS 2118.4 as applicable; or (g)
for a Class 9c building: AS 2118.4 as applicable. (h)
Specification 18 Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective height
S18C3 System requirements
[2019: Spec E1.5a : 2]
Delete S18C3(1) and insert VIC S18C3(1) as follows:
(1) A required automatic fire sprinkler system installed in a Class 2 or 3 building with an effective height of not more than
25 m and a rise in storeys of 4 or more must comply with—
AS 2118.1 except clause 5.9.10 of AS 2118.1 does not apply and is replaced with ‘Covered balconies shall be (a)
sprinkler protected’; or
AS 2118.4, as applicable; or (b)
FPAA101D— (c)
except for residential care building (Vic) ; and (i)
except that clause 2.2.1 of FPAA101D applies as if the first paragraph is replaced with ‘Covered balconies (ii)
shall be sprinkler protected’; or
FPAA101H— (d)
except for residential care building (Vic) ; and (i)
except that clause 3.5.2.8 of FPAA101H applies as if the first paragraph is replaced with ‘Covered balconies (ii)
shall be sprinkler protected’; and
except that clause 3.5.3 of FPAA101H applies as if it is replaced with: (iii)
The location and spacing of sprinklers in Class 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9b parts of the building shall be in (A)
accordance with
Section 5
of AS 2118.1:2017. Specification 17(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 837The location and spacing of sprinklers in Class 9a and 9c parts of the building shall be in accordance (B)
with
Section 5
ofAS 2118.1:2017 except that clause 5.9.10 of AS 2118.1 does not apply and is replaced
with ‘Covered balconies shall be sprinkler protected’.
Specification 20 Smoke detection and alarm systems
S20C4 Smoke detection system
[2019: Spec E2.2a : 4]
Delete S20C4(4) and insert VIC S20C4(4) as follows:
(4) In a Class 9c building provided with a smoke detection system—
if the building accommodates more than 20 residents, manual call points must be installed in paths of travel so (a)
that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a manual call point; and
indication of the zone where the smoke detection system has actuated must be achieved by one of the following: (b)
Option 1— (i)
remote automatic indication of each zone must be given in each smoke compartment; and (A)
indication of (A) must be indicated on remote annunciator panels with alpha-numeric displays with a (B)
minimum of 20 characters of 9 mm minimum height.
Option 2— (ii)
indication of the zone where the smoke detection system has actuated must be communicated via a (A)
suitable interface with the fire indicator panel to a portable remote communication device; and
at least one such portable remote communication device per smoke compartment must be provided (B)
to staf
f nominated by the owner or operator and properly instructed as to the duties and responsibilities
involved; and
the portable remote communication device may be a pager with alpha-numeric display or portable (C)
telephone handset with capability of receiving alpha-numeric display
.
Delete S20C8 and insert VIC S20C8 as follows:
VIC S20C8 System monitoring
[2019: VIC Spec E2.2a : 8]
The following installations must be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or a fire station
dispatch centre in accordance with AS 1670.3:
A smoke detection system in a Class 3 building provided in accordance with S20C2(b)(i) or (ii). (a)
A
smoke detection system in a Class 9a health-care building , if the building accommodates more than 20 (b)
patients, unless the building is sprinklered and the sprinkler system is permanently connected to a fire station,
or other approved monitoring service with a direct data link to a fire station, in accordance with Building Practice
Note FS-01.
Smoke detection in accordance with S20C6 provided to activate— (c)
a smoke exhaust system in accordance with Specification 21 ; or (i)
smoke-and-heat vents in accordance with Specification 22 . (ii)
An automatic fire detection and alarm system required by E2D10 for large isolated buildings subject to C3D4 . (d)S18C3
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 838
Part F4 Sanitary and other facilities
Delete F4P2 and insert VIC F4P2 as follows:
VIC F4P2 Laundry facilities
[2019: VIC FP2.2 Application ]
Laundering facilities or space for laundering facilities and the means for the sanitary disposal of waste water must be
provided in a convenient location within or associated with a building appropriate to the function or use of the building.
Applications
F4P2 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9c building; and (c)
an early childhood centre other than a restricted children’s service . (d)
F4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: F2.0]
Delete F4D1(1) and insert VIC F4D1(1) as follows:
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements F4P1 to F4P6 are satisfied by
complying with—
F4D2 to F4D12 and VIC F4D13 ; and (a)
for public transport buildings, Part I2 ; and (b)
for farm sheds , Part I3 . (c)
F4D4 Facilities in Class 3 to 9 buildings
[2019: F2.3]
Delete F4D4(9) and insert VIC F4D4(9) as follows:
(9) A Class 9b early childhood centre , other than a children’s service , must be provided with—
a kitchen or food preparation area with a kitchen sink, separate hand washing facilities, space for a refrigerator (a)
and space for cooking facilities, with—
the facilities protected by a door or gate with child proof latches to prevent unsupervised access to the (i)
facilities by children younger than 5 years old; and
the ability to facilitate supervision of children from the facilities if the early childhood centre accommodates (ii)
children younger than 2 years old; and
one bath, shower or shower-bath; and (b)
if the centre accommodates children younger than 3 years old— (c)
a laundry facility comprising a washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; and (i)
a bench type baby bath, which is within 1 m of the nappy change bench; and (ii)
a nappy changing bench which— (iii)
is within 1 m of separate adult hand washing facilities and bench type baby bath; and (A)
must be not less than 0.9 m2 in area and at a height of not less than 850 mm, but not more than 900 (B)
mm above the finished floor level; and Section F Health and amenity
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 839must have a space not less than 800 mm high, 500 mm wide and 800 mm deep for the storage of (C)
steps; and
is positioned to permit a staff member changing a nappy to have visibility of the play area at all times. (D)
Insert subclause VIC F4D4(12) in clause F4D4 as follows:
(12) A children’s service must be provided with—
a kitchen or facilities for the preparation and cooking of food for children including washing up facilities and a (a)
space for refrigerated food storage facilities; and
except in a restricted children’s service , if the service accommodates children younger than 3 years of age— (b)
a laundry facility comprising a washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; and (i)
a bench-type baby bath, with hot and cold water connected, and a nappy change bench in close proximity; (ii)
and
except in a restricted children’s service , one bath or shower-bath. (c)
Delete Table F4D4g and insert VIC Table F4D4g as follows:
VIC Table F4D4g: Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – early childhood centres
Table Notes
Facilities for use by children must be—
junior closet pans, except that those in a restricted children’s service may be adult height toilets if they are fitted (a)
with a removable seat suitable for children and a wide and stable step in front; and
washbasins with a rim height not exceeding 600 mm, except that those in a restricted children’s service may be (b)
adult height washbasins if they are provided with a wide and stable step in front; and
except in a children’s service , accessible from both indoor and outdoor play areas; and (c)
in a children’s service , other than a restricted children’s service , the closet pans must be located in relation to (d)
children’s rooms and outdoor play spaces so that children using toilets can be observed by staff from children’s
rooms and outdoor play space.
F4D8 Construction of sanitary compartments
[2019: F2.5]
Delete F4D8(3) and insert VIC F4D8(3) as follows:
(3) In an early childhood centre , other than a restricted children’s service , closet pans situated in a group for use by
children must be separated from one another by means of a partition, which, except for the doorway, is opaque for a
height of not less than 900 mm but not more than 1200 mm above the floor.
Insert VIC F4D13 as follows:
VIC F4D13 First aid rooms
[2019: VIC F2.101]
(1) If an assembly building , place of public entertainment (as defined in the Building Act 1993) or an open spectator stand
accommodates more than 5000 spectators at an arena, sportsground, showground, racecourse, cricket ground,
football ground, coursing ground, motor racing arena, or the like, a suitable room or rooms must be provided in
accordance with VIC Table F4D13 for use by para-medical attendants for first aid purposes.
(2) First aid rooms required by (1) must—
be distributed as uniformly as possible throughout the assembly building or open spectator stand ; and (a)User group Facility type Design occupancy Number
Children Closet pans 1 - 30 2
>30 Add 1 per 15
Washbasins 1 - 30 2
>30 Add 1 per 15F4D4
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 840be convenient to a public road; and (b)
be readily accessible from within and outside the arena or ground; and (c)
have a floor area of not less than 24 m2; and (d)
be provided with a suitable wash basin or sink. (e)
Insert VIC Table F4D13 as follows:
VIC Table F4D13 : First aid rooms
Part F5 Room heights
Delete F5P1 and insert VIC F5P1 as follows:
VIC F5P1 Room or space heights
[2019: VIC FP3.1]
A habitable room or space must have sufficient size to enable the room or space to fulfil its intended function.
F5V1 Room or space heights
[2019: FV3.1]
Delete F5V1(1) and insert VIC F5V1(1) as follows:
(1) Compliance with VIC F5P1 is verified only in relation to the height of a habitable room or space where the height of
habitable room or space provides an appropriate activity support level that does not unduly interfere with its intended
function.
Delete F5D1 and insert VIC F5D1 as follows:
VIC F5D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: VIC F3.0]
Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirement VIC F5P1 is satisfied by complying with
F5D2 and VIC F5D3 .
Insert VIC F5D3 as follows:
VIC F5D3 Class 3, 9a and 9c residential aged care buildings – size of rooms
[2019: VIC F3.103]
In a residential aged care building or residential care building —
each bedroom must have a floor area of not less than 12 m2 per occupant; and (a)
all other common habitable rooms (other than kitchens) must have a floor area of not less than 7.5 m2 with— (b)
in a Class 3 hostel or supported residential services building or Class 9c building an aggregate floor area (i)
of not less than 3.5 m2 per occupant; or
in a Class 9a nursing home an aggregate floor area of not less than 2.5 m2 per occupant. (ii)Spectator capacity Number of first aid rooms
5,001 to 10,000 1
10,001 to 15,000 2
15,001 to 30,000 3
Each extra 15,000 or part thereof 1VIC F4D13
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 841
Part G1 Minor structures and components
Delete G1P2 and insert VIC G1P2 as follows:
VIC G1P2 Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: VIC GP1.2]
(1) A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and (a)
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and (b)
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and (c)
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed (d)
to automatically close and latch.
(2) A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a
person.
Applications
VIC G1P2(1) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm associated with— (1)
a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building; or (a)
a children’s service . (b)
VIC G1P2(2) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm. (2)
Delete G1D2 and insert VIC G1D2 as follows:
VIC G1D2 Swimming pools
[2019: VIC G1.1]
(1) A swimming pool associated with a children’s service , with a depth of water more than 300 mm, must have fencing
or other barriers in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2.
(2) A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or
Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool
surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2.
(3) A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS
1926.3.
Part G5 Construction in bushfire prone areas
Delete G5O1 and insert VIC G5O1 as follows:
VIC G5O1 Objective
[2019: GO5]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from injury from the effects of a bushfire; and (a)
protect buildings from the effects of a bushfire; and (b)
facilitate temporary shelter for building occupants who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a (c)
bushfire.
Section G Ancillary provisions
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 842Applications
VIC G5O1(a) and (b) apply in a designated bushfire prone area to— (1)
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a Class 2 or 3 building. (b)
VIC G5O1(a), (b) and (c) apply in a designated bushfire prone area to— (2)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (c)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (2)(a) to (c); (d)
and
a Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (2)(a) to (c). (e)
Delete G5F1 and insert VIC G5F1 as follows:
VIC G5F1 Construction in bushfire prone areas
[2019: GF5.1]
A building constructed in a designated bushfire prone area —
is to provide a resistance to bushfires in order to reduce the danger to life and minimise the risk of the loss of (a)
the building; and
if occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire, is to be constructed (b)
so as to provide its occupants shelter from the direct and indirect actions of a bushfire.
Applications
VIC G5F1(a) apply in a designated bushfire prone area to— (1)
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a Class 2 or 3 building; or (b)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (2)(a), (b) or (c)
(c).
VIC G5F1(a) and (b) apply in a designated bushfire prone area to— (2)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (c)
a Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (a) to (c). (d)
Delete G5P1 and insert VIC G5P1 as follows:
VIC G5P1 Bushfire resistance
[2019: GP5.1]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area must be designed and constructed to—
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 (a)
years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
take account of the assessed duration and intensity of the fire actions of the design bushfire ; and (b)VIC G5O1
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 843be designed to prevent internal ignition of the building and its contents; and (c)
maintain the structural integrity of the building for the duration of the design bushfire . (d)
Applications
VIC G5P1 applies in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; and (a)
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (b)
a Class 9b— (c)
early childhood centre ; and (i)
primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (d)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (a) to (d); and (e)
a Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (b) to (d). (f)
Delete G5P2 and insert VIC G5P2 as follows:
VIC G5P2 Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily
evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the— (a)
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including— (i)
classified vegetation; and (A)
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and (B)
carparking areas and allotment boundaries; and (C)
other combustible materials; and (D)
number of occupants to be accommodated within the building; and (ii)
intensity of bushfire attack on the building; and (iii)
duration of occupancy; and (iv)
intensity of potential consequential fires; and (v)
occupant tenability within the building before, during and after the bushfire event; and (vi)
combined effects of structural, fire exposure and other effects to which the building may reasonably be (vii)
subjected; and
provision of fire fighting equipment and water supply to facilitate protection of the building; and (viii)be provided with vehicular access to the
site to enable firefighting and emergency personnel to defend or (b)
evacuate the building; and
have access to a sufficient supply of water for firefighting purposes on the site; and (c)
provide safe access within the site to the building (including carparking areas), as well as safe egress after the (d)
bushfire event.
Applications
VIC G5P2 applies to the following buildings located in a designated bushfire prone area —
a Class 9a health-care building ; and (a)
a Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; and (i)VIC G5P1
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 844primary or secondary school ; and (ii)
a Class 9c residential care building ; and (c)
a Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (a) to (c). (d)
Notes
VIC G5P2 does not guarantee the safety of building occupants or the maintenance of tenable conditions within a building
during a bushfire event.
Delete G5D2 and insert VIC G5D2 as follows:
VIC G5D2 Application of Part
[2019: G5.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply in a designated bushfire prone area to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; or (a)
a building located in an area subject to a Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) not exceeding BAL—12.5, determined in (b)
accordance with AS 3959 that is—
a Class 9a health-care building ; or (i)
a Class 9b— (ii)
an early childhood centre ; or (A)
a primary or secondary school ; or (B)
a Class 9c residential care building ; or (iii)
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a— (c)
Class 2 or 3 building; or (i)
a building of a type listed in (b); or (ii)
a Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (b). (d)
Notes
If a building of a type listed in (b), (c)(ii) or (d) is subject to a BAL exceeding BAL—12.5, the building would need (1)
to comply with Performance Requirement VIC G5P2 by means of a Performance Solution .
There are no Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for these buildings. (2)
Delete G5D4 and insert VIC G5D4 as follows:
VIC G5D4 Protection — certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
(1) In a designated bushfire prone area the following must comply with Specification 43 :
A Class 9a health-care building . (a)
A Class 9b— (b)
early childhood centre ; or (i)
primary or secondary school . (ii)
A Class 9c residential care building . (c)
A Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (a) to (c). (d)
(2) In a designated bushfire prone area , a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of
a type listed in (1)(a) to (c) must comply with S43C2 and S43C13 .VIC G5P2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 845
Section I Special use buildings
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 846Introduction to this Part
VIC Part I4 — Class 3 and 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c buildings contains additional Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions for Sections D and F for Class 3 and Class 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c buildings as well
as additional Performance Requirements and associated Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
VIC I4P1 Communication systems
[2019: VIC HP101.2]
An electronic communication system must be provided to enable residents and staff to summon assistance in habitable
rooms (other than kitchens), water closets, shower rooms and bathrooms.
Applications
VIC I4P1 only applies to Class 3 and Class 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c buildings.
VIC I4P2 Electrical power outlets
[2019: VIC HP101.3]
Sufficient general purpose outlets must be provided for electrical appliances in bedrooms in locations that obviate the
need for extension leads.
Applications
VIC I4P2 only applies to Class 3 and Class 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c buildings.
VIC I4D1 Deemed-to -Satisfy Pro visions
[2019: VIC H101.0]
Performance Requirements VIC I4P1 to VIC I4P3 and relevant Performance Requirements in Sections D and F are
satisfied by complying with VIC I4D2 to VIC I4D7 .
VIC I4D2 Application of Part
[2019: VIC H101.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to Class 3 and Class 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c
buildings.
VIC I4D3 Doorway width
[2019: VIC H101.2]
(1) The clear width of all bedroom entrance doorways must be not less than 900 mm.
(2) The clear width of all other doorways must be not less than 800 mm.VIC Part I4Class 3 and 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c
buildings
Performance Requirements
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 847 VIC I4D4 Windows
[2019: VIC H101.3]
(1) The sill height of windows in habitable rooms (except kitchens) must be not more than 900 mm above the floor.
(2) Openable windows must be provided with flyscreens.
VIC I4D5 Grab rails
[2019: VIC H101.4]
Grab rails must be provided in association with every closet pan, shower or bath in accordance with AS 1428.1.
VIC I4D6 Electronic communication system
[2019: VIC H101.6]
A communication system must—
contain a back-up power supply; and (a)
have a control that enables the call to be cancelled manually at the point of origin only; and (b)
incorporate a device at the point of origin that indicates the system has operated; and (c)
incorporate an indication panel in the manager’s office or staff area that clearly indicates the point of origin of a (d)
call; and
have an audible tone that has a continuous signal until deactivated at the point of origin; and (e)
be operational at all times; and (f)
have two call points in each ensuite or combined shower/water closet with one call point located in the shower (g)
recess and the other on the wall beside the closet pan ahead of the bowl rim; and
have call points (other than those mentioned in (g)) which are located— (h)
within the reach of a resident whilst in bed; and (i)
in all common habitable rooms ; and (ii)
in all bathrooms, sanitary compartments and shower rooms where the call point must be of waterproof (iii)
construction and within the reach of any fallen resident.
VIC I4D7 Electrical power outlets
[2019: VIC H101.7]
General purpose outlets must be provided as follows:
In bedrooms with one occupant — two general purpose outlets provided on a minimum of two walls. (a)
For each additional occupant — two general purpose outlets provided at the head of each additional bed. (b)VIC I4D4
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 848
Introduction to this Part
VIC Part I5 — Places of public entertainment contains additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions and Performance
Requirements for Sections B, D and F for places of public entertainment.
VIC I5P1 Temporary tiered seating, concourses and embankments
[2019: VIC HP102.1]
Temporary tiered seating stands and embankments must be designed using engineering principles and constructed to
provide for the safety of patrons and orderly means of evacuation in an emergency.
Applications
VIC I5P1 applies to all places or public entertainment as defined in the Building Act 1993 and prescribed in regulation
206 of the Building Regulations 2018.
VIC I5P2 Motor vehicle racing
[2019: VIC HP102.2]
Every place of public entertainment where motor vehicle racing takes place must be provided with suitable barriers and
guard rails to protect the public from injury.
Applications
VIC I5P2 applies to all places of public entertainment as defined in the Building Act 1993 and prescribed in regulation
206 of the Building Regulations 2018.
VIC I5P3 Sanitary and amenity facilities
[2019: VIC HP102.3]
Sufficient sanitary and amenity facilities must be provided at places of public entertainment for use by patrons.
Applications
VIC I5P3 applies to all places of public entertainment as defined in the Building Act 1993 and prescribed in regulation
206 of the Building Regulations 2018.
VIC I5D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: VIC H102.0]
Performance Requirements VIC I5P1 to VIC I5P3 are satisfied by complying with VIC I5D2 to VIC I5D5 . VIC Part I5 Places of public entertainment
Performance Requirements
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 849 VIC I5D2 Application of Part
[2019: VIC H102.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to all places of public entertainment.
VIC I5D3 Temporary tiered seating, concourses and embankments
[2019: VIC H102.2]
Temporary tiered seating, concourse and embankments must be designed and constructed as follows:
Temporary tiered seating, concourse and embankments must comply with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of (a)
Section B, Section D and I1D4(a)(ii), (iii) and (b) .
The maximum slope of tiered seating must not exceed 34 degrees measured from the horizontal plane. (b)
Aisles must be evenly spaced throughout the structure and have— (c)
a minimum width of 1 m; and (i)
the aggregate of aisle widths leading to an exit must be not less than the required width of that exit; and (ii)
no one aisle may serve more than— (iii)
120 patrons where individual seating with backs is provided; or (A)
200 patrons in any other case. (B)
When applying the balustrading requirements of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Section D, the height of (d)
plat balustrading that directly abuts seating (i.e. with no aisle between the seat and the balustrading) must be
measured from the plat or seat base whichever in the higher.
Transverse aisles must be provided at a horizontal distance of not more than 10 m between any row of seats. (e)
All individual moveable seats must be— (f)
fixed in groups of not less than four; and (i)
not used in stepped or ramped seating areas. (ii)
For any spectators’ embankment— (g)
where the rear slope exceeds 1 in 5, a guard rail must be installed with no openings except at the heads of (i)
steps or ramps; and where the forward or front slope exceeds 1 in 8, the embankment must be stepped with plats not less than (ii)
500 mm wide and risers not greater than 230 mm high.
Guard rails must be installed to protect any fence, balustrade or railing associated with stepped or ramped (h)
standing spaces where excess pressure is expected from spectators.
VIC I5D4 Motor vehicle racing
[2019: VIC H102.3]
Motor vehicle racing barriers and guard rails must be provided so as to comply with the following:
Motorsport Australia Track Operators Guide for Motorsport Race Venues. (a)
For stock car racing— (b)
on the outer margin of the track: a continuous concrete, close boarding or long guard barrier having a (i)
minimum height of not less than 900 mm; and
on all curved sections of the track within 3 m of a barrier described in (i): a stout welded or woven wire (ii)
mesh fence adequately supported having a height of not less than 1.8 m above adjacent spectators viewing
areas; and
between the public viewing area and the fence described in (ii): a suitable crowd barrier that will prevent (iii)
spectators entering within 1.2 m of that fence. VIC I5D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 850 VIC I5D5 Sanitary and amenity facilities
[2019: VIC H102.4]
Sanitary and amenity facilities in places of public entertainment must be provided as follows:
In places other than buildings: (a)
One closet fixture for every 200 female patrons or part thereof. (i)
One closet fixture or urinal for every 200 male patrons of part thereof, at least 30% of which must be in the (ii)
form of closet fixtures.
One washbasin for every 200 patrons or part thereof. (iii)
For use by disabled persons, one unisex facility within the meaning of Part F4 of NCC Volume One for (iv)
every 100 closet fixtures or part thereof required under (i) and (ii).
One drinking fountain or drinking tap for every washbasin required under (iii). (v)
First aid facilities in accordance with VIC F4D13 . (vi)
In buildings, as required to comply with Part F4 . (b)VIC I5D5
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 851
Introduction to this Part
VIC Part I6 — Class 9b Children’s services contains an additional Performance Requirement and Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions for Section D for Class 9b children’s services .
VIC I6P1 Doorways to a children’s room
[2019: VIC HP104.1]
The number and location of doorways to a children’s room must take into account the mobility of children in the event that
emergency egress or entry is required.
Applications
VIC I6P1 only applies to Class 9b children’s services .
VIC I6D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: VIC H104.0]
Performance Requirement VIC I6P1 and relevant Performance Requirements in Section D are satisfied by complying with
VIC I6D2 and VIC I6D3 .
VIC I6D2 Application of Part
[2019: VIC H104.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to Class 9b children’s services .
VIC I6D3 Doorways to a children’s room
[2019: VIC H104.2]
A children’s room must have a doorway, or in the case of every such room accommodating more than 21 children at least
two doorways as widely separated as possible, providing direct access to or from—
an outdoor play area; or (a)
a passage leading to the outside; or (b)
a fire-isolated exit. (c)VIC Part I6 Class 9b children’s services
Performance Requirements
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 852
Children’s service: Has the same meaning as it has under the Children’s Services Act 1996, but excludes a service
where education and care is primarily provided to school aged children.
Combustible cladding product: Means—
aluminium composite panels (ACPs) with a core of less than 93 per cent inert mineral filler (inert content) by (a)
mass in external cladding as part of a wall system; and
expanded polystyrene (EPS) products used in an external insulation and finish (rendered) wall system. (b)
Early childhood centre
Includes—
any premises, or part thereof, providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within (a)
the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law
Act 2010, and the Education and Care Services
National Regulations, excluding a service where education and care is primarily provided to school aged children;
and
a children’s service . (b)
Flashing
A
strip or sleeve of impervious material dressed, fitted or built-in to provide a barrier to water movement, or to divert the
travel of water, or to cover a joint where water would otherwise penetrate to the interior of a building, and includes
the following:
Perimeter flashing: a flashing used at the floor-wall junction. (a)
V
ertical flashing: a flashing used at wall junctions within shower areas . (b)
Roof flashing: a rigid or flexible material, usually metal, fixed over
, against or built into an abutment to form a (c)
weathertight joint.
Flood hazard area
The site (whether or not mapped) encompassing land in an area liable to flooding within the meaning of Regulation 153
of the Building Regulations 2018.
Freeboard
The minimum height of the lowest floor of the building above the defined flood level , regulated by the relevant planning
scheme, or specified or otherwise determined by the relevant council under Regulation 153 of the Building Regulations
2018 (see Figure 3 ).
Hotel offering shared accommodation: A hotel which has any sole-occupancy units that can be shared by unrelated
persons.
On-site wastewater management system
A system that receives and/or treats wastewater generated and discharges the resulting effluent to—
an approved disposal system ; or (a)
re-use system; or (b)
land application system. (c)
Plumbing
Any water service plumbing, roof plumbing, sanitary plumbing system or heating, ventilation and air-conditioning plumbing.
Residential care building (V
ic): A building which is a place of residence where 10% or more of persons who reside there
need physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an emergency
(including any residential care service, State funded residential care service or supported residential service as defined
in the Supported Residential Services (Private Proprietors) Act 2010 and an aged care building ) but does not include—
a hospital; or (a)
a dwelling in which 2 or more members of the same family and not more than 2 other persons would ordinarily (b)
be resident; or
a place of residence where only one resident needs physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and (c)Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 853to evacuate the building during an emergency.
Restricted children’s service: A children’s service that is—
any one of the following as defined in the Children’s Services Regulations 2020— (a)
a limited hours Type 1 service; or (i)
a limited hours Type 2 service; or (ii)
a short term Type 1 service; or (iii)
a short term Type 2 service; or (iv)
an associated children’s service within the meaning of the Children’s Services Act 1996 approved to be operated (b)
by an approved provider at the same place as an approved education and care service that is required to meet
the conditions of a limited hours Type 1 service, a limited hours Type 2 service, a short term Type 1 service, or
a short term Type 2 service.
Shared accommodation building: A Class 3 building that is a boarding-house, chalet, guest house, lodging-house,
backpacker accommodation or the like, or a residential part of a hotel offering shared accommodation (but is not a
residential care building (Vic) , a motel or a residential part of school , health-care building or detention centre) having—
more than one sole-occupancy unit of which any sole-occupancy unit has sleeping facilities capable of (a)
accommodating 3 or more unrelated persons; or
sleeping facilities capable of accommodating 13 or more unrelated persons. (b)
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 854
Insert VIC Table 1 as follows:
VIC Table 1 : Schedule of referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS ISO 817 2016 Refrigerants -
Designation and
safety classificationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 1200 2015 Pressure Equipment N/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1271 2003 Safety valves, other
valves, liquid level
gauges and other
fittings for boilers
and unfired pressure
vesselsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1324.1 2001 Air filters for use in
general ventilation
and air conditioningN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1345 1995 Identification of the
contents of pipes,
conduits and ductsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1358 2004 Bursting discs and
bursting disc devices
- Application,
selection and
installationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1428.1 2009 Design for access
and mobility, Part 1:
General
requirements for
access – New
building work
(incorporating
amendments 1 and
2)VIC I4D5 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1571 2020 Copper - seamless
tubes for air
conditioning and
refrigerationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 1530.3 1999 Methods for fire
tests on building
materials, components and
structuresN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS/NZS 1668.1 2015 The use of
ventilation and air
conditioning in
buildings: Fire and
smoke control in
buildingsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 855No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS 1668.2 2012 The use of
ventilation and air
conditioning in
buildings:
Mechanical
ventilation in
buildingsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1851 2012 Routine service of
fire protection
systems and
equipmentN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 1926.1 2012 Swimming pool
safety, Part 1: Safety
barriers for
swimming poolsVIC G1D2 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1926.2 2007 Swimming pool
safety, Part 2:
Location of safety
barriers for swimming pools
(incorporating
amendments 1 and
2)VIC G1D2 N/A N/A N/A
AS 2118.1 2017 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems,
Part 1: General systems (incorporating
amendment 1)VIC S17C2 ,
VIC S18C3N/A N/A VIC B1D5 , VIC
B4D2
AS 2118.2 2021 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems: Wall wetting
sprinkler systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 2118.3 2010 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems:
Deluge systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 2118.4 2012 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems, Part 4: Sprinkler
protection for accommodation
buildings not
exceeding four
storeys in heightVIC S17C2 ,
VIC S18C3N/A N/A VIC B1D5 , VIC
B4D2
AS 2118.5 2008 Automatic fire
sprinkler systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B1D5 , VIC
B4D2
AS 2118.6 2012 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems, Part 6: Combined
sprinkler and
hydrant systems in
multistorey buildingsVIC S17C2 N/A N/A N/A
AS2118.8 1997 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems:
Minor modificationsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 856No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS 2118.10 1995 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems:
Approval
documentationN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 2473.3 2007 Valves for
compressed gas
cylindersN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2568 2019 Purity of medical air
produced from on-
site compressor
systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2896 2021 Medical gas systems
- Installation and
testing of non-
flammable medical
gas pipeline systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2902 2005 Medical gas systems
- Low pressure
flexible hose
assembliesN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 2918 2018 Domestic solid fuel
burning appliances -
InstallationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2941 2013 Fixed fire protection
installations -
Pumpset systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS/NZS 3500.1 2021 Plumbing and
drainage: Water
servicesN/A N/A N/A VIC B1D3 , VIC
B1D5 , VIC
B3D3 , VIC
B4D2 , VIC
B6D2 , VIC
B7D3 , VIC
B7D4 , VIC
E2D2
AS/NZS 3500.2 2021 Plumbing and
drainage: Sanitary
plumbing and
drainageN/A N/A N/A VIC C1D3 , VIC
C2D4 , VIC
C4P1 , VIC
E2D2
AS/NZS 3500.3 2021 Plumbing and
drainage:
Stormwater drainageN/A N/A N/A VIC C5D2 , VIC
C6D2
AS/NZS 3500.4 2021 Plumbing and
drainage: Heated
water servicesN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2 , VIC
B2D6
AS/NZS 3666.1 2011 Air handling and
water systems of
buildings - Microbial
control: Design,
installation and
commissioningN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 857No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS 3666.2 2011 Air handling and
water systems of
buildings - Microbial
control: Operation
and maintenanceN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4032.3 2022 Water supply -
Valves for the control of heated
water supply
temperaturesN/A N/A N/A VIC B2D6
AS 4041 2006 Pressure piping N/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4118.1.1 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components -
Sprinklers and
sprayersN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.2 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Alarm
valves (wet)N/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.3 1995 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Water
motor alarmsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.4 1994 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Valve
monitorsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.5 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components -
Deluge and pre-action valvesN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.6 1995 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Stop
valves and non-
return valvesN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.7 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Alarm
valves (dry)N/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.8 1999 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components -
Pressure reducing
valvesN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4254.1 2021 Ductwork for air-
handling systems in
buildings: Flexible
ductN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4254.2 2012 Ductwork for air-
handling systems in
buildings: Rigid ductN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 858No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS 4426 1997 Thermal insulation of
pipework, ductwork
and equipment -
Selection,
installation and finishN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4508 1999 Thermal resistance
of insulation for
ductwork used in
building air-
conditioningN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 4859.1 2018 Thermal insulation
materials for
buildings: General
criteria and technical
provisionsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5141 2018 Residential heating
and cooling systems
- Minimum
applications and
requirements for
energy efficiency,
performance and
comfort criteria N/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.1 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Definitions,
classification and
selection criteriaN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.2 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Design,
construction, testing, marking and
documentation N/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.3 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Installation siteN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.4 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Operation, maintenance, repair
and recoveryN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5601.1 2022 Gas installations:
General installationsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 859No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
ABCB Standard
for Construction
of Buildings in
Flood Hazard
Areas, Version
2012.32012 Standard for
Construction of
Buildings in Flood
Hazard AreasVIC B1D6 N/A N/A
— 2022 Motorsport Australia
Track Operators
Guide For
Motorsport Race
Venues – version 1VIC I5D4 N/A N/A
FPAA101D 2018 Automatic Fire
Sprinkler System
Design and
Installation—
Drinking Water
SupplyVIC S17C2 ,
VIC S18C3N/A N/A B1D5
FPAA101H 2018 Automatic Sprinkler
System Design—
Hydrant Water SupplyVIC S17C2 ,
VIC S18C3N/A N/A B4D3
Building Practice
Note FS-01— Victorian Building
Authority Practice
Note FS-01VIC S20C8 N/A N/A
SA HB 39 2015 Metal roof and wall
cladding installationN/A N/A N/A VIC E3D2
HB 276 2004 A guide to good
practice for energy
efficient installation
of residential
heating, cooling and
air conditioning plant
and equipmentN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
N/A 2007 Australian and New
Zealand refrigerant
handling code of
practice 2007 Part 1
- Self-contained low
charge systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
N/A 2007 Australian and New
Zealand refrigerant
handling code of
practice 2007 Part 2
- Systems other than
Self-contained low
charge systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
N/A 1993 The Building Act
1993 (Victoria)N/A N/A N/A B6D2
N/A 2018 Plumbing
RegulationsN/A VIC H6V1 N/A B2P7
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 860
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 1993, Building Regulations 2018 and this Code, there are a
number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that
practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative
instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
1. Abattoirs and Knackeries
Administering Agency
Department of Environment and Primary Industries
Relevant Legislation
Meat Industry Act 1993
2. Accommodation – Residential (Boarding Houses, Guest Houses, Hostels, Motels )
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services
Consumer Affairs Victoria
Municipal council
Relevant Legislation
Public Health and Wellbeing Act 2008
Public Health and Wellbeing Regulations 2019
Residential Tenancies Act 1997
Residential Tenancies Regulations 2021
Residential Tenancies (Rooming House Standards) Regulations 2012
3. Accommodation - Supported Residential Services
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services
Relevant Legislation
Supported Residential Services (Private Proprietors) Act 2010
Supported Residential Services (Private Proprietors) Regulations 2012
4. Alpine Resorts
Administering Agency
Department of Environment, Land, Water and Planning
Alpine Resorts Management Boards
Relevant Legislation
Alpine Resorts (Management) Act 1997 VIC Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 8615. Asbestos Removal
Administering Agency
Victorian WorkCover Authority
Environment Protection Authority
Relevant Legislation
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004
Environment Protection Act 2017
6. Children’s Services
Administering Agency
Department of Education and Training
Relevant Legislation
Children’s Services Act 1996
Children’s Services Regulations 2009
Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010
Education and Care Services National Regulations
7 . Crematoria, Mausolea, Vaults, etc.
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services, Cemeteries and Crematoria Regulation Unit
Cemetery Trusts
Relevant Legislation
Cemeteries and Crematoria Act 2003
Cemeteries and Crematoria Regulations 2015
8. Crown Land
Administering Agency
Department of Environment, Land, Water and Planning
Crown Land committees of management
Relevant Legislation
Crown Land (Reserves) Act 1978
9. Dairies
Administering Agency
Dairy Food Safety Victoria
Relevant Legislation
Dairy Act 2000
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 86210. Dangerous Goods
Administering Agency
Victorian WorkCover Authority
Relevant Legislation
Dangerous Goods Act 1985
Dangerous Goods (Explosives) Regulations 2011
Dangerous Goods (HCDG) Regulations 2016
Dangerous Goods (Storage and Handling) Regulations 2012
Codes of practice published by the Victorian WorkCover Authority
11. Electrical Installations
Administering Agency
Energy Safe Victoria
Electrical transmission and distribution companies
Relevant Legislation
Electricity Industry Act 2000
Electricity Industry (Residual Provisions) Act 1993
Electricity Safety Act 1998 State Electricity Commission Act 1958
Electricity Safety (General) Regulations 2019
Standards Australia Wiring Rules, AS/NZS 3000/3013
12. Fences - dividing
Administering Agency
Department of Justice and Regulation
Dispute Settlement Centre of Victoria
Relevant Legislation
Fences Act 1968
13. Fire Prevention in Existing Buildings
Administering Agency
Municipal council
Relevant Legislation
Building Act 1993
Building Regulations 2018
14. Food Premises
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services
Municipal council
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 863Relevant Legislation
Food Act 1984
15. Gas Installations
Administering Agency
Energy Safe Victoria
Relevant Legislation
Gas Industry Act 2001
Gas Safety Act 1997 Gas Safety (Gas Installation) Regulations 2018
AS/NZS 5601 Gas Installations
16. Historic Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Environment, Land, Water and Planning
Executive Director under the Heritage Act 2017
Relevant Legislation
Heritage Act 2017
17 . Hospitals, Nursing Homes and Health Care Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services
Relevant Legislation
Public Health and Wellbeing Act 2008
18. Lift Installations
Administering Agency
Victorian WorkCover Authority
Relevant Legislation
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004
Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2017
AS1735 Lifts, escalators and moving walks
19. Moveable Dwellings (in Caravan Parks )
Administering Agency
Department of Environment, Land, Water and Planning
Municipal council
Relevant Legislation
Residential Tenancies Act 1997
Residential Tenancies (Caravan Parks and Moveable Dwellings Registration and Standards) Regulations 2020
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 86420. Occupational Health and Safety
Administering Agency
Victorian WorkCover Authority
Relevant Legislation
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004
Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2017
Codes of practice published by the Victorian WorkCover Authority
21. Pharmacies
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services
Victorian Pharmacy Authority
Relevant Legislation
Pharmacy Regulation Act 2010
Victorian Pharmacy Authority Guidelines
22. Planning Controls
Administering Agency
Department of Environment, Land, Water and Planning
Municipal council
Relevant Legislation
Planning and Environment Act 1987
Planning schemes
23. Prisons and Jails
Administering Agency
Department of Justice and Regulation
Corrections Victoria
Relevant Legislation
Corrections Act 1986
24. Radiation Safety
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services
Relevant Legislation
Radiation Act 2005
Radiation Regulations 2017
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 86525. Schools (Non -Government )
Administering Agency
Department of Education and Training
Victorian Registration and Qualifications Authority
Relevant Legislation
Education and Training Reform Act 2006
26. Sanitary Plumbing, Water Supply and Sewerage
Administering Agency
Victorian Building Authority
Relevant Legislation
Building Act 1993
Plumbing Regulations 2018
National Construction Code Volume Three Plumbing Code of Australia
AS/NZS 3500 Plumbing and Drainage
27 . Septic Tank Installations
Administering Agency
Environment Protection Authority
Municipal council
Relevant Legislation
Environment Protection Act 2017
Guidelines For Environmental Management: Code of Practice - Onsite wastewater management
28. Smoking Restrictions
Administering Agency
Department of Health and Human Services
Municipal council
Relevant Legislation
Tobacco Act 1987
29. Subdivision of Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Environment, Land, Water and Planning
Municipal council
Relevant Legislation
Subdivision Act 1988
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 866Schedule 11 Western Australia
Introduction
Section B Structure
Part B1 Structural provisions
WA B1D3 Determination of individual actions
WA B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
Specification 4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
S4C1 Scope
WA Part B2 Changes to AS/NZS 1170.2:2021
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
WA B2D1 Regional wind speeds
WA B2D2 Internal pressure
WA B2D3 Openings
Section I Special use buildings
WA Part I4 Public buildings
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
WA I4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
WA I4D2 Application of Part
WA I4D3 Additional exits
WA I4D4 Goings and risers
WA I4D5 Handrails to ramps, flights and landings
WA I4D6 Artificial lighting
WA I4D7 Fixed seating
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 867
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered
necessary for the effective application of the Code in Western Australia.
In Western Australia state variations apply to wind Regions B and D.
There are also additional provisions to consolidate building related requirements from the Health (Public Building)
Regulations 1992 into the Western Australian Schedule of the BCA. WA Introduction
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 868
Part B1 Structural provisions
Delete B1D3 and insert WA B1D3 as follows:
WA B1D3 Determination of individual actions
[2019: B1.2]
The magnitude of individual actions must be determined in accordance with the following:
Permanent actions: (a)
the design or known dimensions of the building or structure; and (i)
the unit weight of the construction; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.1; and (iii)
for a Class 7b building, a notional additional permanent roof load of not less than 0.15 kPa to support the (iv)
addition of solar photovoltaic panels.
Imposed actions: (b)
the known loads that will be imposed during the occupation or use of the building or structure; and (i)
construction activity actions ; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.1. (iii)
Wind, snow and ice and earthquake actions: (c)
the applicable annual probability of design event for safety, determined by— (i)
assigning the building or structure an Importance Level in accordance with Table B1D3a ; and (A)
determining the corresponding annual probability of exceedance in accordance with WA Table B1D3b ; (B)
and
AS/NZS 1170.2, except where varied by WA Part B2 ; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.3 as appropriate; and (iii)
AS 1170.4; and (iv)
in cyclonic areas, metal roof cladding, its connections and immediate supporting members must comply (v)
with Specification 4 ; and
for the purposes of (v), cyclonic areas are those determined as being located in wind regions B2, C and D (vi)
in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2, except where varied by WA Part B2 .
Actions not covered in (a), (b) and (c) above: (d)
the nature of the action; and (i)
the nature of the building or structure; and (ii)
the Importance Level of the building or structure determined in accordance with Table B1D3a ; and (iii)
AS/NZS 1170.1. (iv)
For the purposes of (d) the actions include but are not limited to— (e)
liquid pressure action; and (i)
ground water action; and (ii)
rainwater action (including ponding action); and (iii)
earth pressure action; and (iv)
differential movement; and (v)
time dependent effects (including creep and shrinkage); and (vi)
thermal effects; and (vii)Section B Structure
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 869ground movement caused by— (viii)
swelling, shrinkage or freezing of the subsoil; and (A)
landslip or subsidence; and (B)
siteworks associated with the building or structure; and (C)
construction activity actions . (ix)
Insert Table B1D3a as follows:
Table B1D3a: Importance Levels of buildings and structures
Insert WA Table B1D3b as follows:
WA Table B1D3b: Design events for safety
Notes
B1D3(a)(iv) does not take effect until 1 October 2023.
Exemptions
B1D3(a)(iv) does not apply to a Class 7b building—
where 100% of the roof area is shaded for more than 70% of daylight hours; or (a)
with a roof area of not more than 55m2; or (b)
where more than 50% of the roof area is used as a terrace, carpark , roof garden, roof light or the like. (c)
Explanatory Information
In Western Australia state variations apply to wind regions B and D, this includes wind region B2 as referenced in
AS/NZS 1170.2.
The state variation for wind region B or B2 will ensure that designers consider the combination of peak external
pressures and increased internal pressures in design of buildings and use a cyclonic (C) classification instead of non-
cyclonic (N) classification. The definition of design wind speed is varied in WA Schedule 1 to identify that wind region
B is a C classification in Western Australia. Other changes have also been made to reflect this.
In addition to a variation to clauses B1D3 and B1D4, a variation is made to the application of AS/NZS 1170.2 when
used as either a primary referenced document or a secondary or subsequent referenced document. Refer to WA
Schedule 2 and WA Part B2 . Importance level Building Types
1 Buildings or structures presenting a low degree of hazard to life and other property in the
case of failure.
2 Buildings or structures not included in Importance Level 1, 3 and 4.
3 Buildings or structures that are designed to contain a large number of people.
4 Buildings or structures that are essential to post-disaster recovery or associated with
hazardous facilities.
Importance Level Annual probability
of exceedance for
non-cyclonic windAnnual probability
of exceedance for
cyclonic wind
other than Wind
Region D north of
the Tropic of
CapricornAnnual probability
of exceedance for
cyclonic wind in
Wind Region D
north of the Tropic of CapricornAnnual probability
of exceedance for
snowAnnual probability
of exceedance for
earthquake
1 1:100 1:200 1:250 1:100 1:250
2 1:500 1:500 1:1000 1:150 1:500
3 1:1000 1:1000 1:2000 1:200 1:1000
4 1:2000 1:2000 1:5000 1:250 1:1500WA B1D3
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 870The state variation for wind region D applies only to those parts of region D located north of the Tropic of Capricorn.
The 2021 edition of AS/NZS 1170.2 includes a reduction in design wind speeds for wind region D. The variation will
retain similar design wind speeds for wind region D as the 2011 edition of AS/NZS 1170.2 previously referenced in the
National Construction Code.
Delete B1D4 and insert WA B1D4 as follows:
WA B1D4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
[2019: B1.4]
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as
appropriate:
Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700, except— (a)
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and (i)
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with
Section 7
, the member (ii)must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS
3700.
Concrete: (b)
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600. (i)
Autoclaved aerated concrete: AS 5146.1. (ii)
Post-installed and cast-in fastenings: AS 5216. (iii)
Steel construction: (c)
Steel structures: AS 4100. (i)
Cold-formed steel structures: AS/NZS 4600. (ii)
Residential and low-rise steel framing: NASH Standard – Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing Part 1 (iii)
or Part 2.
Composite steel and concrete: AS/NZS 2327. (d)
Aluminium construction: AS/NZS 1664.1 or AS/NZS 1664.2. (e)
Timber construction: (f)
Design of timber structures: AS 1720.1. (i)
Timber structures: AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4. (ii)
Nailplated timber roof trusses: AS 1720.5. (iii)
Piling: AS 2159. (g)
Glazed assemblies: (h)
The following glazed assemblies in an external wall must comply with AS 2047: (i)
Windows excluding those listed in (ii). (A)
Sliding and swinging glazed doors with a frame, including french and bi-fold doors with a frame. (B)
Adjustable louvres. (C)
Shopfronts. (D)
Window walls with one piece framing. (E)
All glazed assemblies not covered by (i) and the following glazed assemblies must comply with AS 1288: (ii)
All glazed assemblies not in an external wall . (A)
Revolving doors. (B)
Fixed louvres. (C)
Skylights, roof lights and windows in other than the vertical plane. (D)
Sliding and swinging doors without a frame. (E)WA B1D3
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 871Windows constructed on site and architectural one-off windows, which are not design tested in (F)
accordance with AS 2047.
Second-hand windows, re-used windows and recycled windows. (G)
Heritage windows. (H)
Glazing used in balustrades and sloping overhead glazing. (I)
Termite Risk Management: Where a primary building element is subject to attack by subterranean termites: AS (i)
3660.1, and—
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any (i)
of the following materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals. (A)
Concrete. (B)
Masonry. (C)
Fibre-reinforced cement. (D)
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1. (E)
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1; and (F)
a durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or (ii)
the like, indicating—
the termite management system used; and (A)
the date of installation of the system; and (B)
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register (C)
label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections (D)
for termite activity.
Roof construction (except in cyclonic areas): (j)
Terracotta, fibre-cement and timber slates and shingles: AS 4597. (i)
Roof tiling: AS 2050. (ii)
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS (iii)
1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (c)(vii) for plastic sheeting.
Metal roofing: AS 1562.1. (iv)
Particleboard structural flooring: AS 1860.2. (k)
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings (l)
determined as being located in wind region B2, C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2: AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must— (m)
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the (i)
pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft , other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and (A)
low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lifts ; and (B)
small-sized, low-speed automatic lifts ; and (C)
in atriums and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height— (ii)
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any (A)
vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not (B)
less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
be of non-brittle material; and (iii)
where glazing is used— (iv)
comply with Table B1D4 ; or (A)
not fail the deflection criteria required by S6C11(c)(iii) . (B)WA B1D4
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 872Insert Table B1D4 as follows:
Table B1D4: Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Specification 4 Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
S4C1 Scope
[2019: Spec B1.2: 1]
Delete S4C1(2) and insert WA S4C1(2) as follows:
(2) For the purposes of Specification 4 , cyclonic areas are those determined as being located in wind Regions B2, C
and D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2.Application Lift shaft vision panels more than 65
000 mm2, door panels, and lift shaftsLift shaft vision panels less than or
equal to 65 000 mm2
Laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/ laminated glass 10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer) 6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security
polyester film coating10 mm 6 mm
Safety wire glass Not applicable Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet 13 mm 6 mmWA B1D4
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 873
Introduction to this Part
This Part sets out the changes necessary to the application of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 in Western Australia for wind Region
B2.
WA B2D1 Regional wind speeds
[New for 2022]
Delete Table 3.1(A) of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and replace with WA Table B2D1 .
Insert WA Table B2D1 as follows:
WA Table B2D1: Table 3.1(A)—Regional wind speeds—Australia
Table Notes
The peak gust has an equivalent moving average time of approximately 0.2 s (Holmes and Ginger, 2012). (1)
Values for V1 have not been calculated by the formular for VR in the Australian regions. (2)
For ultimate or serviceability limit states, refer to the National Construction Code (Australia) or AS/NZS 1170.0 for (3)
information on values of importance level and annual probability of exceedance appropriate for the design of
structures. For buildings in townships in cyclonic regions, users should consider overall risk to a community when
selecting importance levels.
For Regions C and D, only the maximum values for the region are tabulated. Lower values of VR may apply in (4)WA Part B2 Changes to AS/NZS 1170.2 :2021
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
Regional wind
speedRegion
Non-cyclonic Cyclonic
A (0-5) B1 B2 C (maximum) D (maximum)
V130 26 23 23
V532 28 33 35
V1034 33 39 43
V2037 38 45 51
V2537 39 47 53
V5039 44 52 60
V10041 48 56 66
V20043 52 61 72
V25043 53 62 74
V50045 57 66 80
V100046 60 70 85
V200048 63 73 90
V250048 64 74 91
V500050 67 78 95
V1000051 69 81 99
VR (R ≥ 5 years) 67-41R-0.1106-92R-0.1122-104R-0.1156-142R-0.1
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 874those regions, depending on the distance of the site from the smooth coastline.
WA B2D2 Internal pressure
[New for 2022]
Delete 5.3.1 of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and replace with the following:
5.3.1 Internal pressure
5.3.1.1 General
Internal pressure is a function of the external pressures, and the leakage and openings in the external surfaces of the
building or an isolated part of a larger building, and for some large buildings, the internal volume. The open area of a
surface shall be calculated by adding areas of opening to areas of permeability or leakage on that surface of the building
(e.g. vents and gaps in the building envelope).
The height at which the design wind speed is determined for calculation of internal pressures shall be the average roof
height (h), as defined in Figure 2.1. However, for the cases of windward wall leakage or openings on a building greater
than 25 m in height, the design wind speed at the height of the opening shall be used.
Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) shall be determined by either Clause 5.3.1.2 or 5.3.1.3.
NOTE 1 Damage inspections after wind storms, in Regions B2, C and D, have shown that large openings are very
likely to occur accidentally due to failure of elements under direct wind pressure, or in the lower levels of a building
envelope, by debris impact. Large openings can also occur in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4) under the same
circumstances, although openings produced by debris impact are less likely.
NOTE 2 The equivalent free area of a ventilator (e.g. ridge or under-eave ventilators) can be determined from the
product of discharge coefficient and throat area.
5.3.1.2 Internal pressure coefficients for all cases, except ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m
in Regions B2, C and D
Clause 5.3.1.1 applies to buildings in all regions for serviceability limit states.
For ultimate limit states, it applies to all buildings in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and parts of buildings higher
than 25 m above ground level in Regions B2, C and D.
Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) shall be determined from Tables 5.1(A) or 5.1(B). Table 5.1(A) shall be
used for the design case where there are no potential openings in any surface with a combined area greater than 0.5 %
of the total area of that surface, and the leakage in the walls lead to internal pressures. Table 5.1(B) shall be used for the
design case where there are openings in any surface greater than 0.5 % of the total area of that surface, or they can be
created accidentally.
5.3.1.3 Internal pressure coefficients for ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m in Regions B2, C
and D Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) for parts of a building in Regions B2, C and D below 25 m for ultimate
limit states, shall be determined from Table 5.1(B) only.
The ratio of the sum of opening areas on one surface to total open area of other walls and roof surfaces as defined in
Table 5.1(B) shall not be taken to be less than two unless —
(a) it can be demonstrated that an opening will not be created in the building envelope as a result of impact loading
from the windborne debris defined in Clause 2.5.8; or
(b) a permanently-open roof ventilator, such as a ridge ventilator, has been installed with equivalent total area (see
Clause 5.3.1.1 Note 2) of at least that of the largest areas of any potential accidental openings in the walls, considering
the combined area of wall openings in each wall surface one at a time; or
(c) permanently-open, wall ventilators have been installed on at least two walls, with equivalent total area (see Clause
5.3.1.1 Note 2) of the ventilators on each wall at least that of the largest of any potential accidental openings in the walls,
considering the combined area of wall openings in each wall surface one at a time.
NOTE 1 Low-rise buildings in Regions B2, C and D should be designed for the high internal pressures resulting
from large openings, for ultimate limit states. Even in cases where the opening is small or there is no opening, Table 5.1(A)
is not intended to be used for low-rise buildings in Regions B2, C and D for ultimate limit states.
NOTE 2 To date, the majority of windborne debris in Regions B2, C and D in Australia has not often impacted at
heights on buildings above 25 m. This is not the case in other parts of the world and could change in the future with
increasing numbers of high-rise buildings. WA B2D1
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 875 WA B2D3 Openings
[New for 2022]
Delete 5.3.2 of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and replace with the following:
5.3.2 Openings
5.3.2.1 General
Openings shall be determined according to either Clause 5.3.2.2 (Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and Regions
B2, C, D at heights of 25 m or above) or Clause 5.3.2.3 (Regions B2, C, D below 25 m).
Subject to Clauses 5.3.2.2 and 5.3.2.3, combinations of openings and open area shall be assumed to give internal
pressures, which, together with external pressures, give the most adverse wind actions.
NOTE Potential openings include doors or windows that are left open or may fail, vents that are normally
open and holes in cladding caused by impacts by windborne debris during a major wind event. Openings can be
doors (including balcony doors) or windows that are left open, open under pressure, or open due to the failure of
latches or hinges. When determining internal pressures, consideration should be given to scenarios in which large
openings may develop. Openings may also be generated by debris impacts, particularly in Regions B2, C and D (see
Clause 2.5.8).
5.3.2.2 Openings in buildings in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and parts of buildings at heights of 25
m or above in Regions B2, C and D
The full area of doors, including large access doors (e.g. roller doors), and windows that are normally closed, shall
be regarded as openings, unless they are demonstrated to be capable of resisting the applied wind pressures.
NOTE 1 When assessing internal pressures, designers should consider the principles of robustness, i.e. to avoid
situations where the failure of a single component such as a door or window could lead to consequent and
disproportionate failure of other elements, or even complete failure of the structure.
NOTE 2 The structural assessment of doors that are assumed to remain closed and intact should include elements
such as supports, frames, jambs, roller door guides, wind locks, latches and hinges, and fixings, where the resistance
of doors relies on those. This assessment of roller doors and their supporting structural elements should also account
for any structural resistance to any catenary actions developed by the door under wind load.
5.3.2.3 Openings in buildings for ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m in Regions B2, C and
D
Doors (including large access doors) and windows that are normally closed, and cladding elements, shall be regarded
as openings with an area equal to the greater of—
(a)the full area of the element, where it has not been demonstrated that it can resist the applied wind pressures; or
(b)the area of opening that results from debris impact, where the debris impact loading criteria are defined in Clause
2.5.8.WA B2D3
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 876
Section I Special use buildings
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 877
Introduction to this Part
WA Part I4 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Solutions for WA public buildings that are additional to those contained in Sections
D, F and I.
WA I4D1 Deemed -to-Satisfy Pr ovisions
[2019: WA H101.0]
(1) Where a Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is proposed, Performance Requirements D1P1 , D1P2 , D1P3 , D1P4 , D1P6 and
F6P2 are satisfied by complying with—
Part D2 , Part D3 and F6D5 ; and (a)
for additional requirements for WA public buildings , WA Part I4. (b)
(2) Where a Performance Solution is proposed, the relevant Performance Requirements must be determined in
accordance with A2G2(3) and A2G4(3) as applicable.
WA I4D2 Application of Part
[2019: WA H101.1]
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to a WA public building or part of a building.
WA I4D3 Additional exits
[2019: WA H101.2]
In a WA public buildings , each storey that accommodates more than 50 persons must have more than one exit from that
storey .
WA I4D4 Goings and risers
[2019: WA H101.3]
(1) Steps serving a WA public building must have risers not more than 180 mm and goings not less than 280 mm.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to steps in a fire-isolated stairway .
WA I4D5 Handrails to ramps, flights and landings
[2019: WA H101.4]
(1) For a WA public building , handrails must be located along—
both sides of a ramp or flight; and (a)
each side of a landing, except for that part of a side that is interrupted by a ramp or flight. (b)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
handrails referred to in D3D23 ; or (a)
handrails located within a fire-isolated stairway or fire-isolated ramp . (b)WA Part I4 Public buildings
Deemed -to-Satisfy Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 878 WA I4D6 Artificial lighting
[2019: WA H101.5]
(1) Artificial lighting must be provided along the external path of travel (including steps, landings, ramps or paths) to a
road or open space associated with each exit from a WA public building .
(2) The artificial lighting system required by (1) must—
provide a minimum illuminance of 1 lux at ground level; and (a)
be connected to circuits separate from those supplying lighting for foyers, entry porches, emergency escape (b)
passages or areas provided entry or egress to the WA public building ; and
be connected over two circuits where two or more lights are required; and (c)
have switches that are not able to be operated by members of the public. (d)
WA I4D7 Fixed seating
[2019: WA H101.6]
Where fixed seating in a Class 9b WA public building is arranged in more than one row—
aisles must be provided on both sides of every row that contains more than 10 seats; and (a)
the number of seats in a row must not exceed 42. (b)WA I4D6
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 879
Design wind speed
The design gust wind speed for the area where the building is located, calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 or
AS 4055 (see WA Table 4 for wind classes).
Insert WA Table 4 as follows:
WA Table 4 : Wind classes
Table Notes
Wind classification map identifying wind regions is contained in ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2 (see Figure (1)
2.2.3 ).
Information on wind classes for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority. (2)
“N” = non-cyclonic winds and “C” = cyclonic winds. (3)
Licensed premises: Includes—
premises in respect of which a cabaret licence as defined by the Liquor Control Act 1988 has been granted (a)
under that Act; or
premises in respect of which a tavern licence, a hotel restricted licence or any other kind of hotel licence as (b)
defined by the Liquor Control Act 1988 has been granted under that Act; or
a cabaret, hotel or tavern— (c)
in respect of which a special facility licence as defined by the Liquor Control Act 1988 has been granted (i)
under that Act; and
in respect of which paragraph (a) or (b) does not apply. (ii)
Potable water: Water intended for human consumption supplied by a water services provider.
Public building: A Class 6 licensed premises or 9b building where persons may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes; or (a)
educational purposes; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes; or (c)
business purposes. (d)
WELS: Has the meaning given in the Water Efficiency Labelling and Standards Act 2005 of the Commonwealth.Schedule 1 Definitions
Non-cyclonic Region A Cyclonic Region B, C and D
N1, N2, N3 C1
N4, N5, N6 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2 )C2, C3, C4 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2 )
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 880
Insert WA Table 1 as follows:
WA Table 1 : Schedule of referenced documents
Table Notes
For AS/NZS 1170 Part 2, incorporate the changes as set out in WA Part B2 of Volume One and WA Part 2.3 of the (1)
ABCB Housing Provisions.
For AS 4055, incorporate the changes set out in WA Part 2.3 of the ABCB Housing Provisions. (2)Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS
1170.22021 Structural
design actions
– Wind actions
(See Note 1)WA B1D3 , WA
B1D4 , Spec 4 ,
WA B2D1 , WA
B2D2 , WA
B2D3 , F3V1 ,
Schedule 1H1D7, H2V1,
Schedule 1WA 2.2.3 , WA
2.3.1 , WA
2.3.2 , WA
2.3.3 , WA
2.3.4 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1
AS/NZS
3500.42021 Plumbing and
drainage –
Heated water
services, Amdt 1N/A WA H9D4 N/A N/A
AS 4055 2021 Wind loads for
housing (See
Note 2)Schedule 1 H1D6, H1D8,
Schedule 1WA 2.2.3 , WA
2.3.1 , WA
2.3.5 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 881
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 2011, Building Regulations 2012 and this Code, there are a
number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that
practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative
instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
1. Building
Administering Agency
Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety
Relevant Legislation
Building Services (Complaint Resolution and Administration) Act 2011
Building Services (Complaint Resolution and Administration) Regulations 2011
Building Services (Registration) Act 2011
Building Services (Registration) Regulations 2011
2. Caravan Parks and Camping Grounds
Administering Agency
Department of Local Government, Sport and Cultural Industries
Relevant Legislation
Caravan Park and Camping Grounds Act 1995
Caravan Park and Camping Grounds Regulations 1997
3. Child Care
Administering Agency
Department of Communities
Relevant Legislation
Child Care Services Act 2007
Child Care Services Regulations 2007
Child Care Services (Child Care) Regulations 2006
4. Fences
Administering Agency
Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety
Relevant Legislation
Dividing Fences Act 1961
5. Health
Administering Agency
Department of Health WA Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 882Relevant Legislation
Health (Miscellaneous Provision) Act 1911
Health Act (Laundries & Bathrooms) Regulations
Health Act (Swimming Pools) Regulations 1964
Health (Air Handling and Water Systems) Regulations 1994
Health (Asbestos) Regulations 1992
Health (Aquatic Facilities) Regulations 2007
Health (Construction Work) Regulations 1973
Construction Camp Regulations
Health (Public Buildings) Regulations 1992
Health (Treatment of Sewage and Disposal of Effluent and Liquid Waste) Regulations 1974
Health (Rottnest Island) By-laws 1989
Sewerage (Lighting, Ventilation and Construction) Regulations 1971
Health Local Laws where adopted by Local Government
6. Heritage
Administering Agency
Heritage Council of Western Australia
Relevant Legislation
Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990
Heritage of Western Australia Regulations 1991
7 . Hospitals and Health Services
Administering Agency
Department of Health
Relevant Legislation
Private Hospitals and Health Services Act 1927
8. Housing
Administering Agency
Department of Communities
Relevant Legislation
Housing Act 1980
9. Land
Administering Agency
Western Australian Land Information Authority
Relevant Legislation
Strata Titles Act 1985
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
NCC 2022 Volume One - Building Code of Australia Page 88310. Occupational Health and Safety
Administering Agency
Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety
Relevant Legislation
Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984
11. Planning Controls
Administering Agency
Department of Planning, Lands and Heritage
Relevant Legislation
Planning and Development Act 2005
Planning and Development (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2005
12. Public Works
Administering Agency
Department of Finance, Building Management and Works
Relevant Legislation
Public Works Act 1902
(1 May 2023)
abcb.gov.au© Australian Building Codes Board 2022
The National Construction Code can be accessedfree online at ncc.abcb.gov.au by registration